/* changed by awilson: replace all instances of 'sqlite' with 'vtk_sqlite' */

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.4.1.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
** programs, you need this file and the "vtk_sqlite3.h" header file that defines
** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
** the "vtk_sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy in the first
** 2702 lines past this header comment.)  Additional code files may be
** needed if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of
** programming language.  The code for the "vtk_sqlite3" command-line shell
** is also in a separate file.  This file contains only code for the core
** SQLite library.
**
** This amalgamation was generated on 2007-07-20 11:05:39 UTC.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#pragma warning( disable: 4127 ) /* conditional expression is constant */
#pragma warning( disable: 4049 ) /* too many lines in file */
#endif
#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
#pragma warn -8004 /* assigned a value that is never used */
#pragma warn -8008 /* condition is always true */
#pragma warn -8066 /* unreachable code */
#pragma warn -8019 /* code has no effect */
#endif

#define VTK_SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE
# define VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE static
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_API
# define VTK_SQLITE_API
#endif
/************** Begin file vtk_sqlite3.h *****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
**
** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes 
** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if
** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
**
** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
**
** The name of this file under configuration management is "vtk_sqlite.h.in".
** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
** the version number) and changes its name to "vtk_sqlite3.h" as
** part of the build process.
**
** @(#) Id
*/
#ifndef _VTK_SQLITE3_H_
#define _VTK_SQLITE3_H_
#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */

/*
** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
*/
#if 0
extern "C" {
#endif

/*
** Make sure these symbols where not defined by some previous header
** file.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_VERSION
# undef VTK_SQLITE_VERSION
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
# undef VTK_SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
**
** The version of the SQLite library is contained in the vtk_sqlite3.h
** header file in a #define named VTK_SQLITE_VERSION.  The VTK_SQLITE_VERSION
** macro resolves to a string constant.
**
** The format of the version string is "X.Y.Z", where
** X is the major version number, Y is the minor version number and Z
** is the release number.  The X.Y.Z might be followed by "alpha" or "beta".
** For example "3.1.1beta".
**
** The X value is always 3 in SQLite.  The X value only changes when
** backwards compatibility is broken and we intend to never break
** backwards compatibility.  The Y value only changes when
** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible
** but not backwards compatible.  The Z value is incremented with
** each release but resets back to 0 when Y is incremented.
**
** The VTK_SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer with the value 
** (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z). For example, for version "3.1.1beta", 
** VTK_SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is set to 3001001. To detect if they are using 
** version 3.1.1 or greater at compile time, programs may use the test 
** (VTK_SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3001001).
**
** See also: [vtk_sqlite3_libversion()] and [vtk_sqlite3_libversion_number()].
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_VERSION         "3.4.1"
#define VTK_SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3004001

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
**
** These routines return values equivalent to the header constants
** [VTK_SQLITE_VERSION] and [VTK_SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].  The values returned
** by this routines should only be different from the header values
** if you compile your program using an vtk_sqlite3.h header from a
** different version of SQLite that the version of the library you
** link against.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of the
** [VTK_SQLITE_VERSION] string.  The vtk_sqlite3_libversion() function returns
** a poiner to the vtk_sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The function
** is provided for DLL users who can only access functions and not
** constants within the DLL.
*/
extern const char vtk_sqlite3_version[];
VTK_SQLITE_API const char *vtk_sqlite3_libversion(void);
int vtk_sqlite3_libversion_number(void);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
**
** Each open SQLite database is represented by pointer to an instance of the
** opaque structure named "vtk_sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an vtk_sqlite3
** pointer as an object.  The [vtk_sqlite3_open] interface is its constructor
** and [vtk_sqlite3_close] is its destructor.  There are many other interfaces
** (such as [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2], [vtk_sqlite3_create_function], and
** [vtk_sqlite3_busy_timeout] to name but three) that are methods on this
** object.
*/
typedef struct vtk_sqlite3 vtk_sqlite3;


/*
** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
**
** Some compilers do not support the "long long" datatype.  So we have
** to do compiler-specific typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
**
** Many SQLite interface functions require a 64-bit integer arguments.
** Those interfaces are declared using this typedef.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
  typedef VTK_SQLITE_INT64_TYPE vtk_sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned VTK_SQLITE_INT64_TYPE vtk_sqlite_uint64;
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
  typedef __int64 vtk_sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned __int64 vtk_sqlite_uint64;
#else
  typedef long long int vtk_sqlite_int64;
  typedef unsigned long long int vtk_sqlite_uint64;
#endif

/*
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double vtk_sqlite_int64
#endif

/*
** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
**
** Call this function with a pointer to a structure that was previously
** returned from [vtk_sqlite3_open()] and the corresponding database will by
** closed.
**
** All SQL statements prepared using [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
** [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] must be destroyed using [vtk_sqlite3_finalize()]
** before this routine is called. Otherwise, VTK_SQLITE_BUSY is returned and the
** database connection remains open.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_close(vtk_sqlite3 *);

/*
** The type for a callback function.
** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
** compatibility and is not documented.
*/
typedef int (*vtk_sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);

/*
** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
**
** This interface is used to do a one-time evaluatation of zero
** or more SQL statements.  UTF-8 text of the SQL statements to
** be evaluted is passed in as the second parameter.  The statements
** are prepared one by one using [vtk_sqlite3_prepare()], evaluated
** using [vtk_sqlite3_step()], then destroyed using [vtk_sqlite3_finalize()].
**
** If one or more of the SQL statements are queries, then
** the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter is
** invoked once for each row of the query result.  This callback
** should normally return 0.  If the callback returns a non-zero
** value then the query is aborted, all subsequent SQL statements
** are skipped and the vtk_sqlite3_exec() function returns the VTK_SQLITE_ABORT.
**
** The 4th parameter to this interface is an arbitrary pointer that is
** passed through to the callback function as its first parameter.
**
** The 2nd parameter to the callback function is the number of
** columns in the query result.  The 3rd parameter to the callback
** is an array of strings holding the values for each column
** as extracted using [vtk_sqlite3_column_text()].
** The 4th parameter to the callback is an array of strings
** obtained using [vtk_sqlite3_column_name()] and holding
** the names of each column.
**
** The callback function may be NULL, even for queries.  A NULL
** callback is not an error.  It just means that no callback
** will be invoked.
**
** If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating the SQL (but
** not while executing the callback) then an appropriate error
** message is written into memory obtained from [vtk_sqlite3_malloc()] and
** *errmsg is made to point to that message.  The calling function
** is responsible for freeing the memory that holds the error
** message.   Use [vtk_sqlite3_free()] for this.  If errmsg==NULL,
** then no error message is ever written.
**
** The return value is is VTK_SQLITE_OK if there are no errors and
** some other [VTK_SQLITE_OK | return code] if there is an error.  
** The particular return value depends on the type of error. 
**
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_exec(
  vtk_sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluted */
  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
** KEYWORDS: VTK_SQLITE_OK
**
** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
** above in order to indicates success or failure.
**
** The result codes above are the only ones returned by SQLite in its
** default configuration.  However, the [vtk_sqlite3_extended_result_codes()]
** API can be used to set a database connectoin to return more detailed
** result codes.
**
** See also: [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes]
**
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
/* beginning-of-error-codes */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
#define VTK_SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* NOT USED. Internal logic error in SQLite */
#define VTK_SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
#define VTK_SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
#define VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
#define VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
#define VTK_SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
#define VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by vtk_sqlite3_interrupt()*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
#define VTK_SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */
#define VTK_SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
#define VTK_SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */
#define VTK_SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
#define VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
#define VTK_SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to contraint violation */
#define VTK_SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
#define VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
#define VTK_SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
#define VTK_SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
#define VTK_SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
#define VTK_SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to vtk_sqlite3_bind out of range */
#define VTK_SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ROW         100  /* vtk_sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DONE        101  /* vtk_sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
/* end-of-error-codes */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
**
** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
** result codes described at result-codes.  However, experience has shown that
** many of these result codes are too course-grained.  They do not provide as
** much information about problems as users might like.  In an effort to
** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
** about errors.  The extended result codes are enabled (or disabled) for 
** each database
** connection using the [vtk_sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
** 
** Some of the available extended result codes are listed above.
** We expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
** 
** The symbolic name for an extended result code always contains a related
** primary result code as a prefix.  Primary result codes contain a single
** "_" character.  Extended result codes contain two or more "_" characters.
** The numeric value of an extended result code can be converted to its
** corresponding primary result code by masking off the lower 8 bytes.
**
** The VTK_SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
** be exactly zero.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ          (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ    (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE         (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC         (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC     (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE      (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT         (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK        (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK        (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE        (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
#define VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED       (VTK_SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))

/*
** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
**
** This routine enables or disables the
** [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] feature.
** By default, SQLite API routines return one of only 26 integer
** [VTK_SQLITE_OK | result codes].  When extended result codes
** are enabled by this routine, the repetoire of result codes can be
** much larger and can (hopefully) provide more detailed information
** about the cause of an error.
**
** The second argument is a boolean value that turns extended result
** codes on and off.  Extended result codes are off by default for
** backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_extended_result_codes(vtk_sqlite3*, int onoff);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
**
** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed integer key
** called the "rowid". The rowid is always available as an undeclared
** column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_.  If the table has a column of
** type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column is another an alias for the
** rowid.
**
** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent INSERT into
** the database from the database connection given in the first 
** argument.  If no inserts have ever occurred on this database
** connection, zero is returned.
**
** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the
** inserted row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger
** is running.  But once the trigger terminates, the value returned
** by this routine reverts to the last value inserted before the
** trigger fired.
*/
vtk_sqlite_int64 vtk_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(vtk_sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
**
** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
** (or inserted or deleted) by the most recent SQL statement.  Only
** changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE, or
** DELETE statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
** triggers are not counted.  Use the [vtk_sqlite3_total_changes()] function
** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers.
**
** Within the body of a trigger, the vtk_sqlite3_changes() interface can be
** called to find the number of
** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** statement within the body of the trigger.
**
** All changes are counted, even if they were later undone by a
** ROLLBACK or ABORT.  Except, changes associated with creating and
** dropping tables are not counted.
**
** If a callback invokes [vtk_sqlite3_exec()] or [vtk_sqlite3_step()] recursively,
** then the changes in the inner, recursive call are counted together
** with the changes in the outer call.
**
** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of
** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_changes(vtk_sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
***
** This function returns the number of database rows that have been
** modified by INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statements since the database handle
** was opened. This includes UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements executed
** as part of trigger programs. All changes are counted as soon as the
** statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle is
** passed to [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] or [vtk_sqlite_finalise()]).
**
** See also the [vtk_sqlite3_change()] interface.
**
** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
** through and deleting individual elements form the table.)  Because of
** this optimization, the change count for "DELETE FROM table" will be
** zero regardless of the number of elements that were originally in the
** table. To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_total_changes(vtk_sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
**
** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
** return at its earliest opportunity.  This routine is typically
** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
** immediately.
**
** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
** thread that is currently running the database operation.
**
** The SQL operation that is interrupted will return [VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
** If an interrupted operation was an update that is inside an
** explicit transaction, then the entire transaction will be rolled
** back automatically.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API void vtk_sqlite3_interrupt(vtk_sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
**
** These functions return true if the given input string comprises
** one or more complete SQL statements. For the vtk_sqlite3_complete() call,
** the parameter must be a nul-terminated UTF-8 string. For
** vtk_sqlite3_complete16(), a nul-terminated machine byte order UTF-16 string
** is required.
**
** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the
** currently entered text forms one or more complete SQL statements or
** if additional input is needed before sending the statements into
** SQLite for parsing. The algorithm is simple.  If the 
** last token other than spaces and comments is a semicolon, then return 
** true.  Actually, the algorithm is a little more complicated than that
** in order to deal with triggers, but the basic idea is the same:  the
** statement is not complete unless it ends in a semicolon.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle VTK_SQLITE_BUSY Errors
**
** This routine identifies a callback function that might be invoked
** whenever an attempt is made to open a database table 
** that another thread or process has locked.
** If the busy callback is NULL, then [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY]
** (or sometimes [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED])
** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock.
** If the busy callback is not NULL, then the
** callback will be invoked with two arguments.  The
** first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
** is the third argument to this routine.  The second argument to
** the handler is the number of times that the busy handler has
** been invoked for this locking event. If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
** access the database and [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY] or [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt is made to open the
** database for reading and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that
** it will be invoked when there is lock contention.
** If SQLite determines that invoking the busy handler could result in
** a deadlock, it will return [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY] instead.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
** SQLite returns [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
** the second process to proceed.
**
** The default busy callback is NULL.
**
** The [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] when
** SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
** readers.  If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
** code is promoted from the relatively benign [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY] to
** the more severe [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  This error code promotion
** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the
** <a href="http://www.vtk_sqlite.org/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
** this is important.
**      
** SQLite is re-entrant, so the busy handler may start a new query. 
** (It is not clear why anyone would every want to do this, but it
** is allowed, in theory.)  But the busy handler may not close the
** database.  Closing the database from a busy handler will delete 
** data structures out from under the executing query and will 
** probably result in a segmentation fault or other runtime error.
**
** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each database
** connection.  Setting a new busy handler clears any previous one.
** Note that calling [vtk_sqlite3_busy_timeout()] will also set or clear
** the busy handler.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_busy_handler(vtk_sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
**
** This routine sets a busy handler that sleeps for a while when a
** table is locked.  The handler will sleep multiple times until 
** at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping have been done.  After
** "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, the handler returns 0 which
** causes [vtk_sqlite3_step()] to return [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY] or [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
**
** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular database
** connection.  If another busy handler was defined  
** (using [vtk_sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_busy_timeout(vtk_sqlite3*, int ms);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
**
** This next routine is a convenience wrapper around [vtk_sqlite3_exec()].
** Instead of invoking a user-supplied callback for each row of the
** result, this routine remembers each row of the result in memory
** obtained from [vtk_sqlite3_malloc()], then returns all of the result after the
** query has finished. 
**
** As an example, suppose the query result where this table:
**
** <pre>
**        Name        | Age
**        -----------------------
**        Alice       | 43
**        Bob         | 28
**        Cindy       | 21
** </pre>
**
** If the 3rd argument were &azResult then after the function returns
** azResult will contain the following data:
**
** <pre>
**        azResult[0] = "Name";
**        azResult[1] = "Age";
**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
**        azResult[3] = "43";
**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
**        azResult[5] = "28";
**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
**        azResult[7] = "21";
** </pre>
**
** Notice that there is an extra row of data containing the column
** headers.  But the *nrow return value is still 3.  *ncolumn is
** set to 2.  In general, the number of values inserted into azResult
** will be ((*nrow) + 1)*(*ncolumn).
**
** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should 
** pass the result data pointer to vtk_sqlite3_free_table() in order to 
** release the memory that was malloc-ed.  Because of the way the 
** [vtk_sqlite3_malloc()] happens, the calling function must not try to call 
** [vtk_sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only [vtk_sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release 
** the memory properly and safely.
**
** The return value of this routine is the same as from [vtk_sqlite3_exec()].
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_get_table(
  vtk_sqlite3*,              /* An open database */
  const char *sql,       /* SQL to be executed */
  char ***resultp,       /* Result written to a char *[]  that this points to */
  int *nrow,             /* Number of result rows written here */
  int *ncolumn,          /* Number of result columns written here */
  char **errmsg          /* Error msg written here */
);
void vtk_sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_mprintf() and vtk_sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [vtk_sqlite_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [vtk_sqlite3_free()].  Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [vtk_sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
**
** In vtk_sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
** the first parameter.  Note that the order of the
** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().  This is an
** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
** backwards compatibility.  Note also that vtk_sqlite3_snprintf()
** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
** characters actually written into the buffer.  We admit that
** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
** value but we cannot change the implementation of vtk_sqlite3_snprintf()
** now without breaking compatibility.
**
** As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, vtk_sqlite3_snprintf()
** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  The first
** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is are "%q" and "%Q" options.
**
** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
** For example, so some string variable contains text as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zSQL = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
**  vtk_sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  vtk_sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
** would have looked like this:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you
** should always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string 
** literal.
**
** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
** the outside of the total string.  Or if the parameter in the argument
** list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without single
** quotes) in place of the %Q option.  So, for example, one could say:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
**  char *zSQL = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
**  vtk_sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  vtk_sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API char *vtk_sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
VTK_SQLITE_API char *vtk_sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
VTK_SQLITE_API char *vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Functions
**
** SQLite uses its own memory allocator.  On some installations, this
** memory allocator is identical to the standard malloc()/realloc()/free()
** and can be used interchangable.  On others, the implementations are
** different.  For maximum portability, it is best not to mix calls
** to the standard malloc/realloc/free with the vtk_sqlite versions.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API void *vtk_sqlite3_malloc(int);
VTK_SQLITE_API void *vtk_sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_API void vtk_sqlite3_free(void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
***
** This routine registers a authorizer callback with the SQLite library.  
** The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
** by [vtk_sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
** [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16()] and [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  At various
** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
** see if those actions are allowed.  The authorizer callback should
** return VTK_SQLITE_OK to allow the action, [VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
** compiled, or [VTK_SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
** rejected with an error.  
**
** Depending on the action, the [VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE] and [VTK_SQLITE_DENY] return
** codes might mean something different or they might mean the same
** thing.  If the action is, for example, to perform a delete opertion,
** then [VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE] and [VTK_SQLITE_DENY] both cause the statement compilation
** to fail with an error.  But if the action is to read a specific column
** from a specific table, then [VTK_SQLITE_DENY] will cause the entire
** statement to fail but [VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE] will cause a NULL value to be
** read instead of the actual column value.
**
** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of
** the third parameter to the vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface.
** The second parameter to the callback is an integer 
** [VTK_SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action
** to be authorized.  The available action codes are
** [VTK_SQLITE_COPY | documented separately].  The third through sixth
** parameters to the callback are strings that contain additional
** details about the action to be authorized.
**
** An authorizer is used when preparing SQL statements from an untrusted
** source, to ensure that the SQL statements do not try to access data
** that they are not allowed to see, or that they do not try to
** execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
** user-entered SQL is being prepared that disallows everything
** except SELECT statements.  
**
** Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
** at a time.  Each call to vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
** previous call.  A NULL authorizer means that no authorization
** callback is invoked.  The default authorizer is NULL.
**
** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during 
** [vtk_sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [vtk_sqlite3_step()].
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  vtk_sqlite3*,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pUserData
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
**
** The [vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
** return either [VTK_SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
** [vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
** information.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
#define VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
**
** The [vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
** that is invoked to authorizer certain SQL statement actions.  The
** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
** the authorizer callback may be passed.
**
** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be 
** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization callback
** function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter to the
** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", 
** etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from 
** top-level SQL code.
*/
/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
#define VTK_SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
#define VTK_SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
#define VTK_SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
#define VTK_SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
#define VTK_SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* Function Name   NULL            */
#define VTK_SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
**
** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
** The callback function registered by vtk_sqlite3_trace() is invoked
** at the first [vtk_sqlite3_step()] for the evaluation of an SQL statement.
** The callback function registered by vtk_sqlite3_profile() is invoked
** as each SQL statement finishes and includes
** information on how long that statement ran.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_profile() API is currently considered experimental and
** is subject to change.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API void *vtk_sqlite3_trace(vtk_sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
VTK_SQLITE_API void *vtk_sqlite3_profile(vtk_sqlite3*,
   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,vtk_sqlite_uint64), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
**
** This routine configures a callback function - the progress callback - that
** is invoked periodically during long running calls to [vtk_sqlite3_exec()],
** [vtk_sqlite3_step()] and [vtk_sqlite3_get_table()].  An example use for this 
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
** The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual machine opcodes,
** where N is the second argument to this function. The progress callback
** itself is identified by the third argument to this function. The fourth
** argument to this function is a void pointer passed to the progress callback
** function each time it is invoked.
**
** If a call to [vtk_sqlite3_exec()], [vtk_sqlite3_step()], or [vtk_sqlite3_get_table()]
** results in fewer than N opcodes being executed, then the progress 
** callback is never invoked.
** 
** Only a single progress callback function may be registered for each
** open database connection.  Every call to vtk_sqlite3_progress_handler()
** overwrites the results of the previous call.
** To remove the progress callback altogether, pass NULL as the third
** argument to this function.
**
** If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then the current 
** query is immediately terminated and any database changes rolled back.
** The containing [vtk_sqlite3_exec()], [vtk_sqlite3_step()], or
** [vtk_sqlite3_get_table()] call returns VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT.   This feature
** can be used, for example, to implement the "Cancel" button on a
** progress dialog box in a GUI.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_progress_handler(vtk_sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
**
** Open the vtk_sqlite database file "filename".  The "filename" is UTF-8
** encoded for vtk_sqlite3_open() and UTF-16 encoded in the native byte order
** for vtk_sqlite3_open16().  An [vtk_sqlite3*] handle is returned in *ppDb, even
** if an error occurs. If the database is opened (or created) successfully,
** then VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an error code is returned. The
** vtk_sqlite3_errmsg() or vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16()  routines can be used to obtain
** an English language description of the error.
**
** If the database file does not exist, then a new database will be created
** as needed.  The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
** vtk_sqlite3_open() is called and UTF-16 if vtk_sqlite3_open16 is used.
**
** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources associated
** with the [vtk_sqlite3*] handle should be released by passing it to
** vtk_sqlite3_close() when it is no longer required.
**
** Note to windows users:  The encoding used for the filename argument
** of vtk_sqlite3_open() must be UTF-8, not whatever codepage is currently
** defined.  Filenames containing international characters must be converted
** to UTF-8 prior to passing them into vtk_sqlite3_open().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_open(
  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
  vtk_sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
);
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_open16(
  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
  vtk_sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric
** [VTK_SQLITE_OK | result code] or [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code]
** for the most recent failed vtk_sqlite3_* API call associated
** with [vtk_sqlite3] handle 'db'.  If a prior API call failed but the
** most recent API call succeeded, the return value from vtk_sqlite3_errcode()
** is undefined. 
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_errmsg() and vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-langauge
** text that describes the error, as either UTF8 or UTF16 respectively.
** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.  The 
** string may be overwritten or deallocated by subsequent calls to SQLite
** interface functions.
**
** Calls to many vtk_sqlite3_* functions set the error code and string returned
** by [vtk_sqlite3_errcode()], [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg()], and [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16()]
** (overwriting the previous values). Note that calls to [vtk_sqlite3_errcode()],
** [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg()], and [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16()] themselves do not affect the
** results of future invocations.  Calls to API routines that do not return
** an error code (examples: [vtk_sqlite3_data_count()] or [vtk_sqlite3_mprintf()]) do
** not change the error code returned by this routine.
**
** Assuming no other intervening vtk_sqlite3_* API calls are made, the error
** code returned by this function is associated with the same error as
** the strings returned by [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg()] and [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16()].
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_errcode(vtk_sqlite3 *db);
VTK_SQLITE_API const char *vtk_sqlite3_errmsg(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_API const void *vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16(vtk_sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
**
** Instance of this object represent single SQL statements.  This
** is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a 
** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
** 
** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
**
** <ol>
** <li> Create the object using [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
**      function.
** <li> Bind values to host parameters using
**      [vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob | vtk_sqlite3_bind_* interfaces].
** <li> Run the SQL by calling [vtk_sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
** <li> Reset the statement using [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] then go back
**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
** <li> Destroy the object using [vtk_sqlite3_finalize()].
** </ol>
**
** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
** information.
*/
typedef struct vtk_sqlite3_stmt vtk_sqlite3_stmt;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** program using one of these routines. 
**
** The first argument "db" is an [vtk_sqlite3 | SQLite database handle] 
** obtained from a prior call to [vtk_sqlite3_open()] or [vtk_sqlite3_open16()].
** The second argument "zSql" is the statement to be compiled, encoded
** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The vtk_sqlite3_prepare() and vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()
** interfaces uses UTF-8 and vtk_sqlite3_prepare16() and vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
** use UTF-16.
**
** If the nByte argument is less
** than zero, then zSql is read up to the first zero terminator.  If
** nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum number of 
** bytes read from zSql.  When nByte is non-negative, the
** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' character or 
** until the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first.
**
** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the first
** SQL statement in zSql.  This routine only compiles the first statement
** in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains uncompiled.
**
** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled 
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement structure] that can be
** executed using [vtk_sqlite3_step()].  Or if there is an error, *ppStmt may be
** set to NULL.  If the input text contained no SQL (if the input is and
** empty string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.  The calling
** procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled SQL statement
** using [vtk_sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
**
** On success, [VTK_SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | error code] is returned.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2() and vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
** that is returned (the [vtk_sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the 
** original SQL text. This causes the [vtk_sqlite3_step()] interface to
** behave a differently in two ways:
**
** <ol>
** <li>
** If the database schema changes, instead of returning [VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
** always used to do, [vtk_sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
** statement and try to run it again.  If the schema has changed in a way
** that makes the statement no longer valid, [vtk_sqlite3_step()] will still
** return [VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA].  But unlike the legacy behavior, [VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA] is
** now a fatal error.  Calling [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
** error go away.  Note: use [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text of the parsing
** error that results in an [VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA] return.
** </li>
**
** <li>
** When an error occurs, 
** [vtk_sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] or
** [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes] such as directly.
** The legacy behavior was that [vtk_sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR] result code and you would have to make a second call to
** [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] in order to find the underlying cause of the problem.
** With the "v2" prepare interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is
** returned immediately.
** </li>
** </ol>
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_prepare(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
int vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_prepare16(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);
int vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Dynamically Typed Value Object
**
** SQLite uses dynamic typing for the values it stores.  Values can 
** be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.  When
** passing around values internally, each value is represented as
** an instance of the vtk_sqlite3_value object.
*/
typedef struct Mem vtk_sqlite3_value;

/*
** CAPI3REF:  SQL Function Context Object
**
** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
** vtk_sqlite3_context object.  A pointer to such an object is the
** first parameter to user-defined SQL functions.
*/
typedef struct vtk_sqlite3_context vtk_sqlite3_context;

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Binding Values To Prepared Statements
**
** In the SQL strings input to [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
** one or more literals can be replace by a parameter in one of these
** forms:
**
** <ul>
** <li>  ?
** <li>  ?NNN
** <li>  :AAA
** <li>  @AAA
** <li>  $VVV
** </ul>
**
** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal,
** AAA is an alphanumeric identifier and VVV is a variable name according
** to the syntax rules of the TCL programming language.
** The values of these parameters (also called "host parameter names")
** can be set using the vtk_sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
**
** The first argument to the vtk_sqlite3_bind_*() routines always is a pointer
** to the [vtk_sqlite3_stmt] object returned from [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
** its variants.  The second
** argument is the index of the parameter to be set.  The first parameter has
** an index of 1. When the same named parameter is used more than once, second
** and subsequent
** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.  The index for
** named parameters can be looked up using the
** [vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()] API if desired.  The index for "?NNN"
** parametes is the value of NNN.
** The NNN value must be between 1 and the compile-time
** parameter VTK_SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER (default value: 999).
** See <a href="limits.html">limits.html</a> for additional information.
**
** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
**
** In those
** routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the number of bytes
** in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the number of bytes in the
** string, not the number of characters.  The number
** of bytes does not include the zero-terminator at the end of strings.
** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
** number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
**
** The fifth argument to vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob(), vtk_sqlite3_bind_text(), and
** vtk_sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
** text after SQLite has finished with it.  If the fifth argument is the
** special value [VTK_SQLITE_STATIC], then the library assumes that the information
** is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.  If the
** fifth argument has the value [VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then SQLite makes its
** own private copy of the data immediately, before the vtk_sqlite3_bind_*()
** routine returns.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length n that
** is filled with zeros.  A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
** (just an integer to hold it size) while it is being processed.
** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as place-holders for BLOBs whose
** content is later written using 
** [vtk_sqlite3_blob_open | increment BLOB I/O] routines.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after
** [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] and
** before [vtk_sqlite3_step()].
** Bindings are not cleared by the [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] routine.
** Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
**
** These routines return [VTK_SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if
** anything goes wrong.  [VTK_SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
** index is out of range.  [VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc fails.
** [VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned if these routines are called on a virtual
** machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_double(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_int(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_int64(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int, vtk_sqlite_int64);
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_null(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int);
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_text(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_text16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_value(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int, const vtk_sqlite3_value*);
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of Host Parameters
**
** Return the largest host parameter index in the precompiled statement given
** as the argument.  When the host parameters are of the forms like ":AAA"
** or "?", then they are assigned sequential increasing numbers beginning
** with one, so the value returned is the number of parameters.  However
** if the same host parameter name is used multiple times, each occurrance
** is given the same number, so the value returned in that case is the number
** of unique host parameter names.  If host parameters of the form "?NNN"
** are used (where NNN is an integer) then there might be gaps in the
** numbering and the value returned by this interface is the index of the
** host parameter with the largest index value.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
**
** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th parameter in a 
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement].
** Host parameters of the form ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV" have a name
** which is the string ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$VVV".  
** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@"
** is included as part of the name.
** Parameters of the form "?" or "?NNN" have no name.
**
** The first bound parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
**
** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is nameless,
** then NULL is returned.  The returned string is always in the
** UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was originally specified
** as UTF-16 in [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16()] or [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
**
** This routine returns the index of a host parameter with the given name.
** The name must match exactly.  If no parameter with the given name is 
** found, return 0.  Parameter names must be UTF8.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
**
** Contrary to the intuition of many, [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] does not
** reset the [vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a 
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement].  Use this routine to
** reset all host parameters to NULL.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_clear_bindings(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
**
** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the 
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. This routine returns 0
** if pStmt is an SQL statement that does not return data (for 
** example an UPDATE).
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_column_count(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
**
** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
** in the result set of a SELECT statement.  The vtk_sqlite3_column_name()
** interface returns a pointer to a UTF8 string and vtk_sqlite3_column_name16()
** returns a pointer to a UTF16 string.  The first parameter is the
** [vtk_sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] that implements the SELECT statement.
** The second parameter is the column number.  The left-most column is
** number 0.
**
** The returned string pointer is valid until either the 
** [vtk_sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] is destroyed by [vtk_sqlite3_finalize()]
** or until the next call vtk_sqlite3_column_name() or vtk_sqlite3_column_name16()
** on the same column.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_name16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int N);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
**
** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what
** table in which database a result of a SELECT statement comes from.
** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
** either a UTF8 or UTF16 string.  The _database_ routines return
** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
** the origin_ routines return the column name.
** The returned string is valid until
** the [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] is destroyed using
** [vtk_sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
** again in a different encoding.
**
** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
** database, table, and column.
**
** The first argument to the following calls is a 
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement].
** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by 
** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
**
** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression
** or subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions
** return NULL. Otherwise, they return the 
** name of the attached database, table and column that query result
** column was extracted from.
**
** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return UTF-16
** encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8.
**
** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the 
** VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
**
** The first parameter is a [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. 
** If this statement is a SELECT statement and the Nth column of the 
** returned result set  of that SELECT is a table column (not an
** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is an
** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. For example, in
** the database schema:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
**
** And the following statement compiled:
**
** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
**
** Then this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second
** result column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column
** (i==0).
**
** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  So just because a column
** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  Type
** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
** used to hold those values.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *, int i);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);

/* 
** CAPI3REF:  Evaluate An SQL Statement
**
** After an [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement] has been prepared with a call
** to either [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or to one of
** the legacy interfaces [vtk_sqlite3_prepare()] or [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16()],
** then this function must be called one or more times to evaluate the 
** statement.
**
** The details of the behavior of this vtk_sqlite3_step() interface depend
** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
** [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
** interface [vtk_sqlite3_prepare()] and [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
** interface will continue to be supported.
**
** In the lagacy interface, the return value will be either [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY], 
** [VTK_SQLITE_DONE], [VTK_SQLITE_ROW], [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR], or [VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE].
** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [VTK_SQLITE_OK | result code]
** or [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result code] might be returned as
** well.
**
** [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
** database locks it needs to do its job.  If the statement is a COMMIT
** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
** statement.  If the statement is not a COMMIT and occurs within a
** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
** continuing.
**
** [VTK_SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
** successfully.  vtk_sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
** machine without first calling [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
** machine back to its initial state.
**
** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ROW] is returned each time a new row of data is ready
** for processing by the caller. The values may be accessed using
** the [vtk_sqlite3_column_int | column access functions].
** vtk_sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
** 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
** violation) has occurred.  vtk_sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
** the VM. More information may be found by calling [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg()].
** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (example:
** [VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA], [VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
** can be obtained by calling [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] on the
** [vtk_sqlite_stmt | prepared statement].  In the "v2" interface,
** the more specific error code is returned directly by vtk_sqlite3_step().
**
** [VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
** Perhaps it was called on a [vtk_sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] that has
** already been [vtk_sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had 
** previously returned [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR] or [VTK_SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
** more threads at the same moment in time.
**
** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b>
** In the legacy interface, 
** the vtk_sqlite3_step() API always returns a generic error code,
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR], following any error other than [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY]
** and [VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call [vtk_sqlite3_reset()] or
** [vtk_sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the specific
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] that better describes the error.
** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
** using either [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
** of the legacy [vtk_sqlite3_prepare()] and [vtk_sqlite3_prepare16()], then the 
** more specific [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | result codes] are returned directly
** by vtk_sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_step(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);

/*
** CAPI3REF:
**
** Return the number of values in the current row of the result set.
**
** After a call to [vtk_sqlite3_step()] that returns [VTK_SQLITE_ROW], this routine
** will return the same value as the [vtk_sqlite3_column_count()] function.
** After [vtk_sqlite3_step()] has returned an [VTK_SQLITE_DONE], [VTK_SQLITE_BUSY], or
** a [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | error code], or before [vtk_sqlite3_step()] has been 
** called on the [vtk_sqlite_stmt | prepared statement] for the first time,
** this routine returns zero.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_data_count(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
**
** Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
**
** <ul>
** <li> 64-bit signed integer
** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
** <li> string
** <li> BLOB
** <li> NULL
** </ul>
**
** These constants are codes for each of those types.
**
** Note that the VTK_SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use VTK_SQLITE3_TEXT not
** VTK_SQLITE_TEXT.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER  1
#define VTK_SQLITE_FLOAT    2
#define VTK_SQLITE_BLOB     4
#define VTK_SQLITE_NULL     5
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEXT
# undef VTK_SQLITE_TEXT
#else
# define VTK_SQLITE_TEXT     3
#endif
#define VTK_SQLITE3_TEXT     3

/*
** CAPI3REF: Results Values From A Query
**
** These routines return information about the information
** in a single column of the current result row of a query.  In every
** case the first argument is a pointer to the 
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | SQL statement] that is being
** evaluate (the [vtk_sqlite_stmt*] that was returned from 
** [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) and
** the second argument is the index of the column for which information 
** should be returned.  The left-most column has an index of 0.
**
** If the SQL statement is not currently point to a valid row, or if the
** the column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_column_type() routine returns 
** [VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
** of the result column.  The returned value is one of [VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER],
** [VTK_SQLITE_FLOAT], [VTK_SQLITE_TEXT], [VTK_SQLITE_BLOB], or [VTK_SQLITE_NULL].  The value
** returned by vtk_sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
** the value returned by vtk_sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of vtk_sqlite3_column_type()
** following a type conversion.
**
** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes() 
** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
** If the result is a numeric value then vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
** [vtk_sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
** the number of bytes in that string.
** The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end
** of the string.  For clarity: the value returned is the number of
** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes()
** but leaves the result in UTF-16 instead of UTF-8.  
** The zero terminator is not included in this count.
**
** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
** is requested, [vtk_sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to do the conversion
** automatically.  The following table details the conversions that
** are applied:
**
** <blockquote>
** <table border="1">
** <tr><th> Internal <th> Requested <th> 
** <tr><th>  Type    <th>    Type   <th> Conversion
**
** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is NULL pointer
** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is NULL pointer
** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as for INTEGER->TEXT
** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert from float to integer
** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT
** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> Use atoi()
** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Use atof()
** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
** </table>
** </blockquote>
**
** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
** on equavalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
** C programmers.
**
** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
** calls to vtk_sqlite3_column_blob(), vtk_sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
** vtk_sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. 
** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
** in the following cases:
**
** <ul>
** <li><p>  The initial content is a BLOB and vtk_sqlite3_column_text() 
**          or vtk_sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
**          need to be added to the string.</p></li>
**
** <li><p>  The initial content is UTF-8 text and vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
**          vtk_sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
**          to UTF-16.</p></li>
**
** <li><p>  The initial content is UTF-16 text and vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes() or
**          vtk_sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
**          to UTF-8.</p></li>
** </ul>
**
** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified.  Other kinds
** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometime it is
** not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.  
**
** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
** in one of the following ways:
**
**  <ul>
**  <li>vtk_sqlite3_column_text() followed by vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
**  <li>vtk_sqlite3_column_blob() followed by vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
**  <li>vtk_sqlite3_column_text16() followed by vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
**  </ul>
**
** In other words, you should call vtk_sqlite3_column_text(), vtk_sqlite3_column_blob(),
** or vtk_sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result into the desired
** format, then invoke vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes() or vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16() to
** find the size of the result.  Do not mix call to vtk_sqlite3_column_text() or
** vtk_sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16().  And do not
** mix calls to vtk_sqlite3_column_text16() with calls to vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes().
*/
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_blob(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
double vtk_sqlite3_column_double(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int vtk_sqlite3_column_int(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
vtk_sqlite_int64 vtk_sqlite3_column_int64(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
const unsigned char *vtk_sqlite3_column_text(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_text16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
int vtk_sqlite3_column_type(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
vtk_sqlite3_value *vtk_sqlite3_column_value(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a 
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | compiled SQL statement]. If the statement was
** executed successfully, or not executed at all, then VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned.
** If execution of the statement failed then an 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | error code] or [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code]
** is returned. 
**
** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | virtual machine].  If the virtual machine has not 
** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like
** encountering an error or an interrupt.  (See [vtk_sqlite3_interrupt()].) 
** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions cancelled,  
** depending on the circumstances, and the 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | result code] returned will be [VTK_SQLITE_ABORT].
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_finalize(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a 
** [vtk_sqlite_stmt | compiled SQL statement] object.
** back to it's initial state, ready to be re-executed.
** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
** the [vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob | vtk_sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
** Use [vtk_sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_reset(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
**
** The following two functions are used to add SQL functions or aggregates
** or to redefine the behavior of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The
** difference only between the two is that the second parameter, the
** name of the (scalar) function or aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for
** vtk_sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16 for vtk_sqlite3_create_function16().
**
** The first argument is the [vtk_sqlite3 | database handle] that holds the
** SQL function or aggregate is to be added or redefined. If a single
** program uses more than one database handle internally, then SQL
** functions or aggregates must be added individually to each database
** handle with which they will be used.
**
** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created
** or redefined.
** The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of the 
** zero-terminator.  Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
** characters.  Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
** will result in an VTK_SQLITE_ERROR error.
**
** The third parameter is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or
** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
**
** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what 
** [VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
** its parameters.  Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
** more efficient with one encoding than another.  It is allowed to
** invoke vtk_sqlite_create_function() or vtk_sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what
** text encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be
** [VTK_SQLITE_ANY].
**
** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation
** of the function can gain access to this pointer using
** [vtk_sqlite_user_data()].
**
** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL
** function or aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of
** the xFunc callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep
** and xFinal parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation
** of xStep and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an
** existing SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function
** callback.
**
** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
** arguments or differing perferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the
** SQL function is used.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_function(
  vtk_sqlite3 *,
  const char *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int eTextRep,
  void*,
  void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xFinal)(vtk_sqlite3_context*)
);
int vtk_sqlite3_create_function16(
  vtk_sqlite3*,
  const void *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int eTextRep,
  void*,
  void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xFinal)(vtk_sqlite3_context*)
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
**
** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
** text encodings supported by SQLite.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_UTF8           1
#define VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
#define VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
#define VTK_SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ANY            5    /* vtk_sqlite3_create_function only */
#define VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* vtk_sqlite3_create_collation only */

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obsolete Functions
**
** These functions are all now obsolete.  In order to maintain
** backwards compatibility with older code, we continue to support
** these functions.  However, new development projects should avoid
** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_count(vtk_sqlite3_context*);
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_expired(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);
int vtk_sqlite3_transfer_bindings(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*, vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);
int vtk_sqlite3_global_recover(void);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
**
** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
** the function or aggregate.
**
** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
** to [vtk_sqlite3_create_function()] and [vtk_sqlite3_create_function16()]
** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
** [vtk_sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [vtk_sqlite3_value] object for
** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
** extract values from the [vtk_sqlite3_value] objects.
**
** These routines work just like the corresponding 
** [vtk_sqlite3_column_blob | vtk_sqlite3_column_* routines] except that 
** these routines take a single [vtk_sqlite3_value*] pointer instead
** of an [vtk_sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF16 string
** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  The
** vtk_sqlite3_value_text16be() and vtk_sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in order
** words if the value is original a string that looks like a number)
** then it is done.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.  The 
** [VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
**
** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer that
** is returned from [vtk_sqlite3_value_blob()], [vtk_sqlite3_value_text()], or
** [vtk_sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
** [vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes()], [vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [vtk_sqlite_value_text()],
** or [vtk_sqlite3_value_text16()].  
*/
const void *vtk_sqlite3_value_blob(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
int vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
int vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes16(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
double vtk_sqlite3_value_double(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
int vtk_sqlite3_value_int(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
vtk_sqlite_int64 vtk_sqlite3_value_int64(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
const unsigned char *vtk_sqlite3_value_text(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_value_text16(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_value_text16le(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
const void *vtk_sqlite3_value_text16be(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
int vtk_sqlite3_value_type(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
int vtk_sqlite3_value_numeric_type(vtk_sqlite3_value*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
**
** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate
** a structure for storing their state.  The first time this routine
** is called for a particular aggregate, a new structure of size nBytes
** is allocated, zeroed, and returned.  On subsequent calls (for the
** same aggregate instance) the same buffer is returned.  The implementation
** of the aggregate can use the returned buffer to accumulate data.
**
** The buffer allocated is freed automatically by SQLite whan the aggregate
** query concludes.
**
** The first parameter should be a copy of the 
** [vtk_sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first
** parameter to the callback routine that implements the aggregate
** function.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(vtk_sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);

/*
** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
**
** The pUserData parameter to the [vtk_sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [vtk_sqlite3_create_function16()] routines
** used to register user functions is available to
** the implementation of the function using this call.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_user_data(vtk_sqlite3_context*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
**
** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
** associate meta-data with argument values. If the same value is passed to
** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
** some circumstances the associated meta-data may be preserved. This may
** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
** meta-data associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
** pattern.  The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the meta-data
** associated with the Nth argument value to the current SQL function
** call, where N is the second parameter. If no meta-data has been set for
** that value, then a NULL pointer is returned.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata() is used to associate meta-data with an SQL
** function argument. The third parameter is a pointer to the meta-data
** to be associated with the Nth user function argument value. The fourth
** parameter specifies a destructor that will be called on the meta-
** data pointer to release it when it is no longer required. If the 
** destructor is NULL, it is not invoked.
**
** In practice, meta-data is preserved between function calls for
** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
** values and SQL variables.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_get_auxdata(vtk_sqlite3_context*, int);
void vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata(vtk_sqlite3_context*, int, void*, void (*)(void*));


/*
** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
**
** These are special value for the destructor that is passed in as the
** final argument to routines like [vtk_sqlite3_result_blob()].  If the destructor
** argument is VTK_SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The 
** VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
** the content before returning.
**
** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
** C++ compilers.  See ticket #2191.
*/
typedef void (*vtk_sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
#define VTK_SQLITE_STATIC      ((vtk_sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
#define VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((vtk_sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)

/*
** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
**
** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
** [vtk_sqlite3_create_function()] and [vtk_sqlite3_create_function16()]
** for additional information.
**
** These functions work very much like the 
** [vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob | vtk_sqlite3_bind_*] family of functions used
** to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
** Refer to the
** [vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob | vtk_sqlite3_bind_* documentation] for
** additional information.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_result_error() and vtk_sqlite3_result_error16() functions
** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.  The
** parameter to vtk_sqlite3_result_error() or vtk_sqlite3_result_error16()
** is the text of an error message.
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_result_toobig() cause the function implementation
** to throw and error indicating that a string or BLOB is to long
** to represent.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_result_blob(vtk_sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
void vtk_sqlite3_result_double(vtk_sqlite3_context*, double);
void vtk_sqlite3_result_error(vtk_sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
void vtk_sqlite3_result_error16(vtk_sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
void vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(vtk_sqlite3_context*);
void vtk_sqlite3_result_int(vtk_sqlite3_context*, int);
void vtk_sqlite3_result_int64(vtk_sqlite3_context*, vtk_sqlite_int64);
void vtk_sqlite3_result_null(vtk_sqlite3_context*);
void vtk_sqlite3_result_text(vtk_sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
void vtk_sqlite3_result_text16(vtk_sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
void vtk_sqlite3_result_text16le(vtk_sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void vtk_sqlite3_result_text16be(vtk_sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
void vtk_sqlite3_result_value(vtk_sqlite3_context*, vtk_sqlite3_value*);
void vtk_sqlite3_result_zeroblob(vtk_sqlite3_context*, int n);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
**
** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
** [vtk_sqlite3*] handle specified as the first argument. 
**
** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
** for vtk_sqlite3_create_collation() and vtk_sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
** and a UTF-16 string for vtk_sqlite3_create_collation16().  In all cases
** the name is passed as the second function argument.
**
** The third argument must be one of the constants [VTK_SQLITE_UTF8],
** [VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
** UTF-16 little-endian or UTF-16 big-endian respectively.
**
** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore). Each time the user
** supplied function is invoked, it is passed a copy of the void* passed as
** the fourth argument to vtk_sqlite3_create_collation() or
** vtk_sqlite3_create_collation16() as its first parameter.
**
** The remaining arguments to the user-supplied routine are two strings,
** each represented by a [length, data] pair and encoded in the encoding
** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
** registered. The user routine should return negative, zero or positive if
** the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second
** string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like vtk_sqlite3_create_collation()
** excapt that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
** the collation.  The destructor is called when the collation is
** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
** of the vtk_sqlite3_create_collation_v2().  Collations are destroyed when
** they are overridden by later calls to the collation creation functions
** or when the [vtk_sqlite3*] database handle is closed using [vtk_sqlite3_close()].
**
** The vtk_sqlite3_create_collation_v2() interface is experimental and
** subject to change in future releases.  The other collation creation
** functions are stable.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_collation(
  vtk_sqlite3*, 
  const char *zName, 
  int eTextRep, 
  void*,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
int vtk_sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
  vtk_sqlite3*, 
  const char *zName, 
  int eTextRep, 
  void*,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
);
int vtk_sqlite3_create_collation16(
  vtk_sqlite3*, 
  const char *zName, 
  int eTextRep, 
  void*,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
**
** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
** database handle to be called whenever an undefined collation sequence is
** required.
**
** If the function is registered using the vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
** encoded in UTF-8. If vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, the names
** are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. A call to either
** function replaces any existing callback.
**
** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
** of the second argument to vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed() or
** vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database
** handle. The third argument is one of [VTK_SQLITE_UTF8], [VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE], or
** [VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the
** required collation sequence.
**
** The callback function should register the desired collation using
** [vtk_sqlite3_create_collation()], [vtk_sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
** [vtk_sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed(
  vtk_sqlite3*, 
  void*, 
  void(*)(void*,vtk_sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
);
int vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed16(
  vtk_sqlite3*, 
  void*,
  void(*)(void*,vtk_sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
);

/*
** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
** called right after vtk_sqlite3_open().
**
** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
** of SQLite.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_key(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
);

/*
** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
** database is decrypted.
**
** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
** of SQLite.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_rekey(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Suspend Execution For A Short Time
**
** This function causes the current thread to suspend execution
** a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
**
** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with 
** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to 
** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually 
** requested from the operating system is returned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_sleep(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
**
** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
** the name of a folder (a.ka. directory), then all temporary files
** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
** is NULL pointer, then SQLite does a search for an appropriate temporary
** file directory.
**
** Once [vtk_sqlite3_open()] has been called, changing this variable will
** invalidate the current temporary database, if any.  Generally speaking,
** it is not safe to invoke this routine after [vtk_sqlite3_open()] has
** been called.
*/
extern char *vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory;

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Test To See If The Databse Is In Auto-Commit Mode
**
** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_get_autocommit(vtk_sqlite3*);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Find The Database Handle Associated With A Prepared Statement
**
** Return the [vtk_sqlite3*] database handle to which a
** [vtk_sqlite3_stmt | prepared statement] belongs.
** This is the same database handle that was
** the first argument to the [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants
** that was used to create the statement in the first place.
*/
vtk_sqlite3 *vtk_sqlite3_db_handle(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
**
** These routines
** register callback functions to be invoked whenever a transaction
** is committed or rolled back.  The pArg argument is passed through
** to the callback.  If the callback on a commit hook function 
** returns non-zero, then the commit is converted into a rollback.
**
** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned.
** Otherwise NULL is returned.
**
** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
**
** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been 
** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. The 
** callback is not invoked if a transaction is automatically rolled
** back because the database connection is closed.
**
** These are experimental interfaces and are subject to change.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_commit_hook(vtk_sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
void *vtk_sqlite3_rollback_hook(vtk_sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
**
** Register a callback function with the database connection identified by the 
** first argument to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
** Any callback set by a previous call to this function for the same 
** database connection is overridden.
**
** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a 
** row is updated, inserted or deleted. The first argument to the callback is
** a copy of the third argument to vtk_sqlite3_update_hook(). The second callback 
** argument is one of VTK_SQLITE_INSERT, VTK_SQLITE_DELETE or VTK_SQLITE_UPDATE, depending
** on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked. The third and 
** fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the database and 
** table name containing the affected row. The final callback parameter is 
** the rowid of the row. In the case of an update, this is the rowid after 
** the update takes place.
**
** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
** modified (i.e. vtk_sqlite_master and vtk_sqlite_sequence).
**
** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value is returned.
** Otherwise NULL is returned.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_update_hook(
  vtk_sqlite3*, 
  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,vtk_sqlite_int64),
  void*
);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
**
** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
** and schema data structures between connections to the same database.
** Sharing is enabled if the argument is true and disabled if the argument
** is false.
**
** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled on a thread-by-thread basis.
** Each call to this routine enables or disables cache sharing only for
** connections created in the same thread in which this routine is called.
** There is no mechanism for sharing cache between database connections
** running in different threads.
**
** Sharing must be disabled prior to shutting down a thread or else
** the thread will leak memory.  Call this routine with an argument of
** 0 to turn off sharing.  Or use the vtk_sqlite3_thread_cleanup() API.
**
** This routine must not be called when any database connections
** are active in the current thread.  Enabling or disabling shared
** cache while there are active database connections will result
** in memory corruption.
**
** When the shared cache is enabled, the
** following routines must always be called from the same thread:
** [vtk_sqlite3_open()], [vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [vtk_sqlite3_step()],
** [vtk_sqlite3_reset()], [vtk_sqlite3_finalize()], and [vtk_sqlite3_close()].
** This is due to the fact that the shared cache makes use of
** thread-specific storage so that it will be available for sharing
** with other connections.
**
** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache.  When shared
** cache is enabled, the vtk_sqlite3_create_module() API used to register
** virtual tables will always return an error.
**
** This routine returns [VTK_SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was
** enabled or disabled successfully.  An [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | error code]
** is returned otherwise.
**
** Shared cache is disabled by default for backward compatibility.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Attempt To Free Heap Memory
**
** Attempt to free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential
** memory allocations held by the database library (example: memory 
** used to cache database pages to improve performance).
**
** This function is not a part of standard builds.  It is only created
** if SQLite is compiled with the VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT macro.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_release_memory(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Impose A Limit On Heap Size
**
** Place a "soft" limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by
** SQLite within the current thread. If an internal allocation is requested 
** that would exceed the specified limit, [vtk_sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked
** one or more times to free up some space before the allocation is made.
**
** The limit is called "soft", because if [vtk_sqlite3_release_memory()] cannot free
** sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded, the memory is
** allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds.
**
** Prior to shutting down a thread vtk_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() must be set to 
** zero (the default) or else the thread will leak memory. Alternatively, use
** the [vtk_sqlite3_thread_cleanup()] API.
**
** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and
** [vtk_sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhaused.
** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
**
** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.  But if it
** is unable to reduce memory usage below the soft limit, execution will
** continue without error or notification.  This is why the limit is 
** called a "soft" limit.  It is advisory only.
**
** This function is only available if the library was compiled with the 
** VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT option set.
** memory-management has been enabled.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Clean Up Thread Local Storage
**
** This routine makes sure that all thread-local storage has been
** deallocated for the current thread.
**
** This routine is not technically necessary.  All thread-local storage
** will be automatically deallocated once memory-management and
** shared-cache are disabled and the soft heap limit has been set
** to zero.  This routine is provided as a convenience for users who
** want to make absolutely sure they have not forgotten something
** prior to killing off a thread.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
**
** This routine
** returns meta-data about a specific column of a specific database
** table accessible using the connection handle passed as the first function 
** argument.
**
** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to 
** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database
** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified
** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
** for the table using the same algorithm as the database engine uses to 
** resolve unqualified table references.
**
** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column 
** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters 
** may be NULL.
**
** Meta information is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as
** the 5th and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these 
** arguments may be NULL, in which case the corresponding element of meta 
** information is ommitted.
**
** <pre>
** Parameter     Output Type      Description
** -----------------------------------
**
**   5th         const char*      Data type
**   6th         const char*      Name of the default collation sequence 
**   7th         int              True if the column has a NOT NULL constraint
**   8th         int              True if the column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
**   9th         int              True if the column is AUTOINCREMENT
** </pre>
**
**
** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the 
** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next 
** call to any vtk_sqlite API function.
**
** If the specified table is actually a view, then an error is returned.
**
** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an 
** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output 
** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
** explicitly declared IPK column, then the output parameters are set as 
** follows:
**
** <pre>
**     data type: "INTEGER"
**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
**     not null: 0
**     primary key: 1
**     auto increment: 0
** </pre>
**
** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
** cannot be found, an VTK_SQLITE error code is returned and an error message
** left in the database handle (to be retrieved using vtk_sqlite3_errmsg()).
**
** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA preprocessor symbol defined.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
**
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case the
** name of the entry point defaults to "vtk_sqlite3_extension_init".
**
** Return [VTK_SQLITE_OK] on success and [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
**
** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
** by calling [vtk_sqlite3_free()].
**
** Extension loading must be enabled using [vtk_sqlite3_enable_load_extension()]
** prior to calling this API or an error will be returned.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_load_extension(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
**
** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following
** API is provided to turn the [vtk_sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and
** off.  It is off by default.  See ticket #1863.
**
** Call this routine with onoff==1 to turn extension loading on
** and call it with onoff==0 to turn it back off again.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_enable_load_extension(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int onoff);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Make Arrangements To Automatically Load An Extension
**
** Register an extension entry point that is automatically invoked
** whenever a new database connection is opened using
** [vtk_sqlite3_open()] or [vtk_sqlite3_open16()].
**
** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register
** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available
** to all new database connections.
**
** Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine multiple
** times with the same extension is harmless.
**
** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
** that is obtained from malloc().  If you run a memory leak
** checker on your program and it reports a leak because of this
** array, then invoke [vtk_sqlite3_automatic_extension_reset()] prior
** to shutdown to free the memory.
**
** Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
**
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint);


/*
** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
**
** Disable all previously registered automatic extensions.  This
** routine undoes the effect of all prior [vtk_sqlite3_automatic_extension()]
** calls.
**
** This call disabled automatic extensions in all threads.
**
** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
** removal in future releases of SQLite.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);


/*
****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
**
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
*/

/*
** Structures used by the virtual table interface
*/
typedef struct vtk_sqlite3_vtab vtk_sqlite3_vtab;
typedef struct vtk_sqlite3_index_info vtk_sqlite3_index_info;
typedef struct vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
typedef struct vtk_sqlite3_module vtk_sqlite3_module;

/*
** A module is a class of virtual tables.  Each module is defined
** by an instance of the following structure.  This structure consists
** mostly of methods for the module.
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3_module {
  int iVersion;
  int (*xCreate)(vtk_sqlite3*, void *pAux,
               int argc, const char *const*argv,
               vtk_sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
  int (*xConnect)(vtk_sqlite3*, void *pAux,
               int argc, const char *const*argv,
               vtk_sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
  int (*xBestIndex)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, vtk_sqlite3_index_info*);
  int (*xDisconnect)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xDestroy)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xOpen)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
  int (*xClose)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xFilter)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
                int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv);
  int (*xNext)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xEof)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
  int (*xColumn)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, vtk_sqlite3_context*, int);
  int (*xRowid)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, vtk_sqlite_int64 *pRowid);
  int (*xUpdate)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *, int, vtk_sqlite3_value **, vtk_sqlite_int64 *);
  int (*xBegin)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xSync)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xCommit)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xRollback)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
  int (*xFindFunction)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
                       void (**pxFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),
                       void **ppArg);

  int (*xRename)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
};

/*
** The vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex
** method of an vtk_sqlite3_module.  The fields under **Inputs** are the
** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
** results into the **Outputs** fields.
**
** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the
** form:
**
**         column OP expr
**
** Where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.  The particular operator is stored
** in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in 
** aConstraint[].iColumn.  aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
** is usable) and false if it cannot.
**
** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
** and makes other simplificatinos to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct
** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried.
**
** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
**
** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
**
** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter.
** vtk_sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
**
** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in
** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
** sorting step is required.
**
** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
** cost of approximately log(N).
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3_index_info {
  /* Inputs */
  const int nConstraint;     /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
  const struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint {
     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
  } *const aConstraint;      /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
  const int nOrderBy;        /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
  const struct vtk_sqlite3_index_orderby {
     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
  } *const aOrderBy;         /* The ORDER BY clause */

  /* Outputs */
  struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
  } *const aConstraintUsage;
  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from vtk_sqlite3_malloc */
  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using vtk_sqlite3_free() if true */
  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
};
#define VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
#define VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
#define VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
#define VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
#define VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
#define VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64

/*
** This routine is used to register a new module name with an SQLite
** connection.  Module names must be registered before creating new
** virtual tables on the module, or before using preexisting virtual
** tables of the module.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_module(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
  void *                     /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
);

/*
** This routine is identical to the vtk_sqlite3_create_module() method above,
** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is
** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_module_v2(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
  void *,                    /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
);

/*
** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
** to describe a particular instance of the module.  Each subclass will
** be taylored to the specific needs of the module implementation.   The
** purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are common
** to all module implementations.
**
** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
** string obtained from vtk_sqlite3_mprintf() to zErrMsg.  The method should
** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to vtk_sqlite3_free()
** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
** freed by vtk_sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.  Note
** that vtk_sqlite3_mprintf() and vtk_sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field
** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which
** do not have access to vtk_sqlite3MPrintf() or vtk_sqlite3Free().
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3_vtab {
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from vtk_sqlite3_mprintf() */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/* Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used
** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
** xOpen method of the module.  Each module implementation will define
** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
**
** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
** are common to all implementations.
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
};

/*
** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_declare_vtab(vtk_sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);

/*
** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
** using the xFindFunction method.  But global versions of those functions
** must exist in order to be overloaded.
**
** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
** purpose is to be a place-holder function that can be overloaded
** by virtual tables.
**
** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
** which is experimental and subject to change.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_overload_function(vtk_sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);

/*
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stablizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
**
****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
*/

/*
** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
**
** An instance of the following opaque structure is used to 
** represent an blob-handle.  A blob-handle is created by
** [vtk_sqlite3_blob_open()] and destroyed by [vtk_sqlite3_blob_close()].
** The [vtk_sqlite3_blob_read()] and [vtk_sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
** can be used to read or write small subsections of the blob.
** The [sqltie3_blob_size()] interface returns the size of the
** blob in bytes.
*/
typedef struct vtk_sqlite3_blob vtk_sqlite3_blob;

/*
** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
**
** Open a handle to the blob located in row iRow,, column zColumn, 
** table zTable in database zDb. i.e. the same blob that would
** be selected by:
**
** <pre>
**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
** </pre>
**
** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the blob is opened for 
** read and write access. If it is zero, the blob is opened for read 
** access.
**
** On success, [VTK_SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new 
** [vtk_sqlite3_blob | blob handle] is written to *ppBlob.
** Otherwise an error code is returned and 
** any value written to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller.
** This function sets the database-handle error code and message
** accessible via [vtk_sqlite3_errcode()] and [vtk_sqlite3_errmsg()].
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_open(
  vtk_sqlite3*,
  const char *zDb,
  const char *zTable,
  const char *zColumn,
  vtk_sqlite_int64 iRow,
  int flags,
  vtk_sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Close A BLOB Handle
**
** Close an open [vtk_sqlite3_blob | blob handle].
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_close(vtk_sqlite3_blob *);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
**
** Return the size in bytes of the blob accessible via the open 
** [vtk_sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as an argument.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_bytes(vtk_sqlite3_blob *);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
**
** This function is used to read data from an open 
** [vtk_sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] into a caller supplied buffer.
** n bytes of data are copied into buffer
** z from the open blob, starting at offset iOffset.
**
** On success, VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | SQLite error code] or an
** [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] is returned.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_read(vtk_sqlite3_blob *, void *z, int n, int iOffset);

/*
** CAPI3REF:  Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
**
** This function is used to write data into an open 
** [vtk_sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] from a user supplied buffer.
** n bytes of data are copied from the buffer
** pointed to by z into the open blob, starting at offset iOffset.
**
** If the [vtk_sqlite3_blob | blob-handle] passed as the first argument
** was not opened for writing (the flags parameter to [vtk_sqlite3_blob_open()]
*** was zero), this function returns [VTK_SQLITE_READONLY].
**
** This function may only modify the contents of the blob, it is
** not possible to increase the size of a blob using this API. If
** offset iOffset is less than n bytes from the end of the blob, 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
**
** On success, VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an 
** [VTK_SQLITE_ERROR | SQLite error code] or an
** [VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended error code] is returned.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_write(vtk_sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);

/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# undef double
#endif

#if 0
}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
#endif
#endif

/************** End of vtk_sqlite3.h *********************************************/
/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2003 October 31
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
** functions for SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** vtk_sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** Id
**
** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
** calendar system. 
**
** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
** range of dates.
**
** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
**
** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
** in the following text:
**
**      Jean Meeus
**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/
/************** Include vtk_sqliteInt.h in the middle of date.c ******************/
/************** Begin file vtk_sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
**
** @(#) Id
*/
#ifndef _VTK_SQLITEINT_H_
#define _VTK_SQLITEINT_H_
/************** Include vtk_sqliteLimit.h in the middle of vtk_sqliteInt.h ***********/
/************** Begin file vtk_sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
/*
** 2007 May 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** 
** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
**
** @(#) Id
*/

/*
** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
**
** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
#endif

/*
** This is the maximum number of
**
**    * Columns in a table
**    * Columns in an index
**    * Columns in a view
**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
**
** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
#endif

/*
** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
** The hard limit here is the same as VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000
#endif

/*
** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
** some extent by VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
** expression. A value of 0 (the default) means do not enforce
** any limitation on expression tree depth.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
** Not currently enforced.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 100
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
** table and for temporary tables.  The VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
# define VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  2000
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
# define VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE  500
#endif

/*
** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be at least 2
** in order to support the main database file (0) and the file used to
** hold temporary tables (1).  And it must be less than 32 because
** we use a bitmask of databases with a u32 in places (for example
** the Parse.cookieMask field).
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
#endif


/*
** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
#endif

/*
** The default size of a database page.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
#endif

/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 32768.  This a limit
** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer
** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768
#endif

/*
** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
**
** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
** max_page_count macro.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
#endif

/*
** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
** operator.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
# define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
#endif

/************** End of vtk_sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/


#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH)
# include <tcl.h>
#endif

/*
** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite.
** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster.  So the following
** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DVTK_SQLITE_DEBUG=1
** option is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
** feature.
*/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) 
# define NDEBUG 1
#endif

/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DVTK_SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
**
** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/************** Include hash.h in the middle of vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
** used in SQLite.
**
** Id
*/
#ifndef _VTK_SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define _VTK_SQLITE_HASH_H_

/* Forward declarations of structures. */
typedef struct Hash Hash;
typedef struct HashElem HashElem;

/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
** this structure opaque.
*/
struct Hash {
  char keyClass;          /* VTK_SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
  void *(*xMalloc)(int);  /* malloc() function to use */
  void (*xFree)(void *);  /* free() function to use */
  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
  } *ht;
};

/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
};

/*
** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
**
**   VTK_SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
**
**   VTK_SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
**
**   VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
**                           is ignored in comparisons.
**
**   VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
**
** A copy of the key is made for VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING and VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
*/
/* #define VTK_SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
/* #define VTK_SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
#define VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
#define VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4

/*
** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);

/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
** like this:
**
**   Hash h;
**   HashElem *p;
**   ...
**   for(p=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=vtk_sqliteHashNext(p)){
**     SomeStructure *pData = vtk_sqliteHashData(p);
**     // do something with pData
**   }
*/
#define vtk_sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
#define vtk_sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
#define vtk_sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
#define vtk_sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
#define vtk_sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)

/*
** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
#define vtk_sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)

#endif /* _VTK_SQLITE_HASH_H_ */

/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include parse.h in the middle of vtk_sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
#define TK_SEMI                            1
#define TK_EXPLAIN                         2
#define TK_QUERY                           3
#define TK_PLAN                            4
#define TK_BEGIN                           5
#define TK_TRANSACTION                     6
#define TK_DEFERRED                        7
#define TK_IMMEDIATE                       8
#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                       9
#define TK_COMMIT                         10
#define TK_END                            11
#define TK_ROLLBACK                       12
#define TK_CREATE                         13
#define TK_TABLE                          14
#define TK_IF                             15
#define TK_NOT                            16
#define TK_EXISTS                         17
#define TK_TEMP                           18
#define TK_LP                             19
#define TK_RP                             20
#define TK_AS                             21
#define TK_COMMA                          22
#define TK_ID                             23
#define TK_ABORT                          24
#define TK_AFTER                          25
#define TK_ANALYZE                        26
#define TK_ASC                            27
#define TK_ATTACH                         28
#define TK_BEFORE                         29
#define TK_CASCADE                        30
#define TK_CAST                           31
#define TK_CONFLICT                       32
#define TK_DATABASE                       33
#define TK_DESC                           34
#define TK_DETACH                         35
#define TK_EACH                           36
#define TK_FAIL                           37
#define TK_FOR                            38
#define TK_IGNORE                         39
#define TK_INITIALLY                      40
#define TK_INSTEAD                        41
#define TK_LIKE_KW                        42
#define TK_MATCH                          43
#define TK_KEY                            44
#define TK_OF                             45
#define TK_OFFSET                         46
#define TK_PRAGMA                         47
#define TK_RAISE                          48
#define TK_REPLACE                        49
#define TK_RESTRICT                       50
#define TK_ROW                            51
#define TK_TRIGGER                        52
#define TK_VACUUM                         53
#define TK_VIEW                           54
#define TK_VIRTUAL                        55
#define TK_REINDEX                        56
#define TK_RENAME                         57
#define TK_CTIME_KW                       58
#define TK_ANY                            59
#define TK_OR                             60
#define TK_AND                            61
#define TK_IS                             62
#define TK_BETWEEN                        63
#define TK_IN                             64
#define TK_ISNULL                         65
#define TK_NOTNULL                        66
#define TK_NE                             67
#define TK_EQ                             68
#define TK_GT                             69
#define TK_LE                             70
#define TK_LT                             71
#define TK_GE                             72
#define TK_ESCAPE                         73
#define TK_BITAND                         74
#define TK_BITOR                          75
#define TK_LSHIFT                         76
#define TK_RSHIFT                         77
#define TK_PLUS                           78
#define TK_MINUS                          79
#define TK_STAR                           80
#define TK_SLASH                          81
#define TK_REM                            82
#define TK_CONCAT                         83
#define TK_COLLATE                        84
#define TK_UMINUS                         85
#define TK_UPLUS                          86
#define TK_BITNOT                         87
#define TK_STRING                         88
#define TK_JOIN_KW                        89
#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     90
#define TK_DEFAULT                        91
#define TK_NULL                           92
#define TK_PRIMARY                        93
#define TK_UNIQUE                         94
#define TK_CHECK                          95
#define TK_REFERENCES                     96
#define TK_AUTOINCR                       97
#define TK_ON                             98
#define TK_DELETE                         99
#define TK_UPDATE                         100
#define TK_INSERT                         101
#define TK_SET                            102
#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     103
#define TK_FOREIGN                        104
#define TK_DROP                           105
#define TK_UNION                          106
#define TK_ALL                            107
#define TK_EXCEPT                         108
#define TK_INTERSECT                      109
#define TK_SELECT                         110
#define TK_DISTINCT                       111
#define TK_DOT                            112
#define TK_FROM                           113
#define TK_JOIN                           114
#define TK_USING                          115
#define TK_ORDER                          116
#define TK_BY                             117
#define TK_GROUP                          118
#define TK_HAVING                         119
#define TK_LIMIT                          120
#define TK_WHERE                          121
#define TK_INTO                           122
#define TK_VALUES                         123
#define TK_INTEGER                        124
#define TK_FLOAT                          125
#define TK_BLOB                           126
#define TK_REGISTER                       127
#define TK_VARIABLE                       128
#define TK_CASE                           129
#define TK_WHEN                           130
#define TK_THEN                           131
#define TK_ELSE                           132
#define TK_INDEX                          133
#define TK_ALTER                          134
#define TK_TO                             135
#define TK_ADD                            136
#define TK_COLUMNKW                       137
#define TK_TO_TEXT                        138
#define TK_TO_BLOB                        139
#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     140
#define TK_TO_INT                         141
#define TK_TO_REAL                        142
#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    143
#define TK_ILLEGAL                        144
#define TK_SPACE                          145
#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                146
#define TK_COMMENT                        147
#define TK_FUNCTION                       148
#define TK_COLUMN                         149
#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   150
#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     151
#define TK_CONST_FUNC                     152

/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <stddef.h>

#define vtk_sqlite3_isnan(X)  ((X)!=(X))

/*
** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
** substitute integer for floating-point
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double vtk_sqlite_int64
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE vtk_sqlite_int64
# ifndef VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL
#   define VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL (0x7fffffffffffffff)
# endif
# define VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
# define VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
# undef VTK_SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL
# define VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
#endif

/*
** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
#else
#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
#endif

/*
** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same
** in a UNIQUE index.  This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL,
** OCELOT, and Firebird all work.  The SQL92 spec explicitly says this
** is the way things are suppose to work.
**
** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for
** a UNIQUE index.  In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry
** for a column declared UNIQUE.  This is the way Informix and SQL Server
** work.
*/
#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1

/*
** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
** that the library can read.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
# define VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
#endif

/*
** Provide a default value for TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
** on the command-line
*/
#ifndef TEMP_STORE
# define TEMP_STORE 1
#endif

/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif

/*
** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
*/
#if 'A' == '\301'
# define VTK_SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
#else
# define VTK_SQLITE_ASCII 1
#endif

/*
** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
**
**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
*/
#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
# define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
#endif
#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
# define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
#endif
#ifndef INT16_TYPE
# define INT16_TYPE short int
#endif
#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
# define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
#endif
#ifndef INT8_TYPE
# define INT8_TYPE signed char
#endif
#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
#endif
typedef vtk_sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
typedef vtk_sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
typedef UINT8_TYPE i8;             /* 1-byte signed integer */

/*
** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
** evaluated at runtime.
*/
extern const int vtk_sqlite3one;
#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)
# define VTK_SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
# define VTK_SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
# define VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE
#else
# define VTK_SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&vtk_sqlite3one)==0)
# define VTK_SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&vtk_sqlite3one)==1)
# define VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (VTK_SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE:VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE)
#endif

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
** callback for a given vtk_sqlite handle. 
**
** The vtk_sqlite.busyHandler member of the vtk_sqlite struct contains the busy
** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the vtk_sqlite
** handle is passed a pointer to vtk_sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
*/
typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
struct BusyHandler {
  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
};

/*
** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
** "BusyHandler typedefs.
*/
/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
**
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
**
** Id
*/
#ifndef _VTK_SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _VTK_SQLITE_VDBE_H_

/*
** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
** in the source file vtk_sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
** of this structure.
*/
typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;

/*
** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
** as an instance of the following structure:
*/
struct VdbeOp {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  int p1;             /* First operand */
  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
  int p3type;         /* One of the P3_xxx constants defined below */
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  int cnt;            /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
  long long cycles;   /* Total time spend executing this instruction */
#endif
};
typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;

/*
** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
** it takes up less space.
*/
struct VdbeOpList {
  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
  short int p2;       /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
  char *p3;           /* Third parameter */
};
typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;

/*
** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
*/
#define P3_NOTUSED    0   /* The P3 parameter is not used */
#define P3_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc() */
#define P3_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
#define P3_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
#define P3_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P3 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
#define P3_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P3 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
#define P3_VDBEFUNC (-7)  /* P3 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
#define P3_MEM      (-8)  /* P3 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
#define P3_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P3 is a pointer to a transient string */
#define P3_VTAB     (-10) /* P3 is a pointer to an vtk_sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P3_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P3 is a string obtained from vtk_sqlite3_mprintf() */

/* When adding a P3 argument using P3_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
** argument is P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
** from a single vtk_sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
*/
#define P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-9)

/*
** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
*/
#define COLNAME_NAME     0
#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
#define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */

/*
** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
** the macro again restores the address.
*/
#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))

/*
** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
*/
/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
#define OP_MemLoad                              1
#define OP_VNext                                2
#define OP_HexBlob                            126   /* same as TK_BLOB     */
#define OP_Column                               3
#define OP_SetCookie                            4
#define OP_IfMemPos                             5
#define OP_Real                               125   /* same as TK_FLOAT    */
#define OP_Sequence                             6
#define OP_MoveGt                               7
#define OP_Ge                                  72   /* same as TK_GE       */
#define OP_RowKey                               8
#define OP_Eq                                  68   /* same as TK_EQ       */
#define OP_OpenWrite                            9
#define OP_NotNull                             66   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
#define OP_If                                  10
#define OP_ToInt                              141   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
#define OP_String8                             88   /* same as TK_STRING   */
#define OP_Pop                                 11
#define OP_VRowid                              12
#define OP_CollSeq                             13
#define OP_OpenRead                            14
#define OP_Expire                              15
#define OP_AutoCommit                          17
#define OP_Gt                                  69   /* same as TK_GT       */
#define OP_IntegrityCk                         18
#define OP_Sort                                19
#define OP_Function                            20
#define OP_And                                 61   /* same as TK_AND      */
#define OP_Subtract                            79   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
#define OP_Noop                                21
#define OP_Return                              22
#define OP_Remainder                           82   /* same as TK_REM      */
#define OP_NewRowid                            23
#define OP_Multiply                            80   /* same as TK_STAR     */
#define OP_IfMemNeg                            24
#define OP_Variable                            25
#define OP_String                              26
#define OP_RealAffinity                        27
#define OP_VRename                             28
#define OP_ParseSchema                         29
#define OP_VOpen                               30
#define OP_Close                               31
#define OP_CreateIndex                         32
#define OP_IsUnique                            33
#define OP_NotFound                            34
#define OP_Int64                               35
#define OP_MustBeInt                           36
#define OP_Halt                                37
#define OP_Rowid                               38
#define OP_IdxLT                               39
#define OP_AddImm                              40
#define OP_Statement                           41
#define OP_RowData                             42
#define OP_MemMax                              43
#define OP_Push                                44
#define OP_Or                                  60   /* same as TK_OR       */
#define OP_NotExists                           45
#define OP_MemIncr                             46
#define OP_Gosub                               47
#define OP_Divide                              81   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
#define OP_Integer                             48
#define OP_ToNumeric                          140   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
#define OP_MemInt                              49
#define OP_Prev                                50
#define OP_Concat                              83   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
#define OP_BitAnd                              74   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
#define OP_VColumn                             51
#define OP_CreateTable                         52
#define OP_Last                                53
#define OP_IsNull                              65   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
#define OP_IncrVacuum                          54
#define OP_IdxRowid                            55
#define OP_MakeIdxRec                          56
#define OP_ShiftRight                          77   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
#define OP_ResetCount                          57
#define OP_FifoWrite                           58
#define OP_Callback                            59
#define OP_ContextPush                         62
#define OP_DropTrigger                         63
#define OP_DropIndex                           64
#define OP_IdxGE                               73
#define OP_IdxDelete                           84
#define OP_Vacuum                              86
#define OP_MoveLe                              89
#define OP_IfNot                               90
#define OP_DropTable                           91
#define OP_MakeRecord                          92
#define OP_ToBlob                             139   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
#define OP_Delete                              93
#define OP_AggFinal                            94
#define OP_ShiftLeft                           76   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
#define OP_Dup                                 95
#define OP_Goto                                96
#define OP_TableLock                           97
#define OP_FifoRead                            98
#define OP_Clear                               99
#define OP_IdxGT                              100
#define OP_MoveLt                             101
#define OP_Le                                  70   /* same as TK_LE       */
#define OP_VerifyCookie                       102
#define OP_AggStep                            103
#define OP_Pull                               104
#define OP_ToText                             138   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
#define OP_Not                                 16   /* same as TK_NOT      */
#define OP_ToReal                             142   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
#define OP_SetNumColumns                      105
#define OP_AbsValue                           106
#define OP_Transaction                        107
#define OP_VFilter                            108
#define OP_Negative                            85   /* same as TK_UMINUS   */
#define OP_Ne                                  67   /* same as TK_NE       */
#define OP_VDestroy                           109
#define OP_ContextPop                         110
#define OP_BitOr                               75   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
#define OP_Next                               111
#define OP_IdxInsert                          112
#define OP_Distinct                           113
#define OP_Lt                                  71   /* same as TK_LT       */
#define OP_Insert                             114
#define OP_Destroy                            115
#define OP_ReadCookie                         116
#define OP_ForceInt                           117
#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       118
#define OP_Explain                            119
#define OP_IfMemZero                          120
#define OP_OpenPseudo                         121
#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      122
#define OP_Null                               123
#define OP_Blob                               124
#define OP_Add                                 78   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
#define OP_MemStore                           127
#define OP_Rewind                             128
#define OP_MoveGe                             129
#define OP_VBegin                             130
#define OP_VUpdate                            131
#define OP_BitNot                              87   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
#define OP_VCreate                            132
#define OP_MemMove                            133
#define OP_MemNull                            134
#define OP_Found                              135
#define OP_NullRow                            136

/* The following opcode values are never used */
#define OP_NotUsed_137                        137

/* Opcodes that are guaranteed to never push a value onto the stack
** contain a 1 their corresponding position of the following mask
** set.  See the opcodeNoPush() function in vdbeaux.c  */
#define NOPUSH_MASK_0 0xeeb4
#define NOPUSH_MASK_1 0xf96b
#define NOPUSH_MASK_2 0xfbb6
#define NOPUSH_MASK_3 0xfe64
#define NOPUSH_MASK_4 0xffff
#define NOPUSH_MASK_5 0x6ef7
#define NOPUSH_MASK_6 0xfbfb
#define NOPUSH_MASK_7 0x8767
#define NOPUSH_MASK_8 0x7d9f
#define NOPUSH_MASK_9 0x0000

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
** for a description of what each of these routines does.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *vtk_sqlite3VdbeCreate(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,const char *zP3,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP1, int N);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *vtk_sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
#endif
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE vtk_sqlite3 *vtk_sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3VdbeGetSql(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);

#ifndef NDEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
# define VdbeComment(X)  vtk_sqlite3VdbeComment X
#else
# define VdbeComment(X)
#endif

#endif

/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include btree.h in the middle of vtk_sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the vtk_sqlite B-Tree file
** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
** of what each interface routine does.
**
** @(#) Id
*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_

/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
** needs to be revisited.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10

/*
** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
  #define VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
#endif

#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */

/*
** Forward declarations of structure
*/
typedef struct Btree Btree;
typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
typedef struct BtShared BtShared;


VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeOpen(
  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
  int flags                /* Flags */
);

/* The flags parameter to vtk_sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
** following values.
**
** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
** pager.h.
*/
#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK   2  /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
#define BTREE_MEMORY        4  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);

/* The flags parameter to vtk_sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
** of the following flags:
*/
#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor(
  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),  /* Key comparison function */
  void*,                               /* First argument to compare function */
  BtCursor **ppCursor                  /* Returned cursor */
);

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*,const void *pKey,i64 nKey,int bias,int *pRes);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
                                  const void *pData, int nData,
                                  int nZero, int bias);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *vtk_sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *vtk_sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
#endif

#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */

/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/
/************** Include pager.h in the middle of vtk_sqliteInt.h *****************/
/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the vtk_sqlite page cache
** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
**
** @(#) Id
*/

#ifndef _PAGER_H_
#define _PAGER_H_

/*
** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
*/
typedef unsigned int Pgno;

/*
** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
*/
typedef struct Pager Pager;

/*
** Handle type for pages.
*/
typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;

/*
** Allowed values for the flags parameter to vtk_sqlite3PagerOpen().
**
** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
*/
#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK   0x0002    /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */

/*
** Valid values for the second argument to vtk_sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
*/
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1

/*
** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
** routines:
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerOpen(Pager **ppPager, const char *zFilename,
                     int nExtra, int flags);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*,int));
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
#define vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) vtk_sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *vtk_sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int);
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
#endif

#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno vtk_sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
#endif

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3PagerLockstate(Pager*);
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *vtk_sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
  int pager3_refinfo_enable;
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
#else
# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
#endif

#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */

/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
/*
** The following global variables are used for testing and debugging
** only.  They only work if VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG is defined.
*/
extern int vtk_sqlite3_nMalloc;      /* Number of vtk_sqliteMalloc() calls */
extern int vtk_sqlite3_nFree;        /* Number of vtk_sqliteFree() calls */
extern int vtk_sqlite3_iMallocFail;  /* Fail vtk_sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
extern int vtk_sqlite3_iMallocReset; /* Set iMallocFail to this when it reaches 0 */

extern void *vtk_sqlite3_pFirst;         /* Pointer to linked list of allocations */
extern int vtk_sqlite3_nMaxAlloc;        /* High water mark of ThreadData.nAlloc */
extern int vtk_sqlite3_mallocDisallowed; /* assert() in vtk_sqlite3Malloc() if set */
extern int vtk_sqlite3_isFail;           /* True if all malloc calls should fail */
extern const char *vtk_sqlite3_zFile;    /* Filename to associate debug info with */
extern int vtk_sqlite3_iLine;            /* Line number for debug info */

#define ENTER_MALLOC (vtk_sqlite3_zFile = __FILE__, vtk_sqlite3_iLine = __LINE__)
#define vtk_sqliteMalloc(x)          (ENTER_MALLOC, vtk_sqlite3Malloc(x,1))
#define vtk_sqliteMallocRaw(x)       (ENTER_MALLOC, vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw(x,1))
#define vtk_sqliteRealloc(x,y)       (ENTER_MALLOC, vtk_sqlite3Realloc(x,y))
#define vtk_sqliteStrDup(x)          (ENTER_MALLOC, vtk_sqlite3StrDup(x))
#define vtk_sqliteStrNDup(x,y)       (ENTER_MALLOC, vtk_sqlite3StrNDup(x,y))
#define vtk_sqliteReallocOrFree(x,y) (ENTER_MALLOC, vtk_sqlite3ReallocOrFree(x,y))

#else

#define ENTER_MALLOC 0
#define vtk_sqliteMalloc(x)          vtk_sqlite3Malloc(x,1)
#define vtk_sqliteMallocRaw(x)       vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw(x,1)
#define vtk_sqliteRealloc(x,y)       vtk_sqlite3Realloc(x,y)
#define vtk_sqliteStrDup(x)          vtk_sqlite3StrDup(x)
#define vtk_sqliteStrNDup(x,y)       vtk_sqlite3StrNDup(x,y)
#define vtk_sqliteReallocOrFree(x,y) vtk_sqlite3ReallocOrFree(x,y)

#endif

/* Variable vtk_sqlite3_mallocHasFailed is set to true after a malloc() 
** failure occurs. 
**
** The vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() macro returns true if a malloc has failed
** in this thread since the last call to vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(), or false 
** otherwise.
*/
extern int vtk_sqlite3_mallocHasFailed;
#define vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() (vtk_sqlite3_mallocHasFailed && vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex(1))

#define vtk_sqliteFree(x)          vtk_sqlite3FreeX(x)
#define vtk_sqliteAllocSize(x)     vtk_sqlite3AllocSize(x)

/*
** An instance of this structure might be allocated to store information
** specific to a single thread.
*/
struct ThreadData {
  int dummy;               /* So that this structure is never empty */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  int nSoftHeapLimit;      /* Suggested max mem allocation.  No limit if <0 */
  int nAlloc;              /* Number of bytes currently allocated */
  Pager *pPager;           /* Linked list of all pagers in this thread */
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  u8 useSharedData;        /* True if shared pagers and schemas are enabled */
  BtShared *pBtree;        /* Linked list of all currently open BTrees */
#endif
};

/*
** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
** user tables and indices.
*/
#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"

/*
** The root-page of the master database table.
*/
#define MASTER_ROOT       1

/*
** The name of the schema table.
*/
#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)

/*
** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
** an array.
*/
#define ArraySize(X)    (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))

/*
** Forward references to structures
*/
typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
typedef struct Column Column;
typedef struct Db Db;
typedef struct Schema Schema;
typedef struct Expr Expr;
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
typedef struct FKey FKey;
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
typedef struct IdList IdList;
typedef struct Index Index;
typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
typedef struct Module Module;
typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
typedef struct Parse Parse;
typedef struct Select Select;
typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
typedef struct ThreadData ThreadData;
typedef struct Table Table;
typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
typedef struct Token Token;
typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;

/************** Include os.h in the middle of vtk_sqliteInt.h ********************/
/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
*/
#ifndef _VTK_SQLITE_OS_H_
#define _VTK_SQLITE_OS_H_

/*
** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
** operating system.
*/
#if defined(OS_OTHER)
# if OS_OTHER==1
#   undef OS_UNIX
#   define OS_UNIX 0
#   undef OS_WIN
#   define OS_WIN 0
#   undef OS_OS2
#   define OS_OS2 0
# else
#   undef OS_OTHER
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(OS_UNIX) && !defined(OS_OTHER)
# define OS_OTHER 0
# ifndef OS_WIN
#   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#     define OS_WIN 1
#     define OS_UNIX 0
#     define OS_OS2 0
#   elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
#     define OS_WIN 0
#     define OS_UNIX 0
#     define OS_OS2 1
#   else
#     define OS_WIN 0
#     define OS_UNIX 1
#     define OS_OS2 0
#  endif
# else
#  define OS_UNIX 0
#  define OS_OS2 0
# endif
#else
# ifndef OS_WIN
#  define OS_WIN 0
# endif
#endif


/*
** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
*/
#if OS_WIN
# include <windows.h>
# define VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
#elif OS_OS2
# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY)
#  include <os2safe.h> /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */
# endif
# define INCL_DOSDATETIME
# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
# define INCL_DOSERRORS
# define INCL_DOSMISC
# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR
# include <os2.h>
# define VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP)
#else
# define VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
#endif

/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
** a no-op
*/
#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
# define VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif

/*
** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
** If vtk_sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
** using -DTEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
**
** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
** of the file.
*/
#ifndef TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
# define TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
#endif

/*
** Define the interfaces for Unix, Windows, and OS/2.
*/
#if OS_UNIX
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      vtk_sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      vtk_sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       vtk_sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDelete             vtk_sqlite3UnixDelete
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists         vtk_sqlite3UnixFileExists
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname       vtk_sqlite3UnixFullPathname
#define vtk_sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      vtk_sqlite3UnixIsDirWritable
#define vtk_sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      vtk_sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory
#define vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName       vtk_sqlite3UnixTempFileName
#define vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed         vtk_sqlite3UnixRandomSeed
#define vtk_sqlite3OsSleep              vtk_sqlite3UnixSleep
#define vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime        vtk_sqlite3UnixCurrentTime
#define vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex         vtk_sqlite3UnixEnterMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         vtk_sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex            vtk_sqlite3UnixInMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData vtk_sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData
#define vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc             vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc
#define vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc            vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFree               vtk_sqlite3GenericFree
#define vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize     vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlopen             vtk_sqlite3UnixDlopen
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlsym              vtk_sqlite3UnixDlsym
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlclose            vtk_sqlite3UnixDlclose
#endif
#if OS_WIN
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      vtk_sqlite3WinOpenReadWrite
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      vtk_sqlite3WinOpenExclusive
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       vtk_sqlite3WinOpenReadOnly
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDelete             vtk_sqlite3WinDelete
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists         vtk_sqlite3WinFileExists
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname       vtk_sqlite3WinFullPathname
#define vtk_sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      vtk_sqlite3WinIsDirWritable
#define vtk_sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      vtk_sqlite3WinSyncDirectory
#define vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName       vtk_sqlite3WinTempFileName
#define vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed         vtk_sqlite3WinRandomSeed
#define vtk_sqlite3OsSleep              vtk_sqlite3WinSleep
#define vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime        vtk_sqlite3WinCurrentTime
#define vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex         vtk_sqlite3WinEnterMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         vtk_sqlite3WinLeaveMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex            vtk_sqlite3WinInMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData vtk_sqlite3WinThreadSpecificData
#define vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc             vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc
#define vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc            vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFree               vtk_sqlite3GenericFree
#define vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize     vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlopen             vtk_sqlite3WinDlopen
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlsym              vtk_sqlite3WinDlsym
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlclose            vtk_sqlite3WinDlclose
#endif
#if OS_OS2
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      vtk_sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      vtk_sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       vtk_sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDelete             vtk_sqlite3Os2Delete
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists         vtk_sqlite3Os2FileExists
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname       vtk_sqlite3Os2FullPathname
#define vtk_sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      vtk_sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable
#define vtk_sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      vtk_sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory
#define vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName       vtk_sqlite3Os2TempFileName
#define vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed         vtk_sqlite3Os2RandomSeed
#define vtk_sqlite3OsSleep              vtk_sqlite3Os2Sleep
#define vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime        vtk_sqlite3Os2CurrentTime
#define vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex         vtk_sqlite3Os2EnterMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         vtk_sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex            vtk_sqlite3Os2InMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData vtk_sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData
#define vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc             vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc
#define vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc            vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFree               vtk_sqlite3GenericFree
#define vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize     vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlopen             vtk_sqlite3Os2Dlopen
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlsym              vtk_sqlite3Os2Dlsym
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDlclose            vtk_sqlite3Os2Dlclose
#endif




/*
** If using an alternative OS interface, then we must have an "os_other.h"
** header file available for that interface.  Presumably the "os_other.h"
** header file contains #defines similar to those above.
*/
#if OS_OTHER
# include "os_other.h"
#endif



/*
** Forward declarations
*/
typedef struct OsFile OsFile;
typedef struct IoMethod IoMethod;

/*
** An instance of the following structure contains pointers to all
** methods on an OsFile object.
*/
struct IoMethod {
  int (*xClose)(OsFile**);
  int (*xOpenDirectory)(OsFile*, const char*);
  int (*xRead)(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
  int (*xWrite)(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
  int (*xSeek)(OsFile*, i64 offset);
  int (*xTruncate)(OsFile*, i64 size);
  int (*xSync)(OsFile*, int);
  void (*xSetFullSync)(OsFile *id, int setting);
  int (*xFileHandle)(OsFile *id);
  int (*xFileSize)(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
  int (*xLock)(OsFile*, int);
  int (*xUnlock)(OsFile*, int);
  int (*xLockState)(OsFile *id);
  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(OsFile *id);
  int (*xSectorSize)(OsFile *id);
};

/*
** The OsFile object describes an open disk file in an OS-dependent way.
** The version of OsFile defined here is a generic version.  Each OS
** implementation defines its own subclass of this structure that contains
** additional information needed to handle file I/O.  But the pMethod
** entry (pointing to the virtual function table) always occurs first
** so that we can always find the appropriate methods.
*/
struct OsFile {
  IoMethod const *pMethod;
};

/*
** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
** vtk_sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
**
** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
**
** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to vtk_sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
** vtk_sqlite3OsLock().
*/
#define NO_LOCK         0
#define SHARED_LOCK     1
#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
#define PENDING_LOCK    3
#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4

/*
** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
**
** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
** UnlockFile().
**
** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
**
** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
**
** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
**
** These #defines are available in vtk_sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for
** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte
** ranges for locking.  In particular, the same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
**
** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
**
** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
** 1GB boundary.
**
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
#else
extern unsigned int vtk_sqlite3_pending_byte;
#define PENDING_BYTE vtk_sqlite3_pending_byte
#endif

#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
#define SHARED_SIZE       510

/*
** Prototypes for operating system interface routines.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsClose(OsFile**);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile*, const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsRead(OsFile*, void*, int amt);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile*, const void*, int amt);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile*, i64 offset);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile*, i64 size);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsSync(OsFile*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int setting);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile*, i64 *pSize);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsLock(OsFile*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists(const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname(const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsIsDirWritable(char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsSectorSize(OsFile *id);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName(char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed(char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsSleep(int ms);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime(double*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex(int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ThreadData *vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc(int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc(void *, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OsFree(void *);
/* function is defined but never used */
/* We can get rid of this because REDEF_IO is off */
/* VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize(void *); */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3OsDlopen(const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3OsDlsym(void*, const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsDlclose(void*);
#endif

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id);
#endif

/*
** If the VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO macro is defined, then the OS-layer
** interface routines are not called directly but are invoked using
** pointers to functions.  This allows the implementation of various
** OS-layer interface routines to be modified at run-time.  There are
** obscure but legitimate reasons for wanting to do this.  But for
** most users, a direct call to the underlying interface is preferable
** so the the redefinable I/O interface is turned off by default.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO

/*
** When redefinable I/O is enabled, a single global instance of the
** following structure holds pointers to the routines that SQLite 
** uses to talk with the underlying operating system.  Modify this
** structure (before using any SQLite API!) to accomodate perculiar
** operating system interfaces or behaviors.
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3OsVtbl {
  int (*xOpenReadWrite)(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
  int (*xOpenExclusive)(const char*, OsFile**, int);
  int (*xOpenReadOnly)(const char*, OsFile**);

  int (*xDelete)(const char*);
  int (*xFileExists)(const char*);
  char *(*xFullPathname)(const char*);
  int (*xIsDirWritable)(char*);
  int (*xSyncDirectory)(const char*);
  int (*xTempFileName)(char*);

  int (*xRandomSeed)(char*);
  int (*xSleep)(int ms);
  int (*xCurrentTime)(double*);

  void (*xEnterMutex)(void);
  void (*xLeaveMutex)(void);
  int (*xInMutex)(int);
  ThreadData *(*xThreadSpecificData)(int);

  void *(*xMalloc)(int);
  void *(*xRealloc)(void *, int);
  void (*xFree)(void *);
  int (*xAllocationSize)(void *);

  void *(*xDlopen)(const char*);
  void *(*xDlsym)(void*, const char*);
  int (*xDlclose)(void*);
};

/* Macro used to comment out routines that do not exists when there is
** no disk I/O or extension loading
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
# define IF_DISKIO(X)  0
#else
# define IF_DISKIO(X)  X
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
# define IF_DLOPEN(X)  0
#else
# define IF_DLOPEN(X)  X
#endif


#if defined(_VTK_SQLITE_OS_C_) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)
  /*
  ** The os.c file implements the global virtual function table.
  ** We have to put this file here because the initializers
  ** (ex: vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed) are macros that are about to be
  ** redefined.
  */
  struct vtk_sqlite3OsVtbl vtk_sqlite3Os = {
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite ),
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive ),
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly ),
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsDelete ),
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists ),
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname ),
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsIsDirWritable ),
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsSyncDirectory ),
    IF_DISKIO( vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName ),
    vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed,
    vtk_sqlite3OsSleep,
    vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime,
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex,
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex,
    vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex,
    vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData,
    vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc,
    vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc,
    vtk_sqlite3OsFree,
    vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize,
    IF_DLOPEN( vtk_sqlite3OsDlopen ),
    IF_DLOPEN( vtk_sqlite3OsDlsym ),
    IF_DLOPEN( vtk_sqlite3OsDlclose ),
  };
#else
  /*
  ** Files other than os.c just reference the global virtual function table. 
  */
  extern struct vtk_sqlite3OsVtbl vtk_sqlite3Os;
#endif /* _VTK_SQLITE_OS_C_ */


/* This additional API routine is available with redefinable I/O */
struct vtk_sqlite3OsVtbl *vtk_sqlite3_os_switch(void);


/*
** Redefine the OS interface to go through the virtual function table
** rather than calling routines directly.
*/
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsDelete
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsIsDirWritable
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsSyncDirectory
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsSleep
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsFree
#undef vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite      vtk_sqlite3Os.xOpenReadWrite
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive      vtk_sqlite3Os.xOpenExclusive
#define vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly       vtk_sqlite3Os.xOpenReadOnly
#define vtk_sqlite3OsDelete             vtk_sqlite3Os.xDelete
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists         vtk_sqlite3Os.xFileExists
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname       vtk_sqlite3Os.xFullPathname
#define vtk_sqlite3OsIsDirWritable      vtk_sqlite3Os.xIsDirWritable
#define vtk_sqlite3OsSyncDirectory      vtk_sqlite3Os.xSyncDirectory
#define vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName       vtk_sqlite3Os.xTempFileName
#define vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed         vtk_sqlite3Os.xRandomSeed
#define vtk_sqlite3OsSleep              vtk_sqlite3Os.xSleep
#define vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime        vtk_sqlite3Os.xCurrentTime
#define vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex         vtk_sqlite3Os.xEnterMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex         vtk_sqlite3Os.xLeaveMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex            vtk_sqlite3Os.xInMutex
#define vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData vtk_sqlite3Os.xThreadSpecificData
#define vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc             vtk_sqlite3Os.xMalloc
#define vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc            vtk_sqlite3Os.xRealloc
#define vtk_sqlite3OsFree               vtk_sqlite3Os.xFree
#define vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize     vtk_sqlite3Os.xAllocationSize

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO */

#endif /* _VTK_SQLITE_OS_H_ */

/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vtk_sqliteInt.h ******************/

/*
** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
** in the vtk_sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
** databases may be attached.
*/
struct Db {
  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
  u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
  void *pAux;               /* Auxiliary data.  Usually NULL */
  void (*xFreeAux)(void*);  /* Routine to free pAux */
  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
**
** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the
** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table
** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection 
** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been
** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated, 
** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare 
** statements.
*/
struct Schema {
  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The vtk_sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;         /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */
#endif
};

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Db.flags field.
*/
#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)

/*
** Allowed values for the DB.flags field.
**
** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
** read into internal hash tables.
**
** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
*/
#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */


/*
** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
**
** The vtk_sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
** insert statement.  Inserts on views do not affect its value.  Each
** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside
** triggers as usual.  The previous value will be restored once the trigger
** exits.  Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no
** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1.
**
** The vtk_sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no
** context.  It is reset at start of vtk_sqlite3_exec.
** The vtk_sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last
** insert, update, or delete statement.  It remains constant throughout the
** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts.  It keeps a
** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes
** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger.  Changes to views do not
** affect the value of lsChange.
** The vtk_sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since
** the last statement) and is used to update vtk_sqlite_lsChange.
**
** The member variables vtk_sqlite.errCode, vtk_sqlite.zErrMsg and vtk_sqlite.zErrMsg16
** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The
** internal function vtk_sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables
** consistently.
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3 {
  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
  int flags;                    /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (VTK_SQLITE_*) */
  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
  int nTable;                   /* Number of tables in the database */
  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
  i64 priorNewRowid;            /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
  int magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by vtk_sqlite3_changes() */
  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by vtk_sqlite3_total_changes() */
  struct vtk_sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
    int iDb;                    /* When back is being initialized */
    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
  } init;
  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared libraray handles */
  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
  void *pUpdateArg;
  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,vtk_sqlite_int64);
  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,vtk_sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,vtk_sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
  void *pCollNeededArg;
  vtk_sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
  char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
  char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */
  union {
    int isInterrupted;          /* True if vtk_sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
  } u1;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
                                /* Access authorization function */
  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
  int nProgressOps;             /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by vtk_sqlite3_create_module() */
  Table *pVTab;                 /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;       /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
#endif
  Hash aFunc;                   /* All functions that can be in SQL exprs */
  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SSE
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pFetch;         /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */
#endif
  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
};

/*
** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
*/
#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)

/*
** Possible values for the vtk_sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields.
**
** On vtk_sqlite.flags, the VTK_SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have
** executed a BEGIN.  On Db.flags, VTK_SQLITE_InTrans means a statement
** transaction is active on that particular database file.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
#define VTK_SQLITE_InTrans        0x00000008  /* True if in a transaction */
#define VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000010  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
#define VTK_SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
#define VTK_SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
#define VTK_SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
                                          /*   result set is empty */
#define VTK_SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
#define VTK_SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
#define VTK_SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update VTK_SQLITE_MASTER */
#define VTK_SQLITE_NoReadlock     0x00001000  /* Readlocks are omitted when 
                                          ** accessing read-only databases */
#define VTK_SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
#define VTK_SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
#define VTK_SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
#define VTK_SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00010000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
#define VTK_SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */

#define VTK_SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */

/*
** Possible values for the vtk_sqlite.magic field.
** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
** than being distinct from one another.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
#define VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
#define VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
#define VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */

/*
** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the vtk_sqlite.aFunc
** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
** points to a linked list of these structures.
*/
struct FuncDef {
  i16 nArg;            /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
  u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
  u8 needCollSeq;      /* True if vtk_sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
  u8 flags;            /* Some combination of VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_* */
  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
  void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
  void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
  void (*xFinalize)(vtk_sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finializer */
  char zName[1];       /* SQL name of the function.  MUST BE LAST */
};

/*
** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
** instance of the following structure, stored in the vtk_sqlite3.aModule
** hash table.
*/
struct Module {
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
};

/*
** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE   0x01  /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
#define VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_CASE   0x02  /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
#define VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM  0x04  /* Ephermeral.  Delete with VDBE */

/*
** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
** of this structure.
*/
struct Column {
  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
  u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
  u8 isPrimKey;    /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
  char affinity;   /* One of the VTK_SQLITE_AFF_... values */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  u8 isHidden;     /* True if this column is 'hidden' */
#endif
};

/*
** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
**
** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
** translations, if any.
**
** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
** xCmp16.
**
** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
** collating sequence may not be read or written.
*/
struct CollSeq {
  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
  u8 type;              /* One of the VTK_SQLITE_COLL_... values below */
  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
};

/*
** Allowed values of CollSeq flags:
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_COLL_BINARY  1  /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */
#define VTK_SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE  2  /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */
#define VTK_SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3  /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */
#define VTK_SQLITE_COLL_USER    0  /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */

/*
** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
#define VTK_SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */

/*
** Column affinity types.
**
** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
** 't' for VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
** the speed a little by number the values consecutively.  
**
** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
** used as the P3 operand, they will be more readable.
**
** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
#define VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
#define VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
#define VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
#define VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'

#define vtk_sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)

/*
** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
** following structure.
**
** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
** comparisons.
**
** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
**
** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
** is generated for each row of the table.  Table.hasPrimKey is true if
** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
**
** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
** in vtk_sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
** holds temporary tables and indices.  If Table.isEphem
** is true, then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
** of a SELECT statement.
*/
struct Table {
  char *zName;     /* Name of the table */
  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in this table */
  Column *aCol;    /* Information about each column */
  int iPKey;       /* If not less then 0, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
  Index *pIndex;   /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
  int tnum;        /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
  Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
  int nRef;          /* Number of pointers to this Table */
  Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
  FKey *pFKey;       /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
  char *zColAff;     /* String defining the affinity of each column */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  Expr *pCheck;      /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
  int addColOffset;  /* Offset in CREATE TABLE statement to add a new column */
#endif
  u8 readOnly;     /* True if this table should not be written by the user */
  u8 isEphem;      /* True if created using OP_OpenEphermeral */
  u8 hasPrimKey;   /* True if there exists a primary key */
  u8 keyConf;      /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
  u8 autoInc;      /* True if the integer primary key is autoincrement */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  u8 isVirtual;             /* True if this is a virtual table */
  u8 isCommit;              /* True once the CREATE TABLE has been committed */
  Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to the module instance */
  int nModuleArg;           /* Number of arguments to the module */
  char **azModuleArg;       /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
#endif
  Schema *pSchema;
};

/*
** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
** table support is omitted from the build.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#  define IsVirtual(X)      ((X)->isVirtual)
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden)
#else
#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
#endif

/*
** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
**
** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
** Consider this example:
**
**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
**     );
**
** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
**
** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
** the from-table is created.  The existance of the to-table is not checked
** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
**
** The vtk_sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
** field.
*/
struct FKey {
  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
};

/*
** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a contraint
** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
**
** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
** foreign key.
** 
** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
** of action to take.
*/
#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */

#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */

#define OE_Default  99  /* Do whatever the default action is */


/*
** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
** argument to vtk_sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
** comparison of the two index keys.
**
** If the KeyInfo.incrKey value is true and the comparison would
** otherwise be equal, then return a result as if the second key
** were larger.
*/
struct KeyInfo {
  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
  u8 incrKey;         /* Increase 2nd key by epsilon before comparison */
  int nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
};

/*
** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
** we have the following table and index:
**
**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
**
** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
**
** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
** element.
*/
struct Index {
  char *zName;     /* Name of this index */
  int nColumn;     /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
  int *aiColumn;   /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
  unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
  Table *pTable;   /* The SQL table being indexed */
  int tnum;        /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
  Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
  u8 *aSortOrder;  /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
  char **azColl;   /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
};

/*
** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
**
** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
** may contain random values.  Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
*/
struct Token {
  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
**
** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
** code for that node.
**
** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
*/
struct AggInfo {
  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
                          ** than the source table */
  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
  } *aCol;
  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
  int nColumnAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */
  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
                          ** aggregate functions */
  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
    int iDistinct;           /* Ephermeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
  } *aFunc;
  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
  int nFuncAlloc;         /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */
};

/*
** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
** of this structure.
**
** Expr.op is the opcode.  The integer parser token codes are reused
** as opcodes here.  For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
** code representing the ">=" operator.  This same integer code is reused
** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
** tree.
**
** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions.  Expr.pList is a list
** of argument if the expression is a function.
**
** Expr.token is the operator token for this node.  For some expressions
** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave
** rise to the Expr.  In the latter case, the token is marked as being
** a compound token.
**
** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
**
** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code
** representing which function.  If the expression is an unbound variable
** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the
** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable.
**
** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
**
** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement.  The SELECT might
** be the right operand of an IN operator.  Or, if a scalar SELECT appears
** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only
** operand.
**
** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
** corresponding table definition.
*/
struct Expr {
  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  See below */
  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
  Expr *pLeft, *pRight;  /* Left and right subnodes */
  ExprList *pList;       /* A list of expressions used as function arguments
                         ** or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
  Token token;           /* An operand token */
  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */
  int iTable, iColumn;   /* When op==TK_COLUMN, then this expr node means the
                         ** iColumn-th field of the iTable-th table. */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
  int iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
  int iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
  Select *pSelect;       /* When the expression is a sub-select.  Also the
                         ** right side of "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
  Table *pTab;           /* Table for OP_Column expressions. */
  Schema *pSchema;
#if VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
#endif
};

/*
** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
*/
#define EP_FromJoin     0x01  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
#define EP_Agg          0x02  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
#define EP_Resolved     0x04  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
#define EP_Error        0x08  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
#define EP_Distinct     0x10  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
#define EP_VarSelect    0x20  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
#define EP_Dequoted     0x40  /* True if the string has been dequoted */
#define EP_InfixFunc    0x80  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
#define EP_ExpCollate  0x100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Expr.flags field.
*/
#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)

/*
** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
** field is not used.
*/
struct ExprList {
  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
  int nAlloc;            /* Number of entries allocated below */
  int iECursor;          /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */
  struct ExprList_item {
    Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
    char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
    u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
    u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate like count(*) */
    u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
  } *a;                  /* One entry for each expression */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
**
**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
**
** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
**
**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
**
** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
*/
struct IdList {
  struct IdList_item {
    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
  } *a;
  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
  int nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */
};

/*
** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
**
** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
*/
typedef u64 Bitmask;

/*
** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
** the SrcList.a[] array.
**
** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
**
** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
** But vtk_sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
*/
struct SrcList {
  i16 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
  i16 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
  struct SrcList_item {
    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
    u8 isPopulated;   /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N or pTab is used */
  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
};

/*
** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
*/
#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */

/*
** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
** access or modified by other modules.
**
** The pIdxInfo and pBestIdx fields are used to help pick the best
** index on a virtual table.  The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering.
** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c.
** The pBestIdx pointer is a copy of pIdxInfo for the i-th table after
** FROM clause ordering.  This is a little confusing so I will repeat
** it in different words.  WhereInfo.a[i].pIdxInfo is index information 
** for WhereInfo.pTabList.a[i].  WhereInfo.a[i].pBestInfo is the
** index information for the i-th loop of the join.  pBestInfo is always
** either NULL or a copy of some pIdxInfo.  So for cleanup it is 
** sufficient to free all of the pIdxInfo pointers.
** 
*/
struct WhereLevel {
  int iFrom;            /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
  int flags;            /* Flags associated with this level */
  int iMem;             /* First memory cell used by this level */
  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
  Index *pIdx;          /* Index used.  NULL if no index */
  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to acesss pIdx */
  int brk;              /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int nxt;              /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
  int cont;             /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
  int top;              /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
  int op, p1, p2;       /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
  int nEq;              /* Number of == or IN constraints on this loop */
  int nIn;              /* Number of IN operators constraining this loop */
  struct InLoop {
    int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
    int topAddr;           /* Top of the IN loop */
  } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
  vtk_sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx;  /* Index information for this level */

  /* The following field is really not part of the current level.  But
  ** we need a place to cache index information for each table in the
  ** FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is a convenient place.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;  /* Index info for n-th source table */
};

/*
** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
** into the second half to give some continuity.
*/
struct WhereInfo {
  Parse *pParse;
  SrcList *pTabList;   /* List of tables in the join */
  int iTop;            /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
  int iContinue;       /* Jump here to continue with next record */
  int iBreak;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
  int nLevel;          /* Number of nested loop */
  vtk_sqlite3_index_info **apInfo;  /* Array of pointers to index info structures */
  WhereLevel a[1];     /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
};

/*
** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
** other statements.
**
** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
** the context containing the match is incremented. 
**
** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
** subqueries looking for a match.
*/
struct NameContext {
  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of named expressions */
  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
  u8 allowAgg;         /* Aggregate functions allowed here */
  u8 hasAgg;           /* True if aggregates are seen */
  u8 isCheck;          /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
  int nDepth;          /* Depth of subquery recursion. 1 for no recursion */
  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure contains all information
** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
**
** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
**
** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
** the P3_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[2] contains collating
** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
*/
struct Select {
  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
  u8 isDistinct;         /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
  u8 isResolved;         /* True once vtk_sqlite3SelectResolve() has run. */
  u8 isAgg;              /* True if this is an aggregate query */
  u8 usesEphm;           /* True if uses an OpenEphemeral opcode */
  u8 disallowOrderBy;    /* Do not allow an ORDER BY to be attached if TRUE */
  char affinity;         /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */
  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
  Select *pRightmost;    /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */
  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
  int addrOpenEphm[3];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
};

/*
** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.
*/
#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
#define SRT_Discard      3  /* Do not save the results anywhere */

/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
#define IgnorableOrderby(X) (X<=SRT_Discard)

#define SRT_Callback     4  /* Invoke a callback with each row of result */
#define SRT_Mem          5  /* Store result in a memory cell */
#define SRT_Set          6  /* Store non-null results as keys in an index */
#define SRT_Table        7  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
#define SRT_EphemTab     8  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
#define SRT_Subroutine   9  /* Call a subroutine to handle results */
#define SRT_Exists      10  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */

/*
** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
**
** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
** each recursion.
**
** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
** feature is enabled (if vtk_sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
** compiled. Function vtk_sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
** list.
*/
struct Parse {
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
  u8 nameClash;        /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */
  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
  u8 parseError;       /* True after a parsing error.  Ticket #1794 */
  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
  int ckOffset;        /* Stack offset to data used by CHECK constraints */
  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
  int cookieValue[VTK_SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
#endif

  /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
  ** each recursion */

  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
  Expr **apVarExpr;    /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
  Token sErrToken;     /* The token at which the error occurred */
  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
  const char *zSql;    /* All SQL text */
  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Token sArg;                /* Complete text of a module argument */
  u8 declareVtab;            /* True if inside vtk_sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
  Table *pVirtualLock;       /* Require virtual table lock on this table */
#endif
#if VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  int nHeight;            /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
#endif
};

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
#else
  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
#endif

/*
** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
*/
struct AuthContext {
  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
};

/*
** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
*/
#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE  4    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
#define OPFLAG_APPEND    8    /* This is likely to be an append */

/*
 * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
 * struct Trigger. 
 *
 * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
 * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the vtk_sqlite3* that represents the 
 *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
 * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
 *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
 *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
 *    struct Table.
 *
 * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
 * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
 */
struct Trigger {
  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
                             the <column-list> is stored here */
  Token nameToken;        /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
};

/*
** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
** determine which. 
**
** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
*/
#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2

/*
 * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
 * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
 *
 * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
 * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
 * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
 * the first step of the trigger-program.
 * 
 * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
 * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
 * value of "op" as follows:
 *
 * (op == TK_INSERT)
 * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
 * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
 *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
 * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into.
 * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
 *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
 * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
 *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
 *              inserted into.
 *
 * (op == TK_DELETE)
 * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from.
 * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
 *              Otherwise NULL.
 * 
 * (op == TK_UPDATE)
 * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of.
 * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
 *              Otherwise NULL.
 * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
 *              them to. See vtk_sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
 *              argument.
 * 
 */
struct TriggerStep {
  int op;              /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
  int orconf;          /* OE_Rollback etc. */
  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */

  Select *pSelect;     /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes 
                          INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */
  Token target;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */
  Expr *pWhere;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */
  ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes 
                           INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0)         */
  IdList *pIdList;     /* Valid for INSERT statements only */
  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
};

/*
 * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
 * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
 * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
 * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
 *
 * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
 * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
 * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
 * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
 * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
 *
 * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
 * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
 * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
 *
 * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
 * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
 * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
 * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
 * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
 * trigger continues.
 *
 * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
 * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
 * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
 */
struct TriggerStack {
  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
};

/*
** The following structure contains information used by the vtk_sqliteFix...
** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
** explicit.  
*/
typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
struct DbFixer {
  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
};

/*
** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
** from vtk_sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the vtk_sqlite3InitCallback.
*/
typedef struct {
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
} InitData;

/*
 * This global flag is set for performance testing of triggers. When it is set
 * SQLite will perform the overhead of building new and old trigger references 
 * even when no triggers exist
 */
extern int vtk_sqlite3_always_code_trigger_setup;

/*
** A lookup table used by the VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8 macro.  The definition
** is in utf.c.
*/
extern const unsigned char vtk_sqlite3UtfTrans1[];

/*
** Macros for reading UTF8 characters.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8(x,c) reads a single UTF8 value out of x and writes
** that value into c.  The type of x must be unsigned char*.  The type
** of c must be unsigned int.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(x) advances x forward by one character.  The type of
** x must be unsigned char*.
**
** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
**
**  *  These macros never allow a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
**
**  *  These macros never allow a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
**
**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
**     invalid characters.
**
**  *  These routines accept an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  They do not change over-length
**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
** 
*/
#define VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8(zIn, c) {                     \
  c = *(zIn++);                                        \
  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                       \
    c = vtk_sqlite3UtfTrans1[c-0xc0];                      \
    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){                      \
      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                  \
    }                                                  \
    if( c<0x80                                         \
        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                      \
        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }    \
  }                                                    \
}
#define VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
  }                                                    \
}




/*
** The VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT macro can be either a constant (for production
** builds) or a function call (for debugging).  If it is a function call,
** it allows the operator to set a breakpoint at the spot where database
** corruption is first detected.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3Corrupt(void);
# define VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT vtk_sqlite3Corrupt()
#else
# define VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT
#endif

/*
** Internal function prototypes
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3Malloc(int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw(int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3Realloc(void*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3StrDup(const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3StrNDup(const char*, int);
# define vtk_sqlite3CheckMemory(a,b)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3ReallocOrFree(void*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3FreeX(void*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3MallocX(int);
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3AllocSize(void *);
#endif

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3MPrintf(const char*, ...);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3VMPrintf(const char*, va_list);
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *vtk_sqlite3TextToPtr(const char*);
#endif
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SetString(char **, ...);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Dequote(char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3Expr(int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprOrFree(int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse*,Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Init(vtk_sqlite3*, char**);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(vtk_sqlite3*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *vtk_sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,char*,Select*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, const char*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*);

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
#else
# define vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
#endif

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(Table*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3ArrayAllocate(void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *vtk_sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*,
                                      Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
                        Token*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, int, int, Select*, int, int*, char *aff);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *vtk_sqlite3SelectNew(ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
                        int,Expr*,Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(Select*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *vtk_sqlite3FindTable(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,const char*, const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(vtk_sqlite3*,int,const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(vtk_sqlite3*,int,const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
int vtk_sqliteFuncId(Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(NameContext *, Expr *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3CreateIdExpr(const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Randomness(int, void*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RollbackAll(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(vtk_sqlite3*, Vdbe*, Table*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Vdbe*, Table*, int, char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Vdbe*, Index*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,char*,int,int,int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, char*, int, int, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(Token*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *vtk_sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *vtk_sqlite3IdListDup(IdList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(Select*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(vtk_sqlite3*, Vdbe*, int);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
                           Expr*,int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse*, Table*, int, ExprList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, 
                           int, int);
  void vtk_sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *vtk_sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *vtk_sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Token*, IdList*, ExprList*,Select*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *vtk_sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Token*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *vtk_sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(vtk_sqlite3*,int,const char*);
#else
# define vtk_sqlite3TriggersExist(A,B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define vtk_sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A)
# define vtk_sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
# define vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
# define vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) 0
#endif

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,SrcList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
#else
# define vtk_sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c)
# define vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    VTK_SQLITE_OK
# define vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
# define vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
#endif
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeFactory(const vtk_sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename,
                       int omitJournal, int nCache, Btree **ppBtree);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
VTK_SQLITE_API char *vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*,...);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 vtk_sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *, u64);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char vtk_sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Error(vtk_sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(vtk_sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *, Token *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(vtk_sqlite3 *, int);
/* This function is never referenced or defined */
/* VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Utf16Substr(vtk_sqlite3_context *,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **); */

VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *vtk_sqlite3ValueText(vtk_sqlite3_value*, u8);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ValueBytes(vtk_sqlite3_value*, u8);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(vtk_sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, void(*)(void*));
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE vtk_sqlite3_value *vtk_sqlite3ValueNew(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3Utf16to8(const void*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ValueFromExpr(Expr *, u8, u8, vtk_sqlite3_value **);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(vtk_sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
extern const unsigned char vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[];
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AlterFunctions(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SelectResolve(Parse *, Select *, NameContext *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3GetCollSeq(vtk_sqlite3*, CollSeq *, const char *, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char vtk_sqlite3AffinityType(const Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FindDb(vtk_sqlite3*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3AnalysisLoad(vtk_sqlite3*,int iDB);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(vtk_sqlite3*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IsLikeFunction(vtk_sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ThreadData *vtk_sqlite3ThreadData(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const ThreadData *vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AttachFunctions(vtk_sqlite3 *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *vtk_sqlite3SchemaGet(Btree *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(vtk_sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(vtk_sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
  void (*)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **),
  void (*)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **), void (*)(vtk_sqlite3_context*));
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(vtk_sqlite3 *, Vdbe *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3CloseExtensions(vtk_sqlite3*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(vtk_sqlite3*);
#else
# define vtk_sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
# define vtk_sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(X)  VTK_SQLITE_OK
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
#else
  #define vtk_sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3MallocDisallow(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3MallocAllow(void);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3TestMallocFail(void);
#else
  #define vtk_sqlite3TestMallocFail() 0
  #define vtk_sqlite3MallocDisallow()
  #define vtk_sqlite3MallocAllow()
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(void *);
#else
  #define vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc vtk_sqlite3MallocX
  #define vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree vtk_sqlite3FreeX
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#  define vtk_sqlite3VtabClear(X)
#  define vtk_sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) (Y)
#  define vtk_sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
#  define vtk_sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
#else
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE    void vtk_sqlite3VtabClear(Table*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE    int vtk_sqlite3VtabSync(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int rc);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE    int vtk_sqlite3VtabRollback(vtk_sqlite3 *db);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE    int vtk_sqlite3VtabCommit(vtk_sqlite3 *db);
#endif
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabLock(vtk_sqlite3_vtab*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabUnlock(vtk_sqlite3*, vtk_sqlite3_vtab*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabCallCreate(vtk_sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(vtk_sqlite3*, int, const char *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabBegin(vtk_sqlite3 *, vtk_sqlite3_vtab *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *vtk_sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3InvalidFunction(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, int, const char*);
CollSeq* vtk_sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);

#if VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Expr *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
#else
  #define vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x)
#endif

/* this function is never referenced or defined */
/* VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 vtk_sqlite3Get2byte(const u8*); */
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 vtk_sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
/* this function is never referenced or defined */
/* VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Put2byte(u8*, u32); */
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SSE
#include "sseInt.h"
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
#endif

/*
** If the VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
** vtk_sqlite3_io_trace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
** print I/O tracing messages. 
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
# define IOTRACE(A)  if( vtk_sqlite3_io_trace ){ vtk_sqlite3_io_trace A; }
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
#else
# define IOTRACE(A)
# define vtk_sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
#endif
extern void (*vtk_sqlite3_io_trace)(const char*,...);

#endif

/************** End of vtk_sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in date.c ***********************/
#include <ctype.h>
#include <time.h>

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS

/*
** A structure for holding a single date and time.
*/
typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
struct DateTime {
  double rJD;      /* The julian day number */
  int Y, M, D;     /* Year, month, and day */
  int h, m;        /* Hour and minutes */
  int tz;          /* Timezone offset in minutes */
  double s;        /* Seconds */
  char validYMD;   /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
  char validHMS;   /* True if h,m,s are valid */
  char validJD;    /* True if rJD is valid */
  char validTZ;    /* True if tz is valid */
};


/*
** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
** come in groups of 5 as follows:
**
**       N       number of digits in the integer
**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
**       nextC   first character after the integer
**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
**
** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
*/
static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
  va_list ap;
  int val;
  int N;
  int min;
  int max;
  int nextC;
  int *pVal;
  int cnt = 0;
  va_start(ap, zDate);
  do{
    N = va_arg(ap, int);
    min = va_arg(ap, int);
    max = va_arg(ap, int);
    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
    val = 0;
    while( N-- ){
      if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
        goto end_getDigits;
      }
      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
      zDate++;
    }
    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
      goto end_getDigits;
    }
    *pVal = val;
    zDate++;
    cnt++;
  }while( nextC );
end_getDigits:
  va_end(ap);
  return cnt;
}

/*
** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number.  Return
** the number of digits converted.
*/
#define getValue vtk_sqlite3AtoF

/*
** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
** The extension is of the form:
**
**        (+/-)HH:MM
**
** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
** of change in *pnMin and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
** return 0.
**
** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
*/
static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int sgn = 0;
  int nHr, nMn;
  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
  p->tz = 0;
  if( *zDate=='-' ){
    sgn = -1;
  }else if( *zDate=='+' ){
    sgn = +1;
  }else{
    return *zDate!=0;
  }
  zDate++;
  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 5;
  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
  return *zDate!=0;
}

/*
** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
**
** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
*/
static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int h, m, s;
  double ms = 0.0;
  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 5;
  if( *zDate==':' ){
    zDate++;
    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
      return 1;
    }
    zDate += 2;
    if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
      double rScale = 1.0;
      zDate++;
      while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
        rScale *= 10.0;
        zDate++;
      }
      ms /= rScale;
    }
  }else{
    s = 0;
  }
  p->validJD = 0;
  p->validHMS = 1;
  p->h = h;
  p->m = m;
  p->s = s + ms;
  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
  p->validTZ = (char)(p->tz!=0);
  return 0;
}

/*
** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
**
** Reference:  Meeus page 61
*/
static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;

  if( p->validJD ) return;
  if( p->validYMD ){
    Y = p->Y;
    M = p->M;
    D = p->D;
  }else{
    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
    M = 1;
    D = 1;
  }
  if( M<=2 ){
    Y--;
    M += 12;
  }
  A = Y/100;
  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
  X1 = (int)(365.25*(Y+4716));
  X2 = (int)(30.6001*(M+1));
  p->rJD = X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5;
  p->validJD = 1;
  if( p->validHMS ){
    p->rJD += (p->h*3600.0 + p->m*60.0 + p->s)/86400.0;
    if( p->validTZ ){
      p->rJD -= p->tz*60/86400.0;
      p->validYMD = 0;
      p->validHMS = 0;
      p->validTZ = 0;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Parse dates of the form
**
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
**     YYYY-MM-DD
**
** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
** date.
*/
static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  int Y, M, D, neg;

  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
    zDate++;
    neg = 1;
  }else{
    neg = 0;
  }
  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
    return 1;
  }
  zDate += 10;
  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    /* We got the time */
  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
    p->validHMS = 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
  p->validJD = 0;
  p->validYMD = 1;
  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
  p->M = M;
  p->D = D;
  if( p->validTZ ){
    computeJD(p);
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
** the number of errors.
**
** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
**
**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
**      DDDD.DD 
**      now
**
** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
** as there is a year and date.
*/
static int parseDateOrTime(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }else if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
    double r;
    vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&r);
    p->rJD = r;
    p->validJD = 1;
    return 0;
  }else if( vtk_sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8) ){
    getValue(zDate, &p->rJD);
    p->validJD = 1;
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
}

/*
** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
*/
static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
  if( p->validYMD ) return;
  if( !p->validJD ){
    p->Y = 2000;
    p->M = 1;
    p->D = 1;
  }else{
    Z = (int)(p->rJD + 0.5);
    A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
    B = A + 1524;
    C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
    D = (int)(365.25*C);
    E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
    X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
    p->D = B - D - X1;
    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
  }
  p->validYMD = 1;
}

/*
** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
*/
static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
  int Z, s;
  if( p->validHMS ) return;
  computeJD(p);
  Z = (int)(p->rJD + 0.5);
  s = (int)((p->rJD + 0.5 - Z)*86400000.0 + 0.5);
  p->s = 0.001*s;
  s = (int) p->s;
  p->s -= s;
  p->h = s/3600;
  s -= p->h*3600;
  p->m = s/60;
  p->s += s - p->m*60;
  p->validHMS = 1;
}

/*
** Compute both YMD and HMS
*/
static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
  computeYMD(p);
  computeHMS(p);
}

/*
** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
*/
static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
  p->validYMD = 0;
  p->validHMS = 0;
  p->validTZ = 0;
}

/*
** Compute the difference (in days) between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
*/
static double localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
  DateTime x, y;
  time_t t;
  x = *p;
  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
    x.Y = 2000;
    x.M = 1;
    x.D = 1;
    x.h = 0;
    x.m = 0;
    x.s = 0.0;
  } else {
    int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
    x.s = s;
  }
  x.tz = 0;
  x.validJD = 0;
  computeJD(&x);
  t = (int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5);
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
  {
    struct tm sLocal;
    localtime_r(&t, &sLocal);
    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
    y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
    y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
    y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
  }
#else
  {
    struct tm *pTm;
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    pTm = localtime(&t);
    y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
    y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
    y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
    y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
    y.m = pTm->tm_min;
    y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif
  y.validYMD = 1;
  y.validHMS = 1;
  y.validJD = 0;
  y.validTZ = 0;
  computeJD(&y);
  return y.rJD - x.rJD;
}

/*
** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
** as follows:
**
**     NNN days
**     NNN hours
**     NNN minutes
**     NNN.NNNN seconds
**     NNN months
**     NNN years
**     start of month
**     start of year
**     start of week
**     start of day
**     weekday N
**     unixepoch
**     localtime
**     utc
**
** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
*/
static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
  int rc = 1;
  int n;
  double r;
  char *z, zBuf[30];
  z = zBuf;
  for(n=0; n<(int)(sizeof(zBuf)-1) && zMod[n]; n++){
    z[n] = (char)(tolower(zMod[n]));
  }
  z[n] = 0;
  switch( z[0] ){
    case 'l': {
      /*    localtime
      **
      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
      ** show local time.
      */
      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
        computeJD(p);
        p->rJD += localtimeOffset(p);
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case 'u': {
      /*
      **    unixepoch
      **
      ** Treat the current value of p->rJD as the number of
      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
      */
      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
        p->rJD = p->rJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
        double c1;
        computeJD(p);
        c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
        p->rJD -= c1;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        p->rJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case 'w': {
      /*
      **    weekday N
      **
      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
      */
      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
                 && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
        int Z;
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->validTZ = 0;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
        Z = (int)(p->rJD + 1.5);
        Z %= 7;
        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
        p->rJD += n - Z;
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case 's': {
      /*
      **    start of TTTTT
      **
      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
      ** or month or year.
      */
      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
      z += 9;
      computeYMD(p);
      p->validHMS = 1;
      p->h = p->m = 0;
      p->s = 0.0;
      p->validTZ = 0;
      p->validJD = 0;
      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
        p->D = 1;
        rc = 0;
      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
        computeYMD(p);
        p->M = 1;
        p->D = 1;
        rc = 0;
      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
        rc = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case '+':
    case '-':
    case '0':
    case '1':
    case '2':
    case '3':
    case '4':
    case '5':
    case '6':
    case '7':
    case '8':
    case '9': {
      n = getValue(z, &r);
      assert( n>=1 );
      if( z[n]==':' ){
        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
        ** omitted.
        */
        const char *z2 = z;
        DateTime tx;
        int day;
        if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
        computeJD(&tx);
        tx.rJD -= 0.5;
        day = (int)tx.rJD;
        tx.rJD -= day;
        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.rJD = -tx.rJD;
        computeJD(p);
        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
        p->rJD += tx.rJD;
        rc = 0;
        break;
      }
      z += n;
      while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
      n = strlen(z);
      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
      computeJD(p);
      rc = 0;
      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
        p->rJD += r;
      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
        p->rJD += r/24.0;
      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0);
      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
        p->rJD += r/(24.0*60.0*60.0);
      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
        int x, y;
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->M += (int)r;
        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
        p->Y += x;
        p->M -= x*12;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
        y = (int)r;
        if( y!=r ){
          p->rJD += (r - y)*30.0;
        }
      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
        computeYMD_HMS(p);
        p->Y += (int)r;
        p->validJD = 0;
        computeJD(p);
      }else{
        rc = 1;
      }
      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      break;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
*/
static int isDate(int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p){
  int i;
  const unsigned char *z;
  if( argc==0 ) return 1;
  if( (z = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))==0 || parseDateOrTime((char*)z, p) ){
    return 1;
  }
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    if( (z = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]))==0 || parseModifier((char*)z, p) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}


/*
** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
** of SQLite.
*/

/*
**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
*/
static void juliandayFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    computeJD(&x);
    vtk_sqlite3_result_double(context, x.rJD);
  }
}

/*
**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
*/
static void datetimeFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return HH:MM:SS
*/
static void timeFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeHMS(&x);
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return YYYY-MM-DD
*/
static void dateFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  if( isDate(argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
    char zBuf[100];
    computeYMD(&x);
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
**
**   %d  day of month
**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
**   %H  hour 00-24
**   %j  day of year 000-366
**   %J  ** Julian day number
**   %m  month 01-12
**   %M  minute 00-59
**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
**   %S  seconds 00-59
**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
**   %W  week of year 00-53
**   %Y  year 0000-9999
**   %%  %
*/
static void strftimeFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  DateTime x;
  u64 n;
  int i, j;
  char *z;
  const char *zFmt = (const char*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  char zBuf[100];
  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
        case 'd':
        case 'H':
        case 'm':
        case 'M':
        case 'S':
        case 'W':
          n++;
          /* fall thru */
        case 'w':
        case '%':
          break;
        case 'f':
          n += 8;
          break;
        case 'j':
          n += 3;
          break;
        case 'Y':
          n += 8;
          break;
        case 's':
        case 'J':
          n += 50;
          break;
        default:
          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
      }
      i++;
    }
  }
  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
    z = zBuf;
  }else if( n>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    return;
  }else{
    z = (char *) vtk_sqliteMalloc( (int)n );
    if( z==0 ) return;
  }
  computeJD(&x);
  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
    }else{
      i++;
      switch( zFmt[i] ){
        case 'd':  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
        case 'f': {
          double s = x.s;
          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
          vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
          j += strlen(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'H':  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
        case 'j': {
          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
          DateTime y = x;
          y.validJD = 0;
          y.M = 1;
          y.D = 1;
          computeJD(&y);
          nDay = (int)(x.rJD - y.rJD + 0.5);
          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
            wd = ((int)(x.rJD+0.5)) % 7;
            vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
            j += 2;
          }else{
            vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
            j += 3;
          }
          break;
        }
        case 'J': {
          vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.rJD);
          j+=strlen(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'm':  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
        case 'M':  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
        case 's': {
          vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d",
                           (int)((x.rJD-2440587.5)*86400.0 + 0.5));
          j += strlen(&z[j]);
          break;
        }
        case 'S':  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
        case 'w':  z[j++] = (char)((((int)(x.rJD+1.5)) % 7)) + '0'; break;
        case 'Y':  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]);break;
        case '%':  z[j++] = '%'; break;
      }
    }
  }
  z[j] = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  if( z!=zBuf ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(z);
  }
}

/*
** current_time()
**
** This function returns the same value as time('now').
*/
static void ctimeFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value ** argv
){
  vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew();
  (void)argc; (void)argv; /* use arguments */
  if( pVal ){
    vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
    timeFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
    vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  }
}

/*
** current_date()
**
** This function returns the same value as date('now').
*/
static void cdateFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew();
  (void)argc; (void)argv; /* use arguments */
  if( pVal ){
    vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
    dateFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
    vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  }
}

/*
** current_timestamp()
**
** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
*/
static void ctimestampFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew();
  (void)argc; (void)argv; /* use arguments */
  if( pVal ){
    vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, "now", VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
    datetimeFunc(context, 1, &pVal);
    vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  }
}
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
/*
** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
**
** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
** as the user-data for the function.
*/
static void currentTimeFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  time_t t;
  char *zFormat = (char *)vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
  char zBuf[20];

  time(&t);
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  {
    extern int vtk_sqlite3_current_time;  /* See os_XXX.c */
    if( vtk_sqlite3_current_time ){
      t = vtk_sqlite3_current_time;
    }
  }
#endif

#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
  {
    struct tm sNow;
    gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
  }
#else
  {
    struct tm *pTm;
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    pTm = gmtime(&t);
    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif

  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif

/*
** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
** external linkage.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
  static const struct {
     char *zName;
     int nArg;
     void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**);
  } aFuncs[] = {
    { "julianday", -1, juliandayFunc   },
    { "date",      -1, dateFunc        },
    { "time",      -1, timeFunc        },
    { "datetime",  -1, datetimeFunc    },
    { "strftime",  -1, strftimeFunc    },
    { "current_time",       0, ctimeFunc      },
    { "current_timestamp",  0, ctimestampFunc },
    { "current_date",       0, cdateFunc      },
  };
  int i;

  for(i=0; i<(int)(sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0])); i++){
    vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
        VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
  }
#else
  static const struct {
     char *zName;
     char *zFormat;
  } aFuncs[] = {
    { "current_time", "%H:%M:%S" },
    { "current_date", "%Y-%m-%d" },
    { "current_timestamp", "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S" }
  };
  int i;

  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
    vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 
        aFuncs[i].zFormat, currentTimeFunc, 0, 0);
  }
#endif
}

/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
/*
** 2005 November 29
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
** architectures.
*/
#define _VTK_SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
#undef _VTK_SQLITE_OS_C_

/*
** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
** of the OsFile object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar.  All
** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
** C++ instead of plain old C.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsClose(OsFile **pId){
  OsFile *id;
  if( pId!=0 && (id = *pId)!=0 ){
    return id->pMethod->xClose(pId);
  }else{
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(OsFile *id, const char *zName){
  return id->pMethod->xOpenDirectory(id, zName);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
  return id->pMethod->xRead(id, pBuf, amt);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
  return id->pMethod->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
  return id->pMethod->xSeek(id, offset);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 size){
  return id->pMethod->xTruncate(id, size);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsSync(OsFile *id, int fullsync){
  return id->pMethod->xSync(id, fullsync);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OsSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int value){
  id->pMethod->xSetFullSync(id, value);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
  return id->pMethod->xFileSize(id, pSize);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsLock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
  return id->pMethod->xLock(id, lockType);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsUnlock(OsFile *id, int lockType){
  return id->pMethod->xUnlock(id, lockType);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
  return id->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock(id);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OsSectorSize(OsFile *id){
  int (*xSectorSize)(OsFile*) = id->pMethod->xSectorSize;
  return xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
  /* These methods are currently only used for testing and debugging. */
  int vtk_sqlite3OsFileHandle(OsFile *id){
    return id->pMethod->xFileHandle(id);
  }
  int vtk_sqlite3OsLockState(OsFile *id){
    return id->pMethod->xLockState(id);
  }
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_REDEF_IO
/*
** A function to return a pointer to the virtual function table.
** This routine really does not accomplish very much since the
** virtual function table is a global variable and anybody who
** can call this function can just as easily access the variable
** for themselves.  Nevertheless, we include this routine for
** backwards compatibility with an earlier redefinable I/O
** interface design.
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3OsVtbl *vtk_sqlite3_os_switch(void){
  return &vtk_sqlite3Os;
}
#endif

/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Memory allocation functions used throughout vtk_sqlite.
**
**
** Id
*/

/*
** MALLOC WRAPPER ARCHITECTURE
**
** The vtk_sqlite code accesses dynamic memory allocation/deallocation by invoking
** the following six APIs (which may be implemented as macros).
**
**     vtk_sqlite3Malloc()
**     vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw()
**     vtk_sqlite3Realloc()
**     vtk_sqlite3ReallocOrFree()
**     vtk_sqlite3Free()
**     vtk_sqlite3AllocSize()
**
** The function vtk_sqlite3FreeX performs the same task as vtk_sqlite3Free and is
** guaranteed to be a real function. The same holds for vtk_sqlite3MallocX
**
** The above APIs are implemented in terms of the functions provided in the
** operating-system interface. The OS interface is never accessed directly
** by code outside of this file.
**
**     vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc()
**     vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc()
**     vtk_sqlite3OsFree()
**     vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize()
**
** Functions vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw() and vtk_sqlite3Realloc() may invoke 
** vtk_sqlite3_release_memory() if a call to vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc() or
** vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc() fails (or if the soft-heap-limit for the thread is
** exceeded). Function vtk_sqlite3Malloc() usually invokes
** vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw().
**
** MALLOC TEST WRAPPER ARCHITECTURE
**
** The test wrapper provides extra test facilities to ensure the library 
** does not leak memory and handles the failure of the underlying OS level
** allocation system correctly. It is only present if the library is 
** compiled with the VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro set.
**
**     * Guardposts to detect overwrites.
**     * Ability to cause a specific Malloc() or Realloc() to fail.
**     * Audit outstanding memory allocations (i.e check for leaks).
*/

#define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y))

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
/*
** Set the soft heap-size limit for the current thread. Passing a negative
** value indicates no limit.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
  ThreadData *pTd = vtk_sqlite3ThreadData();
  if( pTd ){
    pTd->nSoftHeapLimit = n;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
}

/*
** Release memory held by SQLite instances created by the current thread.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
  return vtk_sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(n);
}
#else
/* If VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, then define a version
** of vtk_sqlite3_release_memory() to be used by other code in this file.
** This is done for no better reason than to reduce the number of 
** pre-processor #ifndef statements.
*/
#define vtk_sqlite3_release_memory(x) 0    /* 0 == no memory freed */
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
** Begin code for memory allocation system test layer.
**
** Memory debugging is turned on by defining the VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==1    -> Fence-posting only (thread safe) 
** VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==2    -> Fence-posting + linked list of allocations (not ts)
** VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG==3    -> Above + backtraces (not thread safe, req. glibc)
*/

/* Figure out whether or not to store backtrace() information for each malloc.
** The backtrace() function is only used if VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG is set to 2 or 
** greater and glibc is in use. If we don't want to use backtrace(), then just
** define it as an empty macro and set the amount of space reserved to 0.
*/
#if defined(__GLIBC__) && VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG>2
  extern int backtrace(void **, int);
  #define TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE 128
  #define TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES ((TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE-8)/sizeof(void*))
#else
  #define backtrace(x, y)
  #define TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE 0
  #define TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES 0
#endif

/*
** Number of 32-bit guard words.  This should probably be a multiple of
** 2 since on 64-bit machines we want the value returned by vtk_sqliteMalloc()
** to be 8-byte aligned.
*/
#ifndef TESTALLOC_NGUARD
# define TESTALLOC_NGUARD 2
#endif

/*
** Size reserved for storing file-name along with each malloc()ed blob.
*/
#define TESTALLOC_FILESIZE 64

/*
** Size reserved for storing the user string. Each time a Malloc() or Realloc()
** call succeeds, up to TESTALLOC_USERSIZE bytes of the string pointed to by
** vtk_sqlite3_malloc_id are stored along with the other test system metadata.
*/
#define TESTALLOC_USERSIZE 64
const char *vtk_sqlite3_malloc_id = 0;

/*
** Blocks used by the test layer have the following format:
**
**        <sizeof(void *) pNext pointer>
**        <sizeof(void *) pPrev pointer>
**        <TESTALLOC_NGUARD 32-bit guard words>
**            <The application level allocation>
**        <TESTALLOC_NGUARD 32-bit guard words>
**        <32-bit line number>
**        <TESTALLOC_FILESIZE bytes containing null-terminated file name>
**        <TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE bytes of backtrace() output>
*/ 

#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p)    (sizeof(void *) * 2)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_DATA(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p) + sizeof(u32) * TESTALLOC_NGUARD \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_DATA(p) + vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize(p) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p) + sizeof(u32) * TESTALLOC_NGUARD \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p) + sizeof(u32) \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p) + TESTALLOC_FILESIZE \
)
#define TESTALLOC_OFFSET_STACK(p) ( \
  TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) + TESTALLOC_USERSIZE + 8 - \
  (TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p) % 8) \
)

#define TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD ( \
  sizeof(void *)*2 +                   /* pPrev and pNext pointers */   \
  TESTALLOC_NGUARD*sizeof(u32)*2 +              /* Guard words */       \
  sizeof(u32) + TESTALLOC_FILESIZE +   /* File and line number */       \
  TESTALLOC_USERSIZE +                 /* User string */                \
  TESTALLOC_STACKSIZE                  /* backtrace() stack */          \
)


/*
** For keeping track of the number of mallocs and frees.   This
** is used to check for memory leaks.  The iMallocFail and iMallocReset
** values are used to simulate malloc() failures during testing in 
** order to verify that the library correctly handles an out-of-memory
** condition.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_nMalloc;         /* Number of vtk_sqliteMalloc() calls */
int vtk_sqlite3_nFree;           /* Number of vtk_sqliteFree() calls */
int vtk_sqlite3_memUsed;         /* TODO Total memory obtained from malloc */
int vtk_sqlite3_memMax;          /* TODO Mem usage high-water mark */
int vtk_sqlite3_iMallocFail;     /* Fail vtk_sqliteMalloc() after this many calls */
int vtk_sqlite3_iMallocReset = -1; /* When iMallocFail reaches 0, set to this */

void *vtk_sqlite3_pFirst = 0;         /* Pointer to linked list of allocations */
int vtk_sqlite3_nMaxAlloc = 0;        /* High water mark of ThreadData.nAlloc */
int vtk_sqlite3_mallocDisallowed = 0; /* assert() in vtk_sqlite3Malloc() if set */
int vtk_sqlite3_isFail = 0;           /* True if all malloc calls should fail */
const char *vtk_sqlite3_zFile = 0;    /* Filename to associate debug info with */
int vtk_sqlite3_iLine = 0;            /* Line number for debug info */
int vtk_sqlite3_mallocfail_trace = 0; /* Print a msg on malloc fail if true */

/*
** Check for a simulated memory allocation failure.  Return true if
** the failure should be simulated.  Return false to proceed as normal.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3TestMallocFail(){
  if( vtk_sqlite3_isFail ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3_iMallocFail>=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3_iMallocFail--;
    if( vtk_sqlite3_iMallocFail==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3_iMallocFail = vtk_sqlite3_iMallocReset;
      vtk_sqlite3_isFail = 1;
      if( vtk_sqlite3_mallocfail_trace ){
         vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("###_malloc_fails_###\n");
      }
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** The argument is a pointer returned by vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc() or xRealloc().
** assert() that the first and last (TESTALLOC_NGUARD*4) bytes are set to the
** values set by the applyGuards() function.
*/
static void checkGuards(u32 *p)
{
  int i;
  char *zAlloc = (char *)p;
  char *z;

  /* First set of guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p)];
  for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_NGUARD; i++){
    assert(((u32 *)z)[i]==0xdead1122);
  }

  /* Second set of guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p)];
  for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_NGUARD; i++){
    u32 guard = 0;
    memcpy(&guard, &z[i*sizeof(u32)], sizeof(u32));
    assert(guard==0xdead3344);
  }
}

/*
** The argument is a pointer returned by vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc() or Realloc(). The
** first and last (TESTALLOC_NGUARD*4) bytes are set to known values for use as 
** guard-posts.
*/
static void applyGuards(u32 *p)
{
  int i;
  char *z;
  char *zAlloc = (char *)p;

  /* First set of guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD1(p)];
  for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_NGUARD; i++){
    ((u32 *)z)[i] = 0xdead1122;
  }

  /* Second set of guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_GUARD2(p)];
  for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_NGUARD; i++){
    static const int guard = 0xdead3344;
    memcpy(&z[i*sizeof(u32)], &guard, sizeof(u32));
  }

  /* Line number */
  z = &((char *)z)[TESTALLOC_NGUARD*sizeof(u32)];             /* Guard words */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p)];
  memcpy(z, &vtk_sqlite3_iLine, sizeof(u32));

  /* File name */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p)];
  strncpy(z, vtk_sqlite3_zFile, TESTALLOC_FILESIZE);
  z[TESTALLOC_FILESIZE - 1] = '\0';

  /* User string */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p)];
  z[0] = 0;
  if( vtk_sqlite3_malloc_id ){
    strncpy(z, vtk_sqlite3_malloc_id, TESTALLOC_USERSIZE);
    z[TESTALLOC_USERSIZE-1] = 0;
  }

  /* backtrace() stack */
  z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_STACK(p)];
  backtrace((void **)z, TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES);

  /* Sanity check to make sure checkGuards() is working */
  checkGuards(p);
}

/*
** The argument is a malloc()ed pointer as returned by the test-wrapper.
** Return a pointer to the Os level allocation.
*/
static void *getOsPointer(void *p)
{
  char *z = (char *)p;
  return (void *)(&z[-1 * TESTALLOC_OFFSET_DATA(p)]);
}


#if VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG>1
/*
** The argument points to an Os level allocation. Link it into the threads list
** of allocations.
*/
static void linkAlloc(void *p){
  void **pp = (void **)p;
  pp[0] = 0;
  pp[1] = vtk_sqlite3_pFirst;
  if( vtk_sqlite3_pFirst ){
    ((void **)vtk_sqlite3_pFirst)[0] = p;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3_pFirst = p;
}

/*
** The argument points to an Os level allocation. Unlinke it from the threads
** list of allocations.
*/
static void unlinkAlloc(void *p)
{
  void **pp = (void **)p;
  if( p==vtk_sqlite3_pFirst ){
    assert(!pp[0]);
    assert(!pp[1] || ((void **)(pp[1]))[0]==p);
    vtk_sqlite3_pFirst = pp[1];
    if( vtk_sqlite3_pFirst ){
      ((void **)vtk_sqlite3_pFirst)[0] = 0;
    }
  }else{
    void **pprev = pp[0];
    void **pnext = pp[1];
    assert(pprev);
    assert(pprev[1]==p);
    pprev[1] = (void *)pnext;
    if( pnext ){
      assert(pnext[0]==p);
      pnext[0] = (void *)pprev;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Pointer p is a pointer to an OS level allocation that has just been
** realloc()ed. Set the list pointers that point to this entry to it's new
** location.
*/
static void relinkAlloc(void *p)
{
  void **pp = (void **)p;
  if( pp[0] ){
    ((void **)(pp[0]))[1] = p;
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3_pFirst = p;
  }
  if( pp[1] ){
    ((void **)(pp[1]))[0] = p;
  }
}
#else
#define linkAlloc(x)
#define relinkAlloc(x)
#define unlinkAlloc(x)
#endif

/*
** This function sets the result of the Tcl interpreter passed as an argument
** to a list containing an entry for each currently outstanding call made to 
** vtk_sqliteMalloc and friends by the current thread. Each list entry is itself a
** list, consisting of the following (in order):
**
**     * The number of bytes allocated
**     * The __FILE__ macro at the time of the vtk_sqliteMalloc() call.
**     * The __LINE__ macro ...
**     * The value of the vtk_sqlite3_malloc_id variable ...
**     * The output of backtrace() (if available) ...
**
** Todo: We could have a version of this function that outputs to stdout, 
** to debug memory leaks when Tcl is not available.
*/
#if defined(TCLSH) && defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) && VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG>1
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OutstandingMallocs(Tcl_Interp *interp){
  void *p;
  Tcl_Obj *pRes = Tcl_NewObj();
  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRes);


  for(p=vtk_sqlite3_pFirst; p; p=((void **)p)[1]){
    Tcl_Obj *pEntry = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *pStack = Tcl_NewObj();
    char *z;
    u32 iLine;
    int nBytes = vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize(p) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD;
    char *zAlloc = (char *)p;
    int i;

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewIntObj(nBytes));

    z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_FILENAME(p)];
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1));

    z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_LINENUMBER(p)];
    memcpy(&iLine, z, sizeof(u32));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewIntObj(iLine));

    z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_USER(p)];
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, Tcl_NewStringObj(z, -1));

    z = &zAlloc[TESTALLOC_OFFSET_STACK(p)];
    for(i=0; i<TESTALLOC_STACKFRAMES; i++){
      char zHex[128];
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHex), zHex, "%p", ((void **)z)[i]);
      Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pStack, Tcl_NewStringObj(zHex, -1));
    }

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pEntry, pStack);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRes, pEntry);
  }

  Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
  Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, pRes);
  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRes);
  return TCL_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** This is the test layer's wrapper around vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc().
*/
static void * OSMALLOC(int n){
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  vtk_sqlite3_nMaxAlloc = 
      MAX(vtk_sqlite3_nMaxAlloc, vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->nAlloc);
#endif
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3_mallocDisallowed );
  if( !vtk_sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
    u32 *p;
    p = (u32 *)vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc(n + TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD);
    assert(p);
    vtk_sqlite3_nMalloc++;
    applyGuards(p);
    linkAlloc(p);
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    return (void *)(&p[TESTALLOC_NGUARD + 2*sizeof(void *)/sizeof(u32)]);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  return 0;
}

static int OSSIZEOF(void *p){
  if( p ){
    u32 *pOs = (u32 *)getOsPointer(p);
    return vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize(pOs) - TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This is the test layer's wrapper around vtk_sqlite3OsFree(). The argument is a
** pointer to the space allocated for the application to use.
*/
static void OSFREE(void *pFree){
  u32 *p;         /* Pointer to the OS-layer allocation */
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  p = (u32 *)getOsPointer(pFree);
  checkGuards(p);
  unlinkAlloc(p);
  memset(pFree, 0x55, OSSIZEOF(pFree));
  vtk_sqlite3OsFree(p);
  vtk_sqlite3_nFree++;
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
}

/*
** This is the test layer's wrapper around vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc().
*/
static void * OSREALLOC(void *pRealloc, int n){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  vtk_sqlite3_nMaxAlloc = 
      MAX(vtk_sqlite3_nMaxAlloc, vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->nAlloc);
#endif
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3_mallocDisallowed );
  if( !vtk_sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
    u32 *p = (u32 *)getOsPointer(pRealloc);
    checkGuards(p);
    p = vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc(p, n + TESTALLOC_OVERHEAD);
    applyGuards(p);
    relinkAlloc(p);
    return (void *)(&p[TESTALLOC_NGUARD + 2*sizeof(void *)/sizeof(u32)]);
  }
  return 0;
}

static void OSMALLOC_FAILED(){
  vtk_sqlite3_isFail = 0;
}

#else
/* Define macros to call the vtk_sqlite3OsXXX interface directly if 
** the VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is not defined.
*/
#define OSMALLOC(x)        vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc(x)
#define OSREALLOC(x,y)     vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc(x,y)
#define OSFREE(x)          vtk_sqlite3OsFree(x)
#define OSSIZEOF(x)        vtk_sqlite3OsAllocationSize(x)
#define OSMALLOC_FAILED()

#endif  /* VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
/*
** End code for memory allocation system test layer.
**--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

/*
** This routine is called when we are about to allocate n additional bytes
** of memory.  If the new allocation will put is over the soft allocation
** limit, then invoke vtk_sqlite3_release_memory() to try to release some
** memory before continuing with the allocation.
**
** This routine also makes sure that the thread-specific-data (TSD) has
** be allocated.  If it has not and can not be allocated, then return
** false.  The updateMemoryUsedCount() routine below will deallocate
** the TSD if it ought to be.
**
** If VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, this routine is
** a no-op
*/ 
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
static int enforceSoftLimit(int n){
  ThreadData *pTsd = vtk_sqlite3ThreadData();
  if( pTsd==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( pTsd->nAlloc>=0 );
  if( n>0 && pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit>0 ){
    while( pTsd->nAlloc+n>pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit && vtk_sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){}
  }
  return 1;
}
#else
# define enforceSoftLimit(X)  1
#endif

/*
** Update the count of total outstanding memory that is held in
** thread-specific-data (TSD).  If after this update the TSD is
** no longer being used, then deallocate it.
**
** If VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is not defined, this routine is
** a no-op
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
static void updateMemoryUsedCount(int n){
  ThreadData *pTsd = vtk_sqlite3ThreadData();
  if( pTsd ){
    pTsd->nAlloc += n;
    assert( pTsd->nAlloc>=0 );
    if( pTsd->nAlloc==0 && pTsd->nSoftHeapLimit==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
    }
  }
}
#else
#define updateMemoryUsedCount(x)  /* no-op */
#endif

/*
** Allocate and return N bytes of uninitialised memory by calling
** vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc(). If the Malloc() call fails, attempt to free memory 
** by calling vtk_sqlite3_release_memory().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw(int n, int doMemManage){
  void *p = 0;
  if( n>0 && !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() && (!doMemManage || enforceSoftLimit(n)) ){
    while( (p = OSMALLOC(n))==0 && vtk_sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){}
    if( !p ){
      vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc();
      OSMALLOC_FAILED();
    }else if( doMemManage ){
      updateMemoryUsedCount(OSSIZEOF(p));
    }
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Resize the allocation at p to n bytes by calling vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc(). The
** pointer to the new allocation is returned.  If the Realloc() call fails,
** attempt to free memory by calling vtk_sqlite3_release_memory().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3Realloc(void *p, int n){
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    return 0;
  }

  if( !p ){
    return vtk_sqlite3Malloc(n, 1);
  }else{
    void *np = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
    int origSize = OSSIZEOF(p);
#endif
    if( enforceSoftLimit(n - origSize) ){
      while( (np = OSREALLOC(p, n))==0 && vtk_sqlite3_release_memory(n) ){}
      if( !np ){
        vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc();
        OSMALLOC_FAILED();
      }else{
        updateMemoryUsedCount(OSSIZEOF(np) - origSize);
      }
    }
    return np;
  }
}

/*
** Free the memory pointed to by p. p must be either a NULL pointer or a 
** value returned by a previous call to vtk_sqlite3Malloc() or vtk_sqlite3Realloc().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3FreeX(void *p){
  if( p ){
    updateMemoryUsedCount(0 - OSSIZEOF(p));
    OSFREE(p);
  }
}

/*
** A version of vtk_sqliteMalloc() that is always a function, not a macro.
** Currently, this is used only to alloc to allocate the parser engine.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3MallocX(int n){
  return vtk_sqliteMalloc(n);
}

/*
** vtk_sqlite3Malloc
** vtk_sqlite3ReallocOrFree
**
** These two are implemented as wrappers around vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw(), 
** vtk_sqlite3Realloc() and vtk_sqlite3Free().
*/ 
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3Malloc(int n, int doMemManage){
  void *p = vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw(n, doMemManage);
  if( p ){
    memset(p, 0, n);
  }
  return p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3ReallocOrFree(void *p, int n){
  void *pNew;
  pNew = vtk_sqlite3Realloc(p, n);
  if( !pNew ){
    vtk_sqlite3FreeX(p);
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc() and vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree() are used in those
** rare scenarios where vtk_sqlite may allocate memory in one thread and free
** it in another. They are exactly the same as vtk_sqlite3Malloc() and 
** vtk_sqlite3Free() except that:
**
**   * The allocated memory is not included in any calculations with 
**     respect to the soft-heap-limit, and
**
**   * vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc() must be matched with ThreadSafeFree(),
**     not vtk_sqlite3Free(). Calling vtk_sqlite3Free() on memory obtained from
**     ThreadSafeMalloc() will cause an error somewhere down the line.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(int n){
  (void)ENTER_MALLOC;
  return vtk_sqlite3Malloc(n, 0);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(void *p){
  (void)ENTER_MALLOC;
  if( p ){
    OSFREE(p);
  }
}
#endif


/*
** Return the number of bytes allocated at location p. p must be either 
** a NULL pointer (in which case 0 is returned) or a pointer returned by 
** vtk_sqlite3Malloc(), vtk_sqlite3Realloc() or vtk_sqlite3ReallocOrFree().
**
** The number of bytes allocated does not include any overhead inserted by 
** any malloc() wrapper functions that may be called. So the value returned
** is the number of bytes that were available to SQLite using pointer p, 
** regardless of how much memory was actually allocated.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3AllocSize(void *p){
  return OSSIZEOF(p);
}
#endif

/*
** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc(). These 
** functions call vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of vtk_sqliteMalloc(). This
** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
** ThreadData structure.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3StrDup(const char *z){
  char *zNew;
  int n;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  n = strlen(z)+1;
  zNew = vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw(n, 1);
  if( zNew ) memcpy(zNew, z, n);
  return zNew;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3StrNDup(const char *z, int n){
  char *zNew;
  if( z==0 ) return 0;
  zNew = vtk_sqlite3MallocRaw(n+1, 1);
  if( zNew ){
    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
    zNew[n] = 0;
  }
  return zNew;
}

/*
** Create a string from the 2nd and subsequent arguments (up to the
** first NULL argument), store the string in memory obtained from
** vtk_sqliteMalloc() and make the pointer indicated by the 1st argument
** point to that string.  The 1st argument must either be NULL or 
** point to memory obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SetString(char **pz, ...){
  va_list ap;
  int nByte;
  const char *z;
  char *zResult;

  assert( pz!=0 );
  nByte = 1;
  va_start(ap, pz);
  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
    nByte += strlen(z);
  }
  va_end(ap);
  vtk_sqliteFree(*pz);
  *pz = zResult = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
  if( zResult==0 ){
    return;
  }
  *zResult = 0;
  va_start(ap, pz);
  while( (z = va_arg(ap, const char*))!=0 ){
    int n = strlen(z);
    memcpy(zResult, z, n);
    zResult += n;
  }
  zResult[0] = 0;
  va_end(ap);
}


/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
** returning control to the user) that has called vtk_sqlite3Malloc or
** vtk_sqlite3Realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occured since the previous
** invocation VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
**
** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occured,
** then the connection error-code (the value returned by vtk_sqlite3_errcode())
** is set to VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_mallocHasFailed = 0;
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(vtk_sqlite3* db, int rc){
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    vtk_sqlite3_mallocHasFailed = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
}

/* 
** Set the "malloc has failed" condition to true for this thread.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc(){
  if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    assert( vtk_sqlite3_mallocHasFailed==0 );
    vtk_sqlite3_mallocHasFailed = 1;
  }
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
/*
** This function sets a flag in the thread-specific-data structure that will
** cause an assert to fail if vtk_sqliteMalloc() or vtk_sqliteRealloc() is called.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3MallocDisallow(){
  assert( vtk_sqlite3_mallocDisallowed>=0 );
  vtk_sqlite3_mallocDisallowed++;
}

/*
** This function clears the flag set in the thread-specific-data structure set
** by vtk_sqlite3MallocDisallow().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3MallocAllow(){
  assert( vtk_sqlite3_mallocDisallowed>0 );
  vtk_sqlite3_mallocDisallowed--;
}
#endif

/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
/*
** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
**
**************************************************************************
**
** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
** supported:
**
**      +  Additional functions.  The standard set of "printf" functions
**         includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
**         vsprintf.  This module adds the following:
**
**           *  snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
**                          which is the size of the buffer written to.
**
**           *  mprintf --  Similar to sprintf.  Writes output to memory
**                          obtained from malloc.
**
**           *  xprintf --  Calls a function to dispose of output.
**
**           *  nprintf --  No output, but returns the number of characters
**                          that would have been output by printf.
**
**           *  A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
**              supplied.
**
**      +  A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
**
**           *  The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
**              be centered in the appropriately sized field.
**
**           *  The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
**
**           *  The %c field now accepts a precision.  The character output
**              is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
**
**           *  The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
**              next character of the format string, instead of the next
**              argument.  For example,  printf("%.78'-")  prints 78 minus
**              signs, the same as  printf("%.78c",'-').
**
**      +  When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
**         faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
**
**      +  All functions are fully reentrant.
**
*/
#include <math.h>

/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
** following enumeration.
*/
#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
#define etCHARLIT    10 /* Literal characters.  %' */
#define etSQLESCAPE  11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
#define etSQLESCAPE2 12 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
#define etTOKEN      13 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
#define etSRCLIST    14 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
#define etPOINTER    15 /* The %p conversion */
#define etSQLESCAPE3 16 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */


/*
** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
*/
typedef unsigned char etByte;

/*
** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
** by an instance of the following structure
*/
typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
} et_info;

/*
** Allowed values for et_info.flags
*/
#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */


/*
** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
** most frequently used conversion types first.
*/
static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
  {  'z',  0, 6, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
#endif
  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
};
#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))

/*
** If VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
** conversions will work.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
**
** Example:
**     input:     *val = 3.14159
**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
**
** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
** always returned.
*/
static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
  int digit;
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
  if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
  digit = (int)*val;
  d = digit;
  digit += '0';
  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
  return digit;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */

/*
** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
** VTK_SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350.  But beware - for
** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
# define VTK_SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
#endif
#define etBUFSIZE VTK_SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */

/*
** The root program.  All variations call this core.
**
** INPUTS:
**   func   This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
**            1. A pointer to anything.  Same as the "arg" parameter.
**            2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
**               (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
**            3. An integer number of characters to be output.
**               (Note: This number might be zero.)
**
**   arg    This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
**          first argument to "func".  Use it for whatever you like.
**
**   fmt    This is the format string, as in the usual print.
**
**   ap     This is a pointer to a list of arguments.  Same as in
**          vfprint.
**
** OUTPUTS:
**          The return value is the total number of characters sent to
**          the function "func".  Returns -1 on a error.
**
** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
** will run.
*/
static int vxprintf(
  void (*func)(void*,const char*,int),     /* Consumer of text */
  void *arg,                         /* First argument to the consumer */
  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
){
  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
  int length;                /* Length of the field */
  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
  int count;                 /* Total number of characters output */
  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
  vtk_sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
  etByte errorflag = 0;      /* True if an error is encountered */
  etByte xtype = 0;          /* Conversion paradigm */
  char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
  static const char spaces[] =
   "                                                                         ";
#define etSPACESIZE (sizeof(spaces)-1)
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
  etByte flag_exp;           /* True to force display of the exponent */
  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
#endif

  func(arg,"",0);
  count = length = 0;
  bufpt = 0;
  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
    if( c!='%' ){
      int amt;
      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
      amt = 1;
      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
      (*func)(arg,bufpt,amt);
      count += amt;
      if( c==0 ) break;
    }
    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
      errorflag = 1;
      (*func)(arg,"%",1);
      count++;
      break;
    }
    /* Find out what flags are present */
    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
    done = 0;
    do{
      switch( c ){
        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
        default:    done = 1;                 break;
      }
    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
    /* Get the field width */
    width = 0;
    if( c=='*' ){
      width = va_arg(ap,int);
      if( width<0 ){
        flag_leftjustify = 1;
        width = -width;
      }
      c = *++fmt;
    }else{
      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
        width = width*10 + c - '0';
        c = *++fmt;
      }
    }
    if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
      width = etBUFSIZE-10;
    }
    /* Get the precision */
    if( c=='.' ){
      precision = 0;
      c = *++fmt;
      if( c=='*' ){
        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
        c = *++fmt;
      }else{
        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
          c = *++fmt;
        }
      }
    }else{
      precision = -1;
    }
    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
    if( c=='l' ){
      flag_long = 1;
      c = *++fmt;
      if( c=='l' ){
        flag_longlong = 1;
        c = *++fmt;
      }else{
        flag_longlong = 0;
      }
    }else{
      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
    }
    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
    infop = 0;
    for(idx=0; idx<(int)etNINFO; idx++){
      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
          xtype = infop->type;
        }else{
          return -1;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
    zExtra = 0;
    if( infop==0 ){
      return -1;
    }


    /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
    if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
      precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
    }

    /*
    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
    **
    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
    **                               field width was negative.
    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
    **                               the conversion character.
    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
    **                               the conversion character.
    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
    **                               is -1.
    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
    */
    switch( xtype ){
      case etPOINTER:
        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
        /* Fall through into the next case */
      case etRADIX:
        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
          i64 v;
          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
          if( v<0 ){
            longvalue = -v;
            prefix = '-';
          }else{
            longvalue = v;
            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
            else                       prefix = 0;
          }
        }else{
          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
          prefix = 0;
        }
        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
        }
        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
        {
          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
          register int base;
          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
          base = infop->base;
          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
            *(--bufpt) = cset[(int)(longvalue%base)];
            longvalue = longvalue/base;
          }while( longvalue>0 );
        }
        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
        }
        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
          const char *pre;
          char x;
          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
          if( *bufpt!=pre[0] ){
            for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
          }
        }
        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
        break;
      case etFLOAT:
      case etEXP:
      case etGENERIC:
        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
        if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10;
        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
          realvalue = -realvalue;
          prefix = '-';
        }else{
          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
          else                         prefix = 0;
        }
        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
#if 0
        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
#else
        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
#endif
        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
        exp = 0;
        if( vtk_sqlite3_isnan(realvalue) ){
          bufpt = "NaN";
          length = 3;
          break;
        }
        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
          while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; }
          while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
          while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
          while( realvalue<1e-8 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
          while( realvalue<1.0 && exp>=-350 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
          if( exp>350 || exp<-350 ){
            if( prefix=='-' ){
              bufpt = "-Inf";
            }else if( prefix=='+' ){
              bufpt = "+Inf";
            }else{
              bufpt = "Inf";
            }
            length = strlen(bufpt);
            break;
          }
        }
        bufpt = buf;
        /*
        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
        */
        flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
          realvalue += rounder;
          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
        }
        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
            xtype = etEXP;
          }else{
            precision = precision - exp;
            xtype = etFLOAT;
          }
        }else{
          flag_rtz = 0;
        }
        if( xtype==etEXP ){
          e2 = 0;
        }else{
          e2 = exp;
        }
        nsd = 0;
        flag_dp = (etByte)((precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2);
        /* The sign in front of the number */
        if( prefix ){
          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
        }
        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
        if( e2<0 ){
          *(bufpt++) = '0';
        }else{
          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
            *(bufpt++) = (char)(et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd));
          }
        }
        /* The decimal point */
        if( flag_dp ){
          *(bufpt++) = '.';
        }
        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
        ** significant digit of the number */
        for(e2++; e2<0 && precision>0; precision--, e2++){
          *(bufpt++) = '0';
        }
        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
        while( (precision--)>0 ){
          *(bufpt++) = (char)(et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd));
        }
        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
          assert( bufpt>buf );
          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
            if( flag_altform2 ){
              *(bufpt++) = '0';
            }else{
              *(--bufpt) = 0;
            }
          }
        }
        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
        if( flag_exp || (xtype==etEXP && exp) ){
          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
          if( exp<0 ){
            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
          }else{
            *(bufpt++) = '+';
          }
          if( exp>=100 ){
            *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0');                /* 100's digit */
            exp %= 100;
          }
          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0');                     /* 10's digit */
          *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0');                     /* 1's digit */
        }
        *bufpt = 0;

        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
        ** integer conversions. */
        length = bufpt-buf;
        bufpt = buf;

        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
        ** set and we are not left justified */
        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
          int i;
          int nPad = width - length;
          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
          }
          i = prefix!=0;
          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
          length = width;
        }
#endif
        break;
      case etSIZE:
        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = count;
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      case etPERCENT:
        buf[0] = '%';
        bufpt = buf;
        length = 1;
        break;
      case etCHARLIT:
      case etCHARX:
        c = buf[0] = (char)(xtype==etCHARX ? va_arg(ap,int) : *++fmt);
        if( precision>=0 ){
          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c;
          length = precision;
        }else{
          length =1;
        }
        bufpt = buf;
        break;
      case etSTRING:
      case etDYNSTRING:
        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
        if( bufpt==0 ){
          bufpt = "";
        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
          zExtra = bufpt;
        }
        length = strlen(bufpt);
        if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision;
        break;
      case etSQLESCAPE:
      case etSQLESCAPE2:
      case etSQLESCAPE3: {
        int i, j, n, ch, isnull;
        int needQuote;
        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
        char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
        isnull = escarg==0;
        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
        for(i=n=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
          if( ch==q )  n++;
        }
        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
          bufpt = zExtra = vtk_sqliteMalloc( n );
          if( bufpt==0 ) return -1;
        }else{
          bufpt = buf;
        }
        j = 0;
        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
        for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
          bufpt[j++] = (char)ch;
          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = (char)ch;
        }
        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
        bufpt[j] = 0;
        length = j;
        /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */
        /* if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
        break;
      }
      case etTOKEN: {
        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
        if( pToken && pToken->z ){
          (*func)(arg, (char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
        }
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      }
      case etSRCLIST: {
        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
        if( pItem->zDatabase && pItem->zDatabase[0] ){
          (*func)(arg, pItem->zDatabase, strlen(pItem->zDatabase));
          (*func)(arg, ".", 1);
        }
        (*func)(arg, pItem->zName, strlen(pItem->zName));
        length = width = 0;
        break;
      }
    }/* End switch over the format type */
    /*
    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
    ** the output.
    */
    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
      register int nspace;
      nspace = width-length;
      if( nspace>0 ){
        count += nspace;
        while( nspace>=(int)etSPACESIZE ){
          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
        }
        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
      }
    }
    if( length>0 ){
      (*func)(arg,bufpt,length);
      count += length;
    }
    if( flag_leftjustify ){
      register int nspace;
      nspace = width-length;
      if( nspace>0 ){
        count += nspace;
        while( nspace>=(int)etSPACESIZE ){
          (*func)(arg,spaces,etSPACESIZE);
          nspace -= etSPACESIZE;
        }
        if( nspace>0 ) (*func)(arg,spaces,nspace);
      }
    }
    if( zExtra ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(zExtra);
    }
  }/* End for loop over the format string */
  return errorflag ? -1 : count;
} /* End of function */


/* This structure is used to store state information about the
** write to memory that is currently in progress.
*/
struct sgMprintf {
  char *zBase;     /* A base allocation */
  char *zText;     /* The string collected so far */
  int  nChar;      /* Length of the string so far */
  int  nTotal;     /* Output size if unconstrained */
  int  nAlloc;     /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Function used to realloc memory */
};

/* 
** This function implements the callback from vxprintf. 
**
** This routine add nNewChar characters of text in zNewText to
** the sgMprintf structure pointed to by "arg".
*/
static void mout(void *arg, const char *zNewText, int nNewChar){
  struct sgMprintf *pM = (struct sgMprintf*)arg;
  pM->nTotal += nNewChar;
  if( pM->nChar + nNewChar + 1 > pM->nAlloc ){
    if( pM->xRealloc==0 ){
      nNewChar =  pM->nAlloc - pM->nChar - 1;
    }else{
      int nAlloc = pM->nChar + nNewChar*2 + 1;
      if( pM->zText==pM->zBase ){
        pM->zText = pM->xRealloc(0, nAlloc);
        if( pM->zText && pM->nChar ){
          memcpy(pM->zText, pM->zBase, pM->nChar);
        }
      }else{
        char *zNew;
        zNew = pM->xRealloc(pM->zText, nAlloc);
        if( zNew ){
          pM->zText = zNew;
        }else{
          return;
        }
      }
      pM->nAlloc = nAlloc;
    }
  }
  if( pM->zText ){
    if( nNewChar>0 ){
      memcpy(&pM->zText[pM->nChar], zNewText, nNewChar);
      pM->nChar += nNewChar;
    }
    pM->zText[pM->nChar] = 0;
  }
}

/*
** This routine is a wrapper around xprintf() that invokes mout() as
** the consumer.  
*/
static char *base_vprintf(
  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int),   /* Routine to realloc memory. May be NULL */
  int useInternal,                /* Use internal %-conversions if true */
  char *zInitBuf,                 /* Initially write here, before mallocing */
  int nInitBuf,                   /* Size of zInitBuf[] */
  const char *zFormat,            /* format string */
  va_list ap                      /* arguments */
){
  struct sgMprintf sM;
  sM.zBase = sM.zText = zInitBuf;
  sM.nChar = sM.nTotal = 0;
  sM.nAlloc = nInitBuf;
  sM.xRealloc = xRealloc;
  vxprintf(mout, &sM, useInternal, zFormat, ap);
  if( xRealloc ){
    if( sM.zText==sM.zBase ){
      sM.zText = xRealloc(0, sM.nChar+1);
      if( sM.zText ){
        memcpy(sM.zText, sM.zBase, sM.nChar+1);
      }
    }else if( sM.nAlloc>sM.nChar+10 ){
      char *zNew = xRealloc(sM.zText, sM.nChar+1);
      if( zNew ){
        sM.zText = zNew;
      }
    }
  }
  return sM.zText;
}

/*
** Realloc that is a real function, not a macro.
*/
static void *printf_realloc(void *old, int size){
  return vtk_sqliteRealloc(old,size);
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3VMPrintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char zBase[VTK_SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  return base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3MPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *z;
  char zBase[VTK_SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = base_vprintf(printf_realloc, 1, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from vtk_sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API char *vtk_sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  char zBase[VTK_SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
  return base_vprintf(vtk_sqlite3_realloc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), zFormat, ap);
}

/*
** Print into memory obtained from vtk_sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API char *vtk_sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *z;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  z = vtk_sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

/*
** vtk_sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
** specified by some locales.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API char *vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
  char *z;
  va_list ap;

  if( n<=0 ){
    return zBuf;
  }
  zBuf[0] = 0;
  va_start(ap,zFormat);
  z = base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, n, zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  return z;
}

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
/*
** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
  extern int getpid(void);
  va_list ap;
  char zBuf[500];
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  base_vprintf(0, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
  fflush(stdout);
}
#endif

/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
**
** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
**
** Id
*/


/*
** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
** must be held while executing this routine.
**
** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
** on RC4, which we know works very well.
**
** (Later):  Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
** randomness any more.  But we will leave this code in all the same.
*/
static int randomByte(void){
  unsigned char t;

  /* All threads share a single random number generator.
  ** This structure is the current state of the generator.
  */
  static struct {
    unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
    unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
    unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
  } prng;

  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
  **
  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
  */
  if( !prng.isInit ){
    int i;
    char k[256];
    prng.j = 0;
    prng.i = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3OsRandomSeed(k);
    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
      prng.s[i] = (unsigned char)i;
    }
    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
      prng.j += prng.s[i] + k[i];
      t = prng.s[prng.j];
      prng.s[prng.j] = prng.s[i];
      prng.s[i] = t;
    }
    prng.isInit = 1;
  }

  /* Generate and return single random byte
  */
  prng.i++;
  t = prng.s[prng.i];
  prng.j = prng.j + t;
  prng.s[prng.i] = prng.s[prng.j];
  prng.s[prng.j] = t;
  t = t + (prng.s[prng.i]);
  return prng.s[t];
}

/*
** Return N random bytes.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  while( N-- ){
    *(zBuf++) = (unsigned char)(randomByte());
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
}

/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
/*
** 2004 April 13
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
** Id
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
**
**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**
**
** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
**
**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**
**
** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
**
*/
/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of utf.c *********************/
/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
/*
** 2003 September 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for information that is private to the
** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
** this header information was factored out.
*/
#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
#define _VDBEINT_H_

/*
** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
*/
#define keyToInt(X)   (X)
#define intToKey(X)   (X)

/*
** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the following
** array of string constants which are the names of all VDBE opcodes.  This
** array is defined in a separate source code file named opcode.c which is
** automatically generated by the makefile.
*/
extern const char *const vtk_sqlite3OpcodeNames[];

/*
** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
** of the following structure.
*/
typedef struct VdbeOp Op;

/*
** Boolean values
*/
typedef unsigned char Bool;

/*
** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
** is currently pointing to.
** 
** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
*/
struct Cursor {
  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
  int iDb;              /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
  i64 nextRowid;        /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */
  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
  Bool rowidIsValid;    /* True if lastRowid is valid */
  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
  Bool nextRowidValid;  /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */
  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
  u8 bogusIncrKey;      /* Something for pIncrKey to point to if pKeyInfo==0 */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
  u8 *pIncrKey;         /* Pointer to pKeyInfo->incrKey */
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
  ** be NULL.
  */
  int cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
};
typedef struct Cursor Cursor;

/*
** Number of bytes of string storage space available to each stack
** layer without having to malloc.  NBFS is short for Number of Bytes
** For Strings.
*/
#define NBFS 32

/*
** A value for Cursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
#define CACHE_STALE 0

/*
** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
** integer etc.) of the same value.  A value (and therefore Mem structure)
** has the following properties:
**
** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
** one of VTK_SQLITE_NULL, VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER, VTK_SQLITE_REAL, VTK_SQLITE_TEXT or
** VTK_SQLITE_BLOB.
*/
struct Mem {
  union {
    i64 i;              /* Integer value. Or FuncDef* when flags==MEM_Agg */
    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
  } u;
  double r;           /* Real value */
  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, including '\0' */
  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
  u8  type;           /* One of VTK_SQLITE_NULL, VTK_SQLITE_TEXT, VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
  u8  enc;            /* VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE */
  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
  char zShort[NBFS];  /* Space for short strings */
};
typedef struct Mem Mem;

/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** No other flags may be set in this case.
**
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
**
** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags.  But only one
** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
*/
#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */

/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
#define MEM_Term      0x0020   /* String rep is nul terminated */
#define MEM_Dyn       0x0040   /* Need to call vtk_sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
#define MEM_Static    0x0080   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
#define MEM_Ephem     0x0100   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
#define MEM_Short     0x0200   /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort */
#define MEM_Agg       0x0400   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
#define MEM_Zero      0x0800   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
  #undef MEM_Zero
  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
#endif


/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in vtk_sqliteInt.h) that contains
** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
** of the function.  This is used to implement the vtk_sqlite3_get_auxdata()
** and vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs.  The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function.  This
** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
** invocations.
*/
struct VdbeFunc {
  FuncDef *pFunc;               /* The definition of the function */
  int nAux;                     /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
  struct AuxData {
    void *pAux;                   /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
    void (*xDelete)(void *);      /* Destructor for the aux data */
  } apAux[1];                   /* One slot for each function argument */
};
typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;

/*
** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
** implement the SQL functions.
**
** There is a typedef for this structure in vtk_sqlite.h.  So all routines,
** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
** structure are known.
**
** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3_context {
  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;  /* Auxilary data, if created. */
  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
  u8 isError;           /* Set to true for an error */
  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
};

/*
** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
** is part of a small set.  Sets are used to implement code like
** this:
**            x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
*/
typedef struct Set Set;
struct Set {
  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
};

/*
** A FifoPage structure holds a single page of valves.  Pages are arranged
** in a list.
*/
typedef struct FifoPage FifoPage;
struct FifoPage {
  int nSlot;         /* Number of entries aSlot[] */
  int iWrite;        /* Push the next value into this entry in aSlot[] */
  int iRead;         /* Read the next value from this entry in aSlot[] */
  FifoPage *pNext;   /* Next page in the fifo */
  i64 aSlot[1];      /* One or more slots for rowid values */
};

/*
** The Fifo structure is typedef-ed in vdbeInt.h.  But the implementation
** of that structure is private to this file.
**
** The Fifo structure describes the entire fifo.  
*/
typedef struct Fifo Fifo;
struct Fifo {
  int nEntry;         /* Total number of entries */
  FifoPage *pFirst;   /* First page on the list */
  FifoPage *pLast;    /* Last page on the list */
};

/*
** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
** trigger finishes.
*/
typedef struct Context Context;
struct Context {
  i64 lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (vtk_sqlite3.lastRowid) */
  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
  Fifo sFifo;       /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
};

/*
** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
** state of the virtual machine.
**
** The "vtk_sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by vtk_sqlite3_compile()
** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
**
** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table 
** method function.
*/
struct Vdbe {
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;        /* The whole database */
  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
  Mem *aStack;        /* The operand stack, except string values */
  Mem *pTos;          /* Top entry in the operand stack */
  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
  int okVar;          /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
  int magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
  int nCallback;          /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
  int cacheCtr;           /* Cursor row cache generation counter */
  Fifo sFifo;             /* A list of ROWIDs */
  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
  int returnStack[100];   /* Return address stack for OP_Gosub & OP_Return */
  int returnDepth;        /* Next unused element in returnStack[] */
  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
  int popStack;           /* Pop the stack this much on entry to VdbeExec() */
  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
  u8 resOnStack;          /* True if there are result values on the stack */
  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
  u8 aborted;             /* True if ROLLBACK in another VM causes an abort */
  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
  u8 inVtabMethod;        /* See comments above */
  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
  int nSql;             /* Number of bytes in zSql */
  char *zSql;           /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
  FILE *trace;        /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
#endif
  int openedStatement;  /* True if this VM has opened a statement journal */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SSE
  int fetchId;          /* Statement number used by vtk_sqlite3_fetch_statement */
  int lru;              /* Counter used for LRU cache replacement */
#endif
};

/*
** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
*/
#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */

/*
** Function prototypes
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, Cursor*);
void vtk_sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
#endif
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);

int vtk_sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*, int , const unsigned char*, int*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(void*,int,const void*,int, const void*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE double vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
#ifndef NDEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3VdbeOpcodeNoPush(u8);
#endif
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
#endif
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo*, i64);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo*, i64*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo*);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE   int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
#else
  #define vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) VTK_SQLITE_OK
#endif

#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */

/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in utf.c ************************/

/*
** The following constant value is used by the VTK_SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
** VTK_SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
*/
const int vtk_sqlite3one = 1;

/*
** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
*/
const unsigned char vtk_sqlite3UtfTrans1[] = {
  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
};

#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                                           \
  if( c<0x00080 ){                                                      \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(c&0xFF);                                  \
  }                                                                     \
  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                                 \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F));                    \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3F));                       \
  }                                                                     \
  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                                 \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F));                   \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F));                  \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3F));                       \
  }else{                                                                \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07));                 \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F));                 \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F));                  \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3F));                       \
  }                                                                     \
}

#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                               \
  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                             \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
  }else{                                                                       \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
  }                                                                            \
}

#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                               \
  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                                             \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
  }else{                                                                       \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
    *zOut++ = (unsigned char)(c&0x00FF);                                       \
  }                                                                            \
}

#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
  }                                                                   \
}

#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
  }                                                                   \
}

/*
** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
** printed on stderr on the way into and out of vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
*/ 
/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
  unsigned char zShort[NBFS]; /* Temporary short output buffer */
  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
  unsigned int c;

  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
  assert( pMem->n>=0 );

#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
  {
    char zBuf[100];
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
  }
#endif

  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
  ** differently from the others.
  */
  if( pMem->enc!=VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    u8 temp;
    int rc;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM );
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
    while( zIn<zTerm ){
      temp = *zIn;
      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
      zIn++;
      *zIn++ = temp;
    }
    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
    goto translate_out;
  }

  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
  if( desiredEnc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
    ** A single byte is required for the output string
    ** nul-terminator.
    */
    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
  }else{
    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
    ** nul-terminator.
    */
    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
  }

  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
  ** byte past the end.
  **
  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer. This may be space
  ** obtained from malloc(), or Mem.zShort, if it large enough and not in
  ** use, or the zShort array on the stack (see above).
  */
  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
  if( len>NBFS ){
    zOut = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw(len);
    if( !zOut ) return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    zOut = zShort;
  }
  z = zOut;

  if( pMem->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    unsigned int iExtra = 0xD800;

    if( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Term) && zTerm>zIn && (zTerm[-1]&0x80) ){
      /* This UTF8 string is not nul-terminated, and the last byte is
      ** not a character in the ascii range (codpoints 0..127). This
      ** means the VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8() macro might read past the end
      ** of the allocated buffer.
      **
      ** There are four possibilities:
      **
      **   1. The last byte is the first byte of a non-ASCII character,
      **
      **   2. The final N bytes of the input string are continuation bytes
      **      and immediately preceding them is the first byte of a 
      **      non-ASCII character.
      **
      **   3. The final N bytes of the input string are continuation bytes
      **      and immediately preceding them is a byte that encodes a 
      **      character in the ASCII range.
      **
      **   4. The entire string consists of continuation characters.
      **
      ** Cases (3) and (4) require no special handling. The VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8()
      ** macro will not overread the buffer in these cases.
      */
      unsigned char *zExtra = &zTerm[-1];
      while( zExtra>zIn && (zExtra[0]&0xC0)==0x80 ){
        zExtra--;
      }

      if( (zExtra[0]&0xC0)==0xC0 ){
        /* Make a copy of the last character encoding in the input string.
        ** Then make sure it is nul-terminated and use VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8()
        ** to decode the codepoint. Store the codepoint in variable iExtra,
        ** it will be appended to the output string later.
        */
        unsigned char *zFree = 0;
        unsigned char zBuf[16];
        int nExtra = (pMem->n+zIn-zExtra);
        zTerm = zExtra;
        if( nExtra>15 ){
          zExtra = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw(nExtra+1);
          if( !zExtra ){
            return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
          }
          zFree = zExtra;
        }else{
          zExtra = zBuf;
        }
        memcpy(zExtra, zTerm, nExtra);
        zExtra[nExtra] = '\0';
        VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8(zExtra, iExtra);
        vtk_sqliteFree(zFree);
      }
    }

    if( desiredEnc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
      }
      if( iExtra!=0xD800 ){
        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, iExtra);
      }
    }else{
      assert( desiredEnc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE );
      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8(zIn, c); 
        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
      }
      if( iExtra!=0xD800 ){
        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, iExtra);
      }
    }
    pMem->n = z - zOut;
    *z++ = 0;
  }else{
    assert( desiredEnc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 );
    if( pMem->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c); 
        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
      }
    }else{
      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
      while( zIn<zTerm ){
        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c); 
        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
      }
    }
    pMem->n = z - zOut;
  }
  *z = 0;
  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );

  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
  if( zOut==zShort ){
    memcpy(pMem->zShort, zOut, len);
    zOut = (u8*)pMem->zShort;
    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Short);
  }else{
    pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
  }
  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;

translate_out:
#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
  {
    char zBuf[100];
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
  }
#endif
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
**
** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
** changed by this function.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  u8 bom = 0;

  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
      bom = VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE;
    }
    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
      bom = VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE;
    }
  }
  
  if( bom ){
    /* This function is called as soon as a string is stored in a Mem*,
    ** from within vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(). At that point it is not possible
    ** for the string to be stored in Mem.zShort, or for it to be stored
    ** in dynamic memory with no destructor.
    */
    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Short) );
    assert( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) || pMem->xDel );
    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
      void (*xDel)(void*) = pMem->xDel;
      char *z = pMem->z;
      pMem->z = 0;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
      xDel(z);
    }else{
      rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n-2, bom, 
          VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
  int r = 0;
  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
  const u8 *zTerm;
  if( nByte>=0 ){
    zTerm = &z[nByte];
  }else{
    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
  }
  assert( z<=zTerm );
  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
    VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
    r++;
  }
  return r;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from malloc and must be
** freed by the calling function.
**
** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3Utf16to8(const void *z, int nByte){
  Mem m;
  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8);
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : vtk_sqliteStrDup(m.z);
}

/*
** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
  unsigned int c = 1;
  char const *z = zIn;
  int n = 0;
  if( VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
    /* Using an "if (VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
    ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
    ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
    ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and 
    ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE
    ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
    ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
    ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
    */
    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
      n++;
    }
  }else{
    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
      n++;
    }
  }
  return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
}

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
**
** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
**
** The translation is done in-place (since it is impossible for the
** correct UTF-8 encoding to be longer than a malformed encoding).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
  int c;

  while(1){
    VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8(zIn, c);
    if( c==0 ) break;
    if( c!=0xfffd ){
      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
    }
  }
  *zOut = 0;
  return zOut - zStart;
}
#endif

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3UtfSelfTest(){
  unsigned int i, t;
  unsigned char zBuf[20];
  unsigned char *z;
  int n;
  unsigned int c;

  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
    n = z-zBuf;
    z[0] = 0;
    z = zBuf;
    VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8(z, c);
    t = i;
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
    assert( c==t );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
    n = z-zBuf;
    z[0] = 0;
    z = zBuf;
    READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
    assert( c==i );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
    z = zBuf;
    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
    n = z-zBuf;
    z[0] = 0;
    z = zBuf;
    READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
    assert( c==i );
    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
  }
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_TEST */
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout vtk_sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
** Id
*/


/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the vtk_sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
** format characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
** encoded in UTF-8.
**
** To clear the most recent error for vtk_sqlite handle "db", vtk_sqlite3Error
** should be called with err_code set to VTK_SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Error(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew())!=0) ){
    db->errCode = err_code;
    if( zFormat ){
      char *z;
      va_list ap;
      va_start(ap, zFormat);
      z = vtk_sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
      va_end(ap);
      vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, vtk_sqlite3FreeX);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
** The following formatting characters are allowed:
**
**      %s      Insert a string
**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
**      %d      Insert an integer
**      %T      Insert a token
**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within vtk_sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the vtk_sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using vtk_sqlite3Error().
** Function vtk_sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
** (vtk_sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  pParse->nErr++;
  vtk_sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  pParse->zErrMsg = vtk_sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( pParse->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
}

/*
** Clear the error message in pParse, if any
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){
  vtk_sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
  pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
  pParse->nErr = 0;
}

/*
** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
** is a no-op.
**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
  int quote;
  int i, j;
  if( z==0 ) return;
  quote = z[0];
  switch( quote ){
    case '\'':  break;
    case '"':   break;
    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
    default:    return;
  }
  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
    if( z[i]==quote ){
      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
        z[j++] = (char)(quote);
        i++;
      }else{
        z[j++] = 0;
        break;
      }
    }else{
      z[j++] = z[i];
    }
  }
}

/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character. 
*/
const unsigned char vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ASCII
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
    252,253,254,255
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_EBCDIC
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
#endif
};
#define UpperToLower vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower

/*
** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
  register unsigned char *a, *b;
  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
  register unsigned char *a, *b;
  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}

/*
** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
**
** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
  int incr = (enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
  if( enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
  if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
    return 0;
  }
  z += incr;
  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
  if( *z=='.' ){
    z += incr;
    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
  }
  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
    z += incr;
    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
  }
  return *z==0;
}

/*
** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double.
**
** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
** is not, the result is undefined.
**
** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
  int sign = 1;
  const char *zBegin = z;
  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
  while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
  if( *z=='-' ){
    sign = -1;
    z++;
  }else if( *z=='+' ){
    z++;
  }
  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
    z++;
  }
  if( *z=='.' ){
    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
    z++;
    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
      v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
      divisor *= 10.0;
      z++;
    }
    v1 /= divisor;
  }
  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
    int esign = 1;
    int eval = 0;
    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
    z++;
    if( *z=='-' ){
      esign = -1;
      z++;
    }else if( *z=='+' ){
      z++;
    }
    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
      z++;
    }
    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
    if( esign<0 ){
      v1 /= scale;
    }else{
      v1 *= scale;
    }
  }
  *pResult = (double)(sign<0 ? -v1 : v1);
  return z - zBegin;
#else
  return vtk_sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
}

/*
** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
**
** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
** last digit.  So, for example,
**
**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800")
**
** will return -8.
*/
static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){
  int c;
  c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18);
  if( c==0 ){
    c = zNum[18] - '8';
  }
  return c;
}


/*
** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
** the value of the integer into *pNum.  If zNum is not an integer
** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
** then return false.
**
** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
** 32-bit numbers.  At that time, it was much faster than the
** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
  i64 v = 0;
  int neg;
  int i, c;
  while( isspace(*(u8*)zNum) ) zNum++;
  if( *zNum=='-' ){
    neg = 1;
    zNum++;
  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
    neg = 0;
    zNum++;
  }else{
    neg = 0;
  }
  while( zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum++; } /* Skip over leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */
  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
    v = v*10 + c - '0';
  }
  *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
  if( c!=0 || i==0 || i>19 ){
    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranting that it is too large) */
    return 0;
  }else if( i<19 ){
    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
    return 1;
  }else{
    /* 19-digit numbers must be no larger than 9223372036854775807 if positive
    ** or 9223372036854775808 if negative.  Note that 9223372036854665808
    ** is 2^63. */
    return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
  }
}

/*
** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
**
** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return
** false.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum){
  int i, c;
  int neg = 0;
  if( *zNum=='-' ){
    neg = 1;
    zNum++;
  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
    zNum++;
  }
  while( *zNum=='0' ){
    zNum++;   /* Skip leading zeros.  Ticket #2454 */
  }
  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
  if( i<19 ){
    /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */
    return 1;
  }else if( i>19 ){
    /* Guaranteed to be too big if greater than 19 digits */
    return 0;
  }else{
    /* Compare against 2^63. */
    return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
  }
}

/*
** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
**
** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
** This is different from vtk_sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
** input number to be zero-terminated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
  vtk_sqlite_int64 v = 0;
  int i, c;
  int neg = 0;
  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
    neg = 1;
    zNum++;
  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
    zNum++;
  }
  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
  for(i=0; i<10 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
    v = v*10 + c;
  }
  if( i>9 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( neg ){
    v = -v;
  }
  *pValue = (int)v;
  return 1;
}

/*
** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
** TRUE it means that the db pointer is invalid and should not be
** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
** VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  int magic;
  if( db==0 ) return 1;
  magic = db->magic;
  if( magic!=(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED &&
      magic!=(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
      magic!=(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 1;
  return 0;
}

/*
** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
**
** KEY:
**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
**
**  7 bits - A
** 14 bits - BA
** 21 bits - BBA
** 28 bits - BBBA
** 35 bits - BBBBA
** 42 bits - BBBBBA
** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
*/

/*
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
** of bytes written is returned.
**
** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
  int i, j, n;
  u8 buf[10];
  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
    p[8] = (unsigned char) v;
    v >>= 8;
    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
      p[i] = (unsigned char) ((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
      v >>= 7;
    }
    return 9;
  }    
  n = 0;
  do{
    buf[n++] = (u8) ((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
    v >>= 7;
  }while( v!=0 );
  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
  assert( n<=9 );
  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
    p[i] = buf[j];
  }
  return n;
}

/*
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
  u32 x;
  u64 x64;
  int n;
  unsigned char c;
  if( ((c = p[0]) & 0x80)==0 ){
    *v = c;
    return 1;
  }
  x = c & 0x7f;
  if( ((c = p[1]) & 0x80)==0 ){
    *v = (x<<7) | c;
    return 2;
  }
  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
  if( ((c = p[2]) & 0x80)==0 ){
    *v = (x<<7) | c;
    return 3;
  }
  x = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
  if( ((c = p[3]) & 0x80)==0 ){
    *v = (x<<7) | c;
    return 4;
  }
  x64 = (x<<7) | (c&0x7f);
  n = 4;
  do{
    c = p[n++];
    if( n==9 ){
      x64 = (x64<<8) | c;
      break;
    }
    x64 = (x64<<7) | (c&0x7f);
  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 );
  *v = x64;
  return n;
}

/*
** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
  u32 x;
  int n;
  unsigned char c;
  if( ((signed char*)p)[0]>=0 ){
    *v = p[0];
    return 1;
  }
  x = p[0] & 0x7f;
  if( ((signed char*)p)[1]>=0 ){
    *v = (x<<7) | p[1];
    return 2;
  }
  x = (x<<7) | (p[1] & 0x7f);
  n = 2;
  do{
    x = (x<<7) | ((c = p[n++])&0x7f);
  }while( (c & 0x80)!=0 && n<9 );
  *v = x;
  return n;
}

/*
** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
** 64-bit integer.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
  int i = 0;
  do{
    i++;
    v >>= 7;
  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
  return i;
}


/*
** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 vtk_sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
  return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
  p[0] = (unsigned char)(v>>24);
  p[1] = (unsigned char)(v>>16);
  p[2] = (unsigned char)(v>>8);
  p[3] = (unsigned char)(v);
}



#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) \
    || defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
*/
static int hexToInt(int h){
  if( h>='0' && h<='9' ){
    return h - '0';
  }else if( h>='a' && h<='f' ){
    return h - 'a' + 10;
  }else{
    assert( h>='A' && h<='F' );
    return h - 'A' + 10;
  }
}
#endif /* !VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || VTK_SQLITE_TEST */

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
** the calling routine.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3HexToBlob(const char *z){
  char *zBlob;
  int i;
  int n = strlen(z);
  if( n%2 ) return 0;

  zBlob = (char *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(n/2);
  if( zBlob ){
    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
      zBlob[i/2] = (char)((hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]));
    }
  }
  return zBlob;
}
#endif /* !VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */


/*
** Change the vtk_sqlite.magic from VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** when this routine is called.
**
** This routine is called when entering an SQLite API.  The VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** value indicates that the database connection passed into the API is
** open and is not being used by another thread.  By changing the value
** to VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY we indicate that the connection is in use.
** vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff() below will change the value back to VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** when the API exits. 
**
** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
** same vtk_sqlite* pointer at the same time.  There is a race 
** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
** But usually the problem will be seen.  The result will be an
** error which can be used to debug the application that is
** using SQLite incorrectly.
**
** Ticket #202:  If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
** to modify the db structure at all.  It could be that db is a stale
** pointer.  In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
** call to vtk_sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated.  And we do
** not want to write into deallocated memory.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  if( db->magic==(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
    db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
    return 0;
  }else if( db->magic==(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
    db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
  }
  return 1;
}

/*
** Change the magic from VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
** when this routine is called.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  if( db->magic==(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
    db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
    return 0;
  }else {
    db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
    return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the ThreadData associated with the calling thread.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ThreadData *vtk_sqlite3ThreadData(){
  ThreadData *p = (ThreadData*)vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(1);
  if( !p ){
    vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc();
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the ThreadData associated with the calling thread.
** If no ThreadData has been allocated to this thread yet, return a pointer
** to a substitute ThreadData structure that is all zeros. 
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const ThreadData *vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly(){
  static const ThreadData zeroData =  /* Initializer to silence warnings
                                      ** from broken compilers */
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT)
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
  {0, 0, 0, 0};
#else
  {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
#endif
#elif defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
  {0};
#else
  {0, 0, 0};
#endif
  const ThreadData *pTd = vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(0);
  return pTd ? pTd : &zeroData;
}

/*
** Check to see if the ThreadData for this thread is all zero.  If it
** is, then deallocate it. 
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ReleaseThreadData(){
  vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(-1);
}

/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
**
** Id
*/

/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
** keyClass is one of the constants VTK_SQLITE_HASH_INT, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
** VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
** sense for VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING and VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
** for other key classes.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
  assert( pNew!=0 );
  assert( keyClass>=VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
  pNew->keyClass = (char)(keyClass);
#if 0
  if( keyClass==VTK_SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==VTK_SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
#endif
  pNew->copyKey = (char)(copyKey);
  pNew->first = 0;
  pNew->count = 0;
  pNew->htsize = 0;
  pNew->ht = 0;
  pNew->xMalloc = vtk_sqlite3MallocX;
  pNew->xFree = vtk_sqlite3FreeX;
}

/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
** to the empty state.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  elem = pH->first;
  pH->first = 0;
  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = 0;
  pH->htsize = 0;
  while( elem ){
    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
      pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
    }
    pH->xFree(elem);
    elem = next_elem;
  }
  pH->count = 0;
}

#if 0 /* NOT USED */
/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is VTK_SQLITE_HASH_INT
*/
static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
}
static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  return n2 - n1;
}
#endif

#if 0 /* NOT USED */
/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is VTK_SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
*/
static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
}
static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
  return 1;
}
#endif

/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING
*/
static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
  int h = 0;
  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = strlen(z);
  while( nKey > 0  ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
    nKey--;
  }
  return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
  return vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
}

/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
*/
static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
  int h = 0;
  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
  }
  return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
**
** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
**
** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
*/
static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
  switch( keyClass ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
    case VTK_SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
    case VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
    case VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
    default: break;
  }
  return 0;
#else
  if( keyClass==VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
    return &strHash;
  }else{
    assert( keyClass==VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
    return &binHash;
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
**
** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
** see the header comment on the previous function.
*/
static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
  switch( keyClass ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
    case VTK_SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
    case VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
    case VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
    default: break;
  }
  return 0;
#else
  if( keyClass==VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
    return &strCompare;
  }else{
    assert( keyClass==VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
    return &binCompare;
  }
#endif
}

/* Link an element into the hash table
*/
static void insertElement(
  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
){
  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
  pHead = pEntry->chain;
  if( pHead ){
    pNew->next = pHead;
    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
    pHead->prev = pNew;
  }else{
    pNew->next = pH->first;
    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
    pNew->prev = 0;
    pH->first = pNew;
  }
  pEntry->count++;
  pEntry->chain = pNew;
}


/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
** to resize if vtk_sqliteMalloc() fails.
*/
static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */

  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
  new_ht = (struct _ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
  pH->ht = new_ht;
  pH->htsize = new_size;
  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
    next_elem = elem->next;
    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
  }
}

/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
  int nKey,
  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
){
  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */

  if( pH->ht ){
    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
    elem = pEntry->chain;
    count = pEntry->count;
    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
    while( count-- && elem ){
      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
        return elem;
      }
      elem = elem->next;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
** element and a hash on the element's key.
*/
static void removeElementGivenHash(
  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
){
  struct _ht *pEntry;
  if( elem->prev ){
    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
  }else{
    pH->first = elem->next;
  }
  if( elem->next ){
    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
  }
  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
  }
  pEntry->count--;
  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
    pEntry->chain = 0;
  }
  if( pH->copyKey ){
    pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
  }
  pH->xFree( elem );
  pH->count--;
  if( pH->count<=0 ){
    assert( pH->first==0 );
    assert( pH->count==0 );
    vtk_sqlite3HashClear(pH);
  }
}

/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
  int h;             /* A hash on key */
  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */

  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
  assert( xHash!=0 );
  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}

/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */

  assert( pH!=0 );
  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
  assert( xHash!=0 );
  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
  if( elem ){
    void *old_data = elem->data;
    if( data==0 ){
      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
    }else{
      elem->data = data;
    }
    return old_data;
  }
  if( data==0 ) return 0;
  new_elem = (HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
    new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
      pH->xFree(new_elem);
      return data;
    }
    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
  }else{
    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
  }
  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
  pH->count++;
  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
    rehash(pH,8);
    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
      pH->count = 0;
      if( pH->copyKey ){
        pH->xFree(new_elem->pKey);
      }
      pH->xFree(new_elem);
      return data;
    }
  }
  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
  }
  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
  new_elem->data = data;
  return 0;
}

/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
const char *const vtk_sqlite3OpcodeNames[] = { "?",
 /*   1 */ "MemLoad",
 /*   2 */ "VNext",
 /*   3 */ "Column",
 /*   4 */ "SetCookie",
 /*   5 */ "IfMemPos",
 /*   6 */ "Sequence",
 /*   7 */ "MoveGt",
 /*   8 */ "RowKey",
 /*   9 */ "OpenWrite",
 /*  10 */ "If",
 /*  11 */ "Pop",
 /*  12 */ "VRowid",
 /*  13 */ "CollSeq",
 /*  14 */ "OpenRead",
 /*  15 */ "Expire",
 /*  16 */ "Not",
 /*  17 */ "AutoCommit",
 /*  18 */ "IntegrityCk",
 /*  19 */ "Sort",
 /*  20 */ "Function",
 /*  21 */ "Noop",
 /*  22 */ "Return",
 /*  23 */ "NewRowid",
 /*  24 */ "IfMemNeg",
 /*  25 */ "Variable",
 /*  26 */ "String",
 /*  27 */ "RealAffinity",
 /*  28 */ "VRename",
 /*  29 */ "ParseSchema",
 /*  30 */ "VOpen",
 /*  31 */ "Close",
 /*  32 */ "CreateIndex",
 /*  33 */ "IsUnique",
 /*  34 */ "NotFound",
 /*  35 */ "Int64",
 /*  36 */ "MustBeInt",
 /*  37 */ "Halt",
 /*  38 */ "Rowid",
 /*  39 */ "IdxLT",
 /*  40 */ "AddImm",
 /*  41 */ "Statement",
 /*  42 */ "RowData",
 /*  43 */ "MemMax",
 /*  44 */ "Push",
 /*  45 */ "NotExists",
 /*  46 */ "MemIncr",
 /*  47 */ "Gosub",
 /*  48 */ "Integer",
 /*  49 */ "MemInt",
 /*  50 */ "Prev",
 /*  51 */ "VColumn",
 /*  52 */ "CreateTable",
 /*  53 */ "Last",
 /*  54 */ "IncrVacuum",
 /*  55 */ "IdxRowid",
 /*  56 */ "MakeIdxRec",
 /*  57 */ "ResetCount",
 /*  58 */ "FifoWrite",
 /*  59 */ "Callback",
 /*  60 */ "Or",
 /*  61 */ "And",
 /*  62 */ "ContextPush",
 /*  63 */ "DropTrigger",
 /*  64 */ "DropIndex",
 /*  65 */ "IsNull",
 /*  66 */ "NotNull",
 /*  67 */ "Ne",
 /*  68 */ "Eq",
 /*  69 */ "Gt",
 /*  70 */ "Le",
 /*  71 */ "Lt",
 /*  72 */ "Ge",
 /*  73 */ "IdxGE",
 /*  74 */ "BitAnd",
 /*  75 */ "BitOr",
 /*  76 */ "ShiftLeft",
 /*  77 */ "ShiftRight",
 /*  78 */ "Add",
 /*  79 */ "Subtract",
 /*  80 */ "Multiply",
 /*  81 */ "Divide",
 /*  82 */ "Remainder",
 /*  83 */ "Concat",
 /*  84 */ "IdxDelete",
 /*  85 */ "Negative",
 /*  86 */ "Vacuum",
 /*  87 */ "BitNot",
 /*  88 */ "String8",
 /*  89 */ "MoveLe",
 /*  90 */ "IfNot",
 /*  91 */ "DropTable",
 /*  92 */ "MakeRecord",
 /*  93 */ "Delete",
 /*  94 */ "AggFinal",
 /*  95 */ "Dup",
 /*  96 */ "Goto",
 /*  97 */ "TableLock",
 /*  98 */ "FifoRead",
 /*  99 */ "Clear",
 /* 100 */ "IdxGT",
 /* 101 */ "MoveLt",
 /* 102 */ "VerifyCookie",
 /* 103 */ "AggStep",
 /* 104 */ "Pull",
 /* 105 */ "SetNumColumns",
 /* 106 */ "AbsValue",
 /* 107 */ "Transaction",
 /* 108 */ "VFilter",
 /* 109 */ "VDestroy",
 /* 110 */ "ContextPop",
 /* 111 */ "Next",
 /* 112 */ "IdxInsert",
 /* 113 */ "Distinct",
 /* 114 */ "Insert",
 /* 115 */ "Destroy",
 /* 116 */ "ReadCookie",
 /* 117 */ "ForceInt",
 /* 118 */ "LoadAnalysis",
 /* 119 */ "Explain",
 /* 120 */ "IfMemZero",
 /* 121 */ "OpenPseudo",
 /* 122 */ "OpenEphemeral",
 /* 123 */ "Null",
 /* 124 */ "Blob",
 /* 125 */ "Real",
 /* 126 */ "HexBlob",
 /* 127 */ "MemStore",
 /* 128 */ "Rewind",
 /* 129 */ "MoveGe",
 /* 130 */ "VBegin",
 /* 131 */ "VUpdate",
 /* 132 */ "VCreate",
 /* 133 */ "MemMove",
 /* 134 */ "MemNull",
 /* 135 */ "Found",
 /* 136 */ "NullRow",
 /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
 /* 138 */ "ToText",
 /* 139 */ "ToBlob",
 /* 140 */ "ToNumeric",
 /* 141 */ "ToInt",
 /* 142 */ "ToReal",
};
#endif

/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_os2.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2006 Feb 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
*/


#if OS_OS2

/*
** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
*/
#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
# define VTK_SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1
#endif

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_os2.c ****************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif


/*
 * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
 * pending-byte in the database file.
 */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
unsigned int vtk_sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
#endif

int vtk_sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
    if(vtk_sqlite3_os_trace) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
    if(vtk_sqlite3_os_trace) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#else
#define OSTRACE1(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
  unsigned long long int x;
  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
          :"=A" (x));
  return x;
}
static unsigned long long int g_start;
static unsigned int elapse;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the VTK_SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending || vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \
     if( vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \
         || (vtk_sqlite3_io_error_persist && vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \
                { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       vtk_sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  vtk_sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

/*
** vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc
** vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc
** vtk_sqlite3GenericOsFree
** vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
**
** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms
** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating
** systems. No rocket science here.
**
** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version
** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is
** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each
** block and stores the size of the allocation there.
**
** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second
** set of implementations is used instead.
*/
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8);
  assert(n>0);
  assert(sizeof(int)<=8);
  if( p ){
    *(int *)p = n;
    p += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8);
  assert(n>0);
  p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8);
  if( p2 ){
    *(int *)p2 = n;
    p2 += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p2;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free((void *)((char *)p - 8));
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){
  return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0;
}
#else
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n);
  return (void *)p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  assert(n>0);
  p = realloc(p, n);
  return p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free(p);
}
/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */
/* We can get rid of this because REDEF_IO is off */
/*
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ (void)p; return 0; }
*/
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
# define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/

/*
** The os2File structure is subclass of OsFile specific for the OS/2
** protability layer.
*/
typedef struct os2File os2File;
struct os2File {
  IoMethod const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
  HFILE h;                  /* Handle for accessing the file */
  int delOnClose;           /* True if file is to be deleted on close */
  char* pathToDel;          /* Name of file to delete on close */
  unsigned char locktype;   /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
};

/*
** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
** VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that there database
** will be in-memory only)
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** Delete the named file
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2Delete( const char *zFilename ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;

  rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilename );
  OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename );
  return rc == NO_ERROR ? VTK_SQLITE_OK : VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2FileExists( const char *zFilename ){
  FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
  memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo));
  return DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilename, FIL_STANDARD,
        &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) ) == NO_ERROR;
}

/* Forward declaration */
int allocateOs2File( os2File *pInit, OsFile **pld );

/*
** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
** try to create it.
**
** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
** VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, the function returns VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2OpenReadWrite(
  const char *zFilename,
  OsFile **pld,
  int *pReadonly
){
  os2File  f;
  HFILE    hf;
  ULONG    ulAction;
  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;

  assert( *pld == 0 );
  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
            FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL,
                OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
                OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
                    OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, (PEAOP2)NULL );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
    rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
            FILE_ARCHIVED | FILE_NORMAL,
                OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
                OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
                        OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, (PEAOP2)NULL );
    if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
    }
    *pReadonly = 1;
  }
  else{
    *pReadonly = 0;
  }
  f.h = hf;
  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
  f.delOnClose = 0;
  f.pathToDel = NULL;
  OpenCounter(+1);
  OSTRACE3( "OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", hf, zFilename );
  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
}


/*
** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
** link.
**
** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
** the file when it is closed.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2OpenExclusive( const char *zFilename, OsFile **pld, int delFlag ){
  os2File  f;
  HFILE    hf;
  ULONG    ulAction;
  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;

  assert( *pld == 0 );
  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L, FILE_NORMAL,
            OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_REPLACE_IF_EXISTS,
            OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
                OPEN_SHARE_DENYREADWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE, (PEAOP2)NULL );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }

  f.h = hf;
  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
  f.delOnClose = delFlag ? 1 : 0;
  f.pathToDel = delFlag ? vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname( zFilename ) : NULL;
  OpenCounter( +1 );
  if( delFlag ) DosForceDelete( (PSZ)vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname( zFilename ) );
  OSTRACE3( "OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", hf, vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname ( zFilename ) );
  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
}

/*
** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2OpenReadOnly( const char *zFilename, OsFile **pld ){
  os2File  f;
  HFILE    hf;
  ULONG    ulAction;
  APIRET   rc = NO_ERROR;

  assert( *pld == 0 );
  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zFilename, &hf, &ulAction, 0L,
            FILE_NORMAL, OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS,
            OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM |
                OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, (PEAOP2)NULL );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  f.h = hf;
  f.locktype = NO_LOCK;
  f.delOnClose = 0;
  f.pathToDel = NULL;
  OpenCounter( +1 );
  OSTRACE3( "OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", hf, zFilename );
  return allocateOs2File( &f, pld );
}

/*
** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
** to disk.
**
** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
** OS/2 since OS/2 does not support hard links.
**
** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
** updated with the new directory file descriptor and VTK_SQLITE_OK is
** returned.
**
** On failure, the function returns VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id unchanged.
*/
int os2OpenDirectory(
  OsFile *id,
  const char *zDirname
){
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
** hold at least VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2TempFileName( char *zBuf ){
  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    "0123456789";
  int i, j;
  PSZ zTempPath = 0;
  if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){
    if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){
      if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){
           ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0;
           DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
           sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) );
      }
    }
  }
  for(;;){
      sprintf( zBuf, "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath );
      j = strlen( zBuf );
      vtk_sqlite3Randomness( 15, &zBuf[j] );
      for( i = 0; i < 15; i++, j++ ){
        zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
      }
      zBuf[j] = 0;
      if( !vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists( zBuf ) ) break;
  }
  OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf );
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Close a file.
*/
int os2Close( OsFile **pld ){
  os2File *pFile;
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  if( pld && (pFile = (os2File*)*pld) != 0 ){
    OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h );
    rc = DosClose( pFile->h );
    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
    if( pFile->delOnClose != 0 ){
        rc = DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->pathToDel );
    }
    *pld = 0;
    OpenCounter( -1 );
  }

  return rc == NO_ERROR ? VTK_SQLITE_OK : VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK if all
** bytes were read successfully and VTK_SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
** wrong.
*/
int os2Read( OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt ){
  ULONG got;
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError( return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR );
  OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
  DosRead( ((os2File*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &got );
  if (got == (ULONG)amt)
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  else if (got == 0)
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  else {
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
int os2Write( OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  ULONG wrote;
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError( return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR );
  SimulateDiskfullError( return VTK_SQLITE_FULL );
  OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
  while( amt > 0 &&
      (rc = DosWrite( ((os2File*)id)->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote )) && wrote > 0 ){
      amt -= wrote;
      pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
  }

  return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? VTK_SQLITE_FULL : VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
*/
int os2Seek( OsFile *id, i64 offset ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  ULONG filePointer = 0L;
  assert( id!=0 );
  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &filePointer );
  OSTRACE3( "SEEK %d %lld\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, offset );
  return rc == NO_ERROR ? VTK_SQLITE_OK : VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
*/
int os2Sync( OsFile *id, int dataOnly ){
  assert( id!=0 );
  OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
  return DosResetBuffer( ((os2File*)id)->h ) == NO_ERROR ? VTK_SQLITE_OK : VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
** than UNIX.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2SyncDirectory( const char *zDirname ){
  SimulateIOError( return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR );
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
int os2Truncate( OsFile *id, i64 nByte ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  ULONG upperBits = nByte>>32;
  assert( id!=0 );
  OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, nByte );
  SimulateIOError( return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR );
  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, nByte, FILE_BEGIN, &upperBits );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
  }
  rc = DosSetFilePtr( ((os2File*)id)->h, 0L, FILE_END, &upperBits );
  return rc == NO_ERROR ? VTK_SQLITE_OK : VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
int os2FileSize( OsFile *id, i64 *pSize ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo;
  memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo));
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError( return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR );
  rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
  if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
    *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  else{
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
  }
}

/*
** Acquire a reader lock.
*/
static int getReadLock( os2File *id ){
  FILELOCK  LockArea,
            UnlockArea;
  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
  LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
  LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
  UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
  UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
  return DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
}

/*
** Undo a readlock
*/
static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){
  FILELOCK  LockArea,
            UnlockArea;
  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
  LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
  LockArea.lRange = 0L;
  UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
  UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
  return DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable
**
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2IsDirWritable( char *zDirname ){
  FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  memset(&fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo));
  if( zDirname==0 ) return 0;
  if( strlen(zDirname)>CCHMAXPATH ) return 0;
  rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zDirname, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
  if( rc != NO_ERROR ) return 0;
  if( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_DIRECTORY) != FILE_DIRECTORY ) return 0;

  return 1;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  The os2Unlock() routine
** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
** must go straight to locking level 0.
*/
int os2Lock( OsFile *id, int locktype ){
  APIRET rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
  APIRET res = NO_ERROR;    /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */
  int newLocktype;       /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */
  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
  FILELOCK  LockArea,
            UnlockArea;
  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
  ** vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
  */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
  */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
  */
  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
  ){
    int cnt = 3;

    LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;

    while( cnt-->0 && (res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L) )!=NO_ERROR ){
      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
      */
      OSTRACE2( "could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt );
      DosSleep(1);
    }
    gotPendingLock = res;
  }

  /* Acquire a shared lock
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
    res = getReadLock(pFile);
    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
  */
  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
  */
  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
    gotPendingLock = 0;
  }

  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
  */
  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
    OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res );
    LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
    LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
    }else{
      OSTRACE2( "error-code = %d\n", res );
    }
  }

  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
  ** release it now.
  */
  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
  }

  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
  ** return the appropriate result code.
  */
  if( res == NO_ERROR ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
           locktype, newLocktype );
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
  pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
** non-zero, otherwise zero.
*/
int os2CheckReservedLock( OsFile *id ){
  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
    rc = 1;
    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc );
  }else{
    FILELOCK  LockArea,
              UnlockArea;
    memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
    memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
    rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
      LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
      LockArea.lRange = 0L;
      UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
      UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
      rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    }
    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc );
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
**
** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
** might return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
*/
int os2Unlock( OsFile *id, int locktype ){
  int type;
  APIRET rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
  FILELOCK  LockArea,
            UnlockArea;
  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
  type = pFile->locktype;
  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
    UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){
      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
      ** reacquire the read lock */
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
  }
  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
    unlockReadLock(pFile);
  }
  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
    DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 2000L, 1L );
  }
  pFile->locktype = locktype;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
** is no longer needed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3Os2FullPathname( const char *zRelative ){
  char *zFull = 0;
  if( strchr(zRelative, ':') ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zRelative, (char*)0 );
  }else{
    ULONG ulDriveNum = 0;
    ULONG ulDriveMap = 0;
    ULONG cbzBufLen = VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE;
    char zDrive[2];
    char *zBuff;

    zBuff = vtk_sqliteMalloc( cbzBufLen );
    if( zBuff != 0 ){
      DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
      if( DosQueryCurrentDir( ulDriveNum, (PBYTE)zBuff, &cbzBufLen ) == NO_ERROR ){
        sprintf( zDrive, "%c", (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1) );
        vtk_sqlite3SetString( &zFull, zDrive, ":\\", zBuff,
                          "\\", zRelative, (char*)0 );
      }
      vtk_sqliteFree( zBuff );
    }
  }
  return zFull;
}

/*
** The fullSync option is meaningless on os2, or correct me if I'm wrong.  This is a no-op.
** From os_unix.c: Change the value of the fullsync flag in the given file descriptor.
** From os_unix.c: ((unixFile*)id)->fullSync = v;
*/
static void os2SetFullSync( OsFile *id, int v ){
  return;
}

/*
** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile
*/
static int os2FileHandle( OsFile *id ){
  return (int)((os2File*)id)->h;
}

/*
** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held
** by this handle.  (Used for testing and analysis only.)
*/
static int os2LockState( OsFile *id ){
  return ((os2File*)id)->locktype;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
static int os2SectorSize(OsFile *id){
  return VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

/*
** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
** for os2.
*/
static const IoMethod vtk_sqlite3Os2IoMethod = {
  os2Close,
  os2OpenDirectory,
  os2Read,
  os2Write,
  os2Seek,
  os2Truncate,
  os2Sync,
  os2SetFullSync,
  os2FileHandle,
  os2FileSize,
  os2Lock,
  os2Unlock,
  os2LockState,
  os2CheckReservedLock,
  os2SectorSize,
};

/*
** Allocate memory for an OsFile.  Initialize the new OsFile
** to the value given in pInit and return a pointer to the new
** OsFile.  If we run out of memory, close the file and return NULL.
*/
int allocateOs2File( os2File *pInit, OsFile **pld ){
  os2File *pNew;
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    DosClose( pInit->h );
    *pld = 0;
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    *pNew = *pInit;
    pNew->pMethod = &vtk_sqlite3Os2IoMethod;
    pNew->locktype = NO_LOCK;
    *pld = (OsFile*)pNew;
    OpenCounter(+1);
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
/***************************************************************************
** Everything above deals with file I/O.  Everything that follows deals
** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface
****************************************************************************/

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3Os2Dlopen(const char *zFilename){
  UCHAR loadErr[256];
  HMODULE hmod;
  APIRET rc;
  rc = DosLoadModule((PSZ)loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilename, &hmod);
  if (rc != NO_ERROR) return 0;
  return (void*)hmod;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3Os2Dlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
  PFN pfn;
  APIRET rc;
  rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn);
  if (rc != NO_ERROR) {
    /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same
     * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending
     * on the calling convention */
    char _zSymbol[256] = "_";
    strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255);
    rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn);
  }
  if (rc != NO_ERROR) return 0;
  return (void *)pfn;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2Dlclose(void *pHandle){
  return DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */


/*
** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2RandomSeed( char *zBuf ){
  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
  ** in the random seed.
  **
  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
  ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the
  ** tests repeatable.
  */
  memset( zBuf, 0, 256 );
  DosGetDateTime( (PDATETIME)zBuf );
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2Sleep( int ms ){
  DosSleep( ms );
  return ms;
}

/*
** Static variables used for thread synchronization
*/
static int inMutex = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
static ULONG mutexOwner;
#endif

/*
** The following pair of routines implement mutual exclusion for
** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
**
** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Os2EnterMutex(){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
  PTIB ptib;
  DosEnterCritSec();
  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
  mutexOwner = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
#endif
  assert( !inMutex );
  inMutex = 1;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Os2LeaveMutex(){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
  PTIB ptib;
#endif
  assert( inMutex );
  inMutex = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
  assert( mutexOwner == ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid );
  DosExitCritSec();
#endif
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held.
**
** If the thisThreadOnly parameter is true, return true if and only if the
** calling thread holds the mutex.  If the parameter is false, return
** true if any thread holds the mutex.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2InMutex( int thisThreadOnly ){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OS2_THREADS
  PTIB ptib;
  DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, NULL );
  return inMutex>0 && (thisThreadOnly==0 || mutexOwner==ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid);
#else
  return inMutex>0;
#endif
}

/*
** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
** returned from vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_current_time = 0;
#endif

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Os2CurrentTime( double *prNow ){
  double now;
  USHORT second, minute, hour,
         day, month, year;
  DATETIME dt;
  DosGetDateTime( &dt );
  second = (USHORT)dt.seconds;
  minute = (USHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone;
  hour = (USHORT)dt.hours;
  day = (USHORT)dt.day;
  month = (USHORT)dt.month;
  year = (USHORT)dt.year;

  /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html
     http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */
  /* Calculate the Julian days */
  now = day - 32076 +
    1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 +
    367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 -
    3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4;

  /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */
  now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0;
  now += minute/1440.0;
  now += second/86400.0;
  *prNow = now;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  if( vtk_sqlite3_current_time ){
    *prNow = vtk_sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
  }
#endif
  return 0;
}

/*
** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated.
** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data.
** Ticket #1601
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count = 0;
# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR InterlockedIncrement( &vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count )
# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR InterlockedDecrement( &vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count )
#else
# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR  /* no-op */
# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR  /* no-op */
#endif

/*
** If called with allocateFlag>1, then return a pointer to thread
** specific data for the current thread.  Allocate and zero the
** thread-specific data if it does not already exist necessary.
**
** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread
** specific data.  Return it if it exists.  If it does not exist,
** then return NULL.
**
** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific
** data is allocated and is all zero.  If it is then deallocate it.
** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is
** unallocated or gets deallocated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ThreadData *vtk_sqlite3Os2ThreadSpecificData( int allocateFlag ){
  static ThreadData **s_ppTsd = NULL;
  static const ThreadData zeroData = {0, 0, 0};
  ThreadData *pTsd;

  if( !s_ppTsd ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    if( !s_ppTsd ){
      PULONG pul;
      APIRET rc = DosAllocThreadLocalMemory(1, &pul);
      if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
        vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
        return 0;
      }
      s_ppTsd = (ThreadData **)pul;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }
  pTsd = *s_ppTsd;
  if( allocateFlag>0 ){
    if( !pTsd ){
      pTsd = vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) );
      if( pTsd ){
        *pTsd = zeroData;
        *s_ppTsd = pTsd;
        TSD_COUNTER_INCR;
      }
    }
  }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0
              && memcmp( pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData) )==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
    *s_ppTsd = NULL;
    TSD_COUNTER_DECR;
    pTsd = 0;
  }
  return pTsd;
}
#endif /* OS_OS2 */

/************** End of os_os2.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
*/
#if OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */

/* #define VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */

/*
** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
** large file support, these should be no-ops.
**
** Large file support can be disabled using the -DVTK_SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
** portability you should omit LFS.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# define _LARGE_FILE       1
# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
# endif
# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#endif

/*
** standard include files.
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/mount.h>
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
** the VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_PTHREAD_H
# ifndef THREADSAFE
#  define THREADSAFE 1
# endif
# if THREADSAFE
#  include <pthread.h>
#  define VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
# endif
#endif

/*
** Default permissions when creating a new file
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
# define VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
#endif



/*
** The unixFile structure is subclass of OsFile specific for the unix
** protability layer.
*/
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
  IoMethod const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
  struct openCnt *pOpen;    /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
  struct lockInfo *pLock;   /* Info about locks on this inode */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  void *lockingContext;     /* Locking style specific state */
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
  int h;                    /* The file descriptor */
  unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
  unsigned char isOpen;     /* True if needs to be closed */
  unsigned char fullSync;   /* Use F_FULLSYNC if available */
  int dirfd;                /* File descriptor for the directory */
  i64 offset;               /* Seek offset */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  pthread_t tid;            /* The thread that "owns" this OsFile */
#endif
};

/*
** Provide the ability to override some OS-layer functions during
** testing.  This is used to simulate OS crashes to verify that 
** commits are atomic even in the event of an OS crash.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CRASH_TEST
  extern int vtk_sqlite3CrashTestEnable;
  extern int vtk_sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite(const char*, OsFile**, int*);
  extern int vtk_sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive(const char*, OsFile**, int);
  extern int vtk_sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly(const char*, OsFile**, int);
# define CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(X,A,B,C) \
    if(vtk_sqlite3CrashTestEnable){ return X(A,B,C); }
#else
# define CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(X,A,B,C)  /* no-op */
#endif


/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif


/*
 * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
 * pending-byte in the database file.
 */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
unsigned int vtk_sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
#endif

int vtk_sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
    if(vtk_sqlite3_os_trace) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
    if(vtk_sqlite3_os_trace) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#else
#define OSTRACE1(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
  unsigned long long int x;
  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
          :"=A" (x));
  return x;
}
static unsigned long long int g_start;
static unsigned int elapse;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the VTK_SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending || vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \
     if( vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \
         || (vtk_sqlite3_io_error_persist && vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \
                { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       vtk_sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  vtk_sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

/*
** vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc
** vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc
** vtk_sqlite3GenericOsFree
** vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
**
** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms
** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating
** systems. No rocket science here.
**
** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version
** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is
** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each
** block and stores the size of the allocation there.
**
** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second
** set of implementations is used instead.
*/
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8);
  assert(n>0);
  assert(sizeof(int)<=8);
  if( p ){
    *(int *)p = n;
    p += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8);
  assert(n>0);
  p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8);
  if( p2 ){
    *(int *)p2 = n;
    p2 += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p2;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free((void *)((char *)p - 8));
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){
  return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0;
}
#else
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n);
  return (void *)p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  assert(n>0);
  p = realloc(p, n);
  return p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free(p);
}
/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */
/* We can get rid of this because REDEF_IO is off */
/*
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ (void)p; return 0; }
*/
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
# define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/

/*
** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
** VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that the database
** will be in-memory only)
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO


/*
** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
*/
#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
# define O_LARGEFILE 0
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
# undef O_LARGEFILE
# define O_LARGEFILE 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
#endif
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
#endif

/*
** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
** DJGPP.  But it's DOS - what did you expect?
*/
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
#endif

/*
** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
** testing and debugging only.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
#define threadid pthread_self()
#else
#define threadid 0
#endif

/*
** Set or check the OsFile.tid field.  This field is set when an OsFile
** is first opened.  All subsequent uses of the OsFile verify that the
** same thread is operating on the OsFile.  Some operating systems do
** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
** means that vtk_sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
** to another.  This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that
** by mistake.
**
** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15):  OsFiles can be moved from one thread to
** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior)
** or if no locks are held.  But the OsFile.pLock field needs to be
** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id.  See the 
** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
*/
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS)
# define SET_THREADID(X)   (X)->tid = pthread_self()
# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
                            !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
#else
# define SET_THREADID(X)
# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
#endif

/*
** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks:  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
**
**       int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
**
** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
** file descriptors opened on different file names.
**
** Bummer.  If you ask me, this is broken.  Badly broken.  It means
** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
** competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
** threads within the same process.
**
** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
** inode.
**
** The OsFile structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both OsFile structures
** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
**
** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
** a locked and an unlocked state.
**
** 2004-Jan-11:
** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks.  (The more
** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
** an abomination.)
**
** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
** released.  To work around this problem, each OsFile structure contains
** a pointer to an openCnt structure.  There is one openCnt structure
** per open inode, which means that multiple OsFiles can point to a single
** openCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an OsFile, if there are
** other OsFiles open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
** clears.
**
** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
** to the same file in other threads.  Linux threads behave like
** separate processes in this respect.  But, if you close a file
** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
** process IDs.  Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
** locks in different threads are treated as distinct.  But the 
** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
** thread.  Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
**
** 2004-Jun-28:
** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
** On others not.  Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable.  The
** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
** inconsistency.  There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
**
** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime 
** whether or not threads can override each others locks.  This test
** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted.  A static 
** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
** use.
*/

/*
** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
**
** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
** each others locks then tid is always set to zero.  tid is omitted
** if we compile without threading support.
*/
struct lockKey {
  dev_t dev;       /* Device number */
  ino_t ino;       /* Inode number */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  pthread_t tid;   /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */
#endif
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
** inode on each thread with a different process ID.  (Threads have
** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
**
** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each OsFile
** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
** object keeps a count of the number of OsFiles pointing to it.
*/
struct lockInfo {
  struct lockKey key;  /* The lookup key */
  int cnt;             /* Number of SHARED locks held */
  int locktype;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
  int nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this structure */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode.  This
** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
*/
struct openKey {
  dev_t dev;   /* Device number */
  ino_t ino;   /* Inode number */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
*/
struct openCnt {
  struct openKey key;   /* The lookup key */
  int nRef;             /* Number of pointers to this structure */
  int nLock;            /* Number of outstanding locks */
  int nPending;         /* Number of pending close() operations */
  int *aPending;        /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
};

/* 
** These hash tables map inodes and file descriptors (really, lockKey and
** openKey structures) into lockInfo and openCnt structures.  Access to 
** these hash tables must be protected by a mutex.
*/
static Hash lockHash = {VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 
    vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc, vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree, 0, 0};
static Hash openHash = {VTK_SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, 0, 0, 0, 
    vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc, vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree, 0, 0};

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking
** capabilities supported by different file systems.  
**
** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks 
** ADP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks
** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock
** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special
**   file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this
**   can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking
** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
**   read-only file systems currently
** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
**   file systems that are known to be unsupported
*/
typedef enum {
        posixLockingStyle = 0,       /* standard posix-advisory locks */
        afpLockingStyle,             /* use afp locks */
        flockLockingStyle,           /* use flock() */
        dotlockLockingStyle,         /* use <file>.lock files */
        noLockingStyle,              /* useful for read-only file system */
        unsupportedLockingStyle      /* indicates unsupported file system */
} vtk_sqlite3LockingStyle;
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
/*
** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
** locks.
**
**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.
**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.
**   -1:  We don't know yet.
**
** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
** others locks.  On those systems, the VTK_SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro
** will be set appropriately.  On other systems, we have to check at
** runtime.  On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is
** undefined.
**
** This variable normally has file scope only.  But during testing, we make
** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
** that the right stuff happens in either case.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
# define VTK_SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = VTK_SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
#else
static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = VTK_SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
#endif

/*
** This structure holds information passed into individual test
** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
*/
struct threadTestData {
  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
};

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
/*
** Print out information about all locking operations.
**
** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DVTK_SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
** turned off.
*/
static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
  char *zOpName, *zType;
  int s;
  int savedErrno;
  if( op==F_GETLK ){
    zOpName = "GETLK";
  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
    zOpName = "SETLK";
  }else{
    s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
    return s;
  }
  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
    zType = "RDLCK";
  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
    zType = "WRLCK";
  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
    zType = "UNLCK";
  }else{
    assert( 0 );
  }
  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
  s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
  savedErrno = errno;
  vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
     (int)p->l_pid, s);
  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
    struct flock l2;
    l2 = *p;
    fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
      zType = "RDLCK";
    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
      zType = "WRLCK";
    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
      zType = "UNLCK";
    }else{
      assert( 0 );
    }
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
  }
  errno = savedErrno;
  return s;
}
#define fcntl lockTrace
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */

/*
** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
** threads on this routine.  This routine attempts to lock a file
** descriptor then returns.  The success or failure of that attempt
** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
*/
static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
  struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
  return pArg;
}

/*
** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
** can override each others locks then sets the 
** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
*/
static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){
  int fd;
  struct threadTestData d[2];
  pthread_t t[2];

  fd = dup(fd_orig);
  if( fd<0 ) return;
  memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
  d[0].fd = fd;
  d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
  d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
  d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  d[1] = d[0];
  d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
  pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
  pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
  pthread_join(t[0], 0);
  pthread_join(t[1], 0);
  close(fd);
  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks =  d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS */

/*
** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
*/
static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
  assert( vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
  if (pLock == NULL)
    return;
  pLock->nRef--;
  if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(pLock->key), 0);
    vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pLock);
  }
}

/*
** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
*/
static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
  assert( vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
  if (pOpen == NULL)
    return;
  pOpen->nRef--;
  if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(pOpen->key), 0);
    free(pOpen->aPending);
    vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pOpen);
  }
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are 
** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle.
*/
static vtk_sqlite3LockingStyle vtk_sqlite3TestLockingStyle(const char *filePath, 
  int fd) {
  /* test byte-range lock using fcntl */
  struct flock lockInfo;
  
  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
  
  if (fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo) != -1) {
    return posixLockingStyle;
  } 
  
  /* testing for flock can give false positives.  So if if the above test
  ** fails, then we fall back to using dot-lock style locking.
  */  
  return dotlockLockingStyle;
}

/* 
** Examines the f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by 
** stat() for the file system hosting the database file, assigns the 
** appropriate locking style based on it's value.  These values and 
** assignments are based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been tested on 
** other systems.
*/
static vtk_sqlite3LockingStyle vtk_sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(const char *filePath, 
  int fd) {

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE
  return (vtk_sqlite3LockingStyle)VTK_SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE;
#else
  struct statfs fsInfo;

  if (statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) == -1)
    return vtk_sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
  
  if (fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY)
    return noLockingStyle;
  
  if( (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "hfs")) ||
    (!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "ufs")) )
                return posixLockingStyle;
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "afpfs"))
    return afpLockingStyle;
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")) 
    return vtk_sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "smbfs"))
    return flockLockingStyle;
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "msdos"))
    return dotlockLockingStyle;
  
  if(!strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "webdav"))
    return unsupportedLockingStyle;
  
  return vtk_sqlite3TestLockingStyle(filePath, fd);  
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_FIXED_LOCKING_STYLE */
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
** describes that file descriptor.  Create new ones if necessary.  The
** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
**
** Return the number of errors.
*/
static int findLockInfo(
  int fd,                      /* The file descriptor used in the key */
  struct lockInfo **ppLock,    /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
  struct openCnt **ppOpen      /* Return the openCnt structure here */
){
  int rc;
  struct lockKey key1;
  struct openKey key2;
  struct stat statbuf;
  struct lockInfo *pLock;
  struct openCnt *pOpen;
  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
  if( rc!=0 ) return 1;

  assert( vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex(1) );
  memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
  key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
  key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
    testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
  }
  key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
#endif
  memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
  key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
  key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
  pLock = (struct lockInfo*)vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&lockHash, &key1, sizeof(key1));
  if( pLock==0 ){
    struct lockInfo *pOld;
    pLock = vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
    if( pLock==0 ){
      rc = 1;
      goto exit_findlockinfo;
    }
    pLock->key = key1;
    pLock->nRef = 1;
    pLock->cnt = 0;
    pLock->locktype = 0;
    pOld = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&lockHash, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1), pLock);
    if( pOld!=0 ){
      assert( pOld==pLock );
      vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pLock);
      rc = 1;
      goto exit_findlockinfo;
    }
  }else{
    pLock->nRef++;
  }
  *ppLock = pLock;
  if( ppOpen!=0 ){
    pOpen = (struct openCnt*)vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&openHash, &key2, sizeof(key2));
    if( pOpen==0 ){
      struct openCnt *pOld;
      pOpen = vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
      if( pOpen==0 ){
        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
        rc = 1;
        goto exit_findlockinfo;
      }
      pOpen->key = key2;
      pOpen->nRef = 1;
      pOpen->nLock = 0;
      pOpen->nPending = 0;
      pOpen->aPending = 0;
      pOld = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&openHash, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2), pOpen);
      if( pOld!=0 ){
        assert( pOld==pOpen );
        vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(pOpen);
        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
        rc = 1;
        goto exit_findlockinfo;
      }
    }else{
      pOpen->nRef++;
    }
    *ppOpen = pOpen;
  }

exit_findlockinfo:
  return rc;
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
** integer lock-type.
*/
static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
  switch( locktype ){
  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
  }
  return "ERROR";
}
#endif

/*
** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the
** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile
** over to the current thread.
**
** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is
** unable to override locks created by a different thread.  RedHat9 is
** an example of such a system.
**
** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked.
** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return
** VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE.  VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
  int rc;
  pthread_t hSelf;
  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){
    /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  hSelf = pthread_self();
  if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){
    /* We are still in the same thread */
    OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n");
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
    /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n",
            pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf);
  pFile->tid = hSelf;
  if (pFile->pLock != NULL) {
    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
    rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0);
    OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h,
           locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
           locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt);
    return rc;
  } else {
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}
#else
  /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */
# define transferOwnership(X) VTK_SQLITE_OK
#endif

/*
** Delete the named file
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixDelete(const char *zFilename){
  SimulateIOError(return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  unlink(zFilename);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixFileExists(const char *zFilename){
  return access(zFilename, 0)==0;
}

/* Forward declaration */
static int allocateUnixFile(
  int h,                    /* File descriptor of the open file */
  OsFile **pId,             /* Write the real file descriptor here */
  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file being opened */
  int delFlag               /* If true, make sure the file deletes on close */
);

/*
** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
** try to create it.
**
** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
** VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, the function returns VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixOpenReadWrite(
  const char *zFilename,
  OsFile **pId,
  int *pReadonly
){
  int h;
  
  CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(vtk_sqlite3CrashOpenReadWrite, zFilename, pId, pReadonly);
  assert( 0==*pId );
  h = open(zFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY,
                        VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
  if( h<0 ){
#ifdef EISDIR
    if( errno==EISDIR ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
    }
#endif
    h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
    if( h<0 ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
    }
    *pReadonly = 1;
  }else{
    *pReadonly = 0;
  }
  return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, 0);
}


/*
** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
** link.
**
** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
** the file when it is closed.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int delFlag){
  int h;

  CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(vtk_sqlite3CrashOpenExclusive, zFilename, pId, delFlag);
  assert( 0==*pId );
  h = open(zFilename,
                O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY,
                delFlag ? 0600 : VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
  if( h<0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, delFlag);
}

/*
** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId){
  int h;
  
  CRASH_TEST_OVERRIDE(vtk_sqlite3CrashOpenReadOnly, zFilename, pId, 0);
  assert( 0==*pId );
  h = open(zFilename, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
  if( h<0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  return allocateUnixFile(h, pId, zFilename, 0);
}

/*
** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
** to disk.
**
** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
** windows since windows does not support hard links.
**
** If FULL_FSYNC is enabled, this function is not longer useful, 
** a FULL_FSYNC sync applies to all pending disk operations.
**
** On success, a handle for a previously open file at *id is
** updated with the new directory file descriptor and VTK_SQLITE_OK is
** returned.
**
** On failure, the function returns VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id unchanged.
*/
static int unixOpenDirectory(
  OsFile *id,
  const char *zDirname
){
  int h;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  SET_THREADID(pFile);
  assert( pFile->dirfd<0 );
  pFile->dirfd = h = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
  if( h<0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
  }
#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
  fcntl(h, F_SETFD, fcntl(h, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
  OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", h, zDirname);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
** hold at least VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixTempFileName(char *zBuf){
  static const char *azDirs[] = {
     0,
     "/var/tmp",
     "/usr/tmp",
     "/tmp",
     ".",
  };
  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    "0123456789";
  int i, j;
  struct stat buf;
  const char *zDir = ".";
  azDirs[0] = vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory;
  for(i=0; i<(int)(sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0])); i++){
    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
    if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
    if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
    zDir = azDirs[i];
    break;
  }
  do{
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE, zBuf, "%s/"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
    j = strlen(zBuf);
    vtk_sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
    }
    zBuf[j] = 0;
  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable 
**
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixIsDirWritable(char *zBuf){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  struct stat buf;
  if( zBuf==0 ) return 0;
  if( zBuf[0]==0 ) return 0;
  if( stat(zBuf, &buf) ) return 0;
  if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) return 0;
  if( access(zBuf, 07) ) return 0;
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
  return 1;
}

/*
** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
*/
static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, void *pBuf, int cnt){
  int got;
  i64 newOffset;
  TIMER_START;
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#else
  newOffset = lseek(id->h, id->offset, SEEK_SET);
  SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
  if( newOffset!=id->offset ){
    return -1;
  }
  got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
#endif
  TIMER_END;
  OSTRACE5("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, id->offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
  if( got>0 ){
    id->offset += got;
  }
  return got;
}

/*
** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK if all
** bytes were read successfully and VTK_SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
** wrong.
*/
static int unixRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
  int got;
  assert( id );
  got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, pBuf, amt);
  if( got==amt ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( got<0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  }else{
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
*/
static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
  int got;
  i64 newOffset;
  TIMER_START;
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, id->offset);
#else
  newOffset = lseek(id->h, id->offset, SEEK_SET);
  if( newOffset!=id->offset ){
    return -1;
  }
  got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
#endif
  TIMER_END;
  OSTRACE5("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %d\n", id->h, got, id->offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
  if( got>0 ){
    id->offset += got;
  }
  return got;
}


/*
** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
static int unixWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
  int wrote = 0;
  assert( id );
  assert( amt>0 );
  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
    amt -= wrote;
    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
  }
  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
  if( amt>0 ){
    if( wrote<0 ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
    }else{
      return VTK_SQLITE_FULL;
    }
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
*/
static int unixSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
  assert( id );
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  if( offset ) SimulateDiskfullError(return VTK_SQLITE_FULL);
#endif
  ((unixFile*)id)->offset = offset;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined.
** Otherwise use fsync() in its place.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC
# define fdatasync fsync
#endif

/*
** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
*/
#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
#else
# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
#endif


/*
** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
** it work better.
**
** The VTK_SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with VTK_SQLITE_NO_SYNC
** enabled, however, since with VTK_SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
*/
static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
  int rc;
  
  (void)fullSync; (void)dataOnly; /* use args */

  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
  */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  if( fullSync ) vtk_sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
  vtk_sqlite3_sync_count++;
#endif

  /* If we compiled with the VTK_SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
  ** no-op
  */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_NO_SYNC
  rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
#else

#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC
  if( fullSync ){
    rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
  }else{
    rc = 1;
  }
  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
   * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
   * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
   * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
   * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
   * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
   * the fcntl call every time sync is called.
   */
  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);

#else 
  if( dataOnly ){
    rc = fdatasync(fd);
  }else{
    rc = fsync(fd);
  }
#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
#endif /* defined(VTK_SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */

  return rc;
}

/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
**
** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
** file data is synced.
**
** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
*/
static int unixSync(OsFile *id, int dataOnly){
  int rc;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h);
  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, pFile->fullSync, dataOnly);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
  }
  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
    OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, pFile->fullSync);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
    /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
    ** turned off or unavailable.  If a full_fsync occurred above,
    ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
    */
    if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !pFile->fullSync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
       /*
       ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
       ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
       ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal.  So it seems
       ** better to ignore the error.  Ticket #1657
       */
       /* return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR; */
    }
#endif
    close(pFile->dirfd);  /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
    pFile->dirfd = -1;    /* when we are done. */
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
** than UNIX.
**
** This is used to make sure the master journal file has truely been deleted
** before making changes to individual journals on a multi-database commit.
** The F_FULLFSYNC option is not needed here.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
#else
  int fd;
  int r;
  fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
  OSTRACE3("DIRSYNC %-3d (%s)\n", fd, zDirname);
  if( fd<0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 
  }
  r = fsync(fd);
  close(fd);
  SimulateIOError( r=1 );
  if( r ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
  }else{
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
static int unixTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
  int rc;
  assert( id );
  rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
  }else{
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

/*
** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
static int unixFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
  int rc;
  struct stat buf;
  assert( id );
  rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc!=0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
  }
  *pSize = buf.st_size;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
** return zero.
*/
static int unixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
  int r = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  assert( pFile );
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */

  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
    r = 1;
  }

  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
  */
  if( !r ){
    struct flock lock;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1;
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock);
    if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
      r = 1;
    }
  }
  
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);

  return r;
}

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the vtk_sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
static int unixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
  **
  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
  **
  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
  **
  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
  ** 'reserved byte'. 
  **
  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
  ** after a crash.
  **
  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
  ** database. 
  **
  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
  */
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
  struct flock lock;
  int s;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE7("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
      locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
      locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid());

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
  ** vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
  */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
            locktypeName(locktype));
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
  */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
  */
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();

  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
  */
  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    return rc;
  }
  pLock = pFile->pLock;

  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different OsFile*
  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
  */
  if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && 
          (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
  ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    goto end_lock;
  }

  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
  ** return VTK_SQLITE_OK.
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && 
      (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
    assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
    assert( pFile->locktype==0 );
    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
    pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    pLock->cnt++;
    pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
    goto end_lock;
  }

  lock.l_len = 1L;

  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;

  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
  ** be released.
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
  ){
    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    if( s==(-1) ){
      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? VTK_SQLITE_NOLFS : VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
      goto end_lock;
    }
  }


  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );

    /* Now get the read-lock */
    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);

    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1L;
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
      goto end_lock;
    }
    if( s==(-1) ){
      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? VTK_SQLITE_NOLFS : VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
      pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
      pLock->cnt = 1;
    }
  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  }else{
    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
    ** already.
    */
    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    switch( locktype ){
      case RESERVED_LOCK:
        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
        break;
      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
        break;
      default:
        assert(0);
    }
    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
    if( s==(-1) ){
      rc = (errno==EINVAL) ? VTK_SQLITE_NOLFS : VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
  }
  
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    pLock->locktype = locktype;
  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
    pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
  }

end_lock:
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
      rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int unixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
  struct lockInfo *pLock;
  struct flock lock;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE7("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
      pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid());

  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  pLock = pFile->pLock;
  assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
    assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype );
    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
      if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){
        /* This should never happen */
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
      }
    }
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
    if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
      pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }else{
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
    }
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
    struct openCnt *pOpen;

    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
    ** the lock.
    */
    pLock->cnt--;
    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
      if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
      }else{
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
      }
    }

    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
    */
    pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
    pOpen->nLock--;
    assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
    if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
        close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
      }
      free(pOpen->aPending);
      pOpen->nPending = 0;
      pOpen->aPending = 0;
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  pFile->locktype = locktype;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a file.
*/
static int unixClose(OsFile **pId){
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;

  if( !id ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  unixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();

  if( id->pOpen->nLock ){
    /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
    ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
    ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
    ** the last lock is cleared.
    */
    int *aNew;
    struct openCnt *pOpen = id->pOpen;
    aNew = realloc( pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
    if( aNew==0 ){
      /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
    }else{
      pOpen->aPending = aNew;
      pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = id->h;
      pOpen->nPending++;
    }
  }else{
    /* There are no outstanding locks so we can close the file immediately */
    close(id->h);
  }
  releaseLockInfo(id->pLock);
  releaseOpenCnt(id->pOpen);

  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}


#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
#pragma mark AFP Support

/*
 ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
 */
typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
struct afpLockingContext {
  unsigned long long sharedLockByte;
  char *filePath;
};

struct ByteRangeLockPB2
{
  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
};

#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)

/* return 0 on success, 1 on failure.  To match the behavior of the 
  normal posix file locking (used in unixLock for example), we should 
  provide 'richer' return codes - specifically to differentiate between
  'file busy' and 'file system error' results */
static int _AFPFSSetLock(const char *path, int fd, unsigned long long offset, 
                         unsigned long long length, int setLockFlag)
{
  struct ByteRangeLockPB2       pb;
  int                     err;
  
  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
  pb.offset = offset;
  pb.length = length; 
  pb.fd = fd;
  OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n", 
    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), fd, offset, length);
  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
  if ( err==-1 ) {
    OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, errno, 
      strerror(errno));
    return 1; /* error */
  } else {
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
 ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
 ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
 ** non-zero.  If the file is unlocked or holds only SHARED locks, then
 ** return zero.
 */
static int afpUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
  int r = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  assert( pFile ); 
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
    r = 1;
  }
  
  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
   */
  if ( !r ) {
    /* lock the byte */
    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
    if (failed) {
      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
      r = 1;
    } else {
      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
      ** the original state */
      _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
    }
  }
  OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d\n", pFile->h, r);
  
  return r;
}

/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock 
** function comments for details of lock management. */
static int afpUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype)
{
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  int gotPendingLock = 0;
  
  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
         locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());  
  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
    ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
    ** vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
    */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
           locktypeName(locktype));
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
    */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
    */
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();

  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
    */
  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    return rc;
  }
    
  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
    ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
    ** be released.
    */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
      ){
    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, 
      PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
    if (failed) {
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    }
  }
  
  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
    ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
    */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    int lk, failed;
    int tries = 0;
    
    /* Now get the read-lock */
    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
    lk = random(); 
    context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
    failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, 
      SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
    
    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
      goto afp_end_lock;
    }
    
    if( failed ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    } else {
      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }
  }else{
    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
    ** already.
    */
    int failed = 0;
    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
    if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
    }
    if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
        
      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnixUnlock
      */
      if (!_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
                         context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0)) {
        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 
                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
        if (failed && _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST +
                                    context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
          rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* this should never happen */
        }
      } else {
        /* */
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* this should never happen */
      }
    }
    if( failed && rc == VTK_SQLITE_OK){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
  }
  
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
  }
  
afp_end_lock:
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
         rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
  return rc;
}

/*
 ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
 ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
 **
 ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
 ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
 */
static int afpUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  struct flock lock;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
         pFile->locktype, getpid());
  
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
      int failed = 0;

      /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */
      if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 
                                 SHARED_SIZE, 0);
        if (!failed) {
          /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */
          if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+
                            context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1)) {
            /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */
            rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; /* This should never happen */
          }
        } else {
          /* This should never happen - failed to unlock the exclusive range */
          rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
        } 
      }
    }
    if (rc == VTK_SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) {
      if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0)){
        /* failed to release the pending lock */
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; /* This should never happen */
      }
    } 
    if (rc == VTK_SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) {
      if (_AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0)) {
        /* failed to release the reserved lock */
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
      }
    } 
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile->h, 
                               SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
    if (failed) {
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;  /* This should never happen */
    }
  }
  if (rc == VTK_SQLITE_OK)
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  return rc;
}

/*
 ** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
 */
static int afpUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
  
  if( !id ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  afpUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
  /* free the AFP locking structure */
  if (id->lockingContext != NULL) {
    if (((afpLockingContext *)id->lockingContext)->filePath != NULL)
      vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(((afpLockingContext*)id->lockingContext)->filePath);
    vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id->lockingContext);
  }
  
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  close(id->h);
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}


#pragma mark flock() style locking

/*
 ** The flockLockingContext is not used
 */
typedef void flockLockingContext;

static int flockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) {
    return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */
  } else {
    /* attempt to get the lock */
    int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
    if (!rc) {
      /* got the lock, unlock it */
      flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
      return 0;  /* no one has it reserved */
    }
    return 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */
  }
}

static int flockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* grab an exclusive lock */
  int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
  if (rc) {
    /* didn't get, must be busy */
    return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  } else {
    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

static int flockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* no-op if possible */
  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
  if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* no, really, unlock. */
  int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
  if (rc)
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
  else {
    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

/*
 ** Close a file.
 */
static int flockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
  
  if( !id ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  flockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
  
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  
  close(id->h);  
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking

/*
 ** The dotlockLockingContext structure contains all dotlock (.lock) lock
 ** specific state
 */
typedef struct dotlockLockingContext dotlockLockingContext;
struct dotlockLockingContext {
  char *lockPath;
};


static int dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  dotlockLockingContext *context = 
    (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  if (pFile->locktype == RESERVED_LOCK) {
    return 1; /* already have a reserved lock */
  } else {
    struct stat statBuf;
    if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0)
      /* file exists, someone else has the lock */
      return 1;
    else
      /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */
      return 0;
  }
}

static int dotlockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  dotlockLockingContext *context = 
    (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    
    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
    utimes(context->lockPath,NULL);
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* check to see if lock file already exists */
  struct stat statBuf;
  if (lstat(context->lockPath,&statBuf) == 0){
    return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY; /* it does, busy */
  }
  
  /* grab an exclusive lock */
  int fd = open(context->lockPath,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
  if (fd < 0) {
    /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
    return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY; 
  }
  close(fd);
  
  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
  pFile->locktype = locktype;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

static int dotlockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  dotlockLockingContext *context = 
    (dotlockLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  
  /* no-op if possible */
  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
  if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
    pFile->locktype = locktype;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* no, really, unlock. */
  unlink(context->lockPath);
  pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
 ** Close a file.
 */
static int dotlockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
  
  if( !id ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  dotlockUnixUnlock(*pId, NO_LOCK);
  /* free the dotlock locking structure */
  if (id->lockingContext != NULL) {
    if (((dotlockLockingContext *)id->lockingContext)->lockPath != NULL)
      vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree( ( (dotlockLockingContext *)
        id->lockingContext)->lockPath);
    vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id->lockingContext);
  }
  
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  
  close(id->h);
  
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}


#pragma mark No locking

/*
 ** The nolockLockingContext is void
 */
typedef void nolockLockingContext;

static int nolockUnixCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id) {
  return 0;
}

static int nolockUnixLock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

static int nolockUnixUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype) {
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
 ** Close a file.
 */
static int nolockUnixClose(OsFile **pId) {
  unixFile *id = (unixFile*)*pId;
  
  if( !id ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( id->dirfd>=0 ) close(id->dirfd);
  id->dirfd = -1;
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  
  close(id->h);
  
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  id->isOpen = 0;
  OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", id->h);
  OpenCounter(-1);
  vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeFree(id);
  *pId = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
** is no longer needed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3UnixFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
  char *zFull = 0;
  if( zRelative[0]=='/' ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&zFull, zRelative, (char*)0);
  }else{
    char *zBuf = vtk_sqliteMalloc(5000);
    if( zBuf==0 ){
      return 0;
    }
    zBuf[0] = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&zFull, getcwd(zBuf, 5000), "/", zRelative,
                    (char*)0);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zBuf);
  }

#if 0
  /*
  ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements
  ** to just "/".
  */
  if( zFull ){
    int i, j;
    for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){
      if( zFull[i]=='/' ){
        if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){
          i += 1;
          continue;
        }
        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){
          while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
          i += 3;
          continue;
        }
      }
      zFull[j++] = zFull[i];
    }
    zFull[j] = 0;
  }
#endif

  return zFull;
}

/*
** Change the value of the fullsync flag in the given file descriptor.
*/
static void unixSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int v){
  ((unixFile*)id)->fullSync = v;
}

/*
** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile
*/
static int unixFileHandle(OsFile *id){
  return ((unixFile*)id)->h;
}

/*
** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held
** by this handle.  (Used for testing and analysis only.)
*/
static int unixLockState(OsFile *id){
  return ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
static int unixSectorSize(OsFile *id){
  (void)id; /* use arg */
  return VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

/*
** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
** for unix.
*/
static const IoMethod vtk_sqlite3UnixIoMethod = {
  unixClose,
  unixOpenDirectory,
  unixRead,
  unixWrite,
  unixSeek,
  unixTruncate,
  unixSync,
  unixSetFullSync,
  unixFileHandle,
  unixFileSize,
  unixLock,
  unixUnlock,
  unixLockState,
  unixCheckReservedLock,
  unixSectorSize,
};

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
 ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
 ** for unix with AFP style file locking.
 */
static const IoMethod vtk_sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod = {
    afpUnixClose,
    unixOpenDirectory,
    unixRead,
    unixWrite,
    unixSeek,
    unixTruncate,
    unixSync,
    unixSetFullSync,
    unixFileHandle,
    unixFileSize,
    afpUnixLock,
    afpUnixUnlock,
    unixLockState,
    afpUnixCheckReservedLock,
    unixSectorSize,
};

/*
 ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
 ** for unix with flock() style file locking.
 */
static const IoMethod vtk_sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
    flockUnixClose,
    unixOpenDirectory,
    unixRead,
    unixWrite,
    unixSeek,
    unixTruncate,
    unixSync,
    unixSetFullSync,
    unixFileHandle,
    unixFileSize,
    flockUnixLock,
    flockUnixUnlock,
    unixLockState,
    flockUnixCheckReservedLock,
    unixSectorSize,
};

/*
 ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
 ** for unix with dotlock style file locking.
 */
static const IoMethod vtk_sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
    dotlockUnixClose,
    unixOpenDirectory,
    unixRead,
    unixWrite,
    unixSeek,
    unixTruncate,
    unixSync,
    unixSetFullSync,
    unixFileHandle,
    unixFileSize,
    dotlockUnixLock,
    dotlockUnixUnlock,
    unixLockState,
    dotlockUnixCheckReservedLock,
    unixSectorSize,
};

/*
 ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
 ** for unix with dotlock style file locking.
 */
static const IoMethod vtk_sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod = {
  nolockUnixClose,
  unixOpenDirectory,
  unixRead,
  unixWrite,
  unixSeek,
  unixTruncate,
  unixSync,
  unixSetFullSync,
  unixFileHandle,
  unixFileSize,
  nolockUnixLock,
  nolockUnixUnlock,
  unixLockState,
  nolockUnixCheckReservedLock,
  unixSectorSize,
};

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

/*
** Allocate memory for a new unixFile and initialize that unixFile.
** Write a pointer to the new unixFile into *pId.
** If we run out of memory, close the file and return an error.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/* 
 ** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style 
 ** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations.
 ** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created 
 ** and assigned here also.
 */
static int allocateUnixFile(
  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
  OsFile **pId,           /* Write completed initialization here */
  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
  int delFlag             /* Delete-on-or-before-close flag */
){
  vtk_sqlite3LockingStyle lockingStyle;
  unixFile *pNew;
  unixFile f;
  int rc;

  memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
  lockingStyle = vtk_sqlite3DetectLockingStyle(zFilename, h);
  if ( lockingStyle == posixLockingStyle ) {
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    rc = findLockInfo(h, &f.pLock, &f.pOpen);
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    if( rc ){
      close(h);
      unlink(zFilename);
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  } else {
    /*  pLock and pOpen are only used for posix advisory locking */
    f.pLock = NULL;
    f.pOpen = NULL;
  }
  if( delFlag ){
    unlink(zFilename);
  }
  f.dirfd = -1;
  f.h = h;
  SET_THREADID(&f);
  pNew = vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(unixFile) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    close(h);
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    releaseLockInfo(f.pLock);
    releaseOpenCnt(f.pOpen);
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    *pId = 0;
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    *pNew = f;
    switch(lockingStyle) {
      case afpLockingStyle: {
        /* afp locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
        ** the afpLockingContext */
        int nFilename;
        pNew->pMethod = &vtk_sqlite3AFPLockingUnixIoMethod;
        pNew->lockingContext = 
          vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(sizeof(afpLockingContext));
        nFilename = strlen(zFilename)+1;
        ((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath = 
          vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(nFilename);
        memcpy(((afpLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->filePath, 
               zFilename, nFilename);
        srandomdev();
        break;
      }
      case flockLockingStyle:
        /* flock locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */
        pNew->pMethod = &vtk_sqlite3FlockLockingUnixIoMethod;
        break;
      case dotlockLockingStyle: {
        /* dotlock locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
         ** the dotlockLockingContext */
        int nFilename;
        pNew->pMethod = &vtk_sqlite3DotlockLockingUnixIoMethod;
        pNew->lockingContext = vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc(
          sizeof(dotlockLockingContext));
        nFilename = strlen(zFilename) + 6;
        ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath = 
            vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( nFilename );
        vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, 
                ((dotlockLockingContext *)pNew->lockingContext)->lockPath, 
                "%s.lock", zFilename);
        break;
      }
      case posixLockingStyle:
        /* posix locking doesn't need additional lockingContext information */
        pNew->pMethod = &vtk_sqlite3UnixIoMethod;
        break;
      case noLockingStyle:
      case unsupportedLockingStyle:
      default: 
        pNew->pMethod = &vtk_sqlite3NolockLockingUnixIoMethod;
    }
    *pId = (OsFile*)pNew;
    OpenCounter(+1);
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}
#else /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
static int allocateUnixFile(
  int h,                 /* Open file descriptor on file being opened */
  OsFile **pId,          /* Write the resul unixFile structure here */
  const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
  int delFlag            /* If true, delete the file on or before closing */
){
  unixFile *pNew;
  unixFile f;
  int rc;

#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
  fcntl(h, F_SETFD, fcntl(h, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
  memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  rc = findLockInfo(h, &f.pLock, &f.pOpen);
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  if( delFlag ){
    unlink(zFilename);
  }
  if( rc ){
    close(h);
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);
  f.dirfd = -1;
  f.h = h;
  SET_THREADID(&f);
  pNew = vtk_sqlite3ThreadSafeMalloc( sizeof(unixFile) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    close(h);
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    releaseLockInfo(f.pLock);
    releaseOpenCnt(f.pOpen);
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    *pId = 0;
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    *pNew = f;
    pNew->pMethod = &vtk_sqlite3UnixIoMethod;
    *pId = (OsFile*)pNew;
    OpenCounter(+1);
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
/***************************************************************************
** Everything above deals with file I/O.  Everything that follows deals
** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface
****************************************************************************/


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
#include <dlfcn.h>
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3UnixDlopen(const char *zFilename){
  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3UnixDlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
  return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol);
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixDlclose(void *pHandle){
  return dlclose(pHandle);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */

/*
** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
  ** in the random seed.
  **
  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
  ** tests repeatable.
  */
  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
  {
    int pid, fd;
    fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
    if( fd<0 ){
      time_t t;
      time(&t);
      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
      pid = getpid();
      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(time_t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
    }else{
      read(fd, zBuf, 256);
      close(fd);
    }
  }
#endif
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
** The argument is the number of milliseconds we want to sleep.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixSleep(int ms){
#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
  usleep(ms*1000);
  return ms;
#else
  sleep((ms+999)/1000);
  return 1000*((ms+999)/1000);
#endif
}

/*
** Static variables used for thread synchronization.
**
** inMutex      the nesting depth of the recursive mutex.  The thread
**              holding mutexMain can read this variable at any time.
**              But is must hold mutexAux to change this variable.  Other
**              threads must hold mutexAux to read the variable and can
**              never write.
**
** mutexOwner   The thread id of the thread holding mutexMain.  Same
**              access rules as for inMutex.
**
** mutexOwnerValid   True if the value in mutexOwner is valid.  The same
**                   access rules apply as for inMutex.
**
** mutexMain    The main mutex.  Hold this mutex in order to get exclusive
**              access to SQLite data structures.
**
** mutexAux     An auxiliary mutex needed to access variables defined above.
**
** Mutexes are always acquired in this order: mutexMain mutexAux.   It
** is not necessary to acquire mutexMain in order to get mutexAux - just
** do not attempt to acquire them in the reverse order: mutexAux mutexMain.
** Either get the mutexes with mutexMain first or get mutexAux only.
**
** When running on a platform where the three variables inMutex, mutexOwner,
** and mutexOwnerValid can be set atomically, the mutexAux is not required.
** On many systems, all three are 32-bit integers and writing to a 32-bit
** integer is atomic.  I think.  But there are no guarantees.  So it seems
** safer to protect them using mutexAux.
*/
static int inMutex = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
static pthread_t mutexOwner;          /* Thread holding mutexMain */
static int mutexOwnerValid = 0;       /* True if mutexOwner is valid */
static pthread_mutex_t mutexMain = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; /* The mutex */
static pthread_mutex_t mutexAux = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;  /* Aux mutex */
#endif

/*
** The following pair of routine implement mutual exclusion for
** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
**
** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
**
** As of version 3.3.2, this mutex must be recursive.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3UnixEnterMutex(){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
  if( !mutexOwnerValid || !pthread_equal(mutexOwner, pthread_self()) ){
    pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
    pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexMain);
    assert( inMutex==0 );
    assert( !mutexOwnerValid );
    pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
    mutexOwner = pthread_self();
    mutexOwnerValid = 1;
  }
  inMutex++;
  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
#else
  inMutex++;
#endif
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3UnixLeaveMutex(){
  assert( inMutex>0 );
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
  inMutex--;
  assert( pthread_equal(mutexOwner, pthread_self()) );
  if( inMutex==0 ){
    assert( mutexOwnerValid );
    mutexOwnerValid = 0;
    pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexMain);
  }
  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
#else
  inMutex--;
#endif
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held.
**
** If the thisThrd parameter is true, return true only if the
** calling thread holds the mutex.  If the parameter is false, return
** true if any thread holds the mutex.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixInMutex(int thisThrd){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  int rc;
  pthread_mutex_lock(&mutexAux);
  rc = inMutex>0 && (thisThrd==0 || pthread_equal(mutexOwner,pthread_self()));
  pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutexAux);
  return rc;
#else
  return inMutex>0;
#endif
}

/*
** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated.
** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data.
** Ticket #1601
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count = 0;
# ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
    static pthread_mutex_t tsd_counter_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
#   define TSD_COUNTER(N) \
             pthread_mutex_lock(&tsd_counter_mutex); \
             vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count += N; \
             pthread_mutex_unlock(&tsd_counter_mutex);
# else
#   define TSD_COUNTER(N)  vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count += N
# endif
#else
# define TSD_COUNTER(N)  /* no-op */
#endif

/*
** If called with allocateFlag>0, then return a pointer to thread
** specific data for the current thread.  Allocate and zero the
** thread-specific data if it does not already exist.
**
** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread
** specific data.  Return it if it exists.  If it does not exist,
** then return NULL.
**
** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific
** data is allocated and is all zero.  If it is then deallocate it.
** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is
** unallocated or gets deallocated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ThreadData *vtk_sqlite3UnixThreadSpecificData(int allocateFlag){
  static const ThreadData zeroData =  /* Initializer to silence warnings
                                      ** from broken compilers */
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT)
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
  {0, 0, 0, 0};
#else
  {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
#endif
#elif defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
  {0};
#else
  {0, 0, 0};
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS
  static pthread_key_t key;
  static int keyInit = 0;
  ThreadData *pTsd;

  if( !keyInit ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    if( !keyInit ){
      int rc;
      rc = pthread_key_create(&key, 0);
      if( rc ){
        vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
        return 0;
      }
      keyInit = 1;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }

  pTsd = pthread_getspecific(key);
  if( allocateFlag>0 ){
    if( pTsd==0 ){
      if( !vtk_sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
        pTsd = vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc(sizeof(zeroData));
      }
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
      vtk_sqlite3_isFail = 0;
#endif
      if( pTsd ){
        *pTsd = zeroData;
        pthread_setspecific(key, pTsd);
        TSD_COUNTER(+1);
      }
    }
  }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0 
            && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
    pthread_setspecific(key, 0);
    TSD_COUNTER(-1);
    pTsd = 0;
  }
  return pTsd;
#else
  static ThreadData *pTsd = 0;
  if( allocateFlag>0 ){
    if( pTsd==0 ){
      if( !vtk_sqlite3TestMallocFail() ){
        pTsd = vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) );
      }
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
      vtk_sqlite3_isFail = 0;
#endif
      if( pTsd ){
        *pTsd = zeroData;
        TSD_COUNTER(+1);
      }
    }
  }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0
            && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
    TSD_COUNTER(-1);
    pTsd = 0;
  }
  return pTsd;
#endif
}

/*
** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
** returned from vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_current_time = 0;
#endif

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3UnixCurrentTime(double *prNow){
#ifdef NO_GETTOD
  time_t t;
  time(&t);
  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
#else
  struct timeval sNow;
  gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
  *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  if( vtk_sqlite3_current_time ){
    *prNow = vtk_sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
  }
#endif
  return 0;
}

#endif /* OS_UNIX */

/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
*/
#if OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */

#include <winbase.h>

#ifdef __CYGWIN__
# include <sys/cygwin.h>
#endif

/*
** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
*/
#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
# define VTK_SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
#endif

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
** general purpose header file.
*/

/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif


/*
 * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
 * pending-byte in the database file.
 */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
unsigned int vtk_sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
#endif

int vtk_sqlite3_os_trace = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( vtk_sqlite3_os_trace ) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
    if(vtk_sqlite3_os_trace) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
    if(vtk_sqlite3_os_trace) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#else
#define OSTRACE1(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#endif

/*
** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
  unsigned long long int x;
  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
          :"=A" (x));
  return x;
}
static unsigned long long int g_start;
static unsigned int elapse;
#define TIMER_START       g_start=hwtime()
#define TIMER_END         elapse=hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     elapse
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED     0
#endif

/*
** If we compile with the VTK_SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
int vtk_sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
  if( vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending || vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit ) \
     if( vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 \
         || (vtk_sqlite3_io_error_persist && vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit) ) \
                { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
  vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
   if( vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
     if( vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
       local_ioerr(); \
       vtk_sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
       vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
       CODE; \
     }else{ \
       vtk_sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
     } \
   }
#else
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif

/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X)  vtk_sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif

/*
** vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc
** vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc
** vtk_sqlite3GenericOsFree
** vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize
**
** Implementation of the os level dynamic memory allocation interface in terms
** of the standard malloc(), realloc() and free() found in many operating
** systems. No rocket science here.
**
** There are two versions of these four functions here. The version
** implemented here is only used if memory-management or memory-debugging is
** enabled. This version allocates an extra 8-bytes at the beginning of each
** block and stores the size of the allocation there.
**
** If neither memory-management or debugging is enabled, the second
** set of implementations is used instead.
*/
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || defined (VTK_SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n+8);
  assert(n>0);
  assert(sizeof(int)<=8);
  if( p ){
    *(int *)p = n;
    p += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  char *p2 = ((char *)p - 8);
  assert(n>0);
  p2 = (char*)realloc(p2, n+8);
  if( p2 ){
    *(int *)p2 = n;
    p2 += 8;
  }
  return (void *)p2;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free((void *)((char *)p - 8));
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){
  return p ? *(int *)((char *)p - 8) : 0;
}
#else
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericMalloc(int n){
  char *p = (char *)malloc(n);
  return (void *)p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3GenericRealloc(void *p, int n){
  assert(n>0);
  p = realloc(p, n);
  return p;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenericFree(void *p){
  assert(p);
  free(p);
}
/* Never actually used, but needed for the linker */
/* We can get rid of this because REDEF_IO is off */
/*
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GenericAllocationSize(void *p){ (void)p; return 0; }
*/
#endif

/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE
# define PAGER_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif

/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/

/*
** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
** reduced API.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
# define OS_WINCE 1
# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
#else
# define OS_WINCE 0
#endif

/*
** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
** with some code of our own.
*/
#if OS_WINCE
typedef struct winceLock {
  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
} winceLock;
#endif

/*
** The winFile structure is a subclass of OsFile specific to the win32
** portability layer.
*/
typedef struct winFile winFile;
struct winFile {
  IoMethod const *pMethod;/* Must be first */
  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
#if OS_WINCE
  WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
#endif
};


/*
** Do not include any of the File I/O interface procedures if the
** VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO macro is defined (indicating that there database
** will be in-memory only)
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win95
** or WinNT.
**
** 0:   Operating system unknown.
** 1:   Operating system is Win95.
** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
**
** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_os_type = 0;

/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
** the LockFileEx() API.
*/
#if OS_WINCE
# define isNT()  (1)
#else
  static int isNT(void){
    if( vtk_sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
      vtk_sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return vtk_sqlite3_os_type==2;
  }
#endif /* OS_WINCE */

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). 
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc.
*/
static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nChar;
  WCHAR *zWideFilename;

  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
  zWideFilename = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
  if( nChar==0 ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(zWideFilename);
    zWideFilename = 0;
  }
  return zWideFilename;
}

/*
** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
** obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
*/
static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
  int nByte;
  char *zFilename;

  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  zFilename = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nByte );
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
                              0, 0);
  if( nByte == 0 ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(zFilename);
    zFilename = 0;
  }
  return zFilename;
}

/*
** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
** current codepage settings for file apis.
** 
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
** from vtk_sqliteMalloc.
*/
static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nByte;
  WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;

  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
  zMbcsFilename = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
  if( nByte==0 ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(zMbcsFilename);
    zMbcsFilename = 0;
  }
  return zMbcsFilename;
}

/*
** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
** user's Ansi codepage.
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
** vtk_sqliteMalloc().
*/
static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
  int nByte;
  char *zFilename;
  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;

  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  zFilename = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nByte );
  if( zFilename==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
                              0, 0);
  if( nByte == 0 ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(zFilename);
    zFilename = 0;
  }
  return zFilename;
}

/*
** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
** returned string is obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
*/
static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){
  char *zFilenameUtf8;
  WCHAR *zTmpWide;

  zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zTmpWide);
  return zFilenameUtf8;
}

/*
** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
** returned string is obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
*/
static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
  char *zFilenameMbcs;
  WCHAR *zTmpWide;

  zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zTmpWide);
  return zFilenameMbcs;
}

#if OS_WINCE
/*************************************************************************
** This section contains code for WinCE only.
*/
/*
** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
** substitute.
*/
struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
{
  static struct tm y;
  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
  i64 t64;
  t64 = *t;
  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
  uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF;
  uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32;
  FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
  FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
  return &y;
}

/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
#define GetTempPathA(a,b)

#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e)       winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e)     winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f)   winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)

#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)]

/*
** Acquire a lock on the handle h
*/
static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
   DWORD dwErr;
   do {
     dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
}
/*
** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
*/
#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)

/*
** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
** descriptor pFile
*/
static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
  WCHAR *zTok;
  WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
  BOOL bInit = TRUE;

  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
  ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));

  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
  ** to derive a mutex name. */
  zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
  }

  /* Create/open the named mutex */
  pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
  if (!pFile->hMutex){
    vtk_sqliteFree(zName);
    return FALSE;
  }

  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
  
  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
  */
  CharUpperW(zName);
  pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
                                       PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
                                       zName);  

  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
  ** must be zero-initialized */
  if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
    bInit = FALSE;
  }

  vtk_sqliteFree(zName);

  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
  if (pFile->hShared){
    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
    if (!pFile->shared){
      CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
      pFile->hShared = NULL;
    }
  }

  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
  if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
    return FALSE;
  }
  
  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
  if (bInit) {
    ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
  }

  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
  return TRUE;
}

/*
** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
*/
static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
  if (pFile->hMutex){
    /* Acquire the mutex */
    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
    }
    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
    }
    if (pFile->local.bPending){
      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
    }
    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
    }

    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
    UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
    CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);

    if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
      DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
      vtk_sqliteFree(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
      pFile->zDeleteOnClose = 0;
    }

    /* Done with the mutex */
    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
  }
}

/* 
** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
*/
static BOOL winceLockFile(
  HANDLE *phFile,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
){
  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;

  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
  if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST
       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
       bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a read-only lock? */
  else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
            dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) &&
            nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
      }
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Want a pending lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }
  /* Want a reserved lock? */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
  return bReturn;
}

/*
** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
*/
static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
  HANDLE *phFile,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
){
  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;

  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);

  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
  if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
       dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){
    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }

    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
      pFile->local.nReaders --;
      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
      {
        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
      }
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  /* Releasing a pending lock */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->local.bPending){
      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }
  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
      bReturn = TRUE;
    }
  }

  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
  return bReturn;
}

/*
** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
*/
static BOOL winceLockFileEx(
  HANDLE *phFile,
  DWORD dwFlags,
  DWORD dwReserved,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
  LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
){
  /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
  ** to winceLockFile */
  if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST &&
      dwFlags == 1 &&
      nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
    return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  return FALSE;
}
/*
** End of the special code for wince
*****************************************************************************/
#endif /* OS_WINCE */

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
** is obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc and must be freed by the calling
** function.
*/
static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
  void *zConverted = 0;
  if( isNT() ){
    zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
  }else{
    zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
  }
  /* caller will handle out of memory */
  return zConverted;
}

/*
** Delete the named file.
**
** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
** whatever it is it does.  While this other process is holding the
** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
** up and returning an error.
*/
#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinDelete(const char *zFilename){
  int cnt = 0;
  int rc;
  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  SimulateIOError(return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  if( isNT() ){
    do{
      rc = DeleteFileW(zConverted);
    }while( rc==0 && GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)!=0xffffffff 
            && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) );
  }else{
#if OS_WINCE
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
#else
    do{
      rc = DeleteFileA(zConverted);
    }while( rc==0 && GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)!=0xffffffff
            && cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS && (Sleep(100), 1) );
#endif
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
  OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
  return rc!=0 ? VTK_SQLITE_OK : VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the named file exists.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinFileExists(const char *zFilename){
  int exists = 0;
  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( isNT() ){
    exists = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted) != 0xffffffff;
  }else{
#if OS_WINCE
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
#else
    exists = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted) != 0xffffffff;
#endif
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
  return exists;
}

/* Forward declaration */
static int allocateWinFile(winFile *pInit, OsFile **pId);

/*
** Attempt to open a file for both reading and writing.  If that
** fails, try opening it read-only.  If the file does not exist,
** try to create it.
**
** On success, a handle for the open file is written to *id
** and *pReadonly is set to 0 if the file was opened for reading and
** writing or 1 if the file was opened read-only.  The function returns
** VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, the function returns VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id and *pReadonly unchanged.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinOpenReadWrite(
  const char *zFilename,
  OsFile **pId,
  int *pReadonly
){
  winFile f;
  HANDLE h;
  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  assert( *pId==0 );

  if( isNT() ){
    h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
       GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
       FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
       NULL,
       OPEN_ALWAYS,
       FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
       NULL
    );
    if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
      h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
         GENERIC_READ,
         FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
         NULL,
         OPEN_ALWAYS,
         FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
         NULL
      );
      if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
        vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
        return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
      }
      *pReadonly = 1;
    }else{
      *pReadonly = 0;
    }
#if OS_WINCE
    if (!winceCreateLock(zFilename, &f)){
      CloseHandle(h);
      vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
      return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
    }
#endif
  }else{
#if OS_WINCE
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
#else
    h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
       GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
       FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
       NULL,
       OPEN_ALWAYS,
       FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
       NULL
    );
    if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
      h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
         GENERIC_READ,
         FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
         NULL,
         OPEN_ALWAYS,
         FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
         NULL
      );
      if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
        vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
        return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
      }
      *pReadonly = 1;
    }else{
      *pReadonly = 0;
    }
#endif /* OS_WINCE */
  }

  vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);

  f.h = h;
#if OS_WINCE
  f.zDeleteOnClose = 0;
#endif
  OSTRACE3("OPEN R/W %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
  return allocateWinFile(&f, pId);
}


/*
** Attempt to open a new file for exclusive access by this process.
** The file will be opened for both reading and writing.  To avoid
** a potential security problem, we do not allow the file to have
** previously existed.  Nor do we allow the file to be a symbolic
** link.
**
** If delFlag is true, then make arrangements to automatically delete
** the file when it is closed.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
**
** Sometimes if we have just deleted a prior journal file, windows
** will fail to open a new one because there is a "pending delete".
** To work around this bug, we pause for 100 milliseconds and attempt
** a second open after the first one fails.  The whole operation only
** fails if both open attempts are unsuccessful.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinOpenExclusive(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId, int delFlag){
  winFile f;
  HANDLE h;
  DWORD fileflags;
  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  assert( *pId == 0 );
  fileflags = FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
#if !OS_WINCE
  if( delFlag ){
    fileflags |= FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
  }
#endif
  if( isNT() ){
    int cnt = 0;
    do{
      h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
         GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
         0,
         NULL,
         CREATE_ALWAYS,
         fileflags,
         NULL
      );
    }while( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && cnt++ < 2 && (Sleep(100), 1) );
  }else{
#if OS_WINCE
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
#else
    int cnt = 0;
    do{
      h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
        GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
        0,
        NULL,
        CREATE_ALWAYS,
        fileflags,
        NULL
      );
    }while( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE && cnt++ < 2 && (Sleep(100), 1) );
#endif /* OS_WINCE */
  }
#if OS_WINCE
  if( delFlag && h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    f.zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
    zConverted = 0;
  }
  f.hMutex = NULL;
#endif
  vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  f.h = h;
  OSTRACE3("OPEN EX %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
  return allocateWinFile(&f, pId);
}

/*
** Attempt to open a new file for read-only access.
**
** On success, write the file handle into *id and return VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** On failure, return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinOpenReadOnly(const char *zFilename, OsFile **pId){
  winFile f;
  HANDLE h;
  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  assert( *pId==0 );
  if( isNT() ){
    h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
       GENERIC_READ,
       0,
       NULL,
       OPEN_EXISTING,
       FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
       NULL
    );
  }else{
#if OS_WINCE
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
#else
    h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
       GENERIC_READ,
       0,
       NULL,
       OPEN_EXISTING,
       FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS,
       NULL
    );
#endif
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
  }
  f.h = h;
#if OS_WINCE
  f.zDeleteOnClose = 0;
  f.hMutex = NULL;
#endif
  OSTRACE3("OPEN RO %d \"%s\"\n", h, zFilename);
  return allocateWinFile(&f, pId);
}

/*
** Attempt to open a file descriptor for the directory that contains a
** file.  This file descriptor can be used to fsync() the directory
** in order to make sure the creation of a new file is actually written
** to disk.
**
** This routine is only meaningful for Unix.  It is a no-op under
** windows since windows does not support hard links.
**
** On success, a handle for a previously open file is at *id is
** updated with the new directory file descriptor and VTK_SQLITE_OK is
** returned.
**
** On failure, the function returns VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN and leaves
** *id unchanged.
*/
static int winOpenDirectory(
  OsFile *id,
  const char *zDirname
){
  (void)id; (void)zDirname; /* use arg */
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
** hold at least VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE characters.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinTempFileName(char *zBuf){
  static char zChars[] =
    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    "0123456789";
  int i, j;
  char zTempPath[VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
  if( vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory ){
    strncpy(zTempPath, vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory, VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
    zTempPath[VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
  }else if( isNT() ){
    char *zMulti;
    WCHAR zWidePath[VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
    GetTempPathW(VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zWidePath);
    zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
    if( zMulti ){
      strncpy(zTempPath, zMulti, VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
      zTempPath[VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
      vtk_sqliteFree(zMulti);
    }else{
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }else{
    char *zUtf8;
    char zMbcsPath[VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
    GetTempPathA(VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30, zMbcsPath);
    zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath);
    if( zUtf8 ){
      strncpy(zTempPath, zUtf8, VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30);
      zTempPath[VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE-30] = 0;
      vtk_sqliteFree(zUtf8);
    }else{
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }
  for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
  zTempPath[i] = 0;
  for(;;){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE, zBuf,
                     "%s\\"TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
    j = strlen(zBuf);
    vtk_sqlite3Randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
    }
    zBuf[j] = 0;
    if( !vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists(zBuf) ) break;
  }
  OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK; 
}

/*
** Close a file.
**
** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
** giving up and returning an error.
*/
#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
static int winClose(OsFile **pId){
  winFile *pFile;
  int rc = 1;
  if( pId && (pFile = (winFile*)*pId)!=0 ){
    int rc, cnt = 0;
    OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
    do{
      rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
    }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
#if OS_WINCE
    winceDestroyLock(pFile);
#endif
    OpenCounter(-1);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pFile);
    *pId = 0;
  }
  return rc ? VTK_SQLITE_OK : VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
}

/*
** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK if all
** bytes were read successfully and VTK_SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
** wrong.
*/
static int winRead(OsFile *id, void *pBuf, int amt){
  DWORD got;
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError(return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
  OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype);
  if( !ReadFile(((winFile*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  }
  if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
static int winWrite(OsFile *id, const void *pBuf, int amt){
  int rc = 0;
  DWORD wrote = 0;
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError(return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
  SimulateDiskfullError(return VTK_SQLITE_FULL);
  OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype);
  assert( amt>0 );
  while( amt>0 && (rc = WriteFile(((winFile*)id)->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
         && wrote>0 ){
    amt -= wrote;
    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
  }
  if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_FULL;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
*/
#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
#endif

/*
** Move the read/write pointer in a file.
*/
static int winSeek(OsFile *id, i64 offset){
  LONG upperBits = (LONG) (offset>>32);
  LONG lowerBits = (LONG) (offset & 0xffffffff);
  DWORD rc;
  assert( id!=0 );
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  if( offset ) SimulateDiskfullError(return VTK_SQLITE_FULL);
#endif
  rc = SetFilePointer(((winFile*)id)->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
  OSTRACE3("SEEK %d %lld\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, offset);
  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_FULL;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
*/
static int winSync(OsFile *id, int dataOnly){
  (void)dataOnly; /* use arg */
  assert( id!=0 );
  OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, ((winFile*)id)->locktype);
  if( FlushFileBuffers(((winFile*)id)->h) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
  }
}

/*
** Sync the directory zDirname. This is a no-op on operating systems other
** than UNIX.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinSyncDirectory(const char *zDirname){
  (void)zDirname; /* use arg */
  SimulateIOError(return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
static int winTruncate(OsFile *id, i64 nByte){
  LONG upperBits = (LONG)(nByte>>32);
  assert( id!=0 );
  OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", ((winFile*)id)->h, nByte);
  SimulateIOError(return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
  SetFilePointer(((winFile*)id)->h, (LONG)nByte, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
  SetEndOfFile(((winFile*)id)->h);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
*/
static int winFileSize(OsFile *id, i64 *pSize){
  DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
  assert( id!=0 );
  SimulateIOError(return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
  lowerBits = GetFileSize(((winFile*)id)->h, &upperBits);
  *pSize = (((i64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
*/
#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
#endif

/*
** Acquire a reader lock.
** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
** is Win95 or WinNT.
*/
static int getReadLock(winFile *id){
  int res;
  if( isNT() ){
    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
    ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
    ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
    ovlp.hEvent = 0;
    res = LockFileEx(id->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY, 0, SHARED_SIZE,0,&ovlp);
  }else{
    int lk;
    vtk_sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
    id->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1));
    res = LockFile(id->h, SHARED_FIRST+id->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  return res;
}

/*
** Undo a readlock
*/
static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
  int res;
  if( isNT() ){
    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
  }else{
    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  return res;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
** Check that a given pathname is a directory and is writable 
**
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinIsDirWritable(char *zDirname){
  int fileAttr;
  void *zConverted;
  if( zDirname==0 ) return 0;
  if( !isNT() && strlen(zDirname)>MAX_PATH ) return 0;

  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zDirname);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( isNT() ){
    fileAttr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
  }else{
#if OS_WINCE
    return 0;
#else
    fileAttr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
#endif
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
  if( fileAttr == 0xffffffff ) return 0;
  if( (fileAttr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) != FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

/*
** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
** of the following:
**
**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
**
** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
**
**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
**    SHARED -> RESERVED
**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
**
** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
** must go straight to locking level 0.
*/
static int winLock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
  int res = 1;           /* Result of a windows lock call */
  int newLocktype;       /* Set id->locktype to this value before exiting */
  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;

  assert( pFile!=0 );
  OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
          pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);

  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
  ** vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
  */
  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
  */
  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );

  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
  */
  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
  ){
    int cnt = 3;
    while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
      */
      OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
      Sleep(1);
    }
    gotPendingLock = res;
  }

  /* Acquire a shared lock
  */
  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
    res = getReadLock(pFile);
    if( res ){
      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
  */
  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
    res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
    if( res ){
      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
    }
  }

  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
  */
  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
    gotPendingLock = 0;
  }

  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
  */
  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
    OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
    if( res ){
      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
    }else{
      OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
      getReadLock(pFile);
    }
  }

  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
  ** release it now.
  */
  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
  }

  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
  ** return the appropriate result code.
  */
  if( res ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
           locktype, newLocktype);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
  pFile->locktype = (unsigned char)(newLocktype);
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
** non-zero, otherwise zero.
*/
static int winCheckReservedLock(OsFile *id){
  int rc;
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
    rc = 1;
    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
  }else{
    rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
    if( rc ){
      UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
    }
    rc = !rc;
    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
**
** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
** might return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR;
*/
static int winUnlock(OsFile *id, int locktype){
  int type;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  assert( pFile!=0 );
  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
          pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
  type = pFile->locktype;
  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
    UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
      ** reacquire the read lock */
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
    }
  }
  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
    UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
    unlockReadLock(pFile);
  }
  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
  }
  pFile->locktype = (unsigned char)(locktype);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Return a pointer
** to the full pathname stored in space obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
** The calling function is responsible for freeing this space once it
** is no longer needed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3WinFullPathname(const char *zRelative){
  char *zFull;
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
  int nByte;
  nByte = strlen(zRelative) + MAX_PATH + 1001;
  zFull = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nByte );
  if( zFull==0 ) return 0;
  if( cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull) ) return 0;
#elif OS_WINCE
  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
  zFull = vtk_sqliteStrDup(zRelative);
#else
  int nByte;
  void *zConverted;
  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
  if( isNT() ){
    WCHAR *zTemp;
    nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
    zTemp = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
    if( zTemp==0 ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
      return 0;
    }
    GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
    zFull = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zTemp);
  }else{
    char *zTemp;
    nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
    zTemp = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
    if( zTemp==0 ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
      return 0;
    }
    GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
    zFull = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zTemp);
  }
#endif
  return zFull;
}

/*
** The fullSync option is meaningless on windows.   This is a no-op.
*/
static void winSetFullSync(OsFile *id, int v){
  (void)id; (void)v; /* use arg */
  return;
}

/*
** Return the underlying file handle for an OsFile
*/
static int winFileHandle(OsFile *id){
  return (int)((winFile*)id)->h;
}

/*
** Return an integer that indices the type of lock currently held
** by this handle.  (Used for testing and analysis only.)
*/
static int winLockState(OsFile *id){
  return ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
}

/*
** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
** larger for some devices.
**
** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
** a database and it's journal file) that the sector size will be the
** same for both.
*/
static int winSectorSize(OsFile *id){
  (void)id; /* use arg */
  return VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}

/*
** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an OsFile
** for win32.
*/
static const IoMethod vtk_sqlite3WinIoMethod = {
  winClose,
  winOpenDirectory,
  winRead,
  winWrite,
  winSeek,
  winTruncate,
  winSync,
  winSetFullSync,
  winFileHandle,
  winFileSize,
  winLock,
  winUnlock,
  winLockState,
  winCheckReservedLock,
  winSectorSize,
};

/*
** Allocate memory for an OsFile.  Initialize the new OsFile
** to the value given in pInit and return a pointer to the new
** OsFile.  If we run out of memory, close the file and return NULL.
*/
static int allocateWinFile(winFile *pInit, OsFile **pId){
  winFile *pNew;
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    CloseHandle(pInit->h);
#if OS_WINCE
    vtk_sqliteFree(pInit->zDeleteOnClose);
#endif
    *pId = 0;
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    *pNew = *pInit;
    pNew->pMethod = &vtk_sqlite3WinIoMethod;
    pNew->locktype = NO_LOCK;
    pNew->sharedLockByte = 0;
    *pId = (OsFile*)pNew;
    OpenCounter(+1);
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}


#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
/***************************************************************************
** Everything above deals with file I/O.  Everything that follows deals
** with other miscellanous aspects of the operating system interface
****************************************************************************/

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION)
/*
** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3WinDlopen(const char *zFilename){
  HANDLE h;
  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
  if( zConverted==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( isNT() ){
    h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
  }else{
#if OS_WINCE
    return 0;
#else
    h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
#endif
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(zConverted);
  return (void*)h;
  
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3WinDlsym(void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
#if OS_WINCE
  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
  return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
#else
  /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
  ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
  return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
#endif
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinDlclose(void *pHandle){
  return FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
}
#endif /* !VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */

/*
** Get information to seed the random number generator.  The seed
** is written into the buffer zBuf[256].  The calling function must
** supply a sufficiently large buffer.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinRandomSeed(char *zBuf){
  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
  ** in the random seed.
  **
  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.* This makes the
  ** tests repeatable.
  */
  memset(zBuf, 0, 256);
  GetSystemTime((LPSYSTEMTIME)zBuf);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinSleep(int ms){
  Sleep(ms);
  return ms;
}

/*
** Static variables used for thread synchronization
*/
static int inMutex = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_W32_THREADS
  static DWORD mutexOwner;
  static CRITICAL_SECTION cs;
#endif

/*
** The following pair of routines implement mutual exclusion for
** multi-threaded processes.  Only a single thread is allowed to
** executed code that is surrounded by EnterMutex() and LeaveMutex().
**
** SQLite uses only a single Mutex.  There is not much critical
** code and what little there is executes quickly and without blocking.
**
** Version 3.3.1 and earlier used a simple mutex.  Beginning with
** version 3.3.2, a recursive mutex is required.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3WinEnterMutex(){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_W32_THREADS
  static int isInit = 0;
  while( !isInit ){
    static long lock = 0;
    if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
      InitializeCriticalSection(&cs);
      isInit = 1;
    }else{
      Sleep(1);
    }
  }
  EnterCriticalSection(&cs);
  mutexOwner = GetCurrentThreadId();
#endif
  inMutex++;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3WinLeaveMutex(){
  assert( inMutex );
  inMutex--;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_W32_THREADS
  assert( mutexOwner==GetCurrentThreadId() );
  LeaveCriticalSection(&cs);
#endif
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the mutex is currently held.
**
** If the thisThreadOnly parameter is true, return true if and only if the
** calling thread holds the mutex.  If the parameter is false, return
** true if any thread holds the mutex.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinInMutex(int thisThreadOnly){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_W32_THREADS
  return inMutex>0 && (thisThreadOnly==0 || mutexOwner==GetCurrentThreadId());
#else
  (void)thisThreadOnly; /* use arg */
  return inMutex>0;
#endif
}


/*
** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
** returned from vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_current_time = 0;
#endif

/*
** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3WinCurrentTime(double *prNow){
  FILETIME ft;
  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
  */
  double now;
#if OS_WINCE
  SYSTEMTIME time;
  GetSystemTime(&time);
  SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft);
#else
  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
#endif
  now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
  *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  if( vtk_sqlite3_current_time ){
    *prNow = vtk_sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
  }
#endif
  return 0;
}

/*
** Remember the number of thread-specific-data blocks allocated.
** Use this to verify that we are not leaking thread-specific-data.
** Ticket #1601
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count = 0;
# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR InterlockedIncrement(&vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count)
# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR InterlockedDecrement(&vtk_sqlite3_tsd_count)
#else
# define TSD_COUNTER_INCR  /* no-op */
# define TSD_COUNTER_DECR  /* no-op */
#endif



/*
** If called with allocateFlag>1, then return a pointer to thread
** specific data for the current thread.  Allocate and zero the
** thread-specific data if it does not already exist necessary.
**
** If called with allocateFlag==0, then check the current thread
** specific data.  Return it if it exists.  If it does not exist,
** then return NULL.
**
** If called with allocateFlag<0, check to see if the thread specific
** data is allocated and is all zero.  If it is then deallocate it.
** Return a pointer to the thread specific data or NULL if it is
** unallocated or gets deallocated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ThreadData *vtk_sqlite3WinThreadSpecificData(int allocateFlag){
  static int key;
  static int keyInit = 0;
  static const ThreadData zeroData = {0};
  ThreadData *pTsd;

  if( !keyInit ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    if( !keyInit ){
      key = TlsAlloc();
      if( key==0xffffffff ){
        vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
        return 0;
      }
      keyInit = 1;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  }
  pTsd = TlsGetValue(key);
  if( allocateFlag>0 ){
    if( !pTsd ){
      pTsd = vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc( sizeof(zeroData) );
      if( pTsd ){
        *pTsd = zeroData;
        TlsSetValue(key, pTsd);
        TSD_COUNTER_INCR;
      }
    }
  }else if( pTsd!=0 && allocateFlag<0 
              && memcmp(pTsd, &zeroData, sizeof(ThreadData))==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsFree(pTsd);
    TlsSetValue(key, 0);
    TSD_COUNTER_DECR;
    pTsd = 0;
  }
  return pTsd;
}
#endif /* OS_WIN */

/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
** 
** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
** another is writing.
**
** @(#) Id
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO

/*
** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
*/
#if 0
#define vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
#define PAGERTRACE1(X)       vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y)     vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z)   vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W)
#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W,V)
#else
#define PAGERTRACE1(X)
#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y)
#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W)
#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V)
#endif

/*
** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACEX() macros above
** to print out file-descriptors. 
**
** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as it's argument. The
** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an OsFile
** struct as it's argument.
*/
#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)

/*
** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
** states:
**
**   PAGER_UNLOCK        The page cache is not currently reading or 
**                       writing the database file.  There is no
**                       data held in memory.  This is the initial
**                       state.
**
**   PAGER_SHARED        The page cache is reading the database.
**                       Writing is not permitted.  There can be
**                       multiple readers accessing the same database
**                       file at the same time.
**
**   PAGER_RESERVED      This process has reserved the database for writing
**                       but has not yet made any changes.  Only one process
**                       at a time can reserve the database.  The original
**                       database file has not been modified so other
**                       processes may still be reading the on-disk
**                       database file.
**
**   PAGER_EXCLUSIVE     The page cache is writing the database.
**                       Access is exclusive.  No other processes or
**                       threads can be reading or writing while one
**                       process is writing.
**
**   PAGER_SYNCED        The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
**                       after all dirty pages have been written to the
**                       database file and the file has been synced to
**                       disk. All that remains to do is to remove or
**                       truncate the journal file and the transaction 
**                       will be committed.
**
** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time a
** vtk_sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
** After all pages have been released using vtk_sqlite_page_unref(),
** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time
** that vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to
** PAGER_RESERVED.  (Note that vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be
** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal.
** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes
** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback
** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED.  After an vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback()
** or vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED,
** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode.
*/
#define PAGER_UNLOCK      0
#define PAGER_SHARED      1   /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
#define PAGER_RESERVED    2   /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE   4   /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
#define PAGER_SYNCED      5

/*
** If the VTK_SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time,
** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback.
** This is off by default.  To see why, consider the following scenario:
** 
** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock.
** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock.  If
** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time
** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed.
** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly
** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be
** resolved quickly.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK
# define VTK_SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0
#endif

/*
** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it
** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
*/
#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X)   (((X)+7)&~7)

/*
** Each in-memory image of a page begins with the following header.
** This header is only visible to this pager module.  The client
** code that calls pager sees only the data that follows the header.
**
** Client code should call vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite() on a page prior to making
** any modifications to that page.  The first time vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite()
** is called, the original page contents are written into the rollback
** journal and PgHdr.inJournal and PgHdr.needSync are set.  Later, once
** the journal page has made it onto the disk surface, PgHdr.needSync
** is cleared.  The modified page cannot be written back into the original
** database file until the journal pages has been synced to disk and the
** PgHdr.needSync has been cleared.
**
** The PgHdr.dirty flag is set when vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite() is called and
** is cleared again when the page content is written back to the original
** database file.
**
** Details of important structure elements:
**
** needSync
**
**     If this is true, this means that it is not safe to write the page
**     content to the database because the original content needed
**     for rollback has not by synced to the main rollback journal.
**     The original content may have been written to the rollback journal
**     but it has not yet been synced.  So we cannot write to the database
**     file because power failure might cause the page in the journal file
**     to never reach the disk.  It is as if the write to the journal file
**     does not occur until the journal file is synced.
**     
**     This flag is false if the page content exactly matches what
**     currently exists in the database file.  The needSync flag is also
**     false if the original content has been written to the main rollback
**     journal and synced.  If the page represents a new page that has
**     been added onto the end of the database during the current
**     transaction, the needSync flag is true until the original database
**     size in the journal header has been synced to disk.
**
** inJournal
**
**     This is true if the original page has been written into the main
**     rollback journal.  This is always false for new pages added to
**     the end of the database file during the current transaction.
**     And this flag says nothing about whether or not the journal
**     has been synced to disk.  For pages that are in the original
**     database file, the following expression should always be true:
**
**       inJournal = (pPager->aInJournal[(pgno-1)/8] & (1<<((pgno-1)%8))!=0
**
**     The pPager->aInJournal[] array is only valid for the original
**     pages of the database, not new pages that are added to the end
**     of the database, so obviously the above expression cannot be
**     valid for new pages.  For new pages inJournal is always 0.
**
** dirty
**
**     When true, this means that the content of the page has been
**     modified and needs to be written back to the database file.
**     If false, it means that either the content of the page is
**     unchanged or else the content is unimportant and we do not
**     care whether or not it is preserved.
**
** alwaysRollback
**
**     This means that the vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback() API should be
**     ignored for this page.  The DontRollback() API attempts to say
**     that the content of the page on disk is unimportant (it is an
**     unused page on the freelist) so that it is unnecessary to 
**     rollback changes to this page because the content of the page
**     can change without changing the meaning of the database.  This
**     flag overrides any DontRollback() attempt.  This flag is set
**     when a page that originally contained valid data is added to
**     the freelist.  Later in the same transaction, this page might
**     be pulled from the freelist and reused for something different
**     and at that point the DontRollback() API will be called because
**     pages taken from the freelist do not need to be protected by
**     the rollback journal.  But this flag says that the page was
**     not originally part of the freelist so that it still needs to
**     be rolled back in spite of any subsequent DontRollback() calls.
**
** needRead 
**
**     This flag means (when true) that the content of the page has
**     not yet been loaded from disk.  The in-memory content is just
**     garbage.  (Actually, we zero the content, but you should not
**     make any assumptions about the content nevertheless.)  If the
**     content is needed in the future, it should be read from the
**     original database file.
*/
typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
struct PgHdr {
  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager to which this page belongs */
  Pgno pgno;                     /* The page number for this page */
  PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash;  /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
  PgHdr *pNextFree, *pPrevFree;  /* Freelist of pages where nRef==0 */
  PgHdr *pNextAll;               /* A list of all pages */
  u8 inJournal;                  /* TRUE if has been written to journal */
  u8 dirty;                      /* TRUE if we need to write back changes */
  u8 needSync;                   /* Sync journal before writing this page */
  u8 alwaysRollback;             /* Disable DontRollback() for this page */
  u8 needRead;                   /* Read content if PagerWrite() is called */
  short int nRef;                /* Number of users of this page */
  PgHdr *pDirty, *pPrevDirty;    /* Dirty pages */
  u32 notUsed;                   /* Buffer space */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
  u32 pageHash;
#endif
  /* pPager->pageSize bytes of page data follow this header */
  /* Pager.nExtra bytes of local data follow the page data */
};

/*
** For an in-memory only database, some extra information is recorded about
** each page so that changes can be rolled back.  (Journal files are not
** used for in-memory databases.)  The following information is added to
** the end of every EXTRA block for in-memory databases.
**
** This information could have been added directly to the PgHdr structure.
** But then it would take up an extra 8 bytes of storage on every PgHdr
** even for disk-based databases.  Splitting it out saves 8 bytes.  This
** is only a savings of 0.8% but those percentages add up.
*/
typedef struct PgHistory PgHistory;
struct PgHistory {
  u8 *pOrig;     /* Original page text.  Restore to this on a full rollback */
  u8 *pStmt;     /* Text as it was at the beginning of the current statement */
  PgHdr *pNextStmt, *pPrevStmt;  /* List of pages in the statement journal */
  u8 inStmt;                     /* TRUE if in the statement subjournal */
};

/*
** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D))
#else
# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */
# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D)
#endif

/*
** Convert a pointer to a PgHdr into a pointer to its data
** and back again.
*/
#define PGHDR_TO_DATA(P)  ((void*)(&(P)[1]))
#define DATA_TO_PGHDR(D)  (&((PgHdr*)(D))[-1])
#define PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(G,P) ((void*)&((char*)(&(G)[1]))[(P)->pageSize])
#define PGHDR_TO_HIST(P,PGR)  \
            ((PgHistory*)&((char*)(&(P)[1]))[(PGR)->pageSize+(PGR)->nExtra])

/*
** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
**
** Pager.errCode may be set to VTK_SQLITE_IOERR, VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT, or
** or VTK_SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists
** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call.  The
** VTK_SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the
** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also,
** VTK_SQLITE_FULL does not affect the vtk_sqlite3PagerGet() and vtk_sqlite3PagerLookup()
** APIs, they may still be used successfully.
*/
struct Pager {
  u8 journalOpen;             /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */
  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
  u8 noReadlock;              /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
  u8 stmtOpen;                /* True if the statement subjournal is open */
  u8 stmtInUse;               /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */
  u8 stmtAutoopen;            /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/
  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
  u8 full_fsync;              /* Use F_FULLFSYNC when available */
  u8 state;                   /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
  u8 dirtyCache;              /* True if cached pages have changed */
  u8 alwaysRollback;          /* Disable DontRollback() for all pages */
  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
  u8 doNotSync;               /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
  int dbSize;                 /* Number of pages in the file */
  int origDbSize;             /* dbSize before the current change */
  int stmtSize;               /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */
  int nRec;                   /* Number of pages written to the journal */
  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
  int stmtNRec;               /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */
  int nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
  int nPage;                  /* Total number of in-memory pages */
  int nRef;                   /* Number of in-memory pages with PgHdr.nRef>0 */
  int mxPage;                 /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */
  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
  u8 *aInJournal;             /* One bit for each page in the database file */
  u8 *aInStmt;                /* One bit for each page in the database */
  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
  char *zDirectory;           /* Directory hold database and journal files */
  OsFile *fd, *jfd;           /* File descriptors for database and journal */
  OsFile *stfd;               /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/
  BusyHandler *pBusyHandler;  /* Pointer to vtk_sqlite.busyHandler */
  PgHdr *pFirst, *pLast;      /* List of free pages */
  PgHdr *pFirstSynced;        /* First free page with PgHdr.needSync==0 */
  PgHdr *pAll;                /* List of all pages */
  PgHdr *pStmt;               /* List of pages in the statement subjournal */
  PgHdr *pDirty;              /* List of all dirty pages */
  i64 journalOff;             /* Current byte offset in the journal file */
  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
  i64 stmtHdrOff;             /* First journal header written this statement */
  i64 stmtCksum;              /* cksumInit when statement was started */
  i64 stmtJSize;              /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */
  int sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  int nHit, nMiss;            /* Cache hits and missing */
  int nRead, nWrite;          /* Database pages read/written */
#endif
  void (*xDestructor)(DbPage*,int); /* Call this routine when freeing pages */
  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*,int);   /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
  void *pCodecArg;            /* First argument to xCodec() */
#endif
  int nHash;                  /* Size of the pager hash table */
  PgHdr **aHash;              /* Hash table to map page number to PgHdr */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  Pager *pNext;               /* Linked list of pagers in this thread */
#endif
  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
};

/*
** The following global variables hold counters used for
** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
int vtk_sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
int vtk_sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
int vtk_sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count = 0;    /* Number of cache pages freed */
# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
#else
# define PAGER_INCR(v)
#endif



/*
** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
**
** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is begin
** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
** journal and ignore it.
**
** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
*/
static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
};

/*
** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined
** by the following macros.
*/
#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)

/*
** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be
** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important
** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector.
*/
#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)

/*
** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
** We do this as a macro so that if the VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
** out code that would never execute.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
# define MEMDB 0
#else
# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
#endif

/*
** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details.
*/
/* #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize)) */
#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)

/*
** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
*/
#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647

/*
** Enable reference count tracking (for debugging) here:
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
  int pager3_refinfo_enable = 0;
  static void pager_refinfo(PgHdr *p){
    static int cnt = 0;
    if( !pager3_refinfo_enable ) return;
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(
       "REFCNT: %4d addr=%p nRef=%-3d total=%d\n",
       p->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), p->nRef, p->pPager->nRef
    );
    cnt++;   /* Something to set a breakpoint on */
  }
# define REFINFO(X)  pager_refinfo(X)
#else
# define REFINFO(X)
#endif

/*
** Return true if page *pPg has already been written to the statement
** journal (or statement snapshot has been created, if *pPg is part
** of an in-memory database).
*/
static int pageInStatement(PgHdr *pPg){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  if( MEMDB ){
    return PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager)->inStmt;
  }else{
    Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
    u8 *a = pPager->aInStmt;
    return (a && (int)pgno<=pPager->stmtSize && (a[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7))));
  }
}

/*
** Change the size of the pager hash table to N.  N must be a power
** of two.
*/
static void pager_resize_hash_table(Pager *pPager, int N){
  PgHdr **aHash, *pPg;
  assert( N>0 && (N&(N-1))==0 );
  aHash = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(aHash[0])*N );
  if( aHash==0 ){
    /* Failure to rehash is not an error.  It is only a performance hit. */
    return;
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(pPager->aHash);
  pPager->nHash = N;
  pPager->aHash = aHash;
  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
    int h;
    if( pPg->pgno==0 ){
      assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 );
      continue;
    }
    h = pPg->pgno & (N-1);
    pPg->pNextHash = aHash[h];
    if( aHash[h] ){
      aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg;
    }
    aHash[h] = pPg;
    pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
** that is read in *pRes.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
** error code is something goes wrong.
**
** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
*/
static int read32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 *pRes){
  unsigned char ac[4];
  int rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac));
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    *pRes = vtk_sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
*/
#define put32bits(A,B)  vtk_sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)

/*
** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK
** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
*/
static int write32bits(OsFile *fd, u32 val){
  char ac[4];
  put32bits(ac, val);
  return vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4);
}

/*
** This function should be called when an error occurs within the pager
** code. The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the
** second the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. 
** The value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
**
** If the second argument is VTK_SQLITE_IOERR, VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT, or VTK_SQLITE_FULL
** the error becomes persistent. All subsequent API calls on this Pager
** will immediately return the same error code.
*/
static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
  assert( pPager->errCode==VTK_SQLITE_FULL || pPager->errCode==VTK_SQLITE_OK );
  if(
    rc2==VTK_SQLITE_FULL ||
    rc2==VTK_SQLITE_IOERR ||
    rc2==VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT
  ){
    pPager->errCode = rc;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** If VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
** and debugging only.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
/*
** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
*/
static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
  u32 hash = 0;
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
    hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
  }
  return hash;
}
static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, 
                        (unsigned char *)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPage));
}

/*
** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
*/
#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode || MEMDB || pPg->dirty || 
      pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
}

#else
#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
#endif

/*
** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and 
** written into memory obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc(). *pzMaster is
** set to point at the memory and VTK_SQLITE_OK returned. The caller must
** vtk_sqliteFree() *pzMaster.
**
** If no master journal file name is present *pzMaster is set to 0 and
** VTK_SQLITE_OK returned.
*/
static int readMasterJournal(OsFile *pJrnl, char **pzMaster){
  int rc;
  u32 len;
  i64 szJ;
  u32 cksum;
  int i;
  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */

  *pzMaster = 0;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
 
  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &len);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, &cksum);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pJrnl, szJ-16-len);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  *pzMaster = (char *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(len+1);
  if( !*pzMaster ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, *pzMaster, len);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
    *pzMaster = 0;
    return rc;
  }

  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
  for(i=0; i<(int)len; i++){
    cksum -= (*pzMaster)[i];
  }
  if( cksum ){
    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
    ** definitely roll back, so just return VTK_SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
    ** master-journal filename.
    */
    vtk_sqliteFree(*pzMaster);
    *pzMaster = 0;
  }else{
    (*pzMaster)[len] = '\0';
  }
   
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Seek the journal file descriptor to the next sector boundary where a
** journal header may be read or written. Pager.journalOff is updated with
** the new seek offset.
**
** i.e for a sector size of 512:
**
** Input Offset              Output Offset
** ---------------------------------------
** 0                         0
** 512                       512
** 100                       512
** 2000                      2048
** 
*/
static int seekJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
  i64 offset = 0;
  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
  if( c ){
    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  }
  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
  assert( offset>=c );
  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
  pPager->journalOff = offset;
  return vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
}

/*
** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
** current location.
**
** The format for the journal header is as follows:
** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
** 
** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 24) bytes of unused space.
*/
static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
  char zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16];
  int rc;

  if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){
    pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
  }

  rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);

  /* FIX ME: 
  **
  ** Possibly for a pager not in no-sync mode, the journal magic should not
  ** be written until nRec is filled in as part of next syncJournal(). 
  **
  ** Actually maybe the whole journal header should be delayed until that
  ** point. Think about this.
  */
  memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
  /* The nRec Field. 0xFFFFFFFF for no-sync journals. */
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->noSync ? 0xffffffff : 0);
  /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
  vtk_sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
  /* The initial database size */
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbSize);
  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
  IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, sizeof(zHeader)))
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader));

  /* The journal header has been written successfully. Seek the journal
  ** file descriptor to the end of the journal header sector.
  */
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    IOTRACE(("JTAIL %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalOff-1))
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff-1);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, "\000", 1);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of
** the journal header format.
**
** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of
** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the
** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
** is set to the value read from the journal header. VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned
** in this case.
**
** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, VTK_SQLITE_DONE is
** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
*/
static int readJournalHdr(
  Pager *pPager, 
  i64 journalSize,
  u32 *pNRec, 
  u32 *pDbSize
){
  int rc;
  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */

  rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
  }

  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic));
  if( rc ) return rc;

  if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
  }

  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, pNRec);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, &pPager->cksumInit);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, pDbSize);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
  ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
  ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
  ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
  ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
  */
  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
  return rc;
}


/*
** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
** anything is written. The format is:
**
** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
** + N bytes: length of master journal name.
** + 4 bytes: N
** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
**
** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
** journal name.
**
** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
** this call is a no-op.
*/
static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
  int rc;
  int len; 
  int i; 
  u32 cksum = 0;
  char zBuf[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+2*4];

  if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  pPager->setMaster = 1;

  len = strlen(zMaster);
  for(i=0; i<len; i++){
    cksum += zMaster[i];
  }

  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
  ** the journal has already been synced.
  */
  if( pPager->fullSync ){
    rc = seekJournalHdr(pPager);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  }
  pPager->journalOff += (len+20);

  rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, len);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  put32bits(zBuf, len);
  put32bits(&zBuf[4], cksum);
  memcpy(&zBuf[8], aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zBuf, 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic));
  pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Add or remove a page from the list of all pages that are in the
** statement journal.
**
** The Pager keeps a separate list of pages that are currently in
** the statement journal.  This helps the vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtCommit()
** routine run MUCH faster for the common case where there are many
** pages in memory but only a few are in the statement journal.
*/
static void page_add_to_stmt_list(PgHdr *pPg){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
  assert( MEMDB );
  if( !pHist->inStmt ){
    assert( pHist->pPrevStmt==0 && pHist->pNextStmt==0 );
    if( pPager->pStmt ){
      PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPager->pStmt, pPager)->pPrevStmt = pPg;
    }
    pHist->pNextStmt = pPager->pStmt;
    pPager->pStmt = pPg;
    pHist->inStmt = 1;
  }
}

/*
** Find a page in the hash table given its page number.  Return
** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found.
*/
static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *p;
  if( pPager->aHash==0 ) return 0;
  p = pPager->aHash[pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)];
  while( p && p->pgno!=pgno ){
    p = p->pNextHash;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Unlock the database file.
*/
static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
    if( !MEMDB ){
      vtk_sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
      pPager->dbSize = -1;
      IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager))
    }
    pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
    pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
** database file. This is a no-op if the pager has already entered
** the error-state.
*/
static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *p){
  if( p->errCode ) return;
  assert( p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED || p->journalOpen==0 );
  if( p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
    vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback(p);
  }
  pager_unlock(p);
  assert( p->errCode || !p->journalOpen || (p->exclusiveMode&&!p->journalOff) );
  assert( p->errCode || !p->stmtOpen || p->exclusiveMode );
}


/*
** Clear the in-memory cache.  This routine
** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first
** opened.  Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts
** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump.
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
  PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
  if( pPager->errCode ) return;
  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pNext){
    IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
    PAGER_INCR(vtk_sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
    pNext = pPg->pNextAll;
    vtk_sqliteFree(pPg);
  }
  pPager->pStmt = 0;
  pPager->pFirst = 0;
  pPager->pFirstSynced = 0;
  pPager->pLast = 0;
  pPager->pAll = 0;
  pPager->nHash = 0;
  vtk_sqliteFree(pPager->aHash);
  pPager->nPage = 0;
  pPager->aHash = 0;
  pPager->nRef = 0;
}

/*
** This routine ends a transaction.  A transaction is ended by either
** a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK.
**
** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and
** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database.  This routine will release
** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place if that is
** the appropriate thing to do.  Release locks usually is appropriate,
** unless we are in exclusive access mode or unless this is a 
** COMMIT AND BEGIN or ROLLBACK AND BEGIN operation.
**
** The journal file is either deleted or truncated.
**
** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases.
** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening
** a file is an expensive operation.
*/
static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  int rc2 = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  assert( !MEMDB );
  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager);
  if( pPager->stmtOpen && !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->stfd);
    pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
  }
  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
    if( pPager->exclusiveMode 
          && (rc = vtk_sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0))==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){;
      vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, 0);
      pPager->journalOff = 0;
      pPager->journalStarted = 0;
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd);
      pPager->journalOpen = 0;
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree( pPager->aInJournal );
    pPager->aInJournal = 0;
    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
      pPg->inJournal = 0;
      pPg->dirty = 0;
      pPg->needSync = 0;
      pPg->alwaysRollback = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
      pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
#endif
    }
    pPager->pDirty = 0;
    pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
    pPager->nRec = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 );
    assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->useJournal==0 );
  }

  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
    rc2 = vtk_sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
  }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){
    pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
  }
  pPager->origDbSize = 0;
  pPager->setMaster = 0;
  pPager->needSync = 0;
  pPager->pFirstSynced = pPager->pFirst;
  pPager->dbSize = -1;

  return (rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
}

/*
** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data.
**
** This is not a real checksum.  It is really just the sum of the 
** random initial value and the page number.  We experimented with
** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow.
**
** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and
** the checksum is stored at the end.  This is important.  If journal
** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario
** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.  It is
** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
**
** FIX ME:  Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the
** checksum.  That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and
** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable
** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem.
*/
static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;
  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;
  while( i>0 ){
    cksum += aData[i];
    i -= 200;
  }
  return cksum;
}

/* Forward declaration */
static void makeClean(PgHdr*);

/*
** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor
** jfd.  Playback this one page.
**
** If useCksum==0 it means this journal does not use checksums.  Checksums
** are not used in statement journals because statement journals do not
** need to survive power failures.
*/
static int pager_playback_one_page(Pager *pPager, OsFile *jfd, int useCksum){
  int rc;
  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
  u8 *aData = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;   /* Temp storage for a page */

  /* useCksum should be true for the main journal and false for
  ** statement journals.  Verify that this is always the case
  */
  assert( jfd == (useCksum ? pPager->jfd : pPager->stfd) );
  assert( aData );

  rc = read32bits(jfd, &pgno);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4;

  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
  */
  if( pgno==0 || pgno==(Pgno)PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( useCksum ){
    rc = read32bits(jfd, &cksum);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    pPager->journalOff += 4;
    if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
    }
  }

  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );

  /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
  **
  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
  ** assert()able.
  **
  ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
  ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
  **
  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
  */
  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  PAGERTRACE4("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData));
  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && (pPg==0 || pPg->needSync==0) ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize);
    }
    if( pPg ){
      makeClean(pPg);
    }
  }
  if( pPg ){
    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
    ** vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback().
    */
    void *pData;
    /* assert( pPg->nRef==0 || pPg->pgno==1 ); */
    pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
    memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
    if( pPager->xReiniter ){
      pPager->xReiniter(pPg, pPager->pageSize);
    }
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
#endif
    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
    ** Do this before any decoding. */
    if( pgno==1 ){
      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
    }

    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
** and does so if it is.
**
** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals.
** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the
** children.  If all children are either missing or do not refer to
** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted.
*/
static int pager_delmaster(const char *zMaster){
  int rc;
  int master_open = 0;
  OsFile *master = 0;
  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */

  /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process
  ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference.
  */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zMaster, &master);
  assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || master );
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
  master_open = 1;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(master, &nMasterJournal);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;

  if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
    char *zJournal;
    char *zMasterPtr = 0;

    /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
    ** vtk_sqliteMalloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. 
    */
    zMasterJournal = (char *)vtk_sqliteMalloc((int)nMasterJournal);
    if( !zMasterJournal ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
      goto delmaster_out;
    }
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(master, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;

    zJournal = zMasterJournal;
    while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
      if( vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists(zJournal) ){
        /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
        ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
        ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
        */
        OsFile *journal = 0;
        int c;

        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(zJournal, &journal);
        assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || journal );
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          goto delmaster_out;
        }

        rc = readMasterJournal(journal, &zMasterPtr);
        vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&journal);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          goto delmaster_out;
        }

        c = zMasterPtr!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
        vtk_sqliteFree(zMasterPtr);
        if( c ){
          /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
          goto delmaster_out;
        }
      }
      zJournal += (strlen(zJournal)+1);
    }
  }
  
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);

delmaster_out:
  if( zMasterJournal ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(zMasterJournal);
  }  
  if( master_open ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&master);
  }
  return rc;
}


static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager);

/*
** Truncate the main file of the given pager to the number of pages
** indicated. Also truncate the cached representation of the file.
*/
static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, int nPage){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage);
  }
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
    pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Set the sectorSize for the given pager.
**
** The sector size is the larger of the sector size reported
** by vtk_sqlite3OsSectorSize() and the pageSize.
*/
static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
  pPager->sectorSize = vtk_sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
  if( pPager->sectorSize<pPager->pageSize ){
    pPager->sectorSize = pPager->pageSize;
  }
}

/*
** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
**
** The journal file format is as follows: 
**
**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
**       number of page records from the journal size.
**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
**       sanity checksum.
**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
**       database to during a rollback.
**  (5)  4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
**       name.  The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
**       journal.)
**  (6)  N bytes of the master journal name.  The name will be nul-terminated
**       and might be shorter than the value read from (5).  If the first byte
**       of the name is \000 then there is no master journal.  The master
**       journal name is stored in UTF-8.
**  (7)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
**        +  4 byte page number.
**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
**        +  4 byte checksum
**
** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 6 items above.
** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 7th item.
**
** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
**
** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
**
** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
** is then deleted and VTK_SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
** been encountered.
**
** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
** and an error code is returned.
*/
static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */

  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
  ** the journal is empty.
  */
  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){
    goto end_playback;
  }

  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
  ** played back.
  */
  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, &zMaster);
  assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_DONE );
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || (zMaster && !vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster)) ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(zMaster);
    zMaster = 0;
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_DONE ) rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    goto end_playback;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, 0);
  pPager->journalOff = 0;

  /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns
  ** VTK_SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */
  while( 1 ){

    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
    ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
    */
    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){ 
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_DONE ){
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
      }
      goto end_playback;
    }

    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
    */
    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
      nRec = (u32)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
    }

    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
    ** process. In this case the rest of the journal file consists of
    ** journalled copies of pages that need to be read back into the cache.
    */
    if( nRec==0 && !isHot ){
      nRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
    }

    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
    ** database file back to it's original size.
    */
    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        goto end_playback;
      }
    }

    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file.
    */
    for(i=0; i<(int)nRec; i++){
      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, 1);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_DONE ){
          rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
          break;
        }else{
          goto end_playback;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  /*NOTREACHED*/
  assert( 0 );

end_playback:
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager);
  }
  if( zMaster ){
    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
    */
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = pager_delmaster(zMaster);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(zMaster);
  }

  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
  */
  setSectorSize(pPager);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Playback the statement journal.
**
** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with
** a few extra twists.
**
**    (1)  The number of pages in the database file at the start of
**         the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the
**         journal file itself.
**
**    (2)  In addition to playing back the statement journal, also
**         playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning
**         at offset pPager->stmtJSize.
*/
static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){
  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the full journal */
  i64 hdrOff;
  int nRec;                /* Number of Records */
  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
  int rc;

  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
#ifndef NDEBUG 
  {
    i64 os_szJ;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &os_szJ);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    assert( szJ==os_szJ );
  }
#endif

  /* Set hdrOff to be the offset just after the end of the last journal
  ** page written before the first journal-header for this statement
  ** transaction was written, or the end of the file if no journal
  ** header was written.
  */
  hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff;
  assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff );
  if( !hdrOff ){
    hdrOff = szJ;
  }
  
  /* Truncate the database back to its original size.
  */
  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize);
  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );

  /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal.
  */
  assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen );
  vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->stfd, 0);
  nRec = pPager->stmtNRec;
  
  /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the
  ** database file.  Note that the statement journal omits checksums from
  ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement
  ** journals.
  */
  for(i=nRec-1; i>=0; i--){
    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->stfd, 0);
    assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_DONE );
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
  }

  /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize
  ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so
  ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the
  ** database, the memory cache, or both.
  **
  ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start
  ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction.
  */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->stmtJSize);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    goto end_stmt_playback;
  }
  pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize;
  pPager->cksumInit = (u32)(pPager->stmtCksum);
  while( pPager->journalOff < hdrOff ){
    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, 1);
    assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_DONE );
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
  }

  while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){
    u32 nJRec;         /* Number of Journal Records */
    u32 dummy;
    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_DONE );
      goto end_stmt_playback;
    }
    if( nJRec==0 ){
      nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8));
    }
    for(i=nJRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){
      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, 1);
      assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_DONE );
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
    }
  }

  pPager->journalOff = szJ;
  
end_stmt_playback:
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK) {
    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
    /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  if( mxPage>10 ){
    pPager->mxPage = mxPage;
  }else{
    pPager->mxPage = 10;
  }
}

/*
** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
**
**    OFF       vtk_sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
**              for temporary and transient files.
**
**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
**              when it is rolled back.
**
**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
**
** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
** and FULL=3.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int full_fsync){
  pPager->noSync =  (u8)(level==1 || pPager->tempFile);
  pPager->fullSync = (u8)(level==3 && !pPager->tempFile);
  pPager->full_fsync = (u8)(full_fsync);
  if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
}
#endif

/*
** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
** testing and analysis only.  
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** Open a temporary file. 
**
** Write the file descriptor into *fd.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success or some
** other error code if we fail.
**
** The OS will automatically delete the temporary file when it is
** closed.
*/
static int vtk_sqlite3PagerOpentemp(OsFile **pFd){
  int cnt = 8;
  int rc;
  char zFile[VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  vtk_sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
#endif
  do{
    cnt--;
    vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName(zFile);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zFile, pFd, 1);
    assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || *pFd );
  }while( cnt>0 && rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && rc!=VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM );
  return rc;
}

/*
** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager.
** The file to be cached need not exist.  The file is not locked until
** the first call to vtk_sqlite3PagerGet() and is only held open until the
** last page is released using vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref().
**
** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
** and used as the file to be cached.  The file will be deleted
** automatically when it is closed.
**
** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache.
** It is never written to disk.  This can be used to implement an
** in-memory database.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerOpen(
  Pager **ppPager,         /* Return the Pager structure here */
  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
  int flags                /* flags controlling this file */
){
  Pager *pPager = 0;
  char *zFullPathname = 0;
  int nameLen = 0;  /* Compiler is wrong. This is always initialized before use */
  OsFile *fd = 0;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  int i;
  int tempFile = 0;
  int memDb = 0;
  int readOnly = 0;
  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0;
  int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0;
  char zTemp[VTK_SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE];
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  /* A malloc() cannot fail in vtk_sqlite3ThreadData() as one or more calls to 
  ** malloc() must have already been made by this thread before it gets
  ** to this point. This means the ThreadData must have been allocated already
  ** so that ThreadData.nAlloc can be set. It would be nice to assert
  ** that ThreadData.nAlloc is non-zero, but alas this breaks test cases 
  ** written to invoke the pager directly.
  */
  ThreadData *pTsd = vtk_sqlite3ThreadData();
  assert( pTsd );
#endif

  /* We used to test if malloc() had already failed before proceeding. 
  ** But the way this function is used in SQLite means that can never
  ** happen. Furthermore, if the malloc-failed flag is already set, 
  ** either the call to vtk_sqliteStrDup() or vtk_sqliteMalloc() below will
  ** fail shortly and VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM returned anyway.
  */
  *ppPager = 0;

  /* Open the pager file and set zFullPathname to point at malloc()ed 
  ** memory containing the complete filename (i.e. including the directory).
  */
  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
    if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
      memDb = 1;
      zFullPathname = vtk_sqliteStrDup("");
    }else
#endif
    {
      zFullPathname = vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
      if( zFullPathname ){
        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(zFullPathname, &fd, &readOnly);
        assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || fd );
      }
    }
  }else{
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerOpentemp(&fd);
    vtk_sqlite3OsTempFileName(zTemp);
    zFilename = zTemp;
    zFullPathname = vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      tempFile = 1;
    }
  }

  /* Allocate the Pager structure. As part of the same allocation, allocate
  ** space for the full paths of the file, directory and journal 
  ** (Pager.zFilename, Pager.zDirectory and Pager.zJournal).
  */
  if( zFullPathname ){
    nameLen = strlen(zFullPathname);
    pPager = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pPager) + nameLen*3 + 30 );
    if( pPager && rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      pPager->pTmpSpace = (char *)vtk_sqliteMallocRaw(VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
    }
  }


  /* If an error occured in either of the blocks above, free the memory 
  ** pointed to by zFullPathname, free the Pager structure and close the 
  ** file. Since the pager is not allocated there is no need to set 
  ** any Pager.errMask variables.
  */
  if( !pPager || !zFullPathname || !pPager->pTmpSpace || rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&fd);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pPager);
    return ((rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK)?VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM:rc);
  }

  PAGERTRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(fd), zFullPathname);
  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, zFullPathname))
  pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPager[1];
  pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nameLen+1];
  pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nameLen+1];
  memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zFullPathname, nameLen+1);
  memcpy(pPager->zDirectory, zFullPathname, nameLen+1);

  for(i=nameLen; i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){}
  if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0;
  memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zFullPathname,nameLen);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
  memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nameLen], "-journal",sizeof("-journal"));
  pPager->fd = fd;
  /* pPager->journalOpen = 0; */
  pPager->useJournal = (u8)(useJournal && !memDb);
  pPager->noReadlock = (u8)(noReadlock && readOnly);
  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
  pPager->dbSize = memDb-1;
  pPager->pageSize = VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
  pPager->mxPage = 100;
  pPager->mxPgno = VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
  assert( PAGER_UNLOCK==0 );
  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
  pPager->tempFile = (u8)(tempFile);
  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
  pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)(tempFile); 
  pPager->memDb = (u8)(memDb);
  pPager->readOnly = (u8)(readOnly);
  /* pPager->needSync = 0; */
  pPager->noSync = (u8)(pPager->tempFile || !useJournal);
  pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1);
  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
  pPager->nExtra = FORCE_ALIGNMENT(nExtra);
  assert(fd||memDb);
  if( !memDb ){
    setSectorSize(pPager);
  }
  /* pPager->pBusyHandler = 0; */
  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
  *ppPager = pPager;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  pPager->pNext = pTsd->pPager;
  pTsd->pPager = pPager;
#endif
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Set the busy handler function.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){
  pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler;
}

/*
** Set the destructor for this pager.  If not NULL, the destructor is called
** when the reference count on each page reaches zero.  The destructor can
** be used to clean up information in the extra segment appended to each page.
**
** The destructor is not called as a result vtk_sqlite3PagerClose().  
** Destructors are only called by vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(Pager *pPager, void (*xDesc)(DbPage*,int)){
  pPager->xDestructor = xDesc;
}

/*
** Set the reinitializer for this pager.  If not NULL, the reinitializer
** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original
** value as a result of a rollback.  The callback gives higher-level code
** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored
** page data.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*,int)){
  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
}

/*
** Set the page size.  Return the new size.  If the suggest new page
** size is inappropriate, then an alternative page size is selected
** and returned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, int pageSize){
  assert( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
  if( !pPager->memDb && pPager->nRef==0 ){
    pager_reset(pPager);
    pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
    pPager->pTmpSpace = vtk_sqlite3ReallocOrFree(pPager->pTmpSpace, pageSize);
  }
  return pPager->pageSize;
}

/*
** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
**
** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
  if( mxPage>0 ){
    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
  return pPager->mxPgno;
}

/*
** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
**
** Unless -DVTK_SQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
** and generate no code.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
extern int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending;
extern int vtk_sqlite3_io_error_hit;
static int saved_cnt;
void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
  saved_cnt = vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending;
  vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
}
void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
  vtk_sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
}
#else
# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
#endif

/*
** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
** that pDest points to. 
**
** No error checking is done. The rational for this is that this function 
** may be called even if the file does not exist or contain a header. In 
** these cases vtk_sqlite3OsRead() will return an error, to which the correct 
** response is to zero the memory at pDest and continue.  A real IO error 
** will presumably recur and be picked up later (Todo: Think about this).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  memset(pDest, 0, N);
  if( MEMDB==0 ){
    disable_simulated_io_errors();
    vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, 0);
    enable_simulated_io_errors();
    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with
** pPager. 
**
** If the PENDING_BYTE lies on the page directly after the end of the
** file, then consider this page part of the file too. For example, if
** PENDING_BYTE is byte 4096 (the first byte of page 5) and the size of the
** file is 4096 bytes, 5 is returned instead of 4.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager){
  i64 n;
  int rc;
  assert( pPager!=0 );
  if( pPager->errCode ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){
    n = pPager->dbSize;
  } else {
    if( (rc = vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      pager_error(pPager, rc);
      return 0;
    }
    if( n>0 && n<pPager->pageSize ){
      n = 1;
    }else{
      n /= pPager->pageSize;
    }
    if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
      pPager->dbSize = (int)n;
    }
  }
  if( n==(PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize) ){
    n++;
  }
  if( n>pPager->mxPgno ){
    pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno) n;
  }
  return (int)n;
}


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
/*
** Clear a PgHistory block
*/
static void clearHistory(PgHistory *pHist){
  vtk_sqliteFree(pHist->pOrig);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
  pHist->pOrig = 0;
  pHist->pStmt = 0;
}
#else
#define clearHistory(x)
#endif

/*
** Forward declaration
*/
static int syncJournal(Pager*);

/*
** Unlink pPg from it's hash chain. Also set the page number to 0 to indicate
** that the page is not part of any hash chain. This is required because the
** vtk_sqlite3PagerMovepage() routine can leave a page in the 
** pNextFree/pPrevFree list that is not a part of any hash-chain.
*/
static void unlinkHashChain(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
  if( pPg->pgno==0 ){
    assert( pPg->pNextHash==0 && pPg->pPrevHash==0 );
    return;
  }
  if( pPg->pNextHash ){
    pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg->pPrevHash;
  }
  if( pPg->pPrevHash ){
    assert( pPager->aHash[pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1)]!=pPg );
    pPg->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPg->pNextHash;
  }else{
    int h = pPg->pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg->pNextHash;
  }
  if( MEMDB ){
    clearHistory(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager));
  }
  pPg->pgno = 0;
  pPg->pNextHash = pPg->pPrevHash = 0;
}

/*
** Unlink a page from the free list (the list of all pages where nRef==0)
** and from its hash collision chain.
*/
static void unlinkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;

  /* Keep the pFirstSynced pointer pointing at the first synchronized page */
  if( pPg==pPager->pFirstSynced ){
    PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree;
    while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; }
    pPager->pFirstSynced = p;
  }

  /* Unlink from the freelist */
  if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
    pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree;
  }else{
    assert( pPager->pFirst==pPg );
    pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree;
  }
  if( pPg->pNextFree ){
    pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree;
  }else{
    assert( pPager->pLast==pPg );
    pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree;
  }
  pPg->pNextFree = pPg->pPrevFree = 0;

  /* Unlink from the pgno hash table */
  unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg);
}

/*
** This routine is used to truncate the cache when a database
** is truncated.  Drop from the cache all pages whose pgno is
** larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced.
**
** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed.
**
** Actually, at the point this routine is called, it would be
** an error to have a referenced page.  But rather than delete
** that page and guarantee a subsequent segfault, it seems better
** to zero it and hope that we error out sanely.
*/
static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  PgHdr **ppPg;
  int dbSize = pPager->dbSize;

  ppPg = &pPager->pAll;
  while( (pPg = *ppPg)!=0 ){
  if( pPg->pgno<=(Pgno)dbSize ){
      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
    }else if( pPg->nRef>0 ){
      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
      ppPg = &pPg->pNextAll;
    }else{
      *ppPg = pPg->pNextAll;
      IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
      PAGER_INCR(vtk_sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
      unlinkPage(pPg);
      makeClean(pPg);
      vtk_sqliteFree(pPg);
      pPager->nPage--;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Try to obtain a lock on a file.  Invoke the busy callback if the lock
** is currently not available.  Repeat until the busy callback returns
** false or until the lock succeeds.
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
** the lock.
*/
static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
  int rc;

  /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */
  assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
  assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
  assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );

  /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */
  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSize<0 || MEMDB );

  if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    do {
      rc = vtk_sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype);
    }while( rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY && vtk_sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandler) );
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      pPager->state = (u8)(locktype);
      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype))
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
  int rc;
  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || MEMDB );
  vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
  if( pPager->errCode ){
    rc = pPager->errCode;
    return rc;
  }
  if( nPage>=(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( MEMDB ){
    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
    pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = syncJournal(pPager);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* Get an exclusive lock on the database before truncating. */
  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
**
** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
** result in a coredump.
**
** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  /* A malloc() cannot fail in vtk_sqlite3ThreadData() as one or more calls to 
  ** malloc() must have already been made by this thread before it gets
  ** to this point. This means the ThreadData must have been allocated already
  ** so that ThreadData.nAlloc can be set.
  */
  ThreadData *pTsd = vtk_sqlite3ThreadData();
  assert( pPager );
  assert( pTsd && pTsd->nAlloc );
#endif

  disable_simulated_io_errors();
  pPager->errCode = 0;
  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
  pager_reset(pPager);
  pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
  enable_simulated_io_errors();
  PAGERTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
  assert( pPager->errCode || (pPager->journalOpen==0 && pPager->stmtOpen==0) );
  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd);
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(pPager->aInJournal);
  if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->stfd);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->fd);
  /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS
  ** if( pPager->tempFile ){
  **   vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename);
  ** }
  */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
  /* Remove the pager from the linked list of pagers starting at 
  ** ThreadData.pPager if memory-management is enabled.
  */
  if( pPager==pTsd->pPager ){
    pTsd->pPager = pPager->pNext;
  }else{
    Pager *pTmp;
    for(pTmp = pTsd->pPager; pTmp->pNext!=pPager; pTmp=pTmp->pNext){}
    pTmp->pNext = pPager->pNext;
  }
#endif
  vtk_sqliteFree(pPager->aHash);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pPager);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** Return the page number for the given page data.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno vtk_sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *p){
  return p->pgno;
}
#endif

/*
** The page_ref() function increments the reference count for a page.
** If the page is currently on the freelist (the reference count is zero) then
** remove it from the freelist.
**
** For non-test systems, page_ref() is a macro that calls _page_ref()
** online of the reference count is zero.  For test systems, page_ref()
** is a real function so that we can set breakpoints and trace it.
*/
static void _page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
    /* The page is currently on the freelist.  Remove it. */
    if( pPg==pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced ){
      PgHdr *p = pPg->pNextFree;
      while( p && p->needSync ){ p = p->pNextFree; }
      pPg->pPager->pFirstSynced = p;
    }
    if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
      pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg->pNextFree;
    }else{
      pPg->pPager->pFirst = pPg->pNextFree;
    }
    if( pPg->pNextFree ){
      pPg->pNextFree->pPrevFree = pPg->pPrevFree;
    }else{
      pPg->pPager->pLast = pPg->pPrevFree;
    }
    pPg->pPager->nRef++;
  }
  pPg->nRef++;
  REFINFO(pPg);
}
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
  static void page_ref(PgHdr *pPg){
    if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
      _page_ref(pPg);
    }else{
      pPg->nRef++;
      REFINFO(pPg);
    }
  }
#else
# define page_ref(P)   ((P)->nRef==0?_page_ref(P):(void)(P)->nRef++)
#endif

/*
** Increment the reference count for a page.  The input pointer is
** a reference to the page data.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
  page_ref(pPg);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sync the journal.  In other words, make sure all the pages that have
** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
** disk.  It is not safe to modify the original database file until after
** the journal has been synced.  If the original database is modified before
** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal
** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the
** database changes.  Database corruption would occur.
** 
** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal.
** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.)
** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur.  First the whole journal
** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs.
**
** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback
** after a power failure, so sync occurs.
**
** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in
** memory.
*/
static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database
  ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.)
  */
  if( pPager->needSync ){
    if( !pPager->tempFile ){
      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
      /* assert( !pPager->noSync ); // noSync might be set if synchronous
      ** was turned off after the transaction was started.  Ticket #615 */
#ifndef NDEBUG
      {
        /* Make sure the pPager->nRec counter we are keeping agrees
        ** with the nRec computed from the size of the journal file.
        */
        i64 jSz;
        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jSz);
        if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
        assert( pPager->journalOff==jSz );
      }
#endif
      {
        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
        ** it as a candidate for rollback. 
        */
        if( pPager->fullSync ){
          PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
          rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, 0);
          if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
        }
        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd,
                           pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic));
        if( rc ) return rc;
        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager,
                  pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic), 4))
        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->nRec);
        if( rc ) return rc;

        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
        if( rc ) return rc;
      }
      PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
      IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
      rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->full_fsync);
      if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
      pPager->journalStarted = 1;
    }
    pPager->needSync = 0;

    /* Erase the needSync flag from every page.
    */
    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
      pPg->needSync = 0;
    }
    pPager->pFirstSynced = pPager->pFirst;
  }

#ifndef NDEBUG
  /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync
  ** flag must also be clear for all pages.  Verify that this
  ** invariant is true.
  */
  else{
    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
      assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
    }
    assert( pPager->pFirstSynced==pPager->pFirst );
  }
#endif

  return rc;
}

/*
** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
** Do not both fixing the pPrevDirty pointers.
*/
static PgHdr *merge_pagelist(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
  PgHdr result, *pTail;
  pTail = &result;
  while( pA && pB ){
    if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
      pTail->pDirty = pA;
      pTail = pA;
      pA = pA->pDirty;
    }else{
      pTail->pDirty = pB;
      pTail = pB;
      pB = pB->pDirty;
    }
  }
  if( pA ){
    pTail->pDirty = pA;
  }else if( pB ){
    pTail->pDirty = pB;
  }else{
    pTail->pDirty = 0;
  }
  return result.pDirty;
}

/*
** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pPrevDirty pointers are
** corrupted by this sort.
*/
#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25
#define N_SORT_BUCKET       25
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  int vtk_sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket = 0;
  #undef N_SORT_BUCKET
  #define N_SORT_BUCKET \
   (vtk_sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?vtk_sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC)
#endif
static PgHdr *sort_pagelist(PgHdr *pIn){
  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p;
  int i;
  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
  while( pIn ){
    p = pIn;
    pIn = p->pDirty;
    p->pDirty = 0;
    for(i=0; i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1; i++){
      if( a[i]==0 ){
        a[i] = p;
        break;
      }else{
        p = merge_pagelist(a[i], p);
        a[i] = 0;
      }
    }
    if( i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1 ){
      /* Coverage: To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) 
      ** elements in the input list. This is possible, but impractical.
      ** Testing this line is the point of global variable
      ** vtk_sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket.
      */
      a[i] = merge_pagelist(a[i], p);
    }
  }
  p = a[0];
  for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
    p = merge_pagelist(p, a[i]);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Given a list of pages (connected by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer) write
** every one of those pages out to the database file and mark them all
** as clean.
*/
static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
  Pager *pPager;
  int rc;

  if( pList==0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  pPager = pList->pPager;

  /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
  ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
  ** calls to vtk_sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops.
  **
  ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
  ** through an intermediate state PENDING.   A PENDING lock prevents new
  ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
  ** write.  The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
  ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
  **
  ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
  ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
  ** journal into the original database file.  Once we transition to
  ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
  ** will require a journal playback.
  */
  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  pList = sort_pagelist(pList);
  while( pList ){
    assert( pList->dirty );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means vtk_sqlite3PagerTruncate() was called to
    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
    ** any such pages to the file.
    */
    if( pList->pgno<=(Pgno)pPager->dbSize ){
      char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pList), pList->pgno, 6);
      PAGERTRACE4("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
                   PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno, pager_pagehash(pList));
      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pList->pgno));
      rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize);
      PAGER_INCR(vtk_sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
      PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
      if( pList->pgno==1 ){
        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
      }
    }
#ifndef NDEBUG
    else{
      PAGERTRACE3("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno);
    }
#endif
    if( rc ) return rc;
    pList->dirty = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
    pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList);
#endif
    pList = pList->pDirty;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Collect every dirty page into a dirty list and
** return a pointer to the head of that list.  All pages are
** collected even if they are still in use.
*/
static PgHdr *pager_get_all_dirty_pages(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->pDirty;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if there is a hot journal on the given pager.
** A hot journal is one that needs to be played back.
**
** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
** database with the same name.  Just delete the journal.
*/
static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
  if( !pPager->useJournal ) return 0;
  if( !vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists(pPager->zJournal) ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd) ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager)==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal);
    return 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
}

/*
** Try to find a page in the cache that can be recycled. 
**
** This routine may return VTK_SQLITE_IOERR, VTK_SQLITE_FULL or VTK_SQLITE_OK. It 
** does not set the pPager->errCode variable.
*/
static int pager_recycle(Pager *pPager, int syncOk, PgHdr **ppPg){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  *ppPg = 0;

  assert(!MEMDB);

  /* Find a page to recycle.  Try to locate a page that does not
  ** require us to do an fsync() on the journal.
  */
  pPg = pPager->pFirstSynced;

  /* If we could not find a page that does not require an fsync()
  ** on the journal file then fsync the journal file.  This is a
  ** very slow operation, so we work hard to avoid it.  But sometimes
  ** it can't be helped.
  */
  if( pPg==0 && pPager->pFirst && syncOk && !MEMDB){
    int rc = syncJournal(pPager);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      return rc;
    }
    if( pPager->fullSync ){
      /* If in full-sync mode, write a new journal header into the
      ** journal file. This is done to avoid ever modifying a journal
      ** header that is involved in the rollback of pages that have
      ** already been written to the database (in case the header is
      ** trashed when the nRec field is updated).
      */
      pPager->nRec = 0;
      assert( pPager->journalOff > 0 );
      assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
      if( rc!=0 ){
        return rc;
      }
    }
    pPg = pPager->pFirst;
  }
  if( pPg==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  assert( pPg->nRef==0 );

  /* Write the page to the database file if it is dirty.
  */
  if( pPg->dirty ){
    int rc;
    assert( pPg->needSync==0 );
    makeClean(pPg);
    pPg->dirty = 1;
    pPg->pDirty = 0;
    rc = pager_write_pagelist( pPg );
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
  }
  assert( pPg->dirty==0 );

  /* If the page we are recycling is marked as alwaysRollback, then
  ** set the global alwaysRollback flag, thus disabling the
  ** vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback() optimization for the rest of this transaction.
  ** It is necessary to do this because the page marked alwaysRollback
  ** might be reloaded at a later time but at that point we won't remember
  ** that is was marked alwaysRollback.  This means that all pages must
  ** be marked as alwaysRollback from here on out.
  */
  if( pPg->alwaysRollback ){
    IOTRACE(("ALWAYS_ROLLBACK %p\n", pPager))
    pPager->alwaysRollback = 1;
  }

  /* Unlink the old page from the free list and the hash table
  */
  unlinkPage(pPg);
  assert( pPg->pgno==0 );

  *ppPg = pPg;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
** by the current thread may be vtk_sqliteFree()ed.
**
** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
** been released, the function returns. A negative value for nReq means
** free as much memory as possible. The return value is the total number 
** of bytes of memory released.
*/
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerReleaseMemory(int nReq){
  const ThreadData *pTsdro = vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly();
  int nReleased = 0;
  int i;

  /* If the the global mutex is held, this subroutine becomes a
  ** o-op; zero bytes of memory are freed.  This is because
  ** some of the code invoked by this function may also
  ** try to obtain the mutex, resulting in a deadlock.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3OsInMutex(0) ){
    return 0;
  }

  /* Outermost loop runs for at most two iterations. First iteration we
  ** try to find memory that can be released without calling fsync(). Second
  ** iteration (which only runs if the first failed to free nReq bytes of
  ** memory) is permitted to call fsync(). This is of course much more 
  ** expensive.
  */
  for(i=0; i<=1; i++){

    /* Loop through all the SQLite pagers opened by the current thread. */
    Pager *pPager = pTsdro->pPager;
    for( ; pPager && (nReq<0 || nReleased<nReq); pPager=pPager->pNext){
      PgHdr *pPg;
      int rc;

      if( MEMDB ){
        continue;
      }

      /* For each pager, try to free as many pages as possible (without 
      ** calling fsync() if this is the first iteration of the outermost 
      ** loop).
      */
      while( VTK_SQLITE_OK==(rc = pager_recycle(pPager, i, &pPg)) && pPg) {
        /* We've found a page to free. At this point the page has been 
        ** removed from the page hash-table, free-list and synced-list 
        ** (pFirstSynced). It is still in the all pages (pAll) list. 
        ** Remove it from this list before freeing.
        **
        ** Todo: Check the Pager.pStmt list to make sure this is Ok. It 
        ** probably is though.
        */
        PgHdr *pTmp;
        assert( pPg );
        if( pPg==pPager->pAll ){
           pPager->pAll = pPg->pNextAll;
        }else{
          for( pTmp=pPager->pAll; pTmp->pNextAll!=pPg; pTmp=pTmp->pNextAll ){}
          pTmp->pNextAll = pPg->pNextAll;
        }
        nReleased += vtk_sqliteAllocSize(pPg);
        IOTRACE(("PGFREE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
        PAGER_INCR(vtk_sqlite3_pager_pgfree_count);
        vtk_sqliteFree(pPg);
      }

      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        /* An error occured whilst writing to the database file or 
        ** journal in pager_recycle(). The error is not returned to the 
        ** caller of this function. Instead, set the Pager.errCode variable.
        ** The error will be returned to the user (or users, in the case 
        ** of a shared pager cache) of the pager for which the error occured.
        */
        assert( (rc&0xff)==VTK_SQLITE_IOERR || rc==VTK_SQLITE_FULL );
        assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
        pager_error(pPager, rc);
      }
    }
  }

  return nReleased;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT && !VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */

/*
** Read the content of page pPg out of the database file.
*/
static int readDbPage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg, Pgno pgno){
  int rc;
  assert( MEMDB==0 );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg),
                          pPager->pageSize);
  }
  PAGER_INCR(vtk_sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
  if( pgno==1 ){
    memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg))[24],
                                              sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
  }
  CODEC1(pPager, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->pgno, 3);
  PAGERTRACE4("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg));
  return rc;
}


/*
** This function is called to obtain the shared lock required before
** data may be read from the pager cache. If the shared lock has already
** been obtained, this function is a no-op.
**
** Immediately after obtaining the shared lock (if required), this function
** checks for a hot-journal file. If one is found, an emergency rollback
** is performed immediately.
*/
static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
    if( !MEMDB ){
      assert( pPager->nRef==0 );
      if( !pPager->noReadlock ){
        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return pager_error(pPager, rc);
        }
        assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
      }
  
      /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
      ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
      */
      if( hasHotJournal(pPager) ){
        /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
        ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
        ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
        ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
        ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it 
        ** back.
        ** 
        ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the
        ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to
        ** obtain it's own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
        */
        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          pager_unlock(pPager);
          return pager_error(pPager, rc);
        }
        pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
 
        /* Open the journal for reading only.  Return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY if
        ** we are unable to open the journal file. 
        **
        ** The journal file does not need to be locked itself.  The
        ** journal file is never open unless the main database file holds
        ** a write lock, so there is never any chance of two or more
        ** processes opening the journal at the same time.
        **
        ** Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in 
        ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and
        ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the
        ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires
        ** a read/write file handle.
        */
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
        if( vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists(pPager->zJournal) ){
          int ro;
          assert( !pPager->tempFile );
          rc = vtk_sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd, &ro);
          assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd );
          if( ro ){
            rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
            vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&pPager->jfd);
          }
        }
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          pager_unlock(pPager);
          return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
        }
        pPager->journalOpen = 1;
        pPager->journalStarted = 0;
        pPager->journalOff = 0;
        pPager->setMaster = 0;
        pPager->journalHdr = 0;
 
        /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
        ** lock and reacquire the read lock.
        */
        rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return pager_error(pPager, rc);
        }
        assert(pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED || 
            (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED)
        );
      }

      if( pPager->pAll ){
        /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
        ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
        ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
        ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
        ** cache.
        **
        ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
        ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
        ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
        ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
        ** a codec is in use.
        ** 
        ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
        ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
        ** it can be neglected.
        */
        char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
        vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);

        if( pPager->errCode ){
          return pPager->errCode;
        }

        if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){
          IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
          rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->fd, 24);
          if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
            return rc;
          }
          rc = vtk_sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers));
          if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
            return rc;
          }
        }else{
          memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
        }

        if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
          pager_reset(pPager);
        }
      }
    }
    assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state<=PAGER_SHARED );
    if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
      pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Allocate a PgHdr object.   Either create a new one or reuse
** an existing one that is not otherwise in use.
**
** A new PgHdr structure is created if any of the following are
** true:
**
**     (1)  We have not exceeded our maximum allocated cache size
**          as set by the "PRAGMA cache_size" command.
**
**     (2)  There are no unused PgHdr objects available at this time.
**
**     (3)  This is an in-memory database.
**
**     (4)  There are no PgHdr objects that do not require a journal
**          file sync and a sync of the journal file is currently
**          prohibited.
**
** Otherwise, reuse an existing PgHdr.  In other words, reuse an
** existing PgHdr if all of the following are true:
**
**     (1)  We have reached or exceeded the maximum cache size
**          allowed by "PRAGMA cache_size".
**
**     (2)  There is a PgHdr available with PgHdr->nRef==0
**
**     (3)  We are not in an in-memory database
**
**     (4)  Either there is an available PgHdr that does not need
**          to be synced to disk or else disk syncing is currently
**          allowed.
*/
static int pagerAllocatePage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr **ppPg){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  PgHdr *pPg;

  /* Create a new PgHdr if any of the four conditions defined 
  ** above is met: */
  if( pPager->nPage<pPager->mxPage
   || pPager->pFirst==0 
   || MEMDB
   || (pPager->pFirstSynced==0 && pPager->doNotSync)
  ){
    if( pPager->nPage>=pPager->nHash ){
      pager_resize_hash_table(pPager,
         pPager->nHash<256 ? 256 : pPager->nHash*2);
      if( pPager->nHash==0 ){
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
        goto pager_allocate_out;
      }
    }
    pPg = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pPg) + pPager->pageSize
                            + sizeof(u32) + pPager->nExtra
                            + MEMDB*sizeof(PgHistory) );
    if( pPg==0 ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
      goto pager_allocate_out;
    }
    memset(pPg, 0, sizeof(*pPg));
    if( MEMDB ){
      memset(PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager), 0, sizeof(PgHistory));
    }
    pPg->pPager = pPager;
    pPg->pNextAll = pPager->pAll;
    pPager->pAll = pPg;
    pPager->nPage++;
  }else{
    /* Recycle an existing page with a zero ref-count. */
    rc = pager_recycle(pPager, 1, &pPg);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
    }
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      goto pager_allocate_out;
    }
    assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
    assert(pPg);
  }
  *ppPg = pPg;

pager_allocate_out:
  return rc;
}

/*
** Make sure we have the content for a page.  If the page was
** previously acquired with noContent==1, then the content was
** just initialized to zeros instead of being read from disk.
** But now we need the real data off of disk.  So make sure we
** have it.  Read it in if we do not have it already.
*/
static int pager_get_content(PgHdr *pPg){
  if( pPg->needRead ){
    int rc = readDbPage(pPg->pPager, pPg, pPg->pgno);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      pPg->needRead = 0;
    }else{
      return rc;
    }
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Acquire a page.
**
** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. 
** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released.
**
** This routine works for any page number greater than 0.  If the database
** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk
** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to
** all zeros.  The extra data appended to a page is always initialized
** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory.
**
** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
**
** See also vtk_sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
** or journal files.
**
** If noContent is false, the page contents are actually read from disk.
** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
** of the page at this time, so do not do a disk read.  Just fill in the
** page content with zeros.  But mark the fact that we have not read the
** content by setting the PgHdr.needRead flag.  Later on, if 
** vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on this page or if this routine is
** called again with noContent==0, that means that the content is needed
** and the disk read should occur at that point.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerAcquire(
  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
  int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  int rc;

  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1 );

  /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
  ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested.
  */
  if( pgno>(Pgno)PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || 
      pgno==(Pgno)PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

  /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors.
  */ 
  assert( pPager!=0 );
  *ppPage = 0;
  if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=VTK_SQLITE_FULL ){
    return pPager->errCode;
  }

  /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock
  ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if 
  ** a database lock is already held.
  */
  rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }
  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );

  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  if( pPg==0 ){
    /* The requested page is not in the page cache. */
    int nMax;
    int h;
    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
    rc = pagerAllocatePage(pPager, &pPg);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }

    pPg->pgno = pgno;
    assert( !MEMDB || pgno>pPager->stmtSize );
    if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){
      vtk_sqlite3CheckMemory(pPager->aInJournal, pgno/8);
      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
      pPg->inJournal = (u8)((pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0);
      pPg->needSync = 0;
    }else{
      pPg->inJournal = 0;
      pPg->needSync = 0;
    }

    makeClean(pPg);
    pPg->nRef = 1;
    REFINFO(pPg);

    pPager->nRef++;
    if( pPager->nExtra>0 ){
      memset(PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager), 0, pPager->nExtra);
    }
    nMax = vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
    if( pPager->errCode ){
      vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
      rc = pPager->errCode;
      return rc;
    }

    /* Populate the page with data, either by reading from the database
    ** file, or by setting the entire page to zero.
    */
    if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || (noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback) ){
      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
        vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
        return VTK_SQLITE_FULL;
      }
      memset(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), 0, pPager->pageSize);
      pPg->needRead = (u8)(noContent && !pPager->alwaysRollback);
      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
    }else{
      rc = readDbPage(pPager, pPg, pgno);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && rc!=VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
        pPg->pgno = 0;
        vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
        return rc;
      }
      pPg->needRead = 0;
    }

    /* Link the page into the page hash table */
    h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
    assert( pgno!=0 );
    pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
    pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
    if( pPg->pNextHash ){
      assert( pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash==0 );
      pPg->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPg;
    }

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
#endif
  }else{
    /* The requested page is in the page cache. */
    assert(pPager->nRef>0 || pgno==1);
    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
    if( !noContent ){
      rc = pager_get_content(pPg);
      if( rc ){
        return rc;
      }
    }
    page_ref(pPg);
  }
  *ppPage = pPg;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
**
** See also vtk_sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
** and vtk_sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
** has ever happened.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *vtk_sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *pPg;

  assert( pPager!=0 );
  assert( pgno!=0 );

  if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
    assert( !pPager->pAll || pPager->exclusiveMode );
    return 0;
  }
  if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=VTK_SQLITE_FULL ){
    return 0;
  }
  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  if( pPg==0 ) return 0;
  page_ref(pPg);
  return pPg;
}

/*
** Release a page.
**
** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
** removed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){

  /* Decrement the reference count for this page
  */
  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
  pPg->nRef--;
  REFINFO(pPg);

  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);

  /* When the number of references to a page reach 0, call the
  ** destructor and add the page to the freelist.
  */
  if( pPg->nRef==0 ){
    Pager *pPager;
    pPager = pPg->pPager;
    pPg->pNextFree = 0;
    pPg->pPrevFree = pPager->pLast;
    pPager->pLast = pPg;
    if( pPg->pPrevFree ){
      pPg->pPrevFree->pNextFree = pPg;
    }else{
      pPager->pFirst = pPg;
    }
    if( pPg->needSync==0 && pPager->pFirstSynced==0 ){
      pPager->pFirstSynced = pPg;
    }
    if( pPager->xDestructor ){
      pPager->xDestructor(pPg, pPager->pageSize);
    }
  
    /* When all pages reach the freelist, drop the read lock from
    ** the database file.
    */
    pPager->nRef--;
    assert( pPager->nRef>=0 );
    if( pPager->nRef==0 && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) ){
      pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
    }
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create a journal file for pPager.  There should already be a RESERVED
** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called.
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK if everything.  Return an error code and release the
** write lock if anything goes wrong.
*/
static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
  int rc;
  assert( !MEMDB );
  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
  assert( pPager->journalOpen==0 );
  assert( pPager->useJournal );
  assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 );
  vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
  pPager->aInJournal = vtk_sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
  if( pPager->aInJournal==0 ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto failed_to_open_journal;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(pPager->zJournal, &pPager->jfd,
                                 pPager->tempFile);
  assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd );
  pPager->journalOff = 0;
  pPager->setMaster = 0;
  pPager->journalHdr = 0;
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM ){
      vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zJournal);
    }
    goto failed_to_open_journal;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsSetFullSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->full_fsync);
  vtk_sqlite3OsSetFullSync(pPager->fd, pPager->full_fsync);
  vtk_sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(pPager->jfd, pPager->zDirectory);
  pPager->journalOpen = 1;
  pPager->journalStarted = 0;
  pPager->needSync = 0;
  pPager->alwaysRollback = 0;
  pPager->nRec = 0;
  if( pPager->errCode ){
    rc = pPager->errCode;
    goto failed_to_open_journal;
  }
  pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;

  rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);

  if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pPager);
  }
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && rc!=VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_FULL;
    }
  }
  return rc;

failed_to_open_journal:
  vtk_sqliteFree(pPager->aInJournal);
  pPager->aInJournal = 0;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Acquire a write-lock on the database.  The lock is removed when
** the any of the following happen:
**
**   *  vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo() is called.
**   *  vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback() is called.
**   *  vtk_sqlite3PagerClose() is called.
**   *  vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref() is called to on every outstanding page.
**
** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the
** database file.  Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to
** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is
** already a read-lock on the database.
**
** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a
** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created.
**
** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file.  For temporary
** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an
** actual need to write to the journal.
**
** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op.
**
** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file
** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache.  The
** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage *pPg, int exFlag){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
    assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 );
    if( MEMDB ){
      pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
    }else{
      rc = vtk_sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
        if( exFlag ){
          rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
        }
      }
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
      pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
      PAGERTRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
      if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile ){
        rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
      }
    }
  }else if( pPager->journalOpen && pPager->journalOff==0 ){
    /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode last
    ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded
    ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was 
    ** kept open and truncated to 0 bytes.
    */
    assert( pPager->nRec==0 );
    assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 );
    assert( pPager->aInJournal==0 );
    vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
    pPager->aInJournal = vtk_sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
    if( !pPager->aInJournal ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
    }
  }
  assert( !pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK );
  return rc;
}

/*
** Make a page dirty.  Set its dirty flag and add it to the dirty
** page list.
*/
static void makeDirty(PgHdr *pPg){
  if( pPg->dirty==0 ){
    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
    pPg->dirty = 1;
    pPg->pDirty = pPager->pDirty;
    if( pPager->pDirty ){
      pPager->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg;
    }
    pPg->pPrevDirty = 0;
    pPager->pDirty = pPg;
  }
}

/*
** Make a page clean.  Clear its dirty bit and remove it from the
** dirty page list.
*/
static void makeClean(PgHdr *pPg){
  if( pPg->dirty ){
    pPg->dirty = 0;
    if( pPg->pDirty ){
      pPg->pDirty->pPrevDirty = pPg->pPrevDirty;
    }
    if( pPg->pPrevDirty ){
      pPg->pPrevDirty->pDirty = pPg->pDirty;
    }else{
      pPg->pPager->pDirty = pPg->pDirty;
    }
  }
}


/*
** Mark a data page as writeable.  The page is written into the journal 
** if it is not there already.  This routine must be called before making
** changes to a page.
**
** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new
** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database.  If the RESERVED
** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns VTK_SQLITE_BUSY.  The
** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to
** change any page data until this routine returns VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full,
** then this routine returns VTK_SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback.
** All subsequent write attempts also return VTK_SQLITE_FULL until there
** is a call to vtk_sqlite3PagerCommit() or vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback() to
** reset.
*/
static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
  void *pData = PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  /* Check for errors
  */
  if( pPager->errCode ){ 
    return pPager->errCode;
  }
  if( pPager->readOnly ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_PERM;
  }

  assert( !pPager->setMaster );

  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);

  /* If this page was previously acquired with noContent==1, that means
  ** we didn't really read in the content of the page.  This can happen
  ** (for example) when the page is being moved to the freelist.  But
  ** now we are (perhaps) moving the page off of the freelist for
  ** reuse and we need to know its original content so that content
  ** can be stored in the rollback journal.  So do the read at this
  ** time.
  */
  rc = pager_get_content(pPg);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
  */
  makeDirty(pPg);
  if( pPg->inJournal && (pageInStatement(pPg) || pPager->stmtInUse==0) ){
    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
  }else{

    /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
    ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
    ** or both.
    **
    ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
    ** create it if it does not.
    */
    assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerBegin(pPg, 0);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
    if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal ){
      rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    }
    assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->useJournal );
    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
  
    /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
    ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
    ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
    */
    if( !pPg->inJournal && (pPager->useJournal || MEMDB) ){
      if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
        int szPg;
        if( MEMDB ){
          PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
          PAGERTRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
          assert( pHist->pOrig==0 );
          pHist->pOrig = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize );
          if( pHist->pOrig ){
            memcpy(pHist->pOrig, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
          }
        }else{
          u32 cksum, saved;
          char *pData2, *pEnd;
          /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
          ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
          ** that we do not. */
          assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
          pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
          cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
          pEnd = pData2 + pPager->pageSize;
          pData2 -= 4;
          saved = *(u32*)pEnd;
          put32bits(pEnd, cksum);
          szPg = pPager->pageSize+8;
          put32bits(pData2, pPg->pgno);
          rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, szPg);
          IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
                   pPager->journalOff, szPg));
          PAGER_INCR(vtk_sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
          pPager->journalOff += szPg;
          PAGERTRACE5("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pager_pagehash(pPg));
          *(u32*)pEnd = saved;

          /* An error has occured writing to the journal file. The 
          ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above.
          */
          if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
            return rc;
          }

          pPager->nRec++;
          assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 );
          pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
          pPg->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
          if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
            pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
          }
        }
      }else{
        pPg->needSync = !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync;
        PAGERTRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync);
      }
      if( pPg->needSync ){
        pPager->needSync = 1;
      }
      pPg->inJournal = 1;
    }
  
    /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
    ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
    ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
    ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
    */
    if( pPager->stmtInUse 
     && !pageInStatement(pPg) 
     && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize 
    ){
      assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
      if( MEMDB ){
        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
        assert( pHist->pStmt==0 );
        pHist->pStmt = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( pPager->pageSize );
        if( pHist->pStmt ){
          memcpy(pHist->pStmt, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPager->pageSize);
        }
        PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
        page_add_to_stmt_list(pPg);
      }else{
        char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7)-4;
        put32bits(pData2, pPg->pgno);
        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->stfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize+4);
        PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return rc;
        }
        pPager->stmtNRec++;
        assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 );
        pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
      }
    }
  }

  /* Update the database size and return.
  */
  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
  if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){
    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
    if( !MEMDB && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
      pPager->dbSize++;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is used to mark a data-page as writable. It uses 
** pager_write() to open a journal file (if it is not already open)
** and write the page *pData to the journal.
**
** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);

  if( !MEMDB && nPagePerSector>1 ){
    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
    int nPage;                /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
    int ii;

    /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal
    ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function.
    */
    assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
    pPager->doNotSync = 1;

    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
    */
    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;

    nPageCount = vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager);
    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
    }else{
      nPage = nPagePerSector;
    }
    assert(nPage>0);
    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);

    for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK; ii++){
      Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
      if( !pPager->aInJournal || pg==pPg->pgno || 
          pg>(Pgno)pPager->origDbSize || !(pPager->aInJournal[pg/8]&(1<<(pg&7)))
      ) {
      if( pg!=(Pgno)PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
          PgHdr *pPage;
          rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
          if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
            rc = pager_write(pPage);
            vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
          }
        }
      }
    }

    assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 );
    pPager->doNotSync = 0;
  }else{
    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
** to vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
** to change the content of the page.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
  return pPg->dirty;
}
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
/*
** Replace the content of a single page with the information in the third
** argument.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerOverwrite(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, void *pData){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  int rc;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      memcpy(vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pPg), pData, pPager->pageSize);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif

/*
** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
** that page might be marked as dirty.
**
** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
** on the given page is unused.  The pager marks the page as clean so
** that it does not get written to disk.
**
** Tests show that this optimization, together with the
** vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback() below, more than double the speed
** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs.
**
** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true.
** Subsequent calls to vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback() for the same page
** will thereafter be ignored.  This is necessary to avoid a problem
** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of
** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part
** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose.  When it
** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called.  When reused,
** the vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback() routine is called.  But because the
** page contains critical data, we still need to be sure it gets
** rolled back in spite of the vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback() call.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;

  if( MEMDB ) return;
  pPg->alwaysRollback = 1;
  if( pPg->dirty && !pPager->stmtInUse ){
    assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
    if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSize<pPager->dbSize ){
      /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown
      ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean.
      ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page
      ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct
      ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file
      ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database
      ** corruption during the next transaction.
      */
    }else{
      PAGERTRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
      IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
      makeClean(pPg);
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
      pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
#endif
    }
  }
}

/*
** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs,
** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page.  This
** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the
** rollback journal.
**
** If we have not yet actually read the content of this page (if
** the PgHdr.needRead flag is set) then this routine acts as a promise
** that we will never need to read the page content in the future.
** so the needRead flag can be cleared at this point.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage *pPg){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;

  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
  if( pPager->journalOpen==0 ) return;
  if( pPg->alwaysRollback || pPager->alwaysRollback || MEMDB ) return;
  if( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
    assert( pPager->aInJournal!=0 );
    pPager->aInJournal[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
    pPg->inJournal = 1;
    pPg->needRead = 0;
    if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
      pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
    }
    PAGERTRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
    IOTRACE(("GARBAGE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
  }
  if( pPager->stmtInUse 
   && !pageInStatement(pPg) 
   && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize 
  ){
    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
    assert( pPager->aInStmt!=0 );
    pPager->aInStmt[pPg->pgno/8] |= 1<<(pPg->pgno&7);
  }
}


/*
** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter,
** stored at byte 24 of the pager file.
*/
static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager){
  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
  u32 change_counter;
  int rc;

  if( !pPager->changeCountDone ){
    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  
    /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
    change_counter = vtk_sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers);
    change_counter++;
    put32bits(((char*)PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPgHdr))+24, change_counter);
    /* Release the page reference. */
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
    pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
** journal (a single database transaction).
**
** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written
** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that
** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or
** master journal file if specified).
**
** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
** passed to an vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
**
** If parameter nTrunc is non-zero, then the pager file is truncated to
** nTrunc pages (this is used by auto-vacuum databases).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster, Pgno nTrunc){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  PAGERTRACE4("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nTrunc=%d\n", 
      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, nTrunc);

  /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
  ** function has already been called, it is a no-op.
  */
  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !MEMDB && pPager->dirtyCache ){
    PgHdr *pPg;
    assert( pPager->journalOpen );

    /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the
    ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is
    ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an
    ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the
    ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written.
    */
    if( !pPager->setMaster ){
      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( nTrunc!=0 ){
        /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
        ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
        ** file.
        */
        Pgno i;
        int iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager);
        for( i=nTrunc+1; i<=(Pgno)pPager->origDbSize; i++ ){
          if( !(pPager->aInJournal[i/8] & (1<<(i&7))) && i!=(Pgno)iSkip ){
            rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPg);
            if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
            rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
            vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
            if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
          }
        } 
      }
#endif
      rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
      rc = syncJournal(pPager);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
    }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( nTrunc!=0 ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
    }
#endif

    /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */
    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
    rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
    pPager->pDirty = 0;

    /* Sync the database file. */
    if( !pPager->noSync ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, 0);
    }
    IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))

    pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
  }else if( MEMDB && nTrunc!=0 ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc);
  }

sync_exit:
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){
    /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive
     * lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since 
     * there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it's
     * better to return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY.
     */
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock.
**
** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made
** and an error code is returned.  If the commit worked, VTK_SQLITE_OK
** is returned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
  int rc;
  PgHdr *pPg;

  if( pPager->errCode ){
    return pPager->errCode;
  }
  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  PAGERTRACE2("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
  if( MEMDB ){
    pPg = pager_get_all_dirty_pages(pPager);
    while( pPg ){
      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
      clearHistory(pHist);
      pPg->dirty = 0;
      pPg->inJournal = 0;
      pHist->inStmt = 0;
      pPg->needSync = 0;
      pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
      pPg = pPg->pDirty;
    }
    pPager->pDirty = 0;
#ifndef NDEBUG
    for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
      PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
      assert( !pPg->alwaysRollback );
      assert( !pHist->pOrig );
      assert( !pHist->pStmt );
    }
#endif
    pPager->pStmt = 0;
    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  assert( pPager->journalOpen || !pPager->dirtyCache );
  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || !pPager->dirtyCache );
  rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager);
  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}

/*
** Rollback all changes.  The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents.
** The journal is deleted.
**
** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following
** the correct locking protocol or unless some other
** process is writing trash into the journal file (VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT) or
** unless a prior malloc() failed (VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM).  Appropriate error
** codes are returned for all these occasions.  Otherwise,
** VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
  int rc;
  PAGERTRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
  if( MEMDB ){
    PgHdr *p;
    for(p=pPager->pAll; p; p=p->pNextAll){
      PgHistory *pHist;
      assert( !p->alwaysRollback );
      if( !p->dirty ){
        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pOrig );
        assert( !((PgHistory *)PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager))->pStmt );
        continue;
      }

      pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(p, pPager);
      if( pHist->pOrig ){
        memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(p), pHist->pOrig, pPager->pageSize);
        PAGERTRACE3("ROLLBACK-PAGE %d of %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
      }else{
        PAGERTRACE3("PAGE %d is clean on %d\n", p->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
      }
      clearHistory(pHist);
      p->dirty = 0;
      p->inJournal = 0;
      pHist->inStmt = 0;
      pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
      if( pPager->xReiniter ){
        pPager->xReiniter(p, pPager->pageSize);
      }
    }
    pPager->pDirty = 0;
    pPager->pStmt = 0;
    pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize;
    pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){
    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager);
    return rc;
  }

  if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=VTK_SQLITE_FULL ){
    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
      pager_playback(pPager, 0);
    }
    return pPager->errCode;
  }
  if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
    int rc2;
    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
    rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = rc2;
    }
  }else{
    rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
  }
  /* pager_reset(pPager); */
  pPager->dbSize = -1;

  /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
  ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error 
  ** persistent.
  */
  return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
** if the database is (in theory) writable.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->readOnly;
}

/*
** Return the number of references to the pager.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->nRef;
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
/*
** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int *vtk_sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
  static int a[11];
  a[0] = pPager->nRef;
  a[1] = pPager->nPage;
  a[2] = pPager->mxPage;
  a[3] = pPager->dbSize;
  a[4] = pPager->state;
  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
  a[6] = pPager->nHit;
  a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
  a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
  return a;
}
#endif

/*
** Set the statement rollback point.
**
** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already
** open.  A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback
** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){
  int rc;
  assert( !pPager->stmtInUse );
  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
  assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 );
  PAGERTRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
  if( MEMDB ){
    pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
    pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( !pPager->journalOpen ){
    pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
  pPager->aInStmt = vtk_sqliteMalloc( pPager->dbSize/8 + 1 );
  if( pPager->aInStmt==0 ){
    /* vtk_sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); */
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
#ifndef NDEBUG
  rc = vtk_sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->stmtJSize);
  if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed;
  assert( pPager->stmtJSize == pPager->journalOff );
#endif
  pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff;
  pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
  pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0;
  pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit;
  if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerOpentemp(&pPager->stfd);
    if( rc ) goto stmt_begin_failed;
    pPager->stmtOpen = 1;
    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
  }
  pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
 
stmt_begin_failed:
  if( pPager->aInStmt ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pPager->aInStmt);
    pPager->aInStmt = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Commit a statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager *pPager){
  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
    PgHdr *pPg, *pNext;
    PAGERTRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
    if( !MEMDB ){
      vtk_sqlite3OsSeek(pPager->stfd, 0);
      /* vtk_sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->stfd, 0); */
      vtk_sqliteFree( pPager->aInStmt );
      pPager->aInStmt = 0;
    }else{
      for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pNext){
        PgHistory *pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
        pNext = pHist->pNextStmt;
        assert( pHist->inStmt );
        pHist->inStmt = 0;
        pHist->pPrevStmt = pHist->pNextStmt = 0;
        vtk_sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
        pHist->pStmt = 0;
      }
    }
    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
    pPager->pStmt = 0;
  }
  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Rollback a statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager *pPager){
  int rc;
  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
    PAGERTRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
    if( MEMDB ){
      PgHdr *pPg;
      PgHistory *pHist;
      for(pPg=pPager->pStmt; pPg; pPg=pHist->pNextStmt){
        pHist = PGHDR_TO_HIST(pPg, pPager);
        if( pHist->pStmt ){
          memcpy(PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pHist->pStmt, pPager->pageSize);
          vtk_sqliteFree(pHist->pStmt);
          pHist->pStmt = 0;
        }
      }
      pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
      pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    }else{
      rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager);
  }else{
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the full pathname of the database file.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->zFilename;
}

/*
** Return the directory of the database file.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->zDirectory;
}

/*
** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->zJournal;
}

/*
** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
** if fsync()s are executed normally.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
  return pPager->noSync;
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
/*
** Set the codec for this pager
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
  Pager *pPager,
  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
  void *pCodecArg
){
  pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
  pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg;
}
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 
**
** There must be no references to the page previously located at
** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
** in cache.  If the page previous located at pgno is not already
** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
**
** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
**
** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
** transaction is active).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno){
  PgHdr *pPgOld;  /* The page being overwritten. */
  int h;
  Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;

  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );

  PAGERTRACE5("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pPg->needSync, pgno);
  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))

  pager_get_content(pPg);
  if( pPg->needSync ){
    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
    assert( pPg->inJournal || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
    assert( pPg->dirty );
    assert( pPager->needSync );
  }

  /* Unlink pPg from it's hash-chain */
  unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPg);

  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
  ** from it's hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for 
  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
  ** for the page moved there.
  */
  pPg->needSync = 0;
  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
  if( pPgOld ){
    assert( pPgOld->nRef==0 );
    unlinkHashChain(pPager, pPgOld);
    makeClean(pPgOld);
    pPg->needSync = pPgOld->needSync;
  }else{
    pPg->needSync = 0;
  }
  if( pPager->aInJournal && (int)pgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){
    pPg->inJournal =  (u8)((pPager->aInJournal[pgno/8] & (1<<(pgno&7)))!=0);
  }else{
    pPg->inJournal = 0;
    assert( pPg->needSync==0 || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
  }

  /* Change the page number for pPg and insert it into the new hash-chain. */
  assert( pgno!=0 );
  pPg->pgno = pgno;
  h = pgno & (pPager->nHash-1);
  if( pPager->aHash[h] ){
    assert( pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash==0 );
    pPager->aHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPg;
  }
  pPg->pNextHash = pPager->aHash[h];
  pPager->aHash[h] = pPg;
  pPg->pPrevHash = 0;

  makeDirty(pPg);
  pPager->dirtyCache = 1;

  if( needSyncPgno ){
    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
    ** Pager.aInJournal bit has been set. This needs to be remedied by loading
    ** the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync flag.
    **
    ** The vtk_sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make
    ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too.
    */
    int rc;
    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
    assert( pPager->needSync );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    pPager->needSync = 1;
    pPgHdr->needSync = 1;
    pPgHdr->inJournal = 1;
    makeDirty(pPgHdr);
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
  }

  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
  return PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg);
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
** allocated along with the specified page.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
  return (pPager?PGHDR_TO_EXTRA(pPg, pPager):0);
}

/*
** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
**
** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
** locking-mode.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){
    pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)(eMode);
  }
  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
}

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** Return the current state of the file lock for the given pager.
** The return value is one of NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK,
** PENDING_LOCK, or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3PagerLockstate(Pager *pPager){
  return vtk_sqlite3OsLockState(pPager->fd);
}
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Print a listing of all referenced pages and their ref count.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager *pPager){
  PgHdr *pPg;
  for(pPg=pPager->pAll; pPg; pPg=pPg->pNextAll){
    if( pPg->nRef<=0 ) continue;
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("PAGE %3d addr=%p nRef=%d\n", 
       pPg->pgno, PGHDR_TO_DATA(pPg), pPg->nRef);
  }
}
#endif

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */

/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2004 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Id
**
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
*/
/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btree.c ******************/
/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
/*
** 2004 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Id
**
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
**
**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
**
** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
**
**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
**
** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
** so forth.
**
** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
**
** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
** information such as the size of key and data.
**
** FORMAT DETAILS
**
** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
** "no such page".  The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
** page.
**
** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
** The format of the file header is as follows:
**
**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  
**     18       1     File format write version
**     19       1     File format read version
**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction
**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction
**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction
**     24       4     File change counter
**     28       4     Reserved for future use
**     32       4     First freelist page
**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
**
** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
**
** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
**
** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
**
** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
**
** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
** not specified in the header.
**
** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
** file header that occurs before the page header.
**
**      |----------------|
**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
**      |----------------|
**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
**      |----------------|
**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
**      |                |   v
**      |----------------|
**      | unallocated    |
**      | space          |
**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
**      |----------------|
**
** The page headers looks like this:
**
**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
**      3       2      number of cells on this page
**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
**
** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
** the payload area.
**
** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
**
** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
** beginning of the page.
**
** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
** in the page header at offset 7.
**
**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
**
** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
**
** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
**
**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
**
** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
**
** The content of a cell looks like this:
**
**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
**      *     Payload
**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
**
** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
** as 1 byte of data.
**
**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
**      4     Page number of next overflow page
**      *     Data
**
** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
**
**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
**      4     Page number of next trunk page
**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
*/

/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
*/
#define ROUND8(x)   ((x+7)&~7)


/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
** size give above.
*/
#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  (pBt->pageSize-8)

/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
** assumes a minimum cell size of 3 bytes.  Such small cells will be
** exceedingly rare, but they are possible.
*/
#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/3)

/* Forward declarations */
typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
typedef struct BtLock BtLock;

/*
** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
**
** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
** -DVTK_SQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line.  The
** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
** the string itself should be 15 characters long.  If you change
** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read 
** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
#  define VTK_SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
#endif

/*
** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
** first byte of every BTree page.
*/
#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
#define PTF_LEAF      0x08

/*
** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
**
** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
*/
struct MemPage {
  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
  u8 idxShift;         /* True if Cell indices have changed */
  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
  u8 zeroData;         /* True if table stores keys only */
  u8 leafData;         /* True if tables stores data on leaves only */
  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of Btree.maxLocal or Btree.maxLeaf */
  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of Btree.minLocal or Btree.minLeaf */
  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
  u16 idxParent;       /* Index in parent of this node */
  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
  struct _OvflCell {   /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
    u8 *pCell;          /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
    u16 idx;            /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
  } aOvfl[5];
  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer back to BTree structure */
  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer back to the start of the page */
  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
  MemPage *pParent;    /* The parent of this page.  NULL for root */
};

/*
** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
** that extra information.
*/
#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)

/* Btree handle */
struct Btree {
  vtk_sqlite3 *pSQLite;
  BtShared *pBt;
  u8 inTrans;            /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
};

/*
** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
**
** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
** but any number may have active read transactions. Variable Btree.pDb 
** points to the handle that owns any current write-transaction.
*/
#define TRANS_NONE  0
#define TRANS_READ  1
#define TRANS_WRITE 2

/*
** Everything we need to know about an open database
*/
struct BtShared {
  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
  u8 inStmt;            /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
  u8 readOnly;          /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
  u8 maxEmbedFrac;      /* Maximum payload as % of total page size */
  u8 minEmbedFrac;      /* Minimum payload as % of total page size */
  u8 minLeafFrac;       /* Minimum leaf payload as % of total page size */
  u8 pageSizeFixed;     /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
  Pgno nTrunc;          /* Non-zero if the db will be truncated (incr vacuum) */
#endif
  u16 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
  u16 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
  int maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
  int minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
  int maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
  int minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
  BusyHandler *pBusyHandler;   /* Callback for when there is lock contention */
  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by vtk_sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next in ThreadData.pBtree linked list */
#endif
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
*/
typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
struct CellInfo {
  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
  u32 nPayload;  /* Total amount of payload */
  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
};

/*
** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry in the BTree.
** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
*/
struct BtCursor {
  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
  int (*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*); /* Key comp func */
  void *pArg;               /* First arg to xCompare() */
  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
  MemPage *pPage;           /* Page that contains the entry */
  int idx;                  /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */
  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
  u8 wrFlag;                /* True if writable */
  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
  void *pKey;      /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
  i64 nKey;        /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
  int skip;        /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
  u8 isIncrblobHandle;      /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
#endif
};

/*
** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
**
** CURSOR_VALID:
**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
**
** CURSOR_INVALID:
**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
**   called.
**
** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
**   this state, restoreOrClearCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
*/
#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
#define CURSOR_VALID             1
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       2

/*
** The TRACE macro will print high-level status information about the
** btree operation when the global variable vtk_sqlite3_btree_trace is
** enabled.
*/
#if VTK_SQLITE_TEST
# define TRACE(X)   if( vtk_sqlite3_btree_trace ){ printf X; fflush(stdout); }
#else
# define TRACE(X)
#endif

/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
** file.
*/
#define getVarint    vtk_sqlite3GetVarint
#define getVarint32(A,B)  ((*B=*(A))<=0x7f?1:vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32(A,B))
#define putVarint    vtk_sqlite3PutVarint

/* The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
** TODO: This macro is very similary to PAGER_MJ_PGNO() in pager.c. They
** should possibly be consolidated (presumably in pager.h).
**
** If disk I/O is omitted (meaning that the database is stored purely
** in memory) then there is no pending byte.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)  0x7fffffff
#else
# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ((PENDING_BYTE/(pBt)->pageSize)+1)
#endif

/*
** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
** a btree handle is closed.
*/
struct BtLock {
  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
};

/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
#define READ_LOCK     1
#define WRITE_LOCK    2

/*
** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
** page number to look up in the pointer map.
**
** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
** the offset of the requested map entry.
**
** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
** this test.
*/
#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, pgno) (5*(pgno-ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)-1))
#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))

/*
** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
**
** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
**
** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
**                  used in this case.
**
** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
**                  is not used in this case.
**
** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
**
** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
**                   page in the overflow page list.
**
** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
*/
#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5

/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
*/
#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
  assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction<p->pBt->nRef ); \
  assert( p->pBt->nTransaction<=p->pBt->nRef ); \
  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 


/*
** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
** (vtk_sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
** So, this macro is defined instead.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
#else
#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
#endif


/*
** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
** in order to keep track of some global state information.
*/
typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
struct IntegrityCk {
  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
  int nPage;        /* Number of pages in the database */
  int *anRef;       /* Number of times each page is referenced */
  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
  char *zErrMsg;    /* An error message.  NULL if no errors seen. */
  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
};

/*
** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
*/
#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (unsigned char)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (unsigned char)(v))
#define get4byte vtk_sqlite3Get4byte
#define put4byte vtk_sqlite3Put4byte

/*
** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*);
/* This function is defined but never used */
/* VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 *vtk_sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell); */
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage);
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur);

/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in btree.c **********************/

/*
** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
** SQLite database.
*/
static const char zMagicHeader[] = VTK_SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;


/*
** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
** macro.
*/
#if VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_btree_trace=0;  /* True to enable tracing */
#endif

/*
** Forward declaration
*/
static int checkReadLocks(Btree*,Pgno,BtCursor*);


#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  /*
  ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables()
  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
  */
  #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) VTK_SQLITE_OK
  #define lockTable(a,b,c) VTK_SQLITE_OK
  #define unlockAllTables(a)
#else

/*
** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
** VTK_SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or
** VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
*/
static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtLock *pIter;

  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
  if( 0==vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is
  ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is
  ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks
  ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag
  ** is not considered.
  **
  ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the 
  ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list 
  ** (BtShared.pLock).
  **
  ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do
  ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a 
  ** write-cursor does not change.
  */
  if( 
    !p->pSQLite || 
    0==(p->pSQLite->flags&VTK_SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || 
    eLock==WRITE_LOCK ||
    iTab==MASTER_ROOT
  ){
    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
      if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && 
          (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED;
      }
    }
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
** WRITE_LOCK.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. VTK_SQLITE_BUSY and
** VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned.
*/
static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtLock *pLock = 0;
  BtLock *pIter;

  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
  if( 0==vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  assert( VTK_SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );

  /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested,
  ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See
  ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling 
  ** the ReadUncommitted flag.
  */
  if( 
    (p->pSQLite) && 
    (p->pSQLite->flags&VTK_SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) && 
    (eLock==READ_LOCK) &&
    iTable!=MASTER_ROOT
  ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
      pLock = pIter;
      break;
    }
  }

  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
  */
  if( !pLock ){
    pLock = (BtLock *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(BtLock));
    if( !pLock ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pLock->iTable = iTable;
    pLock->pBtree = p;
    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
    pBt->pLock = pLock;
  }

  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
  */
  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
    pLock->eLock = eLock;
  }

  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable()
** procedure) held by Btree handle p.
*/
static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){
  BtLock **ppIter = &p->pBt->pLock;

  /* If the shared-cache extension is not enabled, there should be no
  ** locks in the BtShared.pLock list, making this procedure a no-op. Assert
  ** that this is the case.
  */
  assert( vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || 0==*ppIter );

  while( *ppIter ){
    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
      vtk_sqliteFree(pLock);
    }else{
      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
    }
  }
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
*/
static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
  vtk_sqliteFree(pCur->aOverflow);
  pCur->aOverflow = 0;
}

/*
** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
** on the shared btree structure pBt.
*/
static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
  BtCursor *p;
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
  }
}
#else
  #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
  #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
#endif

/*
** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
*/
static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
  int rc;

  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );

  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);

  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
  ** data.
  */
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->pPage->intKey){
    void *pKey = vtk_sqliteMalloc((int)pCur->nKey);
    if( pKey ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        pCur->pKey = pKey;
      }else{
        vtk_sqliteFree(pKey);
      }
    }else{
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }
  assert( !pCur->pPage->intKey || !pCur->pKey );

  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
    pCur->pPage = 0;
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
  }

  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table 
** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
*/
static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
  BtCursor *p;
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && 
        p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
      int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
      if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
        return rc;
      }
    }
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
static void clearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
  vtk_sqliteFree(pCur->pKey);
  pCur->pKey = 0;
  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
}

/*
** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
** at most one effective restoreOrClearCursorPosition() call after each 
** saveCursorPosition().
**
** If the second argument argument - doSeek - is false, then instead of 
** returning the cursor to it's saved position, any saved position is deleted
** and the cursor state set to CURSOR_INVALID.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
  int rc;
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
  if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ABORT;
  }
#endif
  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pCur->pKey);
    pCur->pKey = 0;
    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
  }
  return rc;
}

#define restoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) \
  (p->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
         vtk_sqlite3BtreeRestoreOrClearCursorPosition(p) : \
         VTK_SQLITE_OK)

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
** input page number.
*/
static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
  int nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
  int iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
  int ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
    ret++;
  }
  return ret;
}

/*
** Write an entry into the pointer map.
**
** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise VTK_SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){
  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
  int rc;

  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );

  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
  if( key==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }
  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key);
  pPtrmap = (u8 *)vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);

  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
    }
  }

  vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Read an entry from the pointer map.
**
** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise VTK_SQLITE_OK.
*/
static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
  int rc;

  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
  if( rc!=0 ){
    return rc;
  }
  pPtrmap = (u8 *)vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);

  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pBt, key);
  assert( pEType!=0 );
  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);

  vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */

/*
** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
** to the cell content.
**
** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
*/
#define findCell(pPage, iCell) \
  ((pPage)->aData + get2byte(&(pPage)->aData[(pPage)->cellOffset+2*(iCell)]))

/* This function is defined but never used */
/*
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 *vtk_sqlite3BtreeFindCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
  assert( iCell>=0 );
  assert( iCell<get2byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+3]) );
  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
}
*/

/*
** This a more complex version of vtk_sqlite3BtreeFindCell() that works for
** pages that do contain overflow cells.  See insert
*/
static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
  int i;
  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
    int k;
    struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
    pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
    k = pOvfl->idx;
    if( k<=iCell ){
      if( k==iCell ){
        return pOvfl->pCell;
      }
      iCell--;
    }
  }
  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
}

/*
** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
** are two versions of this function.  vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a 
** cell index as the second argument and vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() 
** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
**
** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
** vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(
  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
){
  int n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */

  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
  if( pPage->hasData ){
    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &nPayload);
  }else{
    nPayload = 0;
  }
  pInfo->nData = nPayload;
  if( pPage->intKey ){
    n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64 *)&pInfo->nKey);
  }else{
    u32 x;
    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], &x);
    pInfo->nKey = x;
    nPayload += x;
  }
  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
  pInfo->nHeader = (u16)(n);
  if( nPayload<=(unsigned int)pPage->maxLocal ){
    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
    */
    int nSize;          /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
    pInfo->nLocal = (u16)(nPayload);
    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
    nSize = nPayload + n;
    if( nSize<4 ){
      nSize = 4;        /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
    }
    pInfo->nSize = (u16)(nSize);
  }else{
    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
    **
    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
    */
    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */

    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)(surplus);
    }else{
      pInfo->nLocal = (u16)(minLocal);
    }
    pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
  }
}
#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell(
  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
){
  parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
}

/*
** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
** the space used by the cell pointer.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
static int cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
  CellInfo info;
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
  return info.nSize;
}
#endif
static int cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
  CellInfo info;
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  return info.nSize;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
** for the overflow page.
*/
static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
  if( pCell ){
    CellInfo info;
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
    assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
    if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
      Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
      return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
    }
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer
** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
** for the overflow page.
*/
static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
  u8 *pCell;
  pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell);
  return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
}
#endif


/*
** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
** pointer array and the cell content area.
*/
static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
  int addr;                  /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
  int brk;                   /* Offset to the cell content area */
  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */

  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  temp = vtk_sqliteMalloc( pPage->pBt->pageSize );
  if( temp==0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
  nCell = pPage->nCell;
  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  memcpy(&temp[brk], &data[brk], usableSize - brk);
  brk = usableSize;
  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
    assert( pc<pPage->pBt->usableSize );
    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
    brk -= size;
    memcpy(&data[brk], &temp[pc], size);
    put2byte(pAddr, brk);
  }
  assert( brk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], brk);
  data[hdr+1] = 0;
  data[hdr+2] = 0;
  data[hdr+7] = 0;
  addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
  memset(&data[addr], 0, brk-addr);
  vtk_sqliteFree(temp);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
**
** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
** the new allocation. Or return 0 if there is not enough free
** space on the page to satisfy the allocation request.
**
** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before 
** allocating the new chunk.
*/
static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
  int addr, pc, hdr;
  int size;
  int nFrag;
  int top;
  int nCell;
  int cellOffset;
  unsigned char *data;
  
  data = pPage->aData;
  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->pBt );
  if( nByte<4 ) nByte = 4;
  if( pPage->nFree<nByte || pPage->nOverflow>0 ) return 0;
  pPage->nFree = (u16)(pPage->nFree - nByte);
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;

  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
  if( nFrag<60 ){
    /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
    ** space request. */
    addr = hdr+1;
    while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
      if( size>=nByte ){
        if( size<nByte+4 ){
          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
          data[hdr+7] = (unsigned char)(nFrag + size - nByte);
          return pc;
        }else{
          put2byte(&data[pc+2], size-nByte);
          return pc + size - nByte;
        }
      }
      addr = pc;
    }
  }

  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
  ** and the cell content area.
  */
  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
  if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
    if( defragmentPage(pPage) ) return 0;
    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  }
  top -= nByte;
  assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
  return top;
}

/*
** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
**
** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
** free blocks into a single big free block.
*/
static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;

  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
  assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  if( size<4 ) size = 4;

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE 
  ** option is enabled at compile-time */
  memset(&data[start], 0, size);
#endif

  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  addr = hdr + 1;
  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
    assert( pbegin>addr );
    addr = pbegin;
  }
  assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
  pPage->nFree = (u16)(pPage->nFree + size);

  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
  addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
    int pnext, psize;
    assert( pbegin>addr );
    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
      assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] );
      data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] = (unsigned char)(data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] - frag);
      put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext]));
      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin);
    }else{
      addr = pbegin;
    }
  }

  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
    int top;
    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]));
  }
}

/*
** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
*/
static void decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */

  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
  pPage->intKey = (u8)((flagByte & (PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA))!=0);
  pPage->zeroData = (u8)((flagByte & PTF_ZERODATA)!=0);
  pPage->leaf = (u8)((flagByte & PTF_LEAF)!=0);
  pPage->childPtrSize = 4*(pPage->leaf==0);
  pBt = pPage->pBt;
  if( flagByte & PTF_LEAFDATA ){
    pPage->leafData = 1;
    pPage->maxLocal = (u16)(pBt->maxLeaf);
    pPage->minLocal = (u16)(pBt->minLeaf);
  }else{
    pPage->leafData = 0;
    pPage->maxLocal = (u16)(pBt->maxLocal);
    pPage->minLocal = (u16)(pBt->minLocal);
  }
  pPage->hasData = (u8)(!(pPage->zeroData || (!pPage->leaf && pPage->leafData)));
}

/*
** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
**
** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which
** is the parent of the page being initialized.  The root of a
** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL.
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
** VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of VTK_SQLITE_OK does not
** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
** we failed to detect any corruption.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(
  MemPage *pPage,        /* The page to be initialized */
  MemPage *pParent       /* The parent.  Might be NULL */
){
  int pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
  int hdr;           /* Offset to beginning of page header */
  u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
  BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
  int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
  int cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
  int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
  int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */

  pBt = pPage->pBt;
  assert( pBt!=0 );
  assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt );
  assert( pPage->pgno==vtk_sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
  assert( pPage->aData == &((unsigned char*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize] );
  if( pPage->pParent!=pParent && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit) ){
    /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  if( pPage->isInit ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPage->pParent==0 && pParent!=0 ){
    pPage->pParent = pParent;
    vtk_sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
  }
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  data = pPage->aData;
  decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]);
  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
  pPage->idxShift = 0;
  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
  cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
  pPage->cellOffset = (u16) cellOffset;
  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
  if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
    /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){
    /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

  /* Compute the total free space on the page */
  pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
  nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
  while( pc>0 ){
    int next, size;
    if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
      /* Free block is off the page */
      return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
    }
    next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
    size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
    if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
      /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
      return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
    }
    nFree += size;
    pc = next;
  }
  pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree);
  if( nFree>=usableSize ){
    /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
  }

  pPage->isInit = 1;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
** no entries.
*/
static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  int first;

  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
  assert( &data[pBt->pageSize] == (unsigned char*)pPage );
  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
  data[hdr] = (unsigned char)(flags);
  first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0);
  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
  data[hdr+7] = 0;
  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
  pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
  pPage->hdrOffset = (u8)(hdr);
  pPage->cellOffset = (u16)(first);
  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
  pPage->idxShift = 0;
  pPage->nCell = 0;
  pPage->isInit = 1;
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
**
** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
** the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
** If in the future we call vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
** read should occur at that point.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(
  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
  int noContent        /* Do not load page content if true */
){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage;
  DbPage *pDbPage;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  pPage = (MemPage *)vtk_sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
  pPage->aData = vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
  pPage->pBt = pBt;
  pPage->pgno = pgno;
  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
  *ppPage = pPage;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine
** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
** vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage().
*/
static int getAndInitPage(
  BtShared *pBt,          /* The database file */
  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to get */
  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Write the page pointer here */
  MemPage *pParent     /* Parent of the page */
){
  int rc;
  if( pgno==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(*ppPage, pParent);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
** call to vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage.
*/
static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
  if( pPage ){
    assert( pPage->aData );
    assert( pPage->pBt );
    assert( &pPage->aData[pPage->pBt->pageSize]==(unsigned char*)pPage );
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
  }
}

/*
** This routine is called when the reference count for a page
** reaches zero.  We need to unref the pParent pointer when that
** happens.
*/
static void pageDestructor(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){
  MemPage *pPage;
  (void)pageSize; /* use arg */
  assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
  pPage = (MemPage *)vtk_sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
  if( pPage->pParent ){
    MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
    pPage->pParent = 0;
    releasePage(pParent);
  }
  pPage->isInit = 0;
}

/*
** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
**
** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
** page to agree with the restored data.
*/
static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData, int pageSize){
  MemPage *pPage;
  (void)pageSize; /* use arg */
  assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
  pPage = (MemPage *)vtk_sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
  if( pPage->isInit ){
    pPage->isInit = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
  }
}

/*
** Open a database file.
** 
** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
** database file will be deleted when vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeOpen(
  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
  vtk_sqlite3 *pSQLite,       /* Associated database handle */
  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
  int flags               /* Options */
){
  BtShared *pBt;          /* Shared part of btree structure */
  Btree *p;               /* Handle to return */
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  int nReserve;
  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
  const ThreadData *pTsdro;
#endif

  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
  ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if
  ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled 
  ** into the library.
  */
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
  #ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
    const int isMemdb = 0;
  #else
    const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:");
  #endif
#endif

  p = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Btree));
  if( !p ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
  p->pSQLite = pSQLite;

  /* Try to find an existing Btree structure opened on zFilename. */
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
  pTsdro = vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly();
  if( pTsdro->useSharedData && zFilename && !isMemdb ){
    char *zFullPathname = vtk_sqlite3OsFullPathname(zFilename);
    if( !zFullPathname ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(p);
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    for(pBt=pTsdro->pBtree; pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
      assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
      if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, vtk_sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager)) ){
        p->pBt = pBt;
        *ppBtree = p;
        pBt->nRef++;
        vtk_sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
        return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(zFullPathname);
  }
#endif

  /*
  ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
  ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
  ** when compiling on a different architecture.
  */
  assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
  assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
  assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
  assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );

  pBt = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pBt) );
  if( pBt==0 ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto btree_open_out;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerOpen(&pBt->pPager, zFilename, EXTRA_SIZE, flags);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
  }
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    goto btree_open_out;
  }
  p->pBt = pBt;

  vtk_sqlite3PagerSetDestructor(pBt->pPager, pageDestructor);
  vtk_sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
  pBt->pCursor = 0;
  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
  pBt->readOnly = (u8)(vtk_sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager));
  pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
  if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
       || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
    pBt->pageSize = VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = 64;   /* 25% */
    pBt->minEmbedFrac = 32;   /* 12.5% */
    pBt->minLeafFrac = 32;    /* 12.5% */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
    ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
    ** VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
    ** VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
    ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
    */
    if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
      pBt->autoVacuum = (VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
      pBt->incrVacuum = (VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
    }
#endif
    nReserve = 0;
  }else{
    nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[21];
    pBt->minEmbedFrac = zDbHeader[22];
    pBt->minLeafFrac = zDbHeader[23];
    pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
#endif
  }
  pBt->usableSize = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - nReserve);
  assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
  vtk_sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, pBt->pageSize);

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
  /* Add the new btree to the linked list starting at ThreadData.pBtree.
  ** There is no chance that a malloc() may fail inside of the 
  ** vtk_sqlite3ThreadData() call, as the ThreadData structure must have already
  ** been allocated for pTsdro->useSharedData to be non-zero.
  */
  if( pTsdro->useSharedData && zFilename && !isMemdb ){
    pBt->pNext = pTsdro->pBtree;
    vtk_sqlite3ThreadData()->pBtree = pBt;
  }
#endif
  pBt->nRef = 1;
  *ppBtree = p;

btree_open_out:
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
      vtk_sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(pBt);
    vtk_sqliteFree(p);
    *ppBtree = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  BtCursor *pCur;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  ThreadData *pTsd;
#endif

  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
  while( pCur ){
    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
    pCur = pCur->pNext;
    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
    }
  }

  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
  ** The call to vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
  ** this handle.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
  vtk_sqliteFree(p);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
  ** up the shared-btree.
  */
  assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
  pBt->nRef--;
  if( pBt->nRef ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Remove the shared-btree from the thread wide list. Call 
  ** ThreadDataReadOnly() and then cast away the const property of the 
  ** pointer to avoid allocating thread data if it is not really required.
  */
  pTsd = (ThreadData *)vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly();
  if( pTsd->pBtree==pBt ){
    assert( pTsd==vtk_sqlite3ThreadData() );
    pTsd->pBtree = pBt->pNext;
  }else{
    BtShared *pPrev;
    for(pPrev=pTsd->pBtree; pPrev && pPrev->pNext!=pBt; pPrev=pPrev->pNext){}
    if( pPrev ){
      assert( pTsd==vtk_sqlite3ThreadData() );
      pPrev->pNext = pBt->pNext;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Close the pager and free the shared-btree structure */
  assert( !pBt->pCursor );
  vtk_sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
  if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
    pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(pBt->pSchema);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pBt);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the busy handler callback function.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree *p, BusyHandler *pHandler){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  pBt->pBusyHandler = pHandler;
  vtk_sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, pHandler);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
**
** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
** normally a worry.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  vtk_sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  vtk_sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1.  In other
** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
  return vtk_sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
}

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
/*
** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
**
** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
** changed.
**
** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
** at the beginning of a page.
**
** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
** bytes per page is left unchanged.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_READONLY;
  }
  if( nReserve<0 ){
    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
  }
  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=VTK_SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
    pBt->pageSize = (u16)(vtk_sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, pageSize));
  }
  pBt->usableSize = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - nReserve);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return the currently defined page size
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
  return p->pBt->pageSize;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
  return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
}

/*
** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
  return vtk_sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
}
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */

/*
** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
** determined by the VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  return VTK_SQLITE_READONLY;
#else
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  int av = (autoVacuum?1:0);
  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && av!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_READONLY;
  }
  pBt->autoVacuum = (u8)(av);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
#endif
}

/*
** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
#else
  return (
    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
  );
#endif
}


/*
** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
** also acquire a readlock on that file.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
** well-formed database file, then VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
** VTK_SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM
** is returned if we run out of memory. 
*/
static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
  int rc, pageSize;
  MemPage *pPage1;
  if( pBt->pPage1 ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  

  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
  ** a valid database file. 
  */
  rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOTADB;
  if( vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ){
    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    if( page1[18]>1 ){
      pBt->readOnly = 1;
    }
    if( page1[19]>1 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
    pBt->pageSize = (u16)(pageSize);
    pBt->usableSize = (u16)(pageSize - page1[20]);
    if( pBt->usableSize<500 ){
      goto page1_init_failed;
    }
    pBt->maxEmbedFrac = page1[21];
    pBt->minEmbedFrac = page1[22];
    pBt->minLeafFrac = page1[23];
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
#endif
  }

  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
  **     4-byte child pointer
  **     9-byte nKey value
  **     4-byte nData value
  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
  ** page pointer.
  */
  pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->maxEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
  pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minEmbedFrac/255 - 23;
  pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
  pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*pBt->minLeafFrac/255 - 23;
  if( pBt->minLocal>pBt->maxLocal || pBt->maxLocal<0 ){
    goto page1_init_failed;
  }
  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;

page1_init_failed:
  releasePage(pPage1);
  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the
** busy callback if there is lock contention.
*/
static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
    u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction;
    btreeIntegrity(pRef);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0);
    pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction;
    pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      pRef->pBt->nTransaction--;
    }
    btreeIntegrity(pRef);
  }
  return rc;
}
       

/*
** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
**
** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
**
** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
    if( vtk_sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){
      if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
        MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
        pPage->aData = &((u8*)pPage)[-pBt->pageSize];
        pPage->pBt = pBt;
        pPage->pgno = 1;
      }
      releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
    }
    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
    pBt->inStmt = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
** file.
*/
static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
  MemPage *pP1;
  unsigned char *data;
  int rc;
  if( vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)>0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
  assert( pP1!=0 );
  data = pP1->aData;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
  put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
  data[18] = 1;
  data[19] = 1;
  data[20] = (unsigned char)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
  data[21] = pBt->maxEmbedFrac;
  data[22] = pBt->minEmbedFrac;
  data[23] = pBt->minLeafFrac;
  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
  pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
#endif
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
**
** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
** will work unless a transaction is started first:
**
**      vtk_sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
**      vtk_sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
**      vtk_sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
**      vtk_sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
**      vtk_sqlite3BtreeInsert()
**      vtk_sqlite3BtreeDelete()
**      vtk_sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
**
** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
** invoke the busy handler - just return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY.  VTK_SQLITE_BUSY is 
** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
**
** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
** no progress.  By returning VTK_SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
** proceed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  btreeIntegrity(p);

  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
  */
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
  if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_READONLY;
  }

  /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
  ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
  ** requested, return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY.
  */
  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  }

  do {
    if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
      rc = lockBtree(pBt);
    }

    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
      if( pBt->readOnly ){
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_READONLY;
      }else{
        rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage, wrflag>1);
        if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
        }
      }
    }
  
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
    }else{
      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
    }
  }while( rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
          vtk_sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pBt->pBusyHandler) );

  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
      pBt->nTransaction++;
    }
    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
    }
  }

  btreeIntegrity(p);
  return rc;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM

/*
** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
*/
static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
  int rc;                            /* Return code */
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
  }
  nCell = pPage->nCell;

  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);

    rc = ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
    }

    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
    }
  }

  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
  }

set_child_ptrmaps_out:
  pPage->isInit = (u8)(isInitOrig);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow
** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to
** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as 
** follows:
**
** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
**                   page of pPage.
**
** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
**
** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
**                   overflow page in the list.
*/
static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
  }else{
    int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
    int i;
    int nCell;

    vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0);
    nCell = pPage->nCell;

    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
        CellInfo info;
        vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
        if( info.iOverflow ){
          if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){
            put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
            break;
          }
        }
      }else{
        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
          break;
        }
      }
    }
  
    if( i==nCell ){
      if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 
          get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
    }

    pPage->isInit = (u8)(isInitOrig);
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
*/
static int relocatePage(
  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
  Pgno iFreePage           /* The location to move pDbPage to */
){
  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
  int rc;

  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );

  /* Move page iDbPage from it's current location to page number iFreePage */
  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }
  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;

  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
  ** pages need to be changed.
  **
  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
  */
  if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
    rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
  }else{
    Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
  ** iPtrPage.
  */
  if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      releasePage(pPtrPage);
      return rc;
    }
    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
    releasePage(pPtrPage);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);

/*
** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
** return VTK_SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
** point in calling this function again), return VTK_SQLITE_DONE.
**
** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the 
** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
** is no longer in use.
**
** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes
** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
** it returns VTK_SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
** number of pages the database file will contain after this 
** process is complete.
*/
static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin){
  Pgno iLastPg;             /* Last page in the database */
  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */

  iLastPg = pBt->nTrunc;
  if( iLastPg==0 ){
    iLastPg = vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
  }

  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
    int rc;
    u8 eType;
    Pgno iPtrPage;

    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
    if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
    }

    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }

    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
      if( nFin==0 ){
        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
        ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
        */
        Pgno iFreePg;
        MemPage *pFreePg;
        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return rc;
        }
        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
        releasePage(pFreePg);
      }
    } else {
      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
      MemPage *pLastPg;

      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }

      /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
      **
      ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
      ** of the file is found.
      */
      do {
        MemPage *pFreePg;
        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          releasePage(pLastPg);
          return rc;
        }
        releasePage(pFreePg);
      }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
      assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
      
      rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      } 
      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg);
      releasePage(pLastPg);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      } 
    }
  }

  pBt->nTrunc = iLastPg - 1;
  while( pBt->nTrunc==(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nTrunc) ){
    pBt->nTrunc--;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
**
** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
** VTK_SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occured,
** VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
  return incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0);
}

/*
** This routine is called prior to vtk_sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
**
** If VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
** pages are in use.
*/
static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt, Pgno *pnTrunc){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  int nRef = vtk_sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager);
#endif

  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
    Pgno nFin = 0;

    if( pBt->nTrunc==0 ){
      Pgno nFree;
      Pgno nPtrmap;
      const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize;
      Pgno nOrig = vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);

      if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      }
      if( nOrig==(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
        nOrig--;
      }
      nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
      nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5);
      nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
      if( nOrig>(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
        nFin--;
      }
      while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
        nFin--;
      }
    }

    while( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin);
    }
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_DONE ){
      assert(nFin==0 || pBt->nTrunc==0 || nFin<=pBt->nTrunc);
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
      if( pBt->nTrunc ){
        vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
        pBt->nTrunc = nFin;
      }
    }
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
    }
  }

  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    *pnTrunc = pBt->nTrunc;
    pBt->nTrunc = 0;
  }
  assert( nRef==vtk_sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
  return rc;
}

#endif

/*
** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
** committed.  See vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the
** commit process.
**
** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
**
** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
** (single database transaction).
**
** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
**
** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
    Pgno nTrunc = 0;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt, &nTrunc); 
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
    }
#endif
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, nTrunc);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
**
** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
** vtk_sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked
** prior to calling this routine.  The vtk_sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did
** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal
** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks.
**
** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  btreeIntegrity(p);

  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
  */
  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    int rc;
    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
    pBt->inStmt = 0;
  }
  unlockAllTables(p);

  /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction
  ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set
  ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below
  ** will unlock the pager.
  */
  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
    pBt->nTransaction--;
    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
    }
  }

  /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock
  ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.
  */
  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);

  btreeIntegrity(p);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Do both phases of a commit.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
  int rc;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p);
  }
  return rc;
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
** defined.
*/
static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
  BtCursor *pCur;
  int r = 0;
  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
    if( pCur->wrFlag ) r++; 
  }
  return r;
}
#endif

/*
** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
** in an error.
**
** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  MemPage *pPage1;

  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst
    ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
    ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then 
    ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
    ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort 
    ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
    */
    while( pBt->pCursor ){
      vtk_sqlite3 *db = pBt->pCursor->pBtree->pSQLite;
      if( db ){
        vtk_sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(db, 0);
      }
    }
  }
#endif
  btreeIntegrity(p);
  unlockAllTables(p);

  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
    int rc2;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    pBt->nTrunc = 0;
#endif

    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
    rc2 = vtk_sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
    if( rc2!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = rc2;
    }

    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
    ** call vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
    if( vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      releasePage(pPage1);
    }
    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
  }

  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
    pBt->nTransaction--;
    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
    }
  }

  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
  pBt->inStmt = 0;
  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);

  btreeIntegrity(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Start a statement subtransaction.  The subtransaction can
** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
** commits or rolls back.
**
** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time.  It is an error to try
** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
**
** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  if( (p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){
    return pBt->readOnly ? VTK_SQLITE_READONLY : VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
  rc = pBt->readOnly ? VTK_SQLITE_OK : vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pBt->pPager);
  pBt->inStmt = 1;
  return rc;
}


/*
** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress.  If no
** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pBt->pPager);
  }else{
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pBt->inStmt = 0;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Rollback the active statement subtransaction.  If no subtransaction
** is active this routine is a no-op.
**
** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation.  Any attempt
** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
** will result in an error.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  vtk_sqlite3MallocDisallow();
  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(pBt->pPager);
    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
    pBt->inStmt = 0;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3MallocAllow();
  return rc;
}

/*
** Default key comparison function to be used if no comparison function
** is specified on the vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor() call.
*/
static int dfltCompare(
  void *NotUsed,             /* User data is not used */
  int n1, const void *p1,    /* First key to compare */
  int n2, const void *p2     /* Second key to compare */
){
  int c;
  (void)NotUsed; /* use arg */
  c = memcmp(p1, p2, n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
  if( c==0 ){
    c = n1 - n2;
  }
  return c;
}

/*
** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
** iTable.  The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on 
** the database file.
**
** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
** be allowed:
**
** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
**
** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
**
** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
**
** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
**
** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
** will not work correctly.
**
** The comparison function must be logically the same for every cursor
** on a particular table.  Changing the comparison function will result
** in incorrect operations.  If the comparison function is NULL, a
** default comparison function is used.  The comparison function is
** always ignored for INTKEY tables.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor(
  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
  int (*xCmp)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), /* Key Comparison func */
  void *pArg,                                 /* First arg to xCompare() */
  BtCursor **ppCur                            /* Write new cursor here */
){
  int rc;
  BtCursor *pCur;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  *ppCur = 0;
  if( wrFlag ){
    if( pBt->readOnly ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_READONLY;
    }
    if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0) ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED;
    }
  }

  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
    rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    if( pBt->readOnly && wrFlag ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_READONLY;
    }
  }
  pCur = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pCur) );
  if( pCur==0 ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto create_cursor_exception;
  }
  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
  if( iTable==1 && vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_EMPTY;
    goto create_cursor_exception;
  }
  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    goto create_cursor_exception;
  }

  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
  ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the
  ** output argument to this function).
  */
  pCur->xCompare = xCmp ? xCmp : dfltCompare;
  pCur->pArg = pArg;
  pCur->pBtree = p;
  pCur->wrFlag = (u8)(wrFlag);
  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
  if( pCur->pNext ){
    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
  }
  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
  *ppCur = pCur;

  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
create_cursor_exception:
  if( pCur ){
    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pCur);
  }
  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
** when the last cursor is closed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;
  clearCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( pCur->pPrev ){
    pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
  }else{
    pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
  }
  if( pCur->pNext ){
    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
  }
  releasePage(pCur->pPage);
  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pCur);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
  memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur));
  pTempCur->pNext = 0;
  pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
  if( pTempCur->pPage ){
    vtk_sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->pPage->pDbPage);
  }
}

/*
** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
** function above.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
  if( pCur->pPage ){
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->pPage->pDbPage);
  }
}

/*
** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
** vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in.
**
** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell().
**
** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
    CellInfo info;
    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info);
    assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
  }
#else
  #define assertCellInfo(x)
#endif
#ifdef _MSC_VER
  /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
  static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
    if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);
    }else{
      assertCellInfo(pCur);
    }
  }
#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
  /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
#define getCellInfo(pCur)                                               \
  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){                                            \
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);         \
  }else{                                                                \
    assertCellInfo(pCur);                                               \
  }
#endif /* _MSC_VER */

/*
** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
**
** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
  int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
      *pSize = 0;
    }else{
      getCellInfo(pCur);
      *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
** cursor currently points to.  Always return VTK_SQLITE_OK.
** Failure is not possible.  If the cursor is not currently
** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
  int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
      /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
      *pSize = 0;
    }else{
      getCellInfo(pCur);
      *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
**
** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
**
** Unless pPgnoNext is NULL, the page number of the next overflow 
** page in the linked list is written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl
** is the last page in it's linked list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
**
** If ppPage is not NULL, *ppPage is set to the MemPage* handle
** for page ovfl. The underlying pager page may have been requested
** with the noContent flag set, so the page data accessable via
** this handle may not be trusted.
*/
static int getOverflowPage(
  BtShared *pBt, 
  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Overflow page */
  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle */
  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
){
  Pgno next = 0;
  int rc = 0;

  /* One of these must not be NULL. Otherwise, why call this function? */
  assert(ppPage || pPgnoNext);

  /* If pPgnoNext is NULL, then this function is being called to obtain
  ** a MemPage* reference only. No page-data is required in this case.
  */
  if( !pPgnoNext ){
    return vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, ppPage, 1);
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
  */
  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
    Pgno pgno;
    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
    u8 eType;

    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
      iGuess++;
    }

    if( iGuess<=(Pgno)vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
        next = iGuess;
      }
    }
  }
#endif

  if( next==0 || ppPage ){
    MemPage *pPage = 0;

    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, next!=0);
    assert(rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || pPage==0);
    if( next==0 && rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
    }

    if( ppPage ){
      *ppPage = pPage;
    }else{
      releasePage(pPage);
    }
  }
  *pPgnoNext = next;

  return rc;
}

/*
** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
**
** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
** then vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
*/
static int copyPayload(
  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
){
  if( eOp ){
    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
    int rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
  }else{
    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
** buffer pBuf).
**
** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
**
** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data.
** It just reads or writes bytes from the payload area.  Data might 
** appear on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow 
** pages.
**
** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current
** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function
** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list 
** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this
** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient.
**
** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
**
**   * An incremental vacuum,
**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
*/
static int accessPayload(
  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
  int offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
  int amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
  int skipKey,         /* offset begins at data if this is true */
  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
){
  unsigned char *aPayload;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  u32 nKey;
  int iIdx = 0;
  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;        /* Btree page of current cursor entry */
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;   /* Btree this cursor belongs to */

  assert( pPage );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
  assert( offset>=0 );

  getCellInfo(pCur);
  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
  nKey = (u32) (pPage->intKey ? 0 : pCur->info.nKey);

  if( skipKey ){
    offset += nKey;
  }
  if( offset+amt > (int)(nKey+pCur->info.nData) ){
    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
    int a = amt;
    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
    }
    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
    offset = 0;
    pBuf += a;
    amt -= a;
  }else{
    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
  }

  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
    const int ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
    Pgno nextPage;

    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
    /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[]
    ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at
    ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The
    ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0],
    ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known"
    ** (the cache is lazily populated).
    */
    if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){
      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
      pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl);
      if( nOvfl && !pCur->aOverflow ){
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }

    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
    ** directly to it.
    */
    if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
    }
#endif

    for( ; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
      if( pCur->aOverflow ){
        assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
      }
#endif

      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
        ** function.
        */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
        if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
        } else 
#endif
          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
        offset -= ovflSize;
      }else{
        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
        */
        DbPage *pDbPage;
        int a = amt;
        rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage);
        if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          aPayload = vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
          nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
          if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
            a = ovflSize - offset;
          }
          rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
          vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
          offset = 0;
          amt -= a;
          pBuf += a;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
** begins at "offset".
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
** the available payload.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
  int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
    assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
    if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 );
    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0, 0);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
** begins at "offset".
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
** the available payload.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
  int rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
    assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1, 0);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
** skipKey==1.  The number of bytes of available key/data is written
** into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
** a valid pointer.
**
** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassembly
** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
**
** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
** any btree routine is called.
*/
static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
  int *pAmt,           /* Write the number of available bytes here */
  int skipKey          /* read beginning at data if this is true */
){
  unsigned char *aPayload;
  MemPage *pPage;
  u32 nKey;
  int nLocal;

  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  pPage = pCur->pPage;
  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
  getCellInfo(pCur);
  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
  if( pPage->intKey ){
    nKey = 0;
  }else{
    nKey = (u32) pCur->info.nKey;
  }
  if( skipKey ){
    aPayload += nKey;
    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
  }else{
    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
    if( nLocal>(int)nKey ){
      nLocal = nKey;
    }
  }
  *pAmt = nLocal;
  return aPayload;
}


/*
** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
**
** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine.
**
** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
    return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
  }
  return 0;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *vtk_sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
    return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
  }
  return 0;
}


/*
** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
** page number of the child page to move to.
*/
static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pNewPage;
  MemPage *pOldPage;
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;

  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  pNewPage->idxParent = (u16)(pCur->idx);
  pOldPage = pCur->pPage;
  pOldPage->idxShift = 0;
  releasePage(pOldPage);
  pCur->pPage = pNewPage;
  pCur->idx = 0;
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table.
**
** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables.  But
** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page
** is empty except for the right-pointer.  In such cases the
** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page
** 1 is pointing to.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage){
  MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
  if( pParent==0 ) return 1;
  if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0;
  if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1;
  return 0;
}

/*
** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
**
** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
** the largest cell index.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
  MemPage *pParent;
  MemPage *pPage;
  int idxParent;

  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  pPage = pCur->pPage;
  assert( pPage!=0 );
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) );
  pParent = pPage->pParent;
  assert( pParent!=0 );
  idxParent = pPage->idxParent;
  vtk_sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
  releasePage(pPage);
  pCur->pPage = pParent;
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  assert( pParent->idxShift==0 );
  pCur->idx = idxParent;
}

/*
** Move the cursor to the root page
*/
static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
  MemPage *pRoot;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;

  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
    clearCursorPosition(pCur);
  }
  pRoot = pCur->pPage;
  if( pRoot && pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ){
    assert( pRoot->isInit );
  }else{
    if( 
      VTK_SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0))
    ){
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
      return rc;
    }
    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
    pCur->pPage = pRoot;
  }
  pCur->idx = 0;
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
    Pgno subpage;
    assert( pRoot->pgno==1 );
    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
    assert( subpage>0 );
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
  }
  pCur->eState = ((pCur->pPage->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
** entry to which it is currently pointing.
**
** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
** in ascending order.
*/
static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
  Pgno pgno;
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage;

  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx));
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
**
** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
** key in ascending order.
*/
static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
  Pgno pgno;
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage;

  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
    pCur->idx = pPage->nCell;
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }
  pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1;
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK
** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
    *pRes = 1;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
  *pRes = 0;
  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
  return rc;
}

/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK
** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
    *pRes = 1;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
  *pRes = 0;
  rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
  return rc;
}

/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near pKey/nKey.
** Return a success code.
**
** For INTKEY tables, only the nKey parameter is used.  pKey is
** ignored.  For other tables, nKey is the number of bytes of data
** in pKey.  The comparison function specified when the cursor was
** created is used to compare keys.
**
** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
** before or after the key.
**
** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the
** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL.  The meaning of
** this value is as follows:
**
**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
**                  is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty
**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
**
**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
**                  exactly matches pKey.
**
**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
**                  is larger than pKey.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
  BtCursor *pCur,        /* The cursor to be moved */
  const void *pKey,      /* The key content for indices.  Not used by tables */
  i64 nKey,              /* Size of pKey.  Or the key for tables */
  int biasRight,         /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
  int *pRes              /* Search result flag */
){
  int rc;
  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  assert( pCur->pPage );
  assert( pCur->pPage->isInit );
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
    *pRes = -1;
    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  for(;;){
    int lwr, upr;
    Pgno chldPg;
    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
    int c = -1;  /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */
    lwr = 0;
    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
    if( !pPage->intKey && pKey==0 ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }
    if( biasRight ){
      pCur->idx = upr;
    }else{
      pCur->idx = (upr+lwr)/2;
    }
    if( lwr<=upr ) for(;;){
      void *pCellKey;
      i64 nCellKey;
      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
      if( pPage->intKey ){
        u8 *pCell;
        pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
        if( pPage->hasData ){
          u32 dummy;
          pCell += getVarint32(pCell, &dummy);
        }
        getVarint(pCell, (u64 *)&nCellKey);
        if( nCellKey<nKey ){
          c = -1;
        }else if( nCellKey>nKey ){
          c = +1;
        }else{
          c = 0;
        }
      }else{
        int available;
        pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
        nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey;
        if( available>=nCellKey ){
          c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, (int)nCellKey, pCellKey, (int)nKey, pKey);
        }else{
          pCellKey = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( (int)nCellKey );
          if( pCellKey==0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
          rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey);
          c = pCur->xCompare(pCur->pArg, (int)nCellKey, pCellKey, (int)nKey, pKey);
          vtk_sqliteFree(pCellKey);
          if( rc ) return rc;
        }
      }
      if( c==0 ){
        if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
          lwr = pCur->idx;
          upr = lwr - 1;
          break;
        }else{
          if( pRes ) *pRes = 0;
          return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
        }
      }
      if( c<0 ){
        lwr = pCur->idx+1;
      }else{
        upr = pCur->idx-1;
      }
      if( lwr>upr ){
        break;
      }
      pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2;
    }
    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
    assert( pPage->isInit );
    if( pPage->leaf ){
      chldPg = 0;
    }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
    }else{
      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
    }
    if( chldPg==0 ){
      assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
      if( pRes ) *pRes = c;
      return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    }
    pCur->idx = lwr;
    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
    if( rc ){
      return rc;
    }
  }
  /* NOT REACHED */
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
**
** TRUE will be returned after a call to vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
** past the last entry in the table or vtk_sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
  ** as well as the boolean result value.
  */
  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
}

/*
** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage;

  rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }
  assert( pRes!=0 );
  pPage = pCur->pPage;
  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
    *pRes = 1;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( pCur->skip>0 ){
    pCur->skip = 0;
    *pRes = 0;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pCur->skip = 0;

  assert( pPage->isInit );
  assert( pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );

  pCur->idx++;
  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
      if( rc ) return rc;
      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
      *pRes = 0;
      return rc;
    }
    do{
      if( vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){
        *pRes = 1;
        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
        return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur);
      pPage = pCur->pPage;
    }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell );
    *pRes = 0;
    if( pPage->leafData ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
    }else{
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    }
    return rc;
  }
  *pRes = 0;
  if( pPage->leaf ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
  int rc;
  Pgno pgno;
  MemPage *pPage;

  rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }
  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
    *pRes = 1;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( pCur->skip<0 ){
    pCur->skip = 0;
    *pRes = 0;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  pCur->skip = 0;

  pPage = pCur->pPage;
  assert( pPage->isInit );
  assert( pCur->idx>=0 );
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) );
    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
  }else{
    while( pCur->idx==0 ){
      if( vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){
        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
        *pRes = 1;
        return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur);
      pPage = pCur->pPage;
    }
    pCur->idx--;
    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
    if( pPage->leafData && !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
    }else{
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
  *pRes = 0;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Allocate a new page from the database file.
**
** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite()
** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
** vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
** Do not invoke vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
**
** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 
** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
** which in turn can make database access faster.
**
** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists 
** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
*/
static int allocateBtreePage(
  BtShared *pBt, 
  MemPage **ppPage, 
  Pgno *pPgno, 
  Pgno nearby,
  u8 exact
){
  MemPage *pPage1;
  int rc;
  int n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
  int k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;

  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
  if( n>0 ){
    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
    Pgno iTrunk;
    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
    
    /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
    */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( exact && nearby<=(Pgno)vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
      u8 eType;
      assert( nearby>0 );
      assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
      if( rc ) return rc;
      if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
        searchList = 1;
      }
      *pPgno = nearby;
    }
#endif

    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
    */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);

    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
    */
    do {
      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
      if( pPrevTrunk ){
        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
      }else{
        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
      }
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
      if( rc ){
        pTrunk = 0;
        goto end_allocate_page;
      }

      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
        ** allocated page */
        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
        rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
        if( rc ){
          goto end_allocate_page;
        }
        *pPgno = iTrunk;
        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
        *ppPage = pTrunk;
        pTrunk = 0;
        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
      }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        goto end_allocate_page;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
        */
        assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
        *ppPage = pTrunk;
        searchList = 0;
        rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
        if( rc ){
          goto end_allocate_page;
        }
        if( k==0 ){
          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
          }else{
            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
          }
        }else{
          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
          ** page in this case.
          */
          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
          rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
          if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
            goto end_allocate_page;
          }
          rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
          if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
            goto end_allocate_page;
          }
          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
          }else{
            rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
            if( rc ){
              goto end_allocate_page;
            }
            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
          }
        }
        pTrunk = 0;
        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
#endif
      }else{
        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
        int closest;
        Pgno iPage;
        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
        rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
        if( rc ){
          goto end_allocate_page;
        }
        if( nearby>0 ){
          int i, dist;
          closest = 0;
          dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
          if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
          for(i=1; i<k; i++){
            int d2 = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby;
            if( d2<0 ) d2 = -d2;
            if( d2<dist ){
              closest = i;
              dist = d2;
            }
          }
        }else{
          closest = 0;
        }

        iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
        if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){
          *pPgno = iPage;
          if( *pPgno>(Pgno)vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
            /* Free page off the end of the file */
            return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
          }
          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
                 ": %d more free pages\n",
                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
          if( closest<k-1 ){
            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
          }
          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
          rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1);
          if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
            vtk_sqlite3PagerDontRollback((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
            rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
            if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
              releasePage(*ppPage);
            }
          }
          searchList = 0;
        }
      }
      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
      pPrevTrunk = 0;
    }while( searchList );
  }else{
    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
    ** end of the file */
    *pPgno = vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) + 1;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->nTrunc ){
      /* An incr-vacuum has already run within this transaction. So the
      ** page to allocate is not from the physical end of the file, but
      ** at pBt->nTrunc. 
      */
      *pPgno = pBt->nTrunc+1;
      if( *pPgno==(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
        (*pPgno)++;
      }
    }
    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){
      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
      */
      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno));
      assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
      (*pPgno)++;
    }
    if( pBt->nTrunc ){
      pBt->nTrunc = *pPgno;
    }
#endif

    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      releasePage(*ppPage);
    }
    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
  }

  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );

end_allocate_page:
  releasePage(pTrunk);
  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Add a page of the database file to the freelist.
**
** vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref() is NOT called for pPage.
*/
static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
  int rc, n, k;

  /* Prepare the page for freeing */
  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
  pPage->isInit = 0;
  releasePage(pPage->pParent);
  pPage->pParent = 0;

  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1);

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
  /* If the VTK_SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then
  ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
  */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
  ** to indicate that the page is free.
  */
  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pPage->pgno, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }
#endif

  if( n==0 ){
    /* This is the first free page */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8);
    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
    TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno));
  }else{
    /* Other free pages already exist.  Retrive the first trunk page
    ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */
    MemPage *pTrunk;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk, 0);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
    if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
      /* The trunk is full.  Turn the page being freed into a new
      ** trunk page with no leaves. */
      rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
      if( rc ) return rc;
      put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno);
      put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
      put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n",
              pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno));
    }else{
      /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */
      rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1);
        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
        vtk_sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
#endif
      }
      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
    }
    releasePage(pTrunk);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
*/
static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  CellInfo info;
  Pgno ovflPgno;
  int rc;
  int nOvfl;
  int ovflPageSize;

  vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
  }
  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
  while( nOvfl-- ){
    MemPage *pOvfl;
    if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>(Pgno)vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
    }

    rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, (nOvfl==0)?0:&ovflPgno);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    rc = freePage(pOvfl);
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
** for pCell[].
**
** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
** later.
*/
static int fillInCell(
  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
  int nZero,                     /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
){
  int nPayload;
  const u8 *pSrc;
  int nSrc, n, rc;
  int spaceLeft;
  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
  unsigned char *pPrior;
  unsigned char *pPayload;
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
  int nHeader;
  CellInfo info;

  /* Fill in the header. */
  nHeader = 0;
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    nHeader += 4;
  }
  if( pPage->hasData ){
    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
  }else{
    nData = nZero = 0;
  }
  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
  assert( info.nData==nData+nZero );
  
  /* Fill in the payload */
  nPayload = nData + nZero;
  if( pPage->intKey ){
    pSrc = pData;
    nSrc = nData;
    nData = 0;
  }else{
    nPayload += (int)nKey;
    pSrc = pKey;
    nSrc = (int)nKey;
  }
  *pnSize = info.nSize;
  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];

  while( nPayload>0 ){
    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
      int isExact = 0;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        do{
          pgnoOvfl++;
        } while( 
          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || 
          pgnoOvfl==(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
        );
        if( pgnoOvfl>1 ){
          /* isExact = 1; */
        }
      }
#endif
      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, (u8)isExact);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
      ** for that page now. 
      **
      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
      ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the
      ** wrong pages from the database.
      */
      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
        rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap);
        if( rc ){
          releasePage(pOvfl);
        }
      }
#endif
      if( rc ){
        releasePage(pToRelease);
        return rc;
      }
      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
      releasePage(pToRelease);
      pToRelease = pOvfl;
      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
    }
    n = nPayload;
    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
    if( nSrc>0 ){
      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
      assert( pSrc );
      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
    }else{
      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
    }
    nPayload -= n;
    pPayload += n;
    pSrc += n;
    nSrc -= n;
    spaceLeft -= n;
    if( nSrc==0 ){
      nSrc = nData;
      pSrc = pData;
    }
  }
  releasePage(pToRelease);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is
** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the
** pointer in the third argument.
*/
static int reparentPage(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno, MemPage *pNewParent, int idx){
  MemPage *pThis;
  DbPage *pDbPage;

  assert( pNewParent!=0 );
  if( pgno==0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
  pDbPage = vtk_sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
  if( pDbPage ){
    pThis = (MemPage *)vtk_sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
    if( pThis->isInit ){
      assert( pThis->aData==(vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage)) );
      if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){
        if( pThis->pParent ) vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pThis->pParent->pDbPage);
        pThis->pParent = pNewParent;
        vtk_sqlite3PagerRef(pNewParent->pDbPage);
      }
      pThis->idxParent = (u16)(idx);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
    return ptrmapPut(pBt, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pNewParent->pgno);
  }
#endif
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}



/*
** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back
** to pPage.
**
** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage()
** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent.
**
** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into
** another.
*/
static int reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage){
  int i;
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  if( pPage->leaf ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, i);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    }
  }
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]), 
       pPage, i);
    pPage->idxShift = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
**
** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
*/
static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
  int i;          /* Loop counter */
  int pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */

  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  data = pPage->aData;
  ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
  pc = get2byte(ptr);
  assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
  for(i=idx+1; i<pPage->nCell; i++, ptr+=2){
    ptr[0] = ptr[2];
    ptr[1] = ptr[3];
  }
  pPage->nCell--;
  put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
  pPage->nFree += 2;
  pPage->idxShift = 1;
}

/*
** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
** content of the cell.
**
** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
**
** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 
** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
*/
static int insertCell(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
  u8 nSkip          /* Do not write the first nSkip bytes of the cell */
){
  int idx;          /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
  int j;            /* Loop counter */
  int top;          /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */
  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
  int hdr;          /* Offset into data[] of the page header */
  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
  u8 *ptr;          /* Used for moving information around in data[] */

  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
    if( pTemp ){
      memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
      pCell = pTemp;
    }
    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
    assert( j<sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) );
    pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
    pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)(i);
    pPage->nFree = 0;
  }else{
    data = pPage->aData;
    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2;
    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
    if( end > top - sz ){
      int rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
      top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
      assert( end + sz <= top );
    }
    idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz);
    assert( idx>0 );
    assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
    pPage->nCell++;
    pPage->nFree -= 2;
    memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
    for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
      ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
      ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
    }
    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
    pPage->idxShift = 1;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
      */
      CellInfo info;
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
      assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
      if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
        Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
        int rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
      }
    }
#endif
  }

  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
*/
static void assemblePage(
  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
  int *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
){
  int i;            /* Loop counter */
  int totalSize;    /* Total size of all cells */
  int hdr;          /* Index of page header */
  int cellptr;      /* Address of next cell pointer */
  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
  u8 *data;         /* Data for the page */

  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
  totalSize = 0;
  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    totalSize += aSize[i];
  }
  assert( totalSize+2*nCell<=pPage->nFree );
  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
  cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
  data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
  if( nCell ){
    cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize);
    assert( cellbody>0 );
    assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell );
    pPage->nFree = (u16)(pPage->nFree - 2*nCell);
    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      put2byte(&data[cellptr], cellbody);
      memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
      cellptr += 2;
      cellbody += aSize[i];
    }
    assert( cellbody==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
  }
  pPage->nCell = (u16)(nCell);
}

/*
** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
** NN neighbors on either side.
**
** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
*/
#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */

/* Forward reference */
static int balance(MemPage*, int);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
/*
** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
** entry in the tree.
**
** Instead of trying balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
** fill up.  On average.
**
** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
*/
static int balance_quick(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pNew;
  Pgno pgnoNew;
  u8 *pCell;
  int szCell;
  CellInfo info;
  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
  int parentIdx = pParent->nCell;   /* pParent new divider cell index */
  int parentSize;                   /* Size of new divider cell */
  u8 parentCell[64];                /* Space for the new divider cell */

  /* Allocate a new page. Insert the overflow cell from pPage
  ** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage.
  */
  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }
  pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
  szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
  zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]);
  assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
  pPage->nOverflow = 0;

  /* Set the parent of the newly allocated page to pParent. */
  pNew->pParent = pParent;
  vtk_sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);

  /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this
  ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and
  ** pPage is the next-to-right child. 
  */
  assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
  pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  rc = fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }
  assert( parentSize<64 );
  rc = insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }
  put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno);
  put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
  ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
  ** cell on the page to an overflow page.
  */
  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0);
    }
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      releasePage(pNew);
      return rc;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Release the reference to the new page and balance the parent page,
  ** in case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull.
  */
  releasePage(pNew);
  return balance(pParent, 0);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */

/*
** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings
** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space.
** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing,
** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first
** or last child of its parent.  If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings
** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a 
** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing.
**
** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or
** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page
** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is 
** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased
** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being
** overfull or completely empty.
**
** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage
** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[].  This can happen
** if the page is overfull.  Part of the job of this routine is to
** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[].
**
** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage
** might become overfull or underfull.  If that happens, then this routine
** is called recursively on the parent.
**
** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
** in a corrupted state.  So if this routine fails, the database should
** be rolled back.
*/
static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){
  MemPage *pParent;            /* The parent of pPage */
  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
  int nNew;                    /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
  int nDiv;                    /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */
  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
  int idx;                     /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */
  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
  int rc;                      /* The return code */
  int leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
  int iSpace = 0;              /* First unused byte of aSpace[] */
  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
  Pgno pgnoOld[NB];            /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */
  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
  Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2];          /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */
  u8 *apDiv[NB];               /* Divider cells in pParent */
  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
  int *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
  u8 *aCopy[NB];               /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */
  u8 *aSpace;                  /* Space to hold copies of dividers cells */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  u8 *aFrom = 0;
#endif

  /* 
  ** Find the parent page.
  */
  assert( pPage->isInit );
  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
  pBt = pPage->pBt;
  pParent = pPage->pParent;
  assert( pParent );
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=(rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage)) ){
    return rc;
  }
  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
  /*
  ** A special case:  If a new entry has just been inserted into a
  ** table (that is, a btree with integer keys and all data at the leaves)
  ** and the new entry is the right-most entry in the tree (it has the
  ** largest key) then use the special balance_quick() routine for
  ** balancing.  balance_quick() is much faster and results in a tighter
  ** packing of data in the common case.
  */
  if( pPage->leaf &&
      pPage->intKey &&
      pPage->leafData &&
      pPage->nOverflow==1 &&
      pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell &&
      pPage->pParent->pgno!=1 &&
      get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno
  ){
    /*
    ** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that
    ** they are not full and no new page is required.
    */
    return balance_quick(pPage, pParent);
  }
#endif

  /*
  ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back
  ** to pPage.  The "idx" variable is the index of that cell.  If pPage
  ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell 
  */
  if( pParent->idxShift ){
    Pgno pgno;
    pgno = pPage->pgno;
    assert( pgno==vtk_sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
    for(idx=0; idx<pParent->nCell; idx++){
      if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){
        break;
      }
    }
    assert( idx<pParent->nCell
             || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno );
  }else{
    idx = pPage->idxParent;
  }

  /*
  ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump
  ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment.
  */
  nOld = nNew = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);

  /*
  ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide
  ** the siblings.  An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either
  ** side of pPage.  More siblings are taken from one side, however, if
  ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side.  If pParent
  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
  */
  nxDiv = idx - NN;
  if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){
    nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1;
  }
  if( nxDiv<0 ){
    nxDiv = 0;
  }
  nDiv = 0;
  for(i=0, k=nxDiv; i<NB; i++, k++){
    if( k<pParent->nCell ){
      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k);
      nDiv++;
      assert( !pParent->leaf );
      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
    }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){
      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]);
    }else{
      break;
    }
    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent);
    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
    apOld[i]->idxParent = (u16)(k);
    apCopy[i] = 0;
    assert( i==nOld );
    nOld++;
    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
  }

  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 2 in order to preserve 8-byte
  ** alignment */
  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 1)&~1;

  /*
  ** Allocate space for memory structures
  */
  apCell = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( 
       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                           /* apCell */
     + nMaxCells*sizeof(int)                           /* szCell */
     + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))*NB                      /* aCopy */
     + pBt->pageSize*(5+NB)                            /* aSpace */
     + (ISAUTOVACUUM ? nMaxCells : 0)                  /* aFrom */
  );
  if( apCell==0 ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto balance_cleanup;
  }
  szCell = (int*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
  aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
  assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
  for(i=1; i<NB; i++){
    aCopy[i] = &aCopy[i-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
    assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
  }
  aSpace = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
  assert( ((aSpace - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
    aFrom = &aSpace[5*pBt->pageSize];
  }
#endif
  
  /*
  ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[].
  ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
  ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
  ** process of being overwritten.
  */
  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
    MemPage *p = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aCopy[i][pBt->pageSize];
    p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
    memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize + sizeof(MemPage));
    /* The memcpy() above changes the value of p->aData so we have to
    ** set it again. */
    p->aData = &((u8*)p)[-pBt->pageSize];
  }

  /*
  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
  ** into space obtained form aSpace[] and remove the the divider Cells
  ** from pParent.
  **
  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
  ** into aSpace[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
  ** are alike.
  **
  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
  */
  nCell = 0;
  leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4;
  leafData = pPage->leafData && pPage->leaf;
  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i];
    int limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
    for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
      assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
      apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
      szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        int a;
        aFrom[nCell] = (u8)(i);
        for(a=0; a<pOld->nOverflow; a++){
          if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){
            aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
            break;
          }
        }
      }
#endif
      nCell++;
    }
    if( i<nOld-1 ){
      int sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
      if( leafData ){
        /* With the LEAFDATA flag, pParent cells hold only INTKEYs that
        ** are duplicates of keys on the child pages.  We need to remove
        ** the divider cells from pParent, but the dividers cells are not
        ** added to apCell[] because they are duplicates of child cells.
        */
        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
      }else{
        u8 *pTemp;
        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
        szCell[nCell] = sz;
        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
        iSpace += sz;
        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
        memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
        apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
        if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
          aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
        }
#endif
        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
        szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection;
        assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] );
        if( !pOld->leaf ){
          assert( leafCorrection==0 );
          /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
          ** pointer of the divider cell */
          memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4);
        }else{
          assert( leafCorrection==4 );
          if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
            /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
            szCell[nCell] = 4;
          }
        }
        nCell++;
      }
    }
  }

  /*
  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
  **
  ** Values computed by this block:
  **
  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
  ** 
  */
  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
    assert( i<nMaxCells );
    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
      cntNew[k] = i;
      if( leafData ){ i--; }
      subtotal = 0;
      k++;
    }
  }
  szNew[k] = subtotal;
  cntNew[k] = nCell;
  k++;

  /*
  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
  **
  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
  */
  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */

    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
    d = r + 1 - leafData;
    assert( d<nMaxCells );
    assert( r<nMaxCells );
    while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){
      szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
      szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
      cntNew[i-1]--;
      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
      d = r + 1 - leafData;
    }
    szNew[i] = szRight;
    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
  }

  /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or we are the
  ** a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when the real root
  ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
  */
  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );

  /*
  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
  */
  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
  pageFlags = pPage->aData[0];
  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
    MemPage *pNew;
    if( i<nOld ){
      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoOld[i];
      apOld[i] = 0;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
      nNew++;
      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
    }else{
      assert( i>0 );
      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1], 0);
      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
      apNew[i] = pNew;
      nNew++;
    }
    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
  }

  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
  */
  while( i<nOld ){
    rc = freePage(apOld[i]);
    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
    releasePage(apOld[i]);
    apOld[i] = 0;
    i++;
  }

  /*
  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
  ** from the disk more rapidly.
  **
  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
  ** not be a problem.
  **
  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
  */
  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
    int minV = pgnoNew[i];
    int minI = i;
    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
      if( pgnoNew[j]<(unsigned)minV ){
        minI = j;
        minV = pgnoNew[j];
      }
    }
    if( minI>i ){
      int t;
      MemPage *pT;
      t = pgnoNew[i];
      pT = apNew[i];
      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI];
      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
      pgnoNew[minI] = t;
      apNew[minI] = pT;
    }
  }
  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
    pgnoOld[0], 
    nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0,
    nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0,
    pgnoNew[0], szNew[0],
    nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
    nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
    nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
    nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));

  /*
  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
  */
  j = 0;
  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
    /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
    assert( j<nMaxCells );
    assert( pNew->pgno==pgnoNew[i] );
    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
    assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map entries
    ** that point to the siblings that were rearranged. These can be: left
    ** children of cells, the right-child of the page, or overflow pages
    ** pointed to by cells.
    */
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      for(k=j; k<cntNew[i]; k++){
        assert( k<nMaxCells );
        if( aFrom[k]==0xFF || apCopy[aFrom[k]]->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
          rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, k-j);
          if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
            goto balance_cleanup;
          }
        }
      }
    }
#endif

    j = cntNew[i];

    /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
    ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
    */
    if( i<nNew-1 && j<nCell ){
      u8 *pCell;
      u8 *pTemp;
      int sz;

      assert( j<nMaxCells );
      pCell = apCell[j];
      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
      if( !pNew->leaf ){
        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
        pTemp = 0;
      }else if( leafData ){
        /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
        ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
        ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
        ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
        */
        CellInfo info;
        j--;
        vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
        pCell = &aSpace[iSpace];
        fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &sz);
        iSpace += sz;
        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
        pTemp = 0;
      }else{
        pCell -= 4;
        pTemp = &aSpace[iSpace];
        iSpace += sz;
        assert( iSpace<=pBt->pageSize*5 );
        /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
        ** previously stored on a leaf node, and it's reported size was 4
        ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
        ** (see vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
        ** any cell). But it's important to pass the correct size to 
        ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
        **
        ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
        ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
        ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
        */
        if( szCell[j]==4 ){
          assert(leafCorrection==4);
          sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
        }
      }
      rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
      put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree,
      ** then update the pointer map with an entry for the overflow page
      ** that the cell just inserted points to (if any).
      */
      if( pBt->autoVacuum && !leafData ){
        rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pParent, nxDiv);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          goto balance_cleanup;
        }
      }
#endif
      j++;
      nxDiv++;
    }
  }
  assert( j==nCell );
  assert( nOld>0 );
  assert( nNew>0 );
  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8], 4);
  }
  if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){
    /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */
    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
  }else{
    /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent
    ** past the right-most divider entry */
    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
  }

  /*
  ** Reparent children of all cells.
  */
  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
    rc = reparentChildPages(apNew[i]);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
  }
  rc = reparentChildPages(pParent);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;

  /*
  ** Balance the parent page.  Note that the current page (pPage) might
  ** have been added to the freelist so it might no longer be initialized.
  ** But the parent page will always be initialized.
  */
  assert( pParent->isInit );
  rc = balance(pParent, 0);
  
  /*
  ** Cleanup before returning.
  */
balance_cleanup:
  vtk_sqliteFree(apCell);
  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
    releasePage(apOld[i]);
  }
  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
    releasePage(apNew[i]);
  }
  releasePage(pParent);
  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
          pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root
** page contains no cells.  This is an opportunity to make the tree
** shallower by one level.
*/
static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){
  MemPage *pChild;             /* The only child page of pPage */
  Pgno pgnoChild;              /* Page number for pChild */
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code from subprocedures */
  BtShared *pBt;                  /* The main BTree structure */
  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells per page */
  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells from pages being balanced */
  int *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells */

  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
  pBt = pPage->pBt;
  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
  apCell = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(int)) );
  if( apCell==0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  szCell = (int*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage];
  if( pPage->leaf ){
    /* The table is completely empty */
    TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno));
  }else{
    /* The root page is empty but has one child.  Transfer the
    ** information from that one child into the root page if it 
    ** will fit.  This reduces the depth of the tree by one.
    **
    ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than
    ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning
    ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the 
    ** information currently contained in the child.  If this is the 
    ** case, then do not do the transfer.  Leave page 1 empty except
    ** for the right-pointer to the child page.  The child page becomes
    ** the virtual root of the tree.
    */
    pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
    assert( pgnoChild>0 );
    assert( pgnoChild<=vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild, 0);
    if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
    if( pPage->pgno==1 ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage);
      if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
      assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 );
      if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){
        /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the
        ** copy */
        int i;
        zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]);
        for(i=0; i<pChild->nCell; i++){
          apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i);
          szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]);
        }
        assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell);
        /* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */
        put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], 
            get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8]));
        freePage(pChild);
        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
      }else{
        /* The child has more information that will fit on the root.
        ** The tree is already balanced.  Do nothing. */
        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
      }
    }else{
      memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize);
      pPage->isInit = 0;
      pPage->pParent = 0;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0);
      assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK );
      freePage(pChild);
      TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n",
              pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno));
    }
    rc = reparentChildPages(pPage);
    assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){ 
        rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pPage, i);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          goto end_shallow_balance;
        }
      }
    }
#endif
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_shallow_balance;
    releasePage(pChild);
  }
end_shallow_balance:
  vtk_sqliteFree(apCell);
  return rc;
}


/*
** The root page is overfull
**
** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the
** contents of the root into the child.  Then make the root
** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new
** child.   Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child
** to cause it to split.
*/
static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){
  int rc;             /* Return value from subprocedures */
  MemPage *pChild;    /* Pointer to a new child page */
  Pgno pgnoChild;     /* Page number of the new child page */
  BtShared *pBt;         /* The BTree */
  int usableSize;     /* Total usable size of a page */
  u8 *data;           /* Content of the parent page */
  u8 *cdata;          /* Content of the child page */
  int hdr;            /* Offset to page header in parent */
  int brk;            /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */

  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
  assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 );
  pBt = pPage->pBt;
  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
  data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  brk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
  cdata = pChild->aData;
  memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr);
  memcpy(&cdata[brk], &data[brk], usableSize-brk);
  assert( pChild->isInit==0 );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage);
  if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
  memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]));
  pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
  if( pChild->nOverflow ){
    pChild->nFree = 0;
  }
  assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
  zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
  put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
    int i;
    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno);
    if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
    for(i=0; i<pChild->nCell; i++){
      rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pChild, i);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
    }
  }
#endif
  rc = balance_nonroot(pChild);

balancedeeper_out:
  releasePage(pChild);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced.  If balancing is
** required, call the appropriate balancing routine.
*/
static int balance(MemPage *pPage, int insert){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPage->pParent==0 ){
    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 ){
      rc = balance_deeper(pPage);
    }
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){
      rc = balance_shallower(pPage);
    }
  }else{
    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || 
        (!insert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){
      rc = balance_nonroot(pPage);
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot.
** If any of those cursors were opened with wrFlag==0 in a different
** database connection (a database connection that shares the pager
** cache with the current connection) and that other connection 
** is not in the ReadUncommmitted state, then this routine returns 
** VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED.
**
** In addition to checking for read-locks (where a read-lock 
** means a cursor opened with wrFlag==0) this routine also moves
** all write cursors so that they are pointing to the 
** first Cell on the root page.  This is necessary because an insert 
** or delete might change the number of cells on a page or delete
** a page entirely and we do not want to leave any cursors 
** pointing to non-existant pages or cells.
*/
static int checkReadLocks(Btree *pBtree, Pgno pgnoRoot, BtCursor *pExclude){
  BtCursor *p;
  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pBtree->pSQLite;
  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
    if( p==pExclude ) continue;
    if( p->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) continue;
    if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot ) continue;
    if( p->wrFlag==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3 *dbOther = p->pBtree->pSQLite;
      if( dbOther==0 ||
         (dbOther!=db && (dbOther->flags & VTK_SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)==0) ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED;
      }
    }else if( p->pPage->pgno!=p->pgnoRoot ){
      moveToRoot(p);
    }
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
** is left pointing at a random location.
**
** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeInsert(
  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
  int appendBias                 /* True if this is likely an append */
){
  int rc;
  int loc;
  int szNew;
  MemPage *pPage;
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;
  unsigned char *oldCell;
  unsigned char *newCell = 0;

  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
    /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */
    return pBt->readOnly ? VTK_SQLITE_READONLY : VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_PERM;   /* Cursor not open for writing */
  }
  if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
  }

  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */
  clearCursorPosition(pCur);
  if( 
    VTK_SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) ||
    VTK_SQLITE_OK!=(rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc))
  ){
    return rc;
  }

  pPage = pCur->pPage;
  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->leafData );
  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
  assert( pPage->isInit );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  newCell = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
  if( newCell==0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
  assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
  if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){
    int szOld;
    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
    oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
    }
    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld);
  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
    assert( pPage->leaf );
    pCur->idx++;
    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
  }else{
    assert( pPage->leaf );
  }
  rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_insert;
  rc = balance(pPage, 1);
  /* vtk_sqlite3BtreePageDump(pCur->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, 1); */
  /* fflush(stdout); */
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    moveToRoot(pCur);
  }
end_insert:
  vtk_sqliteFree(newCell);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
** is left pointing at a random location.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
  unsigned char *pCell;
  int rc;
  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;
  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBtree->pBt;

  assert( pPage->isInit );
  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
    /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */
    return pBt->readOnly ? VTK_SQLITE_READONLY : VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
  if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;  /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */
  }
  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_PERM;   /* Did not open this cursor for writing */
  }
  if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
  }

  /* Restore the current cursor position (a no-op if the cursor is not in 
  ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state) and save the positions of any other cursors 
  ** open on the same table. Then call vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite() on the page
  ** that the entry will be deleted from.
  */
  if( 
    (rc = restoreOrClearCursorPosition(pCur))!=0 ||
    (rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur))!=0 ||
    (rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0
  ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* Locate the cell within it's page and leave pCell pointing to the
  ** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the
  ** cell. The cell itself is still intact.
  */
  pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell);
  }
  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
  if( rc ) return rc;

  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    /*
    ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not
    ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page.
    ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf.  The
    ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and
    ** to be a leaf so we can use it.
    */
    BtCursor leafCur;
    unsigned char *pNext = 0;
    int szNext = 0;  /* The compiler warning is wrong: szNext is always 
                      ** initialized before use.  Adding an extra initialization
                      ** to silence the compiler slows down the code. */
    int notUsed;
    unsigned char *tempCell = 0;
    assert( !pPage->leafData );
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, &notUsed);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(leafCur.pPage->pDbPage);
    }
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n",
         pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno));
      dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
      pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx);
      szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext);
      assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 );
      tempCell = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
      if( tempCell==0 ){
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0);
    }
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild);
      rc = balance(pPage, 0);
    }
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext);
      rc = balance(leafCur.pPage, 0);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(tempCell);
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(&leafCur);
  }else{
    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n",
       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno));
    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
    rc = balance(pPage, 0);
  }
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    moveToRoot(pCur);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
** number for the root page of the new table.
**
** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
** flags might not work:
**
**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  MemPage *pRoot;
  Pgno pgnoRoot;
  int rc;
  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
    /* Must start a transaction first */
    return pBt->readOnly ? VTK_SQLITE_READONLY : VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  assert( !pBt->readOnly );

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
  if( rc ) return rc;
#else
  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */

    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
    ** held by open cursors.
    */
    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);

    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
    */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &pgnoRoot);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    pgnoRoot++;

    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
    */
    if( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
        pgnoRoot==(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
      pgnoRoot++;
    }
    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );

    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
    */
    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }

    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
      ** is already journaled.
      */
      u8 eType;
      Pgno iPtrPage;

      releasePage(pPageMove);

      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
        releasePage(pRoot);
        return rc;
      }
      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
      rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        releasePage(pRoot);
        return rc;
      }
      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove);
      releasePage(pRoot);

      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return rc;
      }
      rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        releasePage(pRoot);
        return rc;
      }
    }else{
      pRoot = pPageMove;
    } 

    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
    if( rc ){
      releasePage(pRoot);
      return rc;
    }
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
    if( rc ){
      releasePage(pRoot);
      return rc;
    }

  }else{
    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
    if( rc ) return rc;
  }
#endif
  assert( vtk_sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
  zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
  vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
** the page to the freelist.
*/
static int clearDatabasePage(
  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to clear */
  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page.  NULL for the root */
  int freePageFlag      /* Deallocate page if true */
){
  MemPage *pPage = 0;
  int rc;
  unsigned char *pCell;
  int i;

  if( pgno>(Pgno)vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }

  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent);
  if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage->pParent, 1);
      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
    }
    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
  }
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage->pParent, 1);
    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
  }
  if( freePageFlag ){
    rc = freePage(pPage);
  }else if( (rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
  }

cleardatabasepage_out:
  releasePage(pPage);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
** the root page is empty, but still exists.
**
** This routine will fail with VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
** root of the table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable){
  int rc;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
    return pBt->readOnly ? VTK_SQLITE_READONLY : VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* Save the position of all cursors open on this table */
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){
    return rc;
  }

  return clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0);
}

/*
** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
**
** This routine will fail with VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
** cursors on the table.
**
** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
  int rc;
  MemPage *pPage = 0;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
    return pBt->readOnly ? VTK_SQLITE_READONLY : VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
  ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
  ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
  ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 
  ** occur.
  */
  if( pBt->pCursor ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED;
  }

  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable);
  if( rc ){
    releasePage(pPage);
    return rc;
  }

  *piMoved = 0;

  if( iTable>1 ){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    rc = freePage(pPage);
    releasePage(pPage);
#else
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      Pgno maxRootPgno;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &maxRootPgno);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        releasePage(pPage);
        return rc;
      }

      if( iTable==(int)maxRootPgno ){
        /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
        ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
        */
        rc = freePage(pPage);
        releasePage(pPage);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return rc;
        }
      }else{
        /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
        ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
        ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
        */
        MemPage *pMove;
        releasePage(pPage);
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return rc;
        }
        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable);
        releasePage(pMove);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return rc;
        }
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return rc;
        }
        rc = freePage(pMove);
        releasePage(pMove);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          return rc;
        }
        *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
      }

      /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
      ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
      ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
      ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
      */
      maxRootPgno--;
      if( maxRootPgno==(Pgno)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
        maxRootPgno--;
      }
      if( maxRootPgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
        maxRootPgno--;
      }
      assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );

      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
    }else{
      rc = freePage(pPage);
      releasePage(pPage);
    }
#endif
  }else{
    /* If vtk_sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. */
    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
    releasePage(pPage);
  }
  return rc;  
}


/*
** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
** is read-only, the others are read/write.
** 
** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
  DbPage *pDbPage;
  int rc;
  unsigned char *pP1;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence
  ** the vtk_sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or
  ** not the VTK_SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page
  ** 1 is treated as a special case by queryTableLock() and lockTable()).
  */
  rc = queryTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  pP1 = (unsigned char *)vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
  *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]);
  vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);

  /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to 
  ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. 
  */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
#endif

  /* Grab the read-lock on page 1. */
  rc = lockTable(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
** read-only and may not be written.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  unsigned char *pP1;
  int rc;
  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
    return pBt->readOnly ? VTK_SQLITE_READONLY : VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
  pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
  if( rc ) return rc;
  put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
  if( idx==7 ){
    assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
    assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
    pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)(iMeta);
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor
** is currently pointing to.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){
  /* TODO: What about CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state? Probably need to call
  ** restoreOrClearCursorPosition() here.
  */
  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
  return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0;
}


/*
** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
** testing and debugging only.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *vtk_sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
  return p->pBt->pPager;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
** Append a message to the error message string.
*/
static void checkAppendMsg(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
  char *zMsg1,
  const char *zFormat,
  ...
){
  va_list ap;
  char *zMsg2;
  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
  pCheck->mxErr--;
  pCheck->nErr++;
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zMsg2 = vtk_sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( zMsg1==0 ) zMsg1 = "";
  if( pCheck->zErrMsg ){
    char *zOld = pCheck->zErrMsg;
    pCheck->zErrMsg = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zOld, "\n", zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zOld);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&pCheck->zErrMsg, zMsg1, zMsg2, (char*)0);
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(zMsg2);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
** if this is the first reference to the page.
**
** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
*/
static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){
  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
    return 1;
  }
  if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
    return 1;
  }
  return  (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
** to pCheck.
*/
static void checkPtrmap(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
  Pgno iParent,          /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
  char *zContext         /* Context description (used for error msg) */
){
  int rc;
  u8 ePtrmapType;
  Pgno iPtrmapParent;

  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
    return;
  }

  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
  }
}
#endif

/*
** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
*/
static void checkList(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
){
  int i;
  int expected = N;
  int iFirst = iPage;
  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
    DbPage *pOvflPage;
    unsigned char *pOvflData;
    if( iPage<1 ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
          N+1, expected, iFirst);
      break;
    }
    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
    if( vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
      break;
    }
    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
    if( isFreeList ){
      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
      }
#endif
      if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-8 ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
        N--;
      }else{
        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
          }
#endif
          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
        }
        N -= n;
      }
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    else{
      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
      ** the following page matches iPage.
      */
      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
      }
    }
#endif
    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
  }
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
** return 1, and so forth.
** 
** These checks are done:
**
**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
**          but combine to completely cover the page.
**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
**          the root of the tree.
*/
static int checkTreePage(
  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page */
  char *zParentContext  /* Parent context */
){
  MemPage *pPage;
  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
  int hdr, cellStart;
  int nCell;
  u8 *data;
  BtShared *pBt;
  int usableSize;
  char zContext[100];
  char *hit;

  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);

  /* Check that the page exists
  */
  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
  if( (rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
    return 0;
  }
  if( (rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){
    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
                   "vtk_sqlite3BtreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
    releasePage(pPage);
    return 0;
  }

  /* Check out all the cells.
  */
  depth = 0;
  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
    u8 *pCell;
    int sz;
    CellInfo info;

    /* Check payload overflow pages
    */
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
             "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
    sz = info.nData;
    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
    assert( sz==info.nPayload );
    if( sz>info.nLocal ){
      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
      }
#endif
      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
    }

    /* Check sanity of left child page.
    */
    if( !pPage->leaf ){
      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
      }
#endif
      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext);
      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
      }
      depth = d2;
    }
  }
  if( !pPage->leaf ){
    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 
                     "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0);
    }
#endif
    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext);
  }
 
  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
  */
  data = pPage->aData;
  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
  hit = vtk_sqliteMalloc( usableSize );
  if( hit ){
    memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5]));
    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
      int size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
      int j;
      if( (pc+size-1)>=usableSize || pc<0 ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
      }else{
        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
      }
    }
    for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i<usableSize && cnt<10000; 
           cnt++){
      int size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
      int j;
      if( (i+size-1)>=usableSize || i<0 ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,  
            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
      }else{
        for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
      }
      i = get2byte(&data[i]);
    }
    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
      if( hit[i]==0 ){
        cnt++;
      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
        break;
      }
    }
    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
          "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d",
          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
    }
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(hit);

  releasePage(pPage);
  return depth+1;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
**
** If everything checks out, this routine returns NULL.  If something is
** amiss, an error message is written into memory obtained from malloc()
** and a pointer to that error message is returned.  The calling function
** is responsible for freeing the error message when it is done.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
){
  int i;
  int nRef;
  IntegrityCk sCheck;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;

  nRef = vtk_sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
  if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return vtk_sqliteStrDup("Unable to acquire a read lock on the database");
  }
  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
  sCheck.nPage = vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(sCheck.pPager);
  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
  sCheck.nErr = 0;
  *pnErr = 0;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( pBt->nTrunc!=0 ){
    sCheck.nPage = pBt->nTrunc;
  }
#endif
  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
    return 0;
  }
  sCheck.anRef = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
  if( !sCheck.anRef ){
    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
    *pnErr = 1;
    return vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("Unable to malloc %d bytes", 
        (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]));
  }
  for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
    sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
  }
  sCheck.zErrMsg = 0;

  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
  */
  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");

  /* Check all the tables.
  */
  for(i=0; i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
    }
#endif
    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: ");
  }

  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
  */
  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
    }
#else
    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
    ** references to pointer-map pages.
    */
    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && 
      (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=(Pgno)i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
    }
    if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && 
        (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==(Pgno)i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
    }
#endif
  }

  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages
  */
  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
  if( nRef != vtk_sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ){
    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
      nRef, vtk_sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
    );
  }

  /* Clean  up and report errors.
  */
  vtk_sqliteFree(sCheck.anRef);
  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
  return sCheck.zErrMsg;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

/*
** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
  return vtk_sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager);
}

/*
** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *p){
  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
  return vtk_sqlite3PagerDirname(p->pBt->pPager);
}

/*
** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
** has been created or not.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
  return vtk_sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
/*
** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
** must be active for both files.
**
** The size of file pBtFrom may be reduced by this operation.
** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pBtFrom is rolled back.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  Pgno i, nPage, nToPage, iSkip;

  BtShared *pBtTo = pTo->pBt;
  BtShared *pBtFrom = pFrom->pBt;

  if( pTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  if( pBtTo->pCursor ) return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  nToPage = vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtTo->pPager);
  nPage = vtk_sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBtFrom->pPager);
  iSkip = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo);
  for(i=1; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<=nPage; i++){
    DbPage *pDbPage;
    if( i==iSkip ) continue;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, i, &pDbPage);
    if( rc ) break;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerOverwrite(pBtTo->pPager, i, vtk_sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage));
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
  }

  /* If the file is shrinking, journal the pages that are being truncated
  ** so that they can be rolled back if the commit fails.
  */
  for(i=nPage+1; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<=nToPage; i++){
    DbPage *pDbPage;
    if( i==iSkip ) continue;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pDbPage);
    if( rc ) break;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
    vtk_sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pDbPage);
    /* Yeah.  It seems wierd to call DontWrite() right after Write().  But
    ** that is because the names of those procedures do not exactly 
    ** represent what they do.  Write() really means "put this page in the
    ** rollback journal and mark it as dirty so that it will be written
    ** to the database file later."  DontWrite() undoes the second part of
    ** that and prevents the page from being written to the database.  The
    ** page is still on the rollback journal, though.  And that is the whole
    ** point of this loop: to put pages on the rollback journal. */
    vtk_sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
  }
  if( !rc && nPage<nToPage ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3PagerTruncate(pBtTo->pPager, nPage);
  }

  if( rc ){
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollback(pTo);
  }
  return rc;  
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */

/*
** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
}

/*
** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *p){
  return (p->pBt && p->pBt->inStmt);
}

/*
** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
  return (p && (p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE));
}

/*
** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for it's own
** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
**
** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
** of memory returned. 
**
** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call vtk_sqliteFree()
** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  if( !pBt->pSchema ){
    pBt->pSchema = vtk_sqliteMalloc(nBytes);
    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
  }
  return pBt->pSchema;
}

/*
** Return true if another user of the same shared btree as the argument
** handle holds an exclusive lock on the vtk_sqlite_master table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
  return (queryTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK)!=VTK_SQLITE_OK);
}


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
** if it is false.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  u8 lockType = (isWriteLock?WRITE_LOCK:READ_LOCK);
  rc = queryTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = lockTable(p, iTab, lockType);
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible
** to change the length of the data stored.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){

  assert(pCsr->isIncrblobHandle);
  if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ABORT;
  }

  /* Check some preconditions: 
  **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
  **   (b) there is no read-lock on the table being modified and
  **   (c) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
  */
  if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_READONLY;
  }
  assert( !pCsr->pBtree->pBt->readOnly 
          && pCsr->pBtree->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
  if( checkReadLocks(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
  }
  if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->pPage->intKey ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 0, 1);
}

/* 
** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the 
** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened
** for incremental blob IO only.
**
** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache
** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function
** accessPayload() (the worker function for vtk_sqlite3BtreeData() and
** vtk_sqlite3BtreePutData()).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){
  assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle);
  assert(!pCur->aOverflow);
  pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1;
}
#endif

/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbefifo.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2005 June 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a FIFO queue of rowids used for processing
** UPDATE and DELETE statements.
*/

/*
** Allocate a new FifoPage and return a pointer to it.  Return NULL if
** we run out of memory.  Leave space on the page for nEntry entries.
*/
static FifoPage *allocateFifoPage(int nEntry){
  FifoPage *pPage;
  if( nEntry>32767 ){
    nEntry = 32767;
  }
  pPage = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(FifoPage) + sizeof(i64)*(nEntry-1) );
  if( pPage ){
    pPage->nSlot = nEntry;
    pPage->iWrite = 0;
    pPage->iRead = 0;
    pPage->pNext = 0;
  }
  return pPage;
}

/*
** Initialize a Fifo structure.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo *pFifo){
  memset(pFifo, 0, sizeof(*pFifo));
}

/*
** Push a single 64-bit integer value into the Fifo.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK
** normally.   VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM is returned if we are unable to allocate
** memory.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo *pFifo, i64 val){
  FifoPage *pPage;
  pPage = pFifo->pLast;
  if( pPage==0 ){
    pPage = pFifo->pLast = pFifo->pFirst = allocateFifoPage(20);
    if( pPage==0 ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }else if( pPage->iWrite>=pPage->nSlot ){
    pPage->pNext = allocateFifoPage(pFifo->nEntry);
    if( pPage->pNext==0 ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pPage = pFifo->pLast = pPage->pNext;
  }
  pPage->aSlot[pPage->iWrite++] = val;
  pFifo->nEntry++;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Extract a single 64-bit integer value from the Fifo.  The integer
** extracted is the one least recently inserted.  If the Fifo is empty
** return VTK_SQLITE_DONE.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo *pFifo, i64 *pVal){
  FifoPage *pPage;
  if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 );
  pPage = pFifo->pFirst;
  assert( pPage!=0 );
  assert( pPage->iWrite>pPage->iRead );
  assert( pPage->iWrite<=pPage->nSlot );
  assert( pPage->iRead<pPage->nSlot );
  assert( pPage->iRead>=0 );
  *pVal = pPage->aSlot[pPage->iRead++];
  pFifo->nEntry--;
  if( pPage->iRead>=pPage->iWrite ){
    pFifo->pFirst = pPage->pNext;
    vtk_sqliteFree(pPage);
    if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){
      assert( pFifo->pLast==pPage );
      pFifo->pLast = 0;
    }else{
      assert( pFifo->pFirst!=0 );
    }
  }else{
    assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 );
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Delete all information from a Fifo object.   Free all memory held
** by the Fifo.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo *pFifo){
  FifoPage *pPage, *pNextPage;
  for(pPage=pFifo->pFirst; pPage; pPage=pNextPage){
    pNextPage = pPage->pNext;
    vtk_sqliteFree(pPage);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(pFifo);
}

/************** End of vdbefifo.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 26
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
** name vtk_sqlite_value
*/

/*
** Call vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
** P if required.
*/
#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)

/*
** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
** 'desiredEnc', one of VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE or VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE.
**
** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
** routine is a no-op.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
** VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
** between formats.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
  int rc;
  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
#else


  /* MemTranslate() may return VTK_SQLITE_OK or VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
  */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
  assert(rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK    || rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM);
  assert(rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
  assert(rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
  return rc;
#endif
}

/*
** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success or VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(Mem *pMem){
  int n;
  u8 *z;
  expandBlob(pMem);
  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short))==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  n = pMem->n;
  assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
  z = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( n+2 );
  if( z==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
  pMem->xDel = 0;
  memcpy(z, pMem->z, n );
  z[n] = 0;
  z[n+1] = 0;
  pMem->z = (char*)z;
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static|MEM_Short);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
    char *pNew;
    int nByte;
    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 );
    nByte = (int)(pMem->n + pMem->u.i);
    if( nByte<=0 ) nByte = 1;
    pNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc(nByte);
    if( pNew==0 ){ 
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    memcpy(pNew, pMem->z, pMem->n);
    memset(&pNew[pMem->n], 0, (size_t)pMem->u.i);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    pMem->z = pNew;
    pMem->n += (int)pMem->u.i;
    pMem->u.i = 0;
    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short|MEM_Term);
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif


/*
** Make the given Mem object either MEM_Short or MEM_Dyn so that bytes
** of the Mem.z[] array can be modified.
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success or VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
  int n;
  u8 *z;
  expandBlob(pMem);
  if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  assert( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
  if( (n = pMem->n)+2<(int)sizeof(pMem->zShort) ){
    z = (u8*)pMem->zShort;
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Short|MEM_Term;
  }else{
    z = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( n+2 );
    if( z==0 ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
    pMem->xDel = 0;
  }
  memcpy(z, pMem->z, n );
  z[n] = 0;
  z[n+1] = 0;
  pMem->z = (char*)z;
  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
  assert(0==(1&(int)pMem->z));
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
  }
  if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem) ){
    return vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
  }else{
    char *z; 
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pMem);
    z = vtk_sqliteMalloc(pMem->n+2);

    if( !z ) return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    memcpy(z, pMem->z, pMem->n);
    z[pMem->n] = 0;
    z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
    if( pMem->xDel ){
      pMem->xDel(pMem->z);
    }else{
      vtk_sqliteFree(pMem->z);
    }
    pMem->xDel = 0;
    pMem->z = z;
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
** are converted using vtk_sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
** is a no-op.
**
** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
**
** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
** vtk_sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
** user and the later is an internal programming error.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  int fg = pMem->flags;
  char *z = pMem->zShort;

  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );

  /* For a Real or Integer, use vtk_sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8
  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
  ** 
  ** FIX ME: It would be better if vtk_sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
  */
  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
  }else{
    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(NBFS, z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
  }
  pMem->n = strlen(z);
  pMem->z = z;
  pMem->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str | MEM_Short | MEM_Term;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  VTK_SQLITE_OK
** otherwise.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize ){
    vtk_sqlite3_context ctx;
    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
    ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
    ctx.s.z = pMem->zShort;
    ctx.pMem = pMem;
    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
    ctx.isError = 0;
    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
    if( pMem->z && pMem->z!=pMem->zShort ){
      vtk_sqliteFree( pMem->z );
    }
    *pMem = ctx.s;
    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Short ){
      pMem->z = pMem->zShort;
    }
    if( ctx.isError ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.type==VTK_SQLITE_TEXT).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  if( p->flags & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Agg) ){
    if( p->xDel ){
      if( p->flags & MEM_Agg ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
        assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
      }else{
        p->xDel((void *)p->z);
      }
    }else{
      vtk_sqliteFree(p->z);
    }
    p->z = 0;
    p->xDel = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem is NULL, return 0.
**
** If pMem is a string, its encoding might be changed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
    return pMem->u.i;
  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
    return (i64)pMem->r;
  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    i64 value;
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
    if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8)
       || vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
      return 0;
    }
    assert( pMem->z );
    vtk_sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value);
    return value;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE double vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
    return pMem->r;
  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
    return (double)pMem->u.i;
  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    double val = 0.0;
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
    if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8)
       || vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
      return 0.0;
    }
    assert( pMem->z );
    vtk_sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val);
    return val;
  }else{
    return 0.0;
  }
}

/*
** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
  pMem->u.i = (int)pMem->r;
  if( ((double)pMem->u.i)==pMem->r ){
    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
  }
}

/*
** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
  pMem->u.i = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
  pMem->r = vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
** Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
  double r1, r2;
  i64 i;
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 );
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
  r1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
  i = (i64)r1;
  r2 = (double)i;
  if( r1==r2 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
  }else{
    pMem->r = r1;
    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
  pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_NULL;
  pMem->n = 0;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
** n containing all zeros.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero|MEM_Short;
  pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_BLOB;
  pMem->n = 0;
  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
  pMem->u.i = n;
  pMem->z = pMem->zShort;
  pMem->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type INTEGER.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  pMem->u.i = val;
  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
  pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER;
}

/*
** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
** manifest type REAL.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
  if( vtk_sqlite3_isnan(val) ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
    pMem->r = val;
    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_FLOAT;
  }
}

/*
** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
** too large - whose size exceeds VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    int n = p->n;
    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      n += (int)p->u.i;
    }
    return n>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
  }
  return 0; 
}

/*
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are overwritten.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(*pFrom)-sizeof(pFrom->zShort));
  pTo->xDel = 0;
  if( pTo->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Short|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
}

/*
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc;
  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, MEM_Ephem);
  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
  }else{
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
**
** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.  VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM
** might be returned if pFrom held ephemeral data and we were unable
** to allocate enough space to make a copy.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
  int rc;
  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
  }
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
  if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){
    pTo->z = pTo->zShort;
  }
  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
  pFrom->xDel = 0;
  if( pTo->flags & MEM_Ephem ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
  }else{
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
  if( !z ){
    pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_NULL;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  pMem->z = (char *)z;
  if( xDel==VTK_SQLITE_STATIC ){
    pMem->flags = MEM_Static;
  }else if( xDel==VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
    pMem->flags = MEM_Ephem;
  }else{
    pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn;
    pMem->xDel = xDel;
  }

  pMem->enc = enc;
  pMem->type = enc==0 ? VTK_SQLITE_BLOB : VTK_SQLITE_TEXT;
  pMem->n = n;

  assert( enc==0 || enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE 
      || enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE );
  switch( enc ){
    case 0:
      pMem->flags |= MEM_Blob;
      pMem->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
      break;

    case VTK_SQLITE_UTF8:
      pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
      if( n<0 ){
        pMem->n = strlen(z);
        pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
      }
      break;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
    case VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE:
    case VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE:
      pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
      if( pMem->n<0 ){
        pMem->n = vtk_sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(pMem->z,-1);
        pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
      }
      if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
  }
  if( pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem ){
    return vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
**
** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
  int rc;
  int f1, f2;
  int combined_flags;

  /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies
  ** DESC order.
  */
  f1 = pMem1->flags;
  f2 = pMem2->flags;
  combined_flags = f1|f2;
 
  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
  ** are NULL, return 0.
  */
  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
  }

  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
  ** if both values are integers.
  */
  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
    if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
      return -1;
    }
    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
      double r1, r2;
      if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
        r1 = (int) pMem1->u.i;
      }else{
        r1 = pMem1->r;
      }
      if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
        r2 = (int) pMem2->u.i;
      }else{
        r2 = pMem2->r;
      }
      if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
      if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
      return 0;
    }else{
      assert( f1&MEM_Int );
      assert( f2&MEM_Int );
      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
      return 0;
    }
  }

  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
  */
  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
      return -1;
    }

    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
    assert( pMem1->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 || 
            pMem1->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE );

    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
    */
    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );

    if( pColl ){
      if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
        /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
        ** comparison function directly */
        return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
      }else{
        u8 origEnc = pMem1->enc;
        const void *v1, *v2;
        int n1, n2;
        /* Convert the strings into the encoding that the comparison
        ** function expects */
        v1 = vtk_sqlite3ValueText((vtk_sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc);
        n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : pMem1->n;
        assert( n1==vtk_sqlite3ValueBytes((vtk_sqlite3_value*)pMem1, pColl->enc) );
        v2 = vtk_sqlite3ValueText((vtk_sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc);
        n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : pMem2->n;
        assert( n2==vtk_sqlite3ValueBytes((vtk_sqlite3_value*)pMem2, pColl->enc) );
        /* Do the comparison */
        rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
        /* Convert the strings back into the database encoding */
        vtk_sqlite3ValueText((vtk_sqlite3_value*)pMem1, origEnc);
        vtk_sqlite3ValueText((vtk_sqlite3_value*)pMem2, origEnc);
        return rc;
      }
    }
    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
  }
 
  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
  if( rc==0 ){
    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
** into the pMem element.
**
** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
** is overwritten without being freed.
**
** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
  int offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
  int amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
){
  char *zData;       /* Data from the btree layer */
  int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */

  if( key ){
    zData = (char *)vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
  }else{
    zData = (char *)vtk_sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
  }
  assert( zData!=0 );

  pMem->n = amt;
  if( offset+amt<=available ){
    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
  }else{
    int rc;
    if( amt>NBFS-2 ){
      zData = (char *)vtk_sqliteMallocRaw(amt+2);
      if( !zData ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
    }else{
      zData = &(pMem->zShort[0]);
      pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Short|MEM_Term;
    }
    pMem->z = zData;
    pMem->enc = 0;
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_BLOB;

    if( key ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, zData);
    }else{
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, zData);
    }
    zData[amt] = 0;
    zData[amt+1] = 0;
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      if( amt>NBFS-2 ){
        assert( zData!=pMem->zShort );
        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn );
        vtk_sqliteFree(zData);
      } else {
        assert( zData==pMem->zShort );
        assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Short );
      }
      return rc;
    }
  }

  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Perform various checks on the memory cell pMem. An assert() will
** fail if pMem is internally inconsistent.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem *pMem){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  assert( flags!=0 );  /* Must define some type */
  if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    int x = flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
    assert( x!=0 );            /* Strings must define a string subtype */
    assert( (x & (x-1))==0 );  /* Only one string subtype can be defined */
    assert( pMem->z!=0 );      /* Strings must have a value */
    /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort iff the subtype is MEM_Short */
    assert( (x & MEM_Short)==0 || pMem->z==pMem->zShort );
    assert( (x & MEM_Short)!=0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zShort );
    /* No destructor unless there is MEM_Dyn */
    assert( pMem->xDel==0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 );

    if( (flags & MEM_Str) ){
      assert( pMem->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 || 
              pMem->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE ||
              pMem->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE 
      );
      /* If the string is UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated, then pMem->n
      ** must be the length of the string.  (Later:)  If the database file
      ** has been corrupted, '\000' characters might have been inserted
      ** into the middle of the string.  In that case, the strlen() might
      ** be less.
      */
      if( pMem->enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 && (flags & MEM_Term) ){ 
        assert( strlen(pMem->z)<=pMem->n );
        assert( pMem->z[pMem->n]==0 );
      }
    }
  }else{
    /* Cannot define a string subtype for non-string objects */
    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short))==0 );
    assert( pMem->xDel==0 );
  }
  /* MEM_Null excludes all other types */
  assert( (pMem->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob))==0
          || (pMem->flags&MEM_Null)==0 );
  /* If the MEM is both real and integer, the values are equal */
  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) 
          || pMem->r==pMem->u.i );
}
#endif

/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
** external API. It works in a similar way to vtk_sqlite3_value_text(),
** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
** parameter, which must be one of VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE or
** VTK_SQLITE_UTF8.
**
** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
** boundary.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *vtk_sqlite3ValueText(vtk_sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
  if( !pVal ) return 0;
  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );

  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
    return 0;
  }
  assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
  pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
  expandBlob(pVal);
  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
    if( (enc & VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&(size_t)pVal->z) ){
      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
      if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        return 0;
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal);
  }else{
    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
    assert( 0==(1&(int)pVal->z) );
  }
  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
    return pVal->z;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
** Create a new vtk_sqlite3_value object.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE vtk_sqlite3_value *vtk_sqlite3ValueNew(void){
  Mem *p = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*p));
  if( p ){
    p->flags = MEM_Null;
    p->type = VTK_SQLITE_NULL;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Create a new vtk_sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
**
** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "NULL", "'a string'"). If the expression can
** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
** the value by passing it to vtk_sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
  Expr *pExpr, 
  u8 enc, 
  u8 affinity,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **ppVal
){
  int op;
  char *zVal = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;

  if( !pExpr ){
    *ppVal = 0;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  op = pExpr->op;

  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
    zVal = vtk_sqliteStrNDup((char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
    pVal = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew();
    if( !zVal || !pVal ) goto no_mem;
    vtk_sqlite3Dequote(zVal);
    vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, vtk_sqlite3FreeX);
    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
      vtk_sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, enc);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
    }
  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
    if( VTK_SQLITE_OK==vtk_sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pExpr->pLeft, enc, affinity, &pVal) ){
      pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i;
      pVal->r = -1.0 * pVal->r;
    }
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
    int nVal;
    pVal = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew();
    zVal = vtk_sqliteStrNDup((char*)pExpr->token.z+1, pExpr->token.n-1);
    if( !zVal || !pVal ) goto no_mem;
    vtk_sqlite3Dequote(zVal);
    nVal = strlen(zVal)/2;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, vtk_sqlite3HexToBlob(zVal), nVal, 0, vtk_sqlite3FreeX);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zVal);
  }
#endif

  *ppVal = pVal;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;

no_mem:
  vtk_sqliteFree(zVal);
  vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  *ppVal = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
}

/*
** Change the string value of an vtk_sqlite3_value object
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(
  vtk_sqlite3_value *v, 
  int n, 
  const void *z, 
  u8 enc,
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
  if( v ) vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
}

/*
** Free an vtk_sqlite3_value object
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(vtk_sqlite3_value *v){
  if( !v ) return;
  vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(v, 0, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
  vtk_sqliteFree(v);
}

/*
** Return the number of bytes in the vtk_sqlite3_value object assuming
** that it uses the encoding "enc"
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ValueBytes(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || vtk_sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      return (int) (p->n+p->u.i);
    }else{
      return p->n;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2003 September 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
** a VDBE (or an "vtk_sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
*/


/*
** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
** set the vtk_sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
** as they are added to the instruction stream.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
int vtk_sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace = 0;
#endif


/*
** Create a new virtual database engine.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *vtk_sqlite3VdbeCreate(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  Vdbe *p;
  p = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Vdbe) );
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  p->db = db;
  if( db->pVdbe ){
    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
  }
  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
  p->pPrev = 0;
  db->pVdbe = p;
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
  return p;
}

/*
** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n){
  if( p==0 ) return;
  assert( p->zSql==0 );
  p->zSql = vtk_sqlite3StrNDup(z, n);
}

/*
** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3VdbeGetSql(Vdbe *p){
  return p->zSql;
}

/*
** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
  char *zTmp;
  int nTmp;
  tmp = *pA;
  *pA = *pB;
  *pB = tmp;
  pTmp = pA->pNext;
  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
  pB->pNext = pTmp;
  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
  zTmp = pA->zSql;
  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
  pB->zSql = zTmp;
  nTmp = pA->nSql;
  pA->nSql = pB->nSql;
  pB->nSql = nTmp;
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Turn tracing on or off
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
  p->trace = trace;
}
#endif

/*
** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it contains at least N
** elements. If the Vdbe is in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN state, then
** the Vdbe.aOp array will be sized to contain exactly N
** elements. Vdbe.nOpAlloc is set to reflect the new size of
** the array.
**
** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array,
** Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain unchanged (this is so that
** any opcodes already allocated can be correctly deallocated
** along with the rest of the Vdbe).
*/
static void resizeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int N){
  int runMode = p->magic==(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
  if( runMode || p->nOpAlloc<N ){
    VdbeOp *pNew;
    int nNew = N + 100*(!runMode);
    int oldSize = p->nOpAlloc;
    pNew = vtk_sqliteRealloc(p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
    if( pNew ){
      p->nOpAlloc = nNew;
      p->aOp = pNew;
      if( nNew>oldSize ){
        memset(&p->aOp[oldSize], 0, (nNew-oldSize)*sizeof(Op));
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
**
** Parameters:
**
**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
**
**    op              The opcode for this instruction
**
**    p1, p2          First two of the three possible operands.
**
** Use the vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
** the vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3() function to change the value of the P3
** operand.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
  int i;
  VdbeOp *pOp;

  i = p->nOp;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
    resizeOpArray(p, i+1);
    if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
      return 0;
    }
  }
  p->nOp++;
  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
  pOp->opcode = (u8)(op);
  pOp->p1 = p1;
  pOp->p2 = p2;
  pOp->p3 = 0;
  pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
  p->expired = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( vtk_sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ) vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
#endif
  return i;
}

/*
** Add an opcode that includes the p3 value.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, const char *zP3,int p3type){
  int addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(p, op, p1, p2);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, addr, zP3, p3type);
  return addr;
}

/*
** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
** the label into the resolved address.
**
** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
**
** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  i = p->nLabel++;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
    p->nLabelAlloc = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 10;
    p->aLabel = vtk_sqliteReallocOrFree(p->aLabel,
                                    p->nLabelAlloc*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
  }
  if( p->aLabel ){
    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
  }
  return -1-i;
}

/*
** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
** a prior call to vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
  int j = -1-x;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
  if( p->aLabel ){
    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
  }
}

/*
** Return non-zero if opcode 'op' is guarenteed not to push more values
** onto the VDBE stack than it pops off.
*/
static int opcodeNoPush(u8 op){
  /* The 10 NOPUSH_MASK_n constants are defined in the automatically
  ** generated header file opcodes.h. Each is a 16-bit bitmask, one
  ** bit corresponding to each opcode implemented by the virtual
  ** machine in vdbe.c. The bit is true if the word "no-push" appears
  ** in a comment on the same line as the "case OP_XXX:" in 
  ** vtk_sqlite3VdbeExec() in vdbe.c.
  **
  ** If the bit is true, then the corresponding opcode is guarenteed not
  ** to grow the stack when it is executed. Otherwise, it may grow the
  ** stack by at most one entry.
  **
  ** NOPUSH_MASK_0 corresponds to opcodes 0 to 15. NOPUSH_MASK_1 contains
  ** one bit for opcodes 16 to 31, and so on.
  **
  ** 16-bit bitmasks (rather than 32-bit) are specified in opcodes.h 
  ** because the file is generated by an awk program. Awk manipulates
  ** all numbers as floating-point and we don't want to risk a rounding
  ** error if someone builds with an awk that uses (for example) 32-bit 
  ** IEEE floats.
  */ 
  static const u32 masks[5] = {
    NOPUSH_MASK_0 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_1)<<16),
    NOPUSH_MASK_2 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_3)<<16),
    NOPUSH_MASK_4 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_5)<<16),
    NOPUSH_MASK_6 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_7)<<16),
    NOPUSH_MASK_8 + (((unsigned)NOPUSH_MASK_9)<<16)
  };
  assert( op<32*5 );
  return (masks[op>>5] & (1<<(op&0x1F)));
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeOpcodeNoPush(u8 op){
  return opcodeNoPush(op);
}
#endif

/*
** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative.
** Each such value is a label.  Resolve the label by setting the P2
** value to its correct non-zero value.
**
** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
**
** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
**
** The integer *pMaxStack is set to the maximum number of vdbe stack
** entries that static analysis reveals this program might need.
**
** This routine also does the following optimization:  It scans for
** Halt instructions where P1==VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT or P2==OE_Abort or for
** IdxInsert instructions where P2!=0.  If no such instruction is
** found, then every Statement instruction is changed to a Noop.  In
** this way, we avoid creating the statement journal file unnecessarily.
*/
static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs, int *pMaxStack){
  int i;
  int nMaxArgs = 0;
  int nMaxStack = p->nOp;
  Op *pOp;
  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
  int doesStatementRollback = 0;
  int hasStatementBegin = 0;
  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;

    if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep 
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
        || opcode==OP_VUpdate
#endif
    ){
      if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
    }
    if( opcode==OP_Halt ){
      if( pOp->p1==VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort ){
        doesStatementRollback = 1;
      }
    }else if( opcode==OP_Statement ){
      hasStatementBegin = 1;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename ){
      doesStatementRollback = 1;
    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
      int n;
      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
      assert( pOp[-2].opcode==OP_Integer );
      n = pOp[-2].p1;
      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
#endif
    }
    if( opcodeNoPush(opcode) ){
      nMaxStack--;
    }

    if( pOp->p2>=0 ) continue;
    assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
    pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(p->aLabel);
  p->aLabel = 0;

  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
  *pMaxStack = nMaxStack;

  /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement
  ** transactions are not needed.  So change every OP_Statement
  ** opcode into an OP_Noop.  This avoid a call to vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive()
  ** which can be expensive on some platforms.
  */
  if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){
    for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Statement ){
        pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  return p->nOp;
}

/*
** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
** address of the first operation added.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
  int addr;
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp + nOp);
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    return 0;
  }
  addr = p->nOp;
  if( nOp>0 ){
    int i;
    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
      int p2 = pIn->p2;
      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
      pOut->p2 = p2<0 ? addr + ADDR(p2) : p2;
      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
      pOut->p3type = pIn->p3 ? P3_STATIC : P3_NOTUSED;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
      if( vtk_sqlite3_vdbe_addop_trace ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
      }
#endif
    }
    p->nOp += nOp;
  }
  return addr;
}

/*
** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
** static array using vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
** few minor changes to the program.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
  }
}

/*
** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
  assert( val>=0 );
  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
  }
}

/*
** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
}


/*
** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
*/
static void freeEphemeralFunction(FuncDef *pDef){
  if( pDef && (pDef->flags & VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pDef);
  }
}

/*
** Delete a P3 value if necessary.
*/
static void freeP3(int p3type, void *p3){
  if( p3 ){
    switch( p3type ){
      case P3_DYNAMIC:
      case P3_KEYINFO:
      case P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
        vtk_sqliteFree(p3);
        break;
      }
      case P3_MPRINTF: {
        vtk_sqlite3_free(p3);
        break;
      }
      case P3_VDBEFUNC: {
        VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p3;
        freeEphemeralFunction(pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
        vtk_sqliteFree(pVdbeFunc);
        break;
      }
      case P3_FUNCDEF: {
        freeEphemeralFunction((FuncDef*)p3);
        break;
      }
      case P3_MEM: {
        vtk_sqlite3ValueFree((vtk_sqlite3_value*)p3);
        break;
      }
    }
  }
}


/*
** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
  if( p && p->aOp ){
    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
    while( N-- ){
      freeP3(pOp->p3type, pOp->p3);
      memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
      pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
      pOp++;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
** static array using vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
** few minor changes to the program.
**
** If n>=0 then the P3 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
** the string is made into memory obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP3 up to and including the
** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP3.
**
** If n==P3_KEYINFO it means that zP3 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
** vtk_sqliteMalloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
** n==P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP3 points to a KeyInfo structure
** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc. The 
** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
** finalized.
** 
** Other values of n (P3_STATIC, P3_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP3 points
** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
**
** If addr<0 then change P3 on the most recently inserted instruction.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP3, int n){
  Op *pOp;
  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  if( p==0 || p->aOp==0 || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    if (n != P3_KEYINFO) {
      freeP3(n, (void*)*(char**)&zP3);
    }
    return;
  }
  if( addr<0 || addr>=p->nOp ){
    addr = p->nOp - 1;
    if( addr<0 ) return;
  }
  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
  freeP3(pOp->p3type, pOp->p3);
  pOp->p3 = 0;
  if( zP3==0 ){
    pOp->p3 = 0;
    pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
  }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO ){
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
    int nField, nByte;

    nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP3)->nField;
    nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
    pKeyInfo = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
    pOp->p3 = (char*)pKeyInfo;
    if( pKeyInfo ){
      unsigned char *aSortOrder;
      memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP3, nByte);
      aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
      if( aSortOrder ){
        pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
        memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
      }
      pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO;
    }else{
      pOp->p3type = P3_NOTUSED;
    }
  }else if( n==P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
    pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3;
    pOp->p3type = P3_KEYINFO;
  }else if( n<0 ){
    pOp->p3 = (char*)zP3;
    pOp->p3type = n;
  }else{
    if( n==0 ) n = strlen(zP3);
    pOp->p3 = vtk_sqliteStrNDup(zP3, n);
    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
  }
}

#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Replace the P3 field of the most recently coded instruction with
** comment text.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3==0 || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(p, -1, vtk_sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap), P3_DYNAMIC);
  va_end(ap);
}
#endif

/*
** Return the opcode for a given address.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *vtk_sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
  assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  return ((addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp)?(&p->aOp[addr]):0);
}

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** Compute a string that describes the P3 parameter for an opcode.
** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
*/
static char *displayP3(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
  char *zP3;
  assert( nTemp>=20 );
  switch( pOp->p3type ){
    case P3_KEYINFO: {
      int i, j;
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
      i = strlen(zTemp);
      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
        if( pColl ){
          int n = strlen(pColl->zName);
          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
            memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
            break;
          }
          zTemp[i++] = ',';
          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
            zTemp[i++] = '-';
          }
          memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
          i += n;
        }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
          memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
          i += 4;
        }
      }
      zTemp[i++] = ')';
      zTemp[i] = 0;
      assert( i<nTemp );
      zP3 = zTemp;
      break;
    }
    case P3_COLLSEQ: {
      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq*)pOp->p3;
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
      zP3 = zTemp;
      break;
    }
    case P3_FUNCDEF: {
      FuncDef *pDef = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
      zP3 = zTemp;
      break;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    case P3_VTAB: {
      vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = (vtk_sqlite3_vtab*)pOp->p3;
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
      zP3 = zTemp;
      break;
    }
#endif
    default: {
      zP3 = pOp->p3;
      if( zP3==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_Noop ){
        zP3 = "";
      }
    }
  }
  assert( zP3!=0 );
  return zP3;
}
#endif


#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
  char *zP3;
  char zPtr[50];
  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %s\n";
  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
  zP3 = displayP3(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1,
      pc, vtk_sqlite3OpcodeNames[pOp->opcode], pOp->p1, pOp->p2, zP3);
  fflush(pOut);
}
#endif

/*
** Release an array of N Mem elements
*/
static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
  if( p ){
    while( N-->0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p++);
    }
  }
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
/*
** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
**
** The interface is the same as vtk_sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeList(
  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = p->db;
  int i;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  assert( p->explain );
  if( p->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  assert( db->magic==VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  assert( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY );

  /* Even though this opcode does not put dynamic strings onto the
  ** the stack, they may become dynamic if the user calls
  ** vtk_sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
  */
  if( p->pTos==&p->aStack[4] ){
    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 5);
  }
  p->resOnStack = 0;

  do{
    i = p->pc++;
  }while( i<p->nOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
  if( i>=p->nOp ){
    p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
    p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc), (char*)0);
  }else{
    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
    Mem *pMem = p->aStack;
    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER;
    pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
    pMem++;

    pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
    pMem->z = (char*)vtk_sqlite3OpcodeNames[pOp->opcode];  /* Opcode */
    assert( pMem->z!=0 );
    pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_TEXT;
    pMem->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
    pMem++;

    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER;
    pMem++;

    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER;
    pMem++;

    pMem->flags = MEM_Ephem|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;   /* P3 */
    pMem->z = displayP3(pOp, pMem->zShort, sizeof(pMem->zShort));
    assert( pMem->z!=0 );
    pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_TEXT;
    pMem->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;

    p->nResColumn = 5 - 2*(p->explain-1);
    p->pTos = pMem;
    p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    p->resOnStack = 1;
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ROW;
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
  int nOp = p->nOp;
  VdbeOp *pOp;
  if( nOp<1 ) return;
  pOp = &p->aOp[nOp-1];
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop && pOp->p3!=0 ){
    const char *z = pOp->p3;
    while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
    printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
  }
}
#endif

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
/*
** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
  int nOp = p->nOp;
  VdbeOp *pOp;
  if( vtk_sqlite3_io_trace==0 ) return;
  if( nOp<1 ) return;
  pOp = &p->aOp[nOp-1];
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop && pOp->p3!=0 ){
    char *z = vtk_sqlite3StrDup(pOp->p3);
    int i, j;
    for(i=0; isspace((unsigned char)z[i]); i++){}
    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
      if( isspace((unsigned char)z[i]) ){
        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
          z[j++] = ' ';
        }
      }else{
        z[j++] = z[i];
      }
    }
    z[j] = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3_io_trace("SQL %s\n", z);
    vtk_sqliteFree(z);
  }
}
#endif /* !VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */


/*
** Prepare a virtual machine for execution.  This involves things such
** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
** calls to vtk_sqlite3VdbeExec().  
**
** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */
  int isExplain                  /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
){
  int n;

  assert( p!=0 );
  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );

  /* There should be at least one opcode.
  */
  assert( p->nOp>0 );

  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. This
   * is because the call to resizeOpArray() below may shrink the
   * p->aOp[] array to save memory if called when in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 
   * state.
   */
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;

  /* No instruction ever pushes more than a single element onto the
  ** stack.  And the stack never grows on successive executions of the
  ** same loop.  So the total number of instructions is an upper bound
  ** on the maximum stack depth required.  (Added later:)  The
  ** resolveP2Values() call computes a tighter upper bound on the
  ** stack size.
  **
  ** Allocation all the stack space we will ever need.
  */
  if( p->aStack==0 ){
    int nArg;       /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
    int nStack;     /* Maximum number of stack entries required */
    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg, &nStack);
    resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp);
    assert( nVar>=0 );
    assert( nStack<p->nOp );
    if( isExplain ){
      nStack = 10;
    }
    p->aStack = vtk_sqliteMalloc(
        nStack*sizeof(p->aStack[0])    /* aStack */
      + nArg*sizeof(Mem*)              /* apArg */
      + nVar*sizeof(Mem)               /* aVar */
      + nVar*sizeof(char*)             /* azVar */
      + nMem*sizeof(Mem)               /* aMem */
      + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*)        /* apCsr */
    );
    if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
      p->aMem = &p->aStack[nStack];
      p->nMem = nMem;
      p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem];
      p->nVar = nVar;
      p->okVar = 0;
      p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
      p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[nArg];
      p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
      p->nCursor = nCursor;
      for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
        p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
      }
    }
  }
  for(n=0; n<p->nMem; n++){
    p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
  }

  p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
  p->pc = -1;
  p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  p->uniqueCnt = 0;
  p->returnDepth = 0;
  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
  p->popStack =  0;
  p->explain |= isExplain;
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
  p->nChange = 0;
  p->cacheCtr = 1;
  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
  p->openedStatement = 0;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  {
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
      p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
      p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
    }
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Close a cursor and release all the resources that cursor happens
** to hold.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, Cursor *pCx){
  if( pCx==0 ){
    return;
  }
  if( pCx->pCursor ){
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
  }
  if( pCx->pBt ){
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
    vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
    const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
  }
#endif
  vtk_sqliteFree(pCx->pData);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pCx->aType);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pCx);
}

/*
** Close all cursors
*/
static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
    if( !p->inVtabMethod || (p->apCsr[i] && !p->apCsr[i]->pVtabCursor) ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]);
      p->apCsr[i] = 0;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Clean up the VM after execution.
**
** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
** variables in the aVar[] array.
*/
static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  if( p->aStack ){
    releaseMemArray(p->aStack, 1 + (p->pTos - p->aStack));
    p->pTos = &p->aStack[-1];
  }
  closeAllCursors(p);
  releaseMemArray(p->aMem, p->nMem);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
  if( p->contextStack ){
    for(i=0; i<p->contextStackTop; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->contextStack[i].sFifo);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(p->contextStack);
  }
  p->contextStack = 0;
  p->contextStackDepth = 0;
  p->contextStackTop = 0;
  vtk_sqliteFree(p->zErrMsg);
  p->zErrMsg = 0;
  p->resOnStack = 0;
}

/*
** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
** execution of the vdbe program so that vtk_sqlite3_column_count() can
** be called on an SQL statement before vtk_sqlite3_step().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
  Mem *pColName;
  int n;
  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
  vtk_sqliteFree(p->aColName);
  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
  p->nResColumn = nResColumn;
  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Mem)*n );
  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
  while( n-- > 0 ){
    (pColName++)->flags = MEM_Null;
  }
}

/*
** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
**
** This call must be made after a call to vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
**
** If N==P3_STATIC  it means that zName is a pointer to a constant static
** string and we can just copy the pointer. If it is P3_DYNAMIC, then 
** the string is freed using vtk_sqliteFree() when the vdbe is finished with
** it. Otherwise, N bytes of zName are copied.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe *p, int idx, int var, const char *zName, int N){
  int rc;
  Mem *pColName;
  assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
  assert( var<COLNAME_N );
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
  if( N==P3_DYNAMIC || N==P3_STATIC ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
  }else{
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, N, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && N==P3_DYNAMIC ){
    pColName->flags = (pColName->flags&(~MEM_Static))|MEM_Dyn;
    pColName->xDel = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
** takes care of the master journal trickery.
*/
static int vdbeCommit(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  int needXcommit = 0;

  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
  ** to the transaction.
  */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VtabSync(db, rc);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return rc;
  }

  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
  */ 
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( pBt && vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
      needXcommit = 1;
      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
    }
  }

  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    if( rc ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
    }
  }

  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
  ** master-journal.
  **
  ** If the return value of vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
  ** string, it means the main database is :memory:.  In that case we do
  ** not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the simple case then
  ** too.
  */
  if( 0==strlen(vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){
    for(i=0; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
      if( pBt ){
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
      }
    }

    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
    */
    for(i=0; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
      if( pBt ){
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
      }
    }
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      vtk_sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
    }
  }

  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
  ** committed atomicly.
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
  else{
    int needSync = 0;
    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
    char const *zMainFile = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
    OsFile *master = 0;

    /* Select a master journal file name */
    do {
      u32 random;
      vtk_sqliteFree(zMaster);
      vtk_sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(random), &random);
      zMaster = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, random&0x7fffffff);
      if( !zMaster ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }while( vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists(zMaster) );

    /* Open the master journal. */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(zMaster, &master, 0);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(zMaster);
      return rc;
    }
 
    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
    */
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
      if( i==1 ) continue;   /* Ignore the TEMP database */
      if( pBt && vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
        char const *zFile = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
        if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue;  /* Ignore :memory: databases */
        if( !needSync && !vtk_sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
          needSync = 1;
        }
        rc = vtk_sqlite3OsWrite(master, zFile, strlen(zFile)+1);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&master);
          vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
          vtk_sqliteFree(zMaster);
          return rc;
        }
      }
    }


    /* Sync the master journal file. Before doing this, open the directory
    ** the master journal file is store in so that it gets synced too.
    */
    zMainFile = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(db->aDb[0].pBt);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsOpenDirectory(master, zMainFile);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ||
          (needSync && (rc=vtk_sqlite3OsSync(master,0))!=VTK_SQLITE_OK) ){
      vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&master);
      vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
      vtk_sqliteFree(zMaster);
      return rc;
    }

    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
    **
    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
    ** vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
    ** file before the failure occured.
    */
    for(i=0; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
      if( pBt && vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3OsClose(&master);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(zMaster);
      return rc;
    }

    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
    ** transaction files are deleted.
    */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsDelete(zMaster);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zMaster);
    zMaster = 0;
    if( rc ){
      return rc;
    }
    rc = vtk_sqlite3OsSyncDirectory(zMainFile);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      /* This is not good. The master journal file has been deleted, but
      ** the directory sync failed. There is no completely safe course of
      ** action from here. The individual journals contain the name of the
      ** master journal file, but there is no way of knowing if that
      ** master journal exists now or if it will exist after the operating
      ** system crash that may follow the fsync() failure.
      */
      return rc;
    }

    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
    ** calls to vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
    */
    disable_simulated_io_errors();
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
      if( pBt ){
        vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
      }
    }
    enable_simulated_io_errors();

    vtk_sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
  }
#endif

  return rc;
}

/* 
** This routine checks that the vtk_sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
** matches the number of vdbe's in the list vtk_sqlite3.pVdbe that are
** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
** step.
**
** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  Vdbe *p;
  int cnt = 0;
  p = db->pVdbe;
  while( p ){
    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
      cnt++;
    }
    p = p->pNext;
  }
  assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
}
#else
#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
#endif

/*
** Find every active VM other than pVdbe and change its status to
** aborted.  This happens when one VM causes a rollback due to an
** ON CONFLICT ROLLBACK clause (for example).  The other VMs must be
** aborted so that they do not have data rolled out from underneath
** them leading to a segfault.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(vtk_sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *pExcept){
  Vdbe *pOther;
  for(pOther=db->pVdbe; pOther; pOther=pOther->pNext){
    if( pOther==pExcept ) continue;
    if( pOther->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || pOther->pc<0 ) continue;
    checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
    closeAllCursors(pOther);
    checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
    pOther->aborted = 1;
  }
}

/*
** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
**
** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
** VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.
**
** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
** lock contention, return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY.  If VTK_SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = p->db;
  int i;
  int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0;  /* Function to call on each btree backend */
  int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM or IOERR */

  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
  **
  ** Special errors:
  **
  **     If an VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM error has occured in a statement that writes to
  **     the database, then either a statement or transaction must be rolled
  **     back to ensure the tree-structures are in a consistent state. A
  **     statement transaction is rolled back if one is open, otherwise the
  **     entire transaction must be rolled back.
  **
  **     If an VTK_SQLITE_IOERR error has occured in a statement that writes to
  **     the database, then the entire transaction must be rolled back. The
  **     I/O error may have caused garbage to be written to the journal 
  **     file. Were the transaction to continue and eventually be rolled 
  **     back that garbage might end up in the database file.
  **     
  **     In both of the above cases, the Vdbe.errorAction variable is 
  **     ignored. If the vtk_sqlite3.autoCommit flag is false and a transaction
  **     is rolled back, it will be set to true.
  **
  ** Other errors:
  **
  ** No error:
  **
  */

  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( p->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
    /* Already halted.  Nothing to do. */
    assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT );
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    closeAllCursors(p);
#endif
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  closeAllCursors(p);
  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);

  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
  if( p->pc>=0 ){
    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
    /* Check for one of the special errors - VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM or VTK_SQLITE_IOERR */
    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
    isSpecialError = (
        (mrc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==VTK_SQLITE_IOERR || mrc==VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT)?1:0);
    if( isSpecialError ){
      /* This loop does static analysis of the query to see which of the
      ** following three categories it falls into:
      **
      **     Read-only
      **     Query with statement journal
      **     Query without statement journal
      **
      ** We could do something more elegant than this static analysis (i.e.
      ** store the type of query as part of the compliation phase), but 
      ** handling malloc() or IO failure is a fairly obscure edge case so 
      ** this is probably easier. Todo: Might be an opportunity to reduce 
      ** code size a very small amount though...
      */
      int isReadOnly = 1;
      int isStatement = 0;
      assert(p->aOp || p->nOp==0);
      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ 
        switch( p->aOp[i].opcode ){
          case OP_Transaction:
            /* This is a bit strange. If we hit a malloc() or IO error and
            ** the statement did not open a statement transaction, we will
            ** rollback any active transaction and abort all other active
            ** statements. Or, if this is an VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT error, we
            ** will only rollback if the interrupted statement was a write.
            **
            ** It could be argued that read-only statements should never
            ** rollback anything. But careful analysis is required before
            ** making this change
            */
            if( p->aOp[i].p2 || mrc!=VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
              isReadOnly = 0;
            }
            break;
          case OP_Statement:
            isStatement = 1;
            break;
        }
      }
  
      /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
      ** proceed with the special handling.
      */
      if( !isReadOnly ){
        if( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED && isStatement ){
          xFunc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
          p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
        } else if( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM && isStatement ){
          xFunc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
        }else{
          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
          */
          vtk_sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(db, p);
          vtk_sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
          db->autoCommit = 1;
        }
      }
    }
  
    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active vdbe, then
    ** we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
    **
    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
    ** above has occured. 
    */
    if( db->autoCommit && db->activeVdbeCnt==1 ){
      if( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
        /* The auto-commit flag is true, and the vdbe program was 
        ** successful or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit 
        ** is required.
        */
        int rc = vdbeCommit(db);
        if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY ){
          return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
        }else if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          p->rc = rc;
          vtk_sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
        }else{
          vtk_sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
        }
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
      }
    }else if( !xFunc ){
      if( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
        if( p->openedStatement ){
          xFunc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt;
        } 
      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
        xFunc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3AbortOtherActiveVdbes(db, p);
        vtk_sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
        db->autoCommit = 1;
      }
    }
  
    /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or
    ** vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on each backend. If an error occurs
    ** and the return code is still VTK_SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new
    ** error value.
    */
    assert(!xFunc ||
      xFunc==vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ||
      xFunc==vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt
    );
    for(i=0; xFunc && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
      int rc;
      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
      if( pBt ){
        rc = xFunc(pBt);
        if( rc && (p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){
          p->rc = rc;
          vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, 0);
        }
      }
    }
  
    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and the statement was committed, 
    ** set the change counter. 
    */
    if( p->changeCntOn && p->pc>=0 ){
      if( !xFunc || xFunc==vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
      }
      p->nChange = 0;
    }
  
    /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
    if( p->rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && db->flags&VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges ){
      vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
      db->flags = (db->flags | VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges);
    }
  }

  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
  if( p->pc>=0 ){
    db->activeVdbeCnt--;
  }
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);

  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent vtk_sqlite3_step() call
** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to VTK_SQLITE_OK.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
  p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
**
** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
** again.
**
** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  db = p->db;

  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
  ** it now.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);

  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
  */
  if( p->pc>=0 ){
    if( p->zErrMsg ){
      vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, vtk_sqlite3FreeX);
      db->errCode = p->rc;
      p->zErrMsg = 0;
    }else if( p->rc ){
      vtk_sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_OK, 0);
    }
  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
    ** to vtk_sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since vtk_sqlite3_step() was
    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
  }

  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
  */
  Cleanup(p);

  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
  */
  assert( p->pTos<&p->aStack[p->pc<0?0:p->pc] || !p->aStack );
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  {
    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
    if( out ){
      int i;
      fprintf(out, "---- ");
      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
      }
      fprintf(out, "\n");
      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
        fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
           p->aOp[i].cnt,
           p->aOp[i].cycles,
           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
        );
        vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
      }
      fclose(out);
    }
  }
#endif
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
  p->aborted = 0;
  if( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
    vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
  }
  return p->rc & db->errMask;
}
 
/*
** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( p->magic==(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==(int)VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
  }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
** the corresponding bit in mask is clear.  Auxdata entries beyond 31
** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
** routine with mask==0.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
      if( pAux->xDelete ){
        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
      }
      pAux->pAux = 0;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Delete an entire VDBE.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
  int i;
  if( p==0 ) return;
  Cleanup(p);
  if( p->pPrev ){
    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
  }else{
    assert( p->db->pVdbe==p );
    p->db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
  }
  if( p->pNext ){
    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
  }
  if( p->aOp ){
    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
      Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
      freeP3(pOp->p3type, pOp->p3);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(p->aOp);
  }
  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
  vtk_sqliteFree(p->aLabel);
  vtk_sqliteFree(p->aStack);
  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
  vtk_sqliteFree(p->aColName);
  vtk_sqliteFree(p->zSql);
  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
  vtk_sqliteFree(p);
}

/*
** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
** MoveTo now.  Return an error code.  If no MoveTo is pending, this
** routine does nothing and returns VTK_SQLITE_OK.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor *p){
  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
    int res, rc;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
    extern int vtk_sqlite3_search_count;
#endif
    assert( p->isTable );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
    if( rc ) return rc;
    *p->pIncrKey = 0;
    p->lastRowid = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
    p->rowidIsValid = (Bool)(res==0);
    if( res<0 ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
      if( rc ) return rc;
    }
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
    vtk_sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** The following functions:
**
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialRead()
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialWrite()
**
** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
** integer, stored as a varint.
**
** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
** serial-type and data blob seperately.
**
** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
**
**   serial type        bytes of data      type
**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
**      0                     0            NULL
**      1                     1            signed integer
**      2                     2            signed integer
**      3                     3            signed integer
**      4                     4            signed integer
**      5                     6            signed integer
**      6                     8            signed integer
**      7                     8            IEEE float
**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
**
** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
*/

/*
** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  int n;

  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00001000)<<32)-1)
    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
    u64 u;
    if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
      return (u32) (8+i);
    }
    u = i<0 ? -i : i;
    if( u<=127 ) return 1;
    if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
    if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
    if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
    return 6;
  }
  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
    return 7;
  }
  assert( flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
  n = pMem->n;
  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
    n += (int) pMem->u.i;
  }
  assert( n>=0 );
  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
}

/*
** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
  if( serial_type>=12 ){
    return (serial_type-12)/2;
  }else{
    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
    return aSize[serial_type];
  }
}

/*
** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
**
** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
**
** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
** ABI get the byte order right.
**
** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
** application using -DVTK_SQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
** floating point values is correct.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
static double floatSwap(double in){
  union {
    double r;
    u32 i[2];
  } u;
  u32 t;

  u.r = in;
  t = u.i[0];
  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
  u.i[1] = t;
  return u.r;
}
# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
#else
# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
#endif

/*
** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
** Return the number of bytes written.
**
** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  nBuf must always be
** large enough to hold the entire field.  Except, if the field is
** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail.  If buf[]
** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
** prefix into buf[].  But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
** zeros.
**
** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
*/ 
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
  u32 serial_type = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
  int len;

  /* Integer and Real */
  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
    u64 v;
    int i;
    if( serial_type==7 ){
      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
      swapMixedEndianFloat(pMem->r);
      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
    }else{
      v = pMem->u.i;
    }
    len = i = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    assert( len<=nBuf );
    while( i-- ){
      buf[i] = (u8) (v&0xFF);
      v >>= 8;
    }
    return len;
  }

  /* String or blob */
  if( serial_type>=12 ){
    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.i:0)
             == vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
    assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
    len = pMem->n;
    memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      len += (int) pMem->u.i;
      if( len>nBuf ){
        len = nBuf;
      }
      memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
    }
    return len;
  }

  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
  return 0;
}

/*
** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
*/ 
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
){
  switch( serial_type ){
    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
    case 0: {  /* NULL */
      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
      break;
    }
    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 1;
    }
    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 2;
    }
    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 3;
    }
    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
      pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 4;
    }
    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
      u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
      u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
      x = (x<<32) | y;
      pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 6;
    }
    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
      u64 x;
      u32 y;
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
      ** byte order.  Or, that if VTK_SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
      ** endian.
      */
      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
      static const double r1 = 1.0;
      double r2 = r1;
      swapMixedEndianFloat(r2);
      assert( sizeof(r2)==sizeof(t1) && memcmp(&r2, &t1, sizeof(r1))==0 );
#endif

      x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
      y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
      x = (x<<32) | y;
      if( serial_type==6 ){
        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      }else{
        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
        swapMixedEndianFloat(pMem->r);
        pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
      }
      return 8;
    }
    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
      return 0;
    }
    default: {
      int len = (serial_type-12)/2;
      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
      pMem->n = len;
      pMem->xDel = 0;
      if( serial_type&0x01 ){
        pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
      }else{
        pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
      }
      return len;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
** The following macro takes advantage this fact to provide a fast decode
** of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common case
** where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
**
** The following expressions are equivalent:
**
**     x = vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
**
**     x = GetVarint( A, B );
**
*/
#define GetVarint(A,B)  ((B = *(A))<=0x7f ? 1 : vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32(A, &B))

/*
** This function compares the two table rows or index records specified by 
** {nKey1, pKey1} and {nKey2, pKey2}, returning a negative, zero
** or positive integer if {nKey1, pKey1} is less than, equal to or 
** greater than {nKey2, pKey2}.  Both Key1 and Key2 must be byte strings
** composed by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
  void *userData,
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, 
  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
){
  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)userData;
  u32 d1, d2;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
  u32 idx1, idx2;      /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
  u32 szHdr1, szHdr2;  /* Number of bytes in header */
  int i = 0;
  int nField;
  int rc = 0;
  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
  const unsigned char *aKey2 = (const unsigned char *)pKey2;

  Mem mem1;
  Mem mem2;
  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
  mem2.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
  
  idx1 = GetVarint(aKey1, szHdr1);
  d1 = szHdr1;
  idx2 = GetVarint(aKey2, szHdr2);
  d2 = szHdr2;
  nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
  while( idx1<szHdr1 && idx2<szHdr2 ){
    u32 serial_type1;
    u32 serial_type2;

    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
    idx1 += GetVarint( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
    if( d1>=(u32)nKey1 && vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
    idx2 += GetVarint( aKey2+idx2, serial_type2 );
    if( d2>=(u32)nKey2 && vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type2)>0 ) break;

    /* Extract the values to be compared.
    */
    d1 += vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
    d2 += vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey2[d2], serial_type2, &mem2);

    /* Do the comparison
    */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &mem2, i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
    if( mem1.flags & MEM_Dyn ) vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
    if( mem2.flags & MEM_Dyn ) vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem2);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      break;
    }
    i++;
  }

  /* One of the keys ran out of fields, but all the fields up to that point
  ** were equal. If the incrKey flag is true, then the second key is
  ** treated as larger.
  */
  if( rc==0 ){
    if( pKeyInfo->incrKey ){
      rc = -1;
    }else if( d1<(u32)nKey1 ){
      rc = 1;
    }else if( d2<(u32)nKey2 ){
      rc = -1;
    }
  }else if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<pKeyInfo->nField
               && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
    rc = -rc;
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** The argument is an index entry composed using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
** The last entry in this record should be an integer (specifically
** an integer rowid).  This routine returns the number of bytes in
** that integer.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen(const u8 *aKey){
  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */

  vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32(aKey, &szHdr);
  vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32(&aKey[szHdr-1], &typeRowid);
  return vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
}
  

/*
** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
  i64 nCellKey = 0;
  int rc;
  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
  Mem m, v;

  vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int) nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32((u8*)m.z, &szHdr);
  vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], &typeRowid);
  lenRowid = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
  *rowid = v.u.i;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against
** the key string in pKey (of length nKey).  Write into *pRes a number
** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
** or greater than pKey.  Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success.
**
** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
** is ignored as well.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
  Cursor *pC,                 /* The cursor to compare against */
  int nKey, const u8 *pKey,   /* The key to compare */
  int *res                    /* Write the comparison result here */
){
  i64 nCellKey = 0;
  int rc;
  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
  int lenRowid;
  Mem m;

  vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
    *res = 0;
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }
  lenRowid = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen((u8*)m.z);
  *res = vtk_sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pC->pKeyInfo, m.n-lenRowid, m.z, nKey, pKey);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
** vtk_sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
  db->nChange = nChange;
  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
}

/*
** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
** or reset.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
  v->changeCntOn = 1;
}

/*
** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
** as expired.
**
** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  Vdbe *p;
  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
    p->expired = 1;
  }
}

/*
** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE vtk_sqlite3 *vtk_sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
  return v->db;
}

/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2004 May 26
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
** VDBE.
*/

/*
** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
** that vtk_sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
** added or changed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_expired(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  return p==0 || p->expired;
}

/**************************** vtk_sqlite3_value_  *******************************
** The following routines extract information from a Mem or vtk_sqlite3_value
** structure.
*/
const void *vtk_sqlite3_value_blob(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
    p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
    return p->z;
  }else{
    return vtk_sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
  }
}
int vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  return vtk_sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8);
}
int vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes16(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  return vtk_sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
}
double vtk_sqlite3_value_double(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  return vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
}
int vtk_sqlite3_value_int(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  return (int)vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
}
vtk_sqlite_int64 vtk_sqlite3_value_int64(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  return vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
}
const unsigned char *vtk_sqlite3_value_text(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  return (const unsigned char *)vtk_sqlite3ValueText(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *vtk_sqlite3_value_text16(vtk_sqlite3_value* pVal){
  return vtk_sqlite3ValueText(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
}
const void *vtk_sqlite3_value_text16be(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  return vtk_sqlite3ValueText(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE);
}
const void *vtk_sqlite3_value_text16le(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  return vtk_sqlite3ValueText(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
int vtk_sqlite3_value_type(vtk_sqlite3_value* pVal){
  return pVal->type;
}
/* vtk_sqlite3_value_numeric_type() defined in vdbe.c */

/**************************** vtk_sqlite3_result_  *******************************
** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
** the function result.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_result_blob(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  assert( n>=0 );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel);
}
void vtk_sqlite3_result_double(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
}
void vtk_sqlite3_result_error(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
  pCtx->isError = 1;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
void vtk_sqlite3_result_error16(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
  pCtx->isError = 1;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif
void vtk_sqlite3_result_int(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
}
void vtk_sqlite3_result_int64(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
}
void vtk_sqlite3_result_null(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
}
void vtk_sqlite3_result_text(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const char *z, 
  int n,
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
void vtk_sqlite3_result_text16(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
}
void vtk_sqlite3_result_text16be(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
}
void vtk_sqlite3_result_text16le(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  const void *z, 
  int n, 
  void (*xDel)(void *)
){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
void vtk_sqlite3_result_value(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, vtk_sqlite3_value *pValue){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
}
void vtk_sqlite3_result_zeroblob(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
}

/* Force an VTK_SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
void vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH+1);
}


/*
** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
**
** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the vtk_sqlite_step()
** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
** outer vtk_sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
*/
static int vtk_sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;

  /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );

  if( p==0 || p->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  if( p->aborted ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ABORT;
  }
  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
    if( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA;
    }
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    goto end_of_step;
  }
  db = p->db;
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
    p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  if( p->pc<0 ){
    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to vtk_sqlite3_interrupt
    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
    */
    if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
    }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
    /* Invoke the trace callback if there is one
    */
    if( db->xTrace && !db->init.busy ){
      assert( p->nOp>0 );
      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==OP_Noop );
      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3!=0 );
      assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3type==P3_DYNAMIC );
      vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
      db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3);
      if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
        p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
        return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
      }
    }
    if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
      double rNow;
      vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&rNow);
      p->startTime = (int)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0);
    }
#endif

    /* Print a copy of SQL as it is executed if the SQL_TRACE pragma is turned
    ** on in debugging mode.
    */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3);
    }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG */

    db->activeVdbeCnt++;
    p->pc = 0;
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  if( p->explain ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeList(p);
  }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
  {
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
  }

  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
  /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
  */
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
    double rNow;
    u64 elapseTime;

    vtk_sqlite3OsCurrentTime(&rNow);
    elapseTime = 
      (int)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0 - p->startTime);
    assert( p->nOp>0 );
    assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==OP_Noop );
    assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3!=0 );
    assert( p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3type==P3_DYNAMIC );
    db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p3, elapseTime);
  }
#endif

  vtk_sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
  p->rc = vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
end_of_step:
  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
  if( p->zSql && (rc&0xff)<VTK_SQLITE_ROW ){
    /* This behavior occurs if vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2() was used to build
    ** the prepared statement.  Return error codes directly */
    vtk_sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, 0);
    return p->rc;
  }else{
    /* This is for legacy vtk_sqlite3_prepare() builds and when the code
    ** is VTK_SQLITE_ROW or VTK_SQLITE_DONE */
    return rc;
  }
}

/*
** This is the top-level implementation of vtk_sqlite3_step().  Call
** vtk_sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
** call vtk_sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_step(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  return vtk_sqlite3Step((Vdbe*)pStmt);
}
#else
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_step(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  int cnt = 0;
  int rc;
  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  while( (rc = vtk_sqlite3Step(v))==VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA
         && cnt++ < 5
         && vtk_sqlite3Reprepare(v) ){
    vtk_sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
    v->expired = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}
#endif

/*
** Extract the user data from a vtk_sqlite3_context structure and return a
** pointer to it.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_user_data(vtk_sqlite3_context *p){
  assert( p && p->pFunc );
  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
}

/*
** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
** wrong context.  The vtk_sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
** method of virtual tables.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3InvalidFunction(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
  int argc,                  /* Number of arguments to the function */
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv       /* Value of each argument */
){
  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
  char *zErr;
  (void)argc; (void)argv; /* use args */
  zErr = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf(
      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
  vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zErr);
}

/*
** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
** same context that was returned on prior calls.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(vtk_sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
  Mem *pMem = p->pMem;
  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
    if( nByte==0 ){
      assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Null );
      pMem->z = 0;
    }else{
      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
      pMem->xDel = vtk_sqlite3FreeX;
      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
      if( nByte<=NBFS ){
        pMem->z = pMem->zShort;
        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
      }else{
        pMem->z = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nByte );
      }
    }
  }
  return (void*)pMem->z;
}

/*
** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
** the user-function defined by pCtx.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_get_auxdata(vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
  if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
}

/*
** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  int iArg, 
  void *pAux, 
  void (*xDelete)(void*)
){
  struct AuxData *pAuxData;
  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
  if( iArg<0 ) return;

  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
  if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
    int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
    pVdbeFunc = vtk_sqliteRealloc(pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
    if( !pVdbeFunc ) return;
    pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
    memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[pVdbeFunc->nAux], 0, 
             sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-pVdbeFunc->nAux));
    pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
    pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
  }

  pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
  if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
  }
  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
}

/*
** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
** called.
**
** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
** context.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_count(vtk_sqlite3_context *p){
  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
  return p->pMem->n;
}

/*
** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_column_count(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
}

/*
** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
** currently executing statement pStmt.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_data_count(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  if( pVm==0 || !pVm->resOnStack ) return 0;
  return pVm->nResColumn;
}


/*
** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
** of NULL.
*/
void dummyfunction(void* p) { (void)p; } /* for initializer */
static Mem *columnMem(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  int vals = vtk_sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
  if( pVm==0 || pVm->resOnStack==0 || i>=pVm->nResColumn || i<0 ){
    static const Mem nullMem = {{0}, 0.0, (char*)"", 0, MEM_Null, 0, 0, dummyfunction, "" };
    vtk_sqlite3Error(pVm->db, VTK_SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
    return (Mem*)&nullMem;
  }
  return &pVm->pTos[(1-vals)+i];
}

/*
** This function is called after invoking an vtk_sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
** code of statement pStmt set to VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM.
**
** Specificly, this is called from within:
**
**     vtk_sqlite3_column_int()
**     vtk_sqlite3_column_int64()
**     vtk_sqlite3_column_text()
**     vtk_sqlite3_column_text16()
**     vtk_sqlite3_column_real()
**     vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes()
**     vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16()
**
** But not for vtk_sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc().
*/
static void columnMallocFailure(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
{
  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
  ** vtk_sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
  ** VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR
  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
  */
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  p->rc = vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(0, p->rc);
}

/**************************** vtk_sqlite3_column_  *******************************
** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
** in the result set.
*/
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_blob(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  const void *val;
  val = vtk_sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
  ** expression. 
  */
  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
  return val;
}
int vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  int val = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
  return val;
}
int vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  int val = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
  return val;
}
double vtk_sqlite3_column_double(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  double val = vtk_sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
  return val;
}
int vtk_sqlite3_column_int(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  int val = vtk_sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
  return val;
}
vtk_sqlite_int64 vtk_sqlite3_column_int64(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  vtk_sqlite_int64 val = vtk_sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
  return val;
}
const unsigned char *vtk_sqlite3_column_text(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  const unsigned char *val = vtk_sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
  return val;
}
vtk_sqlite3_value *vtk_sqlite3_column_value(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  return columnMem(pStmt, i);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_text16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  const void *val = vtk_sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
  return val;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
int vtk_sqlite3_column_type(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  return vtk_sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
}

/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
** removal */
/*int vtk_sqlite3_column_numeric_type(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
**  return vtk_sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
**}
*/

/*
** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
**
** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
** name is returned.  Here are the names:
**
**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
**    1      The datatype name for the column
**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
**
** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
*/
static const void *columnName(
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
  int N,
  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
  int useType
){
  const void *ret;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  int n = vtk_sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);

  if( p==0 || N>=n || N<0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  N += useType*n;
  ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);

  /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this is the case,
  ** clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(0, 0);
  return ret;
}

/*
** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
** statement pStmt.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_name16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
}
#endif

/*
** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
/*
** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
const void *vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name16(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
  return columnName(
      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))vtk_sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */


/******************************* vtk_sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
** 
** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
*/
/*
** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
** out of range, then VTK_SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise VTK_SQLITE_OK.
**
** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
** value in any case.
*/
static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
  Mem *pVar;
  if( p==0 || p->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
    if( p ) vtk_sqlite3Error(p->db, VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
    vtk_sqlite3Error(p->db, VTK_SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
    return VTK_SQLITE_RANGE;
  }
  i--;
  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
  vtk_sqlite3Error(p->db, VTK_SQLITE_OK, 0);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Bind a text or BLOB value.
*/
static int bindText(
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
  int i, 
  const void *zData, 
  int nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*),
  int encoding
){
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  Mem *pVar;
  int rc;

  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
  if( rc || zData==0 ){
    return rc;
  }
  pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, (u8)encoding, xDel);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
  }

  vtk_sqlite3Error(((Vdbe *)pStmt)->db, rc, 0);
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(((Vdbe *)pStmt)->db, rc);
}


/*
** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob(
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
  int i, 
  const void *zData, 
  int nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
}
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_double(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
  }
  return rc;
}
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_int(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
  return vtk_sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
}
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_int64(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, vtk_sqlite_int64 iValue){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
  }
  return rc;
}
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_null(vtk_sqlite3_stmt* p, int i){
  return vdbeUnbind((Vdbe *)p, i);
}
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_text( 
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
  int i, 
  const char *zData, 
  int nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8);
}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_text16(
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
  int i, 
  const void *zData, 
  int nData, 
  void (*xDel)(void*)
){
  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_value(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const vtk_sqlite3_value *pValue){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&p->aVar[i-1], pValue);
  }
  return rc;
}
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
  int rc;
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
}

/*
** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
** exist.
*/
static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
  if( !p->okVar ){
    int j;
    Op *pOp;
    for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
        assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
        p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p3;
      }
    }
    p->okVar = 1;
  }
}

/*
** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
**
** The result is always UTF-8.
*/
const char *vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
    return 0;
  }
  createVarMap(p);
  return p->azVar[i-1];
}

/*
** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
** return 0.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
  int i;
  if( p==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  createVarMap(p); 
  if( zName ){
    for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
      const char *z = p->azVar[i];
      if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
        return i+1;
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
** an VTK_SQLITE_ERROR is returned.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_transfer_bindings(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
  int i, rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( (pFrom->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && 
       pFrom->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
      || (pTo->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && 
          pTo->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_HALT) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  for(i=0; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3MallocDisallow();
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
    vtk_sqlite3MallocAllow();
  }
  assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM );
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return the vtk_sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
** the first argument to the vtk_sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
** the statement in the first place.
*/
vtk_sqlite3 *vtk_sqlite3_db_handle(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
}

/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** The code in this file implements execution method of the 
** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
** the VDBE program.
**
** In the external interface, an "vtk_sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
** to a VDBE.
**
** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
** and 3 operands.  Operands P1 and P2 are integers.  Operand P3 
** is a null-terminated string.   The P2 operand must be non-negative.
** Opcodes will typically ignore one or more operands.  Many opcodes
** ignore all three operands.
**
** Computation results are stored on a stack.  Each entry on the
** stack is either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An inplicit conversion from one
** type to the other occurs as necessary.
** 
** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the vtk_sqlite3VdbeExec()
** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
** a program instruction by instruction.
**
** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
**
** Id
*/

/*
** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
** moves, either by the OP_MoveXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
** help verify the correct operation of the library.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_search_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
** each instruction in the VDBE.  When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
** field of the vtk_sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
**
** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
** in an ordinary build.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
** sorting is occurring or not occuring at appropriate times.   This variable
** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
** library.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
** or MEM_Str that has appeared on the VDBE stack.  The test procedures
** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
** help verify the correct operation of the library.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
#endif

/*
** Release the memory associated with the given stack level.  This
** leaves the Mem.flags field in an inconsistent state.
*/
#define Release(P) if((P)->flags&MEM_Dyn){ vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(P); }

/*
** Convert the given stack entity into a string if it isn't one
** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
*/
#define Stringify(P, enc) \
   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
     { goto no_mem; }

/*
** Convert the given stack entity into a string that has been obtained
** from vtk_sqliteMalloc().  This is different from Stringify() above in that
** Stringify() will use the NBFS bytes of static string space if the string
** will fit but this routine always mallocs for space.
** Return non-zero if we run out of memory.
*/
#define Dynamicify(P,enc) vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(P)

/*
** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
** The following macro takes advantage this fact to provide a fast decode
** of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common case
** where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
**
** The following expressions are equivalent:
**
**     x = vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
**
**     x = GetVarint( A, B );
**
*/
#define GetVarint(A,B)  ((B = *(A))<=0x7f ? 1 : vtk_sqlite3GetVarint32(A, &B))

/*
** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the stack entry
** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the stack
** entry knowing it.
**
** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
** string that the stack entry itself controls.  In other words, it
** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
*/
#define Deephemeralize(P) \
   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
       && vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}

/*
** Call vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
** P if required.
*/
#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)

/*
** Argument pMem points at a memory cell that will be passed to a
** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
** stack variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
** variables used by the vtk_sqlite3_value_*() routines.
*/
#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
  int flags = pMem->flags;
  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_NULL;
  }
  else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER;
  }
  else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_FLOAT;
  }
  else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_TEXT;
  }else{
    pMem->type = VTK_SQLITE_BLOB;
  }
}

/*
** Pop the stack N times.
*/
static void popStack(Mem **ppTos, int N){
  Mem *pTos = *ppTos;
  while( N>0 ){
    N--;
    Release(pTos);
    pTos--;
  }
  *ppTos = pTos;
}

/*
** Allocate cursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
** if we run out of memory.
*/
static Cursor *allocateCursor(Vdbe *p, int iCur, int iDb){
  Cursor *pCx;
  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
  }
  p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Cursor) );
  if( pCx ){
    pCx->iDb = iDb;
  }
  return pCx;
}

/*
** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
** look like a number, leave it alone.
*/
static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
    int realnum;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)
         && vtk_sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, pRec->enc) ){
      i64 value;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pRec, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8);
      if( !realnum && vtk_sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &value) ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRec);
        pRec->u.i = value;
        pRec->flags = MEM_Int;
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pRec);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
**
** VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
** VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
** VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
**
** VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
*/
static void applyAffinity(Mem *pRec, char affinity, u8 enc){
  if( affinity==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
    ** representation.
    */
    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
    }
    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
  }else if( affinity!=VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
    assert( affinity==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL
             || affinity==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
**
** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_value_numeric_type(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal){
  Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
  applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
  storeTypeInfo(pMem, 0);
  return pMem->type;
}

/*
** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on vtk_sqlite3_value*, 
** not the internal Mem* type.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 affinity, u8 enc){
  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
  char *zCsr = zBuf;
  int f = pMem->flags;

  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};

  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
    int i;
    char c;
    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
      c = 'z';
      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
      c = 't';
      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
      c = 'e';
      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
    }else{
      c = 's';
    }

    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
    zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
    zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
      zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
    }
    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
      char z = pMem->z[i];
      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
      else *zCsr++ = z;
    }

    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
    zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%lldz",pMem->u.i);
      zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
    }
    *zCsr = '\0';
  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
    int j, k;
    zBuf[0] = ' ';
    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
      zBuf[1] = 'z';
      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
      zBuf[1] = 't';
      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
      zBuf[1] = 'e';
      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
    }else{
      zBuf[1] = 's';
    }
    k = 2;
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
    k += strlen(&zBuf[k]);
    zBuf[k++] = '[';
    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
        zBuf[k++] = c;
      }else{
        zBuf[k++] = '.';
      }
    }
    zBuf[k++] = ']';
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
    k += strlen(&zBuf[k]);
    zBuf[k++] = 0;
  }
}
#endif


#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
/*
** The following routine only works on pentium-class processors.
** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
** profiling.
*/
__inline__ unsigned long long int hwtime(void){
  unsigned long long int x;
  __asm__("rdtsc\n\t"
          "mov %%edx, %%ecx\n\t"
          :"=A" (x));
  return x;
}
#endif

/*
** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
** vtk_sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called.  If it has been, then
** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
**
** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
** implement a loop.  This test used to be on every single instruction,
** but that meant we more testing that we needed.  By only testing the
** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
*/
#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
   if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;


/*
** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
**
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
** and the error message pointer.
**
** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
** VTK_SQLITE_ROW.
**
** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
** return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY.
**
** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
** from vtk_sqliteMalloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns VTK_SQLITE_ERROR.
**
** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
** immediately.  There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
** set to VTK_SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR.
**
** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM and this
** routine to return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR.
**
** Other fatal errors return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR.
**
** After this routine has finished, vtk_sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VdbeExec(
  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
){
  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
  Mem *pTos;                 /* Top entry in the operand stack */
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  unsigned long long start;  /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
#endif
#ifndef NDEBUG
  Mem *pStackLimit;
#endif

  if( p->magic!=(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  assert( db->magic==VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
  pTos = p->pTos;
  if( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to vtk_sqlite3_column_text() or
    ** vtk_sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
    goto no_mem;
  }
  assert( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY );
  p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  assert( p->explain==0 );
  if( p->popStack ){
    popStack(&pTos, p->popStack);
    p->popStack = 0;
  }
  p->resOnStack = 0;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
  if( (p->db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0
    || vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_explain")
  ){
    int i;
    printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
    vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
    }
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_trace") ){
    p->trace = stdout;
  }
#endif
  for(pc=p->pc; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK; pc++){
    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
    assert( pTos<=&p->aStack[pc] );
    if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto no_mem;
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    origPc = pc;
    start = hwtime();
#endif
    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];

    /* Only allow tracing if VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
    */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( p->trace ){
      if( pc==0 ){
        printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
        vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
    }
    if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 && vtk_sqlite3OsFileExists("vdbe_sqltrace") ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
    }
#endif
      

    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
    ** if we have a special test build.
    */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
    if( vtk_sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
      if( vtk_sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3_interrupt(db);
      }
    }
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
    /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
    ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
    ** vtk_sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
    ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
    ** a return code VTK_SQLITE_ABORT.
    */
    if( db->xProgress ){
      if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
        int prc;
        if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
        prc =db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
        if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
        if( prc!=0 ){
          rc = VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
          goto vdbe_halt;
        }
        nProgressOps = 0;
      }
      nProgressOps++;
    }
#endif

#ifndef NDEBUG
    /* This is to check that the return value of static function
    ** opcodeNoPush() (see vdbeaux.c) returns values that match the
    ** implementation of the virtual machine in this file. If
    ** opcodeNoPush() returns non-zero, then the stack is guarenteed
    ** not to grow when the opcode is executed. If it returns zero, then
    ** the stack may grow by at most 1.
    **
    ** The global wrapper function vtk_sqlite3VdbeOpcodeUsesStack() is not 
    ** available if NDEBUG is defined at build time.
    */ 
    pStackLimit = pTos;
    if( !vtk_sqlite3VdbeOpcodeNoPush(pOp->opcode) ){
      pStackLimit++;
    }
#endif

    switch( pOp->opcode ){

/*****************************************************************************
** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
** we transition back to normal indentation.
**
** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
**
** If a comment on the same line as the "case OP_" construction contains
** the word "no-push", then the opcode is guarenteed not to grow the 
** vdbe stack when it is executed. See function opcode() in
** vdbeaux.c for details.
**
** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
** file.
**
** SUMMARY:
**
**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
**
*****************************************************************************/

/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 *
**
** An unconditional jump to address P2.
** The next instruction executed will be 
** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
** the program.
*/
case OP_Goto: {             /* no-push */
  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Gosub * P2 *
**
** Push the current address plus 1 onto the return address stack
** and then jump to address P2.
**
** The return address stack is of limited depth.  If too many
** OP_Gosub operations occur without intervening OP_Returns, then
** the return address stack will fill up and processing will abort
** with a fatal error.
*/
case OP_Gosub: {            /* no-push */
  assert( p->returnDepth<sizeof(p->returnStack)/sizeof(p->returnStack[0]) );
  p->returnStack[p->returnDepth++] = pc+1;
  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Return * * *
**
** Jump immediately to the next instruction after the last unreturned
** OP_Gosub.  If an OP_Return has occurred for all OP_Gosubs, then
** processing aborts with a fatal error.
*/
case OP_Return: {           /* no-push */
  assert( p->returnDepth>0 );
  p->returnDepth--;
  pc = p->returnStack[p->returnDepth] - 1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 P3
**
** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, Fifos, etc are closed
** automatically.
**
** P1 is the result code returned by vtk_sqlite3_exec(), vtk_sqlite3_reset(),
** or vtk_sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be VTK_SQLITE_OK (0).
** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
**
** If P3 is not null then it is an error message string.
**
** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
** is the same as executing Halt.
*/
case OP_Halt: {            /* no-push */
  p->pTos = pTos;
  p->rc = pOp->p1;
  p->pc = pc;
  p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
  if( pOp->p3 ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, pOp->p3, (char*)0);
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY || rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK );
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY ){
    p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
  return p->rc ? VTK_SQLITE_ERROR : VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
}

/* Opcode: Integer P1 * *
**
** The 32-bit integer value P1 is pushed onto the stack.
*/
case OP_Integer: {
  pTos++;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  pTos->u.i = pOp->p1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Int64 * * P3
**
** P3 is a string representation of an integer.  Convert that integer
** to a 64-bit value and push it onto the stack.
*/
case OP_Int64: {
  pTos++;
  assert( pOp->p3!=0 );
  pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
  pTos->z = pOp->p3;
  pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
  pTos->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
  pTos->u.i = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
  pTos->flags |= MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Real * * P3
**
** The string value P3 is converted to a real and pushed on to the stack.
*/
case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, */
  pTos++;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
  pTos->z = pOp->p3;
  pTos->n = strlen(pTos->z);
  pTos->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
  pTos->r = vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos);
  pTos->flags |= MEM_Real;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, encoding);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: String8 * * P3
**
** P3 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
*/
case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING */
  assert( pOp->p3!=0 );
  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p3);
  assert( VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH < VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
  assert( pOp->p1 < VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  if( encoding!=VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    pTos++;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, -1, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
    if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
    if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemDynamicify(pTos) ) goto no_mem;
    pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn);
    pTos->flags |= MEM_Static;
    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
    }
    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
    pOp->p3 = pTos->z;
    pOp->p1 = pTos->n;
    assert( pOp->p1 < VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); /* Due to VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH */
    break;
  }
#endif
  /* Otherwise fall through to the next case, OP_String */
}
  
/* Opcode: String P1 * P3
**
** The string value P3 of length P1 (bytes) is pushed onto the stack.
*/
case OP_String: {
  assert( pOp->p1 < VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); /* Due to VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH */
  pTos++;
  assert( pOp->p3!=0 );
  pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
  pTos->z = pOp->p3;
  pTos->n = pOp->p1;
  pTos->enc = encoding;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Null * * *
**
** Push a NULL onto the stack.
*/
case OP_Null: {
  pTos++;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  pTos->n = 0;
  break;
}


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
/* Opcode: HexBlob * * P3
**
** P3 is an UTF-8 SQL hex encoding of a blob. The blob is pushed onto the
** vdbe stack.
**
** The first time this instruction executes, in transforms itself into a
** 'Blob' opcode with a binary blob as P3.
*/
case OP_HexBlob: {            /* same as TK_BLOB */
  pOp->opcode = OP_Blob;
  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p3)/2;
  assert( VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH < VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
  assert( pOp->p1 < VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
  if( pOp->p1 ){
    char *zBlob = vtk_sqlite3HexToBlob(pOp->p3);
    if( !zBlob ) goto no_mem;
    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
    }
    pOp->p3 = zBlob;
    pOp->p3type = P3_DYNAMIC;
  }else{
    if( pOp->p3type==P3_DYNAMIC ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pOp->p3);
    }
    pOp->p3type = P3_STATIC;
    pOp->p3 = "";
  }

  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_Blob. */
}

/* Opcode: Blob P1 * P3
**
** P3 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Push this
** value onto the stack. This instruction is not coded directly
** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
** the blob as P3. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
** the first time it is executed.
*/
case OP_Blob: {
  pTos++;
  assert( pOp->p1 < VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); /* Due to VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pTos, pOp->p3, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
  pTos->enc = encoding;
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */

/* Opcode: Variable P1 * *
**
** Push the value of variable P1 onto the stack.  A variable is
** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to vtk_sqlite3_compile().
** Any occurance of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
** a variable.  Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
** right beginning with 1.  The values of variables are set using the
** vtk_sqlite3_bind() API.
*/
case OP_Variable: {
  int j = pOp->p1 - 1;
  Mem *pVar;
  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nVar );

  pVar = &p->aVar[j];
  if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  pTos++;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Pop P1 * *
**
** P1 elements are popped off of the top of stack and discarded.
*/
case OP_Pop: {            /* no-push */
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  popStack(&pTos, pOp->p1);
  assert( pTos>=&p->aStack[-1] );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Dup P1 P2 *
**
** A copy of the P1-th element of the stack 
** is made and pushed onto the top of the stack.
** The top of the stack is element 0.  So the
** instruction "Dup 0 0 0" will make a copy of the
** top of the stack.
**
** If the content of the P1-th element is a dynamically
** allocated string, then a new copy of that string
** is made if P2==0.  If P2!=0, then just a pointer
** to the string is copied.
**
** Also see the Pull instruction.
*/
case OP_Dup: {
  Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
  assert( pFrom<=pTos && pFrom>=p->aStack );
  pTos++;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, pFrom, MEM_Ephem);
  if( pOp->p2 ){
    Deephemeralize(pTos);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Pull P1 * *
**
** The P1-th element is removed from its current location on 
** the stack and pushed back on top of the stack.  The
** top of the stack is element 0, so "Pull 0 0 0" is
** a no-op.  "Pull 1 0 0" swaps the top two elements of
** the stack.
**
** See also the Dup instruction.
*/
case OP_Pull: {            /* no-push */
  Mem *pFrom = &pTos[-pOp->p1];
  int i;
  Mem ts;

  ts = *pFrom;
  Deephemeralize(pTos);
  for(i=0; i<pOp->p1; i++, pFrom++){
    Deephemeralize(&pFrom[1]);
    assert( (pFrom[1].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 );
    *pFrom = pFrom[1];
    if( pFrom->flags & MEM_Short ){
      assert( pFrom->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
      assert( pFrom->z==pFrom[1].zShort );
      pFrom->z = pFrom->zShort;
    }
  }
  *pTos = ts;
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Short ){
    assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
    assert( pTos->z==pTos[-pOp->p1].zShort );
    pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Push P1 * *
**
** Overwrite the value of the P1-th element down on the
** stack (P1==0 is the top of the stack) with the value
** of the top of the stack.  Then pop the top of the stack.
*/
case OP_Push: {            /* no-push */
  Mem *pTo = &pTos[-pOp->p1];

  assert( pTo>=p->aStack );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTo, pTos);
  pTos--;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Callback P1 * *
**
** The top P1 values on the stack represent a single result row from
** a query.  This opcode causes the vtk_sqlite3_step() call to terminate
** with an VTK_SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the vtk_sqlite3_stmt
** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
** row.  When the vtk_sqlite3_step() function is run again, the top P1
** values will be automatically popped from the stack before the next
** instruction executes.
*/
case OP_Callback: {            /* no-push */
  Mem *pMem;
  Mem *pFirstColumn;
  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p1 );

  /* Data in the pager might be moved or changed out from under us
  ** in between the return from this vtk_sqlite3_step() call and the
  ** next call to vtk_sqlite3_step().  So deephermeralize everything on 
  ** the stack.  Note that ephemeral data is never stored in memory 
  ** cells so we do not have to worry about them.
  */
  pFirstColumn = &pTos[0-pOp->p1];
  for(pMem = p->aStack; pMem<pFirstColumn; pMem++){
    Deephemeralize(pMem);
  }

  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;

  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are deephemeralized as
  ** as side effect.
  */
  for(; pMem<=pTos; pMem++ ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem);
    storeTypeInfo(pMem, encoding);
  }

  /* Set up the statement structure so that it will pop the current
  ** results from the stack when the statement returns.
  */
  p->resOnStack = 1;
  p->nCallback++;
  p->popStack = pOp->p1;
  p->pc = pc + 1;
  p->pTos = pTos;
  return VTK_SQLITE_ROW;
}

/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 *
**
** Look at the first P1+2 elements of the stack.  Append them all 
** together with the lowest element first.  The original P1+2 elements
** are popped from the stack if P2==0 and retained if P2==1.  If
** any element of the stack is NULL, then the result is NULL.
**
** When P1==1, this routine makes a copy of the top stack element
** into memory obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().
*/
case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT */
  char *zNew;
  i64 nByte;
  int nField;
  int i, j;
  Mem *pTerm;

  /* Loop through the stack elements to see how long the result will be. */
  nField = pOp->p1 + 2;
  pTerm = &pTos[1-nField];
  nByte = 0;
  for(i=0; i<nField; i++, pTerm++){
    assert( pOp->p2==0 || (pTerm->flags&MEM_Str) );
    if( pTerm->flags&MEM_Null ){
      nByte = -1;
      break;
    }
    ExpandBlob(pTerm);
    Stringify(pTerm, encoding);
    nByte += pTerm->n;
  }

  if( nByte<0 ){
    /* If nByte is less than zero, then there is a NULL value on the stack.
    ** In this case just pop the values off the stack (if required) and
    ** push on a NULL.
    */
    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
      popStack(&pTos, nField);
    }
    pTos++;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  }else{
    /* Otherwise malloc() space for the result and concatenate all the
    ** stack values.
    */
    if( nByte+2>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
      goto too_big;
    }
    zNew = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( (int)(nByte+2) );
    if( zNew==0 ) goto no_mem;
    j = 0;
    pTerm = &pTos[1-nField];
    for(i=j=0; i<nField; i++, pTerm++){
      int n = pTerm->n;
      assert( pTerm->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
      memcpy(&zNew[j], pTerm->z, n);
      j += n;
    }
    zNew[j] = 0;
    zNew[j+1] = 0;
    assert( j==nByte );

    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
      popStack(&pTos, nField);
    }
    pTos++;
    pTos->n = j;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
    pTos->xDel = 0;
    pTos->enc = encoding;
    pTos->z = zNew;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Add * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack, add them together,
** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
** function before the addition.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Multiply * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack, multiply them together,
** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
** function before the multiplication.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Subtract * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack, subtract the
** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
** next on stack)
** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
** function before the subtraction.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Divide * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the
** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
** next on stack)
** and push the result back onto the stack.  If either element
** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
** function before the division.  Division by zero returns NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: Remainder * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack, divide the
** first (what was on top of the stack) from the second (the
** next on stack)
** and push the remainder after division onto the stack.  If either element
** is a string then it is converted to a double using the atof()
** function before the division.  Division by zero returns NULL.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, no-push */
case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, no-push */
case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, no-push */
case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, no-push */
case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, no-push */
  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
  int flags;
  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
  flags = pTos->flags | pNos->flags;
  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
    Release(pTos);
    pTos--;
    Release(pTos);
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  }else if( (pTos->flags & pNos->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
    i64 a, b;
    a = pTos->u.i;
    b = pNos->u.i;
    switch( pOp->opcode ){
      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
      case OP_Divide: {
        if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
        /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by 
        ** -1 returns an integer to large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On
        ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others,
        ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this
        ** behaviour so that all architectures behave as if integer 
        ** overflow occured.
        */
        if( a==-1 && b==(((i64)1)<<63) ) a = 1;
        b /= a;
        break;
      }
      default: {
        if( a==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
        if( a==-1 ) a = 1;
        b %= a;
        break;
      }
    }
    Release(pTos);
    pTos--;
    Release(pTos);
    pTos->u.i = b;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  }else{
    double a, b;
    a = vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos);
    b = vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pNos);
    switch( pOp->opcode ){
      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
      case OP_Divide: {
        if( a==0.0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
        b /= a;
        break;
      }
      default: {
        i64 ia = (i64)a;
        i64 ib = (i64)b;
        if( ia==0 ) goto divide_by_zero;
        if( ia==-1 ) ia = 1;
        b = (double)(ib % ia);
        break;
      }
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3_isnan(b) ){
      goto divide_by_zero;
    }
    Release(pTos);
    pTos--;
    Release(pTos);
    pTos->r = b;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
    if( (flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pTos);
    }
  }
  break;

divide_by_zero:
  Release(pTos);
  pTos--;
  Release(pTos);
  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P3
**
** P3 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
** or aggregate calls vtk_sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
** functions.
**
** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
*/
case OP_CollSeq: {             /* no-push */
  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3
**
** Invoke a user function (P3 is a pointer to a Function structure that
** defines the function) with P2 arguments taken from the stack.  Pop all
** arguments from the stack and push back the result.
**
** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
** vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
** invocation of this opcode.
**
** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
*/
case OP_Function: {
  int i;
  Mem *pArg;
  vtk_sqlite3_context ctx;
  vtk_sqlite3_value **apVal;
  int n = pOp->p2;

  apVal = p->apArg;
  assert( apVal || n==0 );

  pArg = &pTos[1-n];
  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
    apVal[i] = pArg;
    storeTypeInfo(pArg, encoding);
  }

  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF || pOp->p3type==P3_VDBEFUNC );
  if( pOp->p3type==P3_FUNCDEF ){
    ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
    ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
  }else{
    ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p3;
    ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
  }

  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
  ctx.s.z = 0;
  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
  ctx.isError = 0;
  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal);
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto no_mem;
  popStack(&pTos, n);

  /* If any auxilary data functions have been called by this user function,
  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
  */
  if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
    pOp->p3 = (char *)ctx.pVdbeFunc;
    pOp->p3type = P3_VDBEFUNC;
  }

  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
  if( ctx.isError ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s), (char*)0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
  pTos++;
  pTos->flags = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &ctx.s);
  if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pTos) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitAnd * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the bit-wise AND of the
** two elements.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: BitOr * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the bit-wise OR of the
** two elements.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: ShiftLeft * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the second element shifted
** left by N bits where N is the top element on the stack.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
/* Opcode: ShiftRight * * *
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  Convert both elements
** to integers.  Push back onto the stack the second element shifted
** right by N bits where N is the top element on the stack.
** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, no-push */
case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, no-push */
case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, no-push */
case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, no-push */
  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
  i64 a, b;

  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
  if( (pTos->flags | pNos->flags) & MEM_Null ){
    popStack(&pTos, 2);
    pTos++;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
    break;
  }
  a = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pNos);
  b = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
  switch( pOp->opcode ){
    case OP_BitAnd:      a &= b;     break;
    case OP_BitOr:       a |= b;     break;
    case OP_ShiftLeft:   a <<= b;    break;
    case OP_ShiftRight:  a >>= b;    break;
    default:   /* CANT HAPPEN */     break;
  }
  Release(pTos);
  pTos--;
  Release(pTos);
  pTos->u.i = a;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 * *
** 
** Add the value P1 to whatever is on top of the stack.  The result
** is always an integer.
**
** To force the top of the stack to be an integer, just add 0.
*/
case OP_AddImm: {            /* no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  pTos->u.i += pOp->p1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 *
**
** Convert the top of the stack into an integer.  If the current top of
** the stack is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then pop the
** stack and jump to P2.  If the top of the stack is numeric then
** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
** current value if P1==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
** greater than its current value if P1==1.
*/
case OP_ForceInt: {            /* no-push */
  i64 v;
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  applyAffinity(pTos, VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
  if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
    Release(pTos);
    pTos--;
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    break;
  }
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
    v = pTos->u.i + (pOp->p1!=0);
  }else{
    /* FIX ME:  should this not be assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Real ) ??? */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pTos);
    v = (int)pTos->r;
    if( pTos->r>(double)v ) v++;
    if( pOp->p1 && pTos->r==(double)v ) v++;
  }
  Release(pTos);
  pTos->u.i = v;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 *
** 
** Force the top of the stack to be an integer.  If the top of the
** stack is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
** with out data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
** raise an VTK_SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
**
** If the top of the stack is not an integer and P2 is not zero and
** P1 is 1, then the stack is popped.  In all other cases, the depth
** of the stack is unchanged.
*/
case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  applyAffinity(pTos, VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
  if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_MISMATCH;
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }else{
      if( pOp->p1 ) popStack(&pTos, 1);
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }else{
    Release(pTos);
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: RealAffinity * * *
**
** If the top of the stack is an integer, convert it to a real value.
**
** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
** to have only a real value.
*/
case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pTos);
  }
  break;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
/* Opcode: ToText * * *
**
** Force the value on the top of the stack to be text.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
** equivalent of printf().  Blob values are unchanged and
** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
  pTos->flags |= (pTos->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
  applyAffinity(pTos, VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
  rc = ExpandBlob(pTos);
  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Str );
  pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ToBlob * * *
**
** Force the value on the top of the stack to be a BLOB.
** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
** to the underlying data.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
  if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
    applyAffinity(pTos, VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Str );
    pTos->flags |= MEM_Blob;
  }
  pTos->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ToNumeric * * *
**
** Force the value on the top of the stack to be numeric (either an
** integer or a floating-point number.)
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
** is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pTos);
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */

/* Opcode: ToInt * * *
**
** Force the value on the top of the stack to be an integer.  If
** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  }
  break;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
/* Opcode: ToReal * * *
**
** Force the value on the top of the stack to be a floating point number.
** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
**
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( (pTos->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pTos);
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */

/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3
**
** Pop the top two elements from the stack.  If they are equal, then
** jump to instruction P2.  Otherwise, continue to the next instruction.
**
** If the 0x100 bit of P1 is true and either operand is NULL then take the
** jump.  If the 0x100 bit of P1 is clear then fall thru if either operand
** is NULL.
**
** If the 0x200 bit of P1 is set and either operand is NULL then
** both operands are converted to integers prior to comparison.
** NULL operands are converted to zero and non-NULL operands are
** converted to 1.  Thus, for example, with 0x200 set,  NULL==NULL is true
** whereas it would normally be NULL.  Similarly,  NULL==123 is false when
** 0x200 is set but is NULL when the 0x200 bit of P1 is clear.
**
** The least significant byte of P1 (mask 0xff) must be an affinity character -
** VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made 
** to coerce both values
** according to the affinity before the comparison is made. If the byte is
** 0x00, then numeric affinity is used.
**
** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
** the values are compared. If both values are blobs, or both are text,
** then memcmp() is used to determine the results of the comparison. If
** both values are numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the
** two values are of different types, then they are inequal.
**
** If P2 is zero, do not jump.  Instead, push an integer 1 onto the
** stack if the jump would have been taken, or a 0 if not.  Push a
** NULL if either operand was NULL.
**
** If P3 is not NULL it is a pointer to a collating sequence (a CollSeq
** structure) that defines how to compare text.
*/
/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3
**
** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the operands from the stack are not equal.  See the Eq opcode for
** additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3
**
** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than the top of the stack.
** See the Eq opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3
**
** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the 2nd element down on the stack is less than or equal to the
** top of the stack.  See the Eq opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3
**
** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than the top of the stack.
** See the Eq opcode for additional information.
*/
/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3
**
** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if
** the 2nd element down on the stack is greater than or equal to the
** top of the stack.  See the Eq opcode for additional information.
*/
case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, no-push */
case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, no-push */
case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, no-push */
case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, no-push */
case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, no-push */
case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, no-push */
  Mem *pNos;
  int flags;
  int res;
  char affinity;

  pNos = &pTos[-1];
  flags = pTos->flags|pNos->flags;

  /* If either value is a NULL P2 is not zero, take the jump if the least
  ** significant byte of P1 is true. If P2 is zero, then push a NULL onto
  ** the stack.
  */
  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
    if( (pOp->p1 & 0x200)!=0 ){
      /* The 0x200 bit of P1 means, roughly "do not treat NULL as the
      ** magic SQL value it normally is - treat it as if it were another
      ** integer".
      **
      ** With 0x200 set, if either operand is NULL then both operands
      ** are converted to integers prior to being passed down into the
      ** normal comparison logic below.  NULL operands are converted to
      ** zero and non-NULL operands are converted to 1.  Thus, for example,
      ** with 0x200 set,  NULL==NULL is true whereas it would normally
      ** be NULL.  Similarly,  NULL!=123 is true.
      */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pTos, (pTos->flags & MEM_Null)==0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pNos, (pNos->flags & MEM_Null)==0);
    }else{
      /* If the 0x200 bit of P1 is clear and either operand is NULL then
      ** the result is always NULL.  The jump is taken if the 0x100 bit
      ** of P1 is set.
      */
      popStack(&pTos, 2);
      if( pOp->p2 ){
        if( pOp->p1 & 0x100 ){
          pc = pOp->p2-1;
        }
      }else{
        pTos++;
        pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
      }
      break;
    }
  }

  affinity = (char)(pOp->p1 & 0xFF);
  if( affinity ){
    applyAffinity(pNos, affinity, encoding);
    applyAffinity(pTos, affinity, encoding);
  }

  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_COLLSEQ || pOp->p3==0 );
  ExpandBlob(pNos);
  ExpandBlob(pTos);
  res = vtk_sqlite3MemCompare(pNos, pTos, (CollSeq*)pOp->p3);
  switch( pOp->opcode ){
    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
  }

  popStack(&pTos, 2);
  if( pOp->p2 ){
    if( res ){
      pc = pOp->p2-1;
    }
  }else{
    pTos++;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
    pTos->u.i = res;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: And * * *
**
** Pop two values off the stack.  Take the logical AND of the
** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the
** stack. 
*/
/* Opcode: Or * * *
**
** Pop two values off the stack.  Take the logical OR of the
** two values and push the resulting boolean value back onto the
** stack. 
*/
case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, no-push */
case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, no-push */
  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
  int v1, v2;    /* 0==TRUE, 1==FALSE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */

  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
    v1 = 2;
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
    v1 = pTos->u.i==0;
  }
  if( pNos->flags & MEM_Null ){
    v2 = 2;
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pNos);
    v2 = pNos->u.i==0;
  }
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
  }else{
    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
  }
  popStack(&pTos, 2);
  pTos++;
  if( v1==2 ){
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  }else{
    pTos->u.i = v1==0;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Negative * * *
**
** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity.  Replace it
** with its additive inverse.  If the top of the stack is NULL
** its value is unchanged.
*/
/* Opcode: AbsValue * * *
**
** Treat the top of the stack as a numeric quantity.  Replace it
** with its absolute value. If the top of the stack is NULL
** its value is unchanged.
*/
case OP_Negative:              /* same as TK_UMINUS, no-push */
case OP_AbsValue: {
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( (pTos->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int|MEM_Null))==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pTos);
  }
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Real ){
    Release(pTos);
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->r<0.0 ){
      pTos->r = -pTos->r;
    }
    pTos->flags = MEM_Real;
  }else if( pTos->flags & MEM_Int ){
    Release(pTos);
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Negative || pTos->u.i<0 ){
      pTos->u.i = -pTos->u.i;
    }
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Not * * *
**
** Interpret the top of the stack as a boolean value.  Replace it
** with its complement.  If the top of the stack is NULL its value
** is unchanged.
*/
case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  pTos->u.i = !pTos->u.i;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: BitNot * * *
**
** Interpret the top of the stack as an value.  Replace it
** with its ones-complement.  If the top of the stack is NULL its
** value is unchanged.
*/
case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  pTos->u.i = ~pTos->u.i;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Noop * * *
**
** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
** destination.
*/
/*
** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
*/
case OP_Explain:
case OP_Noop: {            /* no-push */
  break;
}

/* Opcode: If P1 P2 *
**
** Pop a single boolean from the stack.  If the boolean popped is
** true, then jump to p2.  Otherwise continue to the next instruction.
** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise.  A string is
** false if it has zero length and true otherwise.
**
** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1
** is true and fall through if P1 is false.
*/
/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 *
**
** Pop a single boolean from the stack.  If the boolean popped is
** false, then jump to p2.  Otherwise continue to the next instruction.
** An integer is false if zero and true otherwise.  A string is
** false if it has zero length and true otherwise.
**
** If the value popped of the stack is NULL, then take the jump if P1
** is true and fall through if P1 is false.
*/
case OP_If:                 /* no-push */
case OP_IfNot: {            /* no-push */
  int c;
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
    c = pOp->p1;
  }else{
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    c = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pTos);
#else
    c = vtk_sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pTos)!=0.0;
#endif
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
  }
  Release(pTos);
  pTos--;
  if( c ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 *
**
** Check the top of the stack and jump to P2 if the top of the stack
** is NULL.  If P1 is positive, then pop P1 elements from the stack
** regardless of whether or not the jump is taken.  If P1 is negative,
** pop -P1 elements from the stack only if the jump is taken and leave
** the stack unchanged if the jump is not taken.
*/
case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, no-push */
  if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
    pc = pOp->p2-1;
    if( pOp->p1<0 ){
      popStack(&pTos, -pOp->p1);
    }
  }
  if( pOp->p1>0 ){
    popStack(&pTos, pOp->p1);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 *
**
** Jump to P2 if the top abs(P1) values on the stack are all not NULL.  
** Regardless of whether or not the jump is taken, pop the stack
** P1 times if P1 is greater than zero.  But if P1 is negative,
** leave the stack unchanged.
*/
case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, no-push */
  int i, cnt;
  cnt = pOp->p1;
  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = -cnt;
  assert( &pTos[1-cnt] >= p->aStack );
  for(i=0; i<cnt && (pTos[1+i-cnt].flags & MEM_Null)==0; i++){}
  if( i>=cnt ) pc = pOp->p2-1;
  if( pOp->p1>0 ) popStack(&pTos, cnt);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetNumColumns P1 P2 *
**
** Before the OP_Column opcode can be executed on a cursor, this
** opcode must be called to set the number of fields in the table.
**
** This opcode sets the number of columns for cursor P1 to P2.
**
** If OP_KeyAsData is to be applied to cursor P1, it must be executed
** before this op-code.
*/
case OP_SetNumColumns: {       /* no-push */
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( (pOp->p1)<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  pC->nField = pOp->p2;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3
**
** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
** information about the format of the data.) Push onto the stack the value
** of the P2-th column contained in the data. If there are less that (P2+1) 
** values in the record, push a NULL onto the stack.
**
** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
**
** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then push a NULL.  Or
** if P3 is of type P3_MEM, then push the P3 value.  The P3 value will
** be default value for a column that has been added using the ALTER TABLE
** ADD COLUMN command.  If P3 is an ordinary string, just push a NULL.
** When P3 is a string it is really just a comment describing the value
** to be pushed, not a default value.
*/
case OP_Column: {
  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
  int p1 = pOp->p1;  /* P1 value of the opcode */
  int p2 = pOp->p2;  /* column number to retrieve */
  Cursor *pC = 0;    /* The VDBE cursor */
  char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
  u32 nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
  int i;             /* Loop counter */
  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */

  sMem.flags = 0;
  assert( p1<p->nCursor );
  pTos++;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;

  /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
  ** bytes in the record.
  **
  ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
  ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
  ** might be available in the  pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.
  ** If the data is unavailable,  zRec is set to NULL.
  **
  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
  ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.  For
  ** records on the stack, the next entry down on the stack is an integer
  ** which is the number of records.
  */
  pC = p->apCsr[p1];
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
#endif
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
    zRec = 0;
    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
    if( pC->nullRow ){
      payloadSize = 0;
    }else if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
      payloadSize = pC->payloadSize;
      zRec = (char*)pC->aRow;
    }else if( pC->isIndex ){
      i64 payloadSize64;
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
      payloadSize = (u32)payloadSize64;
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
    }
    nField = pC->nField;
  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
    /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
    payloadSize = pC->nData;
    zRec = pC->pData;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
    nField = pC->nField;
    pCrsr = 0;
  }else{
    zRec = 0;
    payloadSize = 0;
    pCrsr = 0;
    nField = 0;
  }

  /* If payloadSize is 0, then just push a NULL onto the stack. */
  if( payloadSize==0 ){
    assert( pTos->flags==MEM_Null );
    break;
  }
  if( payloadSize>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
    goto too_big;
  }

  assert( p2<nField );

  /* Read and parse the table header.  Store the results of the parse
  ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
  */
  if( pC && pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
    aType = pC->aType;
    aOffset = pC->aOffset;
  }else{
    u8 *zIdx;        /* Index into header */
    u8 *zEndHdr;     /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
    u32 offset;      /* Offset into the data */
    int szHdrSz;     /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
    int avail = 0;   /* Number of bytes of available data */

    aType = pC->aType;
    if( aType==0 ){
      pC->aType = aType = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( 2*nField*sizeof(aType) );
    }
    if( aType==0 ){
      goto no_mem;
    }
    pC->aOffset = aOffset = &aType[nField];
    pC->payloadSize = payloadSize;
    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;

    /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
    if( zRec ){
      zData = zRec;
    }else{
      if( pC->isIndex ){
        zData = (char*)vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
      }else{
        zData = (char*)vtk_sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
      }
      /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
      ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache.  That will save us from
      ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
      ** the record.
      */
      if( avail>=(int)payloadSize ){
        zRec = zData;
        pC->aRow = (u8*)zData;
      }else{
        pC->aRow = 0;
      }
    }
    /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when
    ** the database file has been corrupted externally.
    **    assert( zRec!=0 || avail>=payloadSize || avail>=9 ); */
    szHdrSz = GetVarint((u8*)zData, offset);

    /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
    ** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
    ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
    ** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
    ** acquire the complete header text.
    */
    if( !zRec && avail<(int)offset ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, offset, pC->isIndex, &sMem);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        goto op_column_out;
      }
      zData = sMem.z;
    }
    zEndHdr = (u8 *)&zData[offset];
    zIdx = (u8 *)&zData[szHdrSz];

    /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
    ** arrays.  aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
    ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
    ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
    */
    for(i=0; i<(int)nField; i++){
      if( zIdx<zEndHdr ){
        aOffset[i] = offset;
        zIdx += GetVarint(zIdx, aType[i]);
        offset += vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
      }else{
        /* If i is less that nField, then there are less fields in this
        ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
        ** table. Set the offset for any extra columns not present in
        ** the record to 0. This tells code below to push a NULL onto the
        ** stack instead of deserializing a value from the record.
        */
        aOffset[i] = 0;
      }
    }
    Release(&sMem);
    sMem.flags = MEM_Null;

    /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
    ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
    ** record, then we must be dealing with a corrupt database.
    */
    if( zIdx>zEndHdr || offset>payloadSize ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto op_column_out;
    }
  }

  /* Get the column information. If aOffset[p2] is non-zero, then 
  ** deserialize the value from the record. If aOffset[p2] is zero,
  ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
  ** request.  In this case, set the value NULL or to P3 if P3 is
  ** a pointer to a Mem object.
  */
  if( aOffset[p2] ){
    assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK );
    if( zRec ){
      zData = &zRec[aOffset[p2]];
    }else{
      len = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
      rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->isIndex,&sMem);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        goto op_column_out;
      }
      zData = sMem.z;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)zData, aType[p2], pTos);
    pTos->enc = encoding;
  }else{
    if( pOp->p3type==P3_MEM ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, (Mem *)(pOp->p3), MEM_Static);
    }else{
      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
    }
  }

  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
  ** vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
  ** dynamically allocated space over to the pTos structure.
  ** This prevents a memory copy.
  */
  if( (sMem.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){
    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Ephem );
    assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
    assert( pTos->z==sMem.z );
    assert( sMem.flags & MEM_Term );
    pTos->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem;
    pTos->flags |= MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
  }

  /* pTos->z might be pointing to sMem.zShort[].  Fix that so that we
  ** can abandon sMem */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTos);

op_column_out:
  break;
}

/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3
**
** Convert the top abs(P1) entries of the stack into a single entry
** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
** in an index.  The details of the format are irrelavant as long as
** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later and as long as the
** vtk_sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare function will correctly compare two encoded
** records.  Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
** format.
**
** The original stack entries are popped from the stack if P1>0 but
** remain on the stack if P1<0.
**
** If P2 is not zero and one or more of the entries are NULL, then jump
** to the address given by P2.  This feature can be used to skip a
** uniqueness test on indices.
**
** P3 may be a string that is P1 characters long.  The nth character of the
** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
** field of the index key (i.e. the first character of P3 corresponds to the
** lowest element on the stack).
**
** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the VTK_SQLITE_AFF_
** macros defined in vtk_sqliteInt.h.
**
** If P3 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
**
** See also OP_MakeIdxRec
*/
/* Opcode: MakeIdxRec P1 P2 P3
**
** This opcode works just OP_MakeRecord except that it reads an extra
** integer from the stack (thus reading a total of abs(P1+1) entries)
** and appends that extra integer to the end of the record as a varint.
** This results in an index key.
*/
case OP_MakeIdxRec:
case OP_MakeRecord: {
  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
  ** like this:
  **
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  **
  ** Data(0) is taken from the lowest element of the stack and data(N-1) is
  ** the top of the stack.
  **
  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
  ** corresponding data element (see vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
  ** of the record to data0.
  */
  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
  Mem *pRowid = 0;       /* Rowid appended to the new record */
  u64 nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
  int nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
  u64 nByte = 0;         /* Data space required for this record */
  int nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
  int containsNull = 0;  /* True if any of the data fields are NULL */
  Mem *pData0;           /* Bottom of the stack */
  int leaveOnStack;      /* If true, leave the entries on the stack */
  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
  int jumpIfNull;        /* Jump here if non-zero and any entries are NULL. */
  int addRowid;          /* True to append a rowid column at the end */
  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
  char zTemp[NBFS];      /* Space to hold small records */

  leaveOnStack = ((pOp->p1<0)?1:0);
  nField = pOp->p1 * (leaveOnStack?-1:1);
  jumpIfNull = pOp->p2;
  addRowid = pOp->opcode==OP_MakeIdxRec;
  zAffinity = pOp->p3;

  pData0 = &pTos[1-nField];
  assert( pData0>=p->aStack );
  containsNull = 0;
  file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;

  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
  */
  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
    int len;
    if( zAffinity ){
      applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
    }
    if( pRec->flags&MEM_Null ){
      containsNull = 1;
    }
    if( pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && pRec->n>0 ){
      ExpandBlob(pRec);
    }
    serial_type = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
    len = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    nData += len;
    nHdr += vtk_sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
      /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
      ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
      nZero += (int) pRec->u.i;
    }else if( len ){
      nZero = 0;
    }
  }

  /* If we have to append a varint rowid to this record, set pRowid
  ** to the value of the rowid and increase nByte by the amount of space
  ** required to store it.
  */
  if( addRowid ){
    pRowid = &pTos[0-nField];
    assert( pRowid>=p->aStack );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pRowid);
    serial_type = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid, 0);
    nData += vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
    nHdr += vtk_sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
    nZero = 0;
  }

  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
  nHdr += nVarint = vtk_sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
  if( nVarint<vtk_sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ){
    nHdr++;
  }
  nByte = nHdr+nData-nZero;
  if( nByte>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
    goto too_big;
  }

  /* Allocate space for the new record. */
  if( nByte>sizeof(zTemp) ){
    zNewRecord = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw((int) nByte);
    if( !zNewRecord ){
      goto no_mem;
    }
  }else{
    zNewRecord = (u8*)zTemp;
  }

  /* Write the record */
  i = vtk_sqlite3PutVarint(zNewRecord, nHdr);
  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){
    serial_type = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
    i += vtk_sqlite3PutVarint(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);      /* serial type */
  }
  if( addRowid ){
    i += vtk_sqlite3PutVarint(&zNewRecord[i], vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRowid, 0));
  }
  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pTos; pRec++){  /* serial data */
    i += vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], (int)(nByte-i), pRec, file_format);
  }
  if( addRowid ){
    i += vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], (int)(nByte-i), pRowid, 0);
  }
  assert( i==nByte );

  /* Pop entries off the stack if required. Push the new record on. */
  if( !leaveOnStack ){
    popStack(&pTos, nField+addRowid);
  }
  pTos++;
  pTos->n = (int)nByte;
  if( nByte<=sizeof(zTemp) ){
    assert( zNewRecord==(unsigned char *)zTemp );
    pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
    memcpy(pTos->zShort, zTemp, (size_t)nByte);
    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
  }else{
    assert( zNewRecord!=(unsigned char *)zTemp );
    pTos->z = (char*)zNewRecord;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
    pTos->xDel = 0;
  }
  if( nZero ){
    pTos->u.i = nZero;
    pTos->flags |= MEM_Zero;
  }
  pTos->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */

  /* If a NULL was encountered and jumpIfNull is non-zero, take the jump. */
  if( jumpIfNull && containsNull ){
    pc = jumpIfNull - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Statement P1 * *
**
** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
** BEGIN..COMMIT transaction.  This is needed so that the statement
** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
** commit when the VDBE halts.
**
** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
** has an index of 1.
*/
case OP_Statement: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Btree *pBt;
  if( i>=0 && i<db->nDb && (pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && !(db->autoCommit) ){
    assert( vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
    if( !vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt);
      p->openedStatement = 1;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 *
**
** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
**
** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
*/
case OP_AutoCommit: {       /* no-push */
  u8 i = (u8)(pOp->p1);
  u8 rollback = (u8)(pOp->p2);

  assert( i==1 || i==0 );
  assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );

  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */

  if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 && i && !db->autoCommit ){
    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT or ROLLBACK, other VMs are
    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
    ** that the other VMs must complete first. 
    */
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "cannot ", rollback?"rollback":"commit", 
        " transaction - SQL statements in progress", (char*)0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else if( i!=db->autoCommit ){
    if( pOp->p2 ){
      assert( i==1 );
      vtk_sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
      db->autoCommit = 1;
    }else{
      db->autoCommit = i;
      if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY ){
        p->pTos = pTos;
        p->pc = pc;
        db->autoCommit = 1-i;
        p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
        return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
      }
    }
    if( p->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
    }else{
      return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
        (!i)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
        (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"), (char*)0);
         
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 *
**
** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
**
** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
** file used for temporary tables.
**
** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
** on the file.
**
** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
*/
case OP_Transaction: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Btree *pBt;

  assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
  pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;

  if( pBt ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_BUSY ){
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
      p->pTos = pTos;
      return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && rc!=VTK_SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=VTK_SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 *
**
** Read cookie number P2 from database P1 and push it onto the stack.
** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** If P1 is negative, then this is a request to read the size of a
** databases free-list. P2 must be set to 1 in this case. The actual
** database accessed is ((P1+1)*-1). For example, a P1 parameter of -1
** corresponds to database 0 ("main"), a P1 of -2 is database 1 ("temp").
**
** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
** executing this instruction.
*/
case OP_ReadCookie: {
  int iMeta;
  int iDb = pOp->p1;
  int iCookie = pOp->p2;

  assert( pOp->p2<VTK_SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  if( iDb<0 ){
    iDb = (-1*(iDb+1));
    iCookie *= -1;
  }
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
  /* The indexing of meta values at the schema layer is off by one from
  ** the indexing in the btree layer.  The btree considers meta[0] to
  ** be the number of free pages in the database (a read-only value)
  ** and meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  The schema layer considers
  ** meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  So we have to shift the index
  ** by one in the following statement.
  */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, 1 + iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
  pTos++;
  pTos->u.i = iMeta;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 *
**
** Write the top of the stack into cookie number P2 of database P1.
** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
** temporary tables.
**
** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
*/
case OP_SetCookie: {       /* no-push */
  Db *pDb;
  assert( pOp->p2<VTK_SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pTos->u.i);
  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
    pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = (int) pTos->u.i;
    db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges;
  }else if( pOp->p2==1 ){
    /* Record changes in the file format */
    pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8) pTos->u.i;
  }
  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  pTos--;
  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
    vtk_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
**
** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.  
** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
** for auxiliary databases.
**
** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
**
** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
** invoked.
*/
case OP_VerifyCookie: {       /* no-push */
  int iMeta;
  Btree *pBt;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  if( pBt ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
  }else{
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    iMeta = 0;
  }
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "database schema has changed", (char*)0);
    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie 
    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
    **
    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimisation.
    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
    ** v-table would have to be ready for the vtk_sqlite3_vtab structure itself
    ** to be invalidated whenever vtk_sqlite3_step() is called from within 
    ** a v-table method.
    */
    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
      vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
    }

    vtk_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3
**
** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by an 
** integer from the top of the stack.  0 means the main database and
** 1 means the database used for temporary tables.  Give the new 
** cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1 values need not be contiguous
** but all P1 values should be small integers.  It is an error for
** P1 to be negative.
**
** If P2==0 then take the root page number from the next of the stack.
**
** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
** VTK_SQLITE_BUSY error code.
**
** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
** content and collating sequence of indices.  P3 is NULL for cursors
** that are not pointing to indices.
**
** See also OpenWrite.
*/
/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3
**
** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
** page is P2.  If P2==0 then take the root page number from the stack.
**
** The P3 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
** content and collating sequence of indices.  P3 is NULL for cursors
** that are not pointing to indices.
**
** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
**
** See also OpenRead.
*/
case OP_OpenRead:          /* no-push */
case OP_OpenWrite: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  int p2 = pOp->p2;
  int wrFlag;
  Btree *pX;
  int iDb;
  Cursor *pCur;
  Db *pDb;
  
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  iDb = (int) pTos->u.i;
  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  pTos--;
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  pX = pDb->pBt;
  assert( pX!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
    wrFlag = 1;
    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
    }
  }else{
    wrFlag = 0;
  }
  if( p2<=0 ){
    assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
    p2 = (int) pTos->u.i;
    assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
    pTos--;
    assert( p2>=2 );
  }
  assert( i>=0 );
  pCur = allocateCursor(p, i, iDb);
  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCur->nullRow = 1;
  if( pX==0 ) break;
  /* We always provide a key comparison function.  If the table being
  ** opened is of type INTKEY, the comparision function will be ignored. */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag,
           vtk_sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare, pOp->p3,
           &pCur->pCursor);
  if( pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO ){
    pCur->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
    pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
  }else{
    pCur->pKeyInfo = 0;
    pCur->pIncrKey = &pCur->bogusIncrKey;
  }
  switch( rc ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_BUSY: {
      p->pc = pc;
      p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
      p->pTos = &pTos[1 + (pOp->p2<=0)]; /* Operands must remain on stack */
      return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    case VTK_SQLITE_OK: {
      int flags = vtk_sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
      /* Sanity checking.  Only the lower four bits of the flags byte should
      ** be used.  Bit 3 (mask 0x08) is unpreditable.  The lower 3 bits
      ** (mask 0x07) should be either 5 (intkey+leafdata for tables) or
      ** 2 (zerodata for indices).  If these conditions are not met it can
      ** only mean that we are dealing with a corrupt database file
      */
      if( (flags & 0xf0)!=0 || ((flags & 0x07)!=5 && (flags & 0x07)!=2) ){
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      pCur->isTable = (Bool)((flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0);
      pCur->isIndex = (Bool)((flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0);
      /* If P3==0 it means we are expected to open a table.  If P3!=0 then
      ** we expect to be opening an index.  If this is not what happened,
      ** then the database is corrupt
      */
      if( (pCur->isTable && pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO)
       || (pCur->isIndex && pOp->p3type!=P3_KEYINFO) ){
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      break;
    }
    case VTK_SQLITE_EMPTY: {
      pCur->isTable = (Bool)(pOp->p3type!=P3_KEYINFO);
      pCur->isIndex = !pCur->isTable;
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
      break;
    }
    default: {
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 P3
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
** the main database is read-only.  The transient or virtual
** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table.
** The cursor points to a BTree table if P3==0 and to a BTree index
** if P3 is not 0.  If P3 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
** that defines the format of keys in the index.
**
** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
*/
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pCx;
  assert( i>=0 );
  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, -1);
  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCx->nullRow = 1;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, &pCx->pBt);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
  }
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
    ** vtk_sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
    */
    if( pOp->p3 ){
      int pgno;
      assert( pOp->p3type==P3_KEYINFO );
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA); 
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, vtk_sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare,
            pOp->p3, &pCx->pCursor);
        pCx->pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)pOp->p3;
        pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
        pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->pKeyInfo->incrKey;
      }
      pCx->isTable = 0;
    }else{
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, 0, &pCx->pCursor);
      pCx->isTable = 1;
      pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
    }
  }
  pCx->nField = pOp->p2;
  pCx->isIndex = !pCx->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 * *
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data.  Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
** first row to be deleted.  All data is deleted when the cursor is
** closed.
**
** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.  Also used to hold the a single
** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.
*/
case OP_OpenPseudo: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pCx;
  assert( i>=0 );
  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, -1);
  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  pCx->nullRow = 1;
  pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
  pCx->pIncrKey = &pCx->bogusIncrKey;
  pCx->isTable = 1;
  pCx->isIndex = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Close P1 * *
**
** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
*/
case OP_Close: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  if( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]);
    p->apCsr[i] = 0;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: MoveGe P1 P2 *
**
** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
** than or equal to the key that was popped ffrom the stack.
** If there are no records greater than or equal to the key and P2 
** is not zero, then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 *
**
** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that is greater
** than the key from the stack.
** If there are no records greater than the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 *
**
** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less
** than the key from the stack.
** If there are no records less than the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
*/
/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 *
**
** Pop the top of the stack and use its value as a key.  Reposition
** cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that is less than
** or equal to the key that was popped from the stack.
** If there are no records less than or eqal to the key and P2 is not zero,
** then jump to P2.
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
*/
case OP_MoveLt:         /* no-push */
case OP_MoveLe:         /* no-push */
case OP_MoveGe:         /* no-push */
case OP_MoveGt: {       /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    int res, oc;
    oc = pOp->opcode;
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    *pC->pIncrKey = (u8)(oc==OP_MoveGt || oc==OP_MoveLe);
    if( pC->isTable ){
      i64 iKey;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
      iKey = intToKey(pTos->u.i);
      if( pOp->p2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_MoveGe ){
        pC->movetoTarget = iKey;
        pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
        assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
        pTos--;
        break;
      }
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      pC->lastRowid = pTos->u.i;
      pC->rowidIsValid = (Bool)(res==0);
    }else{
      assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
      ExpandBlob(pTos);
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, 0, &res);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    }
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
    vtk_sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    if( oc==OP_MoveGe || oc==OP_MoveGt ){
      if( res<0 ){
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
        pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
      }else{
        res = 0;
      }
    }else{
      assert( oc==OP_MoveLt || oc==OP_MoveLe );
      if( res>=0 ){
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
        pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
      }else{
        /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
        ** see if this is the case.
        */
        res = vtk_sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
      }
    }
    if( res ){
      if( pOp->p2>0 ){
        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      }else{
        pC->nullRow = 1;
      }
    }
  }
  Release(pTos);
  pTos--;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Distinct P1 P2 *
**
** Use the top of the stack as a record created using MakeRecord.  P1 is a
** cursor on a table that declared as an index.  If that table contains an
** entry that matches the top of the stack fall thru.  If the top of the stack
** matches no entry in P1 then jump to P2.
**
** The cursor is left pointing at the matching entry if it exists.  The
** record on the top of the stack is not popped.
**
** This instruction is similar to NotFound except that this operation
** does not pop the key from the stack.
**
** The instruction is used to implement the DISTINCT operator on SELECT
** statements.  The P1 table is not a true index but rather a record of
** all results that have produced so far.  
**
** See also: Found, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
*/
/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 *
**
** Top of the stack holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is an index.
** If an entry that matches the top of the stack exists in P1 then
** jump to P2.  If the top of the stack does not match any entry in P1
** then fall thru.  The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
** if it exists.  The blob is popped off the top of the stack.
**
** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
** left-hand side is a SELECT statement.  P1 is not a true index but
** is instead a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
** statement.  This instruction just checks to see if the left-hand side
** of the IN operator (stored on the top of the stack) exists in the
** result of the SELECT statement.
**
** See also: Distinct, NotFound, MoveTo, IsUnique, NotExists
*/
/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 *
**
** The top of the stack holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is
** an index.  If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
** to P2.  If an entry does existing, fall through.  The cursor is left
** pointing to the entry that matches.  The blob is popped from the stack.
**
** The difference between this operation and Distinct is that
** Distinct does not pop the key from the stack.
**
** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotExists, IsUnique
*/
case OP_Distinct:       /* no-push */
case OP_NotFound:       /* no-push */
case OP_Found: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  int alreadyExists = 0;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
    int res, rx;
    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
    Stringify(pTos, encoding);
    rx = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, pTos->z, pTos->n, 0, &res);
    alreadyExists = rx==VTK_SQLITE_OK && res==0;
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }else{
    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  if( pOp->opcode!=OP_Distinct ){
    Release(pTos);
    pTos--;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 *
**
** The top of the stack is an integer record number.  Call this
** record number R.  The next on the stack is an index key created
** using MakeIdxRec.  Call it K.  This instruction pops R from the
** stack but it leaves K unchanged.
**
** P1 is an index.  So it has no data and its key consists of a
** record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the 
** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
** 
** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
** number for that entry is pushed onto the stack and control
** falls through to the next instruction.
**
** See also: Distinct, NotFound, NotExists, Found
*/
case OP_IsUnique: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
  Cursor *pCx;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  i64 R;

  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
  */
  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  R = pTos->u.i;
  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  pTos--;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pCx!=0 );
  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
  if( pCrsr!=0 ){
    int res;
    i64 v;         /* The record number on the P1 entry that matches K */
    char *zKey;    /* The value of K */
    int nKey;      /* Number of bytes in K */
    int len;       /* Number of bytes in K without the rowid at the end */
    int szRowid;   /* Size of the rowid column at the end of zKey */

    /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
    */
    assert( pNos->flags & MEM_Blob );
    Stringify(pNos, encoding);
    zKey = pNos->z;
    nKey = pNos->n;

    szRowid = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxRowidLen((u8*)zKey);
    len = nKey-szRowid;

    /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last four bytes match K.
    ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
    */
    assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
    pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, zKey, len, 0, &res);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
    if( res<0 ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
      if( res ){
        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
        break;
      }
    }
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, len, (u8*)zKey, &res); 
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
    if( res>0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;
    }

    /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
    ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K.  Check to see if the
    ** final rowid column is different from R.  If it equals R then jump
    ** immediately to P2.
    */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
    if( v==R ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      break;
    }

    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Push it onto
    ** the stack.  (The record number of an entry that violates a UNIQUE
    ** constraint.)
    */
    pTos++;
    pTos->u.i = v;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 *
**
** Use the top of the stack as a integer key.  If a record with that key
** does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.  If the record
** does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left pointing to the
** record if it exists.  The integer key is popped from the stack.
**
** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
** P1 is an index.
**
** See also: Distinct, Found, MoveTo, NotFound, IsUnique
*/
case OP_NotExists: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    int res;
    u64 iKey;
    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Int );
    assert( p->apCsr[i]->isTable );
    iKey = intToKey(pTos->u.i);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0,&res);
    pC->lastRowid = pTos->u.i;
    pC->rowidIsValid = (Bool)(res==0);
    pC->nullRow = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    /* res might be uninitialized if rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK.  But if rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK
    ** processing is about to abort so we really do not care whether or not
    ** the following jump is taken.  (In other words, do not stress over
    ** the error that valgrind sometimes shows on the next statement when
    ** running ioerr.test and similar failure-recovery test scripts.) */
    if( res!=0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
      pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    }
  }
  Release(pTos);
  pTos--;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Sequence P1 * *
**
** Push an integer onto the stack which is the next available
** sequence number for cursor P1.  The sequence number on the
** cursor is incremented after the push.
*/
case OP_Sequence: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  pTos++;
  pTos->u.i = p->apCsr[i]->seqCount++;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}


/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 *
**
** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is pushed 
** onto the stack.
**
** If P2>0 then P2 is a memory cell that holds the largest previously
** generated record number.  No new record numbers are allowed to be less
** than this value.  When this value reaches its maximum, a VTK_SQLITE_FULL
** error is generated.  The P2 memory cell is updated with the generated
** record number.  This P2 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
*/
case OP_NewRowid: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  i64 v = 0;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){
    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
  }else{
    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
    **
    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
    ** probabilistic algorithm
    **
    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
    ** and try again, up to 1000 times.
    **
    ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability
    ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300.  This is a 
    ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should
    ** never cause a problem.  You are much, much more likely to have a
    ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail.
    **
    ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good
    ** source of random numbers.  Is a library function like lrand48()
    ** good enough?  Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there
    ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that
    ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own 
    ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm.
    **
    ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the
    ** first few attempts at chosing a random rowid pick values just a little
    ** larger than the previous rowid.  This has been shown experimentally
    ** to double the speed of the COPY operation.
    */
    int res=0, rx=VTK_SQLITE_OK, cnt;
    i64 x;
    cnt = 0;
    if( (vtk_sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor)&(BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_ZERODATA)) !=
          BTREE_INTKEY ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
    assert( (vtk_sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 );
    assert( (vtk_sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 );

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
#else
    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
    */
#   define MAX_ROWID  ( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
#endif

    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
      if( pC->nextRowidValid ){
        v = pC->nextRowid;
      }else{
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          goto abort_due_to_error;
        }
        if( res ){
          v = 1;
        }else{
          vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
          v = keyToInt(v);
          if( v==MAX_ROWID ){
            pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
          }else{
            v++;
          }
        }
      }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
      if( pOp->p2 ){
        Mem *pMem;
        assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nMem );  /* P2 is a valid memory cell */
        pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
        assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P2) holds an integer */
        if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
          rc = VTK_SQLITE_FULL;
          goto abort_due_to_error;
        }
        if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
          v = pMem->u.i + 1;
        }
        pMem->u.i = v;
      }
#endif

      if( v<(i64)MAX_ROWID ){
        pC->nextRowidValid = 1;
        pC->nextRowid = v+1;
      }else{
        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
      }
    }
    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
      assert( pOp->p2==0 );  /* VTK_SQLITE_FULL must have occurred prior to this */
      v = db->priorNewRowid;
      cnt = 0;
      do{
        if( v==0 || cnt>2 ){
          vtk_sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
          if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff;
        }else{
          unsigned char r;
          vtk_sqlite3Randomness(1, &r);
          v += r + 1;
        }
        if( v==0 ) continue;
        x = intToKey(v);
        rx = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)x, 0, &res);
        cnt++;
      }while( cnt<1000 && rx==VTK_SQLITE_OK && res==0 );
      db->priorNewRowid = v;
      if( rx==VTK_SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_FULL;
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
    }
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  pTos++;
  pTos->u.i = v;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3
**
** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value on the top of the
** stack.  The key is the next value down on the stack.  The key must
** be an integer.  The stack is popped twice by this instruction.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P2 is set,
** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
** vtk_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it's unmodified).
**
** Parameter P3 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
** (vtk_sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
**
** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
*/
case OP_Insert: {         /* no-push */
  Mem *pNos = &pTos[-1];
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( pNos>=p->aStack );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( ((pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable) ){
    i64 iKey;   /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */

    assert( pNos->flags & MEM_Int );
    assert( pC->isTable );
    iKey = intToKey(pNos->u.i);

    if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
    if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pNos->u.i;
    if( pC->nextRowidValid && pNos->u.i>=pC->nextRowid ){
      pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
    }
    if( pTos->flags & MEM_Null ){
      pTos->z = 0;
      pTos->n = 0;
    }else{
      assert( pTos->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
    }
    if( pC->pseudoTable ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pC->pData);
      pC->iKey = iKey;
      pC->nData = pTos->n;
      if( pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn ){
        pC->pData = pTos->z;
        pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
      }else{
        pC->pData = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( pC->nData+2 );
        if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
        memcpy(pC->pData, pTos->z, pC->nData);
        pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
        pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
      }
      pC->nullRow = 0;
    }else{
      int nZero;
      if( pTos->flags & MEM_Zero ){
        nZero = (int) pTos->u.i;
      }else{
        nZero = 0;
      }
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
                              pTos->z, pTos->n, nZero,
                              pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_APPEND);
    }
    
    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

    /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p3 ){
      const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
      const char *zTbl = pOp->p3;
      int op = ((pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? VTK_SQLITE_UPDATE : VTK_SQLITE_INSERT);
      assert( pC->isTable );
      db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
      assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
    }
  }
  popStack(&pTos, 2);

  break;
}

/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 P3
**
** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
**
** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
** a record from within an Next loop.
**
** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
** incremented (otherwise not).
**
** If P1 is a pseudo-table, then this instruction is a no-op.
*/
case OP_Delete: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    i64 iKey=0;

    /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set iKey to the rowid of the
    ** row being deleted.
    */
    if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p3 ){
      assert( pC->isTable );
      if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
        iKey = pC->lastRowid;
      }else{
        rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &iKey);
        if( rc ){
          goto abort_due_to_error;
        }
        iKey = keyToInt(iKey);
      }
    }

    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
    pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;

    /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p3 ){
      const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
      const char *zTbl = pOp->p3;
      db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, VTK_SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
      assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
    }
  }
  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
**
** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to vtk_sqlite3_changes())
** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
*/
case OP_ResetCount: {        /* no-push */
  if( pOp->p1 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
  }
  p->nChange = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: RowData P1 * *
**
** Push onto the stack the complete row data for cursor P1.
** There is no interpretation of the data.  It is just copied
** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file.
**
** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed
** onto the stack.
*/
/* Opcode: RowKey P1 * *
**
** Push onto the stack the complete row key for cursor P1.
** There is no interpretation of the key.  It is just copied
** onto the stack exactly as it is found in the database file.
**
** If the cursor is not pointing to a valid row, a NULL is pushed
** onto the stack.
*/
case OP_RowKey:
case OP_RowData: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  u32 n;

  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
  pTos++;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
  assert( pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( pC->nullRow ){
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  }else if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    BtCursor *pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
    if( pC->nullRow ){
      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
      break;
    }else if( pC->isIndex ){
      i64 n64;
      assert( !pC->isTable );
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
      if( n64>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
        goto too_big;
      }
      n = (u32) n64;
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
    }
    if( n>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
      goto too_big;
    }
    pTos->n = n;
    if( n<=NBFS ){
      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Short;
      pTos->z = pTos->zShort;
    }else{
      char *z = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( n );
      if( z==0 ) goto no_mem;
      pTos->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
      pTos->xDel = 0;
      pTos->z = z;
    }
    if( pC->isIndex ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z);
    }else{
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pTos->z);
    }
  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
    pTos->n = pC->nData;
    assert( pC->nData<=VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
    pTos->z = pC->pData;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
  }else{
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  }
  pTos->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Rowid P1 * *
**
** Push onto the stack an integer which is the key of the table entry that
** P1 is currently point to.
*/
case OP_Rowid: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  i64 v;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
  pTos++;
  if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
    v = pC->lastRowid;
  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
    v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
  }else if( pC->nullRow || pC->pCursor==0 ){
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
    break;
  }else{
    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
    v = keyToInt(v);
  }
  pTos->u.i = v;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * *
**
** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always push 
** a NULL onto the stack.
*/
case OP_NullRow: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  pC->nullRow = 1;
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
*/
case OP_Last: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
    int res;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
    pC->nullRow = (Bool)(res);
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }else{
    pC->nullRow = 0;
  }
  break;
}


/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 *
**
** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
**
** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
** correctly optimizing out sorts.
*/
case OP_Sort: {        /* no-push */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  vtk_sqlite3_sort_count++;
  vtk_sqlite3_search_count--;
#endif
  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
}
/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 *
**
** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
** to the following instruction.
*/
case OP_Rewind: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[i];
  assert( pC!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
    pC->atFirst = (Bool)(res==0);
    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }else{
    res = 1;
  }
  pC->nullRow = (Bool)(res);
  if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 *
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** See also: Prev
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 *
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
*/
case OP_Prev:          /* no-push */
case OP_Next: {        /* no-push */
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;

  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( pC==0 ){
    break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
  }
  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
    int res;
    if( pC->nullRow ){
      res = 1;
    }else{
      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
      rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) :
                                  vtk_sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res);
      pC->nullRow = (Bool) res;
      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    }
    if( res==0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
      vtk_sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
    }
  }else{
    pC->nullRow = 1;
  }
  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 *
**
** The top of the stack holds a SQL index key made using either the
** MakeIdxRec or MakeRecord instructions.  This opcode writes that key
** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
**
** P2 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
** insert is likely to be an append.
**
** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
** for tables is OP_Insert.
*/
case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
    rc = ExpandBlob(pTos);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      int nKey = pTos->n;
      const char *zKey = pTos->z;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p2);
      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    }
  }
  Release(pTos);
  pTos--;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 * *
**
** The top of the stack is an index key built using the either the
** MakeIdxRec or MakeRecord opcodes.
** This opcode removes that entry from the index.
*/
case OP_IdxDelete: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    int res;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCrsr, pTos->z, pTos->n, 0, &res);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
    }
    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  }
  Release(pTos);
  pTos--;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 * *
**
** Push onto the stack an integer which is the last entry in the record at
** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
**
** See also: Rowid, MakeIdxRec.
*/
case OP_IdxRowid: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  pTos++;
  pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
    i64 rowid;

    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
    if( pC->nullRow ){
      pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
    }else{
      rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        goto abort_due_to_error;
      }
      pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
      pTos->u.i = rowid;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 *
**
** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
**
** The top of the stack might have fewer columns that P1.
**
** If the P1 index entry is greater than the top of the stack
** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
** In either case, the stack is popped once.
*/
/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3
**
** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
**
** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the top of the stack
** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
** In either case, the stack is popped once.
**
** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the
** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by
** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work
** like IdxGT except that if the key from the stack is a prefix of
** the key in the cursor, the result is false whereas it would be
** true with IdxGT.
*/
/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3
**
** The top of the stack is an index entry that omits the ROWID.  Compare
** the top of stack against the index that P1 is currently pointing to.
** Ignore the ROWID on the P1 index.
**
** If the P1 index entry is less than  the top of the stack
** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
** In either case, the stack is popped once.
**
** If P3 is the "+" string (or any other non-NULL string) then the
** index taken from the top of the stack is temporarily increased by
** an epsilon prior to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work
** like IdxLE.
*/
case OP_IdxLT:          /* no-push */
case OP_IdxGT:          /* no-push */
case OP_IdxGE: {        /* no-push */
  int i= pOp->p1;
  Cursor *pC;

  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
    int res;
 
    assert( pTos->flags & MEM_Blob );  /* Created using OP_MakeRecord */
    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    ExpandBlob(pTos);
    *pC->pIncrKey = (u8)(pOp->p3!=0);
    assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->opcode!=OP_IdxGT );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, pTos->n, (u8*)pTos->z, &res);
    *pC->pIncrKey = 0;
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      break;
    }
    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
      res = -res;
    }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE ){
      res++;
    }
    if( res>0 ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
    }
  }
  Release(pTos);
  pTos--;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 *
**
** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
** file is given by P1.
**
** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
** is pushed onto the stack.  If no page movement was required (because
** the table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then
** a zero is pushed onto the stack.  If AUTOVACUUM is disabled
** then a zero is pushed onto the stack.
**
** See also: Clear
*/
case OP_Destroy: {
  int iMoved;
  int iCnt;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  Vdbe *pVdbe;
  iCnt = 0;
  for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
    if( pVdbe->magic==(int)VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
      iCnt++;
    }
  }
#else
  iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
#endif
  if( iCnt>1 ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED;
  }else{
    assert( iCnt==1 );
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
    pTos++;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
    pTos->u.i = iMoved;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[pOp->p2], iMoved, pOp->p1);
    }
#endif
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 *
**
** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
** remove the table or index from the database file.
**
** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
**
** See also: Destroy
*/
case OP_Clear: {        /* no-push */

  /* For consistency with the way other features of SQLite operate
  ** with a truncate, we will also skip the update callback.
  */
#if 0
  Btree *pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt;
  if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p3 ){
    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pOp->p2].zName;
    const char *zTbl = pOp->p3;
    BtCursor *pCur = 0;
    int fin = 0;

    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, pOp->p1, 0, 0, 0, &pCur);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
    for(
      rc=vtk_sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCur, &fin); 
      rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && !fin; 
      rc=vtk_sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, &fin)
    ){
      i64 iKey;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &iKey);
      if( rc ){
        break;
      }
      iKey = keyToInt(iKey);
      db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, VTK_SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCur);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      goto abort_due_to_error;
    }
  }
#endif
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 * *
**
** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P2==0 or in the
** auxiliary database file if P2==1.  Push the page number
** for the root page of the new table onto the stack.
**
** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
** has an arbitrary key but no data.
**
** See also: CreateIndex
*/
/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 * *
**
** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P2==0 or in the
** auxiliary database file if P2==1.  Push the page number of the
** root page of the new index onto the stack.
**
** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
*/
case OP_CreateIndex:
case OP_CreateTable: {
  int pgno;
  int flags;
  Db *pDb;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
    flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
  }else{
    flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
  pTos++;
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    pTos->u.i = pgno;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  }else{
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 P3
**
** Read and parse all entries from the VTK_SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
** that match the WHERE clause P3.  P2 is the "force" flag.   Always do
** the parsing if P2 is true.  If P2 is false, then this routine is a
** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded.  In other words, if P2
** is false, the VTK_SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
**
** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a reentrant opcode.
*/
case OP_ParseSchema: {        /* no-push */
  char *zSql;
  int iDb = pOp->p1;
  const char *zMaster;
  InitData initData;

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  if( !pOp->p2 && !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
    break;
  }
  zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
  initData.db = db;
  initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
  initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
  zSql = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf(
     "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
     db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p3);
  if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem;
  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
  db->init.busy = 1;
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, vtk_sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc;
  vtk_sqliteFree(zSql);
  db->init.busy = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM ){
    vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc();
    goto no_mem;
  }
  break;  
}

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * *
**
** Read the vtk_sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
*/
case OP_LoadAnalysis: {        /* no-push */
  int iDb = pOp->p1;
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
  break;  
}
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)  */

/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * P3
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the table named P3 in database P1.  This is called after a table
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTable: {        /* no-push */
  vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * P3
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the index named P3 in database P1.  This is called after an index
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropIndex: {        /* no-push */
  vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * P3
**
** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
** the trigger named P3 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
** schema consistent with what is on disk.
*/
case OP_DropTrigger: {        /* no-push */
  vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
  break;
}


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 *
**
** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Push onto the
** stack the text of an error message describing any problems.
** If no problems are found, push a NULL onto the stack.
**
** P1 is the address of a memory cell that contains the maximum
** number of allowed errors.  At most mem[P1] errors will be reported.
** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as mem[P1] errors are 
** seen.  Mem[P1] is updated with the number of errors remaining.
**
** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
** values on the stack.  This opcode pulls as many integers as it
** can off of the stack and uses those numbers as the root pages.
**
** If P2 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
** file, not the main database file.
**
** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
*/
case OP_IntegrityCk: {
  int nRoot;
  int *aRoot;
  int j;
  int nErr;
  char *z;
  Mem *pnErr;

  for(nRoot=0; &pTos[-nRoot]>=p->aStack; nRoot++){
    if( (pTos[-nRoot].flags & MEM_Int)==0 ) break;
  }
  assert( nRoot>0 );
  aRoot = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int*)*(nRoot+1) );
  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
  j = pOp->p1;
  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nMem );
  pnErr = &p->aMem[j];
  assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
    aRoot[j] = (int) pTos[-j].u.i;
  }
  aRoot[j] = 0;
  popStack(&pTos, nRoot);
  pTos++;
  z = vtk_sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
                                 (int)pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
  pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
  if( nErr==0 ){
    assert( z==0 );
    pTos->flags = MEM_Null;
  }else{
    pTos->z = z;
    pTos->n = strlen(z);
    pTos->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Dyn | MEM_Term;
    pTos->xDel = 0;
  }
  pTos->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pTos, encoding);
  vtk_sqliteFree(aRoot);
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

/* Opcode: FifoWrite * * *
**
** Write the integer on the top of the stack
** into the Fifo.
*/
case OP_FifoWrite: {        /* no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(&p->sFifo, pTos->u.i);
  assert( (pTos->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
  pTos--;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: FifoRead * P2 *
**
** Attempt to read a single integer from the Fifo
** and push it onto the stack.  If the Fifo is empty
** push nothing but instead jump to P2.
*/
case OP_FifoRead: {
  i64 v;
  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(&p->sFifo, &v)==VTK_SQLITE_DONE ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }else{
    pTos++;
    pTos->u.i = v;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
  }
  break;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
**
** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
** count, and the current statement change count.
*/
case OP_ContextPush: {        /* no-push */
  int i = p->contextStackTop++;
  Context *pContext;

  assert( i>=0 );
  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
  if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
    p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
    p->contextStack = vtk_sqliteReallocOrFree(p->contextStack,
                                          sizeof(Context)*(i+1));
    if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
  }
  pContext = &p->contextStack[i];
  pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
  pContext->nChange = p->nChange;
  pContext->sFifo = p->sFifo;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(&p->sFifo);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
**
** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
** change count, and the current statement change count.
*/
case OP_ContextPop: {        /* no-push */
  Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
  db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
  p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
  p->sFifo = pContext->sFifo;
  break;
}
#endif /* #ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */

/* Opcode: MemStore P1 P2 *
**
** Write the top of the stack into memory location P1.
** P1 should be a small integer since space is allocated
** for all memory locations between 0 and P1 inclusive.
**
** After the data is stored in the memory location, the
** stack is popped once if P2 is 1.  If P2 is zero, then
** the original data remains on the stack.
*/
case OP_MemStore: {        /* no-push */
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nMem );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&p->aMem[pOp->p1], pTos);
  pTos--;

  /* If P2 is 0 then fall thru to the next opcode, OP_MemLoad, that will
  ** restore the top of the stack to its original value.
  */
  if( pOp->p2 ){
    break;
  }
}
/* Opcode: MemLoad P1 * *
**
** Push a copy of the value in memory location P1 onto the stack.
**
** If the value is a string, then the value pushed is a pointer to
** the string that is stored in the memory location.  If the memory
** location is subsequently changed (using OP_MemStore) then the
** value pushed onto the stack will change too.
*/
case OP_MemLoad: {
  int i = pOp->p1;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
  pTos++;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTos, &p->aMem[i], MEM_Ephem);
  break;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
/* Opcode: MemMax P1 * *
**
** Set the value of memory cell P1 to the maximum of its current value
** and the value on the top of the stack.  The stack is unchanged.
**
** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
** an integer.
*/
case OP_MemMax: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( pTos>=p->aStack );
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
  pMem = &p->aMem[i];
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pTos);
  if( pMem->u.i<pTos->u.i){
    pMem->u.i = pTos->u.i;
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */

/* Opcode: MemIncr P1 P2 *
**
** Increment the integer valued memory cell P2 by the value in P1.
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a memory cell that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_MemIncr: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p2;
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
  pMem = &p->aMem[i];
  assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int );
  pMem->u.i += pOp->p1;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfMemPos P1 P2 *
**
** If the value of memory cell P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a memory cell that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfMemPos: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
  pMem = &p->aMem[i];
  assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pMem->u.i>0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfMemNeg P1 P2 *
**
** If the value of memory cell P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a memory cell that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfMemNeg: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
  pMem = &p->aMem[i];
  assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pMem->u.i<0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IfMemZero P1 P2 *
**
** If the value of memory cell P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a memory cell that does
** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfMemZero: {        /* no-push */
  int i = pOp->p1;
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nMem );
  pMem = &p->aMem[i];
  assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Int );
  if( pMem->u.i==0 ){
     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: MemNull P1 * *
**
** Store a NULL in memory cell P1
*/
case OP_MemNull: {
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nMem );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&p->aMem[pOp->p1]);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: MemInt P1 P2 *
**
** Store the integer value P1 in memory cell P2.
*/
case OP_MemInt: {
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nMem );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aMem[pOp->p2], pOp->p1);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: MemMove P1 P2 *
**
** Move the content of memory cell P2 over to memory cell P1.
** Any prior content of P1 is erased.  Memory cell P2 is left
** containing a NULL.
*/
case OP_MemMove: {
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nMem );
  assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2<p->nMem );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&p->aMem[pOp->p1], &p->aMem[pOp->p2]);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: AggStep P1 P2 P3
**
** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
** function has P2 arguments.  P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef
** structure that specifies the function.  Use memory location
** P1 as the accumulator.
**
** The P2 arguments are popped from the stack.
*/
case OP_AggStep: {        /* no-push */
  int n = pOp->p2;
  int i;
  Mem *pMem, *pRec;
  vtk_sqlite3_context ctx;
  vtk_sqlite3_value **apVal;

  assert( n>=0 );
  pRec = &pTos[1-n];
  assert( pRec>=p->aStack );
  apVal = p->apArg;
  assert( apVal || n==0 );
  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
    apVal[i] = pRec;
    storeTypeInfo(pRec, encoding);
  }
  ctx.pFunc = (FuncDef*)pOp->p3;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nMem );
  ctx.pMem = pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  pMem->n++;
  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
  ctx.s.z = 0;
  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
  ctx.isError = 0;
  ctx.pColl = 0;
  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
    assert( pOp[-1].p3type==P3_COLLSEQ );
    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
    ctx.pColl = (CollSeq *)pOp[-1].p3;
  }
  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal);
  popStack(&pTos, n);
  if( ctx.isError ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s), (char*)0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
  break;
}

/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 P3
**
** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
**
** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
** P3 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
** P3 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
** the step function was not previously called.
*/
case OP_AggFinal: {        /* no-push */
  Mem *pMem;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nMem );
  pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, (FuncDef*)pOp->p3);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_ERROR ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3_value_text(pMem), (char*)0);
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
    goto too_big;
  }
  break;
}


#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
/* Opcode: Vacuum * * *
**
** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
** a transaction.
*/
case OP_Vacuum: {        /* no-push */
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
  rc = vtk_sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  break;
}
#endif

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 *
**
** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* no-push */
  Btree *pBt;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_DONE ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  break;
}
#endif

/* Opcode: Expire P1 * *
**
** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
** fails with an error code of VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
** (via vtk_sqlite3_step()).
** 
** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
*/
case OP_Expire: {        /* no-push */
  if( !pOp->p1 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  }else{
    p->expired = 1;
  }
  break;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3
**
** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
**
** If P1 is not negative, then it is the index of the database
** in vtk_sqlite3.aDb[] and a read-lock is required. If P1 is negative, a 
** write-lock is required. In this case the index of the database is the 
** absolute value of P1 minus one (iDb = abs(P1) - 1;) and a write-lock is
** required. 
**
** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
**
** P3 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
*/
case OP_TableLock: {        /* no-push */
  int p1 = pOp->p1; 
  u8 isWriteLock = (u8)(p1<0);
  if( isWriteLock ){
    p1 = (-1*p1)-1;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED ){
    const char *z = (const char *)pOp->p3;
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "database table is locked: ", z, (char*)0);
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VBegin * * P3
**
** P3 a pointer to an vtk_sqlite3_vtab structure. Call the xBegin method 
** for that table.
*/
case OP_VBegin: {   /* no-push */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VtabBegin(db, (vtk_sqlite3_vtab *)pOp->p3);
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * P3
**
** P3 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
** for that table.
*/
case OP_VCreate: {   /* no-push */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, &p->zErrMsg);
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * P3
**
** P3 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
** of that table.
*/
case OP_VDestroy: {   /* no-push */
  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p3);
  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * P3
**
** P3 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an vtk_sqlite3_vtab structure.
** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
** table and stores that cursor in P1.
*/
case OP_VOpen: {   /* no-push */
  Cursor *pCur = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = 0;

  vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = (vtk_sqlite3_vtab *)(pOp->p3);
  vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule = (vtk_sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;

  assert(pVtab && pModule);
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK==rc ){
    /* Initialise vtk_sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
    pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;

    /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
    pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, -1);
    if( pCur ){
      pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
      pCur->pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
    }else{
      pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
    }
  }
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3
**
** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
** the filtered result set is empty.
**
** P3 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P3 string is left
** to the module implementation.
**
** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is the top of the
** stack.  Next down on the stack is the argc parameter.  Beneath the
** next of stack are argc additional parameters which are passed to
** xFilter as argv. The topmost parameter (i.e. 3rd element popped from
** the stack) becomes argv[argc-1] when passed to xFilter.
**
** The integer query plan parameter, argc, and all argv stack values 
** are popped from the stack before this instruction completes.
**
** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be 
** empty.
*/
case OP_VFilter: {   /* no-push */
  int nArg;

  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;

  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters off the top of the stack. */
  assert( (&pTos[-1])>=p->aStack );
  assert( (pTos[0].flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pTos[-1].flags==MEM_Int );
  nArg = (int) pTos[-1].u.i;

  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
  {
    int res = 0;
    int i;
    Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
    for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
      apArg[i] = &pTos[i+1-2-nArg];
      storeTypeInfo(apArg[i], 0);
    }

    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
    rc = pModule->xFilter(pCur->pVtabCursor, (int)(pTos->u.i), pOp->p3, nArg, apArg);
    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;

    if( res ){
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }

  /* Pop the index number, argc value and parameters off the stack */
  popStack(&pTos, 2+nArg);
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRowid P1 * *
**
** Push an integer onto the stack which is the rowid of
** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.
*/
case OP_VRowid: {
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
  if( pModule->xRowid==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "Unsupported module operation: xRowid", 0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  } else {
    vtk_sqlite_int64 iRow;

    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    rc = pModule->xRowid(pCur->pVtabCursor, &iRow);
    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;

    pTos++;
    pTos->flags = MEM_Int;
    pTos->u.i = iRow;
  }

  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 *
**
** Push onto the stack the value of the P2-th column of
** the row of the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.
*/
case OP_VColumn: {
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
  if( pModule->xColumn==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "Unsupported module operation: xColumn", 0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  } else {
    vtk_sqlite3_context sContext;
    memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
    sContext.s.flags = MEM_Null;
    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);

    /* Copy the result of the function to the top of the stack. We
    ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occured to ensure any
    ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
    pTos++;
    pTos->flags = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pTos, &sContext.s);

    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
      goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pTos) ){
      goto too_big;
    }
  }
  
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 *
**
** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_VNext: {   /* no-push */
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule;
  int res = 0;

  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
  pModule = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
  if( pModule->xNext==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "Unsupported module operation: xNext", 0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  } else {
    /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
    ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
    ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that 
    ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
    ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
    */
    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
    rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;

    if( !res ){
      /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    }
  }

  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VRename * * P3
**
** P3 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an vtk_sqlite3_vtab structure.
** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
** on the top of the stack is popped and passed as the zName argument
** to the xRename method.
*/
case OP_VRename: {   /* no-push */
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = (vtk_sqlite3_vtab *)(pOp->p3);
  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );

  Stringify(pTos, encoding);

  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
  vtk_sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
  rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pTos->z);
  vtk_sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;

  popStack(&pTos, 1);
  break;
}
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3
**
** P3 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an vtk_sqlite3_vtab structure.
** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
** are taken from the stack to pass to the xUpdate invocation. The
** value on the top of the stack corresponds to the p2th element 
** of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
**
** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to the P2-th element down
** on the stack) is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is
** NULL then no deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid
** of the new row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table
** select the new rowid for itself.  The higher elements in the
** stack are the values of columns in the new row.
**
** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
** a row to delete.
**
** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
** is successful, then the value returned by vtk_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
*/
case OP_VUpdate: {   /* no-push */
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = (vtk_sqlite3_vtab *)(pOp->p3);
  vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule = (vtk_sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
  int nArg = pOp->p2;
  assert( pOp->p3type==P3_VTAB );
  if( pModule->xUpdate==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "read-only table", 0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    int i;
    vtk_sqlite_int64 rowid;
    Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
    Mem *pX = &pTos[1-nArg];
    for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++, pX++){
      storeTypeInfo(pX, 0);
      apArg[i] = pX;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    vtk_sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
    rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
    vtk_sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
    if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
    if( pOp->p1 && rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
      db->lastRowid = rowid;
    }
  }
  popStack(&pTos, nArg);
  break;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/* An other opcode is illegal...
*/
default: {
  assert( 0 );
  break;
}

/*****************************************************************************
** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
** restored.
*****************************************************************************/
    }

    /* Make sure the stack limit was not exceeded */
    assert( pTos<=pStackLimit );

#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
    {
      long long elapse = hwtime() - start;
      pOp->cycles += elapse;
      pOp->cnt++;
#if 0
        fprintf(stdout, "%10lld ", elapse);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
#endif
    }
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
    /* Keep track of the size of the largest BLOB or STR that has appeared
    ** on the top of the VDBE stack.
    */
    if( pTos>=p->aStack && (pTos->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0
         && pTos->n>vtk_sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
      vtk_sqlite3_max_blobsize = pTos->n;
    }
#endif

    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
    */
#ifndef NDEBUG
    /* Sanity checking on the top element of the stack. If the previous
    ** instruction was VNoChange, then the flags field of the top
    ** of the stack is set to 0. This is technically invalid for a memory
    ** cell, so avoid calling MemSanity() in this case.
    */
    if( pTos>=p->aStack && pTos->flags ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(pTos);
      assert( !vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pTos) );
    }
    assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* Code for tracing the vdbe stack. */
    if( p->trace && pTos>=p->aStack ){
      int i;
      fprintf(p->trace, "Stack:");
      for(i=0; i>-5 && &pTos[i]>=p->aStack; i--){
        if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Null ){
          fprintf(p->trace, " NULL");
        }else if( (pTos[i].flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
          fprintf(p->trace, " si:%lld", pTos[i].u.i);
        }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Int ){
          fprintf(p->trace, " i:%lld", pTos[i].u.i);
        }else if( pTos[i].flags & MEM_Real ){
          fprintf(p->trace, " r:%g", pTos[i].r);
        }else{
          char zBuf[200];
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(&pTos[i], zBuf);
          fprintf(p->trace, " ");
          fprintf(p->trace, "%s", zBuf);
        }
      }
      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace," rc=%d",rc);
      fprintf(p->trace,"\n");
    }
#endif  /* VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG */
#endif  /* NDEBUG */
  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */

  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished.
  */
vdbe_halt:
  if( rc ){
    p->rc = rc;
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
  p->pTos = pTos;
  return rc;

  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
  ** is encountered.
  */
too_big:
  vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "string or blob too big", (char*)0);
  rc = VTK_SQLITE_TOOBIG;
  goto vdbe_halt;

  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
  */
no_mem:
  vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0);
  rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  goto vdbe_halt;

  /* Jump to here for an VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE error.
  */
abort_due_to_misuse:
  rc = VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */

  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
  ** should hold the error number.
  */
abort_due_to_error:
  if( p->zErrMsg==0 ){
    if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
  }
  goto vdbe_halt;

  /* Jump to here if the vtk_sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
  ** flag.
  */
abort_due_to_interrupt:
  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
  if( db->magic!=(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }else{
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
  }
  p->rc = rc;
  vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
  goto vdbe_halt;
}

/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2007 May 1
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
**
** Id
*/


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB

/*
** Valid vtk_sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
*/
typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
struct Incrblob {
  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to vtk_sqlite3_blob_open() */
  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
};

/*
** Open a blob handle.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_open(
  vtk_sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
  vtk_sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
  vtk_sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
){
  int nAttempt = 0;
  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */

  /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
  ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
  ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
  ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
  ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
  **
  ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_Callback.
  ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
  ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
  ** blob_bytes() functions.
  **
  ** The vtk_sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
  ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
  ** transaction.
  */
  static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
    {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0},     /* 0: Start a transaction */
    {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0},    /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
    {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0},         /* 2: Database number */

    /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an
    ** OP_Noop before exection.
    */
    {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0},        /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */
    {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0},       /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
    {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0},   /* 5: Num cols for cursor */

    {OP_Variable, 1, 0, 0},        /* 6: Push the rowid to the stack */
    {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 0},      /* 7: Seek the cursor */
    {OP_Column, 0, 0, 0},          /* 8  */
    {OP_Callback, 0, 0, 0},        /* 9  */
    {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0},           /* 10 */
    {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},            /* 11 */
  };

  Vdbe *v = 0;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  char zErr[128];

  zErr[0] = 0;
  do {
    Parse sParse;
    Table *pTab;

    memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
    sParse.db = db;

    rc = vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }

    pTab = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, zTable, zDb);
    if( !pTab ){
      if( sParse.zErrMsg ){
        vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
      }
      vtk_sqliteFree(sParse.zErrMsg);
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
      vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
      goto blob_open_out;
    }

    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
    for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
      if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
        break;
      }
    }
    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
      vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
      goto blob_open_out;
    }

    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
    ** column is not indexed. It is against the rules to open an
    ** indexed column for writing.
    */
    if( flags ){
      Index *pIdx;
      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        int j;
        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
            vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
                             "cannot open indexed column for writing");
            rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
            vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
            goto blob_open_out;
          }
        }
      }
    }

    v = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
    if( v ){
      int iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);

      /* Configure the OP_Transaction */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, (flags ? 1 : 0));

      /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);

      /* Configure the db number pushed onto the stack */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb);

      /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
      ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. 
      */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, (flags ? 3 : 4), 1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, (flags ? 4 : 3), pTab->tnum);

      /* Configure the OP_SetNumColumns. Configure the cursor to
      ** think that the table has one more column than it really
      ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
      */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 5, pTab->nCol+1);
      if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 0, 1, 0);
      }
    }

    rc = vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
      goto blob_open_out;
    }

    vtk_sqlite3_bind_int64((vtk_sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3_step((vtk_sqlite3_stmt *)v);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_ROW ){
      nAttempt++;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3_finalize((vtk_sqlite3_stmt *)v);
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, vtk_sqlite3_errmsg(db));
      v = 0;
    }
  } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA );

  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_ROW ){
    /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the
    ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains
    ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right.
    */
    Incrblob *pBlob;
    u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol];

    if( type<12 ){
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "cannot open value of type %s",
          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
      );
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
      goto blob_open_out;
    }
    pBlob = (Incrblob *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Incrblob));
    if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pBlob);
      goto blob_open_out;
    }
    pBlob->flags = flags;
    pBlob->pCsr =  v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr);
    pBlob->pStmt = (vtk_sqlite3_stmt *)v;
    pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol];
    pBlob->nByte = vtk_sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
    *ppBlob = (vtk_sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

blob_open_out:
  zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    vtk_sqlite3_finalize((vtk_sqlite3_stmt *)v);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK?0:zErr));
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}

/*
** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
** vtk_sqlite3_blob_open().
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_close(vtk_sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = p->pStmt;
  vtk_sqliteFree(p);
  return vtk_sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}


static int blobReadWrite(
  vtk_sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
  void *z, 
  int n, 
  int iOffset, 
  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
){
  int rc;
  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
  Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)(p->pStmt);
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;  

  /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
  ** already been invalidated. Return VTK_SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
  */
  if( !v ) return VTK_SQLITE_ABORT;

  /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
  if( (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If VTK_SQLITE_ABORT is
  ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
  */
  db = v->db;
  rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_ABORT ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
    p->pStmt = 0;
  }else{
    db->errCode = rc;
    v->rc = rc;
  }

  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}

/*
** Read data from a blob handle.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_read(vtk_sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, vtk_sqlite3BtreeData);
}

/*
** Write data to a blob handle.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_write(vtk_sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, vtk_sqlite3BtreePutData);
}

/*
** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_blob_bytes(vtk_sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
  return p->nByte;
}

#endif /* #ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
**
** Id
*/

/*
** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
**
** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
** indicating no affinity for the expression.
**
** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
** have an affinity:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
  int op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
    return vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
  if( op==TK_CAST ){
    return vtk_sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
  }
#endif
  return pExpr->affinity;
}

/*
** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to the revised expression.
** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
** flag.  An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
** collating sequences.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
  pColl = vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
  if( pColl ){
    pExpr->pColl = pColl;
    pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
  }
  return pExpr;
}

/*
** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
** there is no default collation type, return 0.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
  if( pExpr ){
    int op;
    pColl = pExpr->pColl;
    op = pExpr->op;
    if( (op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS) && !pColl ){
      return vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
    }
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
    pColl = 0;
  }
  return pColl;
}

/*
** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char vtk_sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
  char aff1 = vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
    */
    if( vtk_sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || vtk_sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
    }else{
      return VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
    }
  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
    ** results directly.
    */
    return VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
  }else{
    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
    return (aff1 + aff2);
  }
}

/*
** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
*/
static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
  char aff;
  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
          pExpr->op==TK_NE );
  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
  aff = vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
  if( pExpr->pRight ){
    aff = vtk_sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
  }
  else if( pExpr->pSelect ){
    aff = vtk_sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
  }
  else if( !aff ){
    aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
  }
  return aff;
}

/*
** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
** the comparison in pExpr.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
  switch( aff ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
      return 1;
    case VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
      return idx_affinity==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
    default:
      return vtk_sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
  }
}

/*
** Return the P1 value that should be used for a binary comparison
** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
** If jumpIfNull is true, then set the low byte of the returned
** P1 value to tell the opcode to jump if either expression
** evaluates to NULL.
*/
static int binaryCompareP1(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
  char aff = vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
  return ((int)vtk_sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff))+(jumpIfNull?0x100:0);
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
**
** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
** type.
**
** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
** it is not considered.
*/
CollSeq* vtk_sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
  Parse *pParse, 
  Expr *pLeft, 
  Expr *pRight
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  assert( pLeft );
  if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
    assert( pLeft->pColl );
    pColl = pLeft->pColl;
  }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
    assert( pRight->pColl );
    pColl = pRight->pColl;
  }else{
    pColl = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
    if( !pColl ){
      pColl = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
    }
  }
  return pColl;
}

/*
** Generate code for a comparison operator.
*/
static int codeCompare(
  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
){
  int p1 = binaryCompareP1(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
  CollSeq *p3 = vtk_sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
  return vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, p1, dest, (void*)p3, P3_COLLSEQ);
}

/*
** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
** for this node is obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc().  The calling function
** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3Expr(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, const Token *pToken){
  Expr *pNew;
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    /* When malloc fails, delete pLeft and pRight. Expressions passed to 
    ** this function must always be allocated with vtk_sqlite3Expr() for this 
    ** reason. 
    */
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight);
    return 0;
  }
  pNew->op = (u8)op;
  pNew->pLeft = pLeft;
  pNew->pRight = pRight;
  pNew->iAgg = -1;
  if( pToken ){
    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
    pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken;
  }else if( pLeft ){
    if( pRight ){
      vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span);
      if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
        pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
        pNew->pColl = pRight->pColl;
      }
    }
    if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
      pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
      pNew->pColl = pLeft->pColl;
    }
  }

  vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew);
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Works like vtk_sqlite3Expr() but frees its pLeft and pRight arguments
** if it fails due to a malloc problem.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprOrFree(int op, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight, const Token *pToken){
  Expr *pNew = vtk_sqlite3Expr(op, pLeft, pRight, pToken);
  if( pNew==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pLeft);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pRight);
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** When doing a nested parse, you can include terms in an expression
** that look like this:   #0 #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to elements
** on the stack.  "#0" means the top of the stack.
** "#1" means the next down on the stack.  And so forth.
**
** This routine is called by the parser to deal with on of those terms.
** It immediately generates code to store the value in a memory location.
** The returns an expression that will code to extract the value from
** that memory location as needed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  Expr *p;
  int depth;
  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", pToken);
    return vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
  }
  if( v==0 ) return 0;
  p = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, pToken);
  if( p==0 ){
    return 0;  /* Malloc failed */
  }
  depth = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]);
  p->iTable = pParse->nMem++;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, depth, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, p->iTable, 1);
  return p;
}

/*
** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
** NULL, then just return the other expression.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprAnd(Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
  if( pLeft==0 ){
    return pRight;
  }else if( pRight==0 ){
    return pLeft;
  }else{
    return vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all
** text between the two given tokens.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){
  assert( pRight!=0 );
  assert( pLeft!=0 );
  if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() && pRight->z && pLeft->z ){
    assert( pLeft->dyn==0 || pLeft->z[pLeft->n]==0 );
    if( pLeft->dyn==0 && pRight->dyn==0 ){
      pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z;
      pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + (pRight->z - pLeft->z);
    }else{
      pExpr->span.z = 0;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
** arguments.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprFunction(ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
  Expr *pNew;
  assert( pToken );
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Expr) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList); /* Avoid leaking memory when malloc fails */
    return 0;
  }
  pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION;
  pNew->pList = pList;
  assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
  pNew->token = *pToken;
  pNew->span = pNew->token;

  vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pNew);
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
** in the original SQL statement.  
**
** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
** variable number.
**
** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
**
** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
** assigned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  Token *pToken;
  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
  pToken = &pExpr->token;
  assert( pToken->n>=1 );
  assert( pToken->z!=0 );
  assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 );
  if( pToken->n==1 ){
    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
    pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
  }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){
    /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
    ** use it as the variable number */
    int i;
    pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]);
    if( i<1 || i>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
          VTK_SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
    }
    if( i>pParse->nVar ){
      pParse->nVar = i;
    }
  }else{
    /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa".  Reuse the same variable
    ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
    ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
    */
    int i, n;
    n = pToken->n;
    for(i=0; i<pParse->nVarExpr; i++){
      Expr *pE;
      if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0
          && pE->token.n==(unsigned int)n
          && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){
        pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
        break;
      }
    }
    if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
      pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
      if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
        pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
        pParse->apVarExpr = vtk_sqliteReallocOrFree(pParse->apVarExpr,
                       pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0]) );
      }
      if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
        assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
        pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
      }
    }
  } 
  if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
  }
}

/*
** Recursively delete an expression tree.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(Expr *p){
  if( p==0 ) return;
  if( p->span.dyn ) vtk_sqliteFree((char*)p->span.z);
  if( p->token.dyn ) vtk_sqliteFree((char*)p->token.z);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLeft);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pRight);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pList);
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
  vtk_sqliteFree(p);
}

/*
** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted.
** If so, remove the quotation marks.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr *p){
  if( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){
    return;
  }
  ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted);
  if( p->token.dyn==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(&p->token, &p->token);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z);
}


/*
** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
** without effecting the originals.
**
** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(),
** vtk_sqlite3IdListDup(), and vtk_sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
** by subsequent calls to vtk_sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
**
** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(Expr *p){
  Expr *pNew;
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
  memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew));
  if( p->token.z!=0 ){
    pNew->token.z = (u8*)vtk_sqliteStrNDup((char*)p->token.z, p->token.n);
    pNew->token.dyn = 1;
  }else{
    assert( pNew->token.z==0 );
  }
  pNew->span.z = 0;
  pNew->pLeft = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLeft);
  pNew->pRight = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(p->pRight);
  pNew->pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pList);
  pNew->pSelect = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
  return pNew;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){
  if( pTo->dyn ) vtk_sqliteFree((char*)pTo->z);
  if( pFrom->z ){
    pTo->n = pFrom->n;
    pTo->z = (u8*)vtk_sqliteStrNDup((char*)pFrom->z, pFrom->n);
    pTo->dyn = 1;
  }else{
    pTo->z = 0;
  }
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(ExprList *p){
  ExprList *pNew;
  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
  int i;
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
  pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
  pNew->a = pItem = vtk_sqliteMalloc( p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
  if( pItem==0 ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pNew);
    return 0;
  } 
  pOldItem = p->a;
  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
    Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr;
    pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr);
    if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){
      /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the
      ** expression list.  The logic in SELECT processing that determines
      ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */
      vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(&pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span);
    }
    assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 
            || pOldExpr->span.z==0
            || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
    pItem->zName = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
    pItem->isAgg = pOldItem->isAgg;
    pItem->done = 0;
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
** vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. vtk_sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
** called with a NULL argument.
*/
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
 || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *vtk_sqlite3SrcListDup(SrcList *p){
  SrcList *pNew;
  int i;
  int nByte;
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( nByte );
  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
    Table *pTab;
    pNewItem->zDatabase = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zDatabase);
    pNewItem->zName = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
    pNewItem->zAlias = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zAlias);
    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
    pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;
    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
    if( pTab ){
      pTab->nRef++;
    }
    pNewItem->pSelect = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pOldItem->pSelect);
    pNewItem->pOn = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pOldItem->pOn);
    pNewItem->pUsing = vtk_sqlite3IdListDup(pOldItem->pUsing);
    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
  }
  return pNew;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *vtk_sqlite3IdListDup(IdList *p){
  IdList *pNew;
  int i;
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*pNew) );
  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
  pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
  pNew->a = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
  if( pNew->a==0 ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pNew);
    return 0;
  }
  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
    pNewItem->zName = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pOldItem->zName);
    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
  }
  return pNew;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){
  Select *pNew;
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(*p) );
  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
  pNew->isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
  pNew->pEList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pEList);
  pNew->pSrc = vtk_sqlite3SrcListDup(p->pSrc);
  pNew->pWhere = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
  pNew->pGroupBy = vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pGroupBy);
  pNew->pHaving = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(p->pHaving);
  pNew->pOrderBy = vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pOrderBy);
  pNew->op = p->op;
  pNew->pPrior = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(p->pPrior);
  pNew->pLimit = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(p->pLimit);
  pNew->pOffset = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(p->pOffset);
  pNew->iLimit = -1;
  pNew->iOffset = -1;
  pNew->isResolved = p->isResolved;
  pNew->isAgg = p->isAgg;
  pNew->usesEphm = 0;
  pNew->disallowOrderBy = 0;
  pNew->pRightmost = 0;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
  return pNew;
}
#else
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(Select *p){
  assert( p==0 );
  return 0;
}
#endif


/*
** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(ExprList *pList, Expr *pExpr, Token *pName){
  if( pList==0 ){
    pList = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(ExprList) );
    if( pList==0 ){
      goto no_mem;
    }
    assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
  }
  if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
    struct ExprList_item *a;
    int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
    a = vtk_sqliteRealloc(pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
    if( a==0 ){
      goto no_mem;
    }
    pList->a = a;
    pList->nAlloc = n;
  }
  assert( pList->a!=0 );
  if( pExpr || pName ){
    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
    pItem->zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
  }
  return pList;

no_mem:     
  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
  return 0;
}

/*
** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
** leave an error message in pParse.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
  Parse *pParse,
  ExprList *pEList,
  int iLimit,
  const char *zObject
){
  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>iLimit ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
  }
}


#if VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
** first argument.
**
** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
** value.
*/
static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
  if( p ){
    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
    }
  }
}
static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
  if( p ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
    }
  }
}
static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
  if( p ){
    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
  }
}

/*
** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
** referenced Expr plus one.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Expr *p){
  int nHeight = 0;
  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
  heightOfExprList(p->pList, &nHeight);
  heightOfSelect(p->pSelect, &nHeight);
  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
}

/*
** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
** by the select statement passed as an argument.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
  int nHeight = 0;
  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
  return nHeight;
}
#endif

/*
** Delete an entire expression list.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(ExprList *pList){
  int i;
  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  if( pList==0 ) return;
  assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
  assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pExpr);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(pList->a);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pList);
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Call xFunc for each node visited.
**
** The return value from xFunc determines whether the tree walk continues.
** 0 means continue walking the tree.  1 means do not walk children
** of the current node but continue with siblings.  2 means abandon
** the tree walk completely.
**
** The return value from this routine is 1 to abandon the tree walk
** and 0 to continue.
**
** NOTICE:  This routine does *not* descend into subqueries.
*/
static int walkExprList(ExprList *, int (*)(void *, Expr*), void *);
static int walkExprTree(Expr *pExpr, int (*xFunc)(void*,Expr*), void *pArg){
  int rc;
  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
  rc = (*xFunc)(pArg, pExpr);
  if( rc==0 ){
    if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pLeft, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
    if( walkExprTree(pExpr->pRight, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
    if( walkExprList(pExpr->pList, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
  }
  return rc>1;
}

/*
** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in list p.
*/
static int walkExprList(ExprList *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){
  int i;
  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  if( !p ) return 0;
  for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
    if( walkExprTree(pItem->pExpr, xFunc, pArg) ) return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Call walkExprTree() for every expression in Select p, not including
** expressions that are part of sub-selects in any FROM clause or the LIMIT
** or OFFSET expressions..
*/
static int walkSelectExpr(Select *p, int (*xFunc)(void *, Expr*), void *pArg){
  walkExprList(p->pEList, xFunc, pArg);
  walkExprTree(p->pWhere, xFunc, pArg);
  walkExprList(p->pGroupBy, xFunc, pArg);
  walkExprTree(p->pHaving, xFunc, pArg);
  walkExprList(p->pOrderBy, xFunc, pArg);
  if( p->pPrior ){
    walkSelectExpr(p->pPrior, xFunc, pArg);
  }
  return 0;
}


/*
** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree().
**
** pArg is really a pointer to an integer.  If we can tell by looking
** at pExpr that the expression that contains pExpr is not a constant
** expression, then set *pArg to 0 and return 2 to abandon the tree walk.
** If pExpr does does not disqualify the expression from being a constant
** then do nothing.
**
** After walking the whole tree, if no nodes are found that disqualify
** the expression as constant, then we assume the whole expression
** is constant.  See vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstant() for additional information.
*/
static int exprNodeIsConstant(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
  int *pN = (int*)pArg;

  /* If *pArg is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
  ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
  ** from being considered constant. */
  if( (*pN)==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
    *pN = 0;
    return 2;
  }

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
    ** and *pArg==2 */
    case TK_FUNCTION:
      if( (*pN)==2 ) return 0;
      /* Fall through */
    case TK_ID:
    case TK_COLUMN:
    case TK_DOT:
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    case TK_SELECT:
    case TK_EXISTS:
#endif
      *pN = 0;
      return 2;
    case TK_IN:
      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
        *pN = 0;
        return 2;
      }
    default:
      return 0;
  }
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
**
** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
** a constant.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
  int isConst = 1;
  walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
  return isConst;
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
** an ON or USING clause.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
  int isConst = 3;
  walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
  return isConst!=0;
}

/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
** are any variables.
**
** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
** a constant.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
  int isConst = 2;
  walkExprTree(p, exprNodeIsConstant, &isConst);
  return isConst!=0;
}

/*
** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
  switch( p->op ){
    case TK_INTEGER: {
      if( vtk_sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue) ){
        return 1;
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_UPLUS: {
      return vtk_sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
    }
    case TK_UMINUS: {
      int v;
      if( vtk_sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
        *pValue = -v;
        return 1;
      }
      break;
    }
    default: break;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
  return 0;
}

/*
** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
** are made to pExpr:
**
**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database holding
**                         the table.
**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
**                         from pSrcList.
**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
**
** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
** can be used.  The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL.  If pTableToken is NULL it
** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
** can be used.
**
** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
** in pParse and return non-zero.  Return zero on success.
*/
static int lookupName(
  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
  Token *pDbToken,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
  Token *pTableToken,  /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
  Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
){
  char *zDb = 0;       /* Name of the database.  The "X" in X.Y.Z */
  char *zTab = 0;      /* Name of the table.  The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
  char *zCol = 0;      /* Name of the column.  The "Z" */
  int i, j;            /* Loop counters */
  int cnt = 0;         /* Number of matching column names */
  int cntTab = 0;      /* Number of matching table names */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */

  assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
  zDb = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbToken);
  zTab = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableToken);
  zCol = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pColumnToken);
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto lookupname_end;
  }

  pExpr->iTable = -1;
  while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
    ExprList *pEList;
    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;

    if( pSrcList ){
      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
        Table *pTab;
        int iDb;
        Column *pCol;
  
        pTab = pItem->pTab;
        assert( pTab!=0 );
        iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
        if( zTab ){
          if( pItem->zAlias ){
            char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
            if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
          }else{
            char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
            if( zTabName==0 || vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
            if( zDb!=0 && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
              continue;
            }
          }
        }
        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
          pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
          pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
          pMatch = pItem;
        }
        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
          if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
            const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
            IdList *pUsing;
            cnt++;
            pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
            pMatch = pItem;
            pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
            pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
            if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){
              pExpr->pColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0);
            }
            if( i<pSrcList->nSrc-1 ){
              if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
                /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join,
                ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */
                pItem++;
                i++;
              }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){
                /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause
                ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join
                ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */
                int k;
                for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
                  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){
                    pItem++;
                    i++;
                    break;
                  }
                }
              }
            }
            break;
          }
        }
      }
    }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
    */
    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
      TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
      Table *pTab = 0;
      if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
        pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
        assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
        pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
      }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){
        pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
        assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
        pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
      }

      if( pTab ){ 
        int iCol;
        Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;

        pExpr->pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
        cntTab++;
        for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) {
          if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
            const char *zColl = pTab->aCol[iCol].zColl;
            cnt++;
            pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol;
            pExpr->affinity = pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity;
            if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate)==0 ){
              pExpr->pColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl,-1, 0);
            }
            pExpr->pTab = pTab;
            break;
          }
        }
      }
    }
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

    /*
    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
    */
    if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && vtk_sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
      cnt = 1;
      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
      pExpr->affinity = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
    }

    /*
    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
    **
    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
    **
    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
    */
    if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
      for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
        if( zAs!=0 && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
          Expr *pDup;
          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
          assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
          assert( pExpr->pSelect==0 );
          pDup = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[j].pExpr);
          if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
            pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
            pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
          }
          if( pExpr->span.dyn ) vtk_sqliteFree((char*)pExpr->span.z);
          if( pExpr->token.dyn ) vtk_sqliteFree((char*)pExpr->token.z);
          memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
          vtk_sqliteFree(pDup);
          cnt = 1;
          pMatch = 0;
          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
          goto lookupname_end_2;
        }
      } 
    }

    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
    */
    if( cnt==0 ){
      pNC = pNC->pNext;
    }
  }

  /*
  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
  ** pExpr.
  **
  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
  ** fields are not changed in any context.
  */
  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(zCol);
    return 0;
  }

  /*
  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
  */
  if( cnt!=1 ){
    char *z = 0;
    char *zErr;
    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column: %s" : "ambiguous column name: %s";
    if( zDb ){
      vtk_sqlite3SetString(&z, zDb, ".", zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0);
    }else if( zTab ){
      vtk_sqlite3SetString(&z, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0);
    }else{
      z = vtk_sqliteStrDup(zCol);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zErr, z);
    vtk_sqliteFree(z);
    pTopNC->nErr++;
  }

  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
  */
  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
    if( n>=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ){
      n = sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1;
    }
    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
  }

lookupname_end:
  /* Clean up and return
  */
  vtk_sqliteFree(zDb);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zTab);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pLeft);
  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr->pRight);
  pExpr->pRight = 0;
  pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
lookupname_end_2:
  vtk_sqliteFree(zCol);
  if( cnt==1 ){
    assert( pNC!=0 );
    vtk_sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pNC->pSrcList);
    if( pMatch && !pMatch->pSelect ){
      pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
    }
    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
    ** the point where the name matched. */
    for(;;){
      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
      pTopNC->nRef++;
      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
    }
    return 0;
  } else {
    return 1;
  }
}

/*
** This routine is designed as an xFunc for walkExprTree().
**
** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
**
** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
*/
static int nameResolverStep(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
  NameContext *pNC = (NameContext*)pArg;
  Parse *pParse;

  if( pExpr==0 ) return 1;
  assert( pNC!=0 );
  pParse = pNC->pParse;

  if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return 1;
  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
    }
  }
#endif
  switch( pExpr->op ){
    /* Double-quoted strings (ex: "abc") are used as identifiers if
    ** possible.  Otherwise they remain as strings.  Single-quoted
    ** strings (ex: 'abc') are always string literals.
    */
    case TK_STRING: {
      if( pExpr->token.z[0]=='\'' ) break;
      /* Fall thru into the TK_ID case if this is a double-quoted string */
    }
    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
    */
    case TK_ID: {
      lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr);
      return 1;
    }
  
    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
    */
    case TK_DOT: {
      Token *pColumn;
      Token *pTable;
      Token *pDb;
      Expr *pRight;

      /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
        pDb = 0;
        pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
        pColumn = &pRight->token;
      }else{
        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
        pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
        pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
        pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
      }
      lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr);
      return 1;
    }

    /* Resolve function names
    */
    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
    case TK_FUNCTION: {
      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;    /* The argument list */
      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;  /* Number of arguments */
      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
      int i;
      int auth;                   /* Authorization to use the function */
      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
      int enc = ENC(pParse->db);  /* The database encoding */

      zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
      nId = pExpr->token.n;
      pDef = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, (u8)enc, 0);
      if( pDef==0 ){
        pDef = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, (u8)enc, 0);
        if( pDef==0 ){
          no_such_func = 1;
        }else{
          wrong_num_args = 1;
        }
      }else{
        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
      }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
      if( pDef ){
        auth = vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
        if( auth!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          if( auth==VTK_SQLITE_DENY ){
            vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
                                    pDef->zName);
            pNC->nErr++;
          }
          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
          return 1;
        }
      }
#endif
      if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
        is_agg = 0;
      }else if( no_such_func ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
             nId, zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
      }
      if( is_agg ){
        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
        pNC->hasAgg = 1;
      }
      if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0;
      for(i=0; pNC->nErr==0 && i<n; i++){
        walkExprTree(pList->a[i].pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC);
      }
      if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1;
      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
      ** type of the function 
      */
      return is_agg;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    case TK_SELECT:
    case TK_EXISTS:
#endif
    case TK_IN: {
      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
        if( pNC->isCheck ){
          vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
        }
#endif
        vtk_sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, pNC);
        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
        }
      }
      break;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
    case TK_VARIABLE: {
      if( pNC->isCheck ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
      }
      break;
    }
#endif
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
** table columns.  Nodes of the form ID.ID or ID resolve into an
** index to the table in the table list and a column offset.  The 
** Expr.opcode for such nodes is changed to TK_COLUMN.  The Expr.iTable
** value is changed to the index of the referenced table in pTabList
** plus the "base" value.  The base value will ultimately become the
** VDBE cursor number for a cursor that is pointing into the referenced
** table.  The Expr.iColumn value is changed to the index of the column 
** of the referenced table.  The Expr.iColumn value for the special
** ROWID column is -1.  Any INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is tried as an
** alias for ROWID.
**
** Also resolve function names and check the functions for proper
** usage.  Make sure all function names are recognized and all functions
** have the correct number of arguments.  Leave an error message
** in pParse->zErrMsg if anything is amiss.  Return the number of errors.
**
** If the expression contains aggregate functions then set the EP_Agg
** property on the expression.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames( 
  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
){
  int savedHasAgg;
  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
#if VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  if( (pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight)>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pNC->pParse, 
       "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)",
       VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
    );
    return 1;
  }
  pNC->pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
#endif
  savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg;
  pNC->hasAgg = 0;
  walkExprTree(pExpr, nameResolverStep, pNC);
#if VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
#endif
  if( pNC->nErr>0 ){
    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
  }
  if( pNC->hasAgg ){
    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
  }else if( savedHasAgg ){
    pNC->hasAgg = 1;
  }
  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
}

/*
** A pointer instance of this structure is used to pass information
** through walkExprTree into codeSubqueryStep().
*/
typedef struct QueryCoder QueryCoder;
struct QueryCoder {
  Parse *pParse;       /* The parsing context */
  NameContext *pNC;    /* Namespace of first enclosing query */
};


/*
** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression
** and IN operators.  Examples:
**
**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
**
** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
** operator or subquery.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  int testAddr = 0;                       /* One-time test address */
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) return;


  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
  ** if any of the following is true:
  **
  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
  **    *  We are inside a trigger
  **
  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
  */
  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){
    int mem = pParse->nMem++;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, mem, 0);
    testAddr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, 0);
    assert( testAddr>0 || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, mem);
  }

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_IN: {
      char affinity;
      KeyInfo keyInfo;
      int addr;        /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */

      affinity = vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);

      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
      ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is 
      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
      **
      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
      ** is used.
      */
      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, 0);
      memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
      keyInfo.nField = 1;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pExpr->iTable, 1);

      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
        **
        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
        ** table allocated and opened above.
        */
        int iParm = pExpr->iTable +  (((int)affinity)<<16);
        ExprList *pEList;
        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
        if( vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, SRT_Set, iParm, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){
          return;
        }
        pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList;
        if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ 
          keyInfo.aColl[0] = vtk_sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
              pEList->a[0].pExpr);
        }
      }else if( pExpr->pList ){
        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
        **
        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
        */
        int i;
        ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
        struct ExprList_item *pItem;

        if( !affinity ){
          affinity = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
        }
        keyInfo.aColl[0] = pExpr->pLeft->pColl;

        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;

          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
          */
          if( testAddr>0 && !vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
            vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 3);
            testAddr = 0;
          }

          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
          vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pE2);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, 0);
        }
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
      break;
    }

    case TK_EXISTS:
    case TK_SELECT: {
      /* This has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.
      */
      static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 };
      Select *pSel;
      int iMem;
      int sop;

      pExpr->iColumn = iMem = pParse->nMem++;
      pSel = pExpr->pSelect;
      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
        sop = SRT_Mem;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, iMem, 0);
        VdbeComment((v, "# Init subquery result"));
      }else{
        sop = SRT_Exists;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem);
        VdbeComment((v, "# Init EXISTS result"));
      }
      vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pSel->pLimit);
      pSel->pLimit = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one);
      if( vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, sop, iMem, 0, 0, 0, 0) ){
        return;
      }
      break;
    }
  }

  if( testAddr ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr);
  }

  return;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

/*
** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
** text z[0..n-1] on the stack.
*/
static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n){
  assert( z || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  if( z ){
    int i;
    if( vtk_sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
    }else if( vtk_sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z) ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Int64, 0, 0, z, n);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, n);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
** table pTab and push that column value on the stack.  There
** is an open cursor to pTab in iTable.  If iColumn<0 then
** code is generated that extracts the rowid.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iColumn, int iTable){
  if( iColumn<0 ){
    int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iTable, 0);
  }else if( pTab==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTable, iColumn);
  }else{
    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iTable, iColumn);
    vtk_sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    if( pTab->aCol[iColumn].affinity==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RealAffinity, 0, 0);
    }
#endif
  }
}

/*
** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
** expression and leave the result on the top of stack.
**
** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int op;
  int stackChng = 1;    /* Amount of change to stack depth */

  if( v==0 ) return;
  if( pExpr==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
    return;
  }
  op = pExpr->op;
  switch( op ){
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pCol->iMem, 0);
        break;
      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx,
                              pCol->iSorterColumn);
        break;
      }
      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
    }
    case TK_COLUMN: {
      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
        assert( pParse->ckOffset>0 );
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, pParse->ckOffset-pExpr->iColumn-1, 1);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(v, pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable);
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_INTEGER: {
      codeInteger(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
      break;
    }
    case TK_FLOAT:
    case TK_STRING: {
      assert( TK_FLOAT==OP_Real );
      assert( TK_STRING==OP_String8 );
      vtk_sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NULL: {
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
      break;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
    case TK_BLOB: {
      int n;
      const char *z;
      assert( TK_BLOB==OP_HexBlob );
      n = pExpr->token.n - 3;
      z = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2;
      assert( n>=0 );
      if( n==0 ){
        z = "";
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, 0, 0, z, n);
      break;
    }
#endif
    case TK_VARIABLE: {
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, 0);
      if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_REGISTER: {
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iTable, 0);
      break;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
    case TK_CAST: {
      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
      int aff, to_op;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      aff = vtk_sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
      to_op = aff - VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, to_op, 0, 0);
      stackChng = 0;
      break;
    }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
    case TK_GT:
    case TK_GE:
    case TK_NE:
    case TK_EQ: {
      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, 0, 0);
      stackChng = -1;
      break;
    }
    case TK_AND:
    case TK_OR:
    case TK_PLUS:
    case TK_STAR:
    case TK_MINUS:
    case TK_REM:
    case TK_BITAND:
    case TK_BITOR:
    case TK_SLASH:
    case TK_LSHIFT:
    case TK_RSHIFT: 
    case TK_CONCAT: {
      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
      stackChng = -1;
      break;
    }
    case TK_UMINUS: {
      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
      assert( pLeft );
      if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
        Token *p = &pLeft->token;
        char *z = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("-%.*s", p->n, p->z);
        if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Real, 0, 0, z, p->n+1);
        }else{
          codeInteger(v, z, p->n+1);
        }
        vtk_sqliteFree(z);
        break;
      }
      /* Fall through into TK_NOT */
    }
    case TK_BITNOT:
    case TK_NOT: {
      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 0, 0);
      stackChng = 0;
      break;
    }
    case TK_ISNULL:
    case TK_NOTNULL: {
      int dest;
      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      dest = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);
      stackChng = 0;
      break;
    }
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
      if( pInfo==0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %T",
            &pExpr->span);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem, 0);
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
    case TK_FUNCTION: {
      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
      int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
      FuncDef *pDef;
      int nId;
      const char *zId;
      int constMask = 0;
      int i;
      u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
      zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
      nId = pExpr->token.n;
      pDef = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
      assert( pDef!=0 );
      nExpr = vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
      ** a virtual table column.
      **
      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
      */
      if( nExpr>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
        pDef = vtk_sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(pDef, nExpr, pList->a[1].pExpr);
      }else if( nExpr>0 ){
        pDef = vtk_sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(pDef, nExpr, pList->a[0].pExpr);
      }
#endif
      for(i=0; i<nExpr && i<32; i++){
        if( vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
          constMask |= (1<<i);
        }
        if( pDef->needCollSeq && !pColl ){
          pColl = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
        }
      }
      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
        if( !pColl ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; 
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Function, constMask, nExpr, (char*)pDef, P3_FUNCDEF);
      stackChng = 1-nExpr;
      break;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    case TK_EXISTS:
    case TK_SELECT: {
      if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pExpr->iColumn, 0);
      VdbeComment((v, "# load subquery result"));
      break;
    }
    case TK_IN: {
      int addr;
      char affinity;
      int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset;
      vtk_sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr);

      /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
      ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
      ** P3 of OP_MakeRecord.
      */
      affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);

      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
      pParse->ckOffset = (ckOffset ? (ckOffset+1) : 0);

      /* Code the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". The temporary table
      ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
      */
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+4);            /* addr + 0 */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 2, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+7);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);   /* addr + 4 */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, addr+7);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);                  /* addr + 6 */

      break;
    }
#endif
    case TK_BETWEEN: {
      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a;
      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
      pLItem++;
      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_And, 0, 0);
      break;
    }
    case TK_UPLUS: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      stackChng = 0;
      break;
    }
    case TK_CASE: {
      int expr_end_label;
      int jumpInst;
      int nExpr;
      int i;
      ExprList *pEList;
      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;

      assert(pExpr->pList);
      assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
      assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0);
      pEList = pExpr->pList;
      aListelem = pEList->a;
      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
      expr_end_label = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      }
      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i].pExpr);
        if( pExpr->pLeft ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 1);
          jumpInst = codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, aListelem[i].pExpr,
                                 OP_Ne, 0, 1);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
        }else{
          jumpInst = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 1, 0);
        }
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, expr_end_label);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst);
      }
      if( pExpr->pLeft ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
      }
      if( pExpr->pRight ){
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, expr_end_label);
      break;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
    case TK_RAISE: {
      if( !pParse->trigStack ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
        return;
      }
      if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){
         assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback ||
                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort ||
                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail );
         vtk_sqlite3DequoteExpr(pExpr);
         vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn,
                        (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
      } else {
         assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore );
         vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
         vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
         VdbeComment((v, "# raise(IGNORE)"));
      }
      stackChng = 0;
      break;
    }
#endif
  }

  if( pParse->ckOffset ){
    pParse->ckOffset += stackChng;
    assert( pParse->ckOffset );
  }
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/*
** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and leaves the result
** on the stack.  See also vtk_sqlite3ExprCode().
**
** This routine might also cache the result and modify the pExpr tree
** so that it will make use of the cached result on subsequent evaluations
** rather than evaluate the whole expression again.  Trivial expressions are
** not cached.  If the expression is cached, its result is stored in a 
** memory location.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int iMem;
  int addr1, addr2;
  if( v==0 ) return;
  addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
  addr2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  if( addr2>addr1+1 || vtk_sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr1)->opcode==OP_Function ){
    iMem = pExpr->iTable = pParse->nMem++;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0);
    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
  }
}
#endif

/*
** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
** expression list onto the stack.
**
** Return the number of elements pushed onto the stack.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pList    /* The expression list to be coded */
){
  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  int i, n;
  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
  n = pList->nExpr;
  for(pItem=pList->a, i=n; i>0; i--, pItem++){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
  }
  return n;
}

/*
** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
**
** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is true.
**
** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int op = 0;
  int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset;
  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
  op = pExpr->op;
  switch( op ){
    case TK_AND: {
      int d2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
      break;
    }
    case TK_OR: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NOT: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
    case TK_GT:
    case TK_GE:
    case TK_NE:
    case TK_EQ: {
      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_ISNULL:
    case TK_NOTNULL: {
      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
      break;
    }
    case TK_BETWEEN: {
      /* The expression "x BETWEEN y AND z" is implemented as:
      **
      ** 1 IF (x < y) GOTO 3
      ** 2 IF (x <= z) GOTO <dest>
      ** 3 ...
      */
      int addr;
      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
      Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
      addr = codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Lt, 0, !jumpIfNull);

      pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, dest, jumpIfNull);

      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, jumpIfNull, dest);
      break;
    }
  }
  pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset;
}

/*
** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
**
** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
** jump if jumpIfNull is true or fall through if jumpIfNull is false.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int op = 0;
  int ckOffset = pParse->ckOffset;
  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;

  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
  **
  **       pExpr->op            op
  **       ---------          ----------
  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
  **
  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
  */
  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);

  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
  */
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_AND: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_OR: {
      int d2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, !jumpIfNull);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
      break;
    }
    case TK_NOT: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_LT:
    case TK_LE:
    case TK_GT:
    case TK_GE:
    case TK_NE:
    case TK_EQ: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    case TK_ISNULL:
    case TK_NOTNULL: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, 1, dest);
      break;
    }
    case TK_BETWEEN: {
      /* The expression is "x BETWEEN y AND z". It is implemented as:
      **
      ** 1 IF (x >= y) GOTO 3
      ** 2 GOTO <dest>
      ** 3 IF (x > z) GOTO <dest>
      */
      int addr;
      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
      Expr *pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLeft);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge, addr+3, !jumpIfNull);

      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
      pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight);
      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Gt, dest, jumpIfNull);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, jumpIfNull, dest);
      break;
    }
  }
  pParse->ckOffset = ckOffset;
}

/*
** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return TRUE (non-zero)
** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
**
** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions
** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe.  So if this routine
** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two
** expressions are the same.  But if you get a TRUE return, then you
** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that
** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
  int i;
  if( pA==0||pB==0 ){
    return pB==pA;
  }
  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0;
  if( !vtk_sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
  if( !vtk_sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
  if( pA->pList ){
    if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0;
    if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0;
    for(i=0; i<pA->pList->nExpr; i++){
      if( !vtk_sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
        return 0;
      }
    }
  }else if( pB->pList ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0;
  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
  if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->token.z ){
    if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0;
    if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0;
    if( vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pA->token.z,(char*)pB->token.z,pB->token.n)!=0 ){
      return 0;
    }
  }
  return 1;
}


/*
** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
*/
static int addAggInfoColumn(AggInfo *pInfo){
  int i;
  pInfo->aCol = vtk_sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
       pInfo->aCol,
       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
       3,
       &pInfo->nColumn,
       &pInfo->nColumnAlloc,
       &i
  );
  return i;
}    

/*
** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
*/
static int addAggInfoFunc(AggInfo *pInfo){
  int i;
  pInfo->aFunc = vtk_sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
       pInfo->aFunc,
       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
       3,
       &pInfo->nFunc,
       &pInfo->nFuncAlloc,
       &i
  );
  return i;
}    

/*
** This is an xFunc for walkExprTree() used to implement 
** vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
** for additional information.
**
** This routine analyzes the aggregate function at pExpr.
*/
static int analyzeAggregate(void *pArg, Expr *pExpr){
  int i;
  NameContext *pNC = (NameContext *)pArg;
  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
  

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
    case TK_COLUMN: {
      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
      ** clause of the aggregate query */
      if( pSrcList ){
        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
        for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
            **
            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
            ** is not an entry there already.
            */
            int k;
            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
            for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
                break;
              }
            }
            if( k>=pAggInfo->nColumn && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pAggInfo))>=0 ){
              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
              pCol->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
                int j, n;
                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
                n = pGB->nExpr;
                for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
                  Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
                    break;
                  }
                }
              }
              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
              }
            }
            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
            */
            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
            pExpr->iAgg = k;
            break;
          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
      }
      return 1;
    }
    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
      /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries
      ** to be ignored */
      if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
        */
        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
        for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
          if( vtk_sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){
            break;
          }
        }
        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
          */
          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
          i = addAggInfoFunc(pAggInfo);
          if( i>=0 ){
            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
            pItem->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
            pItem->pFunc = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
                   (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n,
                   pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
            }else{
              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
            }
          }
        }
        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
        */
        pExpr->iAgg = i;
        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
        return 1;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Recursively walk subqueries looking for TK_COLUMN nodes that need
  ** to be changed to TK_AGG_COLUMN.  But increment nDepth so that
  ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in subqueries will be unchanged.
  */
  if( pExpr->pSelect ){
    pNC->nDepth++;
    walkSelectExpr(pExpr->pSelect, analyzeAggregate, pNC);
    pNC->nDepth--;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
**
** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
** analyzed by vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames().
**
** If errors are seen, leave an error message in zErrMsg and return
** the number of errors.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
  int nErr = pNC->pParse->nErr;
  walkExprTree(pExpr, analyzeAggregate, pNC);
  return pNC->pParse->nErr - nErr;
}

/*
** Call vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
**
** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  int i;
  int nErr = 0;
  if( pList ){
    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; nErr==0 && i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
      nErr += vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
    }
  }
  return nErr;
}

/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2005 February 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
**
** Id
*/

/*
** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE


/*
** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
** argument and the result returned. Examples:
**
** vtk_sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
**
** vtk_sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
*/
static void renameTableFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  unsigned char const *zSql = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  unsigned char const *zTableName = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);

  int token;
  Token tname;
  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
  int len = 0;
  char *zRet;

  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
  ** followed by a left parenthesis - TK_LP - or "USING" TK_USING.
  */
  if( zSql ){
    do {
      if( !*zCsr ){
        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
        return;
      }

      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
      tname.z = zCsr;
      tname.n = len;

      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
      ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
      */
      do {
        zCsr += len;
        len = vtk_sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
      assert( len>0 );
    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );

    zRet = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, vtk_sqlite3FreeX);
  }
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
*/
static void renameTriggerFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  unsigned char const *zSql = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  unsigned char const *zTableName = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);

  int token;
  Token tname;
  int dist = 3;
  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
  int len = 0;
  char *zRet;

  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
  */
  if( zSql ){
    do {

      if( !*zCsr ){
        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
        return;
      }

      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
      tname.z = zCsr;
      tname.n = len;

      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
      ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
      */
      do {
        zCsr += len;
        len = vtk_sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
      assert( len>0 );

      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
      ** to be met.
      **
      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
      */
      dist++;
      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
        dist = 0;
      }
    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );

    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
    */
    zRet = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, vtk_sqlite3FreeX);
  }
}
#endif   /* !VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */

/*
** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AlterFunctions(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  static const struct {
     char *zName;
     signed char nArg;
     void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **);
  } aFuncs[] = {
    { "vtk_sqlite_rename_table",    2, renameTableFunc},
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
    { "vtk_sqlite_rename_trigger",  2, renameTriggerFunc},
#endif
  };
  int i;

  for(i=0; i<(int)(sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0])); i++){
    vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
        VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
** temporary triggers on table pTab from the vtk_sqlite_temp_master table. If
** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
** temporary database, NULL is returned.
*/
static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
  Trigger *pTrig;
  char *zWhere = 0;
  char *tmp = 0;
  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */

  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
  */
  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
    for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){
      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
        if( !zWhere ){
          zWhere = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("name=%Q", pTrig->name);
        }else{
          tmp = zWhere;
          zWhere = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name);
          vtk_sqliteFree(tmp);
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return zWhere;
}

/*
** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
*/
static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
  Vdbe *v;
  char *zWhere;
  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  Trigger *pTrig;
#endif

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( !v ) return;
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 );

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
  for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
    int iTrigDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, pTrig->name, 0);
  }
#endif

  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);

  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
  zWhere = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name=%Q", zName);
  if( !zWhere ) return;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
  */
  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
** command. 
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
){
  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
  Vdbe *v;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
#endif
  int isVirtualRename = 0;  /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */
  
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_rename_table;
  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );

  pTab = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;

  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
  zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;

  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
    goto exit_rename_table;
  }

  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
  ** that the table is being renamed to.
  */
  if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_rename_table;
  }
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
    goto exit_rename_table;
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
    goto exit_rename_table;
  }
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
    goto exit_rename_table;
  }
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->pMod->pModule->xRename ){
    isVirtualRename = 1;
  }
#endif

  /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. 
  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
  ** table.
  */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ){
    goto exit_rename_table;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb);
  vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);

  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( isVirtualRename ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zName, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VRename, 0, 0, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
  }
#endif

  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
  zTabName = pTab->zName;
  nTabName = vtk_sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);

  /* Modify the vtk_sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
  vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
#else
          "sql = CASE "
            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
#endif
          "tbl_name = %Q, "
          "name = CASE "
            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18,10) "
            "ELSE name END "
      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
      zName,
#endif
      zName, nTabName, zTabName
  );

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
  ** it with the new table name.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
        "UPDATE %Q.sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
  }
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
  ** the temp database.
  */
  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
            "tbl_name = %Q "
            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zWhere);
  }
#endif

  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);

exit_rename_table:
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zName);
}


/*
** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
** column definition.
**
** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
** the new column during parsing.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */

  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
  assert( pNew );

  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pNew->pSchema);
  zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  zTab = pNew->zName;
  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDb);
  assert( pTab );

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
    return;
  }
#endif

  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
  */
  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
    pDflt = 0;
  }

  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
  ** column must not be NULL.
  */
  if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
    return;
  }
  if( pNew->pIndex ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
    return;
  }
  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
    return;
  }

  /* Ensure the default expression is something that vtk_sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
  */
  if( pDflt ){
    vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pDflt, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
      /* malloc() has failed */
      return;
    }
    if( !pVal ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
      return;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  }

  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
  zCol = vtk_sqliteStrNDup((char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
  if( zCol ){
    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
    while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){
      *zEnd-- = '\0';
    }
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
        "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d,length(sql)) "
        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
      zTab
    );
    vtk_sqliteFree(zCol);
  }

  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
  ** the file format becomes 3.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);

  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
}

/*
** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
**
** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
** is parsed (i.e. vtk_sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
** after parsing is finished.
**
** Routine vtk_sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
  Table *pNew;
  Table *pTab;
  Vdbe *v;
  int iDb;
  int i;
  int nAlloc;

  /* Look up the table being altered. */
  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
    goto exit_begin_add_column;
  }
#endif

  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
  if( pTab->pSelect ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
    goto exit_begin_add_column;
  }

  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);

  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
  ** vtk_sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.
  */
  pNew = (Table *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Table));
  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
  pNew->nRef = 1;
  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
  pNew->aCol = (Column *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
  pNew->zName = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pTab->zName);
  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
    goto exit_begin_add_column;
  }
  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
    pCol->zName = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pCol->zName);
    pCol->zColl = 0;
    pCol->zType = 0;
    pCol->pDflt = 0;
  }
  pNew->pSchema = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
  pNew->nRef = 1;

  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
  vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
  vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse->db, v, iDb);

exit_begin_add_column:
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
  return;
}
#endif  /* VTK_SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */

/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2005 July 8
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
**
** @(#) Id
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE

/*
** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor
** iStatCur.
**
** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere
** are removed.  If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed.
*/
static void openStatTable(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
  const char *zWhere      /* Delete entries associated with this table */
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Db *pDb;
  int iRootPage;
  Table *pStat;
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);

  if( v==0 ) return;
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  if( (pStat = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){
    /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist.  Create it.  
    ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave
    ** the rootpage of the new table on the top of the stack.  This is
    ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
      "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)",
      pDb->zName
    );
    iRootPage = 0;  /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */
  }else if( zWhere ){
    /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists.  Delete all entries associated with
    ** the table zWhere. */
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q",
       pDb->zName, zWhere
    );
    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
  }else{
    /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb);
  }

  /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created
  ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. 
  ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have 
  ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant.
  */
  if( iRootPage>0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1");
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iStatCur, 3);
}

/*
** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
** a single table.
*/
static void analyzeOneTable(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
  int iStatCur,    /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */
  int iMem         /* Available memory locations begin here */
){
  Index *pIdx;     /* An index to being analyzed */
  int iIdxCur;     /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */
  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in the index */
  Vdbe *v;         /* The virtual machine being built up */
  int i;           /* Loop counter */
  int topOfLoop;   /* The top of the loop */
  int endOfLoop;   /* The end of the loop */
  int addr;        /* The address of an instruction */
  int iDb;         /* Index of database containing pTab */

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
    /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
    return;
  }

  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 );
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
      pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
  }
#endif

  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
  vtk_sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);

  iIdxCur = pParse->nTab;
  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    KeyInfo *pKey = vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);

    /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed
    */
    assert( iDb==vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName));
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum,
        (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
    if( iMem+nCol*2>=pParse->nMem ){
      pParse->nMem = iMem+nCol*2+1;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iIdxCur, nCol+1);

    /* Memory cells are used as follows:
    **
    **    mem[iMem]:             The total number of rows in the table.
    **    mem[iMem+1]:           Number of distinct values in column 1
    **    ...
    **    mem[iMem+nCol]:        Number of distinct values in column N
    **    mem[iMem+nCol+1]       Last observed value of column 1
    **    ...
    **    mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]:   Last observed value of column N
    **
    ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0.  The others
    ** are initialized to NULL.
    */
    for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iMem+i);
    }
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, iMem+nCol+i+1, 0);
    }

    /* Do the analysis.
    */
    endOfLoop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop);
    topOfLoop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iMem);
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem+nCol+i+1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x100, 0);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iMem+i+1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, topOfLoop + 3*i + 3, addr);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem+nCol+i+1, 1);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur, 0);

    /* Store the results.  
    **
    ** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table.  The first
    ** two columns are the names of the table and index.  The third column
    ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the
    ** index.  The first integer in the list is the total number of entires
    ** in the index.  There is one additional integer in the list for each
    ** column of the table.  This additional integer is a guess of how many
    ** rows of the table the index will select.  If D is the count of distinct
    ** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed
    ** as:
    **
    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
    **
    ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table.  
    ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
    ** is never possible.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0);
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfNot, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, " ", 0);
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem+i+1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Add, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, -1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iMem+i+1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Divide, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ToInt, 0, 0);
      if( i==nCol-1 ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, nCol*2-1, 0);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 3, 0, "aaa", 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, OPFLAG_APPEND);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
** be laoded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
*/
static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
*/
static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
  HashElem *k;
  int iStatCur;
  int iMem;

  vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
  iMem = pParse->nMem;
  for(k=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=vtk_sqliteHashNext(k)){
    Table *pTab = (Table*)vtk_sqliteHashData(k);
    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
  }
  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}

/*
** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
** a database.
*/
static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
  int iDb;
  int iStatCur;

  assert( pTab!=0 );
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem);
  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}

/*
** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
**
**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
**
** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;
  int i;
  char *z, *zDb;
  Table *pTab;
  Token *pTableName;

  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    return;
  }

  if( pName1==0 ){
    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
    }
  }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){
    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
    iDb = vtk_sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
    if( iDb>=0 ){
      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
    }else{
      z = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pName1);
      pTab = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, 0);
      vtk_sqliteFree(z);
      if( pTab ){
        analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
      }
    }
  }else{
    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
    iDb = vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
    if( iDb>=0 ){
      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
      z = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pTableName);
      if( z ){
        pTab = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, z, zDb);
        vtk_sqliteFree(z);
        if( pTab ){
          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
        }
      }
    }   
  }
}

/*
** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
** callback routine.
*/
typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
struct analysisInfo {
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  const char *zDatabase;
};

/*
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
** sqlite_stat1 table.  
**
**     argv[0] = name of the index
**     argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
*/
static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){
  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
  Index *pIndex;
  int i, c;
  unsigned int v;
  const char *z;

  (void)argc; (void)azNotUsed; /* use args */
  assert( argc==2 );
  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  pIndex = vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
  if( pIndex==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  z = argv[1];
  for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){
    v = 0;
    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
      v = v*10 + c - '0';
      z++;
    }
    pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3AnalysisLoad(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
  analysisInfo sInfo;
  HashElem *i;
  char *zSql;
  int rc;

  /* Clear any prior statistics */
  for(i=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=vtk_sqliteHashNext(i)){
    Index *pIdx = vtk_sqliteHashData(i);
    vtk_sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
  }

  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */
  sInfo.db = db;
  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  if( vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
     return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }


  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
  zSql = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1",
                        sInfo.zDatabase);
  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
  rc = vtk_sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zSql);
  return rc;
}


#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */

/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2003 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
**
** Id
*/

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
/*
** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
**
** i.e. if the parser sees:
**
**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
**
** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
** looking for columns of the same name.
**
** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
**
**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
**
** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
*/
static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
{
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( pExpr ){
    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pName, pExpr);
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && !vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span);
        return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
    }else{
      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
**
**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
**
**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
**
** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
** third argument.
*/
static void attachFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int i;
  int rc = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
  const char *zName;
  const char *zFile;
  Db *aNew;
  char zErr[128];
  char *zErrDyn = 0;

  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  zFile = (const char *)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  zName = (const char *)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";

  /* Check for the following errors:
  **
  **     * Too many attached databases,
  **     * Transaction currently open
  **     * Specified database name already being used.
  */
  if( db->nDb>=VTK_SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(
      sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
      VTK_SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
    );
    goto attach_error;
  }
  if( !db->autoCommit ){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
                     "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
    goto attach_error;
  }
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
    if( z && zName && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "database %s is already in use", zName);
      goto attach_error;
    }
  }

  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
  ** hash tables.
  */
  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
    aNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
    if( aNew==0 ){
      return;
    }
    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
  }else{
    aNew = vtk_sqliteRealloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
    if( aNew==0 ){
      return;
    } 
  }
  db->aDb = aNew;
  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));

  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
  ** or may not be initialised.
  */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, &aNew->pBt);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    aNew->pSchema = vtk_sqlite3SchemaGet(aNew->pBt);
    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, 
        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
      goto attach_error;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3PagerLockingMode(vtk_sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt), db->dfltLockMode);
  }
  aNew->zName = vtk_sqliteStrDup(zName);
  aNew->safety_level = 3;

#if VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  {
    extern int vtk_sqlite3CodecAttach(vtk_sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
    extern void vtk_sqlite3CodecGetKey(vtk_sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
    int nKey;
    char *zKey;
    int t = vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
    switch( t ){
      case VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER:
      case VTK_SQLITE_FLOAT:
        zErrDyn = vtk_sqliteStrDup("Invalid key value");
        rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
        break;
        
      case VTK_SQLITE_TEXT:
      case VTK_SQLITE_BLOB:
        nKey = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
        zKey = (char *)vtk_sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
        vtk_sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
        break;

      case VTK_SQLITE_NULL:
        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
        vtk_sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
        vtk_sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
        break;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
  ** we found it.
  */
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
  }
  if( rc ){
    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
    assert( iDb>=2 );
    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
    db->nDb = iDb;
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM ){
      vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc();
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory");
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
    }
    goto attach_error;
  }
  
  return;

attach_error:
  /* Return an error if we get here */
  if( zErrDyn ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zErrDyn);
  }else{
    zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
  }
}

/*
** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
**
**     DETACH DATABASE x
**
**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
*/
static void detachFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const char *zName = (const char *)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
  int i;
  Db *pDb = 0;
  char zErr[128];

  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
    if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
  }

  if( i>=db->nDb ){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
    goto detach_error;
  }
  if( i<2 ){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
    goto detach_error;
  }
  if( !db->autoCommit ){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
    goto detach_error;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
    goto detach_error;
  }

  vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
  pDb->pBt = 0;
  pDb->pSchema = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
  return;

detach_error:
  vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
}

/*
** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
*/
static void codeAttach(
  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
  int type,            /* Either VTK_SQLITE_ATTACH or VTK_SQLITE_DETACH */
  const char *zFunc,   /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */
  int nFunc,           /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */
  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
){
  int rc;
  NameContext sName;
  Vdbe *v;
  FuncDef *pFunc;
  vtk_sqlite3* db = pParse->db;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  assert( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() || pAuthArg );
  if( pAuthArg ){
    char *zAuthArg = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(&pAuthArg->span);
    if( !zAuthArg ){
      goto attach_end;
    }
    rc = vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zAuthArg);
    if(rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      goto attach_end;
    }
  }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */

  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
  sName.pParse = pParse;

  if( 
      VTK_SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
      VTK_SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
      VTK_SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
  ){
    pParse->nErr++;
    goto attach_end;
  }

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey);

  assert( v || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  if( v ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Function, 0, nFunc);
    pFunc = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF);

    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
    ** statements).
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, (type==VTK_SQLITE_ATTACH), 0);
  }
  
attach_end:
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pFilename);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pDbname);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pKey);
}

/*
** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
**
**     DETACH pDbname
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
  codeAttach(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
}

/*
** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
**
**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
  codeAttach(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */

/*
** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AttachFunctions(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
  static const int enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
  vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, db, attachFunc, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, db, detachFunc, 0, 0);
#endif
}

/*
** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
** to passing the structure to one of the vtk_sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
**
** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixInit(
  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;

  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
  db = pParse->db;
  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
  pFix->pParse = pParse;
  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  pFix->zType = zType;
  pFix->pName = pName;
  return 1;
}

/*
** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
** a specific database to all table references where the database name
** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
** must have been initialized by a prior call to vtk_sqlite3FixInit().
**
** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
** checks out, these routines return 0.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixSrcList(
  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
){
  int i;
  const char *zDb;
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;

  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
  zDb = pFix->zDb;
  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
      pItem->zDatabase = vtk_sqliteStrDup(zDb);
    }else if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
      return 1;
    }
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
#endif
  }
  return 0;
}
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixSelect(
  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
){
  while( pSelect ){
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
      return 1;
    }
    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
  }
  return 0;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixExpr(
  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
){
  while( pExpr ){
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
      return 1;
    }
    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
  }
  return 0;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixExprList(
  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
){
  int i;
  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
){
  while( pStep ){
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
      return 1;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
      return 1;
    }
    pStep = pStep->pNext;
  }
  return 0;
}
#endif

/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2003 January 11
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer()
** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
** the library with -DVTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
**
** Id
*/

/*
** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
** macro.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION

/*
** Set or clear the access authorization function.
**
** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
** to the auth function is one of these constants:
**
**       VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
**       VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
**       VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
**       VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
**       VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
**       VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
**       VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
**       VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
**       VTK_SQLITE_DELETE
**       VTK_SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
**       VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
**       VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
**       VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
**       VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
**       VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
**       VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
**       VTK_SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
**       VTK_SQLITE_INSERT
**       VTK_SQLITE_PRAGMA
**       VTK_SQLITE_READ
**       VTK_SQLITE_SELECT
**       VTK_SQLITE_TRANSACTION
**       VTK_SQLITE_UPDATE
**
** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
** should return either VTK_SQLITE_OK, VTK_SQLITE_DENY, or VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
** VTK_SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  VTK_SQLITE_DENY
** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the vtk_sqlite3_exec() call
** will return with an error.  VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
**
** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
** setting of the auth function is NULL.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
  void *pArg
){
  db->xAuth = xAuth;
  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
  vtk_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
*/
static void vtk_sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
  vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
    "authorization function - should be VTK_SQLITE_OK, VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE, "
    "or VTK_SQLITE_DENY", rc);
  pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
}

/*
** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
**
** If the auth function returns VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns VTK_SQLITE_DENY,
** then generate an error.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AuthRead(
  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int rc;
  Table *pTab;          /* The table being read */
  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */

  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return;
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pExpr->pSchema);
  if( iDb<0 ){
    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
    ** temporary table. */
    return;
  }
  for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){
    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
  }
  if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
    ** of a trigger.
    */
    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
    pTab = pStack->pTab;
  }else{
    return;
  }
  if( pTab==0 ) return;
  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
  }else{
    zCol = "ROWID";
  }
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, VTK_SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, 
                 pParse->zAuthContext);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE ){
    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
  }else if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_DENY ){
    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
    }
    pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_AUTH;
  }else if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
  }
}

/*
** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
** either VTK_SQLITE_OK (zero) or VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE or VTK_SQLITE_DENY.  If VTK_SQLITE_DENY
** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
** modified appropriately.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(
  Parse *pParse,
  int code,
  const char *zArg1,
  const char *zArg2,
  const char *zArg3
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int rc;

  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within vtk_sqlite3_declare_vtab.
  */
  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_DENY ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
    pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_AUTH;
  }else if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && rc!=VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_DENY;
    vtk_sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPush(
  Parse *pParse,
  AuthContext *pContext, 
  const char *zContext
){
  pContext->pParse = pParse;
  if( pParse ){
    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
  }
}

/*
** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
** by vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPush
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
  if( pContext->pParse ){
    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
    pContext->pParse = 0;
  }
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */

/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
** following kinds of SQL syntax:
**
**     CREATE TABLE
**     DROP TABLE
**     CREATE INDEX
**     DROP INDEX
**     creating ID lists
**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
**     COMMIT
**     ROLLBACK
**
** Id
*/

/*
** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
  pParse->explain = (u8)(explainFlag);
  pParse->nVar = 0;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
** The TableLock structure is only used by the vtk_sqlite3TableLock() and
** codeTableLocks() functions.
*/
struct TableLock {
  int iDb;             /* The database containing the table to be locked */
  int iTab;            /* The root page of the table to be locked */
  u8 isWriteLock;      /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
  const char *zName;   /* Name of the table */
};

/*
** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
**
** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
**
** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
** codeTableLocks() which occurs during vtk_sqlite3FinishCoding().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3TableLock(
  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
){
  int i;
  int nBytes;
  TableLock *p;

  if( 0==vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || iDb<0 ){
    return;
  }

  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
    p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
      return;
    }
  }

  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1);
  pParse->aTableLock = vtk_sqliteReallocOrFree(pParse->aTableLock, nBytes);
  if( pParse->aTableLock ){
    p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++];
    p->iDb = iDb;
    p->iTab = iTab;
    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
    p->zName = zName;
  }
}

/*
** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
** statement (configured by calls to vtk_sqlite3TableLock()).
*/
static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
  int i;
  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
  assert( vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData || pParse->nTableLock==0 );

  if( 0==(pVdbe = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){
    return;
  }

  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
    int p1 = p->iDb;
    if( p->isWriteLock ){
      p1 = -1*(p1+1);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->zName, P3_STATIC);
  }
}
#else
  #define codeTableLocks(x)
#endif

/*
** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
** parse.
**
** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
** no VDBE code was generated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  Vdbe *v;

  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
  if( pParse->nested ) return;
  if( !pParse->pVdbe ){
    if( pParse->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && pParse->nErr ){
      pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
      return;
    }
  }

  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
  ** vdbe program
  */
  db = pParse->db;
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);

    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
    ** on each used database.
    */
    if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
      u32 mask;
      int iDb;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
      }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      if( pParse->pVirtualLock ){
        char *vtab = (char *)pParse->pVirtualLock->pVtab;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, vtab, P3_VTAB);
      }
#endif

      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
      */
      codeTableLocks(pParse);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
    }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
    /* Add a No-op that contains the complete text of the compiled SQL
    ** statement as its P3 argument.  This does not change the functionality
    ** of the program. 
    **
    ** This is used to implement vtk_sqlite3_trace().
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Noop, 0, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql);
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
  }


  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
  */
  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
    FILE *trace = (db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
#endif
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3,
                         pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain);
    pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_DONE;
    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
  }else if( pParse->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  pParse->nTab = 0;
  pParse->nMem = 0;
  pParse->nSet = 0;
  pParse->nVar = 0;
  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
  pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
}

/*
** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
** outermost parser.
**
** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against VTK_SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
  va_list ap;
  char *zSql;
# define SAVE_SZ  (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
  char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];

  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
  va_start(ap, zFormat);
  zSql = vtk_sqlite3VMPrintf(zFormat, ap);
  va_end(ap);
  if( zSql==0 ){
    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
  }
  pParse->nested++;
  memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
  memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
  vtk_sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, 0);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zSql);
  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
  pParse->nested--;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
**
** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
**
** See also vtk_sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *vtk_sqlite3FindTable(vtk_sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;
  assert( zName!=0 );
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDatabase!=0 && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    p = vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
**
** The difference between this routine and vtk_sqlite3FindTable() is that this
** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
** vtk_sqlite3FindTable() does not.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, const char *zDbase){
  Table *p;

  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    return 0;
  }

  p = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
  if( p==0 ){
    if( zDbase ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s.%s", zDbase, zName);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zName);
    }
    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
** a particular index given the name of that index
** and the name of the database that contains the index.
** Return NULL if not found.
**
** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
** using the ATTACH command.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(vtk_sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
  Index *p = 0;
  int i;
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
    if( zDb && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
    assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) );
    if( pSchema ){
      p = vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1);
    }
    if( p ) break;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
*/
static void freeIndex(Index *p){
  vtk_sqliteFree(p->zColAff);
  vtk_sqliteFree(p);
}

/*
** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
** its memory structures.
**
** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
*/
static void vtk_sqliteDeleteIndex(Index *p){
  Index *pOld;
  const char *zName = p->zName;

  pOld = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen( zName)+1, 0);
  assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p );
  freeIndex(p);
}

/*
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
** with the index.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
  Index *pIndex;
  int len;
  Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;

  len = strlen(zIdxName);
  pIndex = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0);
  if( pIndex ){
    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
    }else{
      Index *p;
      for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){}
      if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){
        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
      }
    }
    freeIndex(pIndex);
  }
  db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
** a single database.  This routine is called to reclaim memory
** before the database closes.  It is also called during a rollback
** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
**
** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
** files.  If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the
** single file indicated.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
  int i, j;

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  for(i=iDb; i<db->nDb; i++){
    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
    if( pDb->pSchema ){
      vtk_sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema);
    }
    if( iDb>0 ) return;
  }
  assert( iDb==0 );
  db->flags &= ~VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges;

  /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
  ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list.  We take the
  ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
  ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
  ** to any of those tables.
  */
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
      if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux);
      pDb->pAux = 0;
    }
  }
  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pDb->zName);
      pDb->zName = 0;
      continue;
    }
    if( j<i ){
      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
    }
    j++;
  }
  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
  db->nDb = j;
  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
    vtk_sqliteFree(db->aDb);
    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
  }
}

/*
** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  db->flags &= ~VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Clear the column names from a table or view.
*/
static void vtk_sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
  int i;
  Column *pCol;
  assert( pTable!=0 );
  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
    for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pCol->zName);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt);
      vtk_sqliteFree(pCol->zType);
      vtk_sqliteFree(pCol->zColl);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(pTable->aCol);
  }
  pTable->aCol = 0;
  pTable->nCol = 0;
}

/*
** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
**
** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
** the table data structure from the hash table.  Nor does it remove
** foreign keys from the vtk_sqlite.aFKey hash table.  But it does destroy
** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
** the table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){
  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
  FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey;

  if( pTable==0 ) return;

  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
  pTable->nRef--;
  if( pTable->nRef>0 ){
    return;
  }
  assert( pTable->nRef==0 );

  /* Delete all indices associated with this table
  */
  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
    vtk_sqliteDeleteIndex(pIndex);
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
  /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table.  The keys
  ** should have already been unlinked from the pSchema->aFKey hash table 
  */
  for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
    pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
    assert( vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey,
                           pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
    vtk_sqliteFree(pFKey);
  }
#endif

  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
  */
  vtk_sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pTable->zName);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pTable->zColAff);
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pTable->pSelect);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pTable->pCheck);
#endif
  vtk_sqlite3VtabClear(pTable);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pTable);
}

/*
** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
  Table *p;
  FKey *pF1, *pF2;
  Db *pDb;

  assert( db!=0 );
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  p = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1,0);
  if( p ){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
    for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
      int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1;
      pF2 = vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
      if( pF2==pF1 ){
        vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
      }else{
        while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; }
        if( pF2 ){
          pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo;
        }
      }
    }
#endif
    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
  }
  db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges;
}

/*
** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
** token with any quotations removed.  Space to hold the returned string
** is obtained from vtk_sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
** function.
**
** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char *vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(Token *pName){
  char *zName;
  if( pName ){
    zName = vtk_sqliteStrNDup((char*)pName->z, pName->n);
    vtk_sqlite3Dequote(zName);
  }else{
    zName = 0;
  }
  return zName;
}

/*
** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
  vtk_sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5); /* sqlite_master has 5 columns */
}

/*
** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
** does not exist.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3FindDb(vtk_sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
  int i = -1;    /* Database number */
  int n;         /* Number of characters in the name */
  Db *pDb;       /* A database whose name space is being searched */
  char *zName;   /* Name we are searching for */

  zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
  if( zName ){
    n = strlen(zName);
    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
      if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==(int)strlen(pDb->zName) && 
          0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
        break;
      }
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(zName);
  }
  return i;
}

/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
**
** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
** 
** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
**
** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
**
** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
**
** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
** database "xxx" is returned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(
  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
){
  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
    assert( !db->init.busy );
    *pUnqual = pName2;
    iDb = vtk_sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
    if( iDb<0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
      pParse->nErr++;
      return -1;
    }
  }else{
    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
    iDb = db->init.iDb;
    *pUnqual = pName1;
  }
  return iDb;
}

/*
** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
** is reserved for internal use.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
          && (pParse->db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
          && 0==vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
** the first of several action routines that get called in response
** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
** CREATE and TABLE.
**
** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the vtk_sqlite3EndTable() routine
** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3StartTable(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
){
  Table *pTable;
  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Vdbe *v;
  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */

  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
  **
  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
  ** 
  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
  **
  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
  **
  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
  **
  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
  ** created in.
  */
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
  if( iDb<0 ) return;
  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){
    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
    return;
  }
  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;

  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
  zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
  if( zName==0 ) return;
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
    goto begin_table_error;
  }
  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
  {
    int code;
    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
      goto begin_table_error;
    }
    if( isView ){
      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
        code = VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
      }else{
        code = VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
      }
    }else{
      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
        code = VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
      }else{
        code = VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
      }
    }
    if( !isVirtual && vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
      goto begin_table_error;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
  ** to an vtk_sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
  ** collisions.
  */
  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
      goto begin_table_error;
    }
    pTable = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
    if( pTable ){
      if( !noErr ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
      }
      goto begin_table_error;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
      goto begin_table_error;
    }
  }

  pTable = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
  if( pTable==0 ){
    pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    pParse->nErr++;
    goto begin_table_error;
  }
  pTable->zName = zName;
  pTable->iPKey = -1;
  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
  pTable->nRef = 1;
  if( pParse->pNewTable ) vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;

  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
  }
#endif

  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
  ** now.
  */
  if( !db->init.busy && (v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
    int lbl;
    int fileFormat;
    vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if( isVirtual ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0);
    }
#endif

    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
    ** set them now.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1);   /* file_format */
    lbl = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_If, 0, lbl);
    fileFormat = (db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
                  1 : VTK_SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl);

    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
    ** by the real entry in code generated at vtk_sqlite3EndTable().
    **
    ** The rowid for the new entry is left on the top of the stack.
    ** The rowid value is needed by the code that vtk_sqlite3EndTable will
    ** generate.
    */
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
    if( isView || isVirtual ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
    }else
#endif
    {
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, 0);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, 0, OPFLAG_APPEND);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
  }

  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
  return;

  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
begin_table_error:
  vtk_sqliteFree(zName);
  return;
}

/*
** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
** It is slightly faster than calling vtk_sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
** produces larger code.
**
** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
*/
#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
&& vtk_sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )

/*
** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
**
** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  vtk_sqlite3StartTable() gets called
** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
** column.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
  Table *p;
  int i;
  char *z;
  Column *pCol;
  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
  if( p->nCol+1>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
    return;
  }
  z = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
  if( z==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
      vtk_sqliteFree(z);
      return;
    }
  }
  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
    Column *aNew;
    aNew = vtk_sqliteRealloc( p->aCol, (p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
    if( aNew==0 ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(z);
      return;
    }
    p->aCol = aNew;
  }
  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
  pCol->zName = z;
 
  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then vtk_sqlite3AddColumnType() will
  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
  */
  pCol->affinity = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
  p->nCol++;
}

/*
** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
** the column currently under construction.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
  Table *p;
  int i;
  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
  i = p->nCol-1;
  if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = (u8)onError;
}

/*
** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
** associated affinity type.
**
** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
** VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
**
** Substring     | Affinity
** --------------------------------
** 'INT'         | VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
** 'CHAR'        | VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
** 'CLOB'        | VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
** 'TEXT'        | VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
** 'BLOB'        | VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE
** 'REAL'        | VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL
** 'FLOA'        | VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL
** 'DOUB'        | VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL
**
** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
** VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE char vtk_sqlite3AffinityType(const Token *pType){
  u32 h = 0;
  char aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
  const unsigned char *zIn = pType->z;
  const unsigned char *zEnd = &pType->z[pType->n];

  while( zIn!=zEnd ){
    h = (h<<8) + vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[*zIn];
    zIn++;
    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
      aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; 
    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
      aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
      aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
        && (aff==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
      aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
        && aff==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
      aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
        && aff==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
      aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
        && aff==VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
      aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
#endif
    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
      aff = VTK_SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
      break;
    }
  }

  return aff;
}

/*
** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
** in zType.
*/ 
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
  Table *p;
  int i;
  Column *pCol;

  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
  i = p->nCol-1;
  if( i<0 ) return;
  pCol = &p->aCol[i];
  vtk_sqliteFree(pCol->zType);
  pCol->zType = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pType);
  pCol->affinity = vtk_sqlite3AffinityType(pType);
}

/*
** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
** of the table currently under construction.
**
** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
** is not the case.
**
** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
  Table *p;
  Column *pCol;
  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)!=0 ){
    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
    if( !vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr) ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
          pCol->zName);
    }else{
      Expr *pCopy;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pCol->pDflt);
      pCol->pDflt = pCopy = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pExpr);
      if( pCopy ){
        vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(&pCopy->span, &pExpr->span);
      }
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr);
}

/*
** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
**
** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
** error.
**
** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
**
** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
  int sortOrder     /* VTK_SQLITE_SO_ASC or VTK_SQLITE_SO_DESC */
){
  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
  char *zType = 0;
  int iCol = -1, i;
  if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
  if( pTab->hasPrimKey ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
    goto primary_key_exit;
  }
  pTab->hasPrimKey = 1;
  if( pList==0 ){
    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
    pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
  }else{
    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
        if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
          break;
        }
      }
      if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
        pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
      }
    }
    if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
  }
  if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol ){
    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
  }
  if( zType && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
        && sortOrder==VTK_SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
    pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError;
    pTab->autoInc = (u8)autoInc;
  }else if( autoInc ){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
#endif
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0);
    pList = 0;
  }

primary_key_exit:
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
  return;
}

/*
** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    /* The CHECK expression must be duplicated so that tokens refer
    ** to malloced space and not the (ephemeral) text of the CREATE TABLE
    ** statement */
    pTab->pCheck = vtk_sqlite3ExprAnd(pTab->pCheck, vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pCheckExpr));
  }
#endif
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pCheckExpr);
}

/*
** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
** to the CollSeq given.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, const char *zType, int nType){
  Table *p;
  int i;

  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
  i = p->nCol-1;

  if( vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zType, nType) ){
    Index *pIdx;
    p->aCol[i].zColl = vtk_sqliteStrNDup(zType, nType);
  
    /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
    */
    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
**
** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
** returned instead.
**
** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
** pParse.
**
** This routine is a wrapper around vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
** and generates an error message.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  u8 enc = ENC(db);
  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
  CollSeq *pColl;

  pColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy);
  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
    pColl = vtk_sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName);
    if( !pColl ){
      if( nName<0 ){
        nName = strlen(zName);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName);
      pColl = 0;
    }
  }

  return pColl;
}


/*
** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
**
** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
** since it was last read.
**
** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(vtk_sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *v, int iDb){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0);
}

/*
** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
** but does not include the null terminator.
**
** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
** really needed.
*/
static int identLength(const char *z){
  int n;
  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
  }
  return n + 2;
}

/*
** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string.  Add
** quote characters as needed.
*/
static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
  int i, j, needQuote;
  i = *pIdx;
  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
    if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
  }
  needQuote =  zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0])
                  || vtk_sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
  }
  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
  z[i] = 0;
  *pIdx = i;
}

/*
** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
** from vtk_sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
*/
static char *createTableStmt(Table *p, int isTemp){
  int i, k, n;
  char *zStmt;
  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z;
  Column *pCol;
  n = 0;
  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
    n += identLength(pCol->zName);
    z = pCol->zType;
    if( z ){
      n += (strlen(z) + 1);
    }
  }
  n += identLength(p->zName);
  if( n<50 ){
    zSep = "";
    zSep2 = ",";
    zEnd = ")";
  }else{
    zSep = "\n  ";
    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
    zEnd = "\n)";
  }
  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
  zStmt = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( n );
  if( zStmt==0 ) return 0;
  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt,
                  !OMIT_TEMPDB&&isTemp ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE ":"CREATE TABLE ");
  k = strlen(zStmt);
  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
  zStmt[k++] = '(';
  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
    k += strlen(&zStmt[k]);
    zSep = zSep2;
    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
    if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){
      zStmt[k++] = ' ';
      assert( strlen(z)+k+1<=n );
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", z);
      k += strlen(z);
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
  return zStmt;
}

/*
** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
** a CREATE TABLE statement.
**
** The table structure that other action routines have been building
** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
** occurred.
**
** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
**
** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
** was called to create a table generated from a 
** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3EndTable(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
  Token *pEnd,            /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */
  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
){
  Table *p;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;

  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) {
    return;
  }
  p = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( p==0 ) return;

  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );

  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
  */
  if( p->pCheck ){
    SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
    NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */

    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
    memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
    sSrc.nSrc = 1;
    sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName;
    sSrc.a[0].pTab = p;
    sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
    sNC.pParse = pParse;
    sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
    sNC.isCheck = 1;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){
      return;
    }
  }
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */

  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
  ** should have been put there by the vtk_sqliteOpenCb routine.)
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
  }

  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.  The record number
  ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack.
  **
  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
  ** file instead of into the main database file.
  */
  if( !db->init.busy ){
    int n;
    Vdbe *v;
    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */

    v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    if( v==0 ) return;

    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);

    /* Create the rootpage for the new table and push it onto the stack.
    ** A view has no rootpage, so just push a zero onto the stack for
    ** views.  Initialize zType at the same time.
    */
    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
      /* A regular table */
      zType = "table";
      zType2 = "TABLE";
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
    }else{
      /* A view */
      zType = "view";
      zType2 = "VIEW";
#endif
    }

    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
    ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack.
    **
    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by vtk_sqlite3Select(), it is in a
    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
    ** by the new table.
    **
    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
    ** be redundant.
    */
    if( pSelect ){
      Table *pSelTab;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, 0);
      pParse->nTab = 2;
      vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 1, 0);
      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
        pSelTab = vtk_sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSelect);
        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
        assert( p->aCol==0 );
        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
        vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
      }
    }

    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
    if( pSelect ){
      zStmt = createTableStmt(p, p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema);
    }else{
      n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + 1;
      zStmt = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z);
    }

    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
    ** the information we've collected.  The rowid for the preallocated
    ** slot is the 2nd item on the stack.  The top of the stack is the
    ** root page for the new table (or a 0 if this is a view).
    */
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#0, sql=%Q "
       "WHERE rowid=#1",
      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
      zType,
      p->zName,
      p->zName,
      zStmt
    );
    vtk_sqliteFree(zStmt);
    vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
    */
    if( p->autoInc ){
      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
          pDb->zName
        );
      }
    }
#endif

    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0,
        vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
  }


  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
  */
  if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){
    Table *pOld;
    FKey *pFKey; 
    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
    pOld = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1,p);
    if( pOld ){
      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      return;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
    for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
      int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
      pFKey->pNextTo = vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
      vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
    }
#endif
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
    db->nTable++;
    db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
    if( !p->pSelect ){
      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
      int nName;
      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
      if( pCons->z==0 ){
        pCons = pEnd;
      }
      nName = (const char *)pCons->z - zName;
      p->addColOffset = 13 + vtk_sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
    }
#endif
  }
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
/*
** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CreateView(
  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
){
  Table *p;
  int n;
  const unsigned char *z;
  Token sEnd;
  DbFixer sFix;
  Token *pName;
  int iDb;

  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
    return;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
  p = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
    return;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema);
  if( vtk_sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName)
    && vtk_sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
  ){
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
    return;
  }

  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
  ** they will persist after the current vtk_sqlite3_exec() call returns.
  */
  p->pSelect = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pSelect);
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    return;
  }
  if( !pParse->db->init.busy ){
    vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
  }

  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
  ** the end.
  */
  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
  if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
  }
  sEnd.n = 0;
  n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z;
  z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z;
  while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
  sEnd.n = 1;

  /* Use vtk_sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the VTK_SQLITE_MASTER table */
  vtk_sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0);
  return;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
/*
** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */

  assert( pTable );

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( vtk_sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
  ** already known.
  */
  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;

  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
  **
  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
  **
  ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test
  ** should always fail.  But we will leave it in place just to be safe.
  */
  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
    return 1;
  }
  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );

  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
  ** Note that the call to vtk_sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
  ** statement that defines the view.
  */
  assert( pTable->pSelect );
  pSel = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pTable->pSelect);
  if( pSel ){
    n = pParse->nTab;
    vtk_sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
    pTable->nCol = -1;
    pSelTab = vtk_sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, 0, pSel);
    pParse->nTab = n;
    if( pSelTab ){
      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
      vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
    }else{
      pTable->nCol = 0;
      nErr++;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSel);
  } else {
    nErr++;
  }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
  return nErr;  
}
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
/*
** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
*/
static void vtk_sqliteViewResetAll(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int idx){
  HashElem *i;
  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
  for(i=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=vtk_sqliteHashNext(i)){
    Table *pTab = vtk_sqliteHashData(i);
    if( pTab->pSelect ){
      vtk_sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
    }
  }
  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
}
#else
# define vtk_sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */

/*
** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
** to iTo.
**
** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
  HashElem *pElem;
  Hash *pHash;

  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
  for(pElem=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=vtk_sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    Table *pTab = vtk_sqliteHashData(pElem);
    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
      pTab->tnum = iTo;
    }
  }
  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
  for(pElem=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=vtk_sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    Index *pIdx = vtk_sqliteHashData(pElem);
    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
    }
  }
}
#endif

/*
** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
*/ 
static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, iDb);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  /* OP_Destroy pushes an integer onto the stack. If this integer
  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
  ** reflect this.
  **
  ** The "#0" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
  ** is on the top of the stack.  See vtk_sqlite3RegisterExpr().
  */
  vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #0 AND rootpage=#0",
     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable);
#endif
}

/*
** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
*/
static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  Index *pIdx;
  int iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
  }
#else
  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
  ** following were coded:
  **
  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
  ** ...
  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
  **
  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
  ** a free-list page.
  */
  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
  int iDestroyed = 0;

  while( 1 ){
    Index *pIdx;
    int iLargest = 0;

    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
      iLargest = iTab;
    }
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
        iLargest = iIdx;
      }
    }
    if( iLargest==0 ){
      return;
    }else{
      int iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
      iDestroyed = iLargest;
    }
  }
#endif
}

/*
** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
  Table *pTab;
  Vdbe *v;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;

  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto exit_drop_table;
  }
  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);

  if( pTab==0 ){
    if( noErr ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
    }
    goto exit_drop_table;
  }
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  {
    int code;
    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
    const char *zArg2 = 0;
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
      goto exit_drop_table;
    }
    if( isView ){
      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
        code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
      }else{
        code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
      }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      if( vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
        goto exit_drop_table;
      }
      code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
      zArg2 = pTab->pMod->zName;
#endif
    }else{
      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
        code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
      }else{
        code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
      }
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
      goto exit_drop_table;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
      goto exit_drop_table;
    }
  }
#endif
  if( pTab->readOnly || pTab==db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_drop_table;
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
  ** on a table.
  */
  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_drop_table;
  }
  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_drop_table;
  }
#endif

  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
  ** on disk.
  */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    Trigger *pTrigger;
    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
    vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
      if( v ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0);
      }
    }
#endif

    /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
    ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
    ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
    */
    pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
    while( pTrigger ){
      assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
          pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
      vtk_sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
      pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
    }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
    /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
    ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
    ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
    ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
    */
    if( pTab->autoInc ){
      vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
        "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
        pDb->zName, pTab->zName
      );
    }
#endif

    /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
    ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
    ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
    ** database.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
        pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
    }

    /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
    ** the schema cookie.
    */
    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
  }
  vtk_sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);

exit_drop_table:
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
}

/*
** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
**
** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.  The new FKey
** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen
** until vtk_sqlite3EndTable().
**
** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
** to vtk_sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
  FKey *pFKey = 0;
  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
  int nByte;
  int i;
  int nCol;
  char *z;

  assert( pTo!=0 );
  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
  if( pFromCol==0 ){
    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
    if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end;
    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
         " should reference only one column of table %T",
         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
      goto fk_end;
    }
    nCol = 1;
  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
        "columns in the referenced table");
    goto fk_end;
  }else{
    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
  }
  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
  if( pToCol ){
    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
      nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
    }
  }
  pFKey = vtk_sqliteMalloc( nByte );
  if( pFKey==0 ) goto fk_end;
  pFKey->pFrom = p;
  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
  z = (char*)&pFKey[1];
  pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z;
  z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol;
  pFKey->zTo = z;
  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
  z[pTo->n] = 0;
  z += pTo->n+1;
  pFKey->pNextTo = 0;
  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
  if( pFromCol==0 ){
    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
  }else{
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
        if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
          break;
        }
      }
      if( j>=p->nCol ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
        goto fk_end;
      }
    }
  }
  if( pToCol ){
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      int n = strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName);
      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
      z[n] = 0;
      z += n+1;
    }
  }
  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
  pFKey->deleteConf = (u8)(flags & 0xff);
  pFKey->updateConf = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff);
  pFKey->insertConf = (u8)((flags >> 16 ) & 0xff);

  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
  */
  p->pFKey = pFKey;
  pFKey = 0;

fk_end:
  vtk_sqliteFree(pFKey);
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pFromCol);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pToCol);
}

/*
** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
** accordingly.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
  Table *pTab;
  FKey *pFKey;
  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
  pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred;
#endif
}

/*
** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
**
** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
** created.  The memory cell specified by memRootPage contains the
** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
*/
static void vtk_sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
  int iTab = pParse->nTab;       /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
  int iIdx = pParse->nTab+1;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
  int iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIndex->pSchema);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
      pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
  }
#endif

  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
  vtk_sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) return;
  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memRootPage, 0);
    tnum = 0;
  }else{
    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
  pKey = vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, (char *)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
  vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIndex, iTab);
  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
    int curaddr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    int addr2 = curaddr+4;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, curaddr-1, addr2);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, addr2);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort,
                    "indexed columns are not unique", P3_STATIC);
    assert( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() || addr2==vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) );
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iTab, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0);
}

/*
** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
**
** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
** to the table currently under construction.  
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CreateIndex(
  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
  Token *pEnd,       /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
  int ifNotExist     /* Omit error if index already exists */
){
  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
  int i, j;
  Token nullId;        /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
  int nCol;
  int nExtra = 0;
  char *zExtra;

  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    goto exit_create_index;
  }

  /*
  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
  */
  if( pTblName!=0 ){

    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
    ** before looking up the table.
    */
    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
    iDb = vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1.
    */
    pTab = vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
    if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
      iDb = 1;
    }
#endif

    if( vtk_sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
        vtk_sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
    ){
      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
      ** vtk_sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
      assert(0);
    }
    pTab = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pTblName->a[0].zName, 
        pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
  }else{
    assert( pName==0 );
    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
    iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  }
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

  if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
  if( pTab->readOnly ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
    goto exit_create_index;
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  if( pTab->pSelect ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
    goto exit_create_index;
  }
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
    goto exit_create_index;
  }
#endif

  /*
  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
  ** index or table with the same name.  
  **
  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
  **
  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
  ** own name.
  */
  if( pName ){
    zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
    if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
    if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    if( !db->init.busy ){
      if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
      if( vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
        goto exit_create_index;
      }
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
      if( !ifNotExist ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
      }
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
  }else{
    char zBuf[30];
    int n;
    Index *pLoop;
    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
    vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"_%d",n);
    zName = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", pTab->zName, zBuf, (char*)0);
    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
  }

  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  {
    const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    i = VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
  */
  if( pList==0 ){
    nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
    nullId.n = strlen((char*)nullId.z);
    pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, 0, &nullId);
    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
    pList->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)sortOrder;
  }

  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
  ** specified collation sequence names.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr;
    if( pExpr ){
      nExtra += (1 + strlen(pExpr->pColl->zName));
    }
  }

  /* 
  ** Allocate the index structure. 
  */
  nName = strlen(zName);
  nCol = pList->nExpr;
  pIndex = vtk_sqliteMalloc( 
      sizeof(Index) +              /* Index structure  */
      sizeof(int)*nCol +           /* Index.aiColumn   */
      sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) +       /* Index.aiRowEst   */
      sizeof(char *)*nCol +        /* Index.azColl     */
      sizeof(u8)*nCol +            /* Index.aSortOrder */
      nName + 1 +                  /* Index.zName      */
      nExtra                       /* Collation sequence names */
  );
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto exit_create_index;
  pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]);
  pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]);
  pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]);
  pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]);
  pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]);
  zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]);
  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
  pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
  pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
  pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0);
  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;

  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
  */
  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
  }else{
    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
  }

  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
  ** if any column is not found.
  */
  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
    Column *pTabCol;
    int requestedSortOrder;
    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */

    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
      if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
    }
    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
        pTab->zName, zColName);
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    /* TODO:  Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
    ** more than once within the same index.  Only the first instance of
    ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer.  Note that using the
    ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
    ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
    */
    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
    if( pListItem->pExpr ){
      assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl );
      zColl = zExtra;
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(nExtra, zExtra, "%s", pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName);
      zExtra += (strlen(zColl) + 1);
    }else{
      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
      if( !zColl ){
        zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
      }
    }
    if( !db->init.busy && !vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);

  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
    ** i.e. one of:
    **
    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
    **
    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
    ** explicit indices.
    */
    Index *pIdx;
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      int k;
      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
      assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );

      if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
        const char *z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
        const char *z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
        if( pIdx->aSortOrder[k]!=pIndex->aSortOrder[k] ) break;
        if( z1!=z2 && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
      }
      if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
          ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
          */
          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
            vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
          }
          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
          }
        }
        goto exit_create_index;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
  ** in-memory database structures. 
  */
  if( db->init.busy ){
    Index *p;
    p = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
                         pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex);
    if( p ){
      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
      goto exit_create_index;
    }
    db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges;
    if( pTblName!=0 ){
      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
    }
  }

  /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk.  This
  ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
  ** index with the current table contents.
  **
  ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX 
  ** command.  db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and 
  ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table.  In
  ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
  ** we don't want to recreate it.
  **
  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
  ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
  ** step can be skipped.
  */
  else if( db->init.busy==0 ){
    Vdbe *v;
    char *zStmt;
    int iMem = pParse->nMem++;

    v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;


    /* Create the rootpage for the index
    */
    vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iMem, 0);

    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
    ** the zStmt variable
    */
    if( pStart && pEnd ){
      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
      zStmt = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
        pEnd->z - pName->z + 1,
        pName->z);
    }else{
      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
      /* zStmt = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
      zStmt = 0;
    }

    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
    */
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#0,%Q);",
        db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
        pIndex->zName,
        pTab->zName,
        zStmt
    );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zStmt);

    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
    */
    if( pTblName ){
      vtk_sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
      vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0,
         vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P3_DYNAMIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
    }
  }

  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE
  ** and INSERT.
  */
  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
    }else{
      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
        pOther = pOther->pNext;
      }
      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
    }
    pIndex = 0;
  }

  /* Clean up before exiting */
exit_create_index:
  if( pIndex ){
    freeIndex(pIndex);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTblName);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zName);
  return;
}

/*
** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
  Vdbe *v;
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1);
  }
}

/*
** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
**
** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns
** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
*
**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
**
** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
  unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst;
  int i;
  assert( a!=0 );
  a[0] = 1000000;
  for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){
    a[i] = 5;
  }
  while( i>=1 ){
    a[i] = 11 - i;
    i--;
  }
  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
    a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1;
  }
}

/*
** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
  Index *pIndex;
  Vdbe *v;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;

  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto exit_drop_index;
  }
  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    goto exit_drop_index;
  }
  pIndex = vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
  if( pIndex==0 ){
    if( !ifExists ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
    }
    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
    goto exit_drop_index;
  }
  if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
    goto exit_drop_index;
  }
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  {
    int code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
      goto exit_drop_index;
    }
    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
      goto exit_drop_index;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q",
       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
       pIndex->zName
    );
    vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
  }

exit_drop_index:
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
}

/*
** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects.  Each object in the
** array is szEntry bytes in size.  This routine allocates a new
** object on the end of the array.
**
** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use.  *pnAlloc is
** the previously allocated size of the array.  initSize is the
** suggested initial array size allocation.
**
** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx.
**
** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects.  This
** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different
** pointer if the array was resized.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
  int initSize,     /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */
  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
  int *pnAlloc,     /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */
  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
){
  char *z;
  if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){
    void *pNew;
    int newSize;
    newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize;
    pNew = vtk_sqliteRealloc(pArray, newSize*szEntry);
    if( pNew==0 ){
      *pIdx = -1;
      return pArray;
    }
    *pnAlloc = newSize;
    pArray = pNew;
  }
  z = (char*)pArray;
  memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
  *pIdx = *pnEntry;
  ++*pnEntry;
  return pArray;
}

/*
** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
** need be.
**
** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *vtk_sqlite3IdListAppend(IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
  int i;
  if( pList==0 ){
    pList = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(IdList) );
    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
    pList->nAlloc = 0;
  }
  pList->a = vtk_sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
      pList->a,
      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
      5,
      &pList->nId,
      &pList->nAlloc,
      &i
  );
  if( i<0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(pList);
    return 0;
  }
  pList->a[i].zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pToken);
  return pList;
}

/*
** Delete an IdList.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(IdList *pList){
  int i;
  if( pList==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pList->a[i].zName);
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(pList->a);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pList);
}

/*
** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
** if not found.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
  int i;
  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
    if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
  }
  return -1;
}

/*
** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL.
**
** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
**
** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
** or with NULL if no database is specified.
**
** In other words, if call like this:
**
**         vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,0);
**
** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
** like this:
**
**         vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(A,B,C);
**
** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(SrcList *pList, Token *pTable, Token *pDatabase){
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
  if( pList==0 ){
    pList = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(SrcList) );
    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
    pList->nAlloc = 1;
  }
  if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){
    SrcList *pNew;
    pList->nAlloc *= 2;
    pNew = vtk_sqliteRealloc(pList,
               sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
    if( pNew==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pList);
      return 0;
    }
    pList = pNew;
  }
  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc];
  memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
    pDatabase = 0;
  }
  if( pDatabase && pTable ){
    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
    pDatabase = pTable;
    pTable = pTemp;
  }
  pItem->zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pTable);
  pItem->zDatabase = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pDatabase);
  pItem->iCursor = -1;
  pItem->isPopulated = 0;
  pList->nSrc++;
  return pList;
}

/*
** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
  int i;
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
  assert(pList || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  if( pList ){
    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
      if( pItem->pSelect ){
        vtk_sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(SrcList *pList){
  int i;
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
  if( pList==0 ) return;
  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pItem->zDatabase);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pItem->zName);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pItem->zAlias);
    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pItem->pSelect);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pItem->pOn);
    vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(pItem->pUsing);
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(pList);
}

/*
** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
**
** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
** term added.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
){
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
  p = vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(p, pTable, pDatabase);
  if( p==0 || p->nSrc==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pOn);
    vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(pUsing);
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSubquery);
    return p;
  }
  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
  if( pAlias && pAlias->n ){
    pItem->zAlias = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pAlias);
  }
  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
  pItem->pOn = pOn;
  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
  return p;
}

/*
** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
** clause.
**
** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
**
**           A natural cross join B
**
** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
  if( p && p->a ){
    int i;
    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
    }
    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Begin a transaction
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  Vdbe *v;
  int i;

  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return;

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( !v ) return;
  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
}

/*
** Commit a transaction
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  Vdbe *v;

  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return;

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Rollback a transaction
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  Vdbe *v;

  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return;

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
  }
}

/*
** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
    int rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
                                 &db->aDb[1].pBt);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
        "file for storing temporary tables");
      pParse->rc = rc;
      return 1;
    }
    if( db->flags & !db->autoCommit ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt, 1);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to get a write lock on "
          "the temporary database file");
        pParse->rc = rc;
        return 1;
      }
    }
    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
** a read-transaction for all named database files.
**
** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
** the VDBE program.  But this routine can be called after much other
** code has been generated.  So here is what we do:
**
** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program.  Then we
** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
** pParse->cookieMask field.  Later, after all other code has been
** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
** will be made to point to that subroutine.  The generation of the
** cookie verification subroutine code happens in vtk_sqlite3FinishCoding().
**
** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  Vdbe *v;
  int mask;

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
  db = pParse->db;
  if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){
    pParse->cookieGoto = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
  }
  if( iDb>=0 ){
    assert( iDb<db->nDb );
    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
    assert( iDb<VTK_SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
    mask = 1<<iDb;
    if( (pParse->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
      pParse->cookieMask |= mask;
      pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
        vtk_sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
** might change the database.
**
** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
**
** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call.
** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable.   If
** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable.  If iDb>1 then the
** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) return;
  vtk_sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
  pParse->writeMask |= 1<<iDb;
  if( setStatement && pParse->nested==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Statement, iDb, 0);
  }
  if( (OMIT_TEMPDB || iDb!=1) && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1);
  }
}

/*
** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
** true if it does and false if it does not.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
    if( z==zColl || (z && zColl && 0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl)) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
#endif

/*
** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */

  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
      int iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
      vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
    }
  }
}
#endif

/*
** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
** all indices everywhere.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */

  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
    assert( pDb!=0 );
    for(k=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=vtk_sqliteHashNext(k)){
      pTab = (Table*)vtk_sqliteHashData(k);
      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
    }
  }
}
#endif

/*
** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
**
**        REINDEX                            -- 1
**        REINDEX  <collation>               -- 2
**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<indexname>  -- 4
**
** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
** indices associated with the named table.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */

  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    return;
  }

  if( pName1==0 || pName1->z==0 ){
    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
    return;
  }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->z==0 ){
    assert( pName1->z );
    pColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), (char*)pName1->z, pName1->n, 0);
    if( pColl ){
      char *zColl = vtk_sqliteStrNDup((const char *)pName1->z, pName1->n);
      if( zColl ){
        reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
        vtk_sqliteFree(zColl);
      }
      return;
    }
  }
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
  if( iDb<0 ) return;
  z = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pObjName);
  if( z==0 ) return;
  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
  if( pTab ){
    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
    vtk_sqliteFree(z);
    return;
  }
  pIndex = vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
  vtk_sqliteFree(z);
  if( pIndex ){
    vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
    return;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
}
#endif

/*
** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used
** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx.
**
** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case
** the caller is responsible for calling vtk_sqliteFree() on the returned 
** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation 
** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect
** the error.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
  int i;
  int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
  int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol;
  KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(nBytes);

  if( pKey ){
    pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]);
    assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) );
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
      assert( zColl );
      pKey->aColl[i] = vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1);
      pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
    }
    pKey->nField = nCol;
  }

  if( pParse->nErr ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pKey);
    pKey = 0;
  }
  return pKey;
}

/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2005 May 23 
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
**
** Id
*/


/*
** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
** If the collation sequence
*/
static void callCollNeeded(vtk_sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
    char *zExternal = vtk_sqliteStrNDup(zName, nName);
    if( !zExternal ) return;
    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zExternal);
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
    char const *zExternal;
    vtk_sqlite3_value *pTmp = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew();
    vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
    zExternal = vtk_sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
    if( zExternal ){
      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
** possible.
*/
static int synthCollSeq(vtk_sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
  CollSeq *pColl2;
  char *z = pColl->zName;
  int n = strlen(z);
  int i;
  static const u8 aEnc[] = { VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 };
  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
    pColl2 = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
      return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
}

/*
** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native
** encoding.
** 
** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
**
** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
** sequence can be found.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3GetCollSeq(
  vtk_sqlite3* db, 
  CollSeq *pColl, 
  const char *zName, 
  int nName
){
  CollSeq *p;

  p = pColl;
  if( !p ){
    p = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
  }
  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
    */
    callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName);
    p = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
  }
  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
    p = 0;
  }
  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
  return p;
}

/*
** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
** that have not been defined by vtk_sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
**
** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
  if( pColl ){
    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
    CollSeq *p = vtk_sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1);
    if( !p ){
      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
      }
      pParse->nErr++;
      return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    assert( p==pColl );
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}



/*
** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
**
** Each pointer stored in the vtk_sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
**
** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
** each collation sequence structure.
*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  int nName,
  int create
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
  pColl = vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);

  if( 0==pColl && create ){
    pColl = vtk_sqliteMalloc( 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
    if( pColl ){
      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[0].enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[1].enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE;
      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
      pColl[2].enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE;
      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
      pDel = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);

      /* If a malloc() failure occured in vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
      ** to the hash table).
      */
      assert( !pDel || (vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() && pDel==pColl) );
      if( pDel ){
        vtk_sqliteFree(pDel);
        pColl = 0;
      }
    }
  }
  return pColl;
}

/*
** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
**
** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
**
** A separate function vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
** this routine.  vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
** cannot be found.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  u8 enc,
  const char *zName,
  int nName,
  int create
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  if( zName ){
    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
  }else{
    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
  }
  assert( VTK_SQLITE_UTF8==1 && VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
  assert( enc>=VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE );
  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
  return pColl;
}

/*
** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
** NULL if the function does not exist.
**
** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
** any number of arguments will be returned.
**
** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
** or xStep is non-zero.
**
** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
** match that requested.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
){
  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
  FuncDef *pFirst;    /* First function with this name */
  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
  int bestmatch = 0;  


  assert( enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE );
  if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;

  pFirst = (FuncDef*)vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
  for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
    /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
    ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
    ** pointed to by pBest:
    **
    ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
    ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
    **    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
    ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
    **    requested, or vice versa.
    ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
    ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
    **    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
    ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
    **    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
    ** 6: An exact match.
    **
    ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
    */
    if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
      int match = 1;          /* Quality of this match */
      if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
        match = 4;
      }
      if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
        match += 2;
      }
      else if( (enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
               (enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
        match += 1;
      }

      if( match>bestmatch ){
        pBest = p;
        bestmatch = match;
      }
    }
  }

  /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
  */
  if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && 
      (pBest = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pBest)+nName))!=0 ){
    pBest->nArg = (i16)nArg;
    pBest->pNext = pFirst;
    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
    if( pBest==vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pBest);
      return 0;
    }
  }

  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
    return pBest;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
** at a Schema struct. This function does not call vtk_sqliteFree() on the 
** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents
** of the schema hash tables).
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){
  Hash temp1;
  Hash temp2;
  HashElem *pElem;
  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;

  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
  vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey);
  vtk_sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
  for(pElem=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=vtk_sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTrigger((Trigger*)vtk_sqliteHashData(pElem));
  }
  vtk_sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
  vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
  for(pElem=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=vtk_sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
    Table *pTab = vtk_sqliteHashData(pElem);
    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
  pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
}

/*
** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
** a new one if necessary.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *vtk_sqlite3SchemaGet(Btree *pBt){
  Schema * p;
  if( pBt ){
    p = (Schema *)vtk_sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt,sizeof(Schema),vtk_sqlite3SchemaFree);
  }else{
    p = (Schema *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Schema));
  }
  if( p && 0==p->file_format ){
    vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
    p->enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
  }
  return p;
}

/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that implements the vtk_sqlite3_complete() API.
** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
** static links that do not use it.
**
** Id
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE

/*
** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
*/
extern const char vtk_sqlite3IsIdChar[];
#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && vtk_sqlite3IsIdChar[c-0x20]))


/*
** Token types used by the vtk_sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
** comments on that procedure for additional information.
*/
#define tkSEMI    0
#define tkWS      1
#define tkOTHER   2
#define tkEXPLAIN 3
#define tkCREATE  4
#define tkTEMP    5
#define tkTRIGGER 6
#define tkEND     7

/*
** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
**
** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
** must end with ";END;".
**
** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
**
**   (0) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
**                 in any other state.
**
**   (1) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
**                 semicolon.
**
**   (2) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
**                 a statement.
**
**   (3) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
**
**   (4) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
**
**   (5) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
**                 the end of a trigger definition.
**
**   (6) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
**                 of a trigger difinition.
**
** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
**
**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace
**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
**
** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
**
** If we compile with VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
  */
  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
                     /* Token:                                                */
     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  */
     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1,      2,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1,      1,      1,    1,       1,   1,  },
     /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ {    0,  2,     1,      1,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
     /* 3  CREATE: */ {    0,  3,     1,      1,      1,    3,       4,   1,  },
     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {    5,  4,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
     /* 5    SEMI: */ {    5,  5,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   6,  },
     /* 6     END: */ {    0,  6,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
  };
#else
  /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
  */
  static const u8 trans[2][3] = {
                     /* Token:           */
     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1, },
     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1, },
  };
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */

  while( *zSql ){
    switch( *zSql ){
      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
        token = tkSEMI;
        break;
      }
      case ' ':
      case '\r':
      case '\t':
      case '\n':
      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
        token = tkWS;
        break;
      }
      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
          token = tkOTHER;
          break;
        }
        zSql += 2;
        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
        zSql++;
        token = tkWS;
        break;
      }
      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
          token = tkOTHER;
          break;
        }
        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
        token = tkWS;
        break;
      }
      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
        zSql++;
        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
        token = tkOTHER;
        break;
      }
      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
      case '\'': {
        int c = *zSql;
        zSql++;
        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
        token = tkOTHER;
        break;
      }
      default: {
        int c;
        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
          int nId;
          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
          token = tkOTHER;
#else
          switch( *zSql ){
            case 'c': case 'C': {
              if( nId==6 && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
                token = tkCREATE;
              }else{
                token = tkOTHER;
              }
              break;
            }
            case 't': case 'T': {
              if( nId==7 && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
                token = tkTRIGGER;
              }else if( nId==4 && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
                token = tkTEMP;
              }else if( nId==9 && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
                token = tkTEMP;
              }else{
                token = tkOTHER;
              }
              break;
            }
            case 'e':  case 'E': {
              if( nId==3 && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
                token = tkEND;
              }else
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
              if( nId==7 && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
                token = tkEXPLAIN;
              }else
#endif
              {
                token = tkOTHER;
              }
              break;
            }
            default: {
              token = tkOTHER;
              break;
            }
          }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
          zSql += nId-1;
        }else{
          /* Operators and special symbols */
          token = tkOTHER;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
    state = trans[state][token];
    zSql++;
  }
  return state==0;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine is the same as the vtk_sqlite3_complete() routine described
** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
** UTF-8.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
  vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal;
  char const *zSql8;
  int rc = 0;

  pVal = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew();
  vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
  zSql8 = vtk_sqlite3ValueText(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8);
  if( zSql8 ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */

/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
**
** Id
*/

/*
** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
  Table *pTab = 0;
  int i;
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
    pTab = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
    pItem->pTab = pTab;
    if( pTab ){
      pTab->nRef++;
    }
  }
  return pTab;
}

/*
** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
** writable return 0;
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
  if( (pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
        && pParse->nested==0) 
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0)
#endif
  ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
    return 1;
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
    return 1;
  }
#endif
  return 0;
}

/*
** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(
  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
  int iDb,        /* The database index in vtk_sqlite3.aDb[] */
  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
  Vdbe *v;
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
  vtk_sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (u8)(opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
}


/*
** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
**
**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
**                 \________/       \________________/
**                  pTabList              pWhere
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DeleteFrom(
  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
){
  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
  int oldIdx = -1;       /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
  int iDb;               /* Database number */
  int memCnt = 0;        /* Memory cell used for change counting */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any triggers exist */
#endif

  sContext.pParse = 0;
  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  db = pParse->db;
  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );

  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
  */
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;

  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
  ** deleted from is a view
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  triggers_exist = vtk_sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0);
  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define triggers_exist 0
# define isView 0
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
# undef isView
# define isView 0
#endif

  if( vtk_sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }

  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }

  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
  */
  if( triggers_exist ){ 
    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
  }

  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
  */
  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
  sNC.pParse = pParse;
  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
  if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }

  /* Start the view context
  */
  if( isView ){
    vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
  }

  /* Begin generating code.
  */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ){
    goto delete_from_cleanup;
  }
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) vtk_sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, iDb);

  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
  ** a ephemeral table.
  */
  if( isView ){
    Select *pView = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
    vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
  }

  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
  ** we are counting rows.
  */
  if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows ){
    memCnt = pParse->nMem++;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, memCnt);
  }

  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
  */
  if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows ){
      /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
      ** entries in the table. */
      int endOfLoop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      int addr2;
      if( !isView ){
        vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
      addr2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
    }
    if( !isView ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb);
      if( !pParse->nested ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC);
      }
      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
      }
    }
  } 
  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
  */
  else{
    /* Begin the database scan
    */
    pWInfo = vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;

    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0);
    if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt);
    }

    /* End the database scan loop.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);

    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
    */
    if( triggers_exist ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
    }

    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
    */
    end = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);

    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are
    ** row triggers.
    */
    if( triggers_exist ){
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end);
      if( !isView ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0);
      if( !isView ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
      }

      (void)vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
          -1, oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
          addr);
    }

    if( !isView ){
      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its
      ** indices.  If there are row triggers, this happens inside the
      ** OP_FifoRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed
      ** before the trigger fires.  If there are no row triggers, the
      ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop.
      */
      vtk_sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);

      /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no
      ** row triggers */
      if( !triggers_exist ){ 
        addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, end);
      }

      /* Delete the row */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
        pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
      }else
#endif
      {
        vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, pParse->nested==0);
      }
    }

    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
    ** the AFTER triggers
    */
    if( triggers_exist ){
      if( !isView ){
        for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
      }
      (void)vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1,
          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
          addr);
    }

    /* End of the delete loop */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);

    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
    if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
    }
  }

  /*
  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
  ** generating code because of a call to vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
  ** invoke the callback function.
  */
  if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memCnt, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC);
  }

delete_from_cleanup:
  vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
  return;
}

/*
** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
** single table to be deleted.
**
** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
** These are the requirements:
**
**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
**
**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
**
**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top
**       of the stack.
**
** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
** entries that point to that record.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */
){
  int addr;
  (void)db; /* use arg */
  addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
  if( count ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}

/*
** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
**
** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
** These are the requirements:
**
**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
**
**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
**
**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
**       deleted.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
  char *aIdxUsed     /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */
){
  int i;
  Index *pIdx;

  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue;
    vtk_sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
** of the tack.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
** the entry that needs indexing.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
  int iCur           /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
){
  int j;
  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;

  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
  for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
    int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx);
      vtk_sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx);
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
}

/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2002 February 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
** functions of SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** vtk_sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
**
** Id
*/
/* #include <math.h> */

/*
** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
static CollSeq *vtk_sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(vtk_sqlite3_context *context){
  return context->pColl;
}

/*
** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
*/
static void minmaxFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int i;
  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
  int iBest;
  CollSeq *pColl;

  if( argc==0 ) return;
  mask = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
  pColl = vtk_sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
  assert( pColl );
  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
  iBest = 0;
  if( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==VTK_SQLITE_NULL ) return;
  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
    if( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==VTK_SQLITE_NULL ) return;
    if( (vtk_sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
      iBest = i;
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
}

/*
** Return the type of the argument.
*/
static void typeofFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const char *z = 0;
  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  switch( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_NULL:    z = "null";    break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
}


/*
** Implementation of the length() function
*/
static void lengthFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int len;

  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  assert( argc==1 );
  switch( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_BLOB:
    case VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER:
    case VTK_SQLITE_FLOAT: {
      vtk_sqlite3_result_int(context, vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
      break;
    }
    case VTK_SQLITE_TEXT: {
      const unsigned char *z = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
      if( z==0 ) return;
      len = 0;
      while( *z ){
        len++;
        VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      vtk_sqlite3_result_null(context);
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the abs() function
*/
static void absFunc(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  assert( argc==1 );
  switch( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER: {
      i64 iVal = vtk_sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
      if( iVal<0 ){
        if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){
          vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
          return;
        }
        iVal = -iVal;
      } 
      vtk_sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
      break;
    }
    case VTK_SQLITE_NULL: {
      vtk_sqlite3_result_null(context);
      break;
    }
    default: {
      double rVal = vtk_sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
      vtk_sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the substr() function.
**
** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
**
** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
*/
static void substrFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const unsigned char *z;
  const unsigned char *z2;
  int len;
  int p0type;
  i64 p1, p2;
  
  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  assert( argc==3 );
  p0type = vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
  if( p0type==VTK_SQLITE_BLOB ){
    len = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
    z = vtk_sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
    if( z==0 ) return;
    assert( len==vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
  }else{
    z = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
    if( z==0 ) return;
    len = 0;
    for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
      VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
    }
  }
  p1 = vtk_sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
  p2 = vtk_sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
  if( p1<0 ){
    p1 += len;
    if( p1<0 ){
      p2 += p1;
      p1 = 0;
    }
  }else if( p1>0 ){
    p1--;
  }
  if( p1+p2>len ){
    p2 = len-p1;
  }
  if( p0type!=VTK_SQLITE_BLOB ){
    while( *z && p1 ){
      VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
      p1--;
    }
    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
      VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, z2-z, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }else{
    if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[(size_t)p1], (int)p2, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the round() function
*/
static void roundFunc(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  int n = 0;
  double r;
  char zBuf[500];  /* larger than the %f representation of the largest double */
  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
  if( argc==2 ){
    if( VTK_SQLITE_NULL==vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
    n = vtk_sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==VTK_SQLITE_NULL ) return;
  r = vtk_sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%.*f",n,r);
  vtk_sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r);
  vtk_sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
}

/*
** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
*/
static void upperFunc(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  char *z1;
  const char *z2;
  int i, n;
  if( argc<1 || VTK_SQLITE_NULL==vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
  z2 = (char*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  n = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
  assert( z2==(char*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
  if( z2 ){
    z1 = vtk_sqlite3_malloc(n+1);
    if( z1 ){
      memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
      for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
        z1[i] = (char)(toupper(z1[i]));
      }
      vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, vtk_sqlite3_free);
    }
  }
}
static void lowerFunc(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  char *z1;
  const char *z2;
  int i, n;
  if( argc<1 || VTK_SQLITE_NULL==vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
  z2 = (char*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  n = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
  assert( z2==(char*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
  if( z2 ){
    z1 = vtk_sqlite3_malloc(n+1);
    if( z1 ){
      memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
      for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
        z1[i] = (char)(tolower(z1[i]));
      }
      vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, vtk_sqlite3_free);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.  
** All three do the same thing.  They return the first non-NULL
** argument.
*/
static void ifnullFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
    if( VTK_SQLITE_NULL!=vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
      vtk_sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[i]);
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
*/
static void randomFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  vtk_sqlite_int64 r;
  (void)argc; (void)argv; /* use args */
  vtk_sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
  if( (r<<1)==0 ) r = 0;  /* Prevent 0x8000.... as the result so that we */
                          /* can always do abs() of the result */
  vtk_sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
}

/*
** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
** that is N bytes long.
*/
static void randomBlob(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int n;
  unsigned char *p;
  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  assert( argc==1 );
  n = vtk_sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
  if( n<1 ){
    n = 1;
  }
  if( n>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    return;
  }
  p = vtk_sqliteMalloc(n);
  if( p ){
    vtk_sqlite3Randomness(n, p);
    vtk_sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, vtk_sqlite3FreeX);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
** value is the same as the vtk_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
*/
static void last_insert_rowid(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context, 
  int arg, 
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
  (void)arg; (void)argv; /* use args */
  vtk_sqlite3_result_int64(context, vtk_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
}

/*
** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.  The return value is the
** same as the vtk_sqlite3_changes() API function.
*/
static void changes(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int arg,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
  (void)arg; (void)argv; /* use args */
  vtk_sqlite3_result_int(context, vtk_sqlite3_changes(db));
}

/*
** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
** the same as the vtk_sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
*/
static void total_changes(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int arg,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
  (void)arg; (void)argv; /* use args */
  vtk_sqlite3_result_int(context, vtk_sqlite3_total_changes(db));
}

/*
** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
*/
struct compareInfo {
  u8 matchAll;
  u8 matchOne;
  u8 matchSet;
  u8 noCase;
};

static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
/* If VTK_SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };

/*
** Read a single UTF-8 character and return its value.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 vtk_sqlite3ReadUtf8(const unsigned char *z){
  u32 c;
  VTK_SQLITE_READ_UTF8(z, c);
  return c;
}

/*
** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
**
** Globbing rules:
**
**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
**
**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
**
**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
**                characters.
**
**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
**
** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
** it the last character in the list.
**
** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
**
** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
**
**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
*/
static int patternCompare(
  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
  const int esc                    /* The escape character */
){
  register int c;
  int invert;
  int seen;
  int c2;
  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */

  while( (c = *zPattern)!=0 ){
    if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){
      while( (c=zPattern[1]) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){
        if( c==matchOne ){
          if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
          VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
        }
        zPattern++;
      }
      if( c && esc && vtk_sqlite3ReadUtf8(&zPattern[1])==(u32)esc ){
        u8 const *zTemp = &zPattern[1];
        VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zTemp);
        c = *zTemp;
      }
      if( c==0 ) return 1;
      if( c==matchSet ){
        assert( esc==0 );   /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
          VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
        }
        return *zString!=0;
      }else{
        while( (c2 = *zString)!=0 ){
          if( noCase ){
            c2 = vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[c2];
            c = vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
            while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[*++zString]; }
          }else{
            while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){ c2 = *++zString; }
          }
          if( c2==0 ) return 0;
          if( patternCompare(&zPattern[1],zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
          VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
        }
        return 0;
      }
    }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){
      if( *zString==0 ) return 0;
      VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
      zPattern++;
    }else if( c==matchSet ){
      int prior_c = 0;
      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
      seen = 0;
      invert = 0;
      c = vtk_sqlite3ReadUtf8(zString);
      if( c==0 ) return 0;
      c2 = *++zPattern;
      if( c2=='^' ){ invert = 1; c2 = *++zPattern; }
      if( c2==']' ){
        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
        c2 = *++zPattern;
      }
      while( (c2 = vtk_sqlite3ReadUtf8(zPattern))!=0 && c2!=']' ){
        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[1]!=']' && zPattern[1]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
          zPattern++;
          c2 = vtk_sqlite3ReadUtf8(zPattern);
          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
          prior_c = 0;
        }else if( c==c2 ){
          seen = 1;
          prior_c = c2;
        }else{
          prior_c = c2;
        }
        VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zPattern);
      }
      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ) return 0;
      VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
      zPattern++;
    }else if( esc && !prevEscape && vtk_sqlite3ReadUtf8(zPattern)==(u32)esc){
      prevEscape = 1;
      VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zPattern);
    }else{
      if( noCase ){
        if( vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[c] != vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[*zString] ) return 0;
      }else{
        if( c != *zString ) return 0;
      }
      zPattern++;
      zString++;
      prevEscape = 0;
    }
  }
  return *zString==0;
}

/*
** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
** only.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
int vtk_sqlite3_like_count = 0;
#endif


/*
** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
**
**       A LIKE B
**
** is implemented as like(B,A).
**
** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
** the GLOB operator.
*/
static void likeFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context, 
  int argc, 
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
  int escape = 0;

  zB = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  zA = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);

  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
    return;
  }
  assert( zB==vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */

  if( argc==3 ){
    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
    ** Otherwise, return an error.
    */
    const unsigned char *zEsc = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
    if( vtk_sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
      vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, 
          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
      return;
    }
    escape = vtk_sqlite3ReadUtf8(zEsc);
  }
  if( zA && zB ){
    struct compareInfo *pInfo = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
    vtk_sqlite3_like_count++;
#endif
    
    vtk_sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
** arguments are equal to each other.
*/
static void nullifFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  CollSeq *pColl = vtk_sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
  (void)argc; /* use arg */
  if( vtk_sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
  }
}

/*
** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function.  The result is the version
** of the SQLite library that is running.
*/
static void versionFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  (void)argc; (void)argv; /* use args */
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, vtk_sqlite3_version, -1, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
}

/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
** digits. */
static const char hexdigits[] = {
  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
};

/*
** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function.  The interface may
** change.  This function may disappear.  Do not write code that depends
** on this function.
**
** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
** single-quote escapes.
*/
static void quoteFunc(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  if( argc<1 ) return;
  switch( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_NULL: {
      vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
      break;
    }
    case VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER:
    case VTK_SQLITE_FLOAT: {
      vtk_sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
      break;
    }
    case VTK_SQLITE_BLOB: {
      char *zText = 0;
      char const *zBlob = vtk_sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
      int nBlob = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
      assert( zBlob==vtk_sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */

      if( 2*nBlob+4>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
        vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
        return;
      }
      zText = (char *)vtk_sqliteMalloc((2*nBlob)+4); 
      if( !zText ){
        vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
      }else{
        int i;
        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
        }
        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
        zText[0] = 'X';
        zText[1] = '\'';
        vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
        vtk_sqliteFree(zText);
      }
      break;
    }
    case VTK_SQLITE_TEXT: {
      int i,j;
      u64 n;
      const unsigned char *zArg = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
      char *z;

      if( zArg==0 ) return;
      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
      if( i+n+3>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
        vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
        return;
      }
      z = vtk_sqliteMalloc( (int)(i+n+3) );
      if( z==0 ) return;
      z[0] = '\'';
      for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
        z[j++] = zArg[i];
        if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
          z[j++] = '\'';
        }
      }
      z[j++] = '\'';
      z[j] = 0;
      vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
      vtk_sqliteFree(z);
    }
  }
}

/*
** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
*/
static void hexFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int i, n;
  const unsigned char *pBlob;
  char *zHex, *z;
  (void)argc; /* use args */
  assert( argc==1 );
  pBlob = vtk_sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
  n = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  if( n*2+1>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
    return;
  }
  assert( pBlob==vtk_sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
  z = zHex = vtk_sqlite3_malloc(n*2 + 1);
  if( zHex==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
    unsigned char c = *pBlob;
    *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
    *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
  }
  *z = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, vtk_sqlite3_free);
}

/*
** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
*/
static void zeroblobFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  i64 n;
  (void)argc; /* use args */
  assert( argc==1 );
  n = vtk_sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
  if( n>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n);
  }
}

/*
** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C.  The match
** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
*/
static void replaceFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */

  (void)argc; /* use args */
  assert( argc==3 );
  zStr = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zStr==0 ) return;
  nStr = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  assert( zStr==vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
  zPattern = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
  if( zPattern==0 || zPattern[0]==0 ) return;
  nPattern = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
  assert( zPattern==vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
  zRep = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
  if( zRep==0 ) return;
  nRep = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
  assert( zRep==vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
  nOut = nStr + 1;
  assert( nOut<VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
  zOut = vtk_sqlite3_malloc((int)nOut);
  if( zOut==0 ){
    return;
  }
  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
    }else{
      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
      if( nOut>=VTK_SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
        vtk_sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
        vtk_sqlite3_free(zOut);
        return;
      }
      zOut = vtk_sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
      if( zOut==0 ){
        return;
      }
      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
      j += nRep;
      i += nPattern-1;
    }
  }
  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
  j += nStr - i;
  assert( j<=nOut );
  zOut[j] = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, vtk_sqlite3_free);
}

/*
** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
*/
static void trimFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
  unsigned char *aLen = 0;          /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
  const unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */

  if( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==VTK_SQLITE_NULL ){
    return;
  }
  zIn = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zIn==0 ) return;
  nIn = vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
  assert( zIn==vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
  if( argc==1 ){
    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
    static const unsigned char *azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
    nChar = 1;
    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
    azChar = azOne;
    zCharSet = 0;
  }else if( (zCharSet = vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
    return;
  }else{
    const unsigned char *z;
    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
      VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
    }
    if( nChar>0 ){
      azChar = vtk_sqlite3_malloc( nChar*(sizeof(char*)+1) );
      if( azChar==0 ){
        return;
      }
      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
        azChar[nChar] = z;
        VTK_SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
        aLen[nChar] = (unsigned char)(z - azChar[nChar]);
      }
    }
  }
  if( nChar>0 ){
    flags = (int)(size_t)vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
    if( flags & 1 ){
      while( nIn>0 ){
        int len = 0;
        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
          len = aLen[i];
          if( memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
        }
        if( i>=nChar ) break;
        zIn += len;
        nIn -= len;
      }
    }
    if( flags & 2 ){
      while( nIn>0 ){
        int len = 0;
        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
          len = aLen[i];
          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
        }
        if( i>=nChar ) break;
        nIn -= len;
      }
    }
    if( zCharSet ){
      vtk_sqlite3_free((void*)azChar);
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SOUNDEX
/*
** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
*/
static void soundexFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *context,
  int argc,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  char zResult[8];
  const u8 *zIn;
  int i, j;
  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
  };
  assert( argc==1 );
  zIn = (u8*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
  if( zIn[i] ){
    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
    zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]);
    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
      if( code>0 ){
        if( code!=prevcode ){
          prevcode = code;
          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
        }
      }else{
        prevcode = 0;
      }
    }
    while( j<4 ){
      zResult[j++] = '0';
    }
    zResult[j] = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
}
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
*/
static void loadExt(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  const char *zFile = (const char *)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
  const char *zProc;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context);
  char *zErrMsg = 0;

  if( argc==2 ){
    zProc = (const char *)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
  }else{
    zProc = 0;
  }
  if( zFile && vtk_sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
    vtk_sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
  }
}
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
/*
** This function generates a string of random characters.  Used for
** generating test data.
*/
static void randStr(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  static const unsigned char zSrc[] = 
     "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
     "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
     "0123456789"
     ".-!,:*^+=_|?/<> ";
  int iMin, iMax, n, r, i;
  unsigned char zBuf[1000];
  if( argc>=1 ){
    iMin = vtk_sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
    if( iMin<0 ) iMin = 0;
    if( iMin>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMin = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
  }else{
    iMin = 1;
  }
  if( argc>=2 ){
    iMax = vtk_sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
    if( iMax<iMin ) iMax = iMin;
    if( iMax>=sizeof(zBuf) ) iMax = sizeof(zBuf)-1;
  }else{
    iMax = 50;
  }
  n = iMin;
  if( iMax>iMin ){
    vtk_sqlite3Randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
    r &= 0x7fffffff;
    n += r%(iMax + 1 - iMin);
  }
  assert( n<sizeof(zBuf) );
  vtk_sqlite3Randomness(n, zBuf);
  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
    zBuf[i] = zSrc[zBuf[i]%(sizeof(zSrc)-1)];
  }
  zBuf[n] = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zBuf, n, VTK_SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_TEST */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
/*
** The following two SQL functions are used to test returning a text
** result with a destructor. Function 'test_destructor' takes one argument
** and returns the same argument interpreted as TEXT. A destructor is
** passed with the vtk_sqlite3_result_text() call.
**
** SQL function 'test_destructor_count' returns the number of outstanding 
** allocations made by 'test_destructor';
**
** WARNING: Not threadsafe.
*/
static int test_destructor_count_var = 0;
static void destructor(void *p){
  char *zVal = (char *)p;
  assert(zVal);
  zVal--;
  vtk_sqliteFree(zVal);
  test_destructor_count_var--;
}
static void test_destructor(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  int nArg,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  char *zVal;
  int len;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(pCtx);
 
  test_destructor_count_var++;
  assert( nArg==1 );
  if( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==VTK_SQLITE_NULL ) return;
  len = vtk_sqlite3ValueBytes(argv[0], ENC(db)); 
  zVal = vtk_sqliteMalloc(len+3);
  zVal[len] = 0;
  zVal[len-1] = 0;
  assert( zVal );
  zVal++;
  memcpy(zVal, vtk_sqlite3ValueText(argv[0], ENC(db)), len);
  if( ENC(db)==VTK_SQLITE_UTF8 ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  }else if( ENC(db)==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text16le(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3_result_text16be(pCtx, zVal, -1, destructor);
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
  }
}
static void test_destructor_count(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  int nArg,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  vtk_sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, test_destructor_count_var);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_TEST */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Routines for testing the vtk_sqlite3_get_auxdata() and vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata()
** interface.
**
** The test_auxdata() SQL function attempts to register each of its arguments
** as auxiliary data.  If there are no prior registrations of aux data for
** that argument (meaning the argument is not a constant or this is its first
** call) then the result for that argument is 0.  If there is a prior
** registration, the result for that argument is 1.  The overall result
** is the individual argument results separated by spaces.
*/
static void free_test_auxdata(void *p) {vtk_sqliteFree(p);}
static void test_auxdata(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  int nArg,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  int i;
  char *zRet = vtk_sqliteMalloc(nArg*2);
  if( !zRet ) return;
  for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
    char const *z = (char*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
    if( z ){
      char *zAux = vtk_sqlite3_get_auxdata(pCtx, i);
      if( zAux ){
        zRet[i*2] = '1';
        if( strcmp(zAux, z) ){
          vtk_sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "Auxilary data corruption", -1);
          return;
        }
      }else{
        zRet[i*2] = '0';
        zAux = vtk_sqliteStrDup(z);
        vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata(pCtx, i, zAux, free_test_auxdata);
      }
      zRet[i*2+1] = ' ';
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zRet, 2*nArg-1, free_test_auxdata);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_TEST */

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
/*
** A function to test error reporting from user functions. This function
** returns a copy of it's first argument as an error.
*/
static void test_error(
  vtk_sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
  int nArg,
  vtk_sqlite3_value **argv
){
  vtk_sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, (char*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), 0);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_TEST */

/*
** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
*/
typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
struct SumCtx {
  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
};

/*
** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
**
** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
** it overflows an integer.
*/
static void sumStep(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  SumCtx *p;
  int type;
  (void)argc; /* use args */
  assert( argc==1 );
  p = vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
  type = vtk_sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
  if( p && type!=VTK_SQLITE_NULL ){
    p->cnt++;
    if( type==VTK_SQLITE_INTEGER ){
      i64 v = vtk_sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
      p->rSum += v;
      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){
        i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v;
        int s1 = (int) (p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
        int s2 = (int) (v       >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
        int s3 = (int) (iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
        p->overflow = (u8)((s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3));
        p->iSum = iNewSum;
      }
    }else{
      p->rSum += vtk_sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
      p->approx = 1;
    }
  }
}
static void sumFinalize(vtk_sqlite3_context *context){
  SumCtx *p;
  p = vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
    if( p->overflow ){
      vtk_sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
    }else if( p->approx ){
      vtk_sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
    }
  }
}
static void avgFinalize(vtk_sqlite3_context *context){
  SumCtx *p;
  p = vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
  }
}
static void totalFinalize(vtk_sqlite3_context *context){
  SumCtx *p;
  p = vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : 0.0);
}

/*
** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
** count() aggregate function.
*/
typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
struct CountCtx {
  i64 n;
};

/*
** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
*/
static void countStep(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  CountCtx *p;
  p = vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
  if( (argc==0 || VTK_SQLITE_NULL!=vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
    p->n++;
  }
}   
static void countFinalize(vtk_sqlite3_context *context){
  CountCtx *p;
  p = vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
}

/*
** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
*/
static void minmaxStep(vtk_sqlite3_context *context, int argc, vtk_sqlite3_value **argv){
  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
  Mem *pBest;

  (void)argc; /* use args */
  if( vtk_sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==VTK_SQLITE_NULL ) return;
  pBest = (Mem *)vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
  if( !pBest ) return;

  if( pBest->flags ){
    int max;
    int cmp;
    CollSeq *pColl = vtk_sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
    ** vtk_sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the vtk_sqlite3* database pointer.
    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
    */
    max = vtk_sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
    cmp = vtk_sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
    }
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
  }
}
static void minMaxFinalize(vtk_sqlite3_context *context){
  vtk_sqlite3_value *pRes;
  pRes = (vtk_sqlite3_value *)vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
  if( pRes ){
    if( pRes->flags ){
      vtk_sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
  }
}


/*
** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
** external linkage.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  static const struct {
     char *zName;
     signed char nArg;
     u8 argType;           /* ff: db   1: 0, 2: 1, 3: 2,...  N:  N-1. */
     u8 eTextRep;          /* 1: UTF-16.  0: UTF-8 */
     u8 needCollSeq;
     void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **);
  } aFuncs[] = {
    { "min",               -1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    1, minmaxFunc },
    { "min",                0, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    1, 0          },
    { "max",               -1, 1, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    1, minmaxFunc },
    { "max",                0, 1, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    1, 0          },
    { "typeof",             1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, typeofFunc },
    { "length",             1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, lengthFunc },
    { "substr",             3, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, substrFunc },
    { "abs",                1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, absFunc    },
    { "round",              1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, roundFunc  },
    { "round",              2, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, roundFunc  },
    { "upper",              1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, upperFunc  },
    { "lower",              1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, lowerFunc  },
    { "coalesce",          -1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, ifnullFunc },
    { "coalesce",           0, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, 0          },
    { "coalesce",           1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, 0          },
    { "hex",                1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, hexFunc    },
    { "ifnull",             2, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    1, ifnullFunc },
    { "random",            -1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, randomFunc },
    { "randomblob",         1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, randomBlob },
    { "nullif",             2, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    1, nullifFunc },
    { "sqlite_version",     0, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, versionFunc},
    { "quote",              1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, quoteFunc  },
    { "last_insert_rowid",  0, 0xff, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, last_insert_rowid },
    { "changes",            0, 0xff, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, changes           },
    { "total_changes",      0, 0xff, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, total_changes     },
    { "replace",            3, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, replaceFunc       },
    { "ltrim",              1, 1, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, trimFunc          },
    { "ltrim",              2, 1, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, trimFunc          },
    { "rtrim",              1, 2, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, trimFunc          },
    { "rtrim",              2, 2, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, trimFunc          },
    { "trim",               1, 3, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, trimFunc          },
    { "trim",               2, 3, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, trimFunc          },
    { "zeroblob",           1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, zeroblobFunc      },
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SOUNDEX
    { "soundex",            1, 0, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,    0, soundexFunc},
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
    { "load_extension",     1, 0xff, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt },
    { "load_extension",     2, 0xff, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, loadExt },
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
    { "randstr",               2, 0,    VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, randStr    },
    { "test_destructor",       1, 0xff, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor},
    { "test_destructor_count", 0, 0,    VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_destructor_count},
    { "test_auxdata",         -1, 0,    VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_auxdata},
    { "test_error",            1, 0,    VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, test_error},
#endif
  };
  static const struct {
    char *zName;
    signed char nArg;
    u8 argType;
    u8 needCollSeq;
    void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**);
    void (*xFinalize)(vtk_sqlite3_context*);
  } aAggs[] = {
    { "min",    1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
    { "max",    1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,   minMaxFinalize },
    { "sum",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      sumFinalize    },
    { "total",  1, 0, 0, sumStep,      totalFinalize    },
    { "avg",    1, 0, 0, sumStep,      avgFinalize    },
    { "count",  0, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
    { "count",  1, 0, 0, countStep,    countFinalize  },
  };
  int i;

  for(i=0; i<(int)(sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0])); i++){
    void *pArg;
    u8 argType = aFuncs[i].argType;
    if( argType==0xff ){
      pArg = db;
    }else{
      pArg = (void*)(size_t)argType;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
        aFuncs[i].eTextRep, pArg, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
    if( aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
      FuncDef *pFunc = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(db, aFuncs[i].zName, 
          strlen(aFuncs[i].zName), aFuncs[i].nArg, aFuncs[i].eTextRep, 0);
      if( pFunc && aFuncs[i].needCollSeq ){
        pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
      }
    }
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
  vtk_sqlite3AlterFunctions(db);
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
  vtk_sqlite3AttachFunctions(db);
#endif
  for(i=0; i<(int)(sizeof(aAggs)/sizeof(aAggs[0])); i++){
    void *pArg = (void*)(size_t)aAggs[i].argType;
    vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, aAggs[i].zName, aAggs[i].nArg, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 
        pArg, 0, aAggs[i].xStep, aAggs[i].xFinalize);
    if( aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
      FuncDef *pFunc = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction( db, aAggs[i].zName,
          strlen(aAggs[i].zName), aAggs[i].nArg, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
      if( pFunc && aAggs[i].needCollSeq ){
        pFunc->needCollSeq = 1;
      }
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(db);
  if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    int rc = vtk_sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
    assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK );
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM ){
      vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc();
    }
  }
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SSE
  (void)vtk_sqlite3SseFunctions(db);
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
  vtk_sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 1);
#else
  vtk_sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, 0);
#endif
}

/*
** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
*/
static void setLikeOptFlag(vtk_sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int flagVal){
  FuncDef *pDef;
  pDef = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, strlen(zName), 2, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
  if( pDef ){
    pDef->flags = (u8)flagVal;
  }
}

/*
** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
  if( caseSensitive ){
    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
  }else{
    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 
      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0);
  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
      caseSensitive ? (VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
}

/*
** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
** return FALSE.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3IsLikeFunction(vtk_sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
  FuncDef *pDef;
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->pList ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( pExpr->pList->nExpr!=2 ){
    return 0;
  }
  pDef = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2,
                             VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
  if( pDef==0 || (pDef->flags & VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
    return 0;
  }

  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
  */
  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
  *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
  return 1;
}

/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
**
** Id
*/

/*
** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
**
**  Character      Column affinity
**  ------------------------------
**  'a'            TEXT
**  'b'            NONE
**  'c'            NUMERIC
**  'd'            INTEGER
**  'e'            REAL
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
    **
    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
    ** vtk_sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
    ** up.
    */
    int n;
    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(pIdx->nColumn+1);
    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
      return;
    }
    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
    }
    pIdx->zColAff[pIdx->nColumn] = '\0';
  }
 
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0);
}

/*
** Set P3 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
** column:
**
**  Character      Column affinity
**  ------------------------------
**  'a'            TEXT
**  'b'            NONE
**  'c'            NUMERIC
**  'd'            INTEGER
**  'e'            REAL
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
  /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
  ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then 
  ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
  **
  ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
  ** vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
  */
  if( !pTab->zColAff ){
    char *zColAff;
    int i;

    zColAff = (char *)vtk_sqliteMalloc(pTab->nCol+1);
    if( !zColAff ){
      return;
    }

    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
    }
    zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';

    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
  }

  vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
}

/*
** Return non-zero if SELECT statement p opens the table with rootpage
** iTab in database iDb.  This is used to see if a statement of the form 
** "INSERT INTO <iDb, iTab> SELECT ..." can run without using temporary
** table for the results of the SELECT. 
**
** No checking is done for sub-selects that are part of expressions.
*/
static int selectReadsTable(Select *p, Schema *pSchema, int iTab){
  int i;
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
  if( p->pSrc==0 ) return 0;
  for(i=0, pItem=p->pSrc->a; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
    if( pItem->pSelect ){
      if( selectReadsTable(pItem->pSelect, pSchema, iTab) ) return 1;
    }else{
      if( pItem->pTab->pSchema==pSchema && pItem->pTab->tnum==iTab ) return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
/*
** Write out code to initialize the autoincrement logic.  This code
** looks up the current autoincrement value in the vtk_sqlite_sequence
** table and stores that value in a memory cell.  Code generated by
** autoIncStep() will keep that memory cell holding the largest
** rowid value.  Code generated by autoIncEnd() will write the new
** largest value of the counter back into the vtk_sqlite_sequence table.
**
** This routine returns the index of the mem[] cell that contains
** the maximum rowid counter.
**
** Two memory cells are allocated.  The next memory cell after the
** one returned holds the rowid in vtk_sqlite_sequence where we will
** write back the revised maximum rowid.
*/
static int autoIncBegin(
  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
){
  int memId = 0;
  if( pTab->autoInc ){
    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
    Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb];
    int iCur = pParse->nTab;
    int addr;
    assert( v );
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    memId = pParse->nMem+1;
    pParse->nMem += 2;
    vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addr+13);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x100, addr+12);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, memId-1, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, memId, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+13);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr+4);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
  }
  return memId;
}

/*
** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
**
** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
** memory cell is updated.  The stack is unchanged.
*/
static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId){
  if( memId>0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, 0);
  }
}

/*
** After doing one or more inserts, the maximum rowid is stored
** in mem[memId].  Generate code to write this value back into the
** the vtk_sqlite_sequence table.
*/
static void autoIncEnd(
  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
  int iDb,           /* Index of the database holding pTab */
  Table *pTab,       /* Table we are inserting into */
  int memId          /* Memory cell holding the maximum rowid */
){
  if( pTab->autoInc ){
    int iCur = pParse->nTab;
    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
    Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb];
    int addr;
    assert( v );
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memId-1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr+7);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iCur, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memId, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 2, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iCur, OPFLAG_APPEND);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
  }
}
#else
/*
** If VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
** above are all no-ops
*/
# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
# define autoIncStep(A,B)
# define autoIncEnd(A,B,C,D)
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */


/* Forward declaration */
static int xferOptimization(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
);

/*
** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
**
**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
**
** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
**
** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
** data for the insert.
**
** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
** once straight down through.  The template looks like this:
**
**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
**         puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
**         write the resulting record into <table>
**         cleanup
**
** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
**
**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
**
** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
** template.  This is the second template.
**
**         open a write cursor to <table>
**         open read cursor on <table2>
**         transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
**         close cursors
**         foreach index on <table>
**           open a write cursor on the <table> index
**           open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
**           close cursors
**         end foreach
**
** The third template is for when the second template does not apply
** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
** The generated code follows this template:
**
**         goto B
**      A: setup for the SELECT
**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
**           gosub C
**         end loop
**         cleanup after the SELECT
**         goto D
**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
**         goto A
**      C: insert the select result into <table>
**         return
**      D: cleanup
**
** The fourth template is used if the insert statement takes its
** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
** the select.  The template is like this:
**
**         goto B
**      A: setup for the SELECT
**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
**           gosub C
**         end loop
**         cleanup after the SELECT
**         goto D
**      C: insert the select result into the intermediate table
**         return
**      B: open a cursor to an intermediate table
**         goto A
**      D: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
**         loop over the intermediate table
**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
**         end the loop
**         cleanup
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Insert(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
  ExprList *pList,      /* List of values to be inserted */
  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
){
  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into */
  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
  int base = 0;         /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
  int iCont=0,iBreak=0; /* Beginning and end of the loop over srcTab */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
  int keyColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
  int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
  int iSelectLoop = 0;  /* Address of code that implements the SELECT */
  int iCleanup = 0;     /* Address of the cleanup code */
  int iInsertBlock = 0; /* Address of the subroutine used to insert data */
  int iCntMem = 0;      /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
  int newIdx = -1;      /* Cursor for the NEW table */
  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
  int counterMem = 0;   /* Memory cell holding AUTOINCREMENT counter */
  int appendFlag = 0;   /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
  int iDb;

  int nHidden = 0;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
  int triggers_exist = 0;     /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */
#endif

  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
  db = pParse->db;

  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
  */
  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
  if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
  if( pTab==0 ){
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  zDb = pDb->zName;
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }

  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
  ** inserted into is a view
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  triggers_exist = vtk_sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0);
  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define triggers_exist 0
# define isView 0
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
# undef isView
# define isView 0
#endif

  /* Ensure that:
  *  (a) the table is not read-only, 
  *  (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
  assert( pTab!=0 );

  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual 
  ** module table).
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }

  /* Allocate a VDBE
  */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) vtk_sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || triggers_exist, iDb);

  /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */
  if( triggers_exist ){
    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
  /* If the statement is of the form
  **
  **       INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
  **
  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
  */
  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
    assert( !triggers_exist );
    assert( pList==0 );
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */

  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell counterMem.  Also
  ** remember the rowid of the sqlite_sequence table entry in memory cell
  ** counterRowid.
  */
  counterMem = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);

  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then this step also generates
  ** all the code to implement the SELECT statement and invoke a subroutine
  ** to process each row of the result. (Template 2.) If the SELECT
  ** statement uses the the table that is being inserted into, then the
  ** subroutine is also coded here.  That subroutine stores the SELECT
  ** results in a temporary table. (Template 3.)
  */
  if( pSelect ){
    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate code to implement that SELECT
    */
    int rc, iInitCode;
    iInitCode = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
    iSelectLoop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    iInsertBlock = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);

    /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
    rc = vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Subroutine, iInsertBlock,0,0,0,0);
    if( rc || pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
      goto insert_cleanup;
    }

    iCleanup = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iCleanup);
    assert( pSelect->pEList );
    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;

    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
    ** should be written into a temporary table.  Set to FALSE if each
    ** row of the SELECT can be written directly into the result table.
    **
    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
    */
    if( triggers_exist || selectReadsTable(pSelect,pTab->pSchema,pTab->tnum) ){
      useTempTable = 1;
    }

    if( useTempTable ){
      /* Generate the subroutine that SELECT calls to process each row of
      ** the result.  Store the result in a temporary table
      */
      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, OPFLAG_APPEND);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);

      /* The following code runs first because the GOTO at the very top
      ** of the program jumps to it.  Create the temporary table, then jump
      ** back up and execute the SELECT code above.
      */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, srcTab, nColumn);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iInitCode);
    }
  }else{
    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
    ** clause
    */
    NameContext sNC;
    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
    sNC.pParse = pParse;
    srcTab = -1;
    useTempTable = 0;
    nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
      if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
        goto insert_cleanup;
      }
    }
  }

  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
  */
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
    }
  }
  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn);
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }
  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
    goto insert_cleanup;
  }

  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
  ** remember the column indices.
  **
  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  keyColumn is
  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the primary
  ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
  */
  if( pColumn ){
    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
    }
    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
        if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
            keyColumn = i;
          }
          break;
        }
      }
      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
        if( vtk_sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
          keyColumn = i;
        }else{
          vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
          pParse->nErr++;
          goto insert_cleanup;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
  ** in the original table definition.
  */
  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
  }

  /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers
  */
  if( triggers_exist ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);
  }
    
  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
  */
  if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows ){
    iCntMem = pParse->nMem++;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iCntMem);
  }

  /* Open tables and indices if there are no row triggers */
  if( !triggers_exist ){
    base = pParse->nTab;
    vtk_sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
  }

  /* If the data source is a temporary table, then we have to create
  ** a loop because there might be multiple rows of data.  If the data
  ** source is a subroutine call from the SELECT statement, then we need
  ** to launch the SELECT statement processing.
  */
  if( useTempTable ){
    iBreak = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab, iBreak);
    iCont = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  }else if( pSelect ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iSelectLoop);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iInsertBlock);
  }

  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
  */
  endOfLoop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  if( triggers_exist & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){

    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
    */
    if( keyColumn<0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
    }else if( useTempTable ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
    }else{
      assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, -1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
    }

    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
    */
    assert(!IsVirtual(pTab));

    /* Create the new column data
    */
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( pColumn==0 ){
        j = i;
      }else{
        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
        }
      }
      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt);
      }else if( useTempTable ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); 
      }else{
        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);

    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
    ** table column affinities.
    */
    if( !isView ){
      vtk_sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0);

    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
    if( vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, 
        newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){
      goto insert_cleanup;
    }
  }

  /* If any triggers exists, the opening of tables and indices is deferred
  ** until now.
  */
  if( triggers_exist && !isView ){
    base = pParse->nTab;
    vtk_sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, base, OP_OpenWrite);
  }

  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid
  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
  */
  if( !isView ){
    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete:  none */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
    }
    if( keyColumn>=0 ){
      if( useTempTable ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn);
      }else if( pSelect ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nColumn - keyColumn - 1, 1);
      }else{
        VdbeOp *pOp;
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr);
        pOp = vtk_sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - 1);
        if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Null ){
          appendFlag = 1;
          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
          pOp->p1 = base;
          pOp->p2 = counterMem;
        }
      }
      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
      */
      if( !appendFlag ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
      }
    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, base, counterMem);
      appendFlag = 1;
    }
    autoIncStep(pParse, counterMem);

    /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
    ** with the first column.
    */
    nHidden = 0;
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
        ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
        ** in its place.  So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
        continue;
      }
      if( pColumn==0 ){
        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
          j = -1;
          nHidden++;
        }else{
          j = i - nHidden;
        }
      }else{
        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
        }
      }
      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt);
      }else if( useTempTable ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j); 
      }else if( pSelect ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+nColumn-j+IsVirtual(pTab), 1);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr);
      }
    }

    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
    ** do the insertion.
    */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2,
                     (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
    }else
#endif
    {
      vtk_sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, base, 0, keyColumn>=0,
                                     0, onError, endOfLoop);
      vtk_sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, base, 0,0,0,
                            (triggers_exist & TRIGGER_AFTER)!=0 ? newIdx : -1,
                            appendFlag);
    }
  }

  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
  */
  if( (db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, iCntMem);
  }

  if( triggers_exist ){
    /* Close all tables opened */
    if( !isView ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
      for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
      }
    }

    /* Code AFTER triggers */
    if( vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab,
          newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop) ){
      goto insert_cleanup;
    }
  }

  /* The bottom of the loop, if the data source is a SELECT statement
  */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
  if( useTempTable ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, srcTab, iCont);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, srcTab, 0);
  }else if( pSelect ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCleanup);
  }

  if( !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    /* Close all tables opened */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
    for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, idx+base, 0);
    }
  }

  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
  ** counter value in memory counterMem back into the sqlite_sequence
  ** table.
  */
  autoIncEnd(pParse, iDb, pTab, counterMem);

  /*
  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
  ** generating code because of a call to vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
  ** invoke the callback function.
  */
  if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iCntMem, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", P3_STATIC);
  }

insert_cleanup:
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
  vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
}

/*
** Generate code to do a constraint check prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
**
** When this routine is called, the stack contains (from bottom to top)
** the following values:
**
**    1.  The rowid of the row to be updated before the update.  This
**        value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a
**        change to the record number.
**
**    2.  The rowid of the row after the update.
**
**    3.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
**
**    i.  Data from middle columns...
**
**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
**
** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate
** and rowidChng are 1.  isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for
** INSERTs and rowidChng is true if the record number is being changed.
**
** The code generated by this routine pushes additional entries onto
** the stack which are the keys for new index entries for the new record.
** The order of index keys is the same as the order of the indices on
** the pTable->pIndex list.  A key is only created for index i if 
** aIdxUsed!=0 and aIdxUsed[i]!=0.
**
** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
**
**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
**                                vtk_sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
**                                return code of VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
**
**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
**                                cause vtk_sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
**                                with VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
**
**  any              FAIL         SQLite_exec() returns immediately with a
**                                return code of VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
**                                prior changes are retained.
**
**  any              IGNORE       The record number and data is popped from
**                                the stack and there is an immediate jump
**                                to label ignoreDest.
**
**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
**                                value for that column.  If the default value
**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
**
**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
**                                being inserted is removed.
**
**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
**
** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
** for the constraint is used.
**
** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
** cursor number "base".  All indices of pTab must also have open
** read/write cursors with cursor number base+i for the i-th cursor.
** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aIdxUsed[i]==0.
**
** If the isUpdate flag is true, it means that the "base" cursor is
** initially pointing to an entry that is being updated.  The isUpdate
** flag causes extra code to be generated so that the "base" cursor
** is still pointing at the same entry after the routine returns.
** Without the isUpdate flag, the "base" cursor might be moved.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
  int base,           /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
  char *aIdxUsed,     /* Which indices are used.  NULL means all are used */
  int rowidChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
  int ignoreDest      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
){
  int i;
  Vdbe *v;
  int nCol;
  int onError;
  int addr;
  int extra;
  int iCur;
  Index *pIdx;
  int seenReplace = 0;
  int jumpInst1=0, jumpInst2;
  int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng);

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
  nCol = pTab->nCol;

  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
  */
  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
      continue;
    }
    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
      onError = overrideError;
    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
      onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
      onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol-1-i, 1);
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, 1, 0);
    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
    switch( onError ){
      case OE_Rollback:
      case OE_Abort:
      case OE_Fail: {
        char *zMsg = 0;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
        vtk_sqlite3SetString(&zMsg, pTab->zName, ".", pTab->aCol[i].zName,
                        " may not be NULL", (char*)0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC);
        break;
      }
      case OE_Ignore: {
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
        break;
      }
      case OE_Replace: {
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Push, nCol-i, 0);
        break;
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
  }

  /* Test all CHECK constraints
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
    int allOk = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    assert( pParse->ckOffset==0 );
    pParse->ckOffset = nCol;
    vtk_sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, 1);
    assert( pParse->ckOffset==nCol );
    pParse->ckOffset = 0;
    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
    if( onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
  }
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */

  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
  */
  if( rowidChng ){
    onError = pTab->keyConf;
    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
      onError = overrideError;
    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
      onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    
    if( isUpdate ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
      jumpInst1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0, 0);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol, 1);
    jumpInst2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, base, 0);
    switch( onError ){
      default: {
        onError = OE_Abort;
        /* Fall thru into the next case */
      }
      case OE_Rollback:
      case OE_Abort:
      case OE_Fail: {
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError,
                         "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC);
        break;
      }
      case OE_Replace: {
        vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, base, 0);
        if( isUpdate ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+hasTwoRowids, 1);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
        }
        seenReplace = 1;
        break;
      }
      case OE_Ignore: {
        assert( seenReplace==0 );
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
        break;
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2);
    if( isUpdate ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+1, 1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
    }
  }

  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
  ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
  */
  extra = -1;
  for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
    if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[iCur]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip unused indices */
    extra++;

    /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra, 1);
    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
      int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
      if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol+1, 1);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, i+extra+nCol-idx, 1);
      }
    }
    jumpInst1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeIdxRec, pIdx->nColumn, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);

    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
    onError = pIdx->onError;
    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
      onError = overrideError;
    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
      onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    if( seenReplace ){
      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
    }
    

    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, extra+nCol+1+hasTwoRowids, 1);
    jumpInst2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsUnique, base+iCur+1, 0);

    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
    switch( onError ){
      case OE_Rollback:
      case OE_Abort:
      case OE_Fail: {
        int j, n1, n2;
        char zErrMsg[200];
        vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg), zErrMsg,
                         pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
        n1 = strlen(zErrMsg);
        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && n1<(int)sizeof(zErrMsg)-30; j++){
          char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
          n2 = strlen(zCol);
          if( j>0 ){
            vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
            n1 += 2;
          }
          if( n1+n2>(int)sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){
            vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "...");
            n1 += 3;
            break;
          }else{
            vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol);
            n1 += n2;
          }
        }
        vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], 
            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, zErrMsg, 0);
        break;
      }
      case OE_Ignore: {
        assert( seenReplace==0 );
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nCol+extra+3+hasTwoRowids, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
        break;
      }
      case OE_Replace: {
        vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse->db, v, pTab, base, 0);
        if( isUpdate ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nCol+extra+1+hasTwoRowids, 1);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
        }
        seenReplace = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
#if NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst1);
#endif
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jumpInst2);
  }
}

/*
** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
** that was started by a prior call to vtk_sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
** The stack must contain keys for all active indices followed by data
** and the rowid for the new entry.  This routine creates the new
** entries in all indices and in the main table.
**
** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
** arguments to vtk_sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
  int base,           /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
  char *aIdxUsed,     /* Which indices are used.  NULL means all are used */
  int rowidChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
  int newIdx,         /* Index of NEW table for triggers.  -1 if none */
  int appendBias      /* True if this is likely to be an append */
){
  int i;
  Vdbe *v;
  int nIdx;
  Index *pIdx;
  int pik_flags;

  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
    if( aIdxUsed && aIdxUsed[i]==0 ) continue;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, base+i+1, 0);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  if( newIdx>=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0);
  }
#endif
  if( pParse->nested ){
    pik_flags = 0;
  }else{
    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
  }
  if( appendBias ){
    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, base, pik_flags);
  if( !pParse->nested ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pTab->zName, P3_STATIC);
  }
  
  if( isUpdate && rowidChng ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
** indices of that table.  The "base" parameter is the cursor number used
** for the table.  Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
  int base,        /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
  int op           /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
  int i;
  int iDb;
  Index *pIdx;
  Vdbe *v;

  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  assert( v!=0 );
  vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, op);
  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
    KeyInfo *pKey = vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIdx->zName));
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, op, i+base, pIdx->tnum, (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
  }
  if( pParse->nTab<=base+i ){
    pParse->nTab = base+i;
  }
}


#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
/*
** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
** is happening when it is suppose to.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_xferopt_count;
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_TEST */


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
/*
** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
*/
static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
  if( z1==0 ){
    return z2==0;
  }
  if( z2==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  return vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
}


/*
** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
** for a compatible index:
**
**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
*/
static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
  int i;
  assert( pDest && pSrc );
  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
  if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){
    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
  }
  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
  }
  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nColumn; i++){
    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
    }
    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
    }
    if( pSrc->azColl[i]!=pDest->azColl[i] ){
      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
    }
  }

  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
  return 1;
}

/*
** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
**
**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
**
** This optimization is only attempted if
**
**    (1)  tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the
**         same indices and constraints
**
**    (2)  tab1 and tab2 are different tables
**
**    (3)  There must be no triggers on tab1
**
**    (4)  The result set of the SELECT statement is "*"
**
**    (5)  The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY,
**         or LIMIT clause.
**
**    (6)  The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that
**         contains only tab2 in its FROM clause
**
** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from
** tab2 over to tab1.  The columns are not decoded.  Raw records from
** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well.  In so doing,
** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation.
**
** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted.  If any
** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not
** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE.
*/
static int xferOptimization(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
){
  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
  int emptyDestTest;               /* Address of test for empty pDest */
  int emptySrcTest;                /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
  KeyInfo *pKey;                   /* Key information for an index */
  int counterMem;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */

  if( pSelect==0 ){
    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
  }
  if( pDest->pTrigger ){
    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( pDest->isVirtual ){
    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
  }
#endif
  if( onError==OE_Default ){
    onError = OE_Abort;
  }
  if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){
    return 0;   /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */
  }
  if( pSelect->pSrc==0 ){
    return 0;   /* SELECT must have a FROM clause */
  }
  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
  }
  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
  }
  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
  }
  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
  }
  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
  }
  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
  }
  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
  }
  if( pSelect->isDistinct ){
    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
  }
  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
  assert( pEList!=0 );
  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
  }
  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
  }

  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
  ** we have to check the semantics.
  */
  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
  pSrc = vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
  if( pSrc==0 ){
    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
  }
  if( pSrc==pDest ){
    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  if( pSrc->isVirtual ){
    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
  }
#endif
  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
  }
  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
  }
  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
  }
  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
    if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){
      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
    }
    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){
      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
    }
    if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){
      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
    }
  }
  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
    if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
    }
    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
    }
    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
    }
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
  if( pDest->pCheck && !vtk_sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){
    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
  }
#endif

  /* If we get this far, it means either:
  **
  **    *   We can always do the transfer if the table contains an
  **        an integer primary key
  **
  **    *   We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination
  **        table is empty.
  */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST
  vtk_sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
#endif
  iDbSrc = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
  counterMem = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
  vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
  if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){
    /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there
    ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty,
    ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the
    ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing.
    **
    ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty,
    ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot
    ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be
    ** unique.
    */
    addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0);
    emptyDestTest = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
  }else{
    emptyDestTest = 0;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
  emptySrcTest = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
  if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
    addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
    addr2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Halt, VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 
                      "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P3_STATIC);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
    autoIncStep(pParse, counterMem);
  }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
    addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, 0);
  }else{
    addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, 0);
    assert( pDest->autoInc==0 );
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest,
                    OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND,
                    pDest->zName, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1);
  autoIncEnd(pParse, iDbDest, pDest, counterMem);
  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
    }
    assert( pSrcIdx );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDbSrc, 0);
    pKey = vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pSrcIdx->zName));
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, 
                   (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDbDest, 0);
    pKey = vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
    VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pDestIdx->zName));
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, 
                   (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
  if( emptyDestTest ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, VTK_SQLITE_OK, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
    return 0;
  }else{
    return 1;
  }
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */

/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
**
** Id
*/


/*
** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the VTK_SQLITE_ success/failure
** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
**
** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
** is invoked, even for queries.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_exec(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
  vtk_sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  const char *zLeftover;
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
  char **azCols = 0;

  int nRetry = 0;
  int nCallback;

  if( zSql==0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  while( (rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || (rc==VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
    int nCol;
    char **azVals = 0;

    pStmt = 0;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
    assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      continue;
    }
    if( !pStmt ){
      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
      zSql = zLeftover;
      continue;
    }

    nCallback = 0;

    nCol = vtk_sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
    azCols = vtk_sqliteMalloc(2*nCol*sizeof(const char *) + 1);
    if( azCols==0 ){
      goto exec_out;
    }

    while( 1 ){
      int i;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3_step(pStmt);

      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
      if( xCallback && (VTK_SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
          (VTK_SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&VTK_SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
        if( 0==nCallback ){
          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
            azCols[i] = (char *)vtk_sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
          }
          nCallback++;
        }
        if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_ROW ){
          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
            azVals[i] = (char *)vtk_sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
          }
        }
        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
          rc = VTK_SQLITE_ABORT;
          goto exec_out;
        }
      }

      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_ROW ){
        rc = vtk_sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
        pStmt = 0;
        if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
          nRetry = 0;
          zSql = zLeftover;
          while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
        }
        break;
      }
    }

    vtk_sqliteFree(azCols);
    azCols = 0;
  }

exec_out:
  if( pStmt ) vtk_sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
  if( azCols ) vtk_sqliteFree(azCols);

  rc = vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && rc==vtk_sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
    int nErrMsg = 1 + strlen(vtk_sqlite3_errmsg(db));
    *pzErrMsg = vtk_sqlite3_malloc(nErrMsg);
    if( *pzErrMsg ){
      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
    }
  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
    *pzErrMsg = 0;
  }

  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
  return rc;
}

/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2006 June 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
** the SQLite library.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION

#define VTK_SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in vtk_sqlite3ext.h */
/************** Include vtk_sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
/************** Begin file vtk_sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
/*
** 2006 June 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
** vtk_sqlite3.h.
**
** @(#) Id
*/
#ifndef _VTK_SQLITE3EXT_H_
#define _VTK_SQLITE3EXT_H_

typedef struct vtk_sqlite3_api_routines vtk_sqlite3_api_routines;

/*
** The following structure hold pointers to all of the SQLite API
** routines.
**
** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others shared
** libraries!
*/
struct vtk_sqlite3_api_routines {
  void * (*aggregate_context)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
  int  (*aggregate_count)(vtk_sqlite3_context*);
  int  (*bind_blob)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
  int  (*bind_double)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
  int  (*bind_int)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
  int  (*bind_int64)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int,vtk_sqlite_int64);
  int  (*bind_null)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);
  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  int  (*bind_text)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
  int  (*bind_text16)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
  int  (*bind_value)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int,const vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  int  (*busy_handler)(vtk_sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
  int  (*busy_timeout)(vtk_sqlite3*,int ms);
  int  (*changes)(vtk_sqlite3*);
  int  (*close)(vtk_sqlite3*);
  int  (*collation_needed)(vtk_sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,vtk_sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*));
  int  (*collation_needed16)(vtk_sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,vtk_sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*));
  const void * (*column_blob)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  int  (*column_bytes)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  int  (*column_bytes16)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  int  (*column_count)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
  const char * (*column_database_name)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  const void * (*column_database_name16)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  const char * (*column_decltype)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
  const void * (*column_decltype16)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  double  (*column_double)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  int  (*column_int)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  vtk_sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  const char * (*column_name)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  const void * (*column_name16)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  const char * (*column_origin_name)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  const char * (*column_table_name)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  const void * (*column_table_name16)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int);
  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  const void * (*column_text16)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  int  (*column_type)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  vtk_sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
  void * (*commit_hook)(vtk_sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
  int  (*create_collation)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
  int  (*create_collation16)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
  int  (*create_function)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(vtk_sqlite3_context*));
  int  (*create_function16)(vtk_sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(vtk_sqlite3_context*));
  int (*create_module)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,const vtk_sqlite3_module*,void*);
  int  (*data_count)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
  vtk_sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);
  int (*declare_vtab)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*);
  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
  int  (*errcode)(vtk_sqlite3*db);
  const char * (*errmsg)(vtk_sqlite3*);
  const void * (*errmsg16)(vtk_sqlite3*);
  int  (*exec)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,vtk_sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
  int  (*expired)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);
  int  (*finalize)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
  void  (*free)(void*);
  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
  int  (*get_autocommit)(vtk_sqlite3*);
  void * (*get_auxdata)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int);
  int  (*get_table)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
  int  (*global_recover)(void);
  void  (*interruptx)(vtk_sqlite3*);
  vtk_sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(vtk_sqlite3*);
  const char * (*libversion)(void);
  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
  void *(*malloc)(int);
  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
  int  (*open)(const char*,vtk_sqlite3**);
  int  (*open16)(const void*,vtk_sqlite3**);
  int  (*prepare)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,int,vtk_sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
  int  (*prepare16)(vtk_sqlite3*,const void*,int,vtk_sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
  void * (*profile)(vtk_sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,vtk_sqlite_uint64),void*);
  void  (*progress_handler)(vtk_sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
  int  (*reset)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
  void  (*result_blob)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
  void  (*result_double)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,double);
  void  (*result_error)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
  void  (*result_error16)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
  void  (*result_int)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int);
  void  (*result_int64)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,vtk_sqlite_int64);
  void  (*result_null)(vtk_sqlite3_context*);
  void  (*result_text)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
  void  (*result_text16)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
  void  (*result_text16be)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
  void  (*result_text16le)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
  void  (*result_value)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  void * (*rollback_hook)(vtk_sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
  int  (*set_authorizer)(vtk_sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*);
  void  (*set_auxdata)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
  int  (*step)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);
  int  (*table_column_metadata)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
  int  (*total_changes)(vtk_sqlite3*);
  void * (*trace)(vtk_sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
  int  (*transfer_bindings)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*,vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);
  void * (*update_hook)(vtk_sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,vtk_sqlite_int64),void*);
  void * (*user_data)(vtk_sqlite3_context*);
  const void * (*value_blob)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  int  (*value_bytes)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  int  (*value_bytes16)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  double  (*value_double)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  int  (*value_int)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  vtk_sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  int  (*value_numeric_type)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  const void * (*value_text16)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  const void * (*value_text16be)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  const void * (*value_text16le)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  int  (*value_type)(vtk_sqlite3_value*);
  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
  int (*overload_function)(vtk_sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
  int (*prepare_v2)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,int,vtk_sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
  int (*prepare16_v2)(vtk_sqlite3*,const void*,int,vtk_sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
  int (*clear_bindings)(vtk_sqlite3_stmt*);
  int (*create_module_v2)(vtk_sqlite3*,const char*,const vtk_sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *));
};

/*
** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
** redirected throught the global vtk_sqlite3_api structure.
**
** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
** it can get access to the vtk_sqlite3_api_routines structure
** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
** VTK_SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_CORE
#define vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context      vtk_sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
#define vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_count        vtk_sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob              vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_blob
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_double            vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_double
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_int               vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_int
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_int64             vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_int64
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_null              vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_null
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_text              vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_text
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_text16            vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_text16
#define vtk_sqlite3_bind_value             vtk_sqlite3_api->bind_value
#define vtk_sqlite3_busy_handler           vtk_sqlite3_api->busy_handler
#define vtk_sqlite3_busy_timeout           vtk_sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
#define vtk_sqlite3_changes                vtk_sqlite3_api->changes
#define vtk_sqlite3_close                  vtk_sqlite3_api->close
#define vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed       vtk_sqlite3_api->collation_needed
#define vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed16     vtk_sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_blob            vtk_sqlite3_api->column_blob
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes           vtk_sqlite3_api->column_bytes
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16         vtk_sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_count           vtk_sqlite3_api->column_count
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name   vtk_sqlite3_api->column_database_name
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name16 vtk_sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype        vtk_sqlite3_api->column_decltype
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype16      vtk_sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_double          vtk_sqlite3_api->column_double
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_int             vtk_sqlite3_api->column_int
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_int64           vtk_sqlite3_api->column_int64
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_name            vtk_sqlite3_api->column_name
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_name16          vtk_sqlite3_api->column_name16
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name     vtk_sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name16   vtk_sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name      vtk_sqlite3_api->column_table_name
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name16    vtk_sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_text            vtk_sqlite3_api->column_text
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_text16          vtk_sqlite3_api->column_text16
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_type            vtk_sqlite3_api->column_type
#define vtk_sqlite3_column_value           vtk_sqlite3_api->column_value
#define vtk_sqlite3_commit_hook            vtk_sqlite3_api->commit_hook
#define vtk_sqlite3_complete               vtk_sqlite3_api->complete
#define vtk_sqlite3_complete16             vtk_sqlite3_api->complete16
#define vtk_sqlite3_create_collation       vtk_sqlite3_api->create_collation
#define vtk_sqlite3_create_collation16     vtk_sqlite3_api->create_collation16
#define vtk_sqlite3_create_function        vtk_sqlite3_api->create_function
#define vtk_sqlite3_create_function16      vtk_sqlite3_api->create_function16
#define vtk_sqlite3_create_module          vtk_sqlite3_api->create_module
#define vtk_sqlite3_create_module_v2       vtk_sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
#define vtk_sqlite3_data_count             vtk_sqlite3_api->data_count
#define vtk_sqlite3_db_handle              vtk_sqlite3_api->db_handle
#define vtk_sqlite3_declare_vtab           vtk_sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
#define vtk_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    vtk_sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
#define vtk_sqlite3_errcode                vtk_sqlite3_api->errcode
#define vtk_sqlite3_errmsg                 vtk_sqlite3_api->errmsg
#define vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16               vtk_sqlite3_api->errmsg16
#define vtk_sqlite3_exec                   vtk_sqlite3_api->exec
#define vtk_sqlite3_expired                vtk_sqlite3_api->expired
#define vtk_sqlite3_finalize               vtk_sqlite3_api->finalize
#define vtk_sqlite3_free                   vtk_sqlite3_api->free
#define vtk_sqlite3_free_table             vtk_sqlite3_api->free_table
#define vtk_sqlite3_get_autocommit         vtk_sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
#define vtk_sqlite3_get_auxdata            vtk_sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
#define vtk_sqlite3_get_table              vtk_sqlite3_api->get_table
#define vtk_sqlite3_global_recover         vtk_sqlite3_api->global_recover
#define vtk_sqlite3_interrupt              vtk_sqlite3_api->interruptx
#define vtk_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      vtk_sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
#define vtk_sqlite3_libversion             vtk_sqlite3_api->libversion
#define vtk_sqlite3_libversion_number      vtk_sqlite3_api->libversion_number
#define vtk_sqlite3_malloc                 vtk_sqlite3_api->malloc
#define vtk_sqlite3_mprintf                vtk_sqlite3_api->mprintf
#define vtk_sqlite3_open                   vtk_sqlite3_api->open
#define vtk_sqlite3_open16                 vtk_sqlite3_api->open16
#define vtk_sqlite3_prepare                vtk_sqlite3_api->prepare
#define vtk_sqlite3_prepare16              vtk_sqlite3_api->prepare16
#define vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2             vtk_sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
#define vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2           vtk_sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
#define vtk_sqlite3_profile                vtk_sqlite3_api->profile
#define vtk_sqlite3_progress_handler       vtk_sqlite3_api->progress_handler
#define vtk_sqlite3_realloc                vtk_sqlite3_api->realloc
#define vtk_sqlite3_reset                  vtk_sqlite3_api->reset
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_blob            vtk_sqlite3_api->result_blob
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_double          vtk_sqlite3_api->result_double
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_error           vtk_sqlite3_api->result_error
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_error16         vtk_sqlite3_api->result_error16
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_int             vtk_sqlite3_api->result_int
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_int64           vtk_sqlite3_api->result_int64
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_null            vtk_sqlite3_api->result_null
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_text            vtk_sqlite3_api->result_text
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_text16          vtk_sqlite3_api->result_text16
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_text16be        vtk_sqlite3_api->result_text16be
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_text16le        vtk_sqlite3_api->result_text16le
#define vtk_sqlite3_result_value           vtk_sqlite3_api->result_value
#define vtk_sqlite3_rollback_hook          vtk_sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
#define vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer         vtk_sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
#define vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata            vtk_sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
#define vtk_sqlite3_snprintf               vtk_sqlite3_api->snprintf
#define vtk_sqlite3_step                   vtk_sqlite3_api->step
#define vtk_sqlite3_table_column_metadata  vtk_sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
#define vtk_sqlite3_thread_cleanup         vtk_sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
#define vtk_sqlite3_total_changes          vtk_sqlite3_api->total_changes
#define vtk_sqlite3_trace                  vtk_sqlite3_api->trace
#define vtk_sqlite3_transfer_bindings      vtk_sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
#define vtk_sqlite3_update_hook            vtk_sqlite3_api->update_hook
#define vtk_sqlite3_user_data              vtk_sqlite3_api->user_data
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_blob             vtk_sqlite3_api->value_blob
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes            vtk_sqlite3_api->value_bytes
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes16          vtk_sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_double           vtk_sqlite3_api->value_double
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_int              vtk_sqlite3_api->value_int
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_int64            vtk_sqlite3_api->value_int64
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_numeric_type     vtk_sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_text             vtk_sqlite3_api->value_text
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_text16           vtk_sqlite3_api->value_text16
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_text16be         vtk_sqlite3_api->value_text16be
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_text16le         vtk_sqlite3_api->value_text16le
#define vtk_sqlite3_value_type             vtk_sqlite3_api->value_type
#define vtk_sqlite3_vmprintf               vtk_sqlite3_api->vmprintf
#define vtk_sqlite3_overload_function      vtk_sqlite3_api->overload_function
#define vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2             vtk_sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
#define vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2           vtk_sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
#define vtk_sqlite3_clear_bindings         vtk_sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_CORE */

#define VTK_SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const vtk_sqlite3_api_routines *vtk_sqlite3_api;
#define VTK_SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  vtk_sqlite3_api = v;

#endif /* _VTK_SQLITE3EXT_H_ */

/************** End of vtk_sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/

/*
** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
** for any missing APIs.
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name   0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name      0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
# define vtk_sqlite3_table_column_metadata  0
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
# define vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
# define vtk_sqlite3_bind_text16            0
# define vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_name16          0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_text16          0
# define vtk_sqlite3_complete16             0
# define vtk_sqlite3_create_collation16     0
# define vtk_sqlite3_create_function16      0
# define vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16               0
# define vtk_sqlite3_open16                 0
# define vtk_sqlite3_prepare16              0
# define vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
# define vtk_sqlite3_result_error16         0
# define vtk_sqlite3_result_text16          0
# define vtk_sqlite3_result_text16be        0
# define vtk_sqlite3_result_text16le        0
# define vtk_sqlite3_value_text16           0
# define vtk_sqlite3_value_text16be         0
# define vtk_sqlite3_value_text16le         0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
# define vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
# define vtk_sqlite3_complete 0
# define vtk_sqlite3_complete16 0
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
# define vtk_sqlite3_progress_handler 0
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
# define vtk_sqlite3_create_module 0
# define vtk_sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
# define vtk_sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
# define vtk_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
# define vtk_sqlite3_profile       0
# define vtk_sqlite3_trace         0
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
# define vtk_sqlite3_free_table    0
# define vtk_sqlite3_get_table     0
#endif

/*
** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
** library.
**
** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
**
** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
** vtk_sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
** not NULL before calling it.
*/
const vtk_sqlite3_api_routines vtk_sqlite3_apis = {
  vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_context,
  vtk_sqlite3_aggregate_count,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_blob,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_double,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_int,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_int64,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_null,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_text,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_text16,
  vtk_sqlite3_bind_value,
  vtk_sqlite3_busy_handler,
  vtk_sqlite3_busy_timeout,
  vtk_sqlite3_changes,
  vtk_sqlite3_close,
  vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed,
  vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed16,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_blob,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_bytes16,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_count,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_database_name16,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_decltype16,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_double,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_int,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_int64,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_name,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_name16,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_table_name16,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_text,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_text16,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_type,
  vtk_sqlite3_column_value,
  vtk_sqlite3_commit_hook,
  vtk_sqlite3_complete,
  vtk_sqlite3_complete16,
  vtk_sqlite3_create_collation,
  vtk_sqlite3_create_collation16,
  vtk_sqlite3_create_function,
  vtk_sqlite3_create_function16,
  vtk_sqlite3_create_module,
  vtk_sqlite3_data_count,
  vtk_sqlite3_db_handle,
  vtk_sqlite3_declare_vtab,
  vtk_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
  vtk_sqlite3_errcode,
  vtk_sqlite3_errmsg,
  vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16,
  vtk_sqlite3_exec,
  vtk_sqlite3_expired,
  vtk_sqlite3_finalize,
  vtk_sqlite3_free,
  vtk_sqlite3_free_table,
  vtk_sqlite3_get_autocommit,
  vtk_sqlite3_get_auxdata,
  vtk_sqlite3_get_table,
  0,     /* Was vtk_sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
  vtk_sqlite3_interrupt,
  vtk_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
  vtk_sqlite3_libversion,
  vtk_sqlite3_libversion_number,
  vtk_sqlite3_malloc,
  vtk_sqlite3_mprintf,
  vtk_sqlite3_open,
  vtk_sqlite3_open16,
  vtk_sqlite3_prepare,
  vtk_sqlite3_prepare16,
  vtk_sqlite3_profile,
  vtk_sqlite3_progress_handler,
  vtk_sqlite3_realloc,
  vtk_sqlite3_reset,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_blob,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_double,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_error,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_error16,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_int,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_int64,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_null,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text16,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text16be,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_text16le,
  vtk_sqlite3_result_value,
  vtk_sqlite3_rollback_hook,
  vtk_sqlite3_set_authorizer,
  vtk_sqlite3_set_auxdata,
  vtk_sqlite3_snprintf,
  vtk_sqlite3_step,
  vtk_sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
  vtk_sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
  vtk_sqlite3_total_changes,
  vtk_sqlite3_trace,
  vtk_sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
  vtk_sqlite3_update_hook,
  vtk_sqlite3_user_data,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_blob,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_bytes16,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_double,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_int,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_int64,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_text,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_text16,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_text16be,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_text16le,
  vtk_sqlite3_value_type,
  vtk_sqlite3_vmprintf,
  /*
  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
  ** vtk_sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
  *************************************************************************
  */
  vtk_sqlite3_overload_function,

  /*
  ** Added after 3.3.13
  */
  vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2,
  vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
  vtk_sqlite3_clear_bindings,

  /*
  ** Added for 3.4.1
  */
  vtk_sqlite3_create_module_v2,

};

/*
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
** default entry point name (vtk_sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
** of the default name is recommended.
**
** Return VTK_SQLITE_OK on success and VTK_SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
**
** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
** by calling vtk_sqlite3_free().
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_load_extension(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "vtk_sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
){
  void *handle;
  int (*xInit)(vtk_sqlite3*,char**,const vtk_sqlite3_api_routines*);
  char *zErrmsg = 0;
  void **aHandle;

  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
  ** must call vtk_sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
  */
  if( (db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
    if( pzErrMsg ){
      *pzErrMsg = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
    }
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  if( zProc==0 ){
    zProc = "vtk_sqlite3_extension_init";
  }

  handle = vtk_sqlite3OsDlopen(zFile);
  if( handle==0 ){
    if( pzErrMsg ){
      *pzErrMsg = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
    }
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  xInit = (int(*)(vtk_sqlite3*,char**,const vtk_sqlite3_api_routines*))
                   vtk_sqlite3OsDlsym(handle, zProc);
  if( xInit==0 ){
    if( pzErrMsg ){
       *pzErrMsg = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]",
                                   zProc, zFile);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3OsDlclose(handle);
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &vtk_sqlite3_apis) ){
    if( pzErrMsg ){
      *pzErrMsg = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
    vtk_sqlite3OsDlclose(handle);
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
  db->nExtension++;
  aHandle = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
  if( aHandle==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension-1));
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(db->aExtension);
  db->aExtension = aHandle;

  db->aExtension[db->nExtension-1] = handle;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
** to clean up loaded extensions
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3CloseExtensions(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3OsDlclose(db->aExtension[i]);
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(db->aExtension);
}

/*
** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_enable_load_extension(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
  if( onoff ){
    db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_LoadExtension;
  }else{
    db->flags &= ~VTK_SQLITE_LoadExtension;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** A list of automatically loaded extensions.
**
** This list is shared across threads, so be sure to hold the
** mutex while accessing or changing it.
*/
static int nAutoExtension = 0;
static void **aAutoExtension = 0;


/*
** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
** loaded by every new database connection.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xInit){
  int i;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  for(i=0; i<nAutoExtension; i++){
    if( aAutoExtension[i]==xInit ) break;
  }
  if( i==nAutoExtension ){
    nAutoExtension++;
    aAutoExtension = vtk_sqlite3Realloc( aAutoExtension,
                                     nAutoExtension*sizeof(aAutoExtension[0]) );
    if( aAutoExtension==0 ){
      nAutoExtension = 0;
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }else{
      aAutoExtension[nAutoExtension-1] = xInit;
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
  return rc;
}

/*
** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
  vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
  vtk_sqliteFree(aAutoExtension);
  aAutoExtension = 0;
  nAutoExtension = 0;
  vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
}

/*
** Load all automatic extensions.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  int go = 1;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  int (*xInit)(vtk_sqlite3*,char**,const vtk_sqlite3_api_routines*);

  if( nAutoExtension==0 ){
    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  for(i=0; go; i++){
    char *zErrmsg = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3OsEnterMutex();
    if( i>=nAutoExtension ){
      xInit = 0;
      go = 0;
    }else{
      xInit = (int(*)(vtk_sqlite3*,char**,const vtk_sqlite3_api_routines*))
              aAutoExtension[i];
    }
    vtk_sqlite3OsLeaveMutex();
    if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &vtk_sqlite3_apis) ){
      vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_ERROR,
            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
      go = 0;
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */

/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2003 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
**
** Id
*/

/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
*/
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
#endif

/*
** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
** unrecognized string argument.
**
** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
** should be passed into vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
*/
static int getSafetyLevel(const char *z){
                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
  int i, n;
  if( isdigit(*z) ){
    return atoi(z);
  }
  n = strlen(z);
  for(i=0; i<(int)sizeof(iLength); i++){
    if( iLength[i]==n && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
      return iValue[i];
    }
  }
  return 1;
}

/*
** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
*/
static int getBoolean(const char *z){
  return getSafetyLevel(z)&1;
}

/*
** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
*/
static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
  if( z ){
    if( 0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
    if( 0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
  }
  return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
**
** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are 
** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
*/
static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
  int i;
  if( 0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
  if( 0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
  if( 0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
  i = atoi(z);
  return ((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
}
#endif /* ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
*/
static int getTempStore(const char *z){
  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
    return z[0] - '0';
  }else if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
    return 1;
  }else if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
    return 2;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
*/
static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
    if( !db->autoCommit ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
        "from within a transaction");
      return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
/*
** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the TEMP_STORE
** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
*/
static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  db->temp_store = (u8)ts;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

/*
** Generate code to return a single integer value.
*/
static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, value, 0);
  if( pParse->explain==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, P3_STATIC);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
/*
** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
** Also, implement the pragma.
*/
static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
  static const struct sPragmaType {
    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
  } aPragma[] = {
    { "full_column_names",        VTK_SQLITE_FullColNames  },
    { "short_column_names",       VTK_SQLITE_ShortColNames },
    { "count_changes",            VTK_SQLITE_CountRows     },
    { "empty_result_callbacks",   VTK_SQLITE_NullCallback  },
    { "legacy_file_format",       VTK_SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
    { "fullfsync",                VTK_SQLITE_FullFSync     },
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
    { "sql_trace",                VTK_SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
    { "vdbe_listing",             VTK_SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
    { "vdbe_trace",               VTK_SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
    { "ignore_check_constraints", VTK_SQLITE_IgnoreChecks  },
#endif
    /* The following is VERY experimental */
    { "writable_schema",          VTK_SQLITE_WriteSchema|VTK_SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
    { "omit_readlock",            VTK_SQLITE_NoReadlock    },

    /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted
    ** flag if there are any active statements. */
    { "read_uncommitted",         VTK_SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
  };
  int i;
  const struct sPragmaType *p;
  for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<(int)(sizeof(aPragma)/sizeof(aPragma[0])); i++, p++){
    if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, p->zName)==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
      Vdbe *v;
      v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
      if( v ){
        if( zRight==0 ){
          returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 );
        }else{
          if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
            db->flags |= p->mask;
          }else{
            db->flags &= ~p->mask;
          }
        }
      }
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */

/*
** Process a pragma statement.  
**
** Pragmas are of this form:
**
**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
**
** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
**
** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
** id and pId2 is any empty string.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Pragma(
  Parse *pParse, 
  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
){
  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  Db *pDb;
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) return;

  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
  if( iDb<0 ) return;
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];

  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
  */
  if( iDb==1 && vtk_sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
    return;
  }

  zLeft = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pId);
  if( !zLeft ) return;
  if( minusFlag ){
    zRight = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("-%T", pValue);
  }else{
    zRight = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pValue);
  }

  zDb = ((iDb>0)?pDb->zName:0);
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
    goto pragma_out;
  }
 
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
  ** stored in the database file.
  **
  ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
  ** database file.  The cache size is actually the absolute value of
  ** this memory location.  The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
  ** synchronous setting.  A negative value means synchronous is off
  ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 2,        0},  /* 0 */
      { OP_AbsValue,    0, 0,        0},
      { OP_Dup,         0, 0,        0},
      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
      { OP_Ne,          0, 6,        0},
      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},  /* 5 */
      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
    };
    int addr;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    if( !zRight ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", P3_STATIC);
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
    }else{
      int size = atoi(zRight);
      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
      vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, size, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2);
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, addr+3);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Negative, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2);
      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
    }
  }else

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
  ** the database has not yet been created.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
    if( !zRight ){
      int size = pBt ? vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, atoi(zRight), -1);
    }
  }else

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
  ** forms return the current setting.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){
    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
    int newMax = 0;
    if( zRight ){
      newMax = atoi(zRight);
    }
    if( pBt ){
      newMax = vtk_sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
    }
    returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax);
  }else

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){
    const char *zRet = "normal";
    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);

    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
      */
      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
    }else{
      Pager *pPager;
      if( pId2->n==0 ){
        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
        **
        ** Also, the vtk_sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
        ** locking mode.
        */
        int ii;
        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
        for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
          pPager = vtk_sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
          vtk_sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
        }
        db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode;
      }
      pPager = vtk_sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
      eMode = vtk_sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
    }

    assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE);
    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
      zRet = "exclusive";
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", P3_STATIC);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, zRet, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
  }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
  **
  ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){
    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
      goto pragma_out;
    }
    if( !zRight ){
      int auto_vacuum = 
          pBt ? vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt) : VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
      returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum);
    }else{
      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
      if( eAuto>=0 ){
        /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
        ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
        ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
        ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
        */
        int rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
        if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
          /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
          ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
          ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
          ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
          */
          static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
            { OP_Transaction,    0,               1,        0},    /* 0 */
            { OP_ReadCookie,     0,               3,        0},    /* 1 */
            { OP_If,             0,               0,        0},    /* 2 */
            { OP_Halt,           VTK_SQLITE_OK,       OE_Abort, 0},    /* 3 */
            { OP_Integer,        0,               0,        0},    /* 4 */
            { OP_SetCookie,      0,               6,        0},    /* 5 */
          };
          int iAddr;
          iAddr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
        }
      }
    }
  }else
#endif

  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
  **
  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){
    int iLimit, addr;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
      goto pragma_out;
    }
    if( zRight==0 || !vtk_sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, iLimit, 0);
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, addr);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
  }else
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
  ** page cache size.  The local setting can be different from
  ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
  ** file itself.  The value returned is the maximum number of
  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets the local
  ** page cache size value.  It does not change the persistent
  ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
  ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
  ** N should be a positive integer.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    if( !zRight ){
      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
    }else{
      int size = atoi(zRight);
      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
    }
  }else

  /*
  **   PRAGMA temp_store
  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
  **
  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
  **
  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
  ** override this setting
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
    if( !zRight ){
      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
    }else{
      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
    }
  }else

  /*
  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
  **
  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
  **
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){
    if( !zRight ){
      if( vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
            "temp_store_directory", P3_STATIC);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
      }
    }else{
      if( zRight[0] && !vtk_sqlite3OsIsDirWritable(zRight) ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
        goto pragma_out;
      }
      if( TEMP_STORE==0
       || (TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
       || (TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
      ){
        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
      }
      vtk_sqliteFree(vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory);
      if( zRight[0] ){
        vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory = zRight;
        zRight = 0;
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
      }
    }
  }else

  /*
  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
  **
  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
  ** opened.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    if( !zRight ){
      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
    }else{
      if( !db->autoCommit ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
      }else{
        pDb->safety_level = (u8)(getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1);
      }
    }
  }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
    ** there is nothing more to do here */
  }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
  /*
  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
  **
  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
  ** the returned data set are:
  **
  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
  ** name:       Column name
  ** type:       Column declaration type.
  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
    Table *pTab;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
    if( pTab ){
      int i;
      int nHidden = 0;
      Column *pCol;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
        const Token *pDflt;
        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
          nHidden++;
          continue;
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
           pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->notNull, 0);
        if( pCol->pDflt && (pDflt = &pCol->pDflt->span)->z ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, (char*)pDflt->z, pDflt->n);
        }else{
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 6, 0);
      }
    }
  }else

  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
    Index *pIdx;
    Table *pTab;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    pIdx = vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
    if( pIdx ){
      int i;
      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 0);
        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
      }
    }
  }else

  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
    Index *pIdx;
    Table *pTab;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
    if( pTab ){
      v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
      if( pIdx ){
        int i = 0; 
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", P3_STATIC);
        while(pIdx){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 0);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
          ++i;
          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
        }
      }
    }
  }else

  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
    int i;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", P3_STATIC);
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
           vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 3, 0);
    }
  }else

  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){
    int i = 0;
    HashElem *p;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P3_STATIC);
    for(p=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=vtk_sqliteHashNext(p)){
      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)vtk_sqliteHashData(p);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i++, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0);
    }
  }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
    FKey *pFK;
    Table *pTab;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
    if( pTab ){
      v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
      if( pFK ){
        int i = 0; 
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", P3_STATIC);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P3_STATIC);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", P3_STATIC);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", P3_STATIC);
        while(pFK){
          int j;
          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
            char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
            vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, i, 0);
            vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j, 0);
            vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
            vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
                             pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
            vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 0, zCol, 0);
            vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 5, 0);
          }
          ++i;
          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
        }
      }
    }
  }else
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
    if( zRight ){
      if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
        vtk_sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
      }
    }
  }else
#endif

  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){
    if( zRight ){
      vtk_sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight));
    }
  }else

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
# define VTK_SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0 ){
    int i, j, addr, mxErr;

    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
    ** error message
    */
    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
      { OP_MemLoad,     0, 0,        0},
      { OP_Integer,     0, 0,        0},
      { OP_Ne,          0, 0,        0},    /* 2 */
      { OP_String8,     0, 0,        "ok"},
      { OP_Callback,    1, 0,        0},
    };

    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
    if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", P3_STATIC);

    /* Set the maximum error count */
    mxErr = VTK_SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
    if( zRight ){
      mxErr = atoi(zRight);
      if( mxErr<=0 ){
        mxErr = VTK_SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, mxErr, 0);

    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      HashElem *x;
      Hash *pTbls;
      int cnt = 0;

      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;

      vtk_sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);

      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
      */
      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
      for(x=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=vtk_sqliteHashNext(x)){
        Table *pTab = vtk_sqliteHashData(x);
        Index *pIdx;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 0);
        cnt++;
        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 0);
          cnt++;
        }
      }
      if( cnt==0 ) continue;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 0, i);
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0,
         vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
         P3_DYNAMIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Concat, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);

      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
      */
      for(x=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=vtk_sqliteHashNext(x)){
        Table *pTab = vtk_sqliteHashData(x);
        Index *pIdx;
        int loopTop;

        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
        addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
        vtk_sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, 1);
        loopTop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, 1);
        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
          int jmp2;
          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
            { OP_MemIncr,    -1,  0,  0},
            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  "rowid "},
            { OP_Rowid,       1,  0,  0},
            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  " missing from index "},
            { OP_String8,     0,  0,  0},    /* 4 */
            { OP_Concat,      2,  0,  0},
            { OP_Callback,    1,  0,  0},
          };
          vtk_sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, 1);
          jmp2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0);
          addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop);
        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
             { OP_MemInt,       0,  2,  0},
             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 1 */
             { OP_MemIncr,      1,  2,  0},
             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 3 */
             { OP_MemLoad,      1,  0,  0},
             { OP_MemLoad,      2,  0,  0},
             { OP_Eq,           0,  0,  0},  /* 6 */
             { OP_MemIncr,     -1,  0,  0},
             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  "wrong # of entries in index "},
             { OP_String8,      0,  0,  0},  /* 9 */
             { OP_Concat,       0,  0,  0},
             { OP_Callback,     1,  0,  0},
          };
          if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue;
          addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, 0, 0);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
          addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+6);
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+9, pIdx->zName, P3_STATIC);
        }
      } 
    }
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, mxErr);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+2);
  }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  /*
  **   PRAGMA encoding
  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
  **
  ** In it's first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
  **
  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
  ** 
  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
  **
  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
    static const struct EncName {
      char *zName;
      u8 enc;
    } encnames[] = {
      { "UTF-8",    VTK_SQLITE_UTF8        },
      { "UTF8",     VTK_SQLITE_UTF8        },
      { "UTF-16le", VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
      { "UTF16le",  VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
      { "UTF-16be", VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
      { "UTF16be",  VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
      { 0, 0 }
    };
    const struct EncName *pEnc;
    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
      if( vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_String8, 0, 0);
      for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
        if( pEnc->enc==ENC(pParse->db) ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P3_STATIC);
          break;
        }
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
      /* Only change the value of vtk_sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new vtk_sqlite.enc value
      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
      */
      if( 
        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
      ){
        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
          if( 0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
            ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
            break;
          }
        }
        if( !pEnc->zName ){
          vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
        }
      }
    }
  }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
  /*
  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
  **
  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
  **
  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
  ** stored in the database header.
  **
  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
  **
  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
  ** applications for any purpose.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 
   || vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 
   || vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 
  ){

    int iCookie;   /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
    switch( zLeft[0] ){
      case 's': case 'S':
        iCookie = 0;
        break;
      case 'f': case 'F':
        iCookie = 1;
        iDb = (-1*(iDb+1));
        assert(iDb<=0);
        break;
      default:
        iCookie = 5;
        break;
    }

    if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){
      /* Write the specified cookie value */
      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
        { OP_Integer,        0,  0,  0},    /* 1 */
        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  0},    /* 2 */
      };
      int addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight));
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
    }else{
      /* Read the specified cookie value */
      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  0,  0},    /* 0 */
        { OP_Callback,        1,  0,  0}
      };
      int addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, iCookie);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, P3_TRANSIENT);
    }
  }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
  /*
  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
    };
    int i;
    Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", P3_STATIC);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", P3_STATIC);
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      Btree *pBt;
      Pager *pPager;
      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P3_STATIC);
      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = vtk_sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, "closed", P3_STATIC);
      }else{
        int j = vtk_sqlite3PagerLockstate(pPager);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_String8, 0, 0, 
            (j>=0 && j<=4) ? azLockName[j] : "unknown", P3_STATIC);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 2, 0);
    }
  }else
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SSE
  /*
  ** Check to see if the sqlite_statements table exists.  Create it
  ** if it does not.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "create_sqlite_statement_table")==0 ){
    extern int vtk_sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(Parse*);
    vtk_sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(pParse);
  }else
#endif

#if VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3_key(db, zRight, strlen(zRight));
  }else
#endif
#if VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){
#if VTK_SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
    if( vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
      extern void vtk_sqlite3_activate_see(const char*);
      vtk_sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
    }
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
    if( vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
      extern void vtk_sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*);
      vtk_sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
    }
#endif
  }
#endif

  {}

  if( v ){
    /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause
    ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas
    ** are only valid for a single execution.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);

    /*
    ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
    ** setting changed.
    */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
    if( db->autoCommit ){
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
                 (db->flags&VTK_SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0);
    }
#endif
  }
pragma_out:
  vtk_sqliteFree(zLeft);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zRight);
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA || VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER */

/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2005 May 25
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the implementation of the vtk_sqlite3_prepare()
** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
** from disk.
**
** Id
*/

/*
** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
** that the database is corrupt.
*/
static void corruptSchema(InitData *pData, const char *zExtra){
  if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, "malformed database schema",
       zExtra!=0 && zExtra[0]!=0 ? " - " : (char*)0, zExtra, (char*)0);
  }
  pData->rc = VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT;
}

/*
** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
** database.  See vtk_sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
**
** Each callback contains the following information:
**
**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
**
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
  int iDb = pData->iDb;

  (void)argc; (void)azColName; /* use args */
  pData->rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    corruptSchema(pData, 0);
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  assert( argc==3 );
  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
  if( argv[1]==0 ){
    corruptSchema(pData, 0);
    return 1;
  }
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
    */
    char *zErr;
    int rc;
    assert( db->init.busy );
    db->init.iDb = iDb;
    db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
    db->init.iDb = 0;
    assert( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
    if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
      pData->rc = rc;
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM ){
        vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc();
      }else if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
        corruptSchema(pData, zErr);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3_free(zErr);
      return 1;
    }
  }else{
    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
    */
    Index *pIndex;
    pIndex = vtk_sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
    if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){
      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
      */
      /* Do Nothing */;
    }else{
      pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]);
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the VTK_SQLITE_ error codes to
** indicate success or failure.
*/
static int vtk_sqlite3InitOne(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
  int rc;
  BtCursor *curMain;
  int size;
  Table *pTab;
  Db *pDb;
  char const *azArg[4];
  int meta[10];
  InitData initData;
  char const *zMasterSchema;
  char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);

  /*
  ** The master database table has a structure like this
  */
  static const char master_schema[] = 
     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
     "  type text,\n"
     "  name text,\n"
     "  tbl_name text,\n"
     "  rootpage integer,\n"
     "  sql text\n"
     ")"
  ;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
     "  type text,\n"
     "  name text,\n"
     "  tbl_name text,\n"
     "  rootpage integer,\n"
     "  sql text\n"
     ")"
  ;
#else
  #define temp_master_schema 0
#endif

  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );

  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
  */
  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
  }else{
    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
  }
  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);

  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
  azArg[1] = "1";
  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
  azArg[3] = 0;
  initData.db = db;
  initData.iDb = iDb;
  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
  if( rc ){
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    return initData.rc;
  }
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
  if( pTab ){
    pTab->readOnly = 1;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);

  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
  */
  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
    }
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curMain);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && rc!=VTK_SQLITE_EMPTY ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
    return rc;
  }

  /* Get the database meta information.
  **
  ** Meta values are as follows:
  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
  **    meta[3]   Use freelist if 0.  Autovacuum if greater than zero.
  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
  **    meta[5]   The user cookie. Used by the application.
  **    meta[6]   Incremental-vacuum flag.
  **    meta[7]
  **    meta[8]
  **    meta[9]
  **
  ** Note: The #defined VTK_SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
  ** the possible values of meta[4].
  */
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(meta)/sizeof(meta[0])); i++){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
    }
    if( rc ){
      vtk_sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(rc), (char*)0);
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
      return rc;
    }
  }else{
    memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
  }
  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0];

  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
  ** main database, set vtk_sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
  ** as vtk_sqlite3.enc.
  */
  if( meta[4] ){  /* text encoding */
    if( iDb==0 ){
      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
      ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4];
      db->pDfltColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0);
    }else{
      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
      if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){
        vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
        vtk_sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "attached databases must use the same"
            " text encoding as main database", (char*)0);
        return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
    }
  }else{
    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
  }
  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);

  size = meta[2];
  if( size==0 ){ size = VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
  pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);

  /*
  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
  */
  pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)(meta[1]);
  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
  }
  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "unsupported file format", (char*)0);
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }


  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
  */
  assert( db->init.busy );
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_EMPTY ){
    /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    char *zSql;
    zSql = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf(
        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s",
        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, vtk_sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_ABORT ) rc = initData.rc;
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zSql);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      vtk_sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
    }
#endif
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    /* vtk_sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "out of memory", (char*)0); */
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
  }
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&VTK_SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
    /* Black magic: If the VTK_SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occured. In this situation the 
    ** current vtk_sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occured. The primary
    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
    ** even when it's contents have been corrupted.
    */
    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
**
** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Init(vtk_sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
  int i, rc;
  int called_initone = 0;
  
  if( db->init.busy ) return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  db->init.busy = 1;
  for(i=0; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
    if( rc ){
      vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
    }
    called_initone = 1;
  }

  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
    if( rc ){
      vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
    }
    called_initone = 1;
  }
#endif

  db->init.busy = 0;
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && called_initone ){
    vtk_sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
  }

  return rc; 
}

/*
** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  if( !db->init.busy ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
  }
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    pParse->rc = rc;
    pParse->nErr++;
  }
  return rc;
}


/*
** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
** of date, return 0.  If all schema cookies are current, return 1.
*/
static int schemaIsValid(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  int iDb;
  int rc;
  BtCursor *curTemp;
  int cookie;
  int allOk = 1;

  for(iDb=0; allOk && iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
    Btree *pBt;
    pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
    if( pBt==0 ) continue;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, 0, &curTemp);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie);
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
        allOk = 0;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp);
    }
  }
  return allOk;
}

/*
** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
**
** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
** attached database is returned.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(vtk_sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
  int i = -1000000;

  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
  ** function should never be used.
  **
  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
  ** -1000000 as incorrectly using -1000000 index into db->aDb[] is much 
  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
  */
  if( pSchema ){
    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
        break;
      }
    }
    assert( i>=0 &&i>=0 &&  i<db->nDb );
  }
  return i;
}

/*
** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Prepare(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the vtk_sqlite3_stmt */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
  Parse sParse;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  int i;

  /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );

  assert( ppStmt );
  *ppStmt = 0;
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }

  /* If any attached database schemas are locked, do not proceed with
  ** compilation. Instead return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED immediately.
  */
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
    if( pBt && vtk_sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt) ){
      const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
      vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
      vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
      return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED;
    }
  }
  
  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
  sParse.db = db;
  if( nBytes>=0 && zSql[nBytes]!=0 ){
    char *zSqlCopy;
    if( nBytes>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_TOOBIG;
    }
    zSqlCopy = vtk_sqlite3StrNDup(zSql, nBytes);
    if( zSqlCopy ){
      vtk_sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
      vtk_sqliteFree(zSqlCopy);
    }
    sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
  }

  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    sParse.rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( sParse.rc==VTK_SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){
    sParse.rc = VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA;
  }
  if( sParse.rc==VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
    vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    sParse.rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( pzTail ){
    *pzTail = sParse.zTail;
  }
  rc = sParse.rc;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
    if( sParse.explain==2 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", P3_STATIC);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 5);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", P3_STATIC);
    }
  }
#endif

  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }

  if( saveSqlFlag ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, sParse.zTail - zSql);
  }
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    vtk_sqlite3_finalize((vtk_sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
    assert(!(*ppStmt));
  }else{
    *ppStmt = (vtk_sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
  }

  if( zErrMsg ){
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
  }

  rc = vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
  vtk_sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
  return rc;
}

/*
** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
** Return true if the statement was recompiled successfully.
** Return false if there is an error of some kind.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
  int rc;
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
  const char *zSql;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  
  zSql = vtk_sqlite3VdbeGetSql(p);
  if( zSql==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  db = vtk_sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
  rc = vtk_sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0);
  if( rc ){
    assert( pNew==0 );
    return 0;
  }else{
    assert( pNew!=0 );
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
  vtk_sqlite3_transfer_bindings(pNew, (vtk_sqlite3_stmt*)p);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
  return 1;
}


/*
** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
** and so if a schema change occurs, VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
** vtk_sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
** occurs.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_prepare(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
  return vtk_sqlite3Prepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
}
int vtk_sqlite3_prepare_v2(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
  return vtk_sqlite3Prepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
}


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
*/
static int vtk_sqlite3Prepare16(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the vtk_sqlite3_stmt */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking vtk_sqlite3_prepare(). The
  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
  */
  char *zSql8;
  const char *zTail8 = 0;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  zSql8 = vtk_sqlite3Utf16to8(zSql, nBytes);
  if( zSql8 ){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8);
  }

  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
    /* If vtk_sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
    */
    int chars_parsed = vtk_sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8);
    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + vtk_sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(zSql8); 
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}

/*
** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
** and so if a schema change occurs, VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
** vtk_sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
** occurs.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_prepare16(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
  return vtk_sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
}
int vtk_sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
  return vtk_sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
**
** Id
*/


/*
** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
** the select structure itself.
*/
static void clearSelect(Select *p){
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pEList);
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(p->pSrc);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pGroupBy);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pHaving);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy);
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pPrior);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pOffset);
}


/*
** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
** structure.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *vtk_sqlite3SelectNew(
  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
  int isDistinct,       /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
){
  Select *pNew;
  Select standin;
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) );
  assert( !pOffset || pLimit );   /* Can't have OFFSET without LIMIT. */
  if( pNew==0 ){
    pNew = &standin;
    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
  }
  if( pEList==0 ){
    pEList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0);
  }
  pNew->pEList = pEList;
  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
  pNew->isDistinct = (u8)(isDistinct);
  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
  pNew->iLimit = -1;
  pNew->iOffset = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
  if( pNew==&standin) {
    clearSelect(pNew);
    pNew = 0;
  }
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(Select *p){
  if( p ){
    clearSelect(p);
    vtk_sqliteFree(p);
  }
}

/*
** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
** in terms of the following bit values:
**
**     JT_INNER
**     JT_CROSS
**     JT_OUTER
**     JT_NATURAL
**     JT_LEFT
**     JT_RIGHT
**
** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
**
** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
  int jointype = 0;
  Token *apAll[3];
  Token *p;
  static const struct {
    const char zKeyword[8];
    u8 nChar;
    u8 code;
  } keywords[] = {
    { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL },
    { "left",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER },
    { "right",   5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
    { "full",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
    { "outer",   5, JT_OUTER },
    { "inner",   5, JT_INNER },
    { "cross",   5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS },
  };
  int i, j;
  apAll[0] = pA;
  apAll[1] = pB;
  apAll[2] = pC;
  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
    p = apAll[i];
    for(j=0; j<(int)(sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0])); j++){
      if( p->n==(unsigned int)keywords[j].nChar 
          && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){
        jointype |= keywords[j].code;
        break;
      }
    }
    if( j>=(int)(sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0])) ){
      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
      break;
    }
  }
  if(
     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
  ){
    const char *zSp1 = " ";
    const char *zSp2 = " ";
    if( pB==0 ){ zSp1++; }
    if( pC==0 ){ zSp2++; }
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
       "%T%s%T%s%T", pA, zSp1, pB, zSp2, pC);
    jointype = JT_INNER;
  }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
    jointype = JT_INNER;
  }
  return jointype;
}

/*
** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
** is not contained in the table.
*/
static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
    if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
  }
  return -1;
}

/*
** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string.
*/
static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){
  p->z = (u8*)z;
  p->n = z ? strlen(z) : 0;
  p->dyn = 0;
}

/*
** Set the token to the double-quoted and escaped version of the string pointed
** to by z. For example;
**
**    {a"bc}  ->  {"a""bc"}
*/
static void setQuotedToken(Token *p, const char *z){
  p->z = (u8 *)vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("\"%w\"", z);
  p->dyn = 1;
  if( p->z ){
    p->n = strlen((char *)p->z);
  }
}

/*
** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *vtk_sqlite3CreateIdExpr(const char *zName){
  Token dummy;
  setToken(&dummy, zName);
  return vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
}


/*
** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the
** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2.
*/
static void addWhereTerm(
  const char *zCol,        /* Name of the column */
  const Table *pTab1,      /* First table */
  const char *zAlias1,     /* Alias for first table.  May be NULL */
  const Table *pTab2,      /* Second table */
  const char *zAlias2,     /* Alias for second table.  May be NULL */
  int iRightJoinTable,     /* VDBE cursor for the right table */
  Expr **ppExpr            /* Add the equality term to this expression */
){
  Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c;
  Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c;
  Expr *pE;

  pE1a = vtk_sqlite3CreateIdExpr(zCol);
  pE2a = vtk_sqlite3CreateIdExpr(zCol);
  if( zAlias1==0 ){
    zAlias1 = pTab1->zName;
  }
  pE1b = vtk_sqlite3CreateIdExpr(zAlias1);
  if( zAlias2==0 ){
    zAlias2 = pTab2->zName;
  }
  pE2b = vtk_sqlite3CreateIdExpr(zAlias2);
  pE1c = vtk_sqlite3ExprOrFree(TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0);
  pE2c = vtk_sqlite3ExprOrFree(TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0);
  pE = vtk_sqlite3ExprOrFree(TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0);
  if( pE ){
    ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin);
    pE->iRightJoinTable = iRightJoinTable;
  }
  pE = vtk_sqlite3ExprAnd(*ppExpr, pE);
  if( pE ){
    *ppExpr = pE;
  }
}

/*
** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
** expression.
**
** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
** originated in the ON or USING clause.
**
** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
** for cases like this:
**
**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
**
** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
** the output, which is incorrect.
*/
static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
  while( p ){
    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
    p->iRightJoinTable = iTable;
    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
    p = p->pRight;
  } 
}

/*
** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
**
** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
** also attached to the left entry.
**
** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
*/
static int vtk_sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */

  pSrc = p->pSrc;
  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
  pRight = &pLeft[1];
  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;

    if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue;

    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
    */
    if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
        return 1;
      }
      for(j=0; j<pLeftTab->nCol; j++){
        char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName;
        if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){
          addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, 
                              pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
                              pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere);
          
        }
      }
    }

    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
    */
    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
        "clauses in the same join");
      return 1;
    }

    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
    ** an AND operator.
    */
    if( pRight->pOn ){
      setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
      p->pWhere = vtk_sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
      pRight->pOn = 0;
    }

    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
    */
    if( pRight->pUsing ){
      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
        char *zName = pList->a[j].zName;
        if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){
          vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
            "not present in both tables", zName);
          return 1;
        }
        addWhereTerm(zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, 
                            pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
                            pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere);
      }
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
** stack into the sorter.
*/
static void pushOntoSorter(
  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,    /* The ORDER BY clause */
  Select *pSelect        /* The whole SELECT statement */
){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pOrderBy->nExpr + 2, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0);
  if( pSelect->iLimit>=0 ){
    int addr1, addr2;
    addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, pSelect->iLimit+1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, pSelect->iLimit+1);
    addr2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
    pSelect->iLimit = -1;
  }
}

/*
** Add code to implement the OFFSET
*/
static void codeOffset(
  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
  int iContinue,    /* Jump here to skip the current record */
  int nPop          /* Number of times to pop stack when jumping */
){
  if( p->iOffset>=0 && iContinue!=0 ){
    int addr;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iOffset);
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemNeg, p->iOffset, 0);
    if( nPop>0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nPop, 0);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
    VdbeComment((v, "# skip OFFSET records"));
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
  }
}

/*
** Add code that will check to make sure the top N elements of the
** stack are distinct.  iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
** seen combinations of the N values.  A new entry is made in iTab
** if the current N values are new.
**
** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
*/
static void codeDistinct(
  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VM */
  int iTab,          /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
  int addrRepeat,    /* Jump to here if not distinct */
  int N              /* The top N elements of the stack must be distinct */
){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, -N, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Distinct, iTab, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, N+1, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrRepeat);
  VdbeComment((v, "# skip indistinct records"));
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, 0);
}

/*
** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
** (example:  "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
** column.  We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple
** places.
*/
static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(Parse *pParse, int eDest, int nExpr){
  if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
    return 1;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
}

/*
** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
** of a SELECT.
**
** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If nColumn>0
** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
** datatypes for each column.
*/
static int selectInnerLoop(
  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
  int nColumn,            /* Number of columns in the source table */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
  int distinct,           /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
  int eDest,              /* How to dispose of the results */
  int iParm,              /* An argument to the disposal method */
  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
  int iBreak,             /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
  char *aff               /* affinity string if eDest is SRT_Union */
){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int i;
  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */

  if( v==0 ) return 0;
  assert( pEList!=0 );

  /* If there was a LIMIT clause on the SELECT statement, then do the check
  ** to see if this row should be output.
  */
  hasDistinct = distinct>=0 && pEList->nExpr>0;
  if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
    codeOffset(v, p, iContinue, 0);
  }

  /* Pull the requested columns.
  */
  if( nColumn>0 ){
    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i);
    }
  }else{
    nColumn = pEList->nExpr;
    vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList);
  }

  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
  ** part of the result.
  */
  if( hasDistinct ){
    assert( pEList!=0 );
    assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn );
    codeDistinct(v, distinct, iContinue, nColumn);
    if( pOrderBy==0 ){
      codeOffset(v, p, iContinue, nColumn);
    }
  }

  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, eDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
    return 0;
  }

  switch( eDest ){
    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
    ** table iParm.
    */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    case SRT_Union: {
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
      if( aff ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, 0);
      break;
    }

    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
    ** the temporary table iParm.
    */
    case SRT_Except: {
      int addr;
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, aff, P3_STATIC);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, iParm, addr+3);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iParm, 0);
      break;
    }
#endif

    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
    */
    case SRT_Table:
    case SRT_EphemTab: {
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
      if( pOrderBy ){
        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iParm, OPFLAG_APPEND);
      }
      break;
    }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
    */
    case SRT_Set: {
      int addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      int addr2;

      assert( nColumn==1 );
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, addr1+3);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
      addr2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
      p->affinity = vtk_sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr,(char)((iParm>>16)&0xff));
      if( pOrderBy ){
        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
        ** case the order does matter */
        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &p->affinity, 1);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
      break;
    }

    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
    */
    case SRT_Exists: {
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iParm);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
      break;
    }

    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
    ** of the scan loop.
    */
    case SRT_Mem: {
      assert( nColumn==1 );
      if( pOrderBy ){
        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
      }
      break;
    }
#endif /* #ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

    /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine.  In the
    ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for
    ** popping the data from the stack.
    */
    case SRT_Subroutine:
    case SRT_Callback: {
      if( pOrderBy ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p);
      }else if( eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0);
      }
      break;
    }

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
    ** about the actual results of the select.
    */
    default: {
      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, nColumn, 0);
      break;
    }
#endif
  }

  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
  */
  if( p->iLimit>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iLimit);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, iBreak);
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
**
** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
**
** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc.  The calling
** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
** freed.  Add the KeyInfo structure to the P3 field of an opcode using
** P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this.
*/
static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int nExpr;
  KeyInfo *pInfo;
  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  int i;

  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
  pInfo = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
  if( pInfo ){
    pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr];
    pInfo->nField = nExpr;
    pInfo->enc = ENC(db);
    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
      CollSeq *pColl;
      pColl = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
      if( !pColl ){
        pColl = db->pDfltColl;
      }
      pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl;
      pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder;
    }
  }
  return pInfo;
}


/*
** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
** routine generates the code needed to do that.
*/
static void generateSortTail(
  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
  Select *p,       /* The SELECT statement */
  Vdbe *v,         /* Generate code into this VDBE */
  int nColumn,     /* Number of columns of data */
  int eDest,       /* Write the sorted results here */
  int iParm        /* Optional parameter associated with eDest */
){
  int brk = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  int cont = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  int addr;
  int iTab;
  int pseudoTab = 0;
  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;

  iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor;
  if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){
    pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, pseudoTab, nColumn);
  }
  addr = 1 + vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sort, iTab, brk);
  codeOffset(v, p, cont, 0);
  if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 1, 0);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1);
  switch( eDest ){
    case SRT_Table:
    case SRT_EphemTab: {
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pull, 1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, iParm, OPFLAG_APPEND);
      break;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    case SRT_Set: {
      assert( nColumn==1 );
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotNull, -1, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0, &p->affinity, 1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, (iParm&0x0000FFFF), 0);
      break;
    }
    case SRT_Mem: {
      assert( nColumn==1 );
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iParm, 1);
      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
      break;
    }
#endif
    case SRT_Callback:
    case SRT_Subroutine: {
      int i;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, 0);
      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i);
      }
      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, nColumn, 0);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, iParm);
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      /* Do nothing */
      break;
    }
  }

  /* Jump to the end of the loop when the LIMIT is reached
  */
  if( p->iLimit>=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, -1, p->iLimit);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, brk);
  }

  /* The bottom of the loop
  */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk);
  if( eDest==SRT_Callback || eDest==SRT_Subroutine ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0);
  }

}

/*
** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
**
** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
** considered a column by this function.
**
**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
** 
** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
*/
static const char *columnType(
  NameContext *pNC, 
  Expr *pExpr,
  const char **pzOriginDb,
  const char **pzOriginTab,
  const char **pzOriginCol
){
  char const *zType = 0;
  char const *zOriginDb = 0;
  char const *zOriginTab = 0;
  char const *zOriginCol = 0;
  int j;
  if( pExpr==0 || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
    case TK_COLUMN: {
      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
      ** database table or a subquery.
      */
      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
      while( pNC && !pTab ){
        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
        for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
        if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
        }else{
          pNC = pNC->pNext;
        }
      }

      if( pTab==0 ){
        /* FIX ME:
        ** This can occurs if you have something like "SELECT new.x;" inside
        ** a trigger.  In other words, if you reference the special "new"
        ** table in the result set of a select.  We do not have a good way
        ** to find the actual table type, so call it "TEXT".  This is really
        ** something of a bug, but I do not know how to fix it.
        **
        ** This code does not produce the correct answer - it just prevents
        ** a segfault.  See ticket #1229.
        */
        zType = "TEXT";
        break;
      }

      assert( pTab );
      if( pS ){
        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
        */
        if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr ){
          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
          */
          NameContext sNC;
          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
          sNC.pNext = 0;
          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
          zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
        }
      }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
        /* A real table */
        assert( !pS );
        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
        if( iCol<0 ){
          zType = "INTEGER";
          zOriginCol = "rowid";
        }else{
          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
          zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
        }
        zOriginTab = pTab->zName;
        if( pNC->pParse ){
          int iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
          zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
        }
      }
      break;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
    case TK_SELECT: {
      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
      ** statement.
      */
      NameContext sNC;
      Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect;
      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
      sNC.pNext = pNC;
      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
      break;
    }
#endif
  }
  
  if( pzOriginDb ){
    assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol );
    *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb;
    *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab;
    *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol;
  }
  return zType;
}

/*
** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
** in the result set.
*/
static void generateColumnTypes(
  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int i;
  NameContext sNC;
  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
  sNC.pParse = pParse;
  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
    const char *zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);

    /* The vdbe must make it's own copy of the column-type and other 
    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
    ** virtual machine is deleted.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, P3_TRANSIENT);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, P3_TRANSIENT);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, P3_TRANSIENT);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, P3_TRANSIENT);
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
** azCol[] values in the callback.
*/
static void generateColumnNames(
  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int i, j;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int fullNames, shortNames;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
  if( pParse->explain ){
    return;
  }
#endif

  assert( v!=0 );
  if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
  fullNames = (db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
  shortNames = (db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *p;
    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
    if( p==0 ) continue;
    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, strlen(zName));
      continue;
    }
    if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && pTabList ){
      Table *pTab;
      char *zCol;
      int iCol = p->iColumn;
      for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){}
      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
      if( iCol<0 ){
        zCol = "rowid";
      }else{
        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
      }
      if( !shortNames && !fullNames && p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n);
      }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
        char *zName = 0;
        char *zTab;
 
        zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias;
        if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName;
        vtk_sqlite3SetString(&zName, zTab, ".", zCol, (char*)0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, P3_DYNAMIC);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, strlen(zCol));
      }
    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n);
      /* vtk_sqlite3VdbeCompressSpace(v, addr); */
    }else{
      char zName[30];
      assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || pTabList==0 );
      vtk_sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "column%d", i+1);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, 0);
    }
  }
  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
/*
** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
*/
static const char *selectOpName(int id){
  char *z;
  switch( id ){
    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
  }
  return z;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */

/*
** Forward declaration
*/
static int prepSelectStmt(Parse*, Select*);

/*
** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
** the result set of that SELECT.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *vtk_sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, char *zTabName, Select *pSelect){
  Table *pTab;
  int i, j;
  ExprList *pEList;
  Column *aCol, *pCol;

  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
  if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, pSelect, 0) ){
    return 0;
  }
  pTab = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(Table) );
  if( pTab==0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  pTab->nRef = 1;
  pTab->zName = zTabName ? vtk_sqliteStrDup(zTabName) : 0;
  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
  pTab->nCol = pEList->nExpr;
  assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
  pTab->aCol = aCol = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(pTab->aCol[0])*pTab->nCol );
  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
    Expr *p, *pR;
    char *zType;
    char *zName;
    int nName;
    CollSeq *pColl;
    int cnt;
    NameContext sNC;
    
    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
    */
    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
    assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 );
    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
      zName = vtk_sqliteStrDup(zName);
    }else if( p->op==TK_DOT 
              && (pR=p->pRight)!=0 && pR->token.z && pR->token.z[0] ){
      /* For columns of the from A.B use B as the name */
      zName = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &pR->token);
    }else if( p->span.z && p->span.z[0] ){
      /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
      zName = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%T", &p->span);
    }else{
      /* If all else fails, make up a name */
      zName = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("column%d", i+1);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3Dequote(zName);
    if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(zName);
      vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
      return 0;
    }

    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
    */
    nName = strlen(zName);
    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
      if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
        zName[nName] = 0;
        zName = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%z:%d", zName, ++cnt);
        j = -1;
        if( zName==0 ) break;
      }
    }
    pCol->zName = zName;

    /* Get the typename, type affinity, and collating sequence for the
    ** column.
    */
    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
    sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
    zType = vtk_sqliteStrDup(columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0));
    pCol->zType = zType;
    pCol->affinity = vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
    pColl = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
    if( pColl ){
      pCol->zColl = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pColl->zName);
    }
  }
  pTab->iPKey = -1;
  return pTab;
}

/*
** Prepare a SELECT statement for processing by doing the following
** things:
**
**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
**         element of the FROM clause.
**
**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
**         of the view.
**
**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
**
**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
**
** Return 0 on success.  If there are problems, leave an error message
** in pParse and return non-zero.
*/
static int prepSelectStmt(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
  int i, j, k, rc;
  SrcList *pTabList;
  ExprList *pEList;
  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;

  if( p==0 || p->pSrc==0 || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    return 1;
  }
  pTabList = p->pSrc;
  pEList = p->pEList;

  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc);

  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
  */
  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
    Table *pTab;
    if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
      /* This statement has already been prepared.  There is no need
      ** to go further. */
      assert( i==0 );
      return 0;
    }
    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
      assert( pFrom->pSelect!=0 );
      if( pFrom->zAlias==0 ){
        pFrom->zAlias =
          vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pFrom->pSelect);
      }
      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
        vtk_sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pFrom->zAlias, pFrom->pSelect);
      if( pTab==0 ){
        return 1;
      }
      /* The isEphem flag indicates that the Table structure has been
      ** dynamically allocated and may be freed at any time.  In other words,
      ** pTab is not pointing to a persistent table structure that defines
      ** part of the schema. */
      pTab->isEphem = 1;
#endif
    }else{
      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
        vtk_sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
      if( pTab==0 ){
        return 1;
      }
      pTab->nRef++;
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
        if( vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
          return 1;
        }
        /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a
        ** view within a view.  The SELECT structure has already been
        ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here
        ** in the inner view.
        */
        if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){
          pFrom->pSelect = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
        }
      }
#endif
    }
  }

  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
  */
  if( vtk_sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ) return 1;

  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
  **
  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
  ** that need expanding.
  */
  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
    Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL
         && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break;
  }
  rc = 0;
  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
    /*
    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
    */
    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
    ExprList *pNew = 0;
    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
    int longNames = (flags & VTK_SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 &&
                      (flags & VTK_SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;

    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
      Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL &&
           (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
        */
        pNew = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0);
        if( pNew ){
          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
        }else{
          rc = 1;
        }
        a[k].pExpr = 0;
        a[k].zName = 0;
      }else{
        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
        ** expanded. */
        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
        char *zTName;            /* text of name of TABLE */
        if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){
          zTName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->pLeft->token);
        }else{
          zTName = 0;
        }
        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
          if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ 
            zTabName = pTab->zName;
          }
          if( zTName && (zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 || 
                 vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0) ){
            continue;
          }
          tableSeen = 1;
          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
            Expr *pExpr, *pRight;
            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;

            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
            ** result-set list.
            */
            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
              continue;
            }

            if( i>0 ){
              struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
              if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
                        columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
                ** table on the right */
                continue;
              }
              if( vtk_sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
                continue;
              }
            }
            pRight = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
            if( pRight==0 ) break;
            setQuotedToken(&pRight->token, zName);
            if( zTabName && (longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
              Expr *pLeft = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
              pExpr = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
              if( pExpr==0 ) break;
              setQuotedToken(&pLeft->token, zTabName);
              setToken(&pExpr->span, vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
              pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
              pExpr->token.z = 0;
              pExpr->token.n = 0;
              pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
            }else{
              pExpr = pRight;
              pExpr->span = pExpr->token;
              pExpr->span.dyn = 0;
            }
            if( longNames ){
              pNew = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span);
            }else{
              pNew = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token);
            }
          }
        }
        if( !tableSeen ){
          if( zTName ){
            vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
          }else{
            vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
          }
          rc = 1;
        }
        vtk_sqliteFree(zTName);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
    p->pEList = pNew;
  }
  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  return rc;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
/*
** This routine associates entries in an ORDER BY expression list with
** columns in a result.  For each ORDER BY expression, the opcode of
** the top-level node is changed to TK_COLUMN and the iColumn value of
** the top-level node is filled in with column number and the iTable
** value of the top-level node is filled with iTable parameter.
**
** If there are prior SELECT clauses, they are processed first.  A match
** in an earlier SELECT takes precedence over a later SELECT.
**
** Any entry that does not match is flagged as an error.  The number
** of errors is returned.
*/
static int matchOrderbyToColumn(
  Parse *pParse,          /* A place to leave error messages */
  Select *pSelect,        /* Match to result columns of this SELECT */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY values to match against columns */
  int iTable,             /* Insert this value in iTable */
  int mustComplete        /* If TRUE all ORDER BYs must match */
){
  int nErr = 0;
  int i, j;
  ExprList *pEList;

  if( pSelect==0 || pOrderBy==0 ) return 1;
  if( mustComplete ){
    for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; }
  }
  if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, pSelect) ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
    if( matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, pSelect->pPrior, pOrderBy, iTable, 0) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
    int iCol = -1;
    char *zLabel;

    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done ) continue;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
      if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
          "ORDER BY position %d should be between 1 and %d",
          iCol, pEList->nExpr);
        nErr++;
        break;
      }
      if( !mustComplete ) continue;
      iCol--;
    }
    if( iCol<0 && (zLabel = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(&pE->token))!=0 ){
      for(j=0, pItem=pEList->a; j<pEList->nExpr; j++, pItem++){
        char *zName;
        int isMatch;
        if( pItem->zName ){
          zName = vtk_sqlite3StrDup(pItem->zName);
        }else{
          zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(&pItem->pExpr->token);
        }
        isMatch = zName && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(zName, zLabel)==0;
        vtk_sqliteFree(zName);
        if( isMatch ){
          iCol = j;
          break;
        }
      }
      vtk_sqliteFree(zLabel);
    }
    if( iCol>=0 ){
      pE->op = TK_COLUMN;
      pE->iColumn = iCol;
      pE->iTable = iTable;
      pE->iAgg = -1;
      pOrderBy->a[i].done = 1;
    }else if( mustComplete ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
        "ORDER BY term number %d does not match any result column", i+1);
      nErr++;
      break;
    }
  }
  return nErr;  
}
#endif /* #ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */

/*
** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  if( v==0 ){
    v = pParse->pVdbe = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
  }
  return v;
}


/*
** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
**
** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
** SELECT statements.
*/
static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
  Vdbe *v = 0;
  int iLimit = 0;
  int iOffset;
  int addr1, addr2;

  /* 
  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
  ** no rows.
  */
  if( p->pLimit ){
    p->iLimit = iLimit = pParse->nMem;
    pParse->nMem += 2;
    v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    if( v==0 ) return;
    vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iLimit, 1);
    VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT counter"));
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, iLimit, iBreak);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iLimit, 0);
  }
  if( p->pOffset ){
    p->iOffset = iOffset = pParse->nMem++;
    v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    if( v==0 ) return;
    vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iOffset, p->pLimit==0);
    VdbeComment((v, "# OFFSET counter"));
    addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iOffset, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
    if( p->pLimit ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Add, 0, 0);
    }
  }
  if( p->pLimit ){
    addr1 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iLimit, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Pop, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, -1, iLimit+1);
    addr2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iLimit+1, 1);
    VdbeComment((v, "# LIMIT+OFFSET"));
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate a virtual index to use for sorting.
*/
static void createSortingIndex(Parse *pParse, Select *p, ExprList *pOrderBy){
  if( pOrderBy ){
    int addr;
    assert( pOrderBy->iECursor==0 );
    pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(pParse->pVdbe, OP_OpenEphemeral,
                            pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+1);
    assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2] == -1 );
    p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addr;
  }
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
/*
** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
** the column has no default collating sequence.
**
** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
*/
static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
  CollSeq *pRet;
  if( p->pPrior ){
    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
  }else{
    pRet = 0;
  }
  if( pRet==0 ){
    pRet = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
  }
  return pRet;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
/*
** This routine is called to process a query that is really the union
** or intersection of two or more separate queries.
**
** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
**
** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
**
** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
**
**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
**
** This statement is parsed up as follows:
**
**     SELECT c FROM t3
**      |
**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
**                |
**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
**
** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
**
** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
** individual selects always group from left to right.
*/
static int multiSelect(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
  int eDest,            /* \___  Store query results as specified */
  int iParm,            /* /     by these two parameters.         */
  char *aff             /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
  int nCol;             /* Number of columns in the result set */
  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause on p */
  int aSetP2[2];        /* Set P2 value of these op to number of columns */
  int nSetP2 = 0;       /* Number of slots in aSetP2[] used */

  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
  */
  if( p==0 || p->pPrior==0 ){
    rc = 1;
    goto multi_select_end;
  }
  pPrior = p->pPrior;
  assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior );
  assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost );
  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
      selectOpName(p->op));
    rc = 1;
    goto multi_select_end;
  }
  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
      selectOpName(p->op));
    rc = 1;
    goto multi_select_end;
  }

  /* Make sure we have a valid query engine.  If not, create a new one.
  */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ){
    rc = 1;
    goto multi_select_end;
  }

  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
  */
  if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
    assert( p->pEList );
    assert( nSetP2<sizeof(aSetP2)/sizeof(aSetP2[0]) );
    aSetP2[nSetP2++] = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, 0);
    eDest = SRT_Table;
  }

  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
  */
  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
  switch( p->op ){
    case TK_ALL: {
      if( pOrderBy==0 ){
        int addr = 0;
        assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
        pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
        pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
        rc = vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff);
        p->pLimit = 0;
        p->pOffset = 0;
        if( rc ){
          goto multi_select_end;
        }
        p->pPrior = 0;
        p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
        p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
        if( p->iLimit>=0 ){
          addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemZero, p->iLimit, 0);
          VdbeComment((v, "# Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
        }
        rc = vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, 0, 0, 0, aff);
        p->pPrior = pPrior;
        if( rc ){
          goto multi_select_end;
        }
        if( addr ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
        }
        break;
      }
      /* For UNION ALL ... ORDER BY fall through to the next case */
    }
    case TK_EXCEPT:
    case TK_UNION: {
      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
      int op = 0;      /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
      int addr;

      priorOp = p->op==TK_ALL ? SRT_Table : SRT_Union;
      if( eDest==priorOp && pOrderBy==0 && !p->pLimit && !p->pOffset ){
        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
        ** right.
        */
        unionTab = iParm;
      }else{
        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
        ** intermediate results.
        */
        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
        if( pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse, p, pOrderBy, unionTab,1) ){
          rc = 1;
          goto multi_select_end;
        }
        addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
        if( priorOp==SRT_Table ){
          assert( nSetP2<sizeof(aSetP2)/sizeof(aSetP2[0]) );
          aSetP2[nSetP2++] = addr;
        }else{
          assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
          p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
          p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1;
        }
        createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy);
        assert( p->pEList );
      }

      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
      */
      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
      rc = vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, priorOp, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff);
      if( rc ){
        goto multi_select_end;
      }

      /* Code the current SELECT statement
      */
      switch( p->op ){
         case TK_EXCEPT:  op = SRT_Except;   break;
         case TK_UNION:   op = SRT_Union;    break;
         case TK_ALL:     op = SRT_Table;    break;
      }
      p->pPrior = 0;
      p->pOrderBy = 0;
      p->disallowOrderBy = (u8)(pOrderBy!=0);
      pLimit = p->pLimit;
      p->pLimit = 0;
      pOffset = p->pOffset;
      p->pOffset = 0;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, p, op, unionTab, 0, 0, 0, aff);
      /* Query flattening in vtk_sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
      vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pOrderBy);
      p->pPrior = pPrior;
      p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit);
      p->pLimit = pLimit;
      p->pOffset = pOffset;
      p->iLimit = -1;
      p->iOffset = -1;
      if( rc ){
        goto multi_select_end;
      }


      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
      ** it is that we currently need.
      */      
      if( eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=iParm ){
        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
        assert( p->pEList );
        if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
          Select *pFirst = p;
          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
        }
        iBreak = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
        iCont = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
        iStart = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
        rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
                             pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, 
                             iCont, iBreak, 0);
        if( rc ){
          rc = 1;
          goto multi_select_end;
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
      }
      break;
    }
    case TK_INTERSECT: {
      int tab1, tab2;
      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
      int addr;

      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
      */
      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
      if( pOrderBy && matchOrderbyToColumn(pParse,p,pOrderBy,tab1,1) ){
        rc = 1;
        goto multi_select_end;
      }
      createSortingIndex(pParse, p, pOrderBy);

      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
      p->pRightmost->usesEphm = 1;
      assert( p->pEList );

      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
      */
      rc = vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, SRT_Union, tab1, 0, 0, 0, aff);
      if( rc ){
        goto multi_select_end;
      }

      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
      */
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
      p->pPrior = 0;
      pLimit = p->pLimit;
      p->pLimit = 0;
      pOffset = p->pOffset;
      p->pOffset = 0;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, p, SRT_Union, tab2, 0, 0, 0, aff);
      p->pPrior = pPrior;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pLimit);
      p->pLimit = pLimit;
      p->pOffset = pOffset;
      if( rc ){
        goto multi_select_end;
      }

      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
      ** tables.
      */
      assert( p->pEList );
      if( eDest==SRT_Callback ){
        Select *pFirst = p;
        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
      }
      iBreak = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      iCont = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
      iStart = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont);
      rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
                             pOrderBy, -1, eDest, iParm, 
                             iCont, iBreak, 0);
      if( rc ){
        rc = 1;
        goto multi_select_end;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
      break;
    }
  }

  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
  ** in their result sets.
  */
  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
    rc = 1;
    goto multi_select_end;
  }

  /* Set the number of columns in temporary tables
  */
  nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
  while( nSetP2 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, aSetP2[--nSetP2], nCol);
  }

  /* Compute collating sequences used by either the ORDER BY clause or
  ** by any temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.  Invoke the
  ** ORDER BY processing if there is an ORDER BY clause.
  **
  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
  ** no temp tables are required.
  */
  if( pOrderBy || p->usesEphm ){
    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
    int nKeyCol;                  /* Number of entries in pKeyInfo->aCol[] */
    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
    CollSeq **aCopy;              /* A copy of pKeyInfo->aColl[] */

    assert( p->pRightmost==p );
    nKeyCol = nCol + (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0);
    pKeyInfo = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nKeyCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1));
    if( !pKeyInfo ){
      rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
      goto multi_select_end;
    }

    pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(pParse->db);
    pKeyInfo->nField = nCol;

    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
      *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
      if( 0==*apColl ){
        *apColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
      }
    }

    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
        if( addr<0 ){
          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
          break;
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO);
        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
      }
    }

    if( pOrderBy ){
      struct ExprList_item *pOTerm = pOrderBy->a;
      int nOrderByExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
      int addr;
      u8 *pSortOrder;

      /* Reuse the same pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY as was used above for
      ** the compound select statements.  Except we have to change out the
      ** pKeyInfo->aColl[] values.  Some of the aColl[] values will be
      ** reused when constructing the pKeyInfo for the ORDER BY, so make
      ** a copy.  Sufficient space to hold both the nCol entries for
      ** the compound select and the nOrderbyExpr entries for the ORDER BY
      ** was allocated above.  But we need to move the compound select
      ** entries out of the way before constructing the ORDER BY entries.
      ** Move the compound select entries into aCopy[] where they can be
      ** accessed and reused when constructing the ORDER BY entries.
      ** Because nCol might be greater than or less than nOrderByExpr
      ** we have to use memmove() when doing the copy.
      */
      aCopy = &pKeyInfo->aColl[nOrderByExpr];
      pSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&aCopy[nCol];
      memmove(aCopy, pKeyInfo->aColl, nCol*sizeof(CollSeq*));

      apColl = pKeyInfo->aColl;
      for(i=0; i<nOrderByExpr; i++, pOTerm++, apColl++, pSortOrder++){
        Expr *pExpr = pOTerm->pExpr;
        if( (pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ){
          assert( pExpr->pColl!=0 );
          *apColl = pExpr->pColl;
        }else{
          *apColl = aCopy[pExpr->iColumn];
        }
        *pSortOrder = pOTerm->sortOrder;
      }
      assert( p->pRightmost==p );
      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[2]>=0 );
      addr = p->addrOpenEphm[2];
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, p->pOrderBy->nExpr+2);
      pKeyInfo->nField = nOrderByExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
      pKeyInfo = 0;
      generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, p->pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm);
    }

    vtk_sqliteFree(pKeyInfo);
  }

multi_select_end:
  return rc;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
/*
** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
** unchanged.)
**
** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
*/
static void substExprList(ExprList*,int,ExprList*);  /* Forward Decl */
static void substSelect(Select *, int, ExprList *);  /* Forward Decl */
static void substExpr(Expr *pExpr, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
    }else{
      Expr *pNew;
      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 );
      pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr;
      assert( pNew!=0 );
      pExpr->op = pNew->op;
      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 );
      pExpr->pLeft = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pLeft);
      assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
      pExpr->pRight = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pNew->pRight);
      assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
      pExpr->pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(pNew->pList);
      pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable;
      pExpr->pTab = pNew->pTab;
      pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn;
      pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg;
      vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->token, &pNew->token);
      vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(&pExpr->span, &pNew->span);
      pExpr->pSelect = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pNew->pSelect);
      pExpr->flags = pNew->flags;
    }
  }else{
    substExpr(pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
    substExpr(pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
    substSelect(pExpr->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
    substExprList(pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList);
  }
}
static void substExprList(ExprList *pList, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
  int i;
  if( pList==0 ) return;
  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    substExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
  }
}
static void substSelect(Select *p, int iTable, ExprList *pEList){
  if( !p ) return;
  substExprList(p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
  substExprList(p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
  substExprList(p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
  substExpr(p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
  substExpr(p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
  substSelect(p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
}
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
/*
** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed
** execution.  It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening
** occurs.
**
** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
** query:
**
**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
**
** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
** optimized.
**
** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
** a single flat select, like this:
**
**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
**
** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
** avoided.
**
** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
**
**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
**
**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
**
**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join, or
**        the subquery is not itself a join.  (Ticket #306)
**
**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
**
**   (5)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use
**        aggregates.
**
**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
**        DISTINCT.
**
**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.
**
**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
**
**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
**        aggregates.
**
**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
**        use LIMIT.
**
**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
**
**  (12)  The subquery is not the right term of a LEFT OUTER JOIN or the
**        subquery has no WHERE clause.  (added by ticket #350)
**
**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT
**
**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET
**
**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
**        subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause.
**        (See ticket #2339)
**
** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
**
** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
**
** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
** the subquery before this routine runs.
*/
static int flattenSubquery(
  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
){
  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
  int i;              /* Loop counter */
  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */

  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
  */
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  pSrc = p->pSrc;
  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
  assert( pSub!=0 );
  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
  assert( pSubSrc );
  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
  ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
  ** and (14). */
  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
  if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){
    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
  }
  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
  if( (pSub->isDistinct || pSub->pLimit) 
         && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){          /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */
     return 0;       
  }
  if( p->isDistinct && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
  if( (p->disallowOrderBy || p->pOrderBy) && pSub->pOrderBy ){
     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
  }

  /* Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
  ** is not allowed:
  **
  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
  **
  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
  **
  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
  **
  ** which is not at all the same thing.
  */
  if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 && (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
    return 0;
  }

  /* Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
  **
  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
  **
  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
  **
  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
  **
  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
  */
  if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && pSub->pWhere!=0 ){
    return 0;
  }

  /* If we reach this point, it means flattening is permitted for the
  ** iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause in the outer query.
  */

  /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
  ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
  ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
  ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
  ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
  ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
  ** elements we are now copying in.
  */
  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
  {
    int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
    int jointype = pSubitem->jointype;

    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pSubitem->pTab);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pSubitem->zDatabase);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pSubitem->zName);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pSubitem->zAlias);
    if( nSubSrc>1 ){
      int extra = nSubSrc - 1;
      for(i=1; i<nSubSrc; i++){
        pSrc = vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(pSrc, 0, 0);
      }
      p->pSrc = pSrc;
      for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){
        pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra];
      }
    }
    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
    }
    pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = (u8)(jointype);
  }

  /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
  ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
  ** 
  ** Example:
  **
  **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
  **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
  **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
  **
  ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
  ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
  */
  pList = p->pEList;
  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *pExpr;
    if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){
      pList->a[i].zName = vtk_sqliteStrNDup((char*)pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n);
    }
  }
  substExprList(p->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
  if( isAgg ){
    substExprList(p->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
  }
  if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
    assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
    p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
    pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
  }else if( p->pOrderBy ){
    substExprList(p->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
  }
  if( pSub->pWhere ){
    pWhere = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pWhere);
  }else{
    pWhere = 0;
  }
  if( subqueryIsAgg ){
    assert( p->pHaving==0 );
    p->pHaving = p->pWhere;
    p->pWhere = pWhere;
    substExpr(p->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    p->pHaving = vtk_sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pHaving, vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pSub->pHaving));
    assert( p->pGroupBy==0 );
    p->pGroupBy = vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(pSub->pGroupBy);
  }else{
    substExpr(p->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
    p->pWhere = vtk_sqlite3ExprAnd(p->pWhere, pWhere);
  }

  /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
  ** outer query is distinct. 
  */
  p->isDistinct = p->isDistinct || pSub->isDistinct;

  /*
  ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
  **
  ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
  ** does not work if either limit is negative.
  */
  if( pSub->pLimit ){
    p->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
    pSub->pLimit = 0;
  }

  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
  ** success.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSub);
  return 1;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */

/*
** Analyze the SELECT statement passed in as an argument to see if it
** is a simple min() or max() query.  If it is and this query can be
** satisfied using a single seek to the beginning or end of an index,
** then generate the code for this SELECT and return 1.  If this is not a 
** simple min() or max() query, then return 0;
**
** A simply min() or max() query looks like this:
**
**    SELECT min(a) FROM table;
**    SELECT max(a) FROM table;
**
** The query may have only a single table in its FROM argument.  There
** can be no GROUP BY or HAVING or WHERE clauses.  The result set must
** be the min() or max() of a single column of the table.  The column
** in the min() or max() function must be indexed.
**
** The parameters to this routine are the same as for vtk_sqlite3Select().
** See the header comment on that routine for additional information.
*/
static int simpleMinMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int eDest, int iParm){
  Expr *pExpr;
  int iCol;
  Table *pTab;
  Index *pIdx;
  int base;
  Vdbe *v;
  int seekOp;
  ExprList *pEList, *pList, eList;
  struct ExprList_item eListItem;
  SrcList *pSrc;
  int brk;
  int iDb;

  /* Check to see if this query is a simple min() or max() query.  Return
  ** zero if it is  not.
  */
  if( p->pGroupBy || p->pHaving || p->pWhere ) return 0;
  pSrc = p->pSrc;
  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
  pEList = p->pEList;
  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0;
  pList = pExpr->pList;
  if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
  if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return 0;
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){
    seekOp = OP_Rewind;
  }else if( vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){
    seekOp = OP_Last;
  }else{
    return 0;
  }
  pExpr = pList->a[0].pExpr;
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0;
  iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;

  /* This optimization cannot be used with virtual tables. */
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;

  /* If we get to here, it means the query is of the correct form.
  ** Check to make sure we have an index and make pIdx point to the
  ** appropriate index.  If the min() or max() is on an INTEGER PRIMARY
  ** key column, no index is necessary so set pIdx to NULL.  If no
  ** usable index is found, return 0.
  */
  if( iCol<0 ){
    pIdx = 0;
  }else{
    CollSeq *pColl = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
    if( pColl==0 ) return 0;
    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
      assert( pIdx->nColumn>=1 );
      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol && 
          0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[0], pColl->zName) ){
        break;
      }
    }
    if( pIdx==0 ) return 0;
  }

  /* Identify column types if we will be using the callback.  This
  ** step is skipped if the output is going to a table or a memory cell.
  ** The column names have already been generated in the calling function.
  */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) return 0;

  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
  */
  if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, 1);
  }

  /* Generating code to find the min or the max.  Basically all we have
  ** to do is find the first or the last entry in the chosen index.  If
  ** the min() or max() is on the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then find the first
  ** or last entry in the main table.
  */
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 || pTab->isEphem );
  vtk_sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
  vtk_sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
  base = pSrc->a[0].iCursor;
  brk = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, brk);
  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, base, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  }
  if( pIdx==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, base, 0);
  }else{
    /* Even though the cursor used to open the index here is closed
    ** as soon as a single value has been read from it, allocate it
    ** using (pParse->nTab++) to prevent the cursor id from being 
    ** reused. This is important for statements of the form 
    ** "INSERT INTO x SELECT max() FROM x".
    */
    int iIdx;
    KeyInfo *pKey = vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
    iIdx = pParse->nTab++;
    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdx, pIdx->tnum, 
        (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    if( seekOp==OP_Rewind ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, 1, 0);
      seekOp = OP_MoveGt;
    }
    if( pIdx->aSortOrder[0]==VTK_SQLITE_SO_DESC ){
      /* Ticket #2514: invert the seek operator if we are using
      ** a descending index. */
      if( seekOp==OP_Last ){
        seekOp = OP_Rewind;
      }else{
        assert( seekOp==OP_MoveGt );
        seekOp = OP_MoveLt;
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, seekOp, iIdx, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdx, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iIdx, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, base, 0);
  }
  eList.nExpr = 1;
  memset(&eListItem, 0, sizeof(eListItem));
  eList.a = &eListItem;
  eList.a[0].pExpr = pExpr;
  selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, &eList, 0, 0, 0, -1, eDest, iParm, brk, brk, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, base, 0);
  
  return 1;
}

/*
** Analyze and ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in a SELECT statement.  Return
** the number of errors seen.
**
** An ORDER BY or GROUP BY is a list of expressions.  If any expression
** is an integer constant, then that expression is replaced by the
** corresponding entry in the result set.
*/
static int processOrderGroupBy(
  NameContext *pNC,     /* Name context of the SELECT statement. */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
){
  int i;
  ExprList *pEList = pNC->pEList;     /* The result set of the SELECT */
  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;     /* The result set of the SELECT */
  assert( pEList );

  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
    return 1;
  }
  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
    int iCol;
    Expr *pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
      if( iCol>0 && iCol<=pEList->nExpr ){
        CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
        int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
        vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pE);
        pE = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pEList->a[iCol-1].pExpr);
        if( pColl && flags ){
          pE->pColl = pColl;
          pE->flags |= flags;
        }
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
           "%s BY column number %d out of range - should be "
           "between 1 and %d", zType, iCol, pEList->nExpr);
        return 1;
      }
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(pNC, pE) ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** This routine resolves any names used in the result set of the
** supplied SELECT statement. If the SELECT statement being resolved
** is a sub-select, then pOuterNC is a pointer to the NameContext 
** of the parent SELECT.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3SelectResolve(
  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* The outer name context. May be NULL. */
){
  ExprList *pEList;          /* Result set. */
  int i;                     /* For-loop variable used in multiple places */
  NameContext sNC;           /* Local name-context */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;        /* The group by clause */

  /* If this routine has run before, return immediately. */
  if( p->isResolved ){
    assert( !pOuterNC );
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  p->isResolved = 1;

  /* If there have already been errors, do nothing. */
  if( pParse->nErr>0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Prepare the select statement. This call will allocate all cursors
  ** required to handle the tables and subqueries in the FROM clause.
  */
  if( prepSelectStmt(pParse, p) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
  ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
  */
  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
  sNC.pParse = pParse;
  if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
      vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Set up the local name-context to pass to ExprResolveNames() to
  ** resolve the expression-list.
  */
  sNC.allowAgg = 1;
  sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
  sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;

  /* Resolve names in the result set. */
  pEList = p->pEList;
  if( !pEList ) return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
    Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pX) ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
  }

  /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
  ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
  */
  assert( !p->isAgg );
  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
  if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){
    p->isAgg = 1;
  }else{
    sNC.allowAgg = 0;
  }

  /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
  */
  if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the
  ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
  ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
  ** aliases in the result set.
  **
  ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
  ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
  */
  sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
  if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ||
     vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  if( p->pPrior==0 ){
    if( processOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ||
        processOrderGroupBy(&sNC, pGroupBy, "GROUP") ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    }
  }

  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  /* Make sure the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
  */
  if( pGroupBy ){
    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
  
    for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
      if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
            "the GROUP BY clause");
        return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
    }
  }

  /* If this is one SELECT of a compound, be sure to resolve names
  ** in the other SELECTs.
  */
  if( p->pPrior ){
    return vtk_sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p->pPrior, pOuterNC);
  }else{
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

/*
** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
**
** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells.
*/
static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int i;
  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
  if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){
    return;
  }
  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem, 0);
  }
  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemNull, pFunc->iMem, 0);
    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
      if( pE->pList==0 || pE->pList->nExpr!=1 ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT in aggregate must be followed "
           "by an expression");
        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
      }else{
        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->pList);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 
                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
** in the AggInfo structure.
*/
static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int i;
  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0,
                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF);
  }
}

/*
** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
** the current cursor position.
*/
static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  int i;
  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
  struct AggInfo_col *pC;

  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
    int nArg;
    int addrNext = 0;
    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList;
    if( pList ){
      nArg = pList->nExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList);
    }else{
      nArg = 0;
    }
    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
      addrNext = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      assert( nArg==1 );
      codeDistinct(v, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1);
    }
    if( pF->pFunc->needCollSeq ){
      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
      int j;
      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc->needCollSeq is true */
      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
        pColl = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
      }
      if( !pColl ){
        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P3_COLLSEQ);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_AggStep, pF->iMem, nArg, (void*)pF->pFunc, P3_FUNCDEF);
    if( addrNext ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
    }
  }
  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pC->iMem, 1);
  }
  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
}


/*
** Generate code for the given SELECT statement.
**
** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
** value of eDest and iParm.
**
**     eDest Value       Result
**     ------------    -------------------------------------------
**     SRT_Callback    Invoke the callback for each row of the result.
**
**     SRT_Mem         Store first result in memory cell iParm
**
**     SRT_Set         Store results as keys of table iParm.
**
**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary table iParm
**
**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary table iParm.
**
**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table iParm
**
** The table above is incomplete.  Additional eDist value have be added
** since this comment was written.  See the selectInnerLoop() function for
** a complete listing of the allowed values of eDest and their meanings.
**
** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
** pParse->zErrMsg.
**
** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
** calling function needs to do that.
**
** The pParent, parentTab, and *pParentAgg fields are filled in if this
** SELECT is a subquery.  This routine may try to combine this SELECT
** with its parent to form a single flat query.  In so doing, it might
** change the parent query from a non-aggregate to an aggregate query.
** For that reason, the pParentAgg flag is passed as a pointer, so it
** can be changed.
**
** Example 1:   The meaning of the pParent parameter.
**
**    SELECT * FROM t1 JOIN (SELECT x, count(*) FROM t2) JOIN t3;
**    \                      \_______ subquery _______/        /
**     \                                                      /
**      \____________________ outer query ___________________/
**
** This routine is called for the outer query first.   For that call,
** pParent will be NULL.  During the processing of the outer query, this 
** routine is called recursively to handle the subquery.  For the recursive
** call, pParent will point to the outer query.  Because the subquery is
** the second element in a three-way join, the parentTab parameter will
** be 1 (the 2nd value of a 0-indexed array.)
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Select(
  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
  int eDest,             /* How to dispose of the results */
  int iParm,             /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
  Select *pParent,       /* Another SELECT for which this is a sub-query */
  int parentTab,         /* Index in pParent->pSrc of this query */
  int *pParentAgg,       /* True if pParent uses aggregate functions */
  char *aff              /* If eDest is SRT_Union, the affinity string */
){
  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin() */
  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
  ExprList *pEList = 0;  /* List of columns to extract. */
  SrcList *pTabList = 0; /* List of tables to select from */
  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
  int addrSortIndex;     /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */

  if( p==0 || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() || pParse->nErr ){
    return 1;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
  */
  if( p->pPrior ){
    if( p->pRightmost==0 ){
      Select *pLoop;
      int cnt = 0;
      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
        pLoop->pRightmost = p;
      }
      if( VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT>0 && cnt>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT ){
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
        return 1;
      }
    }
    return multiSelect(pParse, p, eDest, iParm, aff);
  }
#endif

  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
  if( IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){
    p->pOrderBy = 0;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, p, 0) ){
    goto select_end;
  }
  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;

  /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query.
  */
  pTabList = p->pSrc;
  pWhere = p->pWhere;
  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
  pHaving = p->pHaving;
  isAgg = p->isAgg;
  isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
  pEList = p->pEList;
  if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end;

  /* 
  ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen
  ** errors before this routine starts.
  */
  if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end;

  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
  ** only a single column may be output.
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, eDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
    goto select_end;
  }
#endif

  /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations.
  */
  if( IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){
    pOrderBy = 0;
  }

  /* Begin generating code.
  */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;

  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
  */
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
    const char *zSavedAuthContext = 0;
    int needRestoreContext;
    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];

    if( pItem->pSelect==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue;
    if( pItem->zName!=0 ){
      zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
      pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
      needRestoreContext = 1;
    }else{
      needRestoreContext = 0;
    }
#if VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
    ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
    ** may contain expression trees of at most
    ** (VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
    ** an exact limit.
    */
    pParse->nHeight += vtk_sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
#endif
    vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pItem->pSelect, SRT_EphemTab, 
                 pItem->iCursor, p, i, &isAgg, 0);
#if VTK_SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
    pParse->nHeight -= vtk_sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
#endif
    if( needRestoreContext ){
      pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
    }
    pTabList = p->pSrc;
    pWhere = p->pWhere;
    if( !IgnorableOrderby(eDest) ){
      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
    }
    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
    pHaving = p->pHaving;
    isDistinct = p->isDistinct;
  }
#endif

  /* Check for the special case of a min() or max() function by itself
  ** in the result set.
  */
  if( simpleMinMaxQuery(pParse, p, eDest, iParm) ){
    rc = 0;
    goto select_end;
  }

  /* Check to see if this is a subquery that can be "flattened" into its parent.
  ** If flattening is a possiblity, do so and return immediately.  
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
  if( pParent && pParentAgg &&
      flattenSubquery(pParent, parentTab, *pParentAgg, isAgg) ){
    if( isAgg ) *pParentAgg = 1;
    goto select_end;
  }
#endif

  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
  */
  if( pOrderBy ){
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
    if( pParse->nErr ){
      goto select_end;
    }
    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy);
    pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
    p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex =
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2,                     (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
  }else{
    addrSortIndex = -1;
  }

  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
  */
  if( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iParm, pEList->nExpr);
  }

  /* Set the limiter.
  */
  iEnd = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);

  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
  */
  if( isDistinct ){
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 
                        (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
  }else{
    distinct = -1;
  }

  /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
    /* This case is for non-aggregate queries
    ** Begin the database scan
    */
    pWInfo = vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy);
    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;

    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
    ** into an OP_Noop.
    */
    if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
    }

    /* Use the standard inner loop
    */
    if( selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, distinct, eDest,
                    iParm, pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak, aff) ){
       goto select_end;
    }

    /* End the database scan loop.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
  }else{
    /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */
    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
                        ** processed */
    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */


    /* The following variables hold addresses or labels for parts of the
    ** virtual machine program we are putting together */
    int addrOutputRow;      /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
    int addrSetAbort;       /* Set the abort flag and return */
    int addrInitializeLoop; /* Start of code that initializes the input loop */
    int addrTopOfLoop;      /* Top of the input loop */
    int addrGroupByChange;  /* Code that runs when any GROUP BY term changes */
    int addrProcessRow;     /* Code to process a single input row */
    int addrEnd;            /* End of all processing */
    int addrSortingIdx;     /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
    int addrReset;          /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */

    addrEnd = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);

    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
    ** SELECT statement.
    */
    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
    sNC.pParse = pParse;
    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0;
    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
    if( vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList) ){
      goto select_end;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy) ){
      goto select_end;
    }
    if( pHaving && vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving) ){
      goto select_end;
    }
    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
    for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
      if( vtk_sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->pList) ){
        goto select_end;
      }
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto select_end;

    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
    ** much more complex tha aggregates without a GROUP BY.
    */
    if( pGroupBy ){
      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */

      /* Create labels that we will be needing
      */
     
      addrInitializeLoop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      addrGroupByChange = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
      addrProcessRow = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);

      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
      ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction
      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
      */
      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy);
      addrSortingIdx =
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,
                         sAggInfo.nSortingColumn,
                         (char*)pKeyInfo, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);

      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
      */
      iUseFlag = pParse->nMem++;
      iAbortFlag = pParse->nMem++;
      iAMem = pParse->nMem;
      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
      iBMem = pParse->nMem;
      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iAbortFlag);
      VdbeComment((v, "# clear abort flag"));
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, iUseFlag);
      VdbeComment((v, "# indicate accumulator empty"));
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrInitializeLoop);

      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
      */
      addrSetAbort = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iAbortFlag);
      VdbeComment((v, "# set abort flag"));
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
      addrOutputRow = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
      VdbeComment((v, "# Groupby result generator entry point"));
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
      if( pHaving ){
        vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, 1);
      }
      rc = selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
                           distinct, eDest, iParm, 
                           addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort, aff);
      if( rc ){
        goto select_end;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);
      VdbeComment((v, "# end groupby result generator"));

      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
      */
      addrReset = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Return, 0, 0);

      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
      ** in the right order to begin with.
      */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrInitializeLoop);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset);
      pWInfo = vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy);
      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
      if( pGroupBy==0 ){
        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
        */
        pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
        groupBySort = 0;
      }else{
        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
        ** in sorted order
        */
        groupBySort = 1;
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, 0);
        j = pGroupBy->nExpr+1;
        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
          struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
          if( pCol->iSorterColumn<j ) continue;
          vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(v, pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable);
          j++;
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, j, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
        VdbeComment((v, "# GROUP BY sort"));
        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
      }

      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
      */
      addrTopOfLoop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
        if( groupBySort ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j);
        }else{
          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
          vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr);
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, iBMem+j, j<pGroupBy->nExpr-1);
      }
      for(j=pGroupBy->nExpr-1; j>=0; j--){
        if( j<pGroupBy->nExpr-1 ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iBMem+j, 0);
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, iAMem+j, 0);
        if( j==0 ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Eq, 0x200, addrProcessRow);
        }else{
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ne, 0x200, addrGroupByChange);
        }
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (void*)pKeyInfo->aColl[j], P3_COLLSEQ);
      }

      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
      ** Change in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
      **
      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
      */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrGroupByChange);
      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemMove, iAMem+j, iBMem+j);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow);
      VdbeComment((v, "# output one row"));
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd);
      VdbeComment((v, "# check abort flag"));
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrReset);
      VdbeComment((v, "# reset accumulator"));

      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
      ** the current row
      */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrProcessRow);
      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, iUseFlag);
      VdbeComment((v, "# indicate data in accumulator"));

      /* End of the loop
      */
      if( groupBySort ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1);
      }

      /* Output the final row of result
      */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Gosub, 0, addrOutputRow);
      VdbeComment((v, "# output final row"));
      
    } /* endif pGroupBy */
    else {
      /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
      ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
      ** of output.
      */
      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
      pWInfo = vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0);
      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
      vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
      pOrderBy = 0;
      if( pHaving ){
        vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, 1);
      }
      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, 
                      eDest, iParm, addrEnd, addrEnd, aff);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
    
  } /* endif aggregate query */

  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
  */
  if( pOrderBy ){
    generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, eDest, iParm);
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
  /* If this was a subquery, we have now converted the subquery into a
  ** temporary table.  So set the SrcList_item.isPopulated flag to prevent
  ** this subquery from being evaluated again and to force the use of
  ** the temporary table.
  */
  if( pParent ){
    assert( pParent->pSrc->nSrc>parentTab );
    assert( pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].pSelect==p );
    pParent->pSrc->a[parentTab].isPopulated = 1;
  }
#endif

  /* Jump here to skip this query
  */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);

  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
  ** to indicate no errors.
  */
  rc = 0;

  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
  */
select_end:

  /* Identify column names if we will be using them in a callback.  This
  ** step is skipped if the output is going to some other destination.
  */
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && eDest==SRT_Callback ){
    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
  }

  vtk_sqliteFree(sAggInfo.aCol);
  vtk_sqliteFree(sAggInfo.aFunc);
  return rc;
}

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
*******************************************************************************
** The following code is used for testing and debugging only.  The code
** that follows does not appear in normal builds.
**
** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a 
** parse structures such as Select or Expr.  Such printouts are useful
** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator
** during the execution of complex SELECT statements.
**
** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal
** code base.  Then are intended to be called from within the debugger
** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){
  if( p->token.z && p->token.n>0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%.*s", p->token.n, p->token.z);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op);
  }
  if( p->pLeft ){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
    vtk_sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft);
  }
  if( p->pRight ){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
    vtk_sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(")");
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr);
    if( i<pList->nExpr-1 ){
      vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(", ");
    }
  }
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){
  vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p);
  vtk_sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList);
  vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
  if( p->pSrc ){
    char *zPrefix;
    int i;
    zPrefix = "FROM";
    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
      vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix);
      zPrefix = "";
      if( pItem->pSelect ){
        vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n");
        vtk_sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10);
        vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, "");
      }else if( pItem->zName ){
        vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName);
      }
      if( pItem->pTab ){
        vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName);
      }
      if( pItem->zAlias ){
        vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias);
      }
      if( i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1 ){
        vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf(",");
      }
      vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
    }
  }
  if( p->pWhere ){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, "");
    vtk_sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere);
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
  }
  if( p->pGroupBy ){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, "");
    vtk_sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy);
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
  }
  if( p->pHaving ){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, "");
    vtk_sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving);
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
  }
  if( p->pOrderBy ){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, "");
    vtk_sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy);
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
  }
}
/* End of the structure debug printing code
*****************************************************************************/
#endif /* defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG) */

/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the vtk_sqlite3_get_table() and vtk_sqlite3_free_table()
** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
** interface routine of vtk_sqlite3_exec().
**
** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
** if they are not used.
*/

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE

/*
** This structure is used to pass data from vtk_sqlite3_get_table() through
** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/
typedef struct TabResult {
  char **azResult;
  char *zErrMsg;
  int nResult;
  int nAlloc;
  int nRow;
  int nColumn;
  int nData;
  int rc;
} TabResult;

/*
** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
** memory as necessary.
*/
static int vtk_sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;
  int need;
  int i;
  char *z;

  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
  */
  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
    need = nCol*2;
  }else{
    need = nCol;
  }
  if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){
    char **azNew;
    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1;
    azNew = vtk_sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
    p->azResult = azNew;
  }

  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
  ** the names of all columns.
  */
  if( p->nRow==0 ){
    p->nColumn = nCol;
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      if( colv[i]==0 ){
        z = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("");
      }else{
        z = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
      }
      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
    }
  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg,
       "vtk_sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries",
       (char*)0);
    p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    return 1;
  }

  /* Copy over the row data
  */
  if( argv!=0 ){
    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
      if( argv[i]==0 ){
        z = 0;
      }else{
        int n = strlen(argv[i])+1;
        z = vtk_sqlite3_malloc( n );
        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
        memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
      }
      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
    }
    p->nRow++;
  }
  return 0;

malloc_failed:
  p->rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  return 1;
}

/*
** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
** at the conclusion of the call.
**
** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
** Instead, the entire table should be passed to vtk_sqlite3_free_table() when
** the calling procedure is finished using it.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_get_table(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
){
  int rc;
  TabResult res;
  if( pazResult==0 ){ return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR; }
  *pazResult = 0;
  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
  res.zErrMsg = 0;
  res.nResult = 0;
  res.nRow = 0;
  res.nColumn = 0;
  res.nData = 1;
  res.nAlloc = 20;
  res.rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  res.azResult = vtk_sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
  if( res.azResult==0 ) return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  res.azResult[0] = 0;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, vtk_sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
  if( res.azResult ){
    assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
    res.azResult[0] = (char*)(size_t)res.nData;
  }
  if( (rc&0xff)==VTK_SQLITE_ABORT ){
    vtk_sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
    if( res.zErrMsg ){
      if( pzErrMsg ){
        vtk_sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
        *pzErrMsg = vtk_sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
      }
      vtk_sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
    }
    db->errCode = res.rc;
    return res.rc & db->errMask;
  }
  vtk_sqliteFree(res.zErrMsg);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
    return rc & db->errMask;
  }
  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
    char **azNew;
    azNew = vtk_sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) );
    if( azNew==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    res.nAlloc = res.nData+1;
    res.azResult = azNew;
  }
  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
  return rc & db->errMask;
}

/*
** This routine frees the space the vtk_sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_free_table(
  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from vtk_sqlite3_get_table() */
){
  if( azResult ){
    int i, n;
    azResult--;
    if( azResult==0 ) return;
    n = (int)(size_t)azResult[0];
    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) vtk_sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
    vtk_sqlite3_free(azResult);
  }
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */

/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
/*
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
*
*/

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/*
** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
  while( pTriggerStep ){
    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;

    if( pTmp->target.dyn ) vtk_sqliteFree((char*)pTmp->target.z);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pTmp->pWhere);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pTmp->pExprList);
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pTmp->pSelect);
    vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(pTmp->pIdList);

    vtk_sqliteFree(pTmp);
  }
}

/*
** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
** vtk_sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
** construction process.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3BeginTrigger(
  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
){
  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
  DbFixer sFix;
  int iTabDb;

  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
  assert( pName2!=0 );
  if( isTemp ){
    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
    if( pName2->n>0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
      goto trigger_cleanup;
    }
    iDb = 1;
    pName = pName1;
  }else{
    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
    iDb = vtk_sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
    if( iDb<0 ){
      goto trigger_cleanup;
    }
  }

  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
  ** If vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
  */
  if( !pTableName || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
  if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
    iDb = 1;
  }

  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto trigger_cleanup;
  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
  if( vtk_sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
      vtk_sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
  if( !pTab ){
    /* The table does not exist. */
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }

  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
  ** specified name exists */
  zName = vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
  if( !zName || VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), zName,strlen(zName)) ){
    if( !noErr ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
    }
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }

  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
  if( vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
    pParse->nErr++;
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }

  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
  ** of triggers.
  */
  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
    goto trigger_cleanup;
  }
  iTabDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  {
    int code = VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
      goto trigger_cleanup;
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
      goto trigger_cleanup;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
  ** elsewhere.
  */
  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
  }

  /* Build the Trigger object */
  pTrigger = (Trigger*)vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Trigger));
  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
  pTrigger->name = zName;
  zName = 0;
  pTrigger->table = vtk_sqliteStrDup(pTableName->a[0].zName);
  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
  pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
  pTrigger->pWhen = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pWhen);
  pTrigger->pColumns = vtk_sqlite3IdListDup(pColumns);
  vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(&pTrigger->nameToken,pName);
  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;

trigger_cleanup:
  vtk_sqliteFree(zName);
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTableName);
  vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumns);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhen);
  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
  }else{
    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
  }
}

/*
** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3FinishTrigger(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
){
  Trigger *pTrig = 0;     /* The trigger whose construction is finishing up */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
  DbFixer sFix;
  int iDb;                   /* Database containing the trigger */

  pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;
  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
  if( pParse->nErr || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
  while( pStepList ){
    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &pTrig->nameToken) 
          && vtk_sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
  }

  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
  ** build the sqlite_master entry
  */
  if( !db->init.busy ){
    static const VdbeOpList insertTrig[] = {
      { OP_NewRowid,   0, 0,  0          },
      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "trigger"  },
      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 2: trigger name */
      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 3: table name */
      { OP_Integer,    0, 0,  0          },
      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  "CREATE TRIGGER "},
      { OP_String8,    0, 0,  0          },  /* 6: SQL */
      { OP_Concat,     0, 0,  0          }, 
      { OP_MakeRecord, 5, 0,  "aaada"    },
      { OP_Insert,     0, 0,  0          },
    };
    int addr;
    Vdbe *v;

    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
    v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
    vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(insertTrig), insertTrig);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+2, pTrig->name, 0); 
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+3, pTrig->table, 0); 
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr+6, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
    vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 
       vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("type='trigger' AND name='%q'", pTrig->name), P3_DYNAMIC);
  }

  if( db->init.busy ){
    int n;
    Table *pTab;
    Trigger *pDel;
    pDel = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash, 
                     pTrig->name, strlen(pTrig->name), pTrig);
    if( pDel ){
      assert( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() && pDel==pTrig );
      goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
    }
    n = strlen(pTrig->table) + 1;
    pTab = vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&pTrig->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrig->table, n);
    assert( pTab!=0 );
    pTrig->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
    pTab->pTrigger = pTrig;
    pTrig = 0;
  }

triggerfinish_cleanup:
  vtk_sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrig);
  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
  vtk_sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pStepList);
}

/*
** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step.  This has
** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained
** from vtk_sqliteMalloc().  As initially created, the Expr.token.z values
** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser.  But that
** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the vtk_sqlite3_exec()
** call that started the parser exits.  This routine makes a persistent
** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure
** will be valid even after the vtk_sqlite3_exec() call returns.
*/
static void vtk_sqlitePersistTriggerStep(TriggerStep *p){
  if( p->target.z ){
    p->target.z = (u8*)vtk_sqliteStrNDup((char*)p->target.z, p->target.n);
    p->target.dyn = 1;
  }
  if( p->pSelect ){
    Select *pNew = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(p->pSelect);
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(p->pSelect);
    p->pSelect = pNew;
  }
  if( p->pWhere ){
    Expr *pNew = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhere);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p->pWhere);
    p->pWhere = pNew;
  }
  if( p->pExprList ){
    ExprList *pNew = vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(p->pExprList);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(p->pExprList);
    p->pExprList = pNew;
  }
  if( p->pIdList ){
    IdList *pNew = vtk_sqlite3IdListDup(p->pIdList);
    vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(p->pIdList);
    p->pIdList = pNew;
  }
}

/*
** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
**
** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
** body of a TRIGGER.  
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *vtk_sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(Select *pSelect){
  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);
    return 0;
  }

  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
  vtk_sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);

  return pTriggerStep;
}

/*
** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
** to the new trigger step.
**
** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
** body of a trigger.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *vtk_sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
  int orconf          /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
){
  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));

  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0);

  if( pTriggerStep ){
    pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT;
    pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
    pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
    pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
    vtk_sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(pColumn);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pSelect);
  }

  return pTriggerStep;
}

/*
** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *vtk_sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
  int orconf           /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
){
  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
  if( pTriggerStep==0 ){
     vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pEList);
     vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
     return 0;
  }

  pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
  vtk_sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);

  return pTriggerStep;
}

/*
** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *vtk_sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Token *pTableName, Expr *pWhere){
  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(TriggerStep));
  if( pTriggerStep==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
    return 0;
  }

  pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE;
  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
  vtk_sqlitePersistTriggerStep(pTriggerStep);

  return pTriggerStep;
}

/* 
** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DeleteTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
  vtk_sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pTrigger->step_list);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pTrigger->name);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pTrigger->table);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pTrigger->pWhen);
  vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete(pTrigger->pColumns);
  if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) vtk_sqliteFree((char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pTrigger);
}

/*
** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
**
** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
** the trigger by name.  The vtk_sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
** instead of the trigger name.
**/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
  int i;
  const char *zDb;
  const char *zName;
  int nName;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  }

  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
  nName = strlen(zName);
  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
    if( zDb && vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
    pTrigger = vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
    if( pTrigger ) break;
  }
  if( !pTrigger ){
    if( !noErr ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
    }
    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);

drop_trigger_cleanup:
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pName);
}

/*
** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
** is set on.
*/
static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
  int n = strlen(pTrigger->table) + 1;
  return vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
}


/*
** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
  Table   *pTable;
  Vdbe *v;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
  int iDb;

  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
  assert( pTable );
  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  {
    int code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
    if( iDb==1 ) code = VTK_SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
    if( vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
      vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
      return;
    }
  }
#endif

  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
  */
  assert( pTable!=0 );
  if( (v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
    int base;
    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        0}, /* 1 */
      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        0},
      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
      { OP_String8,    0, 0,        "trigger"},
      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        0},
      { OP_Ne,         0, ADDR(8),  0},
      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
    };

    vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
    base = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
  }
}

/*
** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the vtk_sqlite* pointer.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
  Trigger *pTrigger;
  int nName = strlen(zName);
  pTrigger = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
                               zName, nName, 0);
  if( pTrigger ){
    Table *pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
    assert( pTable!=0 );
    if( pTable->pTrigger == pTrigger ){
      pTable->pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
    }else{
      Trigger *cc = pTable->pTrigger;
      while( cc ){ 
        if( cc->pNext == pTrigger ){
          cc->pNext = cc->pNext->pNext;
          break;
        }
        cc = cc->pNext;
      }
      assert(cc);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
    db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges;
  }
}

/*
** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
** if there is no match.
*/
static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
  int e;
  if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1;
  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
    if( vtk_sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
  }
  return 0; 
}

/*
** Return a bit vector to indicate what kind of triggers exist for operation
** "op" on table pTab.  If pChanges is not NULL then it is a list of columns
** that are being updated.  Triggers only match if the ON clause of the
** trigger definition overlaps the set of columns being updated.
**
** The returned bit vector is some combination of TRIGGER_BEFORE and
** TRIGGER_AFTER.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3TriggersExist(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Used to check for recursive triggers */
  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
  ExprList *pChanges      /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
){
  Trigger *pTrigger;
  int mask = 0;

  (void)pParse; /* use arg */
  pTrigger = IsVirtual(pTab) ? 0 : pTab->pTrigger;
  while( pTrigger ){
    if( pTrigger->op==op && checkColumnOverLap(pTrigger->pColumns, pChanges) ){
      mask |= pTrigger->tr_tm;
    }
    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
  }
  return mask;
}

/*
** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
** to that SrcList.
**
** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
** wants.
*/
static SrcList *targetSrcList(
  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
){
  Token sDb;           /* Dummy database name token */
  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */

  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
  if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
    assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
    sDb.z = (u8*)pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
    sDb.n = strlen((char*)sDb.z);
    pSrc = vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
  } else {
    pSrc = vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(0, &pStep->target, 0);
  }
  return pSrc;
}

/*
** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
** trigger.  
*/
static int codeTriggerProgram(
  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
  int orconfin              /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
){
  TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
  int orconf;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;

  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
  assert( v!=0 );
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
  VdbeComment((v, "# begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
  while( pTriggerStep ){
    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
      case TK_SELECT: {
        Select *ss = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect);
        if( ss ){
          vtk_sqlite3SelectResolve(pParse, ss, 0);
          vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, SRT_Discard, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
          vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(ss);
        }
        break;
      }
      case TK_UPDATE: {
        SrcList *pSrc;
        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
                vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
                vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere), orconf);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
        break;
      }
      case TK_INSERT: {
        SrcList *pSrc;
        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
          vtk_sqlite3ExprListDup(pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
          vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pTriggerStep->pSelect), 
          vtk_sqlite3IdListDup(pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
        break;
      }
      case TK_DELETE: {
        SrcList *pSrc;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
        vtk_sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pTriggerStep->pWhere));
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
        break;
      }
      default:
        assert(0);
    } 
    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
  VdbeComment((v, "# end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));

  return 0;
}

/*
** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
**
** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following 
** must be true:
**
** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database.  (But newIdx and oldIdx
**    can be indices of cursors in temporary tables.  See below.)
**
** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then
**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at
**    a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the
**    trigger program(s).
**
** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then
**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at
**    a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the
**    trigger program(s).
**
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
  int newIdx,          /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
  int oldIdx,          /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
  int ignoreJump       /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
){
  Trigger *p;
  TriggerStack trigStackEntry;

  assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
  assert(tr_tm == TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm == TRIGGER_AFTER );

  assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);

  for(p=pTab->pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
    int fire_this = 0;

    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
    if( 
      p->op==op && 
      p->tr_tm==tr_tm && 
      (p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema) &&
      (op!=TK_UPDATE||!p->pColumns||checkColumnOverLap(p->pColumns,pChanges))
    ){
      TriggerStack *pS;      /* Pointer to trigger-stack entry */
      for(pS=pParse->trigStack; pS && p!=pS->pTrigger; pS=pS->pNext){}
      if( !pS ){
        fire_this = 1;
      }
#if 0    /* Give no warning for recursive triggers.  Just do not do them */
      else{
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive triggers not supported (%s)",
            p->name);
        return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
      }
#endif
    }
 
    if( fire_this ){
      int endTrigger;
      Expr * whenExpr;
      AuthContext sContext;
      NameContext sNC;

      memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
      sNC.pParse = pParse;

      /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
      trigStackEntry.pTrigger = p;
      trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
      trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
      trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
      trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
      trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
      pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
      vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, p->name);

      /* code the WHEN clause */
      endTrigger = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
      whenExpr = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(p->pWhen);
      if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){
        pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
        vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);
        return 1;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, 1);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(whenExpr);

      codeTriggerProgram(pParse, p->step_list, orconf); 

      /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
      pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
      vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);

      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
    }
  }
  return 0;
}
#endif /* !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle UPDATE statements.
**
** Id
*/

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Forward declaration */
static void updateVirtualTable(
  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
);
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/*
** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P3 parameter of the 
** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
**
** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
** from the P3 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
** for the column and the P3 value is not required.
**
** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
** into the sqlite_master table.)
**
** Therefore, the P3 parameter is only required if the default value for
** the column is a literal number, string or null. The vtk_sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
** vtk_sqlite3_value objects.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i){
  if( pTab && !pTab->pSelect ){
    vtk_sqlite3_value *pValue;
    u8 enc = ENC(vtk_sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
    vtk_sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pCol->pDflt, enc, pCol->affinity, &pValue);
    if( pValue ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P3_MEM);
    }else{
      VdbeComment((v, "# %s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
    }
  }
}

/*
** Process an UPDATE statement.
**
**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Update(
  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
){
  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
  int nIdxTotal;         /* Total number of indices */
  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
  Index **apIdx = 0;     /* An array of indices that need updating too */
  char *aIdxUsed = 0;    /* aIdxUsed[i]==1 if the i-th index is used */
  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
  int chngRowid;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
  int memCnt = 0;        /* Memory cell used for counting rows changed */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  int isView;                  /* Trying to update a view */
  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any row triggers exist */
#endif

  int newIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "new" temp table       */
  int oldIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "old" temp table       */

  sContext.pParse = 0;
  if( pParse->nErr || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }
  db = pParse->db;
  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );

  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
  */
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);

  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
  ** updated is a view
  */
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
  triggers_exist = vtk_sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges);
  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define triggers_exist 0
# define isView 0
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
# undef isView
# define isView 0
#endif

  if( vtk_sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }
  aXRef = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;

  /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
  ** special OLD and NEW tables
  */
  if( triggers_exist ){
    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
  }

  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
  */
  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
    pParse->nTab++;
  }

  /* Initialize the name-context */
  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
  sNC.pParse = pParse;
  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;

  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
  ** that column.
  */
  chngRowid = 0;
  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
    if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
      goto update_cleanup;
    }
    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
      if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
          chngRowid = 1;
          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
        }
        aXRef[j] = i;
        break;
      }
    }
    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
      if( vtk_sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
        chngRowid = 1;
        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
        goto update_cleanup;
      }
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
    {
      int rc;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
      if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_DENY ){
        goto update_cleanup;
      }else if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_IGNORE ){
        aXRef[j] = -1;
      }
    }
#endif
  }

  /* Allocate memory for the array apIdx[] and fill it with pointers to every
  ** index that needs to be updated.  Indices only need updating if their
  ** key includes one of the columns named in pChanges or if the record
  ** number of the original table entry is changing.
  */
  for(nIdx=nIdxTotal=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdxTotal++){
    if( chngRowid ){
      i = 0;
    }else {
      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
      }
    }
    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ) nIdx++;
  }
  if( nIdxTotal>0 ){
    apIdx = vtk_sqliteMallocRaw( sizeof(Index*) * nIdx + nIdxTotal );
    if( apIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
    aIdxUsed = (char*)&apIdx[nIdx];
  }
  for(nIdx=j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
    if( chngRowid ){
      i = 0;
    }else{
      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ) break;
      }
    }
    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ){
      apIdx[nIdx++] = pIdx;
      aIdxUsed[j] = 1;
    }else{
      aIdxUsed[j] = 0;
    }
  }

  /* Begin generating code.
  */
  v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
  if( pParse->nested==0 ) vtk_sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
  vtk_sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
                       pWhere);
    pWhere = 0;
    pTabList = 0;
    goto update_cleanup;
  }
#endif

  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
  ** WHERE clause.
  */
  if( vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
    goto update_cleanup;
  }

  /* Start the view context
  */
  if( isView ){
    vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
  }

  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
  ** a ephemeral table.
  */
  if( isView ){
    Select *pView;
    pView = vtk_sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
    vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_EphemTab, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
  }

  /* Begin the database scan
  */
  pWInfo = vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0);
  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;

  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoWrite, 0, 0);

  /* End the database scan loop.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);

  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
  */
  if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
    memCnt = pParse->nMem++;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, memCnt);
  }

  if( triggers_exist ){
    /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, newIdx, pTab->nCol);

    /* The top of the update loop for when there are triggers.
    */
    addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, 0);

    if( !isView ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
      /* Open a cursor and make it point to the record that is
      ** being updated.
      */
      vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);

    /* Generate the OLD table
    */
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0);

    /* Generate the NEW table
    */
    if( chngRowid ){
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pRowidExpr);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
    }
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
        continue;
      }
      j = aXRef[i];
      if( j<0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
        vtk_sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pTab->nCol, 0);
    if( !isView ){
      vtk_sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
    }
    if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, 0);
    if( !isView ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
    }

    /* Fire the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers
    */
    if( vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
      goto update_cleanup;
    }
  }

  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
    /* 
    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
    ** to be deleting some records.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); 
    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
      openAll = 1;
    }else{
      openAll = 0;
      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
          openAll = 1;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
        KeyInfo *pKey = vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum,
                       (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
      }
    }

    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entries.
    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
    */
    if( !triggers_exist ){
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_FifoRead, 0, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr);

    /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
    ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
    ** on top of the stack.)
    */
    if( chngRowid ){
      vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 0, 0);
    }

    /* Compute new data for this record.  
    */
    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
        continue;
      }
      j = aXRef[i];
      if( j<0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, i);
        vtk_sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr);
      }
    }

    /* Do constraint checks
    */
    vtk_sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRowid, 1,
                                   onError, addr);

    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(v, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed);

    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
    */
    if( chngRowid ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
    }

    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, aIdxUsed, chngRowid, 1, -1, 0);
  }

  /* Increment the row counter 
  */
  if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemIncr, 1, memCnt);
  }

  /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
  ** through the loop.  The fire the after triggers.
  */
  if( triggers_exist ){
    if( !isView ){
      for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
        if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] )
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
    }
    if( vtk_sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, 
          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr) ){
      goto update_cleanup;
    }
  }

  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);

  /* Close all tables if there were no FOR EACH ROW triggers */
  if( !triggers_exist ){
    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
      if( openAll || aIdxUsed[i] ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
  }

  /*
  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
  ** generating code because of a call to vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
  ** invoke the callback function.
  */
  if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack && pParse->nested==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, memCnt, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", P3_STATIC);
  }

update_cleanup:
  vtk_sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
  vtk_sqliteFree(apIdx);
  vtk_sqliteFree(aXRef);
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pChanges);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
  return;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
**
** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
** for each row to be changed:
**
**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
**
** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
**
** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
**
** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
*/
static void updateVirtualTable(
  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
){
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
  ExprList *pEList = 0;     /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
  Select *pSelect = 0;      /* The SELECT statement */
  Expr *pExpr;              /* Temporary expression */
  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
  int addr;                 /* Address of top of loop */

  /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
  ** all updated rows. 
  */
  pEList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, vtk_sqlite3CreateIdExpr("_rowid_"), 0);
  if( pRowid ){
    pEList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pEList, vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pRowid), 0);
  }
  assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
      pExpr = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr);
    }else{
      pExpr = vtk_sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pTab->aCol[i].zName);
    }
    pEList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pEList, pExpr, 0);
  }
  pSelect = vtk_sqlite3SelectNew(pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  
  /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
  ** be stored.
  */
  assert( v );
  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));

  /* fill the ephemeral table 
  */
  vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, SRT_Table, ephemTab, 0, 0, 0, 0);

  /*
  ** Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VDelete and
  ** VInsert
  */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
  addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0);
  if( pRowid ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 1);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
  }
  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0));
  }
  pParse->pVirtualLock = pTab;
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, 
                     (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr-1);
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);

  /* Cleanup */
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(pSelect);  
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
/*
** 2003 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
**
** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
** VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
**
** Id
*/

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
/*
** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
*/
static int execSql(vtk_sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=vtk_sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
    return vtk_sqlite3_errcode(db);
  }
  while( VTK_SQLITE_ROW==vtk_sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){}
  return vtk_sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}

/*
** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
*/
static int execExecSql(vtk_sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
  vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
  int rc;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;

  while( VTK_SQLITE_ROW==vtk_sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
    rc = execSql(db, (char*)vtk_sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      vtk_sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
      return rc;
    }
  }

  return vtk_sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}

/*
** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
** in PostgreSQL.
**
** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
** become a no-op.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
  Vdbe *v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
  }
  return;
}

/*
** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
  char *zSql = 0;         /* SQL statements */
  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */

  /* Save the current value of the write-schema flag before setting it. */
  saved_flags = db->flags;
  db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_WriteSchema | VTK_SQLITE_IgnoreChecks;

  if( !db->autoCommit ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction", 
       (char*)0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
    goto end_of_vacuum;
  }
  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;

  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
  ** vtk_sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
  **
  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
  */
  zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
  rc = execSql(db, zSql);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
  pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
  assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain),
     vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain));
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    goto end_of_vacuum;
  }
  assert( vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp)==vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) );
  rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    goto end_of_vacuum;
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
#endif

  /* Begin a transaction */
  rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;

  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
  ** in the temporary database.
  */
  rc = execExecSql(db, 
      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000) "
      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
      "   AND rootpage>0"
  );
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
  rc = execExecSql(db, 
      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14,100000000)"
      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
  rc = execExecSql(db, 
      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21,100000000) "
      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;

  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
  ** the contents to the temporary database.
  */
  rc = execExecSql(db, 
      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
      "FROM sqlite_master "
      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
      "  AND rootpage>0"

  );
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;

  /* Copy over the sequence table
  */
  rc = execExecSql(db, 
      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
  );
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
  rc = execExecSql(db, 
      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';' "
      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
  );
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;


  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
  */
  rc = execSql(db,
      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
      "    FROM sqlite_master"
      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
  );
  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;

  /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
  ** call to vtk_sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
  */
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    u32 meta;
    int i;

    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
    */
    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
       1, 1,    /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
       3, 0,    /* Preserve the default page cache size */
       5, 0,    /* Preserve the default text encoding */
       6, 0,    /* Preserve the user version */
    };

    assert( 1==vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
    assert( 1==vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );

    /* Copy Btree meta values */
    for(i=0; i<(int)(sizeof(aCopy)/sizeof(aCopy[0])); i+=2){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
      rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
    }

    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeCommit(pMain);
  }

end_of_vacuum:
  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
  db->flags = saved_flags;

  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
  ** is closed by the DETACH.
  */
  db->autoCommit = 1;

  if( pDb ){
    vtk_sqlite3MallocDisallow();
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
    vtk_sqlite3MallocAllow();
    pDb->pBt = 0;
    pDb->pSchema = 0;
  }

  vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);

  return rc;
}
#endif  /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */

/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2006 June 10
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
**
** Id
*/
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE

static int createModule(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
) {
  int nName = strlen(zName);
  Module *pMod = (Module *)vtk_sqliteMallocRaw(sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
  if( pMod ){
    char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
    memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
    pMod->zName = zCopy;
    pMod->pModule = pModule;
    pMod->pAux = pAux;
    pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
    pMod = (Module *)vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod);
    if( pMod && pMod->xDestroy ){
      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(pMod);
    vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
  }
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, VTK_SQLITE_OK);
}


/*
** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_module(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
){
  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
}

/*
** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_module_v2(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
){
  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
}

/*
** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
**
** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabLock(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
  pVtab->nRef++;
}

/*
** Unlock a virtual table.  When the last lock is removed,
** disconnect the virtual table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabUnlock(vtk_sqlite3 *db, vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
  pVtab->nRef--;
  assert(db);
  assert(!vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db));
  if( pVtab->nRef==0 ){
    if( db->magic==(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
      vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
      pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
      vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    } else {
      pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
** record.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabClear(Table *p){
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = p->pVtab;
  if( pVtab ){
    assert( p->pMod && p->pMod->pModule );
    vtk_sqlite3VtabUnlock(p->pSchema->db, pVtab);
    p->pVtab = 0;
  }
  if( p->azModuleArg ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
      vtk_sqliteFree(p->azModuleArg[i]);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(p->azModuleArg);
  }
}

/*
** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
** string will be freed automatically when the table is
** deleted.
*/
static void addModuleArgument(Table *pTable, char *zArg){
  int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
  char **azModuleArg;
  azModuleArg = vtk_sqliteRealloc(pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
    int j;
    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pTable->azModuleArg[j]);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(zArg);
    vtk_sqliteFree(pTable->azModuleArg);
    pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
  }else{
    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
  }
  pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
}

/*
** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
  Token *pModuleName    /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
){
  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  if( vtk_sqlite3ThreadDataReadOnly()->useSharedData ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot use virtual tables in shared-cache mode");
    return;
  }
#endif

  vtk_sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0);
  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( pTable==0 || pParse->nErr ) return;
  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );

  iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTable->pSchema);
  assert( iDb>=0 );

  pTable->isVirtual = 1;
  pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
  addModuleArgument(pTable, vtk_sqlite3NameFromToken(pModuleName));
  addModuleArgument(pTable, vtk_sqlite3StrDup(pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName));
  addModuleArgument(pTable, vtk_sqlite3StrDup(pTable->zName));
  pParse->sNameToken.n = pModuleName->z + pModuleName->n - pName1->z;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by vtk_sqlite3StartTable().
  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
  */
  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
    vtk_sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, VTK_SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
  }
#endif
}

/*
** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
*/
static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
  if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
    addModuleArgument(pParse->pNewTable, vtk_sqliteStrNDup(z, n));
  }
}

/*
** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
** has been completely parsed.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
  Table *pTab;        /* The table being constructed */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
  char *zModule;      /* The module name of the table: USING modulename */
  Module *pMod = 0;

  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
  pParse->sArg.z = 0;

  /* Lookup the module name. */
  pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
  if( pTab==0 ) return;
  db = pParse->db;
  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
  zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
  pMod = (Module *)vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zModule, strlen(zModule));
  pTab->pMod = pMod;
  
  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
  ** in the sqlite_master table.
  */
  if( !db->init.busy ){
    char *zStmt;
    char *zWhere;
    int iDb;
    Vdbe *v;

    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
    if( pEnd ){
      pParse->sNameToken.n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + pEnd->n;
    }
    zStmt = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);

    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
    ** the information we've collected.  
    **
    ** The top of the stack is the rootpage allocated by vtk_sqlite3StartTable().
    ** This value is always 0 and is ignored, a virtual table does not have a
    ** rootpage. The next entry on the stack is the rowid of the record
    ** in the sqlite_master table.
    */
    iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
    vtk_sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
       "WHERE rowid=#1",
      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
      pTab->zName,
      pTab->zName,
      zStmt
    );
    vtk_sqliteFree(zStmt);
    v = vtk_sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
    vtk_sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);

    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
    zWhere = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("name='%q'", pTab->zName);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, strlen(pTab->zName) + 1);
  }

  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
  ** record of the table. If the module has already been registered,
  ** also call the xConnect method here.
  */
  else {
    Table *pOld;
    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
    int nName = strlen(zName) + 1;
    pOld = vtk_sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
    if( pOld ){
      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
      return;
    }
    pSchema->db = pParse->db;
    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
  }
}

/*
** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
}

/*
** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
  if( pArg->z==0 ){
    pArg->z = p->z;
    pArg->n = p->n;
  }else{
    assert(pArg->z < p->z);
    pArg->n = (p->z + p->n - pArg->z);
  }
}

/*
** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
** to this procedure.
*/
static int vtabCallConstructor(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db, 
  Table *pTab,
  Module *pMod,
  int (*xConstruct)(vtk_sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,vtk_sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
  char **pzErr
){
  int rc;
  int rc2;
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
  char *zErr = 0;
  char *zModuleName = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%s", pTab->zName);

  if( !zModuleName ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }

  assert( !db->pVTab );
  assert( xConstruct );

  db->pVTab = pTab;
  rc = vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
  assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK );
  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pTab->pVtab, &zErr);
  rc2 = vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
  pVtab = pTab->pVtab;
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && pVtab ){
    pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
    pVtab->nRef = 1;
  }

  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
    if( zErr==0 ){
      *pzErr = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
    }else {
      *pzErr = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%s", zErr);
      vtk_sqlite3_free(zErr);
    }
  }else if( db->pVTab ){
    const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
    *pzErr = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf(zFormat, pTab->zName);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  } 
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = rc2;
  }
  db->pVTab = 0;
  vtk_sqliteFree(zModuleName);

  /* If everything went according to plan, loop through the columns
  ** of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
  ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from
  ** the type string.
  */
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    int iCol;
    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
      char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
      int nType;
      int i = 0;
      if( !zType ) continue;
      nType = strlen(zType);
      if( vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6) || (zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
        for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
          if( (0==vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
           && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
          ){
            i++;
            break;
          }
        }
      }
      if( i<nType ){
        int j;
        int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
        for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
          zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
        }
        if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
          assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
          zType[i-1] = '\0';
        }
        pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
** and an error left in pParse.
**
** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
  Module *pMod;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;

  if( !pTab || !pTab->isVirtual || pTab->pVtab ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }

  pMod = pTab->pMod;
  if( !pMod ){
    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  } else {
    char *zErr = 0;
    vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(zErr);
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Add the virtual table pVtab to the array vtk_sqlite3.aVTrans[].
*/
static int addToVTrans(vtk_sqlite3 *db, vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
  const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;

  /* Grow the vtk_sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
  if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;
    int nBytes = sizeof(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
    aVTrans = vtk_sqliteRealloc((void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
    if( !aVTrans ){
      return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
  }

  /* Add pVtab to the end of vtk_sqlite3.aVTrans */
  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVtab;
  vtk_sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
**
** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
** description of the error and an VTK_SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
** In this case the caller must call vtk_sqliteFree() on *pzErr.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabCallCreate(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  Module *pMod;
  const char *zModule;

  pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
  assert(pTab && pTab->isVirtual && !pTab->pVtab);
  pMod = pTab->pMod;
  zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];

  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
  */
  if( !pMod ){
    *pzErr = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("no such module: %s", zModule);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else{
    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
  }

  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && pTab->pVtab ){
      rc = addToVTrans(db, pTab->pVtab);
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
** virtual table module.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_declare_vtab(vtk_sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
  Parse sParse;

  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab = db->pVTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

  if( !pTab ){
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  assert(pTab->isVirtual && pTab->nCol==0 && pTab->aCol==0);

  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
  sParse.declareVtab = 1;
  sParse.db = db;

  if( 
      VTK_SQLITE_OK == vtk_sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && 
      sParse.pNewTable && 
      !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect && 
      !sParse.pNewTable->isVirtual 
  ){
    pTab->aCol = sParse.pNewTable->aCol;
    pTab->nCol = sParse.pNewTable->nCol;
    sParse.pNewTable->nCol = 0;
    sParse.pNewTable->aCol = 0;
    db->pVTab = 0;
  } else {
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_ERROR, zErr);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zErr);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  sParse.declareVtab = 0;

  vtk_sqlite3_finalize((vtk_sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
  vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(sParse.pNewTable);
  sParse.pNewTable = 0;

  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}

/*
** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
**
** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab)
{
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;

  pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
  assert(pTab);
  if( pTab->pVtab ){
    int (*xDestroy)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVTab) = pTab->pMod->pModule->xDestroy;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
    assert( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK );
    if( xDestroy ){
      rc = xDestroy(pTab->pVtab);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      pTab->pVtab = 0;
    }
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
** of each of the virtual tables in the vtk_sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
** the offset of the method to call in the vtk_sqlite3_module structure.
**
** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
*/
static void callFinaliser(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int offset){
  int i;
  if( db->aVTrans ){
    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans && db->aVTrans[i]; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = db->aVTrans[i];
      int (*x)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *);
      x = *(int (**)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)pVtab->pModule + offset);
      if( x ) x(pVtab);
      vtk_sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(db->aVTrans);
    db->nVTrans = 0;
    db->aVTrans = 0;
  }
}

/*
** If argument rc2 is not VTK_SQLITE_OK, then return it and do nothing. 
** Otherwise, invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the 
** vtk_sqlite3.aVTrans array. Return the error code for the first error 
** that occurs, or VTK_SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabSync(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int rc2){
  int i;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  int rcsafety;
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
  if( rc2!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc2;

  rc = vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
  db->aVTrans = 0;
  for(i=0; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans && aVTrans[i]; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i];
    int (*x)(vtk_sqlite3_vtab *);
    x = pVtab->pModule->xSync;
    if( x ){
      rc = x(pVtab);
    }
  }
  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
  rcsafety = vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db);

  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = rcsafety;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
** vtk_sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabRollback(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  callFinaliser(db, (int)(&((vtk_sqlite3_module *)0)->xRollback));
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
** vtk_sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabCommit(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  callFinaliser(db, (int)(&((vtk_sqlite3_module *)0)->xCommit));
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
**
** If the xBegin call is successful, place the vtk_sqlite3_vtab pointer
** in the vtk_sqlite3.aVTrans array.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3VtabBegin(vtk_sqlite3 *db, vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  const vtk_sqlite3_module *pModule;

  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED.
  */
  if( 0==db->aVTrans && db->nVTrans>0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED;
  }
  if( !pVtab ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  } 
  pModule = pVtab->pModule;

  if( pModule->xBegin ){
    int i;


    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
    for(i=0; (i<db->nVTrans) && 0!=db->aVTrans[i]; i++){
      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVtab ){
        return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
      }
    }

    /* Invoke the xBegin method */
    rc = pModule->xBegin(pVtab);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }

    rc = addToVTrans(db, pVtab);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
**
** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
**
** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
** VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *vtk_sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
){
  Table *pTab;
  vtk_sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
  vtk_sqlite3_module *pMod;
  void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**);
  void *pArg;
  FuncDef *pNew;
  int rc;
  char *zLowerName;
  unsigned char *z;


  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
  if( pExpr==0 ) return pDef;
  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
  if( pTab==0 ) return pDef;
  if( !pTab->isVirtual ) return pDef;
  pVtab = pTab->pVtab;
  assert( pVtab!=0 );
  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
  pMod = (vtk_sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
 
  /* Call the xFuncFunction method on the virtual table implementation
  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
  */
  zLowerName = vtk_sqlite3StrDup(pDef->zName);
  for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
    *z = vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
  }
  rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zLowerName);
  if( rc==0 ){
    return pDef;
  }

  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
  ** function */
  pNew = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pNew) + strlen(pDef->zName) );
  if( pNew==0 ){
    return pDef;
  }
  *pNew = *pDef;
  memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, strlen(pDef->zName)+1);
  pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
  pNew->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
  return pNew;
}

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is reponsible for
** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
**
** Id
*/

/*
** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
*/
#define BMS  (sizeof(Bitmask)*8)

/*
** Trace output macros
*/
#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST) || defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
int vtk_sqlite3_where_trace = 0;
# define WHERETRACE(X)  if(vtk_sqlite3_where_trace) vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define WHERETRACE(X)
#endif

/* Forward reference
*/
typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
typedef struct ExprMaskSet ExprMaskSet;

/*
** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
** clause subexpression is separated from the others by an AND operator.
**
** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
** The following identity holds:
**
**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
**
** When a term is of the form:
**
**              X <op> <expr>
**
** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.leftColumn record the
** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.operator records
** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
**
** prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
** but they do so indirectly.  A single ExprMaskSet structure translates
** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The ExprMaskSet
** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
*/
typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
struct WhereTerm {
  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression */
  i16 iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
  i16 leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
  i16 leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
  u8 flags;               /* Bit flags.  See below */
  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pRight */
  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p */
};

/*
** Allowed values of WhereTerm.flags
*/
#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pExpr) */
#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
#define TERM_OR_OK      0x10   /* Used during OR-clause processing */

/*
** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
*/
struct WhereClause {
  Parse *pParse;           /* The parser context */
  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet;   /* Mapping of table indices to bitmasks */
  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
  WhereTerm aStatic[10];   /* Initial static space for a[] */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
**
** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
** with 0.
**
** If ExprMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
**
** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
** cursors:  4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73.  Then the  ExprMaskSet structure
** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
**
** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered.  In the example
** above, the mapping might go like this:  4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
** no gaps.
*/
struct ExprMaskSet {
  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
  int ix[sizeof(Bitmask)*8];    /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
};


/*
** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit.  An
** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
** terms in the where clause.
*/
#define WO_IN     1
#define WO_EQ     2
#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
#define WO_MATCH  64
#define WO_ISNULL 128

/*
** Value for flags returned by bestIndex().  
**
** The least significant byte is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above.
** The WhereLevel.flags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL.
** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.flags
** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ.  The WhereLevel.flags field can then be used as
** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints.
** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left
** join.  Tickets #2177 and #2189.
*/
#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ     0x000100   /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE  0x000200   /* rowid<EXPR and/or rowid>EXPR */
#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x001000   /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) */
#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x002000   /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x004000   /* x IN (...) */
#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x010000   /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT    0x020000   /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x080000   /* Use index only - omit table */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY      0x100000   /* Output will appear in correct order */
#define WHERE_REVERSE      0x200000   /* Scan in reverse order */
#define WHERE_UNIQUE       0x400000   /* Selects no more than one row */
#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x800000   /* Use virtual-table processing */

/*
** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
*/
static void whereClauseInit(
  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
  Parse *pParse,           /* The parsing context */
  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet    /* Mapping from table indices to bitmasks */
){
  pWC->pParse = pParse;
  pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet;
  pWC->nTerm = 0;
  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
}

/*
** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
*/
static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
  int i;
  WhereTerm *a;
  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
    if( a->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
      vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(a->pExpr);
    }
  }
  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pWC->a);
  }
}

/*
** Add a new entries to the WhereClause structure.  Increase the allocated
** space as necessary.
**
** If the flags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object.
**
** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalided after
** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
** the pWC->a[] array.
*/
static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, int flags){
  WhereTerm *pTerm;
  int idx;
  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
    pWC->a = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
    if( pWC->a==0 ){
      if( flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
        vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(p);
      }
      return 0;
    }
    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
      vtk_sqliteFree(pOld);
    }
    pWC->nSlot *= 2;
  }
  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm];
  pWC->nTerm++;
  pTerm->pExpr = p;
  pTerm->flags = (u8)flags;
  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
  pTerm->iParent = -1;
  return idx;
}

/*
** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
**
**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
**
** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
**
** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
** the WhereClause.a[] array.  This array grows as needed to contain
** all terms of the WHERE clause.
*/
static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){
  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
  if( pExpr->op!=op ){
    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
  }else{
    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
  }
}

/*
** Initialize an expression mask set
*/
#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))

/*
** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
** iCursor is not in the set.
*/
static Bitmask getMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
  int i;
  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
      return ((Bitmask)1)<<i;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
**
** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause.  The number of
** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
** vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin() routine.  So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
** array will never overflow.
*/
static void createMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
}

/*
** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
** tree.
**
** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
** previously invoked vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames() on the expression.  See
** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
** The vtk_sqlite3ExprResolveNames() routines looks for column names and
** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
** the VDBE cursor number of the table.  This routine just has to
** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all
** the bitmasks together.
*/
static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, ExprList*);
static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, Select*);
static Bitmask exprTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
  Bitmask mask = 0;
  if( p==0 ) return 0;
  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
    return mask;
  }
  mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
  mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
  mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pList);
  mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pSelect);
  return mask;
}
static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
  int i;
  Bitmask mask = 0;
  if( pList ){
    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
    }
  }
  return mask;
}
static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
  Bitmask mask;
  if( pS==0 ){
    mask = 0;
  }else{
    mask = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
  }
  return mask;
}

/*
** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
*/
static int allowedOp(int op){
  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
  assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
  assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
  assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
}

/*
** Swap two objects of type T.
*/
#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}

/*
** Commute a comparision operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
** are converted into "Y op X".
*/
static void exprCommute(Expr *pExpr){
  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
  SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
  }
}

/*
** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
*/
static int operatorMask(int op){
  int c;
  assert( allowedOp(op) );
  if( op==TK_IN ){
    c = WO_IN;
  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
    c = WO_ISNULL;
  }else{
    c = WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ);
  }
  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
  return c;
}

/*
** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of
** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
** Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
*/
static WhereTerm *findTerm(
  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
  u16 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
){
  WhereTerm *pTerm;
  int k;
  for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){
    if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
       && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0
       && pTerm->leftColumn==iColumn
       && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0
    ){
      if( iCur>=0 && pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){
        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
        CollSeq *pColl;
        char idxaff;
        int j;
        Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;

        idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
        if( !vtk_sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;

        /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for
        ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this
        ** value in variable pColl.
        */
        assert(pX->pLeft);
        pColl = vtk_sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
        if( !pColl ){
          pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
        }

        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){}
        assert( j<pIdx->nColumn );
        if( vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
      }
      return pTerm;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/* Forward reference */
static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);

/*
** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
**
**
*/
static void exprAnalyzeAll(
  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
){
  int i;
  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
  }
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
/*
** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
** so and false if not.
**
** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  
*/
static int isLikeOrGlob(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,      /* The database */
  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
  int *pnPattern,   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
  int *pisComplete  /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
){
  const char *z;
  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
  ExprList *pList;
  int c, cnt;
  int noCase;
  char wc[3];
  CollSeq *pColl;

  if( !vtk_sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, &noCase, wc) ){
    return 0;
  }
  pList = pExpr->pList;
  pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
  if( pRight->op!=TK_STRING ){
    return 0;
  }
  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
  if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN ){
    return 0;
  }
  pColl = pLeft->pColl;
  if( pColl==0 ){
    /* TODO: Coverage testing doesn't get this case. Is it actually possible
    ** for an expression of type TK_COLUMN to not have an assigned collation 
    ** sequence at this point?
    */
    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
  }
  if( (pColl->type!=VTK_SQLITE_COLL_BINARY || noCase) &&
      (pColl->type!=VTK_SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE || !noCase) ){
    return 0;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3DequoteExpr(pRight);
  z = (char *)pRight->token.z;
  for(cnt=0; (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2]; cnt++){}
  if( cnt==0 || 255==(u8)z[cnt] ){
    return 0;
  }
  *pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
  *pnPattern = cnt;
  return 1;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
**
**         column MATCH expr
**
** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
*/
static int isMatchOfColumn(
  Expr *pExpr      /* Test this expression */
){
  ExprList *pList;

  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( pExpr->token.n!=5 ||
       vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pExpr->token.z,"match",5)!=0 ){
    return 0;
  }
  pList = pExpr->pList;
  if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/*
** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
*/
static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
  pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
  pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
}

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
/*
** Return TRUE if the given term of an OR clause can be converted
** into an IN clause.  The iCursor and iColumn define the left-hand
** side of the IN clause.
**
** The context is that we have multiple OR-connected equality terms
** like this:
**
**           a=<expr1> OR  a=<expr2> OR b=<expr3>  OR ...
**
** The pOrTerm input to this routine corresponds to a single term of
** this OR clause.  In order for the term to be a condidate for
** conversion to an IN operator, the following must be true:
**
**     *  The left-hand side of the term must be the column which
**        is identified by iCursor and iColumn.
**
**     *  If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
**        of both right and left sides must be such that no type
**        conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
**
** If both of these conditions are true, then return true.  Otherwise
** return false.
*/
static int orTermIsOptCandidate(WhereTerm *pOrTerm, int iCursor, int iColumn){
  int affLeft, affRight;
  assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
  if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
    return 0;
  }
  if( pOrTerm->leftColumn!=iColumn ){
    return 0;
  }
  affRight = vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
  if( affRight==0 ){
    return 1;
  }
  affLeft = vtk_sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
  if( affRight!=affLeft ){
    return 0;
  }
  return 1;
}

/*
** Return true if the given term of an OR clause can be ignored during
** a check to make sure all OR terms are candidates for optimization.
** In other words, return true if a call to the orTermIsOptCandidate()
** above returned false but it is not necessary to disqualify the
** optimization.
**
** Suppose the original OR phrase was this:
**
**           a=4  OR  a=11  OR  a=b
**
** During analysis, the third term gets flipped around and duplicate
** so that we are left with this:
**
**           a=4  OR  a=11  OR  a=b  OR  b=a
**
** Since the last two terms are duplicates, only one of them
** has to qualify in order for the whole phrase to qualify.  When
** this routine is called, we know that pOrTerm did not qualify.
** This routine merely checks to see if pOrTerm has a duplicate that
** might qualify.  If there is a duplicate that has not yet been
** disqualified, then return true.  If there are no duplicates, or
** the duplicate has also been disqualifed, return false.
*/
static int orTermHasOkDuplicate(WhereClause *pOr, WhereTerm *pOrTerm){
  if( pOrTerm->flags & TERM_COPIED ){
    /* This is the original term.  The duplicate is to the left had
    ** has not yet been analyzed and thus has not yet been disqualified. */
    return 1;
  }
  if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0
     && (pOr->a[pOrTerm->iParent].flags & TERM_OR_OK)!=0 ){
    /* This is a duplicate term.  The original qualified so this one
    ** does not have to. */
    return 1;
  }
  /* This is either a singleton term or else it is a duplicate for
  ** which the original did not qualify.  Either way we are done for. */
  return 0;
}
#endif /* !VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */

/*
** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
** structure.
**
** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".  If the expression is of
** the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are columns, then the original
** expression is unchanged and a new virtual expression of the form
** "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and analyzed separately.
*/
static void exprAnalyze(
  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
){
  WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
  Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
  Bitmask prereqLeft;
  Bitmask prereqAll;
  int nPattern;
  int isComplete;
  int op;

  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ) return;
  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
  op = pExpr->op;
  if( op==TK_IN ){
    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
    pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pList)
                          | exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pSelect);
  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
  }else{
    pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
  }
  prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
    prereqAll |= getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
  }
  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
  pTerm->iParent = -1;
  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
  if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){
    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
    Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
      pTerm->leftCursor = (i16)(pLeft->iTable);
      pTerm->leftColumn = (i16)(pLeft->iColumn);
      pTerm->eOperator = (u16)(operatorMask(op));
    }
    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
      WhereTerm *pNew;
      Expr *pDup;
      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
        int idxNew;
        pDup = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pExpr);
        if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
          vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete(pDup);
          return;
        }
        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
        pNew->iParent = (i16)(idxTerm);
        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
        pTerm->nChild = 1;
        pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED;
      }else{
        pDup = pExpr;
        pNew = pTerm;
      }
      exprCommute(pDup);
      pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
      pNew->leftCursor = (i16)(pLeft->iTable);
      pNew->leftColumn = (i16)(pLeft->iColumn);
      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft;
      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
      pNew->eOperator = (u16)(operatorMask(pDup->op));
    }
  }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.
  */
  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){
    ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
    int i;
    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
    assert( pList!=0 );
    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
      Expr *pNewExpr;
      int idxNew;
      pNewExpr = vtk_sqlite3Expr(ops[i], vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pExpr->pLeft),
                             vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pList->a[i].pExpr), 0);
      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
      pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = (i16)idxTerm;
    }
    pTerm->nChild = 2;
  }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */

#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
  /* Attempt to convert OR-connected terms into an IN operator so that
  ** they can make use of indices.  Example:
  **
  **      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
  **
  ** is converted into
  **
  **      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
  **
  ** This optimization must be omitted if OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined because
  ** the compiler for the the IN operator is part of sub-queries.
  */
  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
    int ok;
    int i, j;
    int iColumn, iCursor;
    WhereClause sOr;
    WhereTerm *pOrTerm;

    assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC)==0 );
    whereClauseInit(&sOr, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
    whereSplit(&sOr, pExpr, TK_OR);
    exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, &sOr);
    assert( sOr.nTerm>=2 );
    j = 0;
    do{
      assert( j<sOr.nTerm );
      iColumn = sOr.a[j].leftColumn;
      iCursor = sOr.a[j].leftCursor;
      ok = iCursor>=0;
      for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0 && ok; i--, pOrTerm++){
        if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){
          goto or_not_possible;
        }
        if( orTermIsOptCandidate(pOrTerm, iCursor, iColumn) ){
          pOrTerm->flags |= TERM_OR_OK;
        }else if( orTermHasOkDuplicate(&sOr, pOrTerm) ){
          pOrTerm->flags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
        }else{
          ok = 0;
        }
      }
    }while( !ok && (sOr.a[j++].flags & TERM_COPIED)!=0 && j<2 );
    if( ok ){
      ExprList *pList = 0;
      Expr *pNew, *pDup;
      Expr *pLeft = 0;
      for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0 && ok; i--, pOrTerm++){
        if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
        pDup = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
        pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, pDup, 0);
        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
      }
      assert( pLeft!=0 );
      pDup = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pLeft);
      pNew = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
      if( pNew ){
        int idxNew;
        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
        pNew->pList = pList;
        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
        pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = (i16)idxTerm;
        pTerm->nChild = 1;
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
      }
    }
or_not_possible:
    whereClauseClear(&sOr);
  }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
  ** operator.
  */
  if( isLikeOrGlob(pWC->pParse->db, pExpr, &nPattern, &isComplete) ){
    Expr *pLeft, *pRight;
    Expr *pStr1, *pStr2;
    Expr *pNewExpr1, *pNewExpr2;
    int idxNew1, idxNew2;

    pLeft = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
    pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
    pStr1 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_STRING, 0, 0, 0);
    if( pStr1 ){
      vtk_sqlite3TokenCopy(&pStr1->token, &pRight->token);
      pStr1->token.n = nPattern;
      pStr1->flags = EP_Dequoted;
    }
    pStr2 = vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pStr1);
    if( pStr2 ){
      assert( pStr2->token.dyn );
      ++*(u8*)&pStr2->token.z[nPattern-1];
    }
    pNewExpr1 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_GE, vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pLeft), pStr1, 0);
    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
    pNewExpr2 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_LT, vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pLeft), pStr2, 0);
    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
    if( isComplete ){
      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = (i16)idxTerm;
      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = (i16)idxTerm;
      pTerm->nChild = 2;
    }
  }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
  */
  if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
    int idxNew;
    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;

    pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
    pLeft = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
    prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
    prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
      Expr *pNewExpr;
      pNewExpr = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_MATCH, 0, vtk_sqlite3ExprDup(pRight), 0);
      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
      pNewTerm->leftCursor = (i16)pLeft->iTable;
      pNewTerm->leftColumn = (i16)pLeft->iColumn;
      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
      pNewTerm->iParent = (i16)idxTerm;
      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
      pTerm->nChild = 1;
      pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED;
      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
    }
  }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
}

/*
** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain
** a reference to any table other than the iBase table.
*/
static int referencesOtherTables(
  ExprList *pList,          /* Search expressions in ths list */
  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,    /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
  int iFirst,               /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */
  int iBase                 /* Ignore references to this table */
){
  Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase);
  while( iFirst<pList->nExpr ){
    if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}


/*
** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY
** clause.  If it can, it returns 1.  If pIdx cannot satisfy the
** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0.
**
** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
** the table has a cursor number of "base".  pIdx is an index on pTab.
**
** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality
** constraints.  Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY
** clause and the match can still be a success.
**
** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either
** ASC or DESC.  (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE
** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.)  The *pbRev value is
** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if
** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
*/
static int isSortingIndex(
  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,  /* Mapping from table indices to bitmaps */
  Index *pIdx,            /* The index we are testing */
  int base,               /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
  int nEqCol,             /* Number of index columns with == constraints */
  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
){
  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
  int sortOrder = 0;              /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */
  int nTerm;                      /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
  struct ExprList_item *pTerm;    /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
  nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
  assert( nTerm>0 );

  /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of
  ** the index.
  **
  ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus
  ** one additional column containing the rowid.  The rowid column
  ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY
  ** clause.
  */
  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; j<nTerm && i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){
    Expr *pExpr;       /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */
    CollSeq *pColl;    /* The collating sequence of pExpr */
    int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */
    int iColumn;       /* The i-th column of the index.  -1 for rowid */
    int iSortOrder;    /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */
    const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */

    pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){
      /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
      break;
    }
    pColl = vtk_sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
    if( !pColl ){
      pColl = db->pDfltColl;
    }
    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ){
      iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
      if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
        iColumn = -1;
      }
      iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
      zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
    }else{
      iColumn = -1;
      iSortOrder = 0;
      zColl = pColl->zName;
    }
    if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
      /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */
      if( i<nEqCol ){
        /* If an index column that is constrained by == fails to match an
        ** ORDER BY term, that is OK.  Just ignore that column of the index
        */
        continue;
      }else{
        /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by ==
        ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint.
        */
        return 0;
      }
    }
    assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 );
    assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 );
    assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 );
    termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder;
    if( i>nEqCol ){
      if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){
        /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the
        ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */
        return 0;
      }
    }else{
      sortOrder = termSortOrder;
    }
    j++;
    pTerm++;
    if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
      /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches
      ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other
      ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used 
      ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other
      ** columns will make any difference
      */
      j = nTerm;
    }
  }

  *pbRev = sortOrder!=0;
  if( j>=nTerm ){
    /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so
    ** this index can be used for sorting. */
    return 1;
  }
  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn
      && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
    /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause
    ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY
    ** clause reference other tables in a join.  If this is all true then
    ** the order by clause is superfluous. */
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Check table to see if the ORDER BY clause in pOrderBy can be satisfied
** by sorting in order of ROWID.  Return true if so and set *pbRev to be
** true for reverse ROWID and false for forward ROWID order.
*/
static int sortableByRowid(
  int base,               /* Cursor number for table to be sorted */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,  /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
){
  Expr *p;

  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
  assert( pOrderBy->nExpr>0 );
  p = pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr;
  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==base && p->iColumn==-1
    && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, 1, base) ){
    *pbRev = pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder;
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value.
** The results need not be exact.  This is only used for estimating
** the total cost of performing operatings with O(logN) or O(NlogN)
** complexity.  Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if
** logN is a little off.
*/
static double estLog(double N){
  double logN = 1;
  double x = 10;
  while( N>x ){
    logN += 1;
    x *= 10;
  }
  return logN;
}

/*
** Two routines for printing the content of an vtk_sqlite3_index_info
** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
** VTK_SQLITE_TEST or VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
** are no-ops.
*/
#if !defined(VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG)
static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(vtk_sqlite3_index_info *p){
  int i;
  if( !vtk_sqlite3_where_trace ) return;
  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
       i,
       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
       p->aConstraint[i].op,
       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
  }
  for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
       i,
       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
  }
}
static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(vtk_sqlite3_index_info *p){
  int i;
  if( !vtk_sqlite3_where_trace ) return;
  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
    vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
       i,
       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
  vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
  vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
  vtk_sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
}
#else
#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
#endif

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Compute the best index for a virtual table.
**
** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual
** table module.  This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up
** the vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with
** xBestIndex.
**
** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the
** same virtual table.  The vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure is created
** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent
** invocations.  The vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when
** code is generated to access the virtual table.  The whereInfoDelete() 
** routine takes care of freeing the vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure after
** everybody has finished with it.
*/
static double bestVirtualIndex(
  Parse *pParse,                 /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC,              /* The WHERE clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* The FROM clause term to search */
  Bitmask notReady,              /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,            /* The order by clause */
  int orderByUsable,             /* True if we can potential sort */
  vtk_sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */
){
  Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab;
  vtk_sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
  struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
  struct vtk_sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
  struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
  WhereTerm *pTerm;
  int i, j;
  int nOrderBy;
  int rc;

  /* If the vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously
  ** allocated and initialized for this virtual table, then allocate
  ** and initialize it now
  */
  pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo;
  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
    WhereTerm *pTerm;
    int nTerm;
    WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pTab->zName));

    /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
    ** to this virtual table */
    for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
      if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
      if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ) continue;
      nTerm++;
    }

    /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
    ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
    ** the vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure.
    */
    nOrderBy = 0;
    if( pOrderBy ){
      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
        Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
        if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
      }
      if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){
        nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
      }
    }

    /* Allocate the vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure
    */
    pIdxInfo = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
                             + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
                             + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
    if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
      return 0.0;
    }
    *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo;

    /* Initialize the structure.  The vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure contains
    ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
    ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
    ** initialize those fields.
    */
    pIdxCons = (struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
    pIdxOrderBy = (struct vtk_sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
    pUsage = (struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
    *(struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
    *(struct vtk_sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
    *(struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
                                                                     pUsage;

    for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
      if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
      if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ) continue;
      pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->leftColumn;
      pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
      pIdxCons[j].op = (unsigned char) (pTerm->eOperator);
      /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
      ** the WO_ and VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
      ** following asserts verify this fact. */
      assert( WO_EQ==VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
      assert( WO_LT==VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
      assert( WO_LE==VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
      assert( WO_GT==VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
      assert( WO_GE==VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
      assert( WO_MATCH==VTK_SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
      assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
      j++;
    }
    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
      pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
      pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
    }
  }

  /* At this point, the vtk_sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points
  ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or
  ** during some prior invocation.  Now we just have to customize the
  ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to
  ** xBestIndex.
  */

  /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must
  ** be a pointer to an vtk_sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise
  ** vtk_sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. 
  */
  assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] );
  assert( pTab->pVtab );
#if 0
  if( pTab->pVtab==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "undefined module %s for table %s",
        pTab->azModuleArg[0], pTab->zName);
    return 0.0;
  }
#endif

  /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all 
  ** output variables to zero.
  **
  ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand
  ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current
  ** table.  In other words, if the constraint is of the form:
  **
  **           column = expr
  **
  ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is 
  ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left
  ** of the table containing column.
  **
  ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints
  ** on the current table.  That way we only have to compute it once
  ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times.
  ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the
  ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag
  ** each time.
  */
  pIdxCons = *(struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
    j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
    pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
    pIdxCons->usable =  (unsigned char)((pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0);
  }
  memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
    vtk_sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
  }
  pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
  pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL / 2.0;
  nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy;
  if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy && !orderByUsable ){
    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
  }

  vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(pParse->db);
  WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName));
  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(pIdxInfo);
  rc = pTab->pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pTab->pVtab, pIdxInfo);
  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(pIdxInfo);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM ){
      vtk_sqlite3FailedMalloc();
    }else {
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
    }
    vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db);
  }else{
    rc = vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db);
  }
  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;

  return pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

/*
** Find the best index for accessing a particular table.  Return a pointer
** to the index, flags that describe how the index should be used, the
** number of equality constraints, and the "cost" for this index.
**
** The lowest cost index wins.  The cost is an estimate of the amount of
** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected index.
** Factors that influence cost include:
**
**    *  The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved.  (The
**       fewer the better.)
**
**    *  Whether or not sorting must occur.
**
**    *  Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the
**       index and in the main table.
**
*/
static double bestIndex(
  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The order by clause */
  Index **ppIndex,            /* Make *ppIndex point to the best index */
  int *pFlags,                /* Put flags describing this choice in *pFlags */
  int *pnEq                   /* Put the number of == or IN constraints here */
){
  WhereTerm *pTerm;
  Index *bestIdx = 0;         /* Index that gives the lowest cost */
  double lowestCost;          /* The cost of using bestIdx */
  int bestFlags = 0;          /* Flags associated with bestIdx */
  int bestNEq = 0;            /* Best value for nEq */
  int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
  int rev;                    /* True to scan in reverse order */
  int flags;                  /* Flags associated with pProbe */
  int nEq;                    /* Number of == or IN constraints */
  int eqTermMask;             /* Mask of valid equality operators */
  double cost;                /* Cost of using pProbe */

  WHERETRACE(("bestIndex: tbl=%s notReady=%x\n", pSrc->pTab->zName, notReady));
  lowestCost = VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
  pProbe = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;

  /* If the table has no indices and there are no terms in the where
  ** clause that refer to the ROWID, then we will never be able to do
  ** anything other than a full table scan on this table.  We might as
  ** well put it first in the join order.  That way, perhaps it can be
  ** referenced by other tables in the join.
  */
  if( pProbe==0 &&
     findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE,0)==0 &&
     (pOrderBy==0 || !sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev)) ){
    *pFlags = 0;
    *ppIndex = 0;
    *pnEq = 0;
    return 0.0;
  }

  /* Check for a rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) constraints
  */
  pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
  if( pTerm ){
    Expr *pExpr;
    *ppIndex = 0;
    bestFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ;
    if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ){
      /* Rowid== is always the best pick.  Look no further.  Because only
      ** a single row is generated, output is always in sorted order */
      *pFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ | WHERE_UNIQUE;
      *pnEq = 1;
      WHERETRACE(("... best is rowid\n"));
      return 0.0;
    }else if( (pExpr = pTerm->pExpr)->pList!=0 ){
      /* Rowid IN (LIST): cost is NlogN where N is the number of list
      ** elements.  */
      lowestCost = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
      lowestCost *= estLog(lowestCost);
    }else{
      /* Rowid IN (SELECT): cost is NlogN where N is the number of rows
      ** in the result of the inner select.  We have no way to estimate
      ** that value so make a wild guess. */
      lowestCost = 200;
    }
    WHERETRACE(("... rowid IN cost: %.9g\n", lowestCost));
  }

  /* Estimate the cost of a table scan.  If we do not know how many
  ** entries are in the table, use 1 million as a guess.
  */
  cost = pProbe ? pProbe->aiRowEst[0] : 1000000;
  WHERETRACE(("... table scan base cost: %.9g\n", cost));
  flags = WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;

  /* Check for constraints on a range of rowids in a table scan.
  */
  pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
  if( pTerm ){
    if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0) ){
      flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
      cost /= 3;  /* Guess that rowid<EXPR eliminates two-thirds or rows */
    }
    if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0) ){
      flags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
      cost /= 3;  /* Guess that rowid>EXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */
    }
    WHERETRACE(("... rowid range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
  }else{
    flags = 0;
  }

  /* If the table scan does not satisfy the ORDER BY clause, increase
  ** the cost by NlogN to cover the expense of sorting. */
  if( pOrderBy ){
    if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) ){
      flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
      if( rev ){
        flags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
      }
    }else{
      cost += cost*estLog(cost);
      WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
    }
  }
  if( cost<lowestCost ){
    lowestCost = cost;
    bestFlags = flags;
  }

  /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
  ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table.  This is
  ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match -
  ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover.  Ticket #2177.
  */
  if( (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
  }else{
    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL;
  }

  /* Look at each index.
  */
  for(; pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
    int i;                       /* Loop counter */
    double inMultiplier = 1;

    WHERETRACE(("... index %s:\n", pProbe->zName));

    /* Count the number of columns in the index that are satisfied
    ** by x=EXPR constraints or x IN (...) constraints.
    */
    flags = 0;
    for(i=0; i<pProbe->nColumn; i++){
      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[i];
      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, (u16)eqTermMask, pProbe);
      if( pTerm==0 ) break;
      flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
        Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
        flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
        if( pExpr->pSelect!=0 ){
          inMultiplier *= 25;
        }else if( pExpr->pList!=0 ){
          inMultiplier *= pExpr->pList->nExpr + 1;
        }
      }
    }
    cost = pProbe->aiRowEst[i] * inMultiplier * estLog(inMultiplier);
    nEq = i;
    if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None && (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
         && nEq==pProbe->nColumn ){
      flags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
    }
    WHERETRACE(("...... nEq=%d inMult=%.9g cost=%.9g\n", nEq, inMultiplier, cost));

    /* Look for range constraints
    */
    if( nEq<pProbe->nColumn ){
      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe);
      if( pTerm ){
        flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
        if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pProbe) ){
          flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
          cost /= 3;
        }
        if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe) ){
          flags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
          cost /= 3;
        }
        WHERETRACE(("...... range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
      }
    }

    /* Add the additional cost of sorting if that is a factor.
    */
    if( pOrderBy ){
      if( (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0 &&
           isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev) ){
        if( flags==0 ){
          flags = WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
        }
        flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
        if( rev ){
          flags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
        }
      }else{
        cost += cost*estLog(cost);
        WHERETRACE(("...... orderby increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
      }
    }

    /* Check to see if we can get away with using just the index without
    ** ever reading the table.  If that is the case, then halve the
    ** cost of this index.
    */
    if( flags && pSrc->colUsed < (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
      Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed;
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<pProbe->nColumn; j++){
        int x = pProbe->aiColumn[j];
        if( x<(int)BMS-1 ){
          m &= ~(((Bitmask)1)<<x);
        }
      }
      if( m==0 ){
        flags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
        cost /= 2;
        WHERETRACE(("...... idx-only reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
      }
    }

    /* If this index has achieved the lowest cost so far, then use it.
    */
    if( cost < lowestCost ){
      bestIdx = pProbe;
      lowestCost = cost;
      assert( flags!=0 );
      bestFlags = flags;
      bestNEq = nEq;
    }
  }

  /* Report the best result
  */
  *ppIndex = bestIdx;
  WHERETRACE(("best index is %s, cost=%.9g, flags=%x, nEq=%d\n",
        bestIdx ? bestIdx->zName : "(none)", lowestCost, bestFlags, bestNEq));
  *pFlags = bestFlags | eqTermMask;
  *pnEq = bestNEq;
  return lowestCost;
}


/*
** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
** or USING clause of that join.
**
** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
**
**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
**
** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
**
** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
*/
static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
  if( pTerm
      && (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0
      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
  ){
    pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
    if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
      WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
      if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
        disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
      }
    }
  }
}

/*
** Generate code that builds a probe for an index.
**
** There should be nColumn values on the stack.  The index
** to be probed is pIdx.  Pop the values from the stack and
** replace them all with a single record that is the index
** problem.
*/
static void buildIndexProbe(
  Vdbe *v,        /* Generate code into this VM */
  int nColumn,    /* The number of columns to check for NULL */
  Index *pIdx     /* Index that we will be searching */
){
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, nColumn, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
}


/*
** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
** coded.
**
** The current value for the constraint is left on the top of the stack.
**
** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
** result is left on the stack.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
*/
static void codeEqualityTerm(
  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
  WhereLevel *pLevel  /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
){
  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
  if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Null, 0, 0);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
  }else{
    int iTab;
    struct InLoop *pIn;

    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
    vtk_sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX);
    iTab = pX->iTable;
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
    VdbeComment((v, "# %.*s", pX->span.n, pX->span.z));
    if( pLevel->nIn==0 ){
      pLevel->nxt = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    }
    pLevel->nIn++;
    pLevel->aInLoop = vtk_sqliteReallocOrFree(pLevel->aInLoop,
                                    sizeof(pLevel->aInLoop[0])*pLevel->nIn);
    pIn = pLevel->aInLoop;
    if( pIn ){
      pIn += pLevel->nIn - 1;
      pIn->iCur = iTab;
      pIn->topAddr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -1, 0);
    }else{
      pLevel->nIn = 0;
    }
#endif
  }
  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
}

/*
** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
** index.  The values for all constraints are left on the stack.
**
** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be left
** on the stack - a is the deepest and b the shallowest.
**
** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell.
**
** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and puts
** the address of that memory cell in pLevel->iMem.  The code that
** calls this routine will use pLevel->iMem to store the termination
** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
** use.
*/
static void codeAllEqualityTerms(
  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause */
  Bitmask notReady      /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */
){
  int nEq = pLevel->nEq;        /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
  int termsInMem = 0;           /* If true, store value in mem[] cells */
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The virtual machine under construction */
  Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;   /* The index being used for this loop */
  int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur;   /* The cursor of the table */
  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
  int j;                        /* Loop counter */

  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
  ** We always need at least one used to store the loop terminator
  ** value.  If there are IN operators we'll need one for each == or
  ** IN constraint.
  */
  pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
  if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ){
    pParse->nMem += pLevel->nEq;
    termsInMem = 1;
  }

  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
  */
  assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq );
  for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){
    int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, (u16)(pLevel->flags), pIdx);
    if( pTerm==0 ) break;
    assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
    codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel);
    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, termsInMem ? -1 : -(j+1), pLevel->brk);
    }
    if( termsInMem ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem+j+1, 1);
    }
  }

  /* Make sure all the constraint values are on the top of the stack
  */
  if( termsInMem ){
    for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem+j+1, 0);
    }
  }
}

#if defined(VTK_SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated
** by the most recent call to vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin().  Each call to WhereBegin
** overwrites the previous.  This information is used for testing and
** analysis only.
*/
char vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40];  /* Text of the join */
static int nQPlan = 0;              /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */

#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_TEST */


/*
** Free a WhereInfo structure
*/
static void whereInfoFree(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
  if( pWInfo ){
    int i;
    for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
      vtk_sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
      if( pInfo ){
        if( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
          /* Coverage: Don't think this can be reached. By the time this
          ** function is called, the index-strings have been passed
          ** to the vdbe layer for deletion.
          */
          vtk_sqlite3_free(pInfo->idxStr);
        }
        vtk_sqliteFree(pInfo);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(pWInfo);
  }
}


/*
** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
** should invoke vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
**
** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
**
** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
** example, if the SQL is this:
**
**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
**
** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
**
**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin()
**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
**            ...
**          end                     \    Code generated
**        end                        |-- by vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd()
**      end                         /
**
** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
**
** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
** and vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
**
** The code that vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
** data from the various tables of the loop.
**
** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
**
** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
** most loop)
**
** OUTER JOINS
**
** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
**
**    foreach row1 in t1 do
**      flag = 0
**      foreach row2 in t2 do
**        start:
**          ...
**          flag = 1
**      end
**      if flag==0 then
**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
**        goto start
**      fi
**    end
**
** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
**
** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
**
** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL.  This is an optimization that prevents an
** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
** ORDER BY clause already exists.
**
** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin(
  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
  SrcList *pTabList,    /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
  ExprList **ppOrderBy  /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
){
  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
  int brk, cont = 0;         /* Addresses used during code generation */
  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
  WhereTerm *pTerm;          /* A single term in the WHERE clause */
  ExprMaskSet maskSet;       /* The expression mask set */
  WhereClause wc;            /* The WHERE clause is divided into these terms */
  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* A single entry from pTabList */
  WhereLevel *pLevel;             /* A single level in the pWInfo list */
  int iFrom;                      /* First unused FROM clause element */
  int andFlags;              /* AND-ed combination of all wc.a[].flags */

  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
  ** bits in a Bitmask 
  */
  if( pTabList->nSrc>(i16)BMS ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
    return 0;
  }

  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
  */
  initMaskSet(&maskSet);
  whereClauseInit(&wc, pParse, &maskSet);
  whereSplit(&wc, pWhere, TK_AND);
    
  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
  ** return value.
  */
  pWInfo = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(WhereInfo) + pTabList->nSrc*sizeof(WhereLevel));
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto whereBeginNoMem;
  }
  pWInfo->nLevel = pTabList->nSrc;
  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
  pWInfo->iBreak = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);

  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
  */
  if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || vtk_sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){
    vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, 1);
    pWhere = 0;
  }

  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.  Note that exprAnalyze() might
  ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause.  We do not
  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
    createMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
  }
  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &wc);
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto whereBeginNoMem;
  }

  /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
  **
  ** This loop fills in the following fields:
  **
  **   pWInfo->a[].pIdx      The index to use for this level of the loop.
  **   pWInfo->a[].flags     WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
  **   pWInfo->a[].nEq       The number of == and IN constraints
  **   pWInfo->a[].iFrom     When term of the FROM clause is being coded
  **   pWInfo->a[].iTabCur   The VDBE cursor for the database table
  **   pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur   The VDBE cursor for the index
  **
  ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM
  ** clause.
  */
  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
  pTabItem = pTabList->a;
  pLevel = pWInfo->a;
  andFlags = ~0;
  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
  for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
    Index *pIdx;                /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
    int flags;                  /* Flags asssociated with pIdx */
    int nEq;                    /* Number of == or IN constraints */
    double cost;                /* The cost for pIdx */
    int j;                      /* For looping over FROM tables */
    Index *pBest = 0;           /* The best index seen so far */
    int bestFlags = 0;          /* Flags associated with pBest */
    int bestNEq = 0;            /* nEq associated with pBest */
    double lowestCost;          /* Cost of the pBest */
    int bestJ = 0;              /* The value of j */
    Bitmask m;                  /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
    int once = 0;               /* True when first table is seen */
    vtk_sqlite3_index_info *pIndex; /* Current virtual index */

    lowestCost = VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
    for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<pTabList->nSrc; j++, pTabItem++){
      int doNotReorder;  /* True if this table should not be reordered */

      doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
      if( once && doNotReorder ) break;
      m = getMask(&maskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
      if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
        if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
        continue;
      }
      assert( pTabItem->pTab );
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
        vtk_sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
        cost = bestVirtualIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady,
                                ppOrderBy ? *ppOrderBy : 0, i==0,
                                ppIdxInfo);
        flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
        pIndex = *ppIdxInfo;
        if( pIndex && pIndex->orderByConsumed ){
          flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE | WHERE_ORDERBY;
        }
        pIdx = 0;
        nEq = 0;
        if( (VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0)<cost ){
          /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
          ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then
          ** the (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true and
          ** pLevel->pBestIdx never set.
          */ 
          cost = (VTK_SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0);
        }
      }else 
#endif
      {
        cost = bestIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady,
                         (i==0 && ppOrderBy) ? *ppOrderBy : 0,
                         &pIdx, &flags, &nEq);
        pIndex = 0;
      }
      if( cost<lowestCost ){
        once = 1;
        lowestCost = cost;
        pBest = pIdx;
        bestFlags = flags;
        bestNEq = nEq;
        bestJ = j;
        pLevel->pBestIdx = pIndex;
      }
      if( doNotReorder ) break;
    }
    WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer choose table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ,
           pLevel-pWInfo->a));
    if( (bestFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
      *ppOrderBy = 0;
    }
    andFlags &= bestFlags;
    pLevel->flags = bestFlags;
    pLevel->pIdx = pBest;
    pLevel->nEq = bestNEq;
    pLevel->aInLoop = 0;
    pLevel->nIn = 0;
    if( pBest ){
      pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
    }else{
      pLevel->iIdxCur = -1;
    }
    notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
    pLevel->iFrom = bestJ;
  }
  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));

  /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY
  ** clause is irrelevant.
  */
  if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){
    *ppOrderBy = 0;
  }

  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
  ** searching those tables.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
    Index *pIx;      /* Index used to access pTab (if any) */
    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
    int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
      char *zMsg;
      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
      zMsg = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("TABLE %s", pItem->zName);
      if( pItem->zAlias ){
        zMsg = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%z AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
      }
      if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){
        zMsg = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%z WITH INDEX %s", zMsg, pIx->zName);
      }else if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
        zMsg = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%z USING PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
      }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
      else if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
        vtk_sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx;
        zMsg = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%z VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
                    pBestIdx->idxNum, pBestIdx->idxStr);
      }
#endif
      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){
        zMsg = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("%z ORDER BY", zMsg);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_Explain, i, pLevel->iFrom, zMsg, P3_DYNAMIC);
    }
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
    iDb = vtk_sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
    if( pTab->isEphem || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P3_VTAB);
    }else
#endif
    if( (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
      if( pTab->nCol<(int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8) ){
        Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
        int n = 0;
        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, n);
        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
      }
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
    }
    pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
    if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){
      KeyInfo *pKey = vtk_sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx);
      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, iDb, 0);
      VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pIx->zName));
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum,
                     (char*)pKey, P3_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
    }
    if( (pLevel->flags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE))!=0 ){
      /* Only call OP_SetNumColumns on the index if we might later use
      ** OP_Column on the index. */
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iIdxCur, pIx->nColumn+1);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
  }
  pWInfo->iTop = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);

  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
  ** program.
  */
  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
    int j;
    int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;  /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
    Index *pIdx;       /* The index we will be using */
    int nxt;           /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
    int iIdxCur;       /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
    int omitTable;     /* True if we use the index only */
    int bRev;          /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */

    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
    iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
    pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
    bRev = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
    omitTable = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0;

    /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
    ** for the current loop.  Jump to brk to break out of a loop.
    ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
    ** loop.
    **
    ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "nxt" label that
    ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
    ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "nxt" label
    ** is the same as "brk".
    */
    brk = pLevel->brk = pLevel->nxt = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
    cont = pLevel->cont = vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);

    /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
    ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
    ** row of the left table of the join.
    */
    if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
      if( !pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem++;
      pLevel->iLeftJoin = pParse->nMem++;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
      VdbeComment((v, "# init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
    }

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
    if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
      /* Case 0:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
      **          to access the data.
      */
      int j;
      vtk_sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx;
      int nConstraint = pBestIdx->nConstraint;
      struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
                                                  pBestIdx->aConstraintUsage;
      const struct vtk_sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
                                                  pBestIdx->aConstraint;

      for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
        int k;
        for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){
          if( aUsage[k].argvIndex==j ){
            int iTerm = aConstraint[k].iTermOffset;
            vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, wc.a[iTerm].pExpr->pRight);
            break;
          }
        }
        if( k==nConstraint ) break;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, j-1, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pBestIdx->idxNum, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, brk, pBestIdx->idxStr,
                      pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P3_MPRINTF : P3_STATIC);
      pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
      for(j=0; j<pBestIdx->nConstraint; j++){
        if( aUsage[j].omit ){
          int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset;
          disableTerm(pLevel, &wc.a[iTerm]);
        }
      }
      pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
      pLevel->p2 = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
    }else
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

    if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
      /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
      **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
      **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
      **          construct.
      */
      pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
      assert( pTerm!=0 );
      assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
      assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
      assert( omitTable==0 );
      codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel);
      nxt = pLevel->nxt;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MustBeInt, 1, nxt);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, nxt);
      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
    }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
      /* Case 2:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
      */
      int testOp = OP_Noop;
      int start;
      WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;

      assert( omitTable==0 );
      pStart = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
      pEnd = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0);
      if( bRev ){
        pTerm = pStart;
        pStart = pEnd;
        pEnd = pTerm;
      }
      if( pStart ){
        Expr *pX;
        pX = pStart->pExpr;
        assert( pX!=0 );
        assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ForceInt, pX->op==TK_LE || pX->op==TK_GT, brk);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, bRev ? OP_MoveLt : OP_MoveGe, iCur, brk);
        VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
        disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
      }
      if( pEnd ){
        Expr *pX;
        pX = pEnd->pExpr;
        assert( pX!=0 );
        assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
        pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
        if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
          testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
        }else{
          testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
        }
        disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
      }
      start = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
      pLevel->p2 = start;
      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, VTK_SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC|0x100, brk);
      }
    }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){
      /* Case 3: The WHERE clause term that refers to the right-most
      **         column of the index is an inequality.  For example, if
      **         the index is on (x,y,z) and the WHERE clause is of the
      **         form "x=5 AND y<10" then this case is used.  Only the
      **         right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
      **         use the "==" and "IN" operators.
      **
      **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
      **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
      **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
      */
      int start;
      int nEq = pLevel->nEq;
      int topEq=0;        /* True if top limit uses ==. False is strictly < */
      int btmEq=0;        /* True if btm limit uses ==. False if strictly > */
      int topOp, btmOp;   /* Operators for the top and bottom search bounds */
      int testOp;
      int topLimit = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0;
      int btmLimit = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0;

      /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
      ** and level the values of those terms on the stack.
      */
      codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, &wc, notReady);

      /* Duplicate the equality term values because they will all be
      ** used twice: once to make the termination key and once to make the
      ** start key.
      */
      for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, nEq-1, 0);
      }

      /* Figure out what comparison operators to use for top and bottom 
      ** search bounds. For an ascending index, the bottom bound is a > or >=
      ** operator and the top bound is a < or <= operator.  For a descending
      ** index the operators are reversed.
      */
      if( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==VTK_SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
        topOp = WO_LT|WO_LE;
        btmOp = WO_GT|WO_GE;
      }else{
        topOp = WO_GT|WO_GE;
        btmOp = WO_LT|WO_LE;
        SWAP(int, topLimit, btmLimit);
      }

      /* Generate the termination key.  This is the key value that
      ** will end the search.  There is no termination key if there
      ** are no equality terms and no "X<..." term.
      **
      ** 2002-Dec-04: On a reverse-order scan, the so-called "termination"
      ** key computed here really ends up being the start key.
      */
      nxt = pLevel->nxt;
      if( topLimit ){
        Expr *pX;
        int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
        pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, (u16)topOp, pIdx);
        assert( pTerm!=0 );
        pX = pTerm->pExpr;
        assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -(nEq*2+1), nxt);
        topEq = pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
        disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
        testOp = OP_IdxGE;
      }else{
        testOp = nEq>0 ? OP_IdxGE : OP_Noop;
        topEq = 1;
      }
      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
        int nCol = nEq + topLimit;
        pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
        buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, pIdx);
        if( bRev ){
          int op = topEq ? OP_MoveLe : OP_MoveLt;
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt);
        }else{
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
        }
      }else if( bRev ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Last, iIdxCur, brk);
      }

      /* Generate the start key.  This is the key that defines the lower
      ** bound on the search.  There is no start key if there are no
      ** equality terms and if there is no "X>..." term.  In
      ** that case, generate a "Rewind" instruction in place of the
      ** start key search.
      **
      ** 2002-Dec-04: In the case of a reverse-order search, the so-called
      ** "start" key really ends up being used as the termination key.
      */
      if( btmLimit ){
        Expr *pX;
        int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
        pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, (u16)btmOp, pIdx);
        assert( pTerm!=0 );
        pX = pTerm->pExpr;
        assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
        vtk_sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, -(nEq+1), nxt);
        btmEq = pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
        disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
      }else{
        btmEq = 1;
      }
      if( nEq>0 || btmLimit ){
        int nCol = nEq + btmLimit;
        buildIndexProbe(v, nCol, pIdx);
        if( bRev ){
          pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem++;
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 1);
          testOp = OP_IdxLT;
        }else{
          int op = btmEq ? OP_MoveGe : OP_MoveGt;
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt);
        }
      }else if( bRev ){
        testOp = OP_Noop;
      }else{
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, brk);
      }

      /* Generate the the top of the loop.  If there is a termination
      ** key we have to test for that key and abort at the top of the
      ** loop.
      */
      start = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, testOp, iIdxCur, nxt);
        if( (topEq && !bRev) || (!btmEq && bRev) ){
          vtk_sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, -1, "+", P3_STATIC);
        }
      }
      if( topLimit | btmLimit ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IsNull, 1, cont);
      }
      if( !omitTable ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
      }

      /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop.
      */
      pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
      pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
      pLevel->p2 = start;
    }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ ){
      /* Case 4:  There is an index and all terms of the WHERE clause that
      **          refer to the index using the "==" or "IN" operators.
      */
      int start;
      int nEq = pLevel->nEq;

      /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
      ** and leave the values of those terms on the stack.
      */
      codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, &wc, notReady);
      nxt = pLevel->nxt;

      /* Generate a single key that will be used to both start and terminate
      ** the search
      */
      buildIndexProbe(v, nEq, pIdx);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemStore, pLevel->iMem, 0);

      /* Generate code (1) to move to the first matching element of the table.
      ** Then generate code (2) that jumps to "nxt" after the cursor is past
      ** the last matching element of the table.  The code (1) is executed
      ** once to initialize the search, the code (2) is executed before each
      ** iteration of the scan to see if the scan has finished. */
      if( bRev ){
        /* Scan in reverse order */
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveLe, iIdxCur, nxt);
        start = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxLT, iIdxCur, nxt);
        pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
      }else{
        /* Scan in the forward order */
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iIdxCur, nxt);
        start = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemLoad, pLevel->iMem, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_IdxGE, iIdxCur, nxt, "+", P3_STATIC);
        pLevel->op = OP_Next;
      }
      if( !omitTable ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, 0);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
      }
      pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
      pLevel->p2 = start;
    }else{
      /* Case 5:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
      **          scan of the entire table.
      */
      assert( omitTable==0 );
      assert( bRev==0 );
      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
      pLevel->p2 = 1 + vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
    }
    notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, iCur);

    /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
    ** computed using the current set of tables.
    */
    for(pTerm=wc.a, j=wc.nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
      Expr *pE;
      if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
      pE = pTerm->pExpr;
      assert( pE!=0 );
      if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
        continue;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, cont, 1);
      pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
    }

    /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
    ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
    */
    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
      pLevel->top = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MemInt, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
      VdbeComment((v, "# record LEFT JOIN hit"));
      for(pTerm=wc.a, j=0; j<wc.nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
        if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
        assert( pTerm->pExpr );
        vtk_sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, cont, 1);
        pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
      }
    }
  }

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_TEST  /* For testing and debugging use only */
  /* Record in the query plan information about the current table
  ** and the index used to access it (if any).  If the table itself
  ** is not used, its name is just '{}'.  If no index is used
  ** the index is listed as "{}".  If the primary key is used the
  ** index name is '*'.
  */
  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
    char *z;
    int n;
    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
    z = pTabItem->zAlias;
    if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName;
    n = strlen(z);
    if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(vtk_sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){
      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
        memcpy(&vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2);
        nQPlan += 2;
      }else{
        memcpy(&vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n);
        nQPlan += n;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
    }
    if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
      memcpy(&vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2);
      nQPlan += 2;
    }else if( pLevel->pIdx==0 ){
      memcpy(&vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3);
      nQPlan += 3;
    }else{
      n = strlen(pLevel->pIdx->zName);
      if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(vtk_sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){
        memcpy(&vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->pIdx->zName, n);
        nQPlan += n;
        vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
      }
    }
  }
  while( nQPlan>0 && vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){
    vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0;
  nQPlan = 0;
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */

  /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure.  Then
  ** clean up and return.
  */
  pWInfo->iContinue = cont;
  whereClauseClear(&wc);
  return pWInfo;

  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
whereBeginNoMem:
  whereClauseClear(&wc);
  whereInfoFree(pWInfo);
  return 0;
}

/*
** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
** vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
  Vdbe *v = pWInfo->pParse->pVdbe;
  int i;
  WhereLevel *pLevel;
  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;

  /* Generate loop termination code.
  */
  for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->cont);
    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
    }
    if( pLevel->nIn ){
      struct InLoop *pIn;
      int j;
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->nxt);
      for(j=pLevel->nIn, pIn=&pLevel->aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr+1);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->topAddr);
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr-1);
      }
      vtk_sqliteFree(pLevel->aInLoop);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->brk);
    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
      int addr;
      addr = vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IfMemPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin, 0);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor, 0);
      if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
        vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur, 0);
      }
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->top);
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
    }
  }

  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
  ** Set it.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);

  /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin.
  */
  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
    assert( pTab!=0 );
    if( pTab->isEphem || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
    if( (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor, 0);
    }
    if( pLevel->pIdx!=0 ){
      vtk_sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur, 0);
    }

    /* Make cursor substitutions for cases where we want to use
    ** just the index and never reference the table.
    ** 
    ** Calls to the code generator in between vtk_sqlite3WhereBegin and
    ** vtk_sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
    ** reference the index.
    */
    if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
      int k, j, last;
      VdbeOp *pOp;
      Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;

      assert( pIdx!=0 );
      pOp = vtk_sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop);
      last = vtk_sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
      for(k=pWInfo->iTop; k<last; k++, pOp++){
        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
          for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
            if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){
              pOp->p2 = j;
              break;
            }
          }
        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_NullRow ){
          pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  /* Final cleanup
  */
  whereInfoFree(pWInfo);
  return;
}

/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
*/
/* First off, code is include which follows the "include" declaration
** in the input file. */


/*
** An instance of this structure holds information about the
** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
*/
struct LimitVal {
  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
};

/*
** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
*/
struct LikeOp {
  Token eOperator;  /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
  int not;         /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
};

/*
** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
**
**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
**
** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
*/
struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };

/*
** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
*/
struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };

/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
*/
/* 
** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
** understands. 
**
** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
*/
/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
*/
#ifndef INTERFACE
# define INTERFACE 1
#endif
/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
** various aspects of the generated parser.
**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
**                       table.
**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
**                       original value of the token will not parse.
**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
**    vtk_sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
**                       which is vtk_sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
**    vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
**    vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
**    vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
**    vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
**                       defined, then do no error processing.
*/
#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
#define YYNOCODE 248
#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
#define YYWILDCARD 59
#define vtk_sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
typedef union {
  vtk_sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
  int yy46;
  struct LikeOp yy72;
  Expr* yy172;
  ExprList* yy174;
  Select* yy219;
  struct LimitVal yy234;
  TriggerStep* yy243;
  struct TrigEvent yy370;
  SrcList* yy373;
  Expr * yy386;
  struct {int value; int mask;} yy405;
  Token yy410;
  IdList* yy432;
  int yy495;
} YYMINORTYPE;
#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
#endif
#define vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
#define vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
#define vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
#define vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
#define YYNSTATE 586
#define YYNRULE 311
#define YYERRORSYMBOL 138
#define YYERRSYMDT yy495
#define YYFALLBACK 1
#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)

/* Next are that tables used to determine what action to take based on the
** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
** action integer.  
**
** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
** follows
**
**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
**
**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
**
**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
**
**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
**
**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
**
** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
**
**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
**
** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
**
** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
**
** The following are the tables generated in this section:
**
**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting terminals.
**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
*/
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
 /*     0 */   290,  898,  122,  585,  407,  170,    2,  437,   61,   61,
 /*    10 */    61,   61,  517,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,
 /*    20 */    65,   65,   66,  231,  445,  209,  422,  428,   68,   63,
 /*    30 */    63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,
 /*    40 */   389,  386,  394,  449,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,
 /*    50 */   429,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  261,   63,   63,
 /*    60 */    63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  290,
 /*    70 */   491,  492,  437,  487,  206,   81,   67,  417,   69,  152,
 /*    80 */    63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,
 /*    90 */   231,   67,  460,   69,  152,  422,  428,  571,  262,   58,
 /*   100 */    64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  395,  396,  419,
 /*   110 */   419,  419,  290,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,
 /*   120 */    62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  315,   63,   63,   63,
 /*   130 */    63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  422,  428,
 /*   140 */    93,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  394,  231,  412,   34,
 /*   150 */    56,  296,  440,  441,  408,  486,   60,   59,  295,  432,
 /*   160 */   433,  429,  429,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  488,
 /*   170 */    63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,
 /*   180 */   231,  290,  255,  522,  293,  569,  112,  406,  520,  449,
 /*   190 */   329,  315,  405,   20,  437,  338,  517,  394,  530,  529,
 /*   200 */   503,  445,  209,  568,  567,  206,  528,  422,  428,  147,
 /*   210 */   148,  395,  396,  412,   41,  208,  149,  531,  370,  487,
 /*   220 */   259,  566,  257,  417,  290,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,
 /*   230 */   429,  429,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  315,   63,
 /*   240 */    63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,
 /*   250 */   422,  428,  445,  331,  212,  419,  419,  419,  361,  437,
 /*   260 */   412,   41,  395,  396,  364,  565,  208,  290,   60,   59,
 /*   270 */   295,  432,  433,  429,  429,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,
 /*   280 */    61,  394,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,
 /*   290 */    65,   66,  231,  422,  428,  489,  298,  522,  472,   66,
 /*   300 */   231,  211,  472,  224,  409,  284,  532,   20,  447,  521,
 /*   310 */   166,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,   62,   62,
 /*   320 */    61,   61,   61,   61,  472,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,
 /*   330 */    64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  207,  478,  315,   76,
 /*   340 */   290,  235,  298,   55,  482,  225,  395,  396,  179,  545,
 /*   350 */   492,  343,  346,  347,   67,  150,   69,  152,  337,  522,
 /*   360 */   412,   35,  348,  237,  249,  368,  422,  428,  576,   20,
 /*   370 */   162,  116,  239,  341,  244,  342,  174,  320,  440,  441,
 /*   380 */   412,    3,   79,  250,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,
 /*   390 */   429,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  172,   63,   63,
 /*   400 */    63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  290,
 /*   410 */   249,  548,  232,  485,  508,  351,  315,  116,  239,  341,
 /*   420 */   244,  342,  174,  179,  315,  523,  343,  346,  347,  250,
 /*   430 */   218,  413,  153,  462,  509,  422,  428,  348,  412,   34,
 /*   440 */   463,  208,  175,  173,  158,  233,  412,   34,  336,  547,
 /*   450 */   447,  321,  166,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,
 /*   460 */    62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  413,   63,   63,   63,
 /*   470 */    63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  290,  540,
 /*   480 */   333,  515,  502,  539,  454,  569,  300,   19,  329,  142,
 /*   490 */   315,  388,  315,  328,    2,  360,  455,  292,  481,  371,
 /*   500 */   267,  266,  250,  568,  422,  428,  586,  389,  386,  456,
 /*   510 */   206,  493,  412,   49,  412,   49,  301,  583,  889,  157,
 /*   520 */   889,  494,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,   62,
 /*   530 */    62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  199,   63,   63,   63,   63,
 /*   540 */    64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  290,  315,  179,
 /*   550 */   436,  253,  343,  346,  347,  368,  151,  580,  306,  248,
 /*   560 */   307,  450,   75,  348,   77,  380,  208,  423,  424,  413,
 /*   570 */   412,   27,  317,  422,  428,  438,    1,   22,  583,  888,
 /*   580 */   394,  888,  542,  476,  318,  261,  435,  435,  426,  427,
 /*   590 */   413,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,   62,   62,
 /*   600 */    61,   61,   61,   61,  326,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,
 /*   610 */    64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  290,  425,  580,  372,
 /*   620 */   219,   92,  515,    9,  334,  394,  555,  394,  454,   67,
 /*   630 */   394,   69,  152,  397,  398,  399,  318,  234,  435,  435,
 /*   640 */   455,  316,  422,  428,  297,  395,  396,  318,  430,  435,
 /*   650 */   435,  579,  289,  456,  220,  325,    5,  217,  544,  290,
 /*   660 */    60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,   62,   62,   61,
 /*   670 */    61,   61,   61,  393,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,
 /*   680 */    65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  422,  428,  480,  311,  390,
 /*   690 */   395,  396,  395,  396,  205,  395,  396,  821,  271,  515,
 /*   700 */   248,  198,  290,   60,   59,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,
 /*   710 */    62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  468,   63,   63,   63,
 /*   720 */    63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,  422,  428,
 /*   730 */   169,  158,  261,  261,  302,  413,  274,  117,  272,  261,
 /*   740 */   515,  515,  261,  515,  190,  290,   60,   70,  295,  432,
 /*   750 */   433,  429,  429,   62,   62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  377,
 /*   760 */    63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,
 /*   770 */   231,  422,  428,  382,  557,  303,  304,  248,  413,  318,
 /*   780 */   558,  435,  435,  559,  538,  358,  538,  385,  290,  194,
 /*   790 */    59,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,   62,   62,   61,   61,
 /*   800 */    61,   61,  369,   63,   63,   63,   63,   64,   64,   65,
 /*   810 */    65,   65,   66,  231,  422,  428,  394,  273,  248,  248,
 /*   820 */   170,  246,  437,  413,  384,  365,  176,  177,  178,  467,
 /*   830 */   309,  121,  154,  126,  295,  432,  433,  429,  429,   62,
 /*   840 */    62,   61,   61,   61,   61,  315,   63,   63,   63,   63,
 /*   850 */    64,   64,   65,   65,   65,   66,  231,   72,  322,  175,
 /*   860 */     4,  315,  261,  315,  294,  261,  413,  412,   28,  315,
 /*   870 */   261,  315,  319,   72,  322,  315,    4,  418,  443,  443,
 /*   880 */   294,  395,  396,  412,   23,  412,   32,  437,  319,  324,
 /*   890 */   327,  412,   53,  412,   52,  315,  156,  412,   97,  449,
 /*   900 */   315,  192,  315,  275,  315,  324,  376,  469,  500,  315,
 /*   910 */   476,  277,  476,  163,  292,  449,  315,  412,   95,   74,
 /*   920 */    73,  467,  412,  100,  412,  101,  412,  111,   72,  313,
 /*   930 */   314,  412,  113,  417,  446,   74,   73,  479,  412,   16,
 /*   940 */   379,  315,  181,  465,   72,  313,  314,   72,  322,  417,
 /*   950 */     4,  206,  315,  184,  294,  315,  497,  498,  474,  206,
 /*   960 */   171,  339,  319,  412,   98,  419,  419,  419,  420,  421,
 /*   970 */    11,  359,  378,  305,  412,   33,  413,  412,   96,  324,
 /*   980 */   458,  419,  419,  419,  420,  421,   11,  413,  411,  449,
 /*   990 */   411,  160,  410,  315,  410,  466,  221,  222,  223,  103,
 /*  1000 */    83,  471,  315,  507,  506,  315,  620,  475,  315,   74,
 /*  1010 */    73,  245,  203,   21,  279,  412,   24,  437,   72,  313,
 /*  1020 */   314,  280,  315,  417,  412,   54,  505,  412,  114,  315,
 /*  1030 */   412,  115,  504,  201,  145,  547,  240,  510,  524,  200,
 /*  1040 */   315,  511,  202,  315,  412,   25,  315,  241,  315,   18,
 /*  1050 */   315,  412,   36,  315,  254,  419,  419,  419,  420,  421,
 /*  1060 */    11,  256,  412,   37,  258,  412,   26,  315,  412,   38,
 /*  1070 */   412,   39,  412,   40,  260,  412,   42,  315,  512,  315,
 /*  1080 */   126,  315,  437,  315,  187,  375,  276,  266,  265,  412,
 /*  1090 */    43,  291,  315,  252,  315,  126,  206,  581,    8,  412,
 /*  1100 */    44,  412,   29,  412,   30,  412,   45,  350,  363,  126,
 /*  1110 */   315,  543,  315,  126,  412,   46,  412,   47,  315,  355,
 /*  1120 */   381,  551,  315,  171,  552,  315,   90,  562,  578,   90,
 /*  1130 */   288,  366,  412,   48,  412,   31,  582,  367,  268,  269,
 /*  1140 */   412,   10,  270,  554,  412,   50,  564,  412,   51,  278,
 /*  1150 */   281,  282,  575,  144,  442,  403,  323,  226,  444,  461,
 /*  1160 */   464,  242,  503,  550,  561,  513,  161,  392,  400,  516,
 /*  1170 */   401,  345,  402,    7,  312,   83,  227,  332,  228,   82,
 /*  1180 */   330,   57,  408,  416,  168,   78,  459,  123,  210,  414,
 /*  1190 */    84,  335,  340,  299,  496,  500,  490,  229,  495,  243,
 /*  1200 */   104,  247,  499,  501,  230,  285,  415,  215,  514,  518,
 /*  1210 */   525,  526,  519,  236,  527,  473,  238,  352,  477,  286,
 /*  1220 */   182,  356,  533,  354,  119,  183,  185,   87,  546,  130,
 /*  1230 */   186,  535,  188,  140,  362,  191,  553,  216,  373,  374,
 /*  1240 */   131,  560,  308,  132,  133,  572,  577,  136,  263,  134,
 /*  1250 */   139,  536,  573,  391,   91,   94,  404,  574,   99,  214,
 /*  1260 */   102,  621,  622,  431,  164,  434,  165,   71,  141,   17,
 /*  1270 */   439,  448,  451,  155,    6,  452,  470,  110,  167,  453,
 /*  1280 */   457,  124,   13,  213,  120,   80,   12,  125,  159,  483,
 /*  1290 */   484,   85,  310,  105,  180,  251,  106,  118,   86,  107,
 /*  1300 */   241,  344,  349,  353,  143,  534,  127,  357,  171,  189,
 /*  1310 */   264,  108,  287,  128,  549,  129,  193,  537,  541,   14,
 /*  1320 */   195,   88,  196,  556,  197,  137,  138,  135,   15,  563,
 /*  1330 */   570,  109,  283,  146,  204,  383,  387,  899,  584,  899,
 /*  1340 */   899,  899,  899,  899,   89,
};
static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
 /*     0 */    16,  139,  140,  141,  168,   21,  144,   23,   69,   70,
 /*    10 */    71,   72,  176,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
 /*    20 */    81,   82,   83,   84,   78,   79,   42,   43,   73,   74,
 /*    30 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,
 /*    40 */     1,    2,   23,   58,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
 /*    50 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,
 /*    60 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,
 /*    70 */   185,  186,   88,   88,  110,   22,  217,   92,  219,  220,
 /*    80 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
 /*    90 */    84,  217,  218,  219,  220,   42,   43,  238,  188,   46,
 /*   100 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   88,   89,  124,
 /*   110 */   125,  126,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
 /*   120 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,
 /*   130 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,
 /*   140 */    44,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   23,   84,  169,  170,
 /*   150 */    19,  164,  165,  166,   23,  169,   60,   61,   62,   63,
 /*   160 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  169,
 /*   170 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
 /*   180 */    84,   16,   14,  147,  150,  147,   21,  167,  168,   58,
 /*   190 */   211,  147,  156,  157,   23,  216,  176,   23,  181,  176,
 /*   200 */   177,   78,   79,  165,  166,  110,  183,   42,   43,   78,
 /*   210 */    79,   88,   89,  169,  170,  228,  180,  181,  123,   88,
 /*   220 */    52,   98,   54,   92,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,
 /*   230 */    65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,
 /*   240 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,
 /*   250 */    42,   43,   78,  209,  210,  124,  125,  126,  224,   88,
 /*   260 */   169,  170,   88,   89,  230,  227,  228,   16,   60,   61,
 /*   270 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
 /*   280 */    72,   23,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
 /*   290 */    82,   83,   84,   42,   43,  160,   16,  147,  161,   83,
 /*   300 */    84,  210,  161,  153,  169,  158,  156,  157,  161,  162,
 /*   310 */   163,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,
 /*   320 */    69,   70,   71,   72,  161,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
 /*   330 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,  192,  200,  147,  131,
 /*   340 */    16,  200,   16,  199,   20,  190,   88,   89,   90,  185,
 /*   350 */   186,   93,   94,   95,  217,   22,  219,  220,  147,  147,
 /*   360 */   169,  170,  104,  200,   84,  147,   42,   43,  156,  157,
 /*   370 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   96,  164,  165,  166,
 /*   380 */   169,  170,  131,  103,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
 /*   390 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  155,   74,   75,
 /*   400 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,
 /*   410 */    84,   11,  221,   20,   30,   16,  147,   91,   92,   93,
 /*   420 */    94,   95,   96,   90,  147,  181,   93,   94,   95,  103,
 /*   430 */   212,  189,  155,   27,   50,   42,   43,  104,  169,  170,
 /*   440 */    34,  228,   43,  201,  202,  147,  169,  170,  206,   49,
 /*   450 */   161,  162,  163,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
 /*   460 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  189,   74,   75,   76,
 /*   470 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   25,
 /*   480 */   211,  147,   20,   29,   12,  147,  102,   19,  211,   21,
 /*   490 */   147,  141,  147,  216,  144,   41,   24,   98,   20,   99,
 /*   500 */   100,  101,  103,  165,   42,   43,    0,    1,    2,   37,
 /*   510 */   110,   39,  169,  170,  169,  170,  182,   19,   20,  147,
 /*   520 */    22,   49,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,
 /*   530 */    68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  155,   74,   75,   76,   77,
 /*   540 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,  147,   90,
 /*   550 */    20,   20,   93,   94,   95,  147,  155,   59,  215,  225,
 /*   560 */   215,   20,  130,  104,  132,  227,  228,   42,   43,  189,
 /*   570 */   169,  170,   16,   42,   43,   20,   19,   22,   19,   20,
 /*   580 */    23,   22,   18,  147,  106,  147,  108,  109,   63,   64,
 /*   590 */   189,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,
 /*   600 */    69,   70,   71,   72,  186,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
 /*   610 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   92,   59,   55,
 /*   620 */   212,   21,  147,   19,  147,   23,  188,   23,   12,  217,
 /*   630 */    23,  219,  220,    7,    8,    9,  106,  147,  108,  109,
 /*   640 */    24,  147,   42,   43,  208,   88,   89,  106,   92,  108,
 /*   650 */   109,  244,  245,   37,  145,   39,  191,  182,   94,   16,
 /*   660 */    60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,
 /*   670 */    70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,
 /*   680 */    80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,   80,  142,  143,
 /*   690 */    88,   89,   88,   89,  148,   88,   89,  133,   14,  147,
 /*   700 */   225,  155,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
 /*   710 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  114,   74,   75,   76,
 /*   720 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,
 /*   730 */   201,  202,  147,  147,  182,  189,   52,  147,   54,  147,
 /*   740 */   147,  147,  147,  147,  155,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,
 /*   750 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  213,
 /*   760 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
 /*   770 */    84,   42,   43,  188,  188,  182,  182,  225,  189,  106,
 /*   780 */   188,  108,  109,  188,   99,  100,  101,  241,   16,  155,
 /*   790 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
 /*   800 */    71,   72,  213,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
 /*   810 */    81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,   23,  133,  225,  225,
 /*   820 */    21,  225,   23,  189,  239,  236,   99,  100,  101,   22,
 /*   830 */   242,  243,  155,   22,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,
 /*   840 */    68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,   77,
 /*   850 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   17,   43,
 /*   860 */    19,  147,  147,  147,   23,  147,  189,  169,  170,  147,
 /*   870 */   147,  147,   31,   16,   17,  147,   19,  147,  124,  125,
 /*   880 */    23,   88,   89,  169,  170,  169,  170,   88,   31,   48,
 /*   890 */   147,  169,  170,  169,  170,  147,   89,  169,  170,   58,
 /*   900 */   147,   22,  147,  188,  147,   48,  188,  114,   97,  147,
 /*   910 */   147,  188,  147,   19,   98,   58,  147,  169,  170,   78,
 /*   920 */    79,  114,  169,  170,  169,  170,  169,  170,   87,   88,
 /*   930 */    89,  169,  170,   92,  161,   78,   79,   80,  169,  170,
 /*   940 */    91,  147,  155,   22,   87,   88,   89,   16,   17,   92,
 /*   950 */    19,  110,  147,  155,   23,  147,    7,    8,   20,  110,
 /*   960 */    22,   80,   31,  169,  170,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,
 /*   970 */   129,  208,  123,  208,  169,  170,  189,  169,  170,   48,
 /*   980 */   147,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,  129,  189,  107,   58,
 /*   990 */   107,    5,  111,  147,  111,  203,   10,   11,   12,   13,
 /*  1000 */   121,  147,  147,   91,   92,  147,  112,  147,  147,   78,
 /*  1010 */    79,  147,   26,   19,   28,  169,  170,   23,   87,   88,
 /*  1020 */    89,   35,  147,   92,  169,  170,  178,  169,  170,  147,
 /*  1030 */   169,  170,  147,   47,  113,   49,   92,  178,  147,   53,
 /*  1040 */   147,  178,   56,  147,  169,  170,  147,  103,  147,   19,
 /*  1050 */   147,  169,  170,  147,  147,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,
 /*  1060 */   129,  147,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,
 /*  1070 */   169,  170,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,  147,   20,  147,
 /*  1080 */    22,  147,   88,  147,  232,   99,  100,  101,  147,  169,
 /*  1090 */   170,  105,  147,   20,  147,   22,  110,   20,   68,  169,
 /*  1100 */   170,  169,  170,  169,  170,  169,  170,   20,  147,   22,
 /*  1110 */   147,   20,  147,   22,  169,  170,  169,  170,  147,  233,
 /*  1120 */   134,   20,  147,   22,   20,  147,   22,   20,   20,   22,
 /*  1130 */    22,  147,  169,  170,  169,  170,   59,  147,  147,  147,
 /*  1140 */   169,  170,  147,  147,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,  147,
 /*  1150 */   147,  147,  147,  191,  229,  149,  223,  193,  229,  172,
 /*  1160 */   172,  172,  177,  194,  194,  172,    6,  146,  146,  172,
 /*  1170 */   146,  173,  146,   22,  154,  121,  194,  118,  195,  119,
 /*  1180 */   116,  120,   23,  160,  112,  130,  152,  152,  222,  189,
 /*  1190 */    98,  115,   98,   40,  179,   97,  171,  196,  171,  171,
 /*  1200 */    19,   84,  173,  171,  197,  174,  198,  226,  160,  160,
 /*  1210 */   171,  171,  179,  204,  171,  205,  204,   15,  205,  174,
 /*  1220 */   151,   38,  152,  152,   60,  151,  151,  130,  184,   19,
 /*  1230 */   152,  152,  151,  214,  152,  184,  194,  226,  152,   15,
 /*  1240 */   187,  194,  152,  187,  187,   33,  137,  184,  234,  187,
 /*  1250 */   214,  235,  152,    1,  237,  237,   20,  152,  159,  175,
 /*  1260 */   175,  112,  112,   92,  112,  107,  112,   19,   19,  231,
 /*  1270 */    20,   20,   11,   19,  117,   20,  114,  240,   22,   20,
 /*  1280 */    20,   19,  117,   44,  243,   22,   22,   20,  112,   20,
 /*  1290 */    20,   19,  246,   19,   96,   20,   19,   32,   19,   19,
 /*  1300 */   103,   44,   44,   16,   21,   17,   98,   36,   22,   98,
 /*  1310 */   133,   19,    5,   45,    1,  102,  122,   51,   45,   19,
 /*  1320 */   113,   68,   14,   17,  115,  102,  122,  113,   19,  123,
 /*  1330 */    20,   14,  136,   19,  135,   57,    3,  247,    4,  247,
 /*  1340 */   247,  247,  247,  247,   68,
};
#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-62)
#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 387
static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
 /*     0 */    39,  841,  986,  -16,  841,  931,  931,  258,  123,  -36,
 /*    10 */    96,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  -45,  400,  174,   19,
 /*    20 */   171,  -54,  -54,   53,  165,  208,  251,  324,  393,  462,
 /*    30 */   531,  600,  643,  686,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,
 /*    40 */   643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,
 /*    50 */   643,  643,  729,  772,  772,  857,  931,  931,  931,  931,
 /*    60 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
 /*    70 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
 /*    80 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
 /*    90 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  -61,  -61,    6,    6,  280,
 /*   100 */    22,   61,  399,  564,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,
 /*   110 */    19,  216,  171,   63,  -62,  -62,  131,  326,  472,  472,
 /*   120 */   498,  559,  506,  799,   19,  799,   19,   19,   19,   19,
 /*   130 */    19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,   19,  849,
 /*   140 */    95,  -36,  -36,  -36,  -62,  -62,  -62,  -15,  -15,  333,
 /*   150 */   459,  478,  557,  530,  541,  616,  602,  793,  604,  607,
 /*   160 */   626,   19,   19,  881,   19,   19,  994,   19,   19,  807,
 /*   170 */    19,   19,  673,  807,   19,   19,  384,  384,  384,   19,
 /*   180 */    19,  673,   19,   19,  673,   19,  454,  685,   19,   19,
 /*   190 */   673,   19,   19,   19,  673,   19,   19,   19,  673,  673,
 /*   200 */    19,   19,   19,   19,   19,  468,  883,  921,  754,  754,
 /*   210 */   432,  406,  406,  406,  816,  406,  406,  811,  879,  879,
 /*   220 */  1160, 1160, 1160, 1160, 1151,  -36, 1054, 1059, 1060, 1064,
 /*   230 */  1061, 1159, 1055, 1072, 1072, 1092, 1076, 1092, 1076, 1094,
 /*   240 */  1094, 1153, 1094, 1098, 1094, 1181, 1117, 1159, 1117, 1159,
 /*   250 */  1153, 1094, 1094, 1094, 1181, 1202, 1072, 1202, 1072, 1202,
 /*   260 */  1072, 1072, 1183, 1097, 1202, 1072, 1164, 1164, 1210, 1054,
 /*   270 */  1072, 1224, 1224, 1224, 1224, 1054, 1164, 1210, 1072, 1212,
 /*   280 */  1212, 1072, 1072, 1109,  -62,  -62,  -62,  -62,  -62,  -62,
 /*   290 */   525,  684,  727,  168,  894,  556,  555,  938,  944,  949,
 /*   300 */   912, 1058, 1073, 1087, 1091, 1101, 1104, 1107, 1030, 1108,
 /*   310 */  1077, 1252, 1236, 1149, 1150, 1152, 1154, 1171, 1158, 1248,
 /*   320 */  1250, 1251, 1249, 1261, 1254, 1255, 1256, 1259, 1260, 1263,
 /*   330 */  1157, 1264, 1165, 1263, 1162, 1262, 1267, 1176, 1269, 1270,
 /*   340 */  1265, 1239, 1272, 1257, 1274, 1275, 1277, 1279, 1258, 1280,
 /*   350 */  1198, 1197, 1287, 1288, 1283, 1208, 1271, 1266, 1268, 1286,
 /*   360 */  1273, 1177, 1211, 1292, 1307, 1313, 1213, 1253, 1276, 1194,
 /*   370 */  1300, 1207, 1308, 1209, 1306, 1214, 1223, 1204, 1309, 1206,
 /*   380 */  1310, 1317, 1278, 1199, 1196, 1314, 1333, 1334,
};
#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-165)
#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 289
static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
 /*     0 */  -138,  277,  546,  137,  401,  -21,   44,   36,   38,  242,
 /*    10 */  -141,  191,   91,  269,  343,  345, -126,  589,  338,  150,
 /*    20 */   147,  -13,  213,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,
 /*    30 */   412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,
 /*    40 */   412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  412,
 /*    50 */   412,  412,  412,  412,  412,  211,  698,  714,  716,  722,
 /*    60 */   724,  728,  748,  753,  755,  757,  762,  769,  794,  805,
 /*    70 */   808,  846,  855,  858,  861,  875,  882,  893,  896,  899,
 /*    80 */   901,  903,  906,  920,  930,  932,  934,  936,  945,  947,
 /*    90 */   963,  965,  971,  975,  978,  412,  412,  412,  412,   20,
 /*   100 */   412,  412,   23,   34,  334,  475,  552,  593,  594,  585,
 /*   110 */   212,  412,  289,  412,  412,  412,  135, -164, -115,  164,
 /*   120 */   407,  407,  350,  141,  436,  163,  596,  -90,  763,  218,
 /*   130 */   765,  438,  586,  592,  595,  715,  718,  408,  723,  380,
 /*   140 */   634,  677,  787,  798,  144,  529,  588,  -14,    0,   17,
 /*   150 */   244,  155,  298,  155,  155,  418,  372,  477,  490,  494,
 /*   160 */   509,  526,  590,  465,  494,  730,  773,  743,  833,  792,
 /*   170 */   854,  860,  155,  792,  864,  885,  848,  859,  863,  891,
 /*   180 */   907,  155,  914,  917,  155,  927,  852,  886,  941,  961,
 /*   190 */   155,  984,  990,  991,  155,  992,  995,  996,  155,  155,
 /*   200 */   999, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005, 1006,  962,  964,  925,  929,
 /*   210 */   933,  987,  988,  989,  985,  993,  997,  998,  969,  970,
 /*   220 */  1021, 1022, 1024, 1026, 1020, 1000,  982,  983, 1001, 1007,
 /*   230 */  1008, 1023,  966, 1034, 1035, 1009, 1010, 1012, 1013, 1025,
 /*   240 */  1027, 1015, 1028, 1029, 1032, 1031,  981, 1048, 1011, 1049,
 /*   250 */  1033, 1039, 1040, 1043, 1045, 1069, 1070, 1074, 1071, 1075,
 /*   260 */  1078, 1079, 1014, 1016, 1081, 1082, 1044, 1051, 1019, 1042,
 /*   270 */  1086, 1053, 1056, 1057, 1062, 1047, 1063, 1036, 1090, 1017,
 /*   280 */  1018, 1100, 1105, 1037, 1099, 1084, 1085, 1038, 1041, 1046,
};
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
 /*     0 */   592,  816,  897,  707,  897,  816,  897,  897,  843,  711,
 /*    10 */   872,  814,  897,  897,  897,  897,  789,  897,  843,  897,
 /*    20 */   623,  843,  843,  740,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*    30 */   897,  897,  741,  897,  818,  813,  809,  811,  810,  817,
 /*    40 */   742,  731,  738,  745,  723,  856,  747,  748,  754,  755,
 /*    50 */   873,  871,  777,  776,  795,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*    60 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*    70 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*    80 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*    90 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  779,  800,  778,  788,  616,
 /*   100 */   780,  781,  676,  611,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   110 */   897,  782,  897,  783,  796,  797,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   120 */   897,  897,  592,  707,  897,  707,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   130 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   140 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  701,  711,  890,  897,  897,  667,
 /*   150 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   160 */   599,  597,  897,  699,  897,  897,  625,  897,  897,  709,
 /*   170 */   897,  897,  714,  715,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   180 */   897,  613,  897,  897,  688,  897,  849,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   190 */   863,  897,  897,  897,  861,  897,  897,  897,  690,  750,
 /*   200 */   830,  897,  876,  878,  897,  897,  699,  708,  897,  897,
 /*   210 */   812,  734,  734,  734,  646,  734,  734,  649,  744,  744,
 /*   220 */   596,  596,  596,  596,  666,  897,  744,  735,  737,  727,
 /*   230 */   739,  897,  897,  716,  716,  724,  726,  724,  726,  678,
 /*   240 */   678,  663,  678,  649,  678,  822,  827,  897,  827,  897,
 /*   250 */   663,  678,  678,  678,  822,  608,  716,  608,  716,  608,
 /*   260 */   716,  716,  853,  855,  608,  716,  680,  680,  756,  744,
 /*   270 */   716,  687,  687,  687,  687,  744,  680,  756,  716,  875,
 /*   280 */   875,  716,  716,  883,  633,  651,  651,  858,  890,  895,
 /*   290 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  763,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   300 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  836,  897,
 /*   310 */   897,  897,  897,  768,  764,  897,  765,  897,  693,  897,
 /*   320 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  815,
 /*   330 */   897,  728,  897,  736,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   340 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   350 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  851,  852,
 /*   360 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   370 */   897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,  897,
 /*   380 */   897,  897,  882,  897,  897,  885,  593,  897,  587,  590,
 /*   390 */   589,  591,  595,  598,  620,  621,  622,  600,  601,  602,
 /*   400 */   603,  604,  605,  606,  612,  614,  632,  634,  618,  636,
 /*   410 */   697,  698,  760,  691,  692,  696,  771,  762,  766,  767,
 /*   420 */   769,  770,  784,  785,  787,  793,  799,  802,  786,  791,
 /*   430 */   792,  794,  798,  801,  694,  695,  805,  619,  626,  627,
 /*   440 */   630,  631,  839,  841,  840,  842,  629,  628,  772,  775,
 /*   450 */   807,  808,  864,  865,  866,  867,  868,  803,  717,  806,
 /*   460 */   790,  729,  732,  733,  730,  700,  710,  719,  720,  721,
 /*   470 */   722,  705,  706,  712,  725,  758,  759,  713,  702,  703,
 /*   480 */   704,  804,  761,  773,  774,  637,  638,  768,  639,  640,
 /*   490 */   641,  679,  682,  683,  684,  642,  661,  664,  665,  643,
 /*   500 */   650,  644,  645,  652,  653,  654,  657,  658,  659,  660,
 /*   510 */   655,  656,  823,  824,  828,  826,  825,  647,  648,  662,
 /*   520 */   635,  624,  617,  668,  671,  672,  673,  674,  675,  677,
 /*   530 */   669,  670,  615,  607,  609,  718,  845,  854,  850,  846,
 /*   540 */   847,  848,  610,  819,  820,  681,  752,  753,  844,  857,
 /*   550 */   859,  757,  860,  862,  887,  685,  686,  689,  829,  869,
 /*   560 */   743,  746,  749,  751,  831,  832,  833,  834,  837,  838,
 /*   570 */   835,  870,  874,  877,  879,  880,  881,  884,  886,  891,
 /*   580 */   892,  893,  896,  894,  594,  588,
};
#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))

/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
** like the following:
** 
**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
**
** appears in the grammer, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
*/
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
   23,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
   23,  /*      QUERY => ID */
   23,  /*       PLAN => ID */
   23,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
   23,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
   23,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
   23,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
   23,  /*        END => ID */
    0,  /*   ROLLBACK => nothing */
    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
   23,  /*         IF => ID */
    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
    0,  /*     EXISTS => nothing */
   23,  /*       TEMP => ID */
    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
   23,  /*      ABORT => ID */
   23,  /*      AFTER => ID */
   23,  /*    ANALYZE => ID */
   23,  /*        ASC => ID */
   23,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
   23,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
   23,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
   23,  /*       CAST => ID */
   23,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
   23,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
   23,  /*       DESC => ID */
   23,  /*     DETACH => ID */
   23,  /*       EACH => ID */
   23,  /*       FAIL => ID */
   23,  /*        FOR => ID */
   23,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
   23,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
   23,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
   23,  /*    LIKE_KW => ID */
   23,  /*      MATCH => ID */
   23,  /*        KEY => ID */
   23,  /*         OF => ID */
   23,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
   23,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
   23,  /*      RAISE => ID */
   23,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
   23,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
   23,  /*        ROW => ID */
   23,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
   23,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
   23,  /*       VIEW => ID */
   23,  /*    VIRTUAL => ID */
   23,  /*    REINDEX => ID */
   23,  /*     RENAME => ID */
   23,  /*   CTIME_KW => ID */
    0,  /*        ANY => nothing */
    0,  /*         OR => nothing */
    0,  /*        AND => nothing */
    0,  /*         IS => nothing */
    0,  /*    BETWEEN => nothing */
    0,  /*         IN => nothing */
    0,  /*     ISNULL => nothing */
    0,  /*    NOTNULL => nothing */
    0,  /*         NE => nothing */
    0,  /*         EQ => nothing */
    0,  /*         GT => nothing */
    0,  /*         LE => nothing */
    0,  /*         LT => nothing */
    0,  /*         GE => nothing */
    0,  /*     ESCAPE => nothing */
    0,  /*     BITAND => nothing */
    0,  /*      BITOR => nothing */
    0,  /*     LSHIFT => nothing */
    0,  /*     RSHIFT => nothing */
    0,  /*       PLUS => nothing */
    0,  /*      MINUS => nothing */
    0,  /*       STAR => nothing */
    0,  /*      SLASH => nothing */
    0,  /*        REM => nothing */
    0,  /*     CONCAT => nothing */
    0,  /*    COLLATE => nothing */
    0,  /*     UMINUS => nothing */
    0,  /*      UPLUS => nothing */
    0,  /*     BITNOT => nothing */
    0,  /*     STRING => nothing */
    0,  /*    JOIN_KW => nothing */
    0,  /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */
    0,  /*    DEFAULT => nothing */
    0,  /*       NULL => nothing */
    0,  /*    PRIMARY => nothing */
    0,  /*     UNIQUE => nothing */
    0,  /*      CHECK => nothing */
    0,  /* REFERENCES => nothing */
    0,  /*   AUTOINCR => nothing */
    0,  /*         ON => nothing */
    0,  /*     DELETE => nothing */
    0,  /*     UPDATE => nothing */
    0,  /*     INSERT => nothing */
    0,  /*        SET => nothing */
    0,  /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */
    0,  /*    FOREIGN => nothing */
    0,  /*       DROP => nothing */
    0,  /*      UNION => nothing */
    0,  /*        ALL => nothing */
    0,  /*     EXCEPT => nothing */
    0,  /*  INTERSECT => nothing */
    0,  /*     SELECT => nothing */
    0,  /*   DISTINCT => nothing */
    0,  /*        DOT => nothing */
    0,  /*       FROM => nothing */
    0,  /*       JOIN => nothing */
    0,  /*      USING => nothing */
    0,  /*      ORDER => nothing */
    0,  /*         BY => nothing */
    0,  /*      GROUP => nothing */
    0,  /*     HAVING => nothing */
    0,  /*      LIMIT => nothing */
    0,  /*      WHERE => nothing */
    0,  /*       INTO => nothing */
    0,  /*     VALUES => nothing */
    0,  /*    INTEGER => nothing */
    0,  /*      FLOAT => nothing */
    0,  /*       BLOB => nothing */
    0,  /*   REGISTER => nothing */
    0,  /*   VARIABLE => nothing */
    0,  /*       CASE => nothing */
    0,  /*       WHEN => nothing */
    0,  /*       THEN => nothing */
    0,  /*       ELSE => nothing */
    0,  /*      INDEX => nothing */
    0,  /*      ALTER => nothing */
    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
    0,  /*        ADD => nothing */
    0,  /*   COLUMNKW => nothing */
};
#endif /* YYFALLBACK */

/* The following structure represents a single element of the
** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
**
**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
**
**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
**
**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
*/
struct yyStackEntry {
  int stateno;       /* The state-number */
  int major;         /* The major token value.  This is the code
                     ** number for the token at this stack level */
  YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
                     ** is the value of the token  */
};
typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;

/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
** the following structure */
struct yyParser {
  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
#else
  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
#endif
};
typedef struct yyParser yyParser;

#ifndef NDEBUG
static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* 
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
** by making either argument NULL 
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
**      turned off.
** </ul>
**
** Outputs:
** None.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
  "$",             "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "QUERY",       
  "PLAN",          "BEGIN",         "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",    
  "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",     "COMMIT",        "END",         
  "ROLLBACK",      "CREATE",        "TABLE",         "IF",          
  "NOT",           "EXISTS",        "TEMP",          "LP",          
  "RP",            "AS",            "COMMA",         "ID",          
  "ABORT",         "AFTER",         "ANALYZE",       "ASC",         
  "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",        "CASCADE",       "CAST",        
  "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",          "DETACH",      
  "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",           "IGNORE",      
  "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",       "LIKE_KW",       "MATCH",       
  "KEY",           "OF",            "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",      
  "RAISE",         "REPLACE",       "RESTRICT",      "ROW",         
  "TRIGGER",       "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "VIRTUAL",     
  "REINDEX",       "RENAME",        "CTIME_KW",      "ANY",         
  "OR",            "AND",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",     
  "IN",            "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",          
  "EQ",            "GT",            "LE",            "LT",          
  "GE",            "ESCAPE",        "BITAND",        "BITOR",       
  "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",        "PLUS",          "MINUS",       
  "STAR",          "SLASH",         "REM",           "CONCAT",      
  "COLLATE",       "UMINUS",        "UPLUS",         "BITNOT",      
  "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",    "DEFAULT",     
  "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",        "CHECK",       
  "REFERENCES",    "AUTOINCR",      "ON",            "DELETE",      
  "UPDATE",        "INSERT",        "SET",           "DEFERRABLE",  
  "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",         "ALL",         
  "EXCEPT",        "INTERSECT",     "SELECT",        "DISTINCT",    
  "DOT",           "FROM",          "JOIN",          "USING",       
  "ORDER",         "BY",            "GROUP",         "HAVING",      
  "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",          "VALUES",      
  "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",          "REGISTER",    
  "VARIABLE",      "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",        
  "ELSE",          "INDEX",         "ALTER",         "TO",          
  "ADD",           "COLUMNKW",      "error",         "input",       
  "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "cmdx",          "cmd",         
  "explain",       "transtype",     "trans_opt",     "nm",          
  "create_table",  "create_table_args",  "temp",          "ifnotexists", 
  "dbnm",          "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "select",      
  "column",        "columnid",      "type",          "carglist",    
  "id",            "ids",           "typetoken",     "typename",    
  "signed",        "plus_num",      "minus_num",     "carg",        
  "ccons",         "term",          "expr",          "onconf",      
  "sortorder",     "autoinc",       "idxlist_opt",   "refargs",     
  "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",        "init_deferred_pred_opt",
  "conslist",      "tcons",         "idxlist",       "defer_subclause_opt",
  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",     "ifexists",    
  "fullname",      "oneselect",     "multiselect_op",  "distinct",    
  "selcollist",    "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt", 
  "having_opt",    "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "sclp",        
  "as",            "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",    "joinop",      
  "on_opt",        "using_opt",     "seltablist_paren",  "joinop2",     
  "inscollist",    "sortlist",      "sortitem",      "nexprlist",   
  "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",  "itemlist",    
  "exprlist",      "likeop",        "escape",        "between_op",  
  "in_op",         "case_operand",  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",   
  "uniqueflag",    "idxitem",       "collate",       "nmnum",       
  "plus_opt",      "number",        "trigger_decl",  "trigger_cmd_list",
  "trigger_time",  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",  "when_clause", 
  "trigger_cmd",   "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",       "add_column_fullname",
  "kwcolumn_opt",  "create_vtab",   "vtabarglist",   "vtabarg",     
  "vtabargtoken",  "lp",            "anylist",     
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
*/
static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
 /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
 /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
 /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
 /*   3 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
 /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
 /*   5 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
 /*   6 */ "explain ::=",
 /*   7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
 /*   8 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
 /*   9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
 /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
 /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
 /*  12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
 /*  13 */ "transtype ::=",
 /*  14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
 /*  15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
 /*  16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
 /*  17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
 /*  18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
 /*  19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
 /*  20 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
 /*  21 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
 /*  22 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
 /*  23 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
 /*  24 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
 /*  25 */ "temp ::=",
 /*  26 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
 /*  27 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
 /*  28 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
 /*  29 */ "columnlist ::= column",
 /*  30 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
 /*  31 */ "columnid ::= nm",
 /*  32 */ "id ::= ID",
 /*  33 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING",
 /*  34 */ "nm ::= ID",
 /*  35 */ "nm ::= STRING",
 /*  36 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
 /*  37 */ "type ::=",
 /*  38 */ "type ::= typetoken",
 /*  39 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
 /*  40 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
 /*  41 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
 /*  42 */ "typename ::= ids",
 /*  43 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
 /*  44 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
 /*  45 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
 /*  46 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
 /*  47 */ "carglist ::=",
 /*  48 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
 /*  49 */ "carg ::= ccons",
 /*  50 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
 /*  51 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
 /*  52 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
 /*  53 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
 /*  54 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id",
 /*  55 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
 /*  56 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
 /*  57 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
 /*  58 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
 /*  59 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
 /*  60 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
 /*  61 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
 /*  62 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE id",
 /*  63 */ "autoinc ::=",
 /*  64 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
 /*  65 */ "refargs ::=",
 /*  66 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
 /*  67 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
 /*  68 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
 /*  69 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
 /*  70 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
 /*  71 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
 /*  72 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
 /*  73 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
 /*  74 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
 /*  75 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
 /*  76 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
 /*  77 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
 /*  78 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
 /*  79 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
 /*  80 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
 /*  81 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
 /*  82 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
 /*  83 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
 /*  84 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
 /*  85 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
 /*  86 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
 /*  87 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
 /*  88 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
 /*  89 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
 /*  90 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
 /*  91 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
 /*  92 */ "onconf ::=",
 /*  93 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
 /*  94 */ "orconf ::=",
 /*  95 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
 /*  96 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
 /*  97 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
 /*  98 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
 /*  99 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
 /* 100 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
 /* 101 */ "ifexists ::=",
 /* 102 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
 /* 103 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
 /* 104 */ "cmd ::= select",
 /* 105 */ "select ::= oneselect",
 /* 106 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
 /* 107 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
 /* 108 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
 /* 109 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
 /* 110 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
 /* 111 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
 /* 112 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
 /* 113 */ "distinct ::=",
 /* 114 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
 /* 115 */ "sclp ::=",
 /* 116 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
 /* 117 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
 /* 118 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
 /* 119 */ "as ::= AS nm",
 /* 120 */ "as ::= ids",
 /* 121 */ "as ::=",
 /* 122 */ "from ::=",
 /* 123 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
 /* 124 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
 /* 125 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
 /* 126 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt",
 /* 127 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt",
 /* 128 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select",
 /* 129 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist",
 /* 130 */ "dbnm ::=",
 /* 131 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
 /* 132 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
 /* 133 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
 /* 134 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
 /* 135 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
 /* 136 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
 /* 137 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
 /* 138 */ "on_opt ::=",
 /* 139 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
 /* 140 */ "using_opt ::=",
 /* 141 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
 /* 142 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
 /* 143 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
 /* 144 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
 /* 145 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
 /* 146 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
 /* 147 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
 /* 148 */ "sortorder ::=",
 /* 149 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
 /* 150 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
 /* 151 */ "having_opt ::=",
 /* 152 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
 /* 153 */ "limit_opt ::=",
 /* 154 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
 /* 155 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
 /* 156 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
 /* 157 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt",
 /* 158 */ "where_opt ::=",
 /* 159 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
 /* 160 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt",
 /* 161 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
 /* 162 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
 /* 163 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
 /* 164 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
 /* 165 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
 /* 166 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
 /* 167 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
 /* 168 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
 /* 169 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
 /* 170 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
 /* 171 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
 /* 172 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
 /* 173 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
 /* 174 */ "expr ::= term",
 /* 175 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
 /* 176 */ "term ::= NULL",
 /* 177 */ "expr ::= ID",
 /* 178 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
 /* 179 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
 /* 180 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
 /* 181 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
 /* 182 */ "term ::= STRING",
 /* 183 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
 /* 184 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
 /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE id",
 /* 186 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
 /* 187 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
 /* 188 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
 /* 189 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
 /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
 /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
 /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
 /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
 /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
 /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
 /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
 /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
 /* 198 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
 /* 199 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
 /* 200 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
 /* 201 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
 /* 202 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr",
 /* 203 */ "escape ::=",
 /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape",
 /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
 /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL",
 /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
 /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL",
 /* 209 */ "expr ::= NOT|BITNOT expr",
 /* 210 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
 /* 211 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
 /* 212 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
 /* 213 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
 /* 214 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
 /* 215 */ "in_op ::= IN",
 /* 216 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
 /* 217 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
 /* 218 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
 /* 219 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
 /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
 /* 221 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
 /* 222 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
 /* 223 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
 /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
 /* 225 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
 /* 226 */ "case_else ::=",
 /* 227 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
 /* 228 */ "case_operand ::=",
 /* 229 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
 /* 230 */ "exprlist ::=",
 /* 231 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
 /* 232 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
 /* 233 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP",
 /* 234 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
 /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
 /* 236 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
 /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
 /* 238 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA idxitem collate sortorder",
 /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxitem collate sortorder",
 /* 240 */ "idxitem ::= nm",
 /* 241 */ "collate ::=",
 /* 242 */ "collate ::= COLLATE id",
 /* 243 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
 /* 244 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
 /* 245 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
 /* 246 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
 /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON",
 /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
 /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
 /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
 /* 251 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
 /* 252 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
 /* 253 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
 /* 254 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
 /* 255 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
 /* 256 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
 /* 257 */ "plus_opt ::=",
 /* 258 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
 /* 259 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
 /* 260 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
 /* 261 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
 /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
 /* 263 */ "trigger_time ::=",
 /* 264 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
 /* 265 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
 /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
 /* 267 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
 /* 268 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
 /* 269 */ "when_clause ::=",
 /* 270 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
 /* 271 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
 /* 272 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::=",
 /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt",
 /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
 /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select",
 /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt",
 /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
 /* 278 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
 /* 279 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
 /* 280 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
 /* 281 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
 /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
 /* 283 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
 /* 284 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
 /* 285 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
 /* 286 */ "key_opt ::=",
 /* 287 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
 /* 288 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
 /* 289 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
 /* 290 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
 /* 291 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
 /* 292 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
 /* 293 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
 /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
 /* 295 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
 /* 296 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
 /* 297 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
 /* 298 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
 /* 299 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
 /* 300 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
 /* 301 */ "create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm",
 /* 302 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
 /* 303 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
 /* 304 */ "vtabarg ::=",
 /* 305 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
 /* 306 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
 /* 307 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
 /* 308 */ "lp ::= LP",
 /* 309 */ "anylist ::=",
 /* 310 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */


#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
/*
** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
*/
static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
  int newSize;
  yyStackEntry *pNew;

  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
  if( pNew ){
    p->yystack = pNew;
    p->yystksz = newSize;
#ifndef NDEBUG
    if( yyTraceFILE ){
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
    }
#endif
  }
}
#endif

/* 
** This function allocates a new parser.
** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
** malloc.
**
** Inputs:
** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
**
** Outputs:
** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
** to vtk_sqlite3Parser and vtk_sqlite3ParserFree.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
  yyParser *pParser;
  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
  if( pParser ){
    pParser->yyidx = -1;
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    yyGrowStack(pParser);
#endif
  }
  return pParser;
}

/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
** the value.
*/
static void yy_destructor(YYCODETYPE yymajor, YYMINORTYPE *yypminor){
  switch( yymajor ){
    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
    **
    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
    ** inside the C code.
    */
    case 155:
    case 189:
    case 206:
{vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete((yypminor->yy219));}
      break;
    case 169:
    case 170:
    case 194:
    case 196:
    case 204:
    case 210:
    case 218:
    case 221:
    case 223:
    case 235:
{vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy172));}
      break;
    case 174:
    case 182:
    case 192:
    case 195:
    case 197:
    case 199:
    case 209:
    case 211:
    case 212:
    case 215:
    case 216:
    case 222:
{vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete((yypminor->yy174));}
      break;
    case 188:
    case 193:
    case 201:
    case 202:
{vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete((yypminor->yy373));}
      break;
    case 205:
    case 208:
    case 214:
{vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy432));}
      break;
    case 231:
    case 236:
{vtk_sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep((yypminor->yy243));}
      break;
    case 233:
{vtk_sqlite3IdListDelete((yypminor->yy370).b);}
      break;
    case 238:
{vtk_sqlite3ExprDelete((yypminor->yy386));}
      break;
    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
  }
}

/*
** Pop the parser's stack once.
**
** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
** is popped from the stack, then call it.
**
** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
*/
static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];

  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
      yyTracePrompt,
      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
  }
#endif
  yymajor = (unsigned char)(yytos->major);
  yy_destructor( yymajor, &yytos->minor);
  pParser->yyidx--;
  return yymajor;
}

/* 
** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
**       obtained from vtk_sqlite3ParserAlloc.
** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
**       from malloc.
** </ul>
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ParserFree(
  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
){
  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
  if( pParser==0 ) return;
  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
  free(pParser->yystack);
#endif
  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
}

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
**
** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
** return YY_NO_ACTION.
*/
static int yy_find_shift_action(
  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
 
  if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_MAX || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }
  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
    return YY_NO_ACTION;
  }
  i += iLookAhead;
  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
      int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
        if( yyTraceFILE ){
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
        }
#endif
        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, (YYCODETYPE)iFallback);
      }
#endif
#ifdef YYWILDCARD
      {
        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
        if( j>=0 && j<YY_SZ_ACTTAB && yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
          if( yyTraceFILE ){
            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
          }
#endif /* NDEBUG */
          return yy_action[j];
        }
      }
#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
    }
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }else{
    return yy_action[i];
  }
}

/*
** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
**
** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
** return YY_NO_ACTION.
*/
static int yy_find_reduce_action(
  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
){
  int i;
  /* int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno; */
 
  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_MAX ||
      (i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno])==YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT ){
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }
  if( iLookAhead==YYNOCODE ){
    return YY_NO_ACTION;
  }
  i += iLookAhead;
  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
    return yy_default[stateno];
  }else{
    return yy_action[i];
  }
}

/*
** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
*/
static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
   vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
   (void)yypMinor; /* use arg */
   yypParser->yyidx--;
#ifndef NDEBUG
   if( yyTraceFILE ){
     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
   }
#endif
   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
   ** stack every overflows */

  vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
  pParse->parseError = 1;
   vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
}

/*
** Perform a shift action.
*/
static void yy_shift(
  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer ot the minor token to shift in */
){
  yyStackEntry *yytos;
  yypParser->yyidx++;
#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
    return;
  }
#else
  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
      return;
    }
  }
#endif
  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
  yytos->major = yyMajor;
  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
    int i;
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
  }
#endif
}

/* The following table contains information about every rule that
** is used during the reduce.
*/
static const struct {
  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
} yyRuleInfo[] = {
  { 139, 1 },
  { 140, 2 },
  { 140, 1 },
  { 142, 1 },
  { 141, 1 },
  { 141, 3 },
  { 144, 0 },
  { 144, 1 },
  { 144, 3 },
  { 143, 3 },
  { 146, 0 },
  { 146, 1 },
  { 146, 2 },
  { 145, 0 },
  { 145, 1 },
  { 145, 1 },
  { 145, 1 },
  { 143, 2 },
  { 143, 2 },
  { 143, 2 },
  { 143, 2 },
  { 148, 6 },
  { 151, 0 },
  { 151, 3 },
  { 150, 1 },
  { 150, 0 },
  { 149, 4 },
  { 149, 2 },
  { 153, 3 },
  { 153, 1 },
  { 156, 3 },
  { 157, 1 },
  { 160, 1 },
  { 161, 1 },
  { 147, 1 },
  { 147, 1 },
  { 147, 1 },
  { 158, 0 },
  { 158, 1 },
  { 162, 1 },
  { 162, 4 },
  { 162, 6 },
  { 163, 1 },
  { 163, 2 },
  { 164, 1 },
  { 164, 1 },
  { 159, 2 },
  { 159, 0 },
  { 167, 3 },
  { 167, 1 },
  { 168, 2 },
  { 168, 4 },
  { 168, 3 },
  { 168, 3 },
  { 168, 2 },
  { 168, 2 },
  { 168, 3 },
  { 168, 5 },
  { 168, 2 },
  { 168, 4 },
  { 168, 4 },
  { 168, 1 },
  { 168, 2 },
  { 173, 0 },
  { 173, 1 },
  { 175, 0 },
  { 175, 2 },
  { 177, 2 },
  { 177, 3 },
  { 177, 3 },
  { 177, 3 },
  { 178, 2 },
  { 178, 2 },
  { 178, 1 },
  { 178, 1 },
  { 176, 3 },
  { 176, 2 },
  { 179, 0 },
  { 179, 2 },
  { 179, 2 },
  { 154, 0 },
  { 154, 2 },
  { 180, 3 },
  { 180, 2 },
  { 180, 1 },
  { 181, 2 },
  { 181, 7 },
  { 181, 5 },
  { 181, 5 },
  { 181, 10 },
  { 183, 0 },
  { 183, 1 },
  { 171, 0 },
  { 171, 3 },
  { 184, 0 },
  { 184, 2 },
  { 185, 1 },
  { 185, 1 },
  { 185, 1 },
  { 143, 4 },
  { 187, 2 },
  { 187, 0 },
  { 143, 8 },
  { 143, 4 },
  { 143, 1 },
  { 155, 1 },
  { 155, 3 },
  { 190, 1 },
  { 190, 2 },
  { 190, 1 },
  { 189, 9 },
  { 191, 1 },
  { 191, 1 },
  { 191, 0 },
  { 199, 2 },
  { 199, 0 },
  { 192, 3 },
  { 192, 2 },
  { 192, 4 },
  { 200, 2 },
  { 200, 1 },
  { 200, 0 },
  { 193, 0 },
  { 193, 2 },
  { 202, 2 },
  { 202, 0 },
  { 201, 6 },
  { 201, 7 },
  { 206, 1 },
  { 206, 1 },
  { 152, 0 },
  { 152, 2 },
  { 188, 2 },
  { 203, 1 },
  { 203, 2 },
  { 203, 3 },
  { 203, 4 },
  { 204, 2 },
  { 204, 0 },
  { 205, 4 },
  { 205, 0 },
  { 197, 0 },
  { 197, 3 },
  { 209, 4 },
  { 209, 2 },
  { 210, 1 },
  { 172, 1 },
  { 172, 1 },
  { 172, 0 },
  { 195, 0 },
  { 195, 3 },
  { 196, 0 },
  { 196, 2 },
  { 198, 0 },
  { 198, 2 },
  { 198, 4 },
  { 198, 4 },
  { 143, 4 },
  { 194, 0 },
  { 194, 2 },
  { 143, 6 },
  { 212, 5 },
  { 212, 3 },
  { 143, 8 },
  { 143, 5 },
  { 143, 6 },
  { 213, 2 },
  { 213, 1 },
  { 215, 3 },
  { 215, 1 },
  { 214, 0 },
  { 214, 3 },
  { 208, 3 },
  { 208, 1 },
  { 170, 1 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 169, 1 },
  { 170, 1 },
  { 170, 1 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 5 },
  { 169, 1 },
  { 169, 1 },
  { 170, 1 },
  { 170, 1 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 6 },
  { 170, 5 },
  { 170, 4 },
  { 169, 1 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 217, 1 },
  { 217, 2 },
  { 217, 1 },
  { 217, 2 },
  { 218, 2 },
  { 218, 0 },
  { 170, 4 },
  { 170, 2 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 4 },
  { 170, 2 },
  { 170, 2 },
  { 170, 2 },
  { 219, 1 },
  { 219, 2 },
  { 170, 5 },
  { 220, 1 },
  { 220, 2 },
  { 170, 5 },
  { 170, 3 },
  { 170, 5 },
  { 170, 4 },
  { 170, 4 },
  { 170, 5 },
  { 222, 5 },
  { 222, 4 },
  { 223, 2 },
  { 223, 0 },
  { 221, 1 },
  { 221, 0 },
  { 216, 1 },
  { 216, 0 },
  { 211, 3 },
  { 211, 1 },
  { 143, 11 },
  { 224, 1 },
  { 224, 0 },
  { 174, 0 },
  { 174, 3 },
  { 182, 5 },
  { 182, 3 },
  { 225, 1 },
  { 226, 0 },
  { 226, 2 },
  { 143, 4 },
  { 143, 1 },
  { 143, 2 },
  { 143, 5 },
  { 143, 5 },
  { 143, 5 },
  { 143, 6 },
  { 143, 3 },
  { 227, 1 },
  { 227, 1 },
  { 165, 2 },
  { 166, 2 },
  { 229, 1 },
  { 228, 1 },
  { 228, 0 },
  { 143, 5 },
  { 230, 11 },
  { 232, 1 },
  { 232, 1 },
  { 232, 2 },
  { 232, 0 },
  { 233, 1 },
  { 233, 1 },
  { 233, 3 },
  { 234, 0 },
  { 234, 3 },
  { 235, 0 },
  { 235, 2 },
  { 231, 3 },
  { 231, 0 },
  { 236, 6 },
  { 236, 8 },
  { 236, 5 },
  { 236, 4 },
  { 236, 1 },
  { 170, 4 },
  { 170, 6 },
  { 186, 1 },
  { 186, 1 },
  { 186, 1 },
  { 143, 4 },
  { 143, 6 },
  { 143, 3 },
  { 238, 0 },
  { 238, 2 },
  { 237, 1 },
  { 237, 0 },
  { 143, 1 },
  { 143, 3 },
  { 143, 1 },
  { 143, 3 },
  { 143, 6 },
  { 143, 6 },
  { 239, 1 },
  { 240, 0 },
  { 240, 1 },
  { 143, 1 },
  { 143, 4 },
  { 241, 7 },
  { 242, 1 },
  { 242, 3 },
  { 243, 0 },
  { 243, 2 },
  { 244, 1 },
  { 244, 3 },
  { 245, 1 },
  { 246, 0 },
  { 246, 2 },
};

static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */

/*
** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
** follow the reduce.
*/
static void yy_reduce(
  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
){
  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
  }
#endif /* NDEBUG */

  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
  **
  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
  */
  memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));


  switch( yyruleno ){
  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
  ** follows:
  **   case 0:
  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
  **     break;
  */
      case 0:
      case 1:
      case 2:
      case 4:
      case 5:
      case 10:
      case 11:
      case 12:
      case 20:
      case 28:
      case 29:
      case 37:
      case 44:
      case 45:
      case 46:
      case 47:
      case 48:
      case 49:
      case 55:
      case 82:
      case 83:
      case 84:
      case 85:
      case 256:
      case 257:
      case 267:
      case 268:
      case 288:
      case 289:
      case 297:
      case 298:
      case 302:
      case 303:
      case 305:
      case 309:
{
}
        break;
      case 3:
{ vtk_sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
        break;
      case 6:
{ vtk_sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
        break;
      case 7:
{ vtk_sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
        break;
      case 8:
{ vtk_sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
        break;
      case 9:
{vtk_sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 13:
{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_DEFERRED;}
        break;
      case 14:
      case 15:
      case 16:
      case 107:
      case 109:
{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].major;}
        break;
      case 17:
      case 18:
{vtk_sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
        break;
      case 19:
{vtk_sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
        break;
      case 21:
{
   vtk_sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 22:
      case 25:
      case 63:
      case 77:
      case 79:
      case 90:
      case 101:
      case 112:
      case 113:
      case 212:
      case 215:
{yygotominor.yy46 = 0;}
        break;
      case 23:
      case 24:
      case 64:
      case 78:
      case 100:
      case 111:
      case 213:
      case 216:
{yygotominor.yy46 = 1;}
        break;
      case 26:
{
  vtk_sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
}
        break;
      case 27:
{
  vtk_sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
}
        break;
      case 30:
{
  yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.z;
  yygotominor.yy410.n = (pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy410.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
}
        break;
      case 31:
{
  vtk_sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
  yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy410;
}
        break;
      case 32:
      case 33:
      case 34:
      case 35:
      case 36:
      case 255:
{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
        break;
      case 38:
{vtk_sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
        break;
      case 39:
      case 42:
      case 119:
      case 120:
      case 131:
      case 240:
      case 242:
      case 251:
      case 252:
      case 253:
      case 254:
{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[0].minor.yy410;}
        break;
      case 40:
{
  yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z;
  yygotominor.yy410.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z;
}
        break;
      case 41:
{
  yygotominor.yy410.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy410.z;
  yygotominor.yy410.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy410.z;
}
        break;
      case 43:
{yygotominor.yy410.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z; yygotominor.yy410.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z);}
        break;
      case 50:
      case 52:
{vtk_sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
        break;
      case 51:
{vtk_sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);}
        break;
      case 53:
{
  Expr *p = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p);
}
        break;
      case 54:
{
  Expr *p = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_STRING, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
  vtk_sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p);
}
        break;
      case 56:
{vtk_sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 57:
{vtk_sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 58:
{vtk_sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);}
        break;
      case 59:
{vtk_sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172);}
        break;
      case 60:
{vtk_sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 61:
{vtk_sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 62:
{vtk_sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, (char*)yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n);}
        break;
      case 65:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
        break;
      case 66:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy46 & yymsp[0].minor.yy405.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy405.value; }
        break;
      case 67:
{ yygotominor.yy405.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x000000; }
        break;
      case 68:
{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;     yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x0000ff; }
        break;
      case 69:
{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<8;  yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0x00ff00; }
        break;
      case 70:
{ yygotominor.yy405.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy46<<16; yygotominor.yy405.mask = 0xff0000; }
        break;
      case 71:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetNull; }
        break;
      case 72:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_SetDflt; }
        break;
      case 73:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Cascade; }
        break;
      case 74:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Restrict; }
        break;
      case 75:
      case 76:
      case 91:
      case 93:
      case 95:
      case 96:
      case 166:
{yygotominor.yy46 = yymsp[0].minor.yy46;}
        break;
      case 80:
{yygotominor.yy410.n = 0; yygotominor.yy410.z = 0;}
        break;
      case 81:
{yygotominor.yy410 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
        break;
      case 86:
{vtk_sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,yymsp[-2].minor.yy46,0);}
        break;
      case 87:
{vtk_sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy46,0,0,0,0);}
        break;
      case 88:
{vtk_sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172);}
        break;
      case 89:
{
    vtk_sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, yymsp[-2].minor.yy174, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
    vtk_sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 92:
      case 94:
{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Default;}
        break;
      case 97:
{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Ignore;}
        break;
      case 98:
      case 167:
{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Replace;}
        break;
      case 99:
{
  vtk_sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 102:
{
  vtk_sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-6].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 103:
{
  vtk_sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 104:
{
  vtk_sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, SRT_Callback, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[0].minor.yy219);
}
        break;
      case 105:
      case 128:
{yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219;}
        break;
      case 106:
{
  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy219 ){
    yymsp[0].minor.yy219->op = (u8)(yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
    yymsp[0].minor.yy219->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy219;
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-2].minor.yy219);
  }
  yygotominor.yy219 = yymsp[0].minor.yy219;
}
        break;
      case 108:
{yygotominor.yy46 = TK_ALL;}
        break;
      case 110:
{
  yygotominor.yy219 = vtk_sqlite3SelectNew(yymsp[-6].minor.yy174,yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,yymsp[-4].minor.yy172,yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-2].minor.yy172,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[-7].minor.yy46,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy234.pOffset);
}
        break;
      case 114:
      case 237:
{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174;}
        break;
      case 115:
      case 141:
      case 149:
      case 230:
      case 236:
{yygotominor.yy174 = 0;}
        break;
      case 116:
{
   yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy410.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy410:0);
}
        break;
      case 117:
{
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
}
        break;
      case 118:
{
  Expr *pRight = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
  Expr *pLeft = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-3].minor.yy174, vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0), 0);
}
        break;
      case 121:
{yygotominor.yy410.n = 0;}
        break;
      case 122:
{yygotominor.yy373 = vtk_sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*yygotominor.yy373));}
        break;
      case 123:
{
  yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[0].minor.yy373;
  vtk_sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy373);
}
        break;
      case 124:
{
   yygotominor.yy373 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy373;
   if( yygotominor.yy373 && yygotominor.yy373->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy373->a[yygotominor.yy373->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)(yymsp[0].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 125:
{yygotominor.yy373 = 0;}
        break;
      case 126:
{
  yygotominor.yy373 = vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(yymsp[-5].minor.yy373,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432);
}
        break;
      case 127:
{
    yygotominor.yy373 = vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(yymsp[-6].minor.yy373,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,yymsp[-4].minor.yy219,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,yymsp[0].minor.yy432);
  }
        break;
      case 129:
{
     vtk_sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[0].minor.yy373);
     yygotominor.yy219 = vtk_sqlite3SelectNew(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
  }
        break;
      case 130:
{yygotominor.yy410.z=0; yygotominor.yy410.n=0;}
        break;
      case 132:
{yygotominor.yy373 = vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
        break;
      case 133:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = JT_INNER; }
        break;
      case 134:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = vtk_sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
        break;
      case 135:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = vtk_sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,0); }
        break;
      case 136:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = vtk_sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); }
        break;
      case 137:
      case 145:
      case 152:
      case 159:
      case 174:
      case 202:
      case 225:
      case 227:
{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
        break;
      case 138:
      case 151:
      case 158:
      case 203:
      case 226:
      case 228:
{yygotominor.yy172 = 0;}
        break;
      case 139:
      case 171:
{yygotominor.yy432 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy432;}
        break;
      case 140:
      case 170:
{yygotominor.yy432 = 0;}
        break;
      case 142:
      case 150:
      case 229:
{yygotominor.yy174 = yymsp[0].minor.yy174;}
        break;
      case 143:
{
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-3].minor.yy174,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0);
  if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)(yymsp[0].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 144:
{
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy172,0);
  if( yygotominor.yy174 && yygotominor.yy174->a ) yygotominor.yy174->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)(yymsp[0].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 146:
      case 148:
{yygotominor.yy46 = VTK_SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
        break;
      case 147:
{yygotominor.yy46 = VTK_SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
        break;
      case 153:
{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;}
        break;
      case 154:
{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = 0;}
        break;
      case 155:
{yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
        break;
      case 156:
{yygotominor.yy234.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy172; yygotominor.yy234.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy172;}
        break;
      case 157:
{vtk_sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy373,yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
        break;
      case 160:
{
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,"set list"); 
  vtk_sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 161:
{yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);}
        break;
      case 162:
{yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);}
        break;
      case 163:
{vtk_sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 164:
{vtk_sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 165:
{vtk_sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy373, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy432, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 168:
      case 231:
{yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy174,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);}
        break;
      case 169:
      case 232:
{yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0,yymsp[0].minor.yy172,0);}
        break;
      case 172:
{yygotominor.yy432 = vtk_sqlite3IdListAppend(yymsp[-2].minor.yy432,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
        break;
      case 173:
{yygotominor.yy432 = vtk_sqlite3IdListAppend(0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
        break;
      case 175:
{yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy172; vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
        break;
      case 176:
      case 181:
      case 182:
{yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
        break;
      case 177:
      case 178:
{yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
        break;
      case 179:
{
  Expr *temp1 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
  Expr *temp2 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
}
        break;
      case 180:
{
  Expr *temp1 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy410);
  Expr *temp2 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
  Expr *temp3 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
  Expr *temp4 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
}
        break;
      case 183:
{yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
        break;
      case 184:
{
  Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
  Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr);
}
        break;
      case 185:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
}
        break;
      case 186:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
        break;
      case 187:
{
  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy174 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy174->nExpr>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){
    vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
  }
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3ExprFunction(yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 && yygotominor.yy172 ){
    yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_Distinct;
  }
}
        break;
      case 188:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3ExprFunction(0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
        break;
      case 189:
{
  /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are
  ** treated as functions that return constants */
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3ExprFunction(0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
    yygotominor.yy172->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;  
    yygotominor.yy172->span = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
  }
}
        break;
      case 190:
      case 191:
      case 192:
      case 193:
      case 194:
      case 195:
      case 196:
      case 197:
{yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);}
        break;
      case 198:
      case 200:
{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 0;}
        break;
      case 199:
      case 201:
{yygotominor.yy72.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy72.not = 1;}
        break;
      case 204:
{
  ExprList *pList;
  pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0);
  pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0);
  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy172 ){
    pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
  }
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3ExprFunction(pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.eOperator);
  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy72.not ) yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span);
  if( yygotominor.yy172 ) yygotominor.yy172->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
}
        break;
      case 205:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(yymsp[0].major, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
        break;
      case 206:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
        break;
      case 207:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
        break;
      case 208:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
        break;
      case 209:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
}
        break;
      case 210:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
}
        break;
      case 211:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
}
        break;
      case 214:
{
  ExprList *pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
  pList = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
  if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
    yygotominor.yy172->pList = pList;
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(pList);
  } 
  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy172->span);
}
        break;
      case 217:
{
    yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
      yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy174;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy174);
    }
    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  }
        break;
      case 218:
{
    yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
      yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
    }
    vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  }
        break;
      case 219:
{
    yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
      yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
    }
    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy172->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  }
        break;
      case 220:
{
    SrcList *pSrc = vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
    yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
      yygotominor.yy172->pSelect = vtk_sqlite3SelectNew(0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
    }
    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy46 ) yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy172, 0, 0);
    vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy172->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy410.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy410:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410);
  }
        break;
      case 221:
{
    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
    if( p ){
      p->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy219;
      vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
      vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3SelectDelete(yymsp[-1].minor.yy219);
    }
  }
        break;
      case 222:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, 0);
  if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
    yygotominor.yy172->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy174;
    vtk_sqlite3ExprSetHeight(yygotominor.yy172);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3ExprListDelete(yymsp[-2].minor.yy174);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
        break;
      case 223:
{
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
}
        break;
      case 224:
{
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy172, 0);
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yygotominor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, 0);
}
        break;
      case 233:
{
  vtk_sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy410, vtk_sqlite3SrcListAppend(0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[-9].minor.yy46,
                      &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, VTK_SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 234:
      case 281:
{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Abort;}
        break;
      case 235:
{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_None;}
        break;
      case 238:
{
  Expr *p = 0;
  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n>0 ){
    p = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
    if( p ) p->pColl = vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n);
  }
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(yymsp[-4].minor.yy174, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, "index");
  if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)(yymsp[0].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 239:
{
  Expr *p = 0;
  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n>0 ){
    p = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
    if( p ) p->pColl = vtk_sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, (char*)yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.z, yymsp[-1].minor.yy410.n);
  }
  yygotominor.yy174 = vtk_sqlite3ExprListAppend(0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410);
  vtk_sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy174, VTK_SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, "index");
  if( yygotominor.yy174 ) yygotominor.yy174->a[yygotominor.yy174->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)(yymsp[0].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 241:
{yygotominor.yy410.z = 0; yygotominor.yy410.n = 0;}
        break;
      case 243:
{vtk_sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373, yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 244:
      case 245:
{vtk_sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
        break;
      case 246:
{vtk_sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,0);}
        break;
      case 247:
{vtk_sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
        break;
      case 248:
{
  vtk_sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,1);
}
        break;
      case 249:
{vtk_sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,0);}
        break;
      case 250:
{vtk_sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410,0,0);}
        break;
      case 258:
{
  Token all;
  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z;
  all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy410.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
  vtk_sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy243, &all);
}
        break;
      case 259:
{
  vtk_sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy410, yymsp[-5].minor.yy46, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy370.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy373, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-10].minor.yy46, yymsp[-8].minor.yy46);
  yygotominor.yy410 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy410.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy410:yymsp[-6].minor.yy410);
}
        break;
      case 260:
      case 263:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_BEFORE; }
        break;
      case 261:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_AFTER;  }
        break;
      case 262:
{ yygotominor.yy46 = TK_INSTEAD;}
        break;
      case 264:
      case 265:
{yygotominor.yy370.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy370.b = 0;}
        break;
      case 266:
{yygotominor.yy370.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy370.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy432;}
        break;
      case 269:
{ yygotominor.yy172 = 0; }
        break;
      case 270:
{ yygotominor.yy172 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; }
        break;
      case 271:
{
  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 ){
    yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
  }else{
    yymsp[-2].minor.yy243 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
  }
  yymsp[-2].minor.yy243->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy243;
  yygotominor.yy243 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy243;
}
        break;
      case 272:
{ yygotominor.yy243 = 0; }
        break;
      case 273:
{ yygotominor.yy243 = vtk_sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(&yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, yymsp[0].minor.yy172, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46); }
        break;
      case 274:
{yygotominor.yy243 = vtk_sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-5].minor.yy410, yymsp[-4].minor.yy432, yymsp[-1].minor.yy174, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 275:
{yygotominor.yy243 = vtk_sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(&yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, yymsp[-1].minor.yy432, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy219, yymsp[-4].minor.yy46);}
        break;
      case 276:
{yygotominor.yy243 = vtk_sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(&yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);}
        break;
      case 277:
{yygotominor.yy243 = vtk_sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(yymsp[0].minor.yy219); }
        break;
      case 278:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
  if( yygotominor.yy172 ){
    yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
    vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  }
}
        break;
      case 279:
{
  yygotominor.yy172 = vtk_sqlite3Expr(TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410); 
  if( yygotominor.yy172 ) {
    yygotominor.yy172->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy46;
    vtk_sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy172, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
  }
}
        break;
      case 280:
{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Rollback;}
        break;
      case 282:
{yygotominor.yy46 = OE_Fail;}
        break;
      case 283:
{
  vtk_sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy373,yymsp[-1].minor.yy46);
}
        break;
      case 284:
{
  vtk_sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy172, yymsp[-1].minor.yy172, yymsp[0].minor.yy386);
}
        break;
      case 285:
{
  vtk_sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy172);
}
        break;
      case 286:
{ yygotominor.yy386 = 0; }
        break;
      case 287:
{ yygotominor.yy386 = yymsp[0].minor.yy172; }
        break;
      case 290:
{vtk_sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
        break;
      case 291:
{vtk_sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
        break;
      case 292:
{vtk_sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
        break;
      case 293:
{vtk_sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);}
        break;
      case 294:
{
  vtk_sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy373,&yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
}
        break;
      case 295:
{
  vtk_sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
}
        break;
      case 296:
{
  vtk_sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy373);
}
        break;
      case 299:
{vtk_sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
        break;
      case 300:
{vtk_sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
        break;
      case 301:
{
    vtk_sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy410, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy410, &yymsp[0].minor.yy410);
}
        break;
      case 304:
{vtk_sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
        break;
      case 306:
      case 307:
      case 308:
      case 310:
{vtk_sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
        break;
  };
  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno, (YYCODETYPE)yygoto);
  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
#ifdef NDEBUG
    /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
    if( yysize ){
      yypParser->yyidx++;
      yymsp -= yysize-1;
      yymsp->stateno = yyact;
      yymsp->major = yygoto;
      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
    }else
#endif
    {
      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
    }
  }else if( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 ){
    yy_accept(yypParser);
  }
}

/*
** The following code executes when the parse fails
*/
static void yy_parse_failed(
  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
){
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser fails */
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/*
** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
*/
static void yy_syntax_error(
  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
){
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
  (void)yymajor; /* use arg */
#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)

  if( !pParse->parseError ){
    if( TOKEN.z[0] ){
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete SQL statement");
    }
    pParse->parseError = 1;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/*
** The following is executed when the parser accepts
*/
static void yy_accept(
  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
){
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
  }
#endif
  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
  ** parser accepts */
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
}

/* The main parser program.
** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
** "vtk_sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
** use by the action routines.
**
** Inputs:
** <ul>
** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
** <li> The major token number.
** <li> The minor token number.
** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
** </ul>
**
** Outputs:
** None.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Parser(
  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
  vtk_sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
){
  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */

  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
      memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));
      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
      return;
    }
#endif
    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
  }
  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
  vtk_sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;

#ifndef NDEBUG
  if( yyTraceFILE ){
    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
  }
#endif

  do{
    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
      if( yyendofinput && yypParser->yyidx>=0 ){
        yymajor = 0;
      }else{
        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
      }
    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
    }else if( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ){
      int yymx;
#ifndef NDEBUG
      if( yyTraceFILE ){
        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
      }
#endif
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
      /* A syntax error has occurred.
      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
      **
      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
      **
      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
      **
      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
      **    the error symbol.
      **
      **  * Set the error count to three.
      **
      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
      **    shifted successfully.
      **
      */
      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
      }
      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
        if( yyTraceFILE ){
          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
        }
#endif
        yy_destructor((YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
      }else{
         while(
          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
        ){
          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
        }
        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
          yy_destructor((YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
          YYMINORTYPE u2;
          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
        }
      }
      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
      yyerrorhit = 1;
#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
      **
      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
      **
      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
      **
      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
      */
      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
      }
      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
      yy_destructor(yymajor,&yyminorunion);
      if( yyendofinput ){
        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
      }
      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
#endif
    }else{
      yy_accept(yypParser);
      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
    }
  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
  return;
}

/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
** parser for analysis.
**
** Id
*/

/*
** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
** need to be translated.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ASCII
# define charMap(X) vtk_sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_EBCDIC
# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
};
#endif

/*
** The vtk_sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
**
** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
** the #include below.
*/
/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
**
** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
**
**     Header
**
** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
** on platforms with limited memory.
*/
/* Hash score: 165 */
static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
  /* zText[] encodes 775 bytes of keywords in 526 bytes */
  static const char zText[526] =
    "BEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDESCAPEACHECKEYCONSTRAINTERSECTABLEFT"
    "HENDATABASELECTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISELSEXCEPTRIGGEREFERENCES"
    "UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEMPORARYBEGINNEREINDEXCLUSIVEXISTSBETWEEN"
    "OTNULLIKECASCADEFERRABLECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDELETEDETACH"
    "IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN"
    "WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICT"
    "CROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOB"
    "YIFINTOFFSETISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUM"
    "VIEWINITIALLY";
  static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
      63,  92, 109,  61,   0,  38,   0,   0,  69,   0,  64,   0,   0,
     102,   4,  65,   7,   0, 108,  72, 103,  99,   0,  22,   0,   0,
     113,   0, 111, 106,   0,  18,  80,   0,   1,   0,   0,  56,  57,
       0,  55,  11,   0,  33,  77,  89,   0, 110,  88,   0,   0,  45,
       0,  90,  54,   0,  20,   0, 114,  34,  19,   0,  10,  97,  28,
      83,   0,   0, 116,  93,  47, 115,  41,  12,  44,   0,  78,   0,
      87,  29,   0,  86,   0,   0,   0,  82,  79,  84,  75,  96,   6,
      14,  95,   0,  68,   0,  21,  76,  98,  27,   0, 112,  67, 104,
      49,  40,  71,   0,   0,  81, 100,   0, 107,   0,  15,   0,   0,
      24,   0,  73,  42,  50,   0,  16,  48,   0,  37,
  };
  static const unsigned char aNext[116] = {
       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   9,   0,   0,   0,
       0,   0,   0,   0,   5,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  32,   0,   0,
      17,   0,   0,   0,  36,  39,   0,   0,  25,   0,   0,  31,   0,
       0,   0,  43,  52,   0,   0,   0,  53,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
       0,   0,   0,   0,  51,   0,   0,   0,   0,  26,   0,   8,  46,
       2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   3,  58,  66,   0,  13,
       0,  91,  85,   0,  94,   0,  74,   0,   0,  62,   0,  35, 101,
       0,   0, 105,  23,  30,  60,  70,   0,   0,  59,   0,   0,
  };
  static const unsigned char aLen[116] = {
       6,   7,   3,   6,   6,   7,   7,   3,   4,   6,   4,   5,   3,
      10,   9,   5,   4,   4,   3,   8,   2,   6,  11,   2,   7,   5,
       5,   4,   6,   7,  10,   6,   5,   6,   6,   5,   6,   4,   9,
       2,   5,   5,   7,   5,   9,   6,   7,   7,   3,   4,   4,   7,
       3,  10,   4,   7,   6,  12,   6,   6,   9,   4,   6,   5,   4,
       7,   6,   5,   6,   7,   5,   4,   5,   6,   5,   7,   3,   7,
      13,   2,   2,   4,   6,   6,   8,   5,  17,  12,   7,   8,   8,
       2,   4,   4,   4,   4,   4,   2,   2,   4,   6,   2,   3,   6,
       5,   8,   5,   5,   8,   3,   5,   5,   6,   4,   9,   3,
  };
  static const unsigned short int aOffset[116] = {
       0,   2,   2,   6,  10,  13,  18,  23,  25,  26,  31,  33,  37,
      40,  47,  55,  58,  61,  63,  65,  70,  71,  76,  85,  86,  91,
      95,  99, 102, 107, 113, 123, 126, 131, 136, 141, 144, 148, 148,
     152, 157, 160, 164, 166, 169, 177, 183, 189, 189, 192, 195, 199,
     200, 204, 214, 218, 225, 231, 243, 249, 255, 264, 266, 272, 277,
     279, 286, 291, 296, 302, 308, 313, 317, 320, 326, 330, 337, 339,
     346, 348, 350, 359, 363, 369, 375, 383, 388, 388, 404, 411, 418,
     419, 426, 430, 434, 438, 442, 445, 447, 449, 452, 452, 455, 458,
     464, 468, 476, 480, 485, 493, 496, 501, 506, 512, 516, 521,
  };
  static const unsigned char aCode[116] = {
    TK_BEFORE,     TK_FOREIGN,    TK_FOR,        TK_IGNORE,     TK_LIKE_KW,    
    TK_EXPLAIN,    TK_INSTEAD,    TK_ADD,        TK_DESC,       TK_ESCAPE,     
    TK_EACH,       TK_CHECK,      TK_KEY,        TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTERSECT,  
    TK_TABLE,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_THEN,       TK_END,        TK_DATABASE,   
    TK_AS,         TK_SELECT,     TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON,         TK_JOIN_KW,    
    TK_ALTER,      TK_RAISE,      TK_ELSE,       TK_EXCEPT,     TK_TRIGGER,    
    TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE,     TK_QUERY,      TK_ATTACH,     TK_HAVING,     
    TK_GROUP,      TK_UPDATE,     TK_TEMP,       TK_TEMP,       TK_OR,         
    TK_BEGIN,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_REINDEX,    TK_INDEX,      TK_EXCLUSIVE,  
    TK_EXISTS,     TK_BETWEEN,    TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NOT,        TK_NULL,       
    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_CASCADE,    TK_ASC,        TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_CASE,       
    TK_COLLATE,    TK_CREATE,     TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_DELETE,     TK_DETACH,     
    TK_IMMEDIATE,  TK_JOIN,       TK_INSERT,     TK_MATCH,      TK_PLAN,       
    TK_ANALYZE,    TK_PRAGMA,     TK_ABORT,      TK_VALUES,     TK_VIRTUAL,    
    TK_LIMIT,      TK_WHEN,       TK_WHERE,      TK_RENAME,     TK_AFTER,      
    TK_REPLACE,    TK_AND,        TK_DEFAULT,    TK_AUTOINCR,   TK_TO,         
    TK_IN,         TK_CAST,       TK_COLUMNKW,   TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   
    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_PRIMARY,    TK_DEFERRED,   
    TK_DISTINCT,   TK_IS,         TK_DROP,       TK_FAIL,       TK_FROM,       
    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_BY,         TK_IF,         TK_INTO,       
    TK_OFFSET,     TK_OF,         TK_SET,        TK_ISNULL,     TK_ORDER,      
    TK_RESTRICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        
    TK_UNION,      TK_USING,      TK_VACUUM,     TK_VIEW,       TK_INITIALLY,  
    TK_ALL,        
  };
  int h, i;
  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
  h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
      (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
      n) % 127;
  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
    if( aLen[i]==n && vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
      return aCode[i];
    }
  }
  return TK_ID;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
  return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
}

/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/


/*
** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
**
** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
** vtk_sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
**
** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
** end result.
**
** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
** But the feature is undocumented.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ASCII
const char vtk_sqlite3IsIdChar[] = {
/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
};
#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && vtk_sqlite3IsIdChar[c-0x20]))
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_EBCDIC
const char vtk_sqlite3IsIdChar[] = {
/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
};
#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && vtk_sqlite3IsIdChar[c-0x40]))
#endif


/*
** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
*/
static int getToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
  int i, c;
  switch( *z ){
    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
      for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){}
      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
      return i;
    }
    case '-': {
      if( z[1]=='-' ){
        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
        *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
        return i;
      }
      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
      return 1;
    }
    case '(': {
      *tokenType = TK_LP;
      return 1;
    }
    case ')': {
      *tokenType = TK_RP;
      return 1;
    }
    case ';': {
      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
      return 1;
    }
    case '+': {
      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
      return 1;
    }
    case '*': {
      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
      return 1;
    }
    case '/': {
      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
        return 1;
      }
      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
      if( c ) i++;
      *tokenType = TK_COMMENT;
      return i;
    }
    case '%': {
      *tokenType = TK_REM;
      return 1;
    }
    case '=': {
      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
    }
    case '<': {
      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
        *tokenType = TK_LE;
        return 2;
      }else if( c=='>' ){
        *tokenType = TK_NE;
        return 2;
      }else if( c=='<' ){
        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
        return 2;
      }else{
        *tokenType = TK_LT;
        return 1;
      }
    }
    case '>': {
      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
        *tokenType = TK_GE;
        return 2;
      }else if( c=='>' ){
        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
        return 2;
      }else{
        *tokenType = TK_GT;
        return 1;
      }
    }
    case '!': {
      if( z[1]!='=' ){
        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
        return 2;
      }else{
        *tokenType = TK_NE;
        return 2;
      }
    }
    case '|': {
      if( z[1]!='|' ){
        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
        return 1;
      }else{
        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
        return 2;
      }
    }
    case ',': {
      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
      return 1;
    }
    case '&': {
      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
      return 1;
    }
    case '~': {
      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
      return 1;
    }
    case '`':
    case '\'':
    case '"': {
      int delim = z[0];
      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
        if( c==delim ){
          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
            i++;
          }else{
            break;
          }
        }
      }
      if( c ){
        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
        return i+1;
      }else{
        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
        return i;
      }
    }
    case '.': {
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      if( !isdigit(z[1]) )
#endif
      {
        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
        return 1;
      }
      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
    }
    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
      for(i=0; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
      if( z[i]=='.' ){
        i++;
        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
      }
      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
           ( isdigit(z[i+1]) 
            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2]))
           )
      ){
        i += 2;
        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
      }
#endif
      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
        i++;
      }
      return i;
    }
    case '[': {
      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
      *tokenType = TK_ID;
      return i;
    }
    case '?': {
      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
      return i;
    }
    case '#': {
      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
      if( i>1 ){
        /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
        ** internally by vtk_sqlite3NestedParse.  */
        *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
        return i;
      }
      /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
      ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
    case '$':
#endif
    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
    case ':': {
      int n = 0;
      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
        if( IdChar(c) ){
          n++;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
          do{
            i++;
          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' );
          if( c==')' ){
            i++;
          }else{
            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
          }
          break;
        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
          i++;
#endif
        }else{
          break;
        }
      }
      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
      return i;
    }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
    case 'x': case 'X': {
      if( (c=z[1])=='\'' || c=='"' ){
        int delim = c;
        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
          if( c==delim ){
            if( i%2 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
            break;
          }
          if( !isxdigit(c) ){
            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
            return i;
          }
        }
        if( c ) i++;
        return i;
      }
      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
    }
#endif
    default: {
      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
        break;
      }
      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
      return i;
    }
  }
  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
  return 1;
}
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
  return getToken(z, tokenType);
}

/*
** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void *vtk_sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);

/*
** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
** passed in.  An VTK_SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
** and pzErrMsg!=NULL then an error message might be written into 
** memory obtained from malloc() and *pzErrMsg made to point to that
** error message.  Or maybe not.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
  int nErr = 0;
  int i;
  void *pEngine;
  int tokenType;
  int lastTokenParsed = -1;
  vtk_sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
  }
  pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  i = 0;
  pEngine = vtk_sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))vtk_sqlite3MallocX);
  if( pEngine==0 ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
  pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql;
  while( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() && zSql[i]!=0 ){
    assert( i>=0 );
    pParse->sLastToken.z = (u8*)&zSql[i];
    assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
    pParse->sLastToken.n = getToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
    if( i>VTK_SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ){
      pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_TOOBIG;
      break;
    }
    switch( tokenType ){
      case TK_SPACE:
      case TK_COMMENT: {
        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
          pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
          vtk_sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, "interrupt", (char*)0);
          goto abort_parse;
        }
        break;
      }
      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
        if( pzErrMsg ){
          vtk_sqliteFree(*pzErrMsg);
          *pzErrMsg = vtk_sqlite3MPrintf("unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
                          &pParse->sLastToken);
        }
        nErr++;
        goto abort_parse;
      }
      case TK_SEMI: {
        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
        /* Fall thru into the default case */
      }
      default: {
        vtk_sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
        if( pParse->rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
          goto abort_parse;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
  }
abort_parse:
  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
      vtk_sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
    }
    vtk_sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, vtk_sqlite3FreeX);
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( pParse->rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=VTK_SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc), (char*)0);
  }
  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
    if( pzErrMsg && *pzErrMsg==0 ){
      *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
    }else{
      vtk_sqliteFree(pParse->zErrMsg);
    }
    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
    if( !nErr ) nErr++;
  }
  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
  }
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
    vtk_sqliteFree(pParse->aTableLock);
    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
  }
#endif

  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
    */
    vtk_sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
  }

  vtk_sqlite3DeleteTrigger(pParse->pNewTrigger);
  vtk_sqliteFree(pParse->apVarExpr);
  if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==VTK_SQLITE_DONE) ){
    pParse->rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  return nErr;
}

/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
**
** Id
*/

/*
** The version of the library
*/
const char vtk_sqlite3_version[] = VTK_SQLITE_VERSION;
VTK_SQLITE_API const char *vtk_sqlite3_libversion(void){ return vtk_sqlite3_version; }
int vtk_sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return VTK_SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }

/*
** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
** VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
** are intended for debugging activity only.
*/
void (*vtk_sqlite3_io_trace)(const char*, ...) = 0;

/*
** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
** temporary files.
**
** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
*/
char *vtk_sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;


/*
** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
** available.
*/
static int binCollFunc(
  void *NotUsed,
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
){
  int rc, n;
  (void)NotUsed; /* use arg */
  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
  if( rc==0 ){
    rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
**
** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
**
** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
*/
static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
  void *NotUsed,
  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
){
  int r = vtk_sqlite3StrNICmp(
      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
  (void)NotUsed; /* use arg */
  if( 0==r ){
    r = nKey1-nKey2;
  }
  return r;
}

/*
** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
*/
vtk_sqlite_int64 vtk_sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  return db->lastRowid;
}

/*
** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to vtk_sqlite3_exec().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_changes(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  return db->nChange;
}

/*
** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_total_changes(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  return db->nTotalChange;
}

/*
** Close an existing SQLite database
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_close(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  HashElem *i;
  int j;

  if( !db ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_SSE
  {
    extern void vtk_sqlite3SseCleanup(vtk_sqlite3*);
    vtk_sqlite3SseCleanup(db);
  }
#endif 

  vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);

  /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above
  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following vtk_sqlite3VtabRollback()
  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
  ** some prepared statements internally.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3VtabRollback(db);

  /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY. */
  if( db->pVdbe ){
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
    return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
  }
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) );

  /* FIX ME: db->magic may be set to VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED if the database
  ** cannot be opened for some reason. So this routine needs to run in
  ** that case. But maybe there should be an extra magic value for the
  ** "failed to open" state.
  **
  ** TODO: Coverage tests do not test the case where this condition is
  ** true. It's hard to see how to cause it without messing with threads.
  */
  if( db->magic!=(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED && vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
    /* printf("DID NOT CLOSE\n"); fflush(stdout); */
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
    if( pDb->pBt ){
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
      pDb->pBt = 0;
      if( j!=1 ){
        pDb->pSchema = 0;
      }
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
  for(i=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=vtk_sqliteHashNext(i)){
    FuncDef *pFunc, *pNext;
    for(pFunc = (FuncDef*)vtk_sqliteHashData(i); pFunc; pFunc=pNext){
      pNext = pFunc->pNext;
      vtk_sqliteFree(pFunc);
    }
  }

  for(i=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=vtk_sqliteHashNext(i)){
    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)vtk_sqliteHashData(i);
    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
      }
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(pColl);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  for(i=vtk_sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=vtk_sqliteHashNext(i)){
    Module *pMod = (Module *)vtk_sqliteHashData(i);
    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
    }
    vtk_sqliteFree(pMod);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif

  vtk_sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc);
  vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
  if( db->pErr ){
    vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);

  db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;

  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
  ** objects (using vtk_sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of vtk_sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
  ** the same vtk_sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
  ** structure?
  */
  vtk_sqliteFree(db->aDb[1].pSchema);
  vtk_sqliteFree(db);
  vtk_sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Rollback all database files.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE void vtk_sqlite3RollbackAll(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  int i;
  int inTrans = 0;
  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
      if( vtk_sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
        inTrans = 1;
      }
      vtk_sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
      db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
  if( db->flags&VTK_SQLITE_InternChanges ){
    vtk_sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
  }

  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
  }
}

/*
** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
** argument.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
  const char *z;
  switch( rc & 0xff ){
    case VTK_SQLITE_ROW:
    case VTK_SQLITE_DONE:
    case VTK_SQLITE_OK:         z = "not an error";                          break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_ERROR:      z = "SQL logic error or missing database";   break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_PERM:       z = "access permission denied";              break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_ABORT:      z = "callback requested query abort";        break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_BUSY:       z = "database is locked";                    break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_LOCKED:     z = "database table is locked";              break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM:      z = "out of memory";                         break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_READONLY:   z = "attempt to write a readonly database";  break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  z = "interrupted";                           break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_IOERR:      z = "disk I/O error";                        break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT:    z = "database disk image is malformed";      break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_FULL:       z = "database or disk is full";              break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   z = "unable to open database file";          break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_EMPTY:      z = "table contains no data";                break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_SCHEMA:     z = "database schema has changed";           break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_TOOBIG:     z = "String or BLOB exceeded size limit";    break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed";                     break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_MISMATCH:   z = "datatype mismatch";                     break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE:     z = "library routine called out of sequence";break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_NOLFS:      z = "kernel lacks large file support";       break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_AUTH:       z = "authorization denied";                  break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_FORMAT:     z = "auxiliary database format error";       break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_RANGE:      z = "bind or column index out of range";     break;
    case VTK_SQLITE_NOTADB:     z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break;
    default:                z = "unknown error";                         break;
  }
  return z;
}

/*
** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
** argument.
*/
static int vtk_sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
 void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
 int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
){
#if OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
  static const u8 delays[] =
     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
  static const u8 totals[] =
     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
  int timeout = ((vtk_sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
  int delay, prior;

  assert( count>=0 );
  if( count < NDELAY ){
    delay = delays[count];
    prior = totals[count];
  }else{
    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
  }
  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
    delay = timeout - prior;
    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsSleep(delay);
  return 1;
#else
  int timeout = ((vtk_sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
    return 0;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3OsSleep(1000);
  return 1;
#endif
}

/*
** Invoke the given busy handler.
**
** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
** returns 0, the operation aborts with an VTK_SQLITE_BUSY error.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
  int rc;
  if( p==0 || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
  if( rc==0 ){
    p->nBusy = -1;
  }else{
    p->nBusy++;
  }
  return rc; 
}

/*
** This routine sets the busy callback for an SQLite database to the
** given callback function with the given argument.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_busy_handler(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
  void *pArg
){
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
/*
** This routine sets the progress callback for an SQLite database to the
** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_progress_handler(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db, 
  int nOps,
  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
  void *pArg
){
  if( !vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    if( nOps>0 ){
      db->xProgress = xProgress;
      db->nProgressOps = nOps;
      db->pProgressArg = pArg;
    }else{
      db->xProgress = 0;
      db->nProgressOps = 0;
      db->pProgressArg = 0;
    }
  }
}
#endif


/*
** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_busy_timeout(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int ms){
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  if( ms>0 ){
    db->busyTimeout = ms;
    vtk_sqlite3_busy_handler(db, vtk_sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
  }else{
    vtk_sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API void vtk_sqlite3_interrupt(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  if( db && (db->magic==(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || 
             db->magic==(int)VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY) ){
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
  }
}

/*
** Memory allocation routines that use SQLites internal memory
** memory allocator.  Depending on how SQLite is compiled, the
** internal memory allocator might be just an alias for the
** system default malloc/realloc/free.  Or the built-in allocator
** might do extra stuff like put sentinals around buffers to 
** check for overruns or look for memory leaks.
**
** Use vtk_sqlite3_free() to free memory returned by vtk_sqlite3_mprintf().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API void vtk_sqlite3_free(void *p){ if( p ) vtk_sqlite3OsFree(p); }
VTK_SQLITE_API void *vtk_sqlite3_malloc(int nByte){ return nByte>0 ? vtk_sqlite3OsMalloc(nByte) : 0; }
VTK_SQLITE_API void *vtk_sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int nByte){ 
  if( pOld ){
    if( nByte>0 ){
      return vtk_sqlite3OsRealloc(pOld, nByte);
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3OsFree(pOld);
      return 0;
    }
  }else{
    return vtk_sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
  }
}

/*
** This function is exactly the same as vtk_sqlite3_create_function(), except
** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
** that if a malloc() fails in vtk_sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int enc,
  void *pUserData,
  void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **),
  void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **),
  void (*xFinal)(vtk_sqlite3_context*)
){
  FuncDef *p;
  int nName;

  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
      (nArg<-1 || nArg>127) ||
      (255<(nName = strlen(zFunctionName))) ){
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters");
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
  /* If VTK_SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
  ** to one of VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE or VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
  ** VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. VTK_SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
  **
  ** If VTK_SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
  ** to the hash table.
  */
  if( enc==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16 ){
    enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
  }else if( enc==VTK_SQLITE_ANY ){
    int rc;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,
         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    rc = vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE,
        pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
    if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE;
  }
#else
  enc = VTK_SQLITE_UTF8;
#endif
  
  /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
  ** and there are active VMs, then return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
  */
  p = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
  if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
      vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "Unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
      assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
      return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    }else{
      vtk_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
    }
  }

  p = vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
  if( p ){
    p->flags = 0;
    p->xFunc = xFunc;
    p->xStep = xStep;
    p->xFinalize = xFinal;
    p->pUserData = pUserData;
    p->nArg = (i16)nArg;
  }
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Create new user functions.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_function(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int enc,
  void *p,
  void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **),
  void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value **),
  void (*xFinal)(vtk_sqlite3_context*)
){
  int rc;
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  rc = vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);

  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
int vtk_sqlite3_create_function16(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  const void *zFunctionName,
  int nArg,
  int eTextRep,
  void *p,
  void (*xFunc)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xStep)(vtk_sqlite3_context*,int,vtk_sqlite3_value**),
  void (*xFinal)(vtk_sqlite3_context*)
){
  int rc;
  char *zFunc8;
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );

  zFunc8 = vtk_sqlite3Utf16to8(zFunctionName, -1);
  rc = vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zFunc8);

  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}
#endif


/*
** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
**
** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
**
** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
** properly.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_overload_function(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  const char *zName,
  int nArg
){
  int nName = strlen(zName);
  if( vtk_sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8,
                      0, vtk_sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0);
  }
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, VTK_SQLITE_OK);
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
/*
** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
** is returned.  
**
** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
** SQL statement.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API void *vtk_sqlite3_trace(vtk_sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
  void *pOld = db->pTraceArg;
  db->xTrace = xTrace;
  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
  return pOld;
}
/*
** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
** profile function is returned.  
**
** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
** each SQL statement that is run.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API void *vtk_sqlite3_profile(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,
  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,vtk_sqlite_uint64),
  void *pArg
){
  void *pOld = db->pProfileArg;
  db->xProfile = xProfile;
  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
  return pOld;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */

/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
**
** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
** rollback.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_commit_hook(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
){
  void *pOld = db->pCommitArg;
  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
  return pOld;
}

/*
** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_update_hook(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,vtk_sqlite_int64),
  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
){
  void *pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
  return pRet;
}

/*
** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
** back by this database connection.
*/
void *vtk_sqlite3_rollback_hook(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
){
  void *pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
  return pRet;
}

/*
** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
** driver.  If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
** opened and used.  If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
** the connection is closed.)  If zFilename is NULL then the database
** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as
** soon as the connection is closed.
**
** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory,
** depending on the values of the TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the
** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart:
**
**       TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
**       ----------     --------------     ------------------------------
**           0               any             file
**           1                1              file
**           1                2              memory
**           1                0              file
**           2                1              file
**           2                2              memory
**           2                0              memory
**           3               any             memory
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3BtreeFactory(
  const vtk_sqlite3 *db,        /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
  int omitJournal,          /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
  int nCache,               /* How many pages in the page cache */
  Btree **ppBtree           /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
){
  int btree_flags = 0;
  int rc;
  
  assert( ppBtree != 0);
  if( omitJournal ){
    btree_flags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
  }
  if( db->flags & VTK_SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
    btree_flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
  }
  if( zFilename==0 ){
#if TEMP_STORE==0
    /* Do nothing */
#endif
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
#if TEMP_STORE==1
    if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
#endif
#if TEMP_STORE==2
    if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
#endif
#if TEMP_STORE==3
    zFilename = ":memory:";
#endif
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */
  }

  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (vtk_sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btree_flags);
  if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(*ppBtree, (void*)&db->busyHandler);
    vtk_sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
** error.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API const char *vtk_sqlite3_errmsg(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  const char *z;
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  if( !db ){
    return vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM);
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE ){
    return vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE);
  }
  z = (char*)vtk_sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
  if( z==0 ){
    z = vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
  }
  return z;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
** error.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API const void *vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode
  ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a 
  ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with
  ** &big_endian[1].
  */
  static const char outOfMemBe[] = {
    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
    0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0
  };
  static const char misuseBe [] = {
    0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', 
    0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', 
    0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', 
    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
    0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0
  };

  const void *z;
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  if( !db ){
    return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) || db->errCode==VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE ){
    return (void *)(&misuseBe[VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
  }
  z = vtk_sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
  if( z==0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, vtk_sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
         VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
    z = vtk_sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(0, 0);
  return z;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during vtk_sqlite3_open().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_errcode(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  if( !db || vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  return db->errCode & db->errMask;
}

/*
** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
** and the encoding is enc.
*/
static int createCollation(
  vtk_sqlite3* db, 
  const char *zName, 
  int enc, 
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDel)(void*)
){
  CollSeq *pColl;
  int enc2;
  
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }

  /* If VTK_SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
  ** to one of VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE or VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
  ** VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. VTK_SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
  */
  enc2 = enc & ~VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED;
  if( enc2==VTK_SQLITE_UTF16 ){
    enc2 = VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
  }

  if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown encoding");
    return VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }

  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
  */
  pColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 0);
  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
      vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_BUSY, 
        "Unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
      return VTK_SQLITE_BUSY;
    }
    vtk_sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);

    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
    ** vtk_sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
    ** to be called.
    */ 
    if( (pColl->enc & ~VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
      CollSeq *aColl = vtk_sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, strlen(zName));
      int j;
      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
          if( p->xDel ){
            p->xDel(p->pUser);
          }
          p->xCmp = 0;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  pColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, strlen(zName), 1);
  if( pColl ){
    pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
    pColl->pUser = pCtx;
    pColl->xDel = xDel;
    pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & VTK_SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
  }
  vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_OK, 0);
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}


/*
** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
** vtk_sqlite3_open() and vtk_sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
** is UTF-8 encoded.
*/
static int openDatabase(
  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
  vtk_sqlite3 **ppDb         /* OUT: Returned database handle */
){
  vtk_sqlite3 *db;
  int rc;
  CollSeq *pColl;

  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );

  /* Allocate the vtk_sqlite data structure */
  db = vtk_sqliteMalloc( sizeof(vtk_sqlite3) );
  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
  db->errMask = 0xff;
  db->priorNewRowid = 0;
  db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
  db->nDb = 2;
  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
  db->autoCommit = 1;
  db->flags |= VTK_SQLITE_ShortColNames
#if VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
                 | VTK_SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
#endif
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
                 | VTK_SQLITE_LoadExtension
#endif
      ;
  vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&db->aFunc, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
  vtk_sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, VTK_SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
#endif

  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
  */
  if( createCollation(db, "BINARY", VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0) ||
      createCollation(db, "BINARY", VTK_SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0) ||
      createCollation(db, "BINARY", VTK_SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0) ||
      (db->pDfltColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0))==0 
  ){
    assert( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
    db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);

  /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */
  db->pDfltColl->type = VTK_SQLITE_COLL_BINARY;
  pColl = vtk_sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 6, 0);
  if( pColl ){
    pColl->type = VTK_SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE;
  }

  /* Open the backend database driver */
  rc = vtk_sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
                           &db->aDb[0].pBt);
  if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    vtk_sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
    db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
    goto opendb_out;
  }
  db->aDb[0].pSchema = vtk_sqlite3SchemaGet(db->aDb[0].pBt);
  db->aDb[1].pSchema = vtk_sqlite3SchemaGet(0);


  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
  */
  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
#endif

  db->magic = VTK_SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
  if( vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    goto opendb_out;
  }

  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
  ** is accessed.
  */
  vtk_sqlite3Error(db, VTK_SQLITE_OK, 0);
  vtk_sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);

  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
  ** using the vtk_sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
  */
  (void)vtk_sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
  if( vtk_sqlite3_errcode(db)!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    goto opendb_out;
  }

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
  if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() ){
    extern int vtk_sqlite3Fts1Init(vtk_sqlite3*);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
  }
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
  if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() && rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    extern int vtk_sqlite3Fts2Init(vtk_sqlite3*);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
  }
#endif

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
  if( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() && rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
    extern int vtk_sqlite3IcuInit(vtk_sqlite3*);
    rc = vtk_sqlite3IcuInit(db);
  }
#endif
  vtk_sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);

  /* -DVTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
  ** mode.  -DVTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
  */
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
  db->dfltLockMode = VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
  vtk_sqlite3PagerLockingMode(vtk_sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
                          VTK_SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
#endif

opendb_out:
  if( VTK_SQLITE_NOMEM==(rc = vtk_sqlite3_errcode(db)) ){
    vtk_sqlite3_close(db);
    db = 0;
  }
  *ppDb = db;
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}

/*
** Open a new database handle.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_open(
  const char *zFilename, 
  vtk_sqlite3 **ppDb 
){
  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb);
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Open a new database handle.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_open16(
  const void *zFilename, 
  vtk_sqlite3 **ppDb
){
  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  vtk_sqlite3_value *pVal;

  assert( zFilename );
  assert( ppDb );
  *ppDb = 0;
  pVal = vtk_sqlite3ValueNew();
  vtk_sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, VTK_SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, VTK_SQLITE_STATIC);
  zFilename8 = vtk_sqlite3ValueText(pVal, VTK_SQLITE_UTF8);
  if( zFilename8 ){
    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb);
    if( rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && *ppDb ){
      rc = vtk_sqlite3_exec(*ppDb, "PRAGMA encoding = 'UTF-16'", 0, 0, 0);
      if( rc!=VTK_SQLITE_OK ){
        vtk_sqlite3_close(*ppDb);
        *ppDb = 0;
      }
    }
  }
  vtk_sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);

  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
** the vtk_sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an VTK_SQLITE_
** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
** machine.
**
** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
** vtk_sqlite3_errcode(), vtk_sqlite3_errmsg() and vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_finalize(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  int rc;
  if( pStmt==0 ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
** the prior execution is returned.
**
** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
** vtk_sqlite3_errcode(), vtk_sqlite3_errmsg() and vtk_sqlite3_errmsg16().
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_reset(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  int rc;
  if( pStmt==0 ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    rc = vtk_sqlite3VdbeReset((Vdbe*)pStmt);
    vtk_sqlite3VdbeMakeReady((Vdbe*)pStmt, -1, 0, 0, 0);
    assert( (rc & (vtk_sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt)->errMask))==rc );
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_collation(
  vtk_sqlite3* db, 
  const char *zName, 
  int enc, 
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
  int rc;
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}

/*
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
  vtk_sqlite3* db, 
  const char *zName, 
  int enc, 
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
  void(*xDel)(void*)
){
  int rc;
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_create_collation16(
  vtk_sqlite3* db, 
  const char *zName, 
  int enc, 
  void* pCtx,
  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  char *zName8; 
  assert( !vtk_sqlite3MallocFailed() );
  zName8 = vtk_sqlite3Utf16to8(zName, -1);
  if( zName8 ){
    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
    vtk_sqliteFree(zName8);
  }
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

/*
** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db, 
  void *pCollNeededArg, 
  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,vtk_sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
){
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_collation_needed16(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db, 
  void *pCollNeededArg, 
  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,vtk_sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
){
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyCheck(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif /* VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER
/*
** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_global_recover(){
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif

/*
** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
**
******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_get_autocommit(vtk_sqlite3 *db){
  return db->autoCommit;
}

#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The following routine is subtituted for constant VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT in
** debugging builds.  This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when
** corruption is first detected.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_PRIVATE int vtk_sqlite3Corrupt(void){
  return VTK_SQLITE_CORRUPT;
}
#endif


#ifndef VTK_SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features for the
** current thread.
**
** This routine should only be called when there are no open
** database connections.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
  ThreadData *pTd = vtk_sqlite3ThreadData();
  if( pTd ){
    /* It is only legal to call vtk_sqlite3_enable_shared_cache() when there
    ** are no currently open b-trees that were opened by the calling thread.
    ** This condition is only easy to detect if the shared-cache were 
    ** previously enabled (and is being disabled). 
    */
    if( pTd->pBtree && !enable ){
      assert( pTd->useSharedData );
      return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
    }

    pTd->useSharedData = (u8)enable;
    vtk_sqlite3ReleaseThreadData();
  }
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(0, VTK_SQLITE_OK);
}
#endif

/*
** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
** data for this thread has been deallocated.
*/
void vtk_sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
  ThreadData *pTd = vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(0);
  if( pTd ){
    memset(pTd, 0, sizeof(*pTd));
    vtk_sqlite3OsThreadSpecificData(-1);
  }
}

/*
** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
** See comment in vtk_sqlite3.h (vtk_sqlite.h.in) for details.
*/
#ifdef VTK_SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
int vtk_sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
  vtk_sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if colums is auto-increment */
){
  int rc;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  Table *pTab = 0;
  Column *pCol = 0;
  int iCol;

  char const *zDataType = 0;
  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
  int notnull = 0;
  int primarykey = 0;
  int autoinc = 0;

  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
    return VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }
  rc = vtk_sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
    goto error_out;
  }

  /* Locate the table in question */
  pTab = vtk_sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
    pTab = 0;
    goto error_out;
  }

  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
  if( vtk_sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
    iCol = pTab->iPKey;
    if( iCol>=0 ){
      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
    }
  }else{
    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
      if( 0==vtk_sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
        break;
      }
    }
    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
      pTab = 0;
      goto error_out;
    }
  }

  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
  ** 
  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
  **
  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
  */ 
  if( pCol ){
    zDataType = pCol->zType;
    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
    notnull = (pCol->notNull?1:0);
    primarykey  = (pCol->isPrimKey?1:0);
    autoinc = ((pTab->iPKey==iCol && pTab->autoInc)?1:0);
  }else{
    zDataType = "INTEGER";
    primarykey = 1;
  }
  if( !zCollSeq ){
    zCollSeq = "BINARY";
  }

error_out:
  if( vtk_sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_MISUSE;
  }

  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
  */
  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;

  if( VTK_SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
    vtk_sqlite3SetString(&zErrMsg, "no such table column: ", zTableName, ".", 
        zColumnName, 0);
    rc = VTK_SQLITE_ERROR;
  }
  vtk_sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
  vtk_sqliteFree(zErrMsg);
  return vtk_sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}
#endif

/*
** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_clear_bindings(vtk_sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
  int i;
  int rc = VTK_SQLITE_OK;
  for(i=1; rc==VTK_SQLITE_OK && i<=vtk_sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); i++){
    rc = vtk_sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
*/
VTK_SQLITE_API int vtk_sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
  return vtk_sqlite3OsSleep(ms);
}

/*
** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
*/
int vtk_sqlite3_extended_result_codes(vtk_sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
  return VTK_SQLITE_OK;
}

/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
